QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2004.

Registration No. 333-111491



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Assured Guaranty Ltd.
(Formerly AGC Holdings Limited)
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda   6351   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
Telephone: (441) 296-4004
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

CT Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor
New York, New York 10011
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

James M. Michener
Assured Guaranty Ltd.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
(441) 296-4004
  Peter N. Mear
ACE Limited
ACE Global Headquarters
17 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM08 Bermuda
(441) 295-5200
  Edward S. Best
Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP
190 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
(312) 782-0600
  Michael Groll
LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P.
125 West 55th Street
New York, NY 10019-5389
(212) 424-8000

         Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.


        If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.  o


Calculation of Registration Fee


Title of each class of
securities to be registered

  Amount to
be registered(1)

  Proposed maximum
offering price
per unit(1)(2)

  Proposed
maximum aggregate
offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee(3)


Common shares, par value $0.01 per share   56,350,000   $ 20.00   $ 1,127,000,000   $ 141,664


(1)
Includes shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
Of the amount noted, $8,090 was paid with respect to $100,000,000 of common shares in connection with the original filing of the registration statement and an additional $133,574 is being paid in connection with the filing of this Amendment No. 2.

         The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 1, 2004.

49,000,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Shares


        This is an initial offering of common shares of Assured Guaranty Ltd. ACE Limited, through subsidiaries (collectively, ACE), is offering 49,000,000 of our common shares in this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the common shares by the selling shareholders. Upon completion of this offering, ACE will beneficially own approximately 35% of our outstanding common shares (approximately 25% if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

        No public market currently exists for our common shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of the common shares will be between $18.00 and $20.00 per share.

        We have applied to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AGO."


         Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10.


 
  Per Share
  Total
Initial public offering price   $                 $              
Underwriting discount   $                 $              
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders   $                 $              

        To the extent the underwriters sell more than 49,000,000 common shares, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 7,350,000 common shares from the selling shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

         The Securities and Exchange Commission, state securities regulators, the Minister of Finance and the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and the Bermuda Monetary Authority have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to investors on or about                        , 2004.


Banc of America Securities LLC   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Citigroup


Deutsche Bank Securities
                                         JPMor gan
                                                          Merrill Lynch & Co.
                                                                                             UBS Investment Bank

Wachovia Securities


William Blair & Company

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods


Prospectus dated                        , 2004.



Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   10
Forward-Looking Statements   32
Formation Transactions   33
Use of Proceeds   34
Dividend Policy   34
Capitalization   35
Selected Combined Financial Information   36
Pro Forma Combined Financial Information   38
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   39
Business   72
Management   110
Principal and Selling Shareholders   124
Relationship with ACE   125
Material Tax Considerations   131
Description of Share Capital   144
Shares Eligible For Future Sale   151
Underwriting   153
Legal Matters   157
Experts   157
Where You Can Find More Information   157
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities under United States Federal Securities Laws and Other Matters   159
Index to Financial Statements   F-1

         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We, ACE and the underwriters have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read all of the information in this prospectus, including the combined financial statements and related notes, and the risks of investing in our common shares discussed under "Risk Factors," before making an investment decision.

         References in this prospectus to "Assured Guaranty," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Assured Guaranty Ltd. and, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise stated, its subsidiaries. When we refer to net par in this prospectus, we mean the par value of an obligation for which we have provided credit support, net of any amounts that we have ceded or retroceded to reinsurers. Our executive offices are located at 30 Woodbourne Avenue, Hamilton HM08 Bermuda, and our telephone number is 441-296-4004.

Overview

        We are a Bermuda-based company providing credit enhancement products to the municipal finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. Credit enhancement products are financial guarantees or other types of support, including credit derivatives, that improve the credit of underlying debt obligations. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. Under a reinsurance agreement, the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to it, agrees to indemnify another insurer, called the ceding company, for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one or more insurance policies that the ceding company has issued. A derivative is a financial instrument whose characteristics and value depend upon the characteristics and value of an underlying security or commodity. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

        Our financial results include three operating segments:

        Our other segment includes businesses that we have exited. The following table sets forth gross written premiums and the combined ratio for each of our segments for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 
  Gross Written Premiums (1)
   
 
 
  Combined
Ratio (2)

 
 
  Amount
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Financial guaranty direct   $ 71.2   27.0 % 58.0 %
Financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7   63.8   73.3  
Mortgage guaranty     24.4   9.2   58.7  
   
 
     
  Total operating segments   $ 264.3   100.0 % 65.6 %
   
 
     
Other     84.9       112.6  
   
         
  Total   $ 349.2       83.7 %
   
         

1


(1)
Gross written premiums represents total premiums for insurance and credit derivatives written and reinsurance assumed during the period.

(2)
The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio (the ratio calculated by dividing net losses and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned) and the expense ratio (the ratio calculated by dividing profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net premiums earned). A combined ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit; a combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting loss.

        Our businesses have a history of strong income generation, producing cumulative net income of $444.1 million since January 1, 2000. As of December 31, 2003, we had cash and invested assets of $2.2 billion, total assets of $2.9 billion and shareholder's equity of $1.4 billion ($1.3 billion on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions"). Our invested assets as of December 31, 2003 consisted entirely of cash and fixed maturity securities with an average rating of AA+. Our past performance may not be indicative of future results.

        Our principal U.S. insurance subsidiary maintains financial strength ratings of "AAA" (Extremely Strong) from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), the highest of its 21 ratings categories, and "Aa2" (Excellent) from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), the third highest of its 21 ratings categories. Our principal Bermuda insurance subsidiary maintains financial strength ratings of "AA" (Very Strong) from S&P, its third highest ratings category, "Aa3" (Excellent) from Moody's, its fourth highest ratings category, and "AA" (Very Strong) from Fitch, Inc. ("Fitch"), the third highest of its 24 ratings categories. A financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts and is not a recommendation to buy, hold or sell any security issued by an insurer, including our common shares.

        We have approximately 135 employees in offices located in the United States, Bermuda and the United Kingdom.

Business Fundamentals

        We believe the credit enhancement markets offer attractive growth opportunities and financial returns over the long term. In recent years, new issuance volumes in the municipal and structured finance sectors have been increasing. From 1997 to 2002, insured U.S. asset-backed finance volume increased at a compound annual growth rate of 16%, and insured U.S. municipal finance volume increased at a compound annual growth rate of 10%. Asset-backed finance is a commonly-used technique in which debt instruments are issued that are backed by loans or accounts receivable (other than mortgage loans) originated by banks, credit card companies or other providers of credit. While growth rates may fluctuate from year to year, we believe demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance will continue to be strong as a result of: (1) continuing demand for asset securitization, or the process of aggregating similar instruments, such as loans or mortgages, into a negotiable security, in the United States, (2) continued development of new structured products and expansion into new asset classes, (3) continued high level of issuances of U.S. municipal finance obligations and (4) increasing privatization initiatives and growing use of asset securitization in Europe. We cannot assure you that these circumstances will persist or that demand for financial guaranty insurance or reinsurance will continue to be strong.

        We believe our business offers attractive and recurring revenues as a result of the stable nature of our earned premiums (that portion of written premiums that applies to the expired portion of the policy term and is therefore recognized as revenue under generally accepted accounting principles), the significant contribution of net investment income and the low frequency of loss associated with our businesses. A significant portion of our premiums are received up front and recognized as earned premiums over the life of the contract. As of December 31, 2003, we had $625.4 million of unearned

2



premiums (that portion of written premiums that is allocable to the unexpired portion of the policy term) recorded on our balance sheet. The remainder of our premiums are received on an installment basis and earned over each installment period. As of December 31, 2003, our estimate of the net present value of future premiums, discounted at 6% per year, expected to be earned under existing installment contracts was $309.8 million. In addition, our invested assets, which were $2.2 billion at December 31, 2003, generate recurring investment income.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that our competitive strengths enable us to capitalize on the opportunities in the credit enhancement markets. These strengths include:

        Underwriting discipline and financial structuring expertise.     We have a disciplined approach to underwriting that emphasizes profitability over market share. We have substantial experience in developing innovative credit enhancement solutions to satisfy the diverse risk and financial management demands of our customers.

        Established market relationships.     Over the past 15 years we have developed strong relationships with key participants in our markets, including issuers, investors, financial guarantors and financial institutions. We seek to distinguish ourselves from our competitors by providing innovative credit enhancement solutions and superior execution and client service.

        Experienced management and underwriting team.     Our senior management has an average of more than 16 years of experience in the insurance, credit or financial guaranty markets. We also have a team of 15 senior underwriters with an average of approximately 12 years of financial guaranty or similar credit experience.

        Multiple locations and licenses.     We have operations in Bermuda, the United States and the United Kingdom. We have a range of licenses that allows us to participate in many sectors of the credit enhancement market.

Corporate Strategy

        Our objective is to build long-term shareholder value by achieving strong profitability through disciplined underwriting, proactive risk management and the growth of our business. Our goal is to improve our return on average equity (excluding the impact of realized gains and losses on investments and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments) to approximately 11% in 2004. In addition, our medium-term goal is to generate returns consistent with those of the leading performers in the financial guaranty industry. The major elements of our strategy are:

        Expand our direct financial guaranty business.     We intend to expand our direct financial guaranty business beyond our historical focus on credit derivatives by substantially increasing the amount of traditional financial guaranty insurance we write in U.S. and international markets. We believe the market for financial guaranty insurance will grow as the issuance of municipal and structured finance obligations continues to be strong, as capital providers continue to seek to reduce risk exposures and as the market for credit enhancement products develops further. We intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P.

        Expand our financial guaranty reinsurance business.     Our commitment to the financial guaranty reinsurance market, readiness to execute transactions and financial strength afford us a significant

3



opportunity to profitably gain market share. We intend to utilize the benefits of our Bermuda license to improve our returns in this business.

        Transition our mortgage guaranty business.     We intend to write investment grade mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance that is consistent with our ratings objectives. Our industry experience and licenses enable us to provide mortgage credit enhancement in the form of either financial guaranty insurance or mortgage guaranty insurance to meet the specific needs of mortgage lenders and investors.

        Expand our position in international markets.     We intend to capitalize on significant growth opportunities in international markets. Our initial focus for international expansion is privatization finance initiatives ("PFI") in the United Kingdom, the largest market for financial guaranty insurance outside the United States, and public/private partnerships ("PPP") in the rest of Europe.

        Maintain our commitment to financial strength.     We recognize the importance of our excellent financial strength ratings and intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P. We will maintain our financial strength through disciplined risk selection, prudent operating and financial leverage and a conservative investment posture.

        Manage our capital efficiently.     We will monitor rating agency capital adequacy requirements to appropriately deploy capital to optimize the execution of our business plan and our return on capital.

Risks Relating to Our Company

        As part of your evaluation of us, you should take into account the risks we face in our business. These risks include:

        Possibility of Ratings Downgrade.     The ratings assigned to our insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic review and may be downgraded by one or more of the rating agencies as a result of changes in the views of the rating agencies or adverse developments in our or our subsidiaries' financial conditions or results of operations. Any such downgrade could have an adverse effect on the affected subsidiary's results of operations or financial condition.

        New Business Strategy.     Because our new strategy emphasizes financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance and deemphasizes certain other lines of business in which we have historically operated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement this strategy. Recent employee layoffs and resignations may adversely affect our ability to implement our new strategy. Any failure to implement all or any part of our strategy could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        Dependence on Customers.     We have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from financial guaranty reinsurance premiums. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, 45%, 21% and 31%, respectively, of our gross written premiums were provided by four ceding companies. A significant reduction in the amount of reinsurance ceded by one or more of our principal ceding companies could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations.

        Business Subject to General Economic and Capital Markets Factors.     Our business, and the risks associated with our business, depend in large measure on general economic conditions and capital markets activity. Prevailing interest rate levels also affect demand for financial guaranty insurance.

        Adequacy of Loss Reserves.     We establish liabilities, or loss reserves, to reflect the estimated cost of claims incurred that we will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance and reinsurance we

4



have written. If our loss reserves at any time are determined to be inadequate, we will be required to increase loss reserves at the time of such determination. This could cause a material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, or possibly an operating loss and reduction of capital.

        Competition.     We face significant competition in our business, and our revenues and profitability could decline as a result of competition. Four companies accounted for the vast majority of the gross written premiums for the entire financial guaranty industry in 2003. We also face competition from other forms of credit enhancement. There are also a relatively limited number of financial guaranty reinsurance companies and mortgage guaranty companies.

        Taxation.     We manage our business so that we and our non-U.S. subsidiaries (other than Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.) will not be subject to U.S. income tax. However, we cannot be certain that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will not contend successfully that we or any of our foreign subsidiaries is/are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and thus subject to additional taxation in the United States.

        For more information about these and other risks, See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 10. You should carefully consider these risk factors together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision.

5



Corporate Structure

        Assured Guaranty was incorporated in Bermuda in August 2003 for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for ACE's subsidiaries conducting its financial and mortgage guaranty businesses, which we refer to as the transferred businesses, in connection with this offering. Certain of the transferred businesses were originally conducted by subsidiaries of Capital Re Corporation ("Capital Re"), which was acquired by ACE in December 1999.

        After the consummation of the transactions described under "Formation Transactions" and the completion of this offering, ACE will beneficially own 26,000,000 of our common shares, or approximately 35% of our outstanding common shares (18,650,000 common shares, or approximately 25% of our outstanding common shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares is exercised in full). After the offering, we will have a number of continuing agreements with ACE, including reinsurance agreements pursuant to which we have ceded or will cede to ACE certain risks and services agreements pursuant to which ACE will provide us with various administrative services. All of these agreements and arrangements are more fully described under "Relationship with ACE."

        Each of our operating subsidiaries conducted business under names including "ACE," "AGR" and/or "Capital Re." As part of the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions," we are changing the names of each of these subsidiaries to the respective names set forth below (or derivations of these names). All of these name changes may not be completed prior to the completion of this offering.

        The following organization chart illustrates the corporate relationships among us and our principal subsidiaries as they will exist upon completion of this offering (all ownership interests are 100% except where noted):

GRAPHIC

6



The Offering


Common shares offered in this offering

 

49,000,000 shares

Common shares outstanding before and after the offering

 

75,000,000 shares

Common shares beneficially owned by ACE after the offering

 

26,000,000 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We will not receive any proceeds from this offering of common shares. The selling shareholders will pay substantially all of the expenses of this offering.

Dividend policy

 

We intend to pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.03 per common share ($0.12 annually), commencing in August 2004, subject to declaration by our board of directors. See "Dividend Policy" and "Business—Regulation."

New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"AGO"

        The information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to 7,350,000 additional common shares from the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments and gives effect to the transactions to be completed immediately prior to the consummation of this offering pursuant to which we will issue to ACE 75,000,000 of our common shares, as described below under "Formation Transactions." Unless otherwise specified, the information in this prospectus does not take into account the issuance of options to purchase 1,874,833 of our common shares at an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price and 937,417 restricted shares that will be granted in connection with this offering and 4,687,750 additional common shares that will be reserved for issuance under our 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan.


Recent Developments

Resignation of Senior Officer

        On March 31, 2004, Joseph W. Swain III, who until December 2003 had been the chief executive officer of ACE's financial guaranty business and was thereafter the President-Reinsurance of Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., resigned. In his resignation, Mr. Swain cited differences with management over our new business strategy and our ability to execute this strategy as a result of his concerns about the relevant experience of certain members of management, staffing levels and corporate culture. Management believes these concerns are unfounded. We have promoted Robbin Conner, a senior executive of Assured Guaranty Corp., to replace Mr. Swain as the head of our financial guaranty reinsurance business. Please see "Management" for a discussion of Mr. Conner's business experience.

Senior Notes Offering

        We currently anticipate issuing $200 million of senior notes as soon as practicable following the completion of this offering to refinance a $200 million promissory note owed to ACE. We cannot assure you that this issuance of senior notes will be consummated. Moreover, as of this date, the price, timing and other terms of the proposed senior notes have not been finalized. See "Forward-Looking Statements."

7



Summary Combined Financial Information

        The summary combined statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 and the summary combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

        These historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. You should read the following summary combined financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millons)

 
Statement of operations data:                    
  Gross written premiums   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9  
  Net written premiums (1)     491.5     352.5     206.6  
 
Net earned premiums

 

$

310.9

 

$

247.4

 

$

293.5

 
  Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5  
  Net realized investment gains     5.5     7.9     13.1  
  Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )
  Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512.3     302.0     392.9  
   
 
 
 
  Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144.6     120.3     177.5  
  Profit commission expense     9.8     8.5     9.0  
  Acquisition costs     64.9     48.4     51.1  
  Operating expenses     41.0     31.0     29.8  
  Goodwill amortization             3.8  
  Interest expense     5.7     10.6     11.5  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266.1     218.8     282.8  
   
 
 
 
  Income before income taxes     246.2     83.2     110.1  
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     31.7     10.6     22.2  
   
 
 
 
  Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214.5     72.6     87.9  
  Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes             (24.1 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 214.5   $ 72.6   $ 63.8  
   
 
 
 

Balance sheet data (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Investments and cash   $ 2,222.1   $ 2,061.9   $ 1,710.8  
  Prepaid reinsurance premiums     11.0     179.5     171.5  
  Total assets     2,857.9     2,719.9     2,322.1  
  Unearned premium reserve     625.4     613.3     500.3  
  Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     522.6     458.8     401.1  
  Long-term debt     75.0     75.0     150.0  
  Total liabilities     1,420.2     1,462.6     1,260.4  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     81.2     89.0     43.3  
  Shareholder's equity     1,437.6     1,257.2     1,061.6  
 
Pro forma information: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Debt   $ 200.0              
    Shareholder's equity     1,311.6              
    Book value per share (3)     17.27              

8


 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millons)

 

GAAP financial information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio (4)     46.5 %   48.6 %   60.5 %
  Expense ratio (5)     37.2     35.5     30.6  
   
 
 
 
  Combined ratio     83.7 %   84.1 %   91.1 %
   
 
 
 

Statutory financial information (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Contingency reserve (6)   $ 410.5   $ 315.5   $ 228.9  
  Policyholders' surplus     980.5     835.4     833.2  

Additional financial guaranty information (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net in-force business (principal and interest)   $ 130,047   $ 124,082   $ 117,909  
  Net in-force business (principal only)     87,524     80,394     75,249  
  Present value of gross premiums written (7)     238.8     215.5     195.0  
  Net present value of installment premiums in-force (8)     309.8     260.2     159.7  

(1)
Net written premiums exceeded gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to $154.8 million of return premium from two terminated ceded reinsurance contracts.

(2)
The pro forma information reflects adjustments to give effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions" and "Pro Forma Combined Financial Information."

(3)
Based on 75,937,417 shares outstanding.

(4)
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net earned premiums.

(5)
The expense ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net earned premiums.

(6)
Under statutory accounting principles, financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish contingency reserves based on a specified percentage of premiums. A contingency reserve is an additional liability reserve established to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic developments or cycles or other unforeseen circumstances.

(7)
Represents gross premiums related to financial guaranty contracts written in the current period, including the full amount of upfront premiums received and the present value of all installment premiums, discounted at 6% per year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Segment Results of Operations" for a reconciliation to gross written premiums.

(8)
Represents the present value of installment premiums on all in-force financial guaranty business, net of reinsurance ceded and ceding commissions, discounted at 6% per year.

9



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common shares involves a number of risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in our common shares. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. However, these are the risks our management believes are material. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business or results of operations. Any of the risks described below could result in a significant or material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition, and a corresponding decline in the market price of our common shares. You could lose all or part of your investment.

         This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Forward-Looking Statements."


Risks Related to Our Company

A downgrade of the financial strength or financial enhancement ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries could adversely affect our business and prospects and, consequently, our results of operations and financial condition.

        Financial strength ratings have become an increasingly important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance and reinsurance companies. The objective of these ratings is to provide an opinion of an insurer's financial strength and ability to meet ongoing obligations to its policyholders. Ratings reflect the rating agencies' opinions of our financial strength, and are neither evaluations directed to investors in our common shares nor recommendations to buy, sell or hold our common shares. As of the date of this prospectus, Assured Guaranty Corp. has been assigned a "AAA" (Extremely Strong) rating from S&P, the highest of the 21 ratings categories used by S&P, and a "Aa2" (Excellent) rating from Moody's, the third highest of the 21 ratings categories used by Moody's. All of our other insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned "AA" (Very Strong) ratings from S&P, the third highest ratings category used by S&P, "Aa3" (Excellent) ratings from Moody's, the fourth highest ratings category used by Moody's, and "AA" (Very Strong) ratings from Fitch, the third highest of the 24 ratings categories used by Fitch. A financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract. Financial strength ratings do not refer to an insurer's ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security issued by an insurer, including our common shares. In connection with the announcement of this offering, Moody's changed all of our ratings outlooks to "Developing" from "Stable." While a change in rating outlook by Moody's is not necessarily a precursor to an actual change of rating, a "Developing" outlook indicates that the rating outlook is more likely to be changed than a "Stable" outlook. Assured Guaranty Corp.'s S&P ratings outlook is "Negative." While an S&P outlook is not necessarily a precursor to a ratings change, a "Negative" outlook means a rating may be lowered.

        In addition, AGRI and AGRO carry financial enhancement ratings from S&P of "AA" (Very Strong).

        The ratings assigned by S&P, Moody's and Fitch to our insurance subsidiaries are subject to periodic review and may be downgraded by one or more of the rating agencies as a result of changes in the views of the rating agencies or adverse developments in our or our subsidiaries' financial conditions or results of operations due to underwriting or investment losses or other factors. We are in ongoing discussions with S&P and Moody's regarding our ratings, including the impact on our ratings of the Formation Transactions, this offering and our new business strategy. As a result, the ratings assigned to

10



our insurance subsidiaries by either or both of S&P and Moody's may change at any time. In the case of AGRO and Assured Guaranty Mortgage, their ratings are dependent upon contractual support provided by AGRI.

        If the ratings of any of our insurance subsidiaries were reduced below current levels by any of the rating agencies, it could have an adverse effect on the affected subsidiary's competitive position and its prospects for future business opportunities. A downgrade may also reduce the value of the reinsurance we offer, which may no longer be of sufficient economic value for our customers to continue to cede to our subsidiaries at economically viable rates.

        With respect to a significant portion of our in-force financial guaranty reinsurance business, in the event of certain downgrades, the ceding company has the right to recapture business ceded to the affected subsidiary and assets representing substantially all of the statutory unearned premium and loss reserves (if any) associated with that business, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. Alternatively, the ceding company can increase the commissions it charges us for cessions. Any such increase may be retroactive to the date of the cession, requiring the affected subsidiary to refund a portion of related premium previously earned, with a corresponding negative impact to earnings, which could be significant. In the event of a downgrade of any of our subsidiaries that write or insure exposures relating to contracts that allow for the use of derivative instruments to transfer credit risk, or credit derivatives, a downgrade below negotiated levels may allow a counterparty to terminate its agreements, resulting in the possible payment of a settlement amount. A downgrade also will increase the possibility that we may have to pledge collateral for the benefit of a counterparty.

        A downgrade may also negatively impact the affected company's ability to write new business or negotiate favorable terms on new business.

Our success depends on our ability to successfully execute our new business strategy.

        Our strategy is to focus on two core businesses: (1) financial and mortgage guaranty insurance and (2) financial guaranty reinsurance.

        The fact that Assured Guaranty Corp., through which we write financial guaranty insurance, carries a triple-A rating from S&P but not from Moody's places it at a competitive disadvantage against companies rated triple-A by both S&P and Moody's. The absence of a triple-A rating from Moody's may adversely affect the desirability of our financial guaranty insurance, and in fact may preclude us from successfully marketing our financial guaranty insurance in certain markets. Furthermore, while we have a substantial in-force book of financial guaranty direct business, the majority of that exposure was written in the credit derivatives market rather than in the more traditional third-party financial guaranty insurance market. We may not be able to successfully expand relationships with issuers, servicers and other parties that are necessary to generate business in the traditional financial guaranty insurance market. Finally, Assured Guaranty Corp. presently is licensed in 45 states and the District of Columbia, and is seeking licenses in those U.S. jurisdictions where it is not presently licensed. Assured Guaranty Corp. may not be able to obtain those licenses, or may face delays in obtaining those licenses.

        We are combining our mortgage guaranty business and our financial guaranty business. We intend to write mortgage guaranty insurance that is rated investment grade. We may not be able to source mortgage guaranty insurance business of this type in sufficient amounts or at adequate premium rates.

        We intend to write more of our financial guaranty reinsurance through AGRI, which is rated in the double-A category by both S&P and Moody's, and less of this business through Assured Guaranty Corp., which is rated AAA/Aa2. The absence of a triple-A rating from S&P or Moody's places AGRI at a competitive disadvantage against companies rated triple-A by S&P or Moody's.

        Because our strategy includes focusing on new lines of business in which we and our senior management have less experience, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement

11



this strategy. In addition, recent employee layoffs and resignations have resulted in the loss of some experienced employees and reduced staff levels generally, which could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our new strategy. Any failure to implement all or any part of our strategy could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are dependent on a small number of ceding companies to provide us with a substantial part of our reinsurance business.

        Historically, we have derived a substantial portion of our revenues from financial guaranty reinsurance premiums. Ambac Assurance Corporation ("Ambac"), Financial Guaranty Insurance Company ("FGIC"), Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") and MBIA Insurance Corporation ("MBIA") in the aggregate accounted for 45%, 21% and 31% of our gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. For the year ended December 31, 2003, 25% and 11% of our gross written premiums were ceded by FSA and MBIA, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2002, 11% of our gross written premiums was paid by Dresdner Bank and in 2001, FSA and Credit Suisse provided 13% and 10%, respectively, of our gross written premiums. Gross written premiums from Dresdner Bank and Credit Suisse were paid with respect to equity layer credit protection, a business that we have exited.

        A significant reduction in the amount of reinsurance ceded by one or more of our principal ceding companies could have a material adverse effect upon our results of operations. A number of factors could cause such a reduction. For example, there is likely to be some reluctance among our principal ceding companies to cede business to us as a result of our intent to compete with them in the direct financial guaranty business. In addition, primary insurers may retain higher levels of risk. Also, the volume of municipal bond and structured securities new issuances, together with the levels of and changes in interest rates and investor demand, may significantly affect the new business activities of primary financial guaranty insurers and, consequently, their use of reinsurance.

        Additionally, our ability to receive profitable pricing for our reinsurance depends largely on prices charged by the primary insurers for their insurance coverage and the amount of ceding commissions paid by us to these primary insurers.

General economic factors, including fluctuations in interest rates and housing prices, may adversely affect our loss experience and the demand for our products.

        Our business, and the risks associated with our business, depend in large measure on general economic conditions and capital markets activity. Our loss experience could be materially adversely affected by extended national or regional economic recessions, business failures, rising unemployment rates, interest rate changes or volatility, changes in investor perceptions regarding the strength of financial guaranty providers and the policies or guaranties offered by such providers, investor concern over the credit quality of municipalities or corporations, terrorist attacks, acts of war, or combinations of such factors. These events could also materially decrease demand for financial guaranty insurance. In addition to exposure to general economic factors, we are exposed to the specific risks faced by the particular businesses, municipalities or pools of assets covered by our financial guaranty products.

        Prevailing interest rate levels affect capital markets activity which in turn affects demand for financial guaranty insurance. Higher interest rates may result in declines in new issue and refunding volume which may reduce demand for our financial guaranty products. Lower interest rates generally are accompanied by narrower interest rate spreads between insured and uninsured obligations. The purchase of insurance during periods of narrower interest rate spreads generally will provide lower cost savings to the issuer than during periods of wider spreads. These lower cost savings could be accompanied by a corresponding decrease in demand for financial guaranty insurance. However, the

12



increased level of refundings during periods of lower interest rates historically has increased the demand for insurance.

        Under the standard mortgage insurance policies that we reinsure, a default on the underlying mortgage generally will give the insurer the option to pay the entire loss amount and take title to the mortgaged property or pay the coverage percentage in full satisfaction of its obligations under the policy. Due to a strong housing market in recent years, insurers have been able to take advantage of paying the entire loss amount and selling properties quickly. If housing values depreciate or fail to appreciate, the primary insurers' ability to recover amounts paid on defaulted mortgages may be reduced or delayed, which in turn may lead to increased losses under our related reinsurance contracts and have a material adverse affect on our results of operations or our financial condition in general.

If claims exceed our loss reserves, our financial results could be significantly adversely affected.

        Our results of operations and financial condition depend upon our ability to assess accurately and manage the potential loss associated with the risks that we insure and reinsure. We establish loss and loss adjustment expense reserves based on estimates involving actuarial and statistical projections of our expectations of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims on the policies we write. We use actuarial models as well as historical insurance industry loss development patterns as estimates of future trends in claims severity, frequency and other factors to establish our estimate of loss reserves. Establishing loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process. Accordingly, actual claims and claim expenses paid may deviate, perhaps materially, from the reserve estimates reflected in our combined financial statements.

        If our loss reserves at any time are determined to be inadequate, we will be required to increase loss reserves at the time of such determination. This could cause a material increase in our liabilities and a reduction in our profitability, or possibly an operating loss and reduction of capital.

Adverse selection by ceding companies may adversely affect our financial results.

        A portion of our reinsurance business is written under treaties, which generally give the ceding company some ability to select the risks ceded to us as long as they are covered by the terms of the treaty. There is a risk under these treaties that the ceding companies will adversely select the risks ceded to us by ceding those exposures that have higher rating agency capital charges or that the ceding companies expect to be less profitable. We attempt to mitigate this risk in a number of ways, including requiring ceding companies to retain a minimum amount, which varies by treaty, of the ceded business. If we are unsuccessful in mitigating this risk, our financial results may be adversely affected.

Our financial guaranty products may subject us to significant risks from individual or correlated credits.

        The breadth of our business exposes us to potential losses in a variety of our products as a result of a credit problem at one company ("single name" exposure). For example, we could have direct exposure to a corporate credit for which we write and/or insure a credit derivative. We could also be exposed to the same corporate credit risk if the credit's securities are contained in a portfolio of collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") we insure, or if it is the originator or servicer of loans or other assets backing structured securities that we have insured. A CDO is a debt security backed by a pool of debt obligations. While we track our aggregate exposure to single names in our various lines of business and have established underwriting criteria to manage risk aggregations, there can be no assurance that our ultimate exposure to a single name will not exceed our underwriting guidelines, or that an event with respect to a single name will not cause a significant loss. In addition, because we insure or reinsure municipal bonds, we can have significant exposures to single municipal risks. While the risk of a complete loss, where we pay the entire principal amount of an issue of bonds and interest

13



thereon with no recovery, is generally lower than for corporate credits as most municipal bonds are backed by tax or other revenues, there can be no assurance that a single default by a municipality would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Some of our direct financial guaranty products may be riskier than traditional financial guaranty insurance.

        Unlike our triple-A monoline financial guaranty competitors, a substantial portion of our financial guaranty direct exposures have been assumed as credit derivatives. Traditional financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a municipal finance or structured finance obligation against non-payment of principal and interest, while credit derivatives provide protection from the occurrence of specified credit events, including non-payment of principal and interest. Credit derivative products generally also provide for settlement of an entire exposure, rather than a missed payment obligation as in traditional financial guaranty, upon the occurrence of a credit event, which could require us to sell assets or otherwise generate liquidity in advance of any potential recoveries.

Competition in our industry may adversely affect our revenues.

        We face significant competition in our business, and our revenues and profitability could decline as a result of competition.

        The financial guaranty industry is highly competitive. The principal sources of direct and indirect competition are other financial guaranty insurance companies, most of which have greater financial resources and superior financial strength ratings than we do. Four companies, Ambac, FGIC, FSA and MBIA, accounted for the vast majority of the gross written premiums for the entire financial guaranty industry in 2003. We also face competition from other forms of credit enhancement, including structural enhancement incorporated in structured and other obligations and letters of credit, guaranties and credit derivatives provided primarily by foreign and domestic banks and other financial institutions, some of which are governmental enterprises or have been assigned the highest ratings awarded by one or more of the major rating agencies.

        There are also a relatively limited number of financial guaranty reinsurance companies. As a result, the industry is particularly vulnerable to swings in capacity based on the entry or exit of one or a small number of financial guaranty reinsurers.

        New entrants into the financial guaranty industry could have an adverse effect on our prospects either by furthering price competition or by reducing the aggregate demand for our reinsurance as a result of additional insurance capacity. The most significant barriers to entry for new financial guaranty competitors are rating agency requirements and regulatory capital requirements, as well as the limited availability of experienced management. New entrants or additional reinsurance capacity would likely have an adverse effect on our business. An investor group, which includes MBIA, recently announced the formation of a new Bermuda-based triple-A rated financial guaranty reinsurer, and we cannot assure you what impact, if any, such entity may have on the financial guaranty reinsurance market.

        With respect to mortgage guaranty reinsurance, we compete with a number of other reinsurance companies as well as with alternatives to reinsurance, including risk-sharing arrangements with affiliates of the mortgage insurers and lender-owned captives. Many of these competitors have greater experience and relationships in these markets. See also "Business—Competition."

14



We are dependent on key executives and the loss of any of these executives, or our inability to retain other key personnel, could adversely affect our business.

        Our success substantially depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of our senior management and other key employees to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of available qualified executives in the business lines in which we compete. Although we are not aware of any planned departures, we rely substantially upon the services of Dominic J. Frederico, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Michael J. Schozer, the President of Assured Guaranty Corp. Although each of these individuals will have employment agreements with us, we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain their services. The loss of the services of either of these individuals or other key members of our management team could adversely affect the implementation of our business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We do not currently maintain key man life insurance policies with respect to any of our employees. The inability to attract and retain other talented personnel could also adversely affect our business.

Reduction in staffing levels could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our new business strategy.

        In connection with this offering and the implementation of our new business strategy, we are reducing our total headcount to approximately 100 people through reductions in force and attrition. Some of our employees who have left or who have been terminated had relevant experience and their loss could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our new business strategy. In addition, if our new business strategy is successful in generating a substantial amount of new business, we may be required to seek additional staff. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and hire experienced new staff on a timely basis.

Our business could be adversely affected by Bermuda employment restrictions.

        Our location in Bermuda may serve as an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate or working resident certificates is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has announced a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. All of our Bermuda-based employees who require work permits have been granted provisional permits by the Bermuda government, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and Secretary and Chief Actuary. It is possible that we could lose the services of one or more of our key employees if we are unable to obtain or renew their work permits, which could have a material adverse affect on our business.

We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes affecting the performance of our investment portfolio.

        Our operating results are affected, in part, by the performance of our investment portfolio. Changes in interest rates could also have an adverse effect on our investment income. For example, if interest rates decline, funds reinvested will earn less than expected. Our investment portfolio contains interest rate-sensitive instruments, such as bonds, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. Increases in interest rates will reduce the value of these securities, resulting in unrealized

15



losses that we are required to include in shareholder's equity as a change in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, interest rate increases could reduce our shareholder's equity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Investments."

        In addition, our investment portfolio includes mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2003, mortgage-backed securities constituted approximately 25% of our invested assets. As with other fixed maturity investments, the fair market value of these securities fluctuates depending on market and other general economic conditions and the interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates can expose us to significant prepayment risks on these investments. In periods of declining interest rates, mortgage prepayments generally increase and mortgage-backed securities are prepaid more quickly, requiring us to reinvest the proceeds at then-current market rates. During periods of rising interest rates, the frequency of prepayments generally decreases. Mortgage-backed securities having an amortized value less than par ( i.e. , purchased at a discount) may incur a decrease in yield or a loss as a result of slower prepayment.

        Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. We do not engage in active management, or hedging, of interest rate risk, and may not be able to mitigate interest rate sensitivity effectively.

The performance of our invested assets affects our results of operations and cash flows.

        Income from our investment portfolio is one of the primary sources of cash flows supporting our operations and claim payments. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, our net investment income was $96.3 million, $97.2 million and $99.5 million, respectively, in each case exclusive of net realized gains on investments. If our calculations with respect to our policy liabilities are incorrect, or if we improperly structure our investments to meet these liabilities, we could have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from forced liquidation of investments before their maturity. The investment policies of our insurance subsidiaries are subject to insurance law requirements, and may change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and the existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of our businesses.

        We have retained Lazard Freres Asset Management and Hyperion Capital Management, Inc. to manage our investment portfolio. The performance of our invested assets is subject to their performance in selecting and managing appropriate investments. These investment managers have discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines.

Our net income may be volatile because a portion of the credit risk we assume is in the form of credit derivatives that are accounted for under FAS 133, which requires that these instruments be marked-to-market quarterly.

        Any event causing credit spreads ( i.e. , the difference in interest rates between comparable securities having different credit risk) on an underlying security referenced in a credit derivative in our portfolio either to widen or to tighten will affect the fair value of the credit derivative and may increase the volatility of our earnings. Credit derivatives are classified as derivatives under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133. Derivatives must be accounted for either as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair market value. Although there is no cash flow effect from this "marking to market," net changes in the fair market value of the derivative are reported in our statement of operations and therefore will affect our reported earnings. If the derivative is held to maturity and no credit loss is incurred, any gains or losses previously reported would be offset by corresponding gains or losses at maturity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial

16



Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Derivative Financial Instruments."

        Common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying municipal or corporate security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate include changes in the state of national or regional economic conditions, industry cyclicality, changes to a company's competitive position within an industry, management changes, changes in the ratings of the underlying security, movements in interest rates, default or failure to pay interest, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the issuer's ability to pay principal and interest on its debt obligations. Similarly, common events that may cause credit spreads on an underlying structured security referenced in a credit derivative to fluctuate may include the occurrence and severity of collateral defaults, changes in demographic trends and their impact on the levels of credit enhancement, rating changes, changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, or any other factor leading investors to revise expectations about the risk of the collateral or the ability of the servicer to collect payments on the underlying assets sufficient to pay principal and interest.

An increase in our subsidiaries' risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio may prevent them from writing new insurance.

        Rating agencies and insurance regulatory authorities impose capital requirements on our insurance subsidiaries. These capital requirements, which include risk-to-capital ratios, leverage ratios and surplus requirements, limit the amount of insurance that our subsidiaries may write. Our insurance subsidiaries have several alternatives available to control their risk-to-capital ratios and leverage ratios, including obtaining capital contributions from us, purchasing reinsurance or entering into other loss mitigation agreements, or reducing the amount of new business written. However, a material reduction in the statutory capital and surplus of a subsidiary, whether resulting from underwriting or investment losses or otherwise, or a disproportionate increase in the amount of risk in force, could increase a subsidiary's risk-to-capital ratio or leverage ratio. This in turn could require that subsidiary to obtain reinsurance for existing business (which may not be available, or may be available on terms that we consider unfavorable), or add to its capital base to maintain its financial strength ratings. Failure to maintain such ratings could limit that subsidiary's ability to write new business, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

        Our capital requirements depend on many factors, including our in-force book of business and rating agency capital requirements. To the extent that our existing capital is insufficient to meet these requirements and/or cover losses, we may need to raise additional funds through financings or curtail our growth and reduce our assets. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. Equity financings could result in dilution to our shareholders and the securities may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common shares. If our need for capital arises because of significant losses, the occurrence of these losses may make it more difficult for us to raise the necessary capital. If we cannot obtain adequate capital on favorable terms or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Adequate soft capital support may not be available.

        Financial guaranty insurers and reinsurers typically rely on providers of lines of credit, credit swap facilities and similar capital support mechanisms (often referred to as "soft capital") to supplement their "hard capital." The ratings of soft capital providers directly affect the level of capital credit which the rating agencies attribute to the financial guaranty insurer or reinsurer when rating its financial strength. We intend to maintain soft capital facilities with providers having ratings adequate to provide

17



the desired capital credit, although no assurance can be given that one or more of the rating agencies will not downgrade or withdraw the applicable ratings of such providers in the future. In addition, we cannot assure you that an acceptable replacement provider would be available in that event.

We may require additional liquidity in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms.

        We require liquidity in order to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our common shares, and to make capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. We anticipate that our need for liquidity will be met by (1) the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to us, (2) external financings, and (3) income from our investment portfolio. Some of our subsidiaries are subject to legal and rating agency restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and make other permitted payments, and external financing may or may not be available to us in the future on satisfactory terms. Our other subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on their ability to pay dividends and distributions. See "Dividend Policy" and "Business—Regulation." While we believe that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next 12 months, there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions, changes in insurance regulatory law or changes in general economic condition that adversely affect our liquidity will not occur. Similarly, there can be no assurance that adequate liquidity will be available to us on favorable terms in the future.

        Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, reinsurance premiums and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. While we believe that the operating cash flows of our subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet their needs, we cannot assure you that this will be the case, nor can we assure you that existing liquidity facilities will prove adequate to their needs, or be available to them on favorable terms in the future.

Changes in tax laws could reduce the demand or profitability of financial guaranty insurance, or negatively impact our investment portfolio.

        Any material change in the U.S. tax treatment of municipal securities, the imposition of a "flat tax," the imposition of a national sales tax in lieu of the current federal income tax structure in the United States, or changes in the treatment of dividends, could adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of such obligations.

        The Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003, enacted in May 2003, significantly reduces in certain situations the federal income tax rate for individuals on dividends and long-term capital gains through 2008. This tax change may adversely affect the market for municipal obligations and, consequently, reduce the demand for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of these obligations, which could reduce our revenue and profitability from the writing of such insurance and reinsurance. Future potential changes in U.S. tax laws might also affect demand for municipal securities and for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance of those obligations.

        Changes in U.S. federal, state or local laws that materially adversely affect the tax treatment of municipal securities or the market for those securities, or other changes negatively affecting the municipal securities market, also may adversely impact our investment portfolio, a significant portion of which is invested in tax-exempt instruments. These adverse changes may adversely affect the value of our tax-exempt portfolio, or its liquidity.

Legislative and regulatory changes and interpretations could harm our business.

        Changes in laws and regulations affecting insurance companies, the municipal and structured securities markets, the financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance markets

18



and the credit derivatives markets, as well as other governmental regulations, may subject us to additional legal liability, or affect the demand for the products that we provide. For example, recent uncertainty regarding the accounting for structured securities significantly, though temporarily, reduced new issuances of certain types of structured securities.

Our ability to meet our obligations may be constrained by our holding company structure.

        Assured Guaranty is a holding company and, as such, has no direct operations of its own. We do not expect to have any significant operations or assets other than our ownership of the shares of our subsidiaries. Dividends and other permitted payments from our operating subsidiaries are expected to be our primary source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including any future debt service payments and other expenses, and to pay dividends to our shareholders. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other payments to us. In addition, to the extent that dividends are paid from our U.S. subsidiaries, they presently would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, subject, in the case of Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings, to possible reduction to 5% under the income tax treaty between the United States and Barbados. The inability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay sufficient dividends and make other permitted payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements and on our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. For more information regarding these limitations, see "Business—Regulation."

Our ability to pay dividends may be constrained by our holding company structure.

        As noted in the immediately preceding paragraph, Assured Guaranty is a holding company and, as such, has no direct operations of its own. Accordingly, we expect dividends and other permitted payments from our operating subsidiaries to be our primary source of funds from which to pay dividends. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and rating agency restrictions limiting their ability to declare and to pay dividends and make other permitted payments. In addition, to the extent that dividends are paid from our direct U.S. subsidiaries, they may be subject to withholding taxes. While we currently intend to pay dividends, if you require dividend income you should carefully consider these risks before investing in our company. If we do not pay dividends, the only return on your investment in our company, if at all, would come from any appreciation in the price of our common shares. For more information regarding limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see "Dividend Policy" and "Business—Regulation."

Our ability to pay dividends may be constrained by certain regulatory requirements and restrictions.

        We are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that will affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and to make other payments. Under the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended (the "Companies Act"), we may declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only (1) if we have reasonable grounds for believing that we are, and after the payment would be, able to pay our liabilities as they become due and (2) if the realizable value of our assets would not be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. While we currently intend to pay dividends, if you require dividend income you should carefully consider these risks before investing in our company. For more information regarding restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, see "Dividend Policy" and "Business—Regulation."

ACE has the ability to exert significant influence over our operations.

        After the offering, ACE will beneficially own approximately 35% of our common shares (approximately 25% if the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares is exercised in full). In addition, three of our directors, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, are also currently directors of ACE and two of such directors will continue to be directors of ACE following

19



completion of this offering. Prior to completion of this offering, our Chairman, Donald Kramer, was Vice Chairman and a director of ACE. Following completion of this offering, Mr. Kramer will no longer be an executive officer or a director of ACE though he will remain employed by ACE. ACE will have the ability to exert significant influence over our policies and affairs, the election of our board of directors and any action requiring a shareholder vote, including amendments to our Bye-Laws and approval of business combinations. The interests of ACE may differ from the interests of our other shareholders in some respects. See "Relationship with ACE."

ACE may have conflicts of interest with us.

        ACE has entered into agreements with us which may give rise to conflicts of interest. See "Formation Transactions" and "Relationship with ACE." In addition, ACE has invested in, and may in the future invest in, other entities engaged in or intending to engage in financial or mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance, some of which may compete with us. ACE has also entered into, or may in the future enter into, agreements with companies that may compete with us. We do not have any agreement or understanding with ACE regarding the resolution of potential conflicts of interest. In addition, we may not be in a position to influence ACE's decision to engage in activities that would give rise to a conflict of interest. ACE may take actions that are not in our other shareholders' best interests.

20


We are dependent on certain contractual arrangements with ACE and we may be unable to replace these arrangements with similar or more favorable agreements upon their expiration.

        In connection with this offering and the transactions described under "Formation Transactions" and "Relationships with ACE," we and our insurance subsidiaries will enter into a series of agreements with ACE and its affiliates. See "Formation Transactions" and "Relationship with ACE." Our current board of directors will approve the terms of these agreements, but the agreements will not be reviewed or approved by the independent directors who will join our board upon completion of the offering. These agreements will become effective prior to, on or shortly after the completion of the offering. Several of these agreements will govern our relationship with ACE and its affiliates with respect to various services that ACE and its affiliates will provide to us following the completion of this offering. After the expiration of these agreements, we may not be able to replace these services and arrangements in a timely manner or on terms and conditions, including cost, as favorable as those we have with ACE. In addition, we have entered or will enter into reinsurance arrangements and other transactions with ACE with respect to the businesses that we have exited in connection with this offering. These arrangements and other transactions have been or will be approved by our current board but have not been and will not be approved by the independent directors that will join our board. See "Relationship with ACE" and "Business—Other."

We will have significant reinsurance recoverables from ACE.

        As previously described, we have entered or will enter into reinsurance arrangements and other transactions with ACE with respect to the businesses that we have exited in connection with this offering. As a result, we expect to have substantial reinsurance recoverables from ACE and therefore will be subject to the risk that ACE cannot or will not pay amounts owed to us under these reinsurance arrangements.


Risks Related to Our Common Shares and this Offering

There is no public market for our common shares and you cannot be certain that an active trading market or a specific share price will be established.

        There currently is no public trading market for our common shares and it is possible that an active trading market will not develop or continue upon completion of this offering, or that the market price of our common shares will decline below the initial public offering price. We have applied to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AGO." The initial public offering price per common share will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market price of our common shares after our initial public offering.

Future sales of common shares may affect their market price and the future exercise of options will result in immediate and substantial dilution.

        We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common shares, or the availability of common shares for future sale, will have on the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market following our initial public offering, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common shares and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common shares at a time and price which you deem appropriate. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for further information regarding circumstances under which additional common shares may be sold.

        Upon completion of our initial public offering, there will be 75,000,000 common shares outstanding, approximately 35% of which will be beneficially owned by ACE (approximately 25% if the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares is exercised in full). Moreover, an aggregate of 2,812,250 additional common shares will be issued in the form of restricted common

21



shares or issuable upon the full exercise of employee incentive options to be issued in connection with this offering.

        We, our directors, executive officers and the selling shareholders have agreed, with limited exceptions, that we and they will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co., on behalf of the underwriters, offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any of our common shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Following the consummation of this offering, ACE and its transferees will have the right to require us to register their common shares under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") for sale into the public markets, subject to a 180-day lock-up agreement. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting." Upon the effectiveness of any such registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. In addition, following the consummation of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of 7,500,000 common shares reserved for issuance under our 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Subject to the exercise of issued and outstanding options, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale into the public markets after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up agreements.

There are provisions in our Bye-Laws that may reduce or increase the voting rights of our common shares.

        In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined under section 958 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) of any U.S. Person (as defined in "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders") and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares of such U.S. Person (a "9.5% U.S. Shareholder") shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our Bye-Laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights where it deems appropriate to do so to (1) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholders, and (2) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us or any of our subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" include, among other things, all shares of Assured Guaranty that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). Upon completion of our initial public offering, there will be 75,000,000 common shares outstanding, of which 7,125,000 common shares would constitute 9.5% of the votes conferred by our issued and outstanding shares. An investor who does not hold any of our common shares may purchase up to 7,125,000 common shares without being subject to voting cutback provisions in our Bye-Laws.

        Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. See "Description of Share Capital—Bye-Laws." Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our Bye-Laws provide that shareholders will be notified of their voting interests prior to any vote taken by them. See "Description of Share Capital—Voting Rights and Adjustments."

        As a result of any reallocation of votes, your voting rights might increase above 5% of the aggregate voting power of the outstanding common shares, thereby possibly resulting in your becoming a reporting person subject to Schedule 13D or 13G filing requirements under the Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). In addition, the reallocation of your votes could result in your becoming subject to the short-swing profit recovery and filing requirements under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

22



        We also have the authority under our Bye-Laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated under the Bye-Laws. If a shareholder fails to respond to our request for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request by us, we may, in our sole discretion, eliminate such shareholder's voting rights.

There are provisions in our Bye-Laws that may restrict the ability to transfer common shares, and that may require shareholders to sell their common shares.

        Our board of directors may decline to approve or register a transfer of any common shares (1) if it appears to the board of directors, after taking into account the limitations on voting rights contained in our Bye-Laws, that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as the board of directors considers to be de minimis), or (2) subject to any applicable requirements of or commitments to the New York Stock Exchange, if a written opinion from counsel supporting the legality of the transaction under U.S. securities laws has not been provided or if any required governmental approvals have not been obtained.

        Our Bye-Laws also provide that if our board of directors determines that share ownership by a person may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders (other than such as the board of directors considers to be de minimis), then we have the option, but not the obligation, to require that shareholder to sell to us or to third parties to whom we assign the repurchase right for fair market value the minimum number of common shares held by such person which is necessary to eliminate such adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences. See "Description of Share Capital."

Applicable insurance laws may make it difficult to effect a change of control of our company.

        Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. We have insurance subsidiaries domiciled in Maryland and New York. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror's plans for the management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror's plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. Because a person acquiring 10% or more of our common shares would indirectly control the same percentage of the stock of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, the insurance change of control laws of Maryland and New York would likely apply to such a transaction.

        While our Bye-Laws limit the voting power of any shareholder (other than ACE) to less than 10%, there can be no assurance that the applicable regulatory body would agree that a shareholder who owned 10% or more of our common shares did not, notwithstanding the limitation on the voting power of such shares, control the applicable insurance company subsidiary.

        These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of our company, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that some or all of our shareholders might consider to be desirable.

23



U.S. persons who own our common shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

        The Companies Act, under which we were incorporated, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act (as modified by our Bye-Laws) that differ in certain respects from similar provisions of Delaware law.

        Interested Directors.     Under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, a transaction entered into by us, in which a director has an interest, will not be voidable by us, and such director will not be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction, provided that the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or in writing to the directors. In addition, our Bye-Laws allow a director to be taken into account in determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which that director has an interest following a declaration of the interest pursuant to the Companies Act, provided that the director is not disqualified from doing so by the chairman of the meeting. Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if:

Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Certain Transactions with Significant Shareholders.     As a Bermuda company, we may enter into certain business transactions with our significant shareholders, including asset sales, in which a significant shareholder receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders with prior approval from our board of directors but without obtaining prior approval from our shareholders. Amalgamations require the approval of the board of directors and, except in the case of amalgamations with and between wholly owned subsidiaries that are Bermuda companies, a resolution of shareholders approved by a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast. If we were a Delaware corporation, subject to certain exceptions, we would need prior approval from shareholders holding at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock not owned by such interested shareholder to enter into a business combination (which, for this purpose, includes mergers and sales of all or substantially all of our assets) with an interested shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless we opted out of the relevant Delaware statute.

        Shareholders' Suits.     The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of the company to remedy a wrong done to the company where an act is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company, is illegal or would result in the violation of our Memorandum of Association or Bye-Laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders, or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys' fees incurred in connection

24



with such action. Our Bye-Laws provide that the company and its shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of the company, against any director or officer for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except with respect to any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action.

        Indemnification of Directors and Officers.     Under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, we may indemnify our directors, officers, any other person appointed to a committee of the board and certain other persons identified in the Bye-Laws (and their respective heirs, executors or administrators) to the full extent permitted by law against (and pay for defense costs and expenses of) all actions, costs, charges, liabilities, loss, damage or expense incurred or sustained by such person by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in the conduct of our business, or in the discharge of his or her duties, provided that such indemnification (and payment) shall not extend to any matter in which any of such persons is found to have committed fraud or dishonesty. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Under our Bye-Laws, we and each of our shareholders agree to waive any claim or right of action, other than those involving fraud or dishonesty, against us or any of our officers or directors or our resident representative.

        See "Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law" for more information on the differences between Bermuda and Delaware corporate laws.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Bye-Laws could impede an attempt to replace or remove our directors, which could diminish the value of our common shares.

        Our Bye-Laws contain provisions that may entrench directors and make it more difficult for shareholders to replace directors even if the shareholders consider it beneficial to do so. In addition, these provisions could delay or prevent a change of control that a shareholder might consider favorable. For example, these provisions may prevent a shareholder from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of our common shares offered by a bidder in a potential takeover. Even in the absence of an attempt to effect a change in management or a takeover attempt, these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

        For example, our Bye-Laws contain the following provisions that could have such an effect:

25


We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or against our directors and executive officers.

        We are incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda and our business is based in Bermuda. In addition, certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a portion of our assets and the assets of such persons may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States upon us or those persons, or to recover against us or them on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda; however, a Bermuda court may impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law.

        We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman, our special Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, we have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce the judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to public policy in Bermuda. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against us based upon such judgments.


Risks Related to Taxation

Our non-U.S. companies other than AGRO may be subject to U.S. tax that may have a material adverse effect on your investment and on our results of operations and our financial condition.

        Assured Guaranty and AGRI are Bermuda companies; Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas and Assured Guaranty (UK) are organized under the laws of the United Kingdom; and Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings is organized under the laws of Barbados. We intend to manage our business so that these companies operate in such a manner that none of them will be subject to U.S. tax (other than U.S. excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premium income attributable to insuring or reinsuring U.S. risks, and U.S. withholding tax on certain U.S. source investment income), as none of these companies should be treated as engaged in a trade or business within the United States. However, because there is considerable uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business within the United States, we cannot be certain that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not contend successfully that Assured Guaranty or any of our foreign subsidiaries is/are

26



engaged in a trade or business in the United States. AGRO is a Bermuda company but has elected to be taxed as U.S. domestic corporation. If Assured Guaranty or any of AGRI, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, Assured Guaranty (UK) or Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings were considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States, each such company could be subject to U.S. corporate income and branch profits taxes on the portion of its earnings effectively connected to such U.S. business, in which case our results of operations and financial condition and your investment could be materially adversely affected. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United States."

We may become subject to taxes in Bermuda after 2016, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and on your investment.

        The Bermuda Minister of Finance, under Bermuda's Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, has given Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp., AGRI and AGRO an assurance that if any legislation is enacted in Bermuda that would impose tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then subject to certain limitations the imposition of any such tax will not be applicable to Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp. or our Bermuda subsidiaries, or any of our or their operations, shares, debentures or other obligations until 2016. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda." Given the limited duration of the Minister of Finance's assurance, we cannot be certain that we will not be subject to Bermuda tax after 2016.

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we or any of our Subsidiaries are considered to be a Personal Holding Company ("PHC").

        Assured Guranty or a subsidiary might be subject to U.S. tax on a portion of its income (which in the case of a foreign subsidiary would only include income from U.S. sources and foreign source income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business) if Assured Guaranty or such subsidiary is considered a personal holding company ("PHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This status will depend on whether 50% or more of our shares could be deemed to be owned (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) by five or fewer individuals and whether 60% or more of Assured Guaranty's income, or the income of any of its subsidiaries, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, consists of "personal holding company income." We believe that neither Assured Guaranty nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information regarding our ultimate share ownership (i.e., as determined by the constructive ownership rules for PHCs), we cannot be certain that Assured Guaranty and/or any of its subsidiaries will not be considered a PHC or that the amount of U.S. tax that would be imposed if it were the case would be immaterial. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United States—Personal Holding Companies."

U.S. Persons who acquire 10% or more of our common shares may be subject to taxation under the "controlled foreign corporation" ("CFC") rules.

        Each "10% U.S. Shareholder" of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC directly or indirectly through foreign entities on the last day of the CFC's taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. A foreign corporation is considered a CFC on any day during the taxable year of such corporation if "10% U.S. Shareholders" own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules (i.e., "constructively"), of section 958(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) more than 50% of the

27



total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such foreign corporation, or the total value of all stock of such corporation. A "10% U.S. Shareholder" is a U.S. Person (as defined in "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation") who owns (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a foreign insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders, on any day during the taxable year of such corporation.

        We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our Bye-Laws that limit voting power and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns our common shares directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder of us or of any of our foreign subsidiaries. Additionally, Assured Guaranty (UK) will be considered a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Therefore, Assured Guaranty Corp. will be required to include in its gross income its share of Assured Guaranty (UK)'s subpart F income, even if such subpart F income is not distributed (these provisions are described in "Description of Share Capital"). It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation—Classification of Assured Guaranty or Its Foreign Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations."

U.S. Persons who hold common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share of our "related person insurance income" ("RPII").

        If the gross RPII of AGRI was to equal or exceed 20% of AGRI's gross insurance income in any taxable year and direct or indirect insureds (and persons related to such insureds) own (or are treated as owning directly or indirectly through entities) 20% or more of the voting power or value of our common shares, then a U.S. Person who owns our common shares (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in its income for U.S. federal income tax purposes such person's pro rata share of AGRI's RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date, regardless of whether such income is distributed. In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated business taxable income. The amount of RPII earned by AGRI (generally, premium and related investment income from the direct or indirect insurance or reinsurance of any direct or indirect U.S. holder of common shares or any person related to such holder) will depend on a number of factors, including the geographic distribution of AGRI's business and the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by AGRI. We believe that the gross RPII of AGRI did not in prior years of operation and will not in the foreseeable future equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income, and we do not expect the direct or indirect insureds of AGRI (and related persons) to directly or indirectly own 20% or more of either the voting power or value of our common shares. However, we cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond our control.

U.S. Persons that dispose of our common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income tax rates in a portion of their gain, if any.

        The RPII rules provide that if a U.S. Person disposes of shares in a foreign insurance corporation in which U.S. Persons own 25% or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less than 20% of the corporation's gross insurance income and the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect insureds and related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the holder's share of the corporation's undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the

28



shares (whether or not such earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). In addition, such a holder will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the holder. These RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of common shares because we will not ourselves be directly engaged in the insurance business; however, the RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form, what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto, or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The U.S. Treasury Department has authority to impose, among other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to Assured Guaranty and AGRI is uncertain. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation—The RPII CFC Provisions."

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we are considered to be a Passive Foreign Investment Company ("PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        If Assured Guaranty is considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. person who owns any shares of Assured Guaranty will be subject to adverse tax consequences, including subjecting the investor to greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and subjecting the investor to tax on amounts in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed, which could materially adversely affect your investment. We believe that Assured Guaranty is not, and we currently do not expect Assured Guaranty to become, a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however, we cannot assure you that Assured Guaranty will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. We cannot predict what impact, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation—Passive Foreign Investment Companies."

U.S. Persons who hold common shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we or any of our subsidiaries are considered to be a Foreign Personal Holding Company ("FPHC").

        Assured Guaranty and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries could be considered to be an FPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if more than 50% of our shares could be deemed to be owned by five or fewer individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States, and 60% or more of Assured Guaranty income, or that of its foreign subsidiaries, consists of "foreign personal holding company income," as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe, based upon information made available to us regarding our existing shareholder base and the expected dispersion of the ownership of our shares following this offering, that neither Assured Guaranty nor any of its foreign subsidiaries should be considered an FPHC. Additionally, we intended to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold. However, because of the lack of complete information regarding our ultimate share ownership, we cannot be certain that Assured Guaranty and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries will not be considered an FPHC. If Assured Guaranty or its foreign subsidiaries were considered an FPHC it could have material adverse tax consequences for an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation, including subjecting the investor to greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and subjecting the investor to tax on amounts in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed. Similarly, if Assured Guaranty (UK) were considered an FPHC, then its parent, Assured Guaranty Corp., could be subject to additional tax under these rules. However, because Assured Guaranty (UK) will be characterized as a CFC, Assured Guaranty Corp. will instead be subject to the rules applying to CFCs. In addition, if Assured Guaranty were considered an FPHC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning common shares, such individual's

29



heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the common shares which might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation—Foreign Personal Holding Companies."

U.S. tax-exempt organizations that own our common shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.

        A U.S. tax-exempt organization may recognize unrelated business taxable income if a portion of our insurance income is allocated to the organization. In general, insurance income will be allocated to a U.S. tax-exempt organization if either of our Foreign Insurance Subsidiaries is a CFC and the tax-exempt shareholder is a U.S. 10% Shareholder or there is RPII and certain exceptions do not apply. Although we do not believe that any U.S. Persons should be allocated such insurance income, we cannot be certain that this will be the case. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation—Classification of Assured Guaranty or Its Foreign Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations" and "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation—The RPII CFC Provisions." Potential U.S. tax-exempt investors are advised to consult their own tax advisers.

Changes in U.S. federal income tax law could materially adversely affect an investment in our common shares.

        Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the United States but have certain U.S. connections. In this regard, legislation has been introduced that affects the U.S. tax treatment of foreign corporations that are deemed to have "inverted" and that includes provisions that would permit the IRS to reallocate or recharacterize items of income, deduction or certain other items related to a reinsurance agreement between related parties to reflect the proper source, character or amount for each item (in contrast to current law, which only refers to source and character). Other legislation would provide additional limits on the deductibility of interest by foreign owned U.S. companies. While there are no currently pending legislative proposals which, if enacted, would have a material adverse effect on us or our shareholders, it is possible that broader-based legislative proposals could emerge in the future that could have an adverse impact on us or our shareholders.

        Additionally, the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the United States, is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" or the RPII of a CFC are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There currently are no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies, and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when, or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be implemented or made, or whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

        The U.S. Treasury Department is considering proposals, and legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress, intended to limit significantly the benefits available under the income tax treaty between the United States and Barbados. Under the current treaty, dividends paid to Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings by Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings are subject to a reduced withholding tax rate of 5%. However, possible changes to the treaty may result in the inability of Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings and Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings to continue to enjoy the reduced rate, in which case dividends paid to Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings by Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of 30%. We cannot be certain if or when such changes to the treaty may be enacted, but it is possible that such changes in the future could have an adverse impact on us or our shareholders.

30



The impact of Bermuda's letter of commitment to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development to eliminate harmful tax practices is uncertain and could adversely affect our tax status in Bermuda.

        A number of multinational organizations, including the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, the European Union, the Financial Action Task Force and the Financial Stability Forum, have all recently identified some countries as not participating in adequate information exchange, engaging in harmful tax practices or not maintaining adequate controls to prevent corruption, such as money laundering activities. The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, which is commonly referred to as the OECD, has published reports and launched a global dialogue among member and non-member countries on measures to limit harmful tax competition. These measures are largely directed at counteracting the effects of tax havens and preferential tax regimes in countries around the world. In the OECD's report dated June 26, 2000, Bermuda was not listed, and continues not to be listed, as an "uncooperative tax haven" because it had previously signed a letter committing itself to eliminate harmful tax practices by the end of 2005, and to embrace international tax standards for transparency, exchange of information and the elimination of any aspects of the regimes for financial and other services that attract business with no substantial domestic activity. However, it is possible that the OECD could change its view in the future and decide to list Bermuda as an uncooperative tax haven, or that one of the other multinational organizations could take a different view from the OECD and decide to recommend sanctions against Bermuda. We are not able to predict what changes will arise from the commitment or whether such changes will subject us to additional taxes which would reduce our net income.

31



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus may include forward-looking statements which reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. These statements include forward-looking statements both with respect to us specifically and the insurance and reinsurance industries in general. Statements which include the words "expect," "intend," "plan," "believe," "project," "anticipate," "may," "will," "continue," "further," "seek," and similar words or statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the federal securities laws or otherwise.

        All forward-looking statements address matters that involve risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. We believe that these factors include but are not limited to those described under "Risk Factors" above and the following:

        The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation publicly to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

        If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may vary materially from what we projected. Any forward-looking statements you read in this prospectus reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, results of operations, growth strategy and liquidity. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to individuals acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by this paragraph. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision.

32



FORMATION TRANSACTIONS

        Assured Guaranty Corp., our financial guaranty insurance subsidiary, was organized in 1985 and has been writing financial guaranty coverages since January 1988. In April 1992, Assured Guaranty Corp.'s parent, Capital Re, became a public company. In February 1994, Capital Re entered the mortgage business with the formation of Assured Guaranty Mortgage, a New York domiciled insurance company. Shortly thereafter, AGRO was formed as a Bermuda-domiciled insurance company. In December 1999, ACE acquired Capital Re.

        Assured Guaranty was incorporated in Bermuda in August 2003 for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for ACE's subsidiaries conducting its financial and mortgage guaranty businesses, which we refer to as the "transferred businesses," in connection with this offering. Certain of the transferred businesses were originally conducted by subsidiaries of Capital Re.

        As part of the overall plan of formation of Assured Guaranty, the following formation transactions will occur:

        Subsequent to entering into the underwriting agreement with respect to this offering, ACE will cause:

        Each of our operating subsidiaries conducted business under names including "ACE," "AGR" and/or "Capital Re." As part of the formation transactions we are changing the names of each of these subsidiaries to the respective names set forth in this prospectus (or derivations of these names). All of these name changes may not be completed prior to the completion of this offering.

        ACE and its subsidiaries will also enter into a number of transactions with our subsidiaries in order to reinsure or otherwise assume certain risks related to the businesses reported in our other segment. See "Relationship with ACE."

        We will also enter into a number of other agreements with ACE and its subsidiaries that will govern certain aspects of our relationship with ACE after this offering, including services agreements under which ACE and its subsidiaries will provide certain services to us for a period of time after this offering.

        After the consummation of these formation transactions and the completion of this offering, ACE will beneficially own 26,000,000 common shares, or approximately 35% of our outstanding common shares (18,650,000 common shares, or approximately 25% of our outstanding common shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional common shares is exercised in full).

33



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering. The selling shareholders, which will receive all of the proceeds from this offering, will pay substantially all of the expenses of this offering.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        Our board of directors currently intends to authorize the payment of a dividend of $0.03 per common share per quarter to our shareholders of record, beginning August 2004. Any determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors, and will depend upon our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, legal, tax, regulatory, rating agency and any contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

        We are a holding company and have no direct operations. Our ability to pay dividends depends, in part, on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to significant regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends. In 2004 the maximum amount of distributions that our subsidiaries can pay to us under applicable laws and regulations without prior regulatory approval is approximately $569.1 million and $25.6 million, for AGRI and Assured Guaranty Corp., respectively. See "Business—Regulation." In addition, to the extent that dividends are paid from Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings and Assured Guaranty US Holdings, they presently would be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30%, subject to possible reduction to 5% under the income tax treaty between the United States and Barbados, in the case of Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings.

        We also are subject to Bermuda regulatory constraints that will affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and make other payments. Under the Companies Act, we may declare or pay a dividend out of distributable reserves only (1) if we have reasonable grounds for believing that we are able, or after the applicable payment would be able, to pay our liabilities as they become due and (2) if the realizable value of our assets would thereby not be less than the aggregate of our liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts.

34



CAPITALIZATION

        The table below shows our combined capitalization as of December 31, 2003 and on a pro forma basis giving effect to the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions" and the transactions described under "Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited) beginning on page F-49." Since we will not receive any of the proceeds or pay any of the expenses of this offering, the amounts shown below will not be affected by this offering.

        You should read this table in conjunction with "Selected Combined Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the combined financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
 
  Actual
  Pro forma
 
 
  ($ in millions, except per share amounts)

 
Debt:              
 
Monthly income preferred securities of affiliate (1)

 

$

75.0

 

 


 
 
Promissory note to ACE (2)

 

 


 

$

200.0

 
   
 
 
   
Total debt

 

$

75.0

 

$

200.0

 
   
 
 

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 75,937,417 shares issued and outstanding pro forma)

 

$

16.4

 

$

0.8

 
 
Additional paid-in capital

 

 

955.5

 

 

1,247.5

 
 
Unearned stock grant compensation

 

 

(5.5

)

 

(17.8

)
 
Retained earnings

 

 

390.0

 

 


 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

81.2

 

 

81.2

 
   
 
 
 
Total shareholder's equity

 

 

1,437.6

 

 

1,311.6

 
   
 
 
   
Total capitalization

 

$

1,512.6

 

$

1,511.6

 
   
 
 

Ratio of total debt to total capitalization

 

 

5.0

%

 

13.2

%

(1)
Represents $75 million of Monthly Income Preferred Securities of Capital Re LLC. Capital Re LLC will remain a subsidiary of ACE subsequent to the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions."

(2)
We currently anticipate issuing $200 million of senior notes as soon as practicable following the completion of this offering to refinance the promissory note payable to ACE. We cannot assure you that this issuance of senior notes will be consummated. Moreover, as of this date, the price, timing and other terms of the proposed senior notes have not been finalized.

35



SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         The selected combined statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2000 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The selected combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1999 and the selected combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000 and 1999 are derived from our unaudited combined financial statements.

         You should read the following selected combined financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999 (1)
 
 
  ($ in millions)

   
 
Statement of operations data:                                
  Gross written premiums   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9   $ 206.0   $ 203.5  
  Net written premiums (2)     491.5     352.5     206.6     188.6     198.9  
 
Net earned premiums

 

$

310.9

 

$

247.4

 

$

293.5

 

$

140.7

 

$

192.6

 
  Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5     98.1     73.3  
  Net realized investment gains (losses)     5.5     7.9     13.1     8.6     (6.5 )
  Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )        
  Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9     2.5     5.0  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512.3     302.0     392.9     249.9     264.4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144.6     120.3     177.5     30.4     201.8  
  Profit commission expense     9.8     8.5     9.0     10.8     11.0  
  Acquisition costs     64.9     48.4     51.1     49.1     42.3  
  Operating expenses     41.0     31.0     29.8     26.2     24.1  
  Goodwill amortization             3.8     3.8      
  Interest expense     5.7     10.6     11.5     11.5     11.5  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266.1     218.8     282.8     131.8     290.7  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) before income taxes     246.2     83.2     110.1     118.1     (26.4 )
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     31.7     10.6     22.2     24.9     (10.6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214.5     72.6     87.9     93.2     (15.7 )
  Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes             (24.1 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 214.5   $ 72.6   $ 63.8   $ 93.2   $ (15.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 

Balance sheet data (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Investments and cash   $ 2,222.1   $ 2,061.9   $ 1,710.8   $ 1,549.6   $ 1,292.3  
  Prepaid reinsurance premiums     11.0     179.5     171.5     28.8     28.6  
  Total assets     2,857.9     2,719.9     2,322.1     1,913.7     1,622.2  
  Unearned premium reserve     625.4     613.3     500.3     444.6     396.8  
  Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     522.6     458.8     401.1     171.0     195.4  
  Long-term debt     75.0     75.0     150.0     150.0     150.0  
  Total liabilities     1,420.2     1,462.6     1,260.4     919.2     840.7  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     81.2     89.0     43.3     42.3      
  Shareholder's equity     1,437.6     1,257.2     1,061.6     994.5     781.6  
Per share data: (3)                                
  Earnings per share:                                
    Basic   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85   $ 1.24   $ (0.21 )
    Diluted     2.86     0.97     0.85     1.24     (0.21 )
  Book value per share     19.17     16.76     14.15     13.26     10.42  

GAAP financial information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio (4)     46.5 %   48.6 %   60.5 %   21.6 %   104.8 %
  Expense ratio (5)     37.2     35.5     30.6     61.2     40.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Combined ratio     83.7 %   84.1 %   91.1 %   82.8 %   145.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
                                 

36



Statutory financial information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Contingency reserve (6)   $ 410.5   $ 315.5   $ 228.9   $ 183.8   $ 155.1  
  Policyholders' surplus     980.5     835.4     833.2     786.0     464.6  

Additional financial guaranty information (end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net in-force business (principal and interest)   $ 130,047   $ 124,082   $ 117,909   $ 102,744   $ 94,035  
  Net in-force business (principal only)     87,524     80,394     75,249     65,756     59,073  
  Present value of gross premiums written (7)     238.8     215.5     195.0     139.5        
  Net present value of installment premiums in-force (8)     309.8     260.2     159.7     94.0        

(1)
ACE purchased the entities comprising Assured Guaranty as part of its purchase of Capital Re on December 30, 1999. The selected combined statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 1999 reflects the financial position and results of operations of the entities as included in Capital Re's financial statements during those periods. The remaining selected combined financial information represents the financial position and results of operations of the entities comprising Assured Guaranty based on ACE's purchase accounting basis in the entities. The principal differences are $94.6 million of goodwill at December 31, 1999 and related goodwill amortization of $3.8 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000.

(2)
Net written premiums exceeded gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 due to $154.8 million of return premium from two terminated ceded reinsurance contracts.

(3)
Based on 75,000,000 shares outstanding.

(4)
The loss and loss adjustment expense ratio is calculated by dividing loss and loss adjustment expenses by net earned premiums.

(5)
The expense ratio is calculated by dividing the sum of profit commission expense, acquisition costs and operating expenses by net earned premiums.

(6)
Under statutory accounting principles, financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers are required to establish contingency reserves based on a specified percentage of premiums. A contingency reserve is an additional liability reserve established to protect policyholders against the effects of adverse economic developments or cycles or other unforeseen circumstances.

(7)
Represents gross premiums related to financial guaranty contracts written in the current period, including the full amount of upfront premiums received and the present value of all installment premiums, discounted at 6% per year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Segment Results of Operations" for a reconciliation to gross written premiums. Information for years prior to 2000 is unavailable.

(8)
Represents the present value of installment premiums on all in-force financial guaranty business, net of reinsurance ceded and ceding commissions, discounted at 6% per year. Information for years prior to 2000 is unavailable.

37



PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        As a newly formed company, Assured Guaranty has no actual results of operations. In this prospectus, we therefore are presenting pro forma combined financial information with respect to the businesses that ACE will be transferring to us as described under "Formation Transactions," contingent upon the completion of this offering. This pro forma combined financial information is intended to illustrate the performance of our business as if this offering had been completed and we had commenced our operations as of the beginning of the year presented.

        The pro forma adjustments include (a) the estimated incremental operating costs that we will incur as a stand-alone public company, primarily a holding company executive management team, board of directors' fees, directors' and officers' liability insurance, independent auditors' fees, and the cost of changes in vendors or payment terms related to certain services currently provided by ACE, (b) long-term debt included in the historical combined financial statements that will be excluded from the transactions described under "Formation Transactions," and interest thereon, (c) the estimated effects of debt expected to be issued (and related interest expense at 6% per year) and related return of capital to ACE as described under "Formation Transactions," (d) the incremental cost of separate executive stock option and restricted stock programs, and (e) related U.S. income taxes at 35%, where applicable.

        We caution that the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and pro forma condensed combined statement of operations presented herein are not indicative of the actual results that we will achieve once we commence operations. Many factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from the pro forma condensed combined balance sheet and statement of operations, including our exit from the lines of business included in our other segment, our underwriting results, the amount of our investment income, and other factors.

        The following table summarizes the pro forma effects on historical combined net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 and on historical combined shareholder's equity as of December 31, 2003. Further details on the pro forma adjustments and the individual financial statement line items that will be affected are included in our supplemental pro forma condensed combined financial information (unaudited) included elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)" beginning on page F-49.

 
   
  Year Ended
December 31, 2003

  As of
December 31, 2003

 
 
   
  ($ in millions)

 
Historical combined net income   $ 214.5        
Historical combined shareholder's equity         $ 1,437.6  

(a)

 

Estimated incremental operating costs

 

 

(14.0

)

 

 

 
(b)   Interest on long-term debt retained by ACE     5.7        
    Long-term debt retained by ACE           75.0  
(c)   Interest on long-term debt to be issued     (12.0 )      
    Return of capital to ACE           (200.0 )
(d)   Stock option and restricted stock programs     (1.6 )   (2.8 )
(e)   Related income tax benefit     5.0     1.8  
       
       
Pro forma net income   $ 197.6        
       
 
 
Pro forma shareholder's equity         $ 1,311.6  
             
 

38



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our combined financial statements and accompanying notes which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. It contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see "Forward-Looking Statements" for more information. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements."

Executive Summary

        We are a Bermuda-based company providing credit enhancement products to the municipal finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

        Our financial results include three operating segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty. For financial reporting purposes, we have a fourth segment, which we refer to as other. The other segment consists of a number of businesses that we have exited including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, life, accident and health reinsurance ("LA&H") and auto residual value reinsurance.

        We derive our revenues principally from premiums from our insurance, reinsurance and credit derivative businesses, net investment income, net realized gains and losses from our investment portfolio and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. Our premiums are a function of the amount and type of contracts we write as well as prevailing market prices. We receive premiums on an upfront basis when the policy is issued or the contract is executed and/or on an installment basis over the life of the applicable transaction.

        Our investment income is a function of our invested assets and the yield that we earn on those assets. The investment yield will be a function of market interest rates at the time of investment as well as the type, credit quality and maturity of our invested assets. In addition, we could realize capital gains or losses on securities in our investment portfolio as a result of changing market conditions, including changes in market interest rates, and changes in the credit quality of our invested assets.

        Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are a function of changes in the estimated fair value of our credit derivative contracts. We expect these unrealized gains and losses to fluctuate primarily based on changes in credit spreads and the credit quality of the referenced entities. We generally hold these derivative contracts to maturity. Where we hold a derivative contract to maturity, the cumulative unrealized gains and losses will net to zero if we incur no credit losses on that contract.

        We expect that our expenses will primarily consist of losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"), profit commission expense, acquisition costs, operating expenses, interest expense and income taxes. Losses and LAE will be a function of the amount and types of business we write. Losses and LAE are based upon estimates of the ultimate aggregate losses inherent in the portfolio. The risks that we will take have a low expected frequency of loss and generally will be investment grade at the time we accept the risk. Profit commission expense represents payments made to ceding companies generally based on the profitability of the business reinsured by us. Acquisition costs are related to the production of new business. Certain acquisition costs are deferred and recognized over the period in which the related premiums are earned. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and other

39



employee-related costs. These costs will not vary with the amount of premiums written. We estimate that our incremental expenses in connection with becoming a public company are approximately $14.0 million per year, primarily attributable to the salaries of our executive officers and other public company expenses. In November 2003 and February 2004, we reduced our personnel and other expenses and, as a result, expect to save approximately $16.0 million of operating expenses per year on an annualized basis. Interest expense will be a function of outstanding debt and the contractual interest rate related to that debt. Income taxes will be a function of our profitability and the applicable tax rate in the various jurisdictions in which we do business.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our combined financial statements include amounts that, either by their nature or due to requirements of GAAP, are determined using estimates and assumptions. The actual amounts realized could ultimately be materially different from the amounts currently provided for in our combined financial statements. We believe the items requiring the most inherently subjective and complex estimates to be reserves for losses and LAE, valuation of derivative financial instruments, valuation of investments, other than temporary impairments of investments, premium revenue recognition, deferred acquisition costs and deferred income taxes. An understanding of our accounting policies for these items is of critical importance to understanding our combined financial statements. The following discussion provides more information regarding the estimates and assumptions used for these items and should be read in conjunction with the notes to our combined financial statements.

        Reserve for losses and LAE includes case reserves, incurred but not reported reserves ("IBNR") and portfolio reserves.

        Case reserves are established when specific insured obligations are in or near default. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries but before considering ceded reinsurance from insured obligations that are in or near default. Financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance case reserves are discounted at 6.0%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on the investment portfolio in all periods presented.

        IBNR is an estimate of the amount of losses where the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, we use traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. We record IBNR for mortgage guaranty reinsurance within our mortgage guaranty segment and for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within our other segment.

        We also record portfolio reserves for our financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives and mortgage guaranty reinsurance. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of our business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are established in an amount equal to the portion of actuarially estimated ultimate losses related to premiums earned to date as a percentage of total expected premiums for that in-force business. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses of financial guaranty exposures are developed considering the net par outstanding of each insured obligation, taking account of the probability of future default, the expected timing of the default and the expected recovery following default. These factors vary by type of issue (for example municipal, structured finance or corporate), current credit rating and remaining term of the underlying obligation and are principally based on historical data obtained from rating agencies. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on mortgage guaranty reinsurance are principally determined based on the historical industry loss experience, net of expected recoveries. During an accounting period, portfolio reserves principally increase or decrease based on changes in the aggregate

40



net amount at risk and the probability of default resulting from changes in credit quality of insured obligations, if any.

        We update our estimates of loss and LAE reserves quarterly. Loss assumptions used in computing loss and LAE reserves are updated periodically for emerging experience, and any resulting changes in reserves are recorded as a charge or credit to earnings in the period such estimates are changed. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The following tables summarize our reserve for losses and LAE by segment, by type of reserve and by segment and type of reserve as of the dates presented. For an explanation of changes in these reserves see "—Combined Results of Operations."

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

By segment:                  
Financial guaranty direct   $ 29.9   $ 26.0   $ 8.9
Financial guaranty reinsurance     72.8     47.2     65.3
Mortgage guaranty     24.1     28.7     31.4
Other     395.7     356.9     295.4
   
 
 
  Total   $ 522.6   $ 458.8   $ 401.1
   
 
 
 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

By type of reserve:                  
Case basis   $ 128.9   $ 122.1   $ 53.5
IBNR     319.0     281.1     269.0
Portfolio     74.6     55.6     78.5
   
 
 
  Total   $ 522.6   $ 458.8   $ 401.1
   
 
 
 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
Guaranty

  Other
  Total
 
  ($ in millions)

By segment and type of reserve:                              
Case basis   $ 2.0   $ 35.3   $ 1.8   $ 89.8   $ 128.9
IBNR             13.1     305.9     319.0
Portfolio     27.9     37.5     9.2         74.6
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 29.9   $ 72.8   $ 24.1   $ 395.7   $ 522.6
   
 
 
 
 

41



        The following table sets forth the financial guaranty in-force portfolio by underlying rating:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
Ratings

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Net Par
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
AAA   $ 26.2   29.9 %
AA     17.6   20.1  
A     29.9   34.2  
BBB     12.3   14.1  
Below investment grade     1.5   1.7  
   
 
 
  Total exposures   $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

        Our risk management department is responsible for monitoring our portfolio of credits and maintains a list of closely monitored credits. The closely monitored credits are divided into four categories: Category 1 (low priority; fundamentally sound, greater than normal risk); Category 2 (medium priority; weakening credit profile, may result in loss); Category 3 (high priority; losses likely, case reserve established); Category 4 (claim paid or incurred). Credits that are not included in the closely monitored credit list are categorized as fundamentally sound, normal risk. See "Business—Risk Management" for further definition and discussion of closely monitored credits. The following table provides financial guaranty net par outstanding by credit monitoring category as of December 31, 2003:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
Description:

  Net Par
Outstanding

  % of Net Par
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Fundamentally sound, normal risk   $ 85,794.8   98.0 %
Closely monitored:            
  Category 1     1,309.5   1.5  
  Category 2     251.8   0.3  
  Category 3     131.1   0.1  
  Category 4     36.8   0.0  
   
 
 
  Sub total     1,729.2   2.0  
   
 
 
Total   $ 87,524.0   100 %
   
 
 

42


        On January 1, 2001, we adopted FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"), which established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. FAS 133 requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.

        We issue credit derivative financial instruments, including a few index-based derivative financial instruments, that we view as an extension of our financial guaranty business but which do not qualify for the financial guaranty insurance scope exception under FAS 133 and therefore are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value included in our earnings.

        Since we view these derivative contracts as an extension of our financial guaranty business, we believe that the most meaningful presentation of these derivatives is to reflect revenue as earned premium, to record estimates of losses and LAE on specific credit events as incurred and to record changes in fair value as incurred. When we determine that a loss on a derivative contract is probable, we establish reserves for the loss. Other changes in fair value are included in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments. We generally hold derivative contracts to maturity. However, in certain circumstances such as for risk management purposes or as a result of a decision to exit a line of business, we may decide to terminate a derivative contract prior to maturity. Where we hold a derivative to maturity, the cumulative unrealized gains and losses will net to zero if we incur no credit losses on that contract. However, in the event that we terminate a derivative contarct prior to maturity the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and loss incurred.

        The fair value of these instruments depends on a number of factors including credit spreads, changes in interest rates, recovery rates and the credit ratings of referenced entities. Where available, we use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of these credit derivatives. If the quoted prices are not available, particularly for senior layer CDOs and equity layer credit protection, the fair value is estimated using valuation models for each type of credit protection. These models may be developed by third parties, such as rating agencies, or developed internally based on market conventions for similar transactions, depending on the circumstances. These models and the related assumptions are continuously reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information. The majority of our single name credit derivatives are valued using third-party market quotes. Our exposures to CDOs are typically valued using a combination of rating agency models and internally developed models.

        Valuation models include the use of management estimates and current market information. Management is also required to make assumptions on how the fair value of derivative instruments are affected by current market conditions. Management considers factors such as current prices charged for similar agreements, performance of underlying assets, and our ability to obtain reinsurance for our insured obligations. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

        The fair value adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a $98.4 million gain as compared to a $54.2 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2002. The change in fair value is related to many factors but primarily due to changes in credit spreads. For example, the 2003 gain of $98.4 million primarily relates to an approximate 60-65% tightening in investment grade corporate spreads over that period, and the 2002 loss of $54.2 million primarily relates to an approximate 20-25% widening.

43



        As of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we had total investments of $2.2 billion, $2.1 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. The fair values of all of our investments are calculated from independent market quotations.

        As of December 31, 2003, approximately 94% of our investments were long-term fixed maturity securities, and our portfolio had an average duration of 5.4 years. Changes in interest rates affect the value of our fixed maturity portfolio. As interest rates fall, the fair value of fixed maturity securities increases and as interest rates rise, the fair value of fixed maturity securities decreases. The following table summarizes the estimated change in fair value net of related income taxes on our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003 based upon assumed changes in interest rates:

Change in Interest Rates

  Estimated
Increase
(Decrease) in
Fair Value

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
300 basis point rise   $ (244.7 )
200 basis point rise     (167.9 )
100 basis point rise     (86.3 )
100 basis point decline     76.0  
200 basis point decline     155.2  
300 basis point decline     230.0  

        We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

        If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss on our balance sheet in "accumulated other comprehensive income" in shareholder's equity. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current assessment of the factors noted above. If that assessment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        Other than temporary declines in the fair value of fixed maturity securities were $0.1 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The 2002 impairment loss as a percentage of the total fair value of our investments at the beginning of 2002 was 0.3%.

44



        The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and the length of time such securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Municipal securities                          
0-6 months   $ 56.2   $ (1.0 ) $ 8.6      
7-12 months     8.3     (0.2 )   0.2      
Greater than 12 months             0.7     (0.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
      64.5     (1.2 )   9.5   $ (0.1 )

Corporate securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     35.1     (0.5 )        
7-12 months     9.5     (0.7 )   4.7     (1.8 )
Greater than 12 months             4.7     (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
      44.6     (1.2 )   9.4     (2.0 )

U.S. Government obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     16.2     (0.2 )        
7-12 months                  
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      16.2     (0.2 )        

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     125.2     (1.6 )   18.1     (0.1 )
7-12 months     29.8     (0.5 )   12.0     (0.1 )
Greater than 12 months             0.6      
   
 
 
 
 
      155.0     (2.1 )   30.7     (0.2 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 280.3   $ (4.7 ) $ 49.6   $ (2.3 )
   
 
 
 
 

45


        The following table summarizes the unrealized losses in our investment portfolio by type of security and remaining time to maturity as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
Remaining Time to Maturity

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Municipal securities                          
Due in one year or less                          
Due after one year through five years   $ 9.2   $ (0.1 )        
Due after five years through ten years     10.6     (0.1 )        
Due after ten years     44.7     (1.0 ) $ 9.5   $ (0.1 )
   
 
 
 
 
      64.5     (1.2 )   9.5     (0.1 )

Corporate securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due in one year or less             0.3      
Due after one year through five years     10.2     (0.1 )   5.3      
Due after five years through ten years     8.5     (0.4 )        
Due after ten years     25.9     (0.7 )   3.8     (2.0 )
   
 
 
 
 
      44.6     (1.2 )   9.4     (2.0 )

U.S. Government obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Due in one year or less                  
Due after one year through five years     0.1              
Due after five years through ten years     9.3                
Due after ten years     6.8     (0.2 )        
   
 
 
 
 
      16.2     (0.2 )        

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

155.0

 

 

(2.1

)

 

30.7

 

 

(0.2

)
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 280.3   $ (4.7 ) $ 49.6   $ (2.3 )
   
 
 
 
 

46


        The following table summarizes, for all securities sold at a loss through December 31, 2003 and 2002, the fair value and realized loss by length of time such securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position prior to the date of sale:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
Length of Time in Continuous Unrealized Loss Prior to Sale

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair
Value

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Corporate securities                          
0-6 months   $ 12.4   $ (0.4 ) $ 51.8   $ (2.0 )
7-12 months             14.5     (0.7 )
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      12.4     (0.4 )   66.3     (2.7 )

U.S. Government securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     9.4     (0.4 )   20.5     (0.1 )
7-12 months                  
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      9.4     (0.4 )   20.5     (0.1 )

Mortgage and asset-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
0-6 months     5.7     (0.1 )   39.6     (0.4 )
7-12 months                  
Greater than 12 months                  
   
 
 
 
 
      5.7     (0.1 )   39.6     (0.4 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 27.5   $ (0.9 ) $ 126.4   $ (3.2 )
   
 
 
 
 

        Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the related risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, approximately 34.0%, 50.8% and 61.9%, respectively, of our gross written premiums were received upfront, and 66.0%, 49.2% and 38.1%, respectively, were received in installments. For the financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, earned premiums related to upfront premiums are greater in the earlier periods of an upfront transaction when there is a higher amount of risk outstanding. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserve is earned at that time. Unearned premium reserve represents the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

        In our reinsurance businesses, we estimate the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company at the end of each quarter and the end of each year because some of our ceding companies report premium data anywhere from 30 to 90 days after the end of the relevant period. Written premiums reported in our statement of operations are based upon reports received by ceding companies supplemented by our own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. As of December 31, 2003, the assumed premium estimate and related

47



ceding commissions included in our combined financial statements are $31.7 million and $9.1 million, respectively. Key assumptions used to arrive at management's best estimate of assumed premium are premium amounts reported historically and informal communications with ceding companies. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined. Historically, the differences have not been material. We do not record a provision for doubtful accounts related to our assumed premium estimate. Historically there have not been any material issues related to the collectibility of assumed premium. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, we recorded a provision for doubtful accounts related to our premium receivable of $0 million, $0.3 million and $0 million, respectively.

        Acquisition costs incurred that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business are deferred. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as ceding commissions, brokerage expenses and the cost of underwriting and marketing personnel. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had deferred acquisition costs of $178.7 million and $157.3 million, respectively. Ceding commissions paid to primary insurers are the largest component of deferred acquisition costs, constituting 80.2% and 77.7% of total deferred acquisition costs as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Management uses its judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. We periodically conduct a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and qualify for deferral. Acquisition costs other than those associated with our credit derivative products are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premiums. Ceding commissions received on premiums we cede to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, LAE and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred.

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had a net deferred income tax liability of $55.6 million and $43.0 million, respectively. Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserve for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserves, net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs"), unrealized gains and losses on investments and derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce a deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        As of December 31, 2003, AGRO had a stand-alone NOL of $89.0 million, which is available to offset its future U.S. taxable income. Substantially all of this NOL will be available until 2017, and the remainder will be available until 2023. AGRO's stand-alone NOL is not permitted to offset income of any other members of AGRO's consolidated group due to certain tax regulations. Under applicable accounting rules, we are required to establish a valuation allowance for NOLs that we believe are more likely than not to expire before utilized. Management believes it is more likely than not that $20.0 million of AGRO's $89.0 million NOL will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the NOL deferred tax asset. The valuation allowance is subject to considerable judgment and will be adjusted to the extent actual taxable income differs from estimates of future taxable income that may be used to realize NOLs.

48


Combined Results of Operations

        The following table presents summary combined statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Revenues:                    
Gross written premiums   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9  
Net written premiums     491.5     352.5     206.6  

Net earned premiums

 

$

310.9

 

$

247.4

 

$

293.5

 
Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5  
Net realized investment gains     5.5     7.9     13.1  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )
Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512.3     302.0     392.9  
   
 
 
 
Expenses:                    
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144.6     120.3     177.5  
Profit commission expense     9.8     8.5     9.0  
Acquisition costs     64.9     48.4     51.1  
Operating expenses     41.0     31.0     29.8  
Other expenses     5.7     10.6     15.3  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266.1     218.8     282.8  
   
 
 
 
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes     246.2     83.2     110.1  
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes     31.7     10.6     22.2  
Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214.5     72.6     87.9  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes             (24.1 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 214.5   $ 72.6   $ 63.8  
   
 
 
 

Underwriting gain (loss) by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Financial guaranty direct   $ 29.5   $ 3.6   $ 17.0  
Financial guaranty reinsurance     24.8     39.6     26.0  
Mortgage guaranty     11.4     16.2     14.6  
Other     (15.2 )   (20.3 )   (31.5 )
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 50.5   $ 39.2   $ 26.1  
   
 
 
 

        The summary combined statements of operations provided above are based on historical financial statement information. This information is not necessarily representative of the net income we will have going forward. We organize our business around four financial reporting segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other. There are a number of lines of business that we have exited, which are included in the other segment. However, the results of these businesses are reflected in the above numbers. These businesses include equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H and auto residual value reinsurance.

        Included in our results of operations are three significant transactions entered into with affiliated entities (see "Relationship with ACE—Reinsurance Transactions"):

49


        Net income was $214.5 million, $72.6 million and $63.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase of $141.9 million in 2003 as compared with 2002 is primarily due to the significant increase in unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments due primarily to the tightening of credit spreads on our derivative financial instruments. Unrealized gains on derivative financial instruments increased from an after-tax loss of $48.9 million in 2002 to an after-tax gain of $83.4 million in 2003, an increase of $132.3 million. In addition, underwriting income increased from $39.2 million in 2002 to $50.5 million in 2003. Most of this increase is attributable to the growth and improved profitability of the financial guaranty direct segment. The $8.8 million increase in net income for 2002 as compared to 2001 is primarily related to improved underwriting results in our financial guaranty reinsurance, mortgage guaranty and other segments, offset by the decline in underwriting gain in the financial guaranty direct segment.

    Gross Written Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 71.2   $ 47.4   $ 46.0
Financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7     84.6     70.4
Mortgage guaranty     24.4     47.6     47.4
Other     84.9     237.6     279.1
   
 
 
  Total   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9
   
 
 

        Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $349.2 million compared to $417.2 million the year ended December 31, 2002. In 2003, we achieved strong results in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment and financial guaranty direct segment as gross written premiums increased $84.1 million, or 99.4%, and $23.8 million, or 50.2%, respectively, over 2002. The increase in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment was mainly driven by the municipal finance reinsurance

50



business, which increased due to large cessions on European project finance transactions as well as an increase in the volume of new issues of insured municipal bonds. In the financial guaranty direct segment, the growth in gross written premiums was mainly attributable to an increase in structured finance premiums. These gains were offset by a decline in gross written premiums of $152.7 million in the other segment and a $23.2 million reduction in the mortgage guaranty segment. Gross written premiums in the other segment decreased $152.7 million due to our decision to cease writing new equity layer credit protection business in 2003. The decline in gross written premiums in the mortgage guaranty segment in 2003 is primarily due to the continued runoff of our quota share business.

        Gross written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $417.2 million, a decrease of $25.7 million, or 5.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. This decrease is primarily due to large nonrecurring transactions recognized in 2001, the AGRO Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction and a large auto residual value reinsurance transaction, both of which impact the other segment. This decline was partially offset by increases in the other financial guaranty reinsurance segment as well as modest increases in the mortgage guaranty and financial guaranty direct segments.

    Net Written Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 70.0   $ 46.3   $ 43.5
Financial guaranty reinsurance     162.1     82.6     68.6
Mortgage guaranty     24.4     47.6     47.6
Other     235.0     175.9     46.9
   
 
 
  Total   $ 491.5   $ 352.5   $ 206.6
   
 
 

        Net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased by $139.0 million, despite the 16.3% decline in gross written premiums. This increase is due to the termination of the Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction at June 30, 2003 and the AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction at December 31, 2003, described previously in the "—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions," reflected in the other segment. The termination of these contracts contributed $154.8 million in net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003. Excluding the other segment, growth in net written premiums in the financial guaranty reinsurance, financial guaranty direct and mortgage segments was consistent with the growth of gross written premiums.

        For the year ended December 31, 2002, net written premiums were $352.5 million, an increase of $145.9 million, or 70.6%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2001, despite a $25.7 million, or 5.8%, decline in gross written premiums for 2002 compared to 2001. Net written premiums grew at a faster pace than gross written premium primarily due to the purchase of reinsurance in 2001 (see "—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions"), reflected in the other segment. Net written premiums in the other segment increased $129.0 million due to cessions of $125.0 million related to the AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction in 2001, as well as positive trends in the equity layer credit protection line in 2002 compared to 2001. Excluding the other segment, net written premiums increased consistent with the increase in gross written premiums in the financial guaranty reinsurance, financial guaranty direct and mortgage guaranty segments.

51



    Net Earned Premiums

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 70.2   $ 43.9   $ 30.0
Financial guaranty reinsurance     92.9     79.3     62.2
Mortgage guaranty     27.6     45.3     39.7

Other

 

 

120.2

 

 

78.9

 

 

161.6
   
 
 
  Total   $ 310.9   $ 247.4   $ 293.5
   
 
 

        Net earned premiums for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased by $63.5 million, or 25.7%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. Net earned premiums increased $26.3 million, $13.6 million and $41.3 million in the financial guaranty direct segment, financial guaranty reinsurance segment and the other segment, respectively. The increase of $26.3 million in the financial guaranty direct segment is primarily due to the growth in our structured finance portfolio. In the financial guaranty reinsurance segment, net earned premiums increased from $79.3 million to $92.9 million due to municipal finance refunding activity and an increase in par insured outstanding. The increase in the other segment is mainly attributable to our decision to exit the LA&H business, which resulted in a reduction in earned premiums of $32.2 million in 2002 as a result of transferring this book of business to an affiliate of ACE. Net earned premiums declined in the mortgage segment from $45.3 million to $27.6 million related to a reduction in our treaty book of business.

        Net earned premiums decreased by $46.1 million, or 15.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. Net earned premiums in 2002 grew in all segments except the other segment, which decreased $82.7 million. Net earned premiums increased 46.3%, 27.5% and 14.1% in the financial guaranty direct segment, financial guaranty reinsurance segment and mortgage guaranty segment, respectively. The increase in the financial guaranty direct segment is attributable to an increase in structured finance premiums. In 2002, net earned premiums increased in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment largely due to municipal finance refunding activity. The growth in net premiums earned in these segments was partially offset by a $82.7 million decrease in the other segment. This decrease included an $89.0 million decrease in the auto residual value reinsurance business and a $56.8 million decrease in the LA&H business, partially offset by a $63.0 million increase in the equity layer credit protection business.

        Net investment income was $96.3 million, $97.2 million and $99.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Net investment income has remained relatively level across the periods as declining investment yields offset increasing investment balances. Pre-tax yields to maturity were 4.9%, 5.5% and 5.9% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The decrease in investment yields is due to declining market interest rates as well as a more conservative investment profile in AGRI. Over this period the yield to maturity of the Lehman Aggregate Index, a commonly used benchmark for investment yields, declined from 5.7% as of December 31, 2001 to 4.2% as of December 31, 2003.

52


        Net realized investment gains, principally from the sale of fixed maturity securities, were $5.5 million, $7.9 million and $13.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, net of $0.1 million, $5.8 million and $9.3 million of other than temporary impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Net realized investment gains, net of related income taxes, were $3.8 million, $5.8 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value as required by FAS 133. However, as explained under "—Critical Accounting Policies," we record part of the change in fair value in the loss and LAE reserves as well as unearned premium reserve. The fair value adjustment for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a $98.4 million gain as compared to a $54.2 million loss for the same period in 2002. The change in fair value is related to many factors but primarily due to tightening credit spreads. For example, the 2003 gain of $98.4 million primarily corresponds to an approximate 60-65% tightening in investment grade corporate spreads over that period, and the 2002 loss of $54.2 million corresponds to an approximate 20-25% widening of such spreads.

        The gain or loss created by the estimated fair value adjustment will rise or fall based on estimated market pricing and may not be an indication of ultimate claims. Fair value is defined as the amount at which an asset or liability could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. We generally plan to hold derivative financial instruments to maturity. Where we hold derivative financial instruments to maturity, these fair value adjustments would generally be expected to reverse resulting in no gain or loss over the entire term of the contract.

    Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct   $ 16.3   $ 25.4   $ 3.0
Financial guaranty reinsurance     25.7     5.3     5.1
Mortgage guaranty     (0.7 )   8.9     6.2
Other     103.3     80.6     163.2
   
 
 
  Total   $ 144.6   $ 120.3   $ 177.5
   
 
 

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $144.6 million, an increase of $24.3 million, or 20.2%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase is attributable to a $20.4 million increase in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment and a $22.7 million increase in the other segment, and is partly offset by a $9.1 million decrease in the financial guaranty direct segment and $9.6 million decrease in the mortgage guaranty segment. Loss and loss adjustment expenses increased in the financial guaranty reinsurance segment due to an increase in case activity associated with CDOs assumed through treaties. The increase in loss and loss adjustment expenses for the other segment is primarily due to the increase in a case reserve related to one auto residual value reinsurance contract. The $9.6 million decline in loss and loss adjustment expenses in the mortgage guaranty segment is due to favorable loss development on older contracts. The $9.1 million decline in the financial guaranty direct segment is due to the improved credit environment as compared to 2002. See "—Segment Results of Operations" for further explanations of these changes.

53



        Loss and loss adjustment expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $120.3 million, a decrease of $57.2 million, or 32.2%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. The $57.2 million reduction in 2002 compared to 2001 is due to an increase in loss and loss adjustment expenses in the financial guaranty direct and mortgage guaranty segments due to a deteriorating credit environment, offset by an $82.6 million decrease in the other segment due to the change in the mix of business, as we exited the auto residual value reinsurance and LA&H businesses. See "—Segment Results of Operations" for further explanations of these changes.

        Profit commissions allow the reinsured to share favorable experience on a reinsurance contract due to lower than expected losses. Profit commissions primarily relate to our mortgage guaranty segment. Profit commissions for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $9.8 million, $8.5 million and $9.0 million, respectively. In 2003 profit commission expense related to the mortgage segment declined due to a reduction in net earned premiums, offset by an increase in profit commission related to the financial guaranty reinsurance segment. Profit commission expense declined from $9.0 million in 2001 to $8.5 million in 2002 as a result of higher losses resulting in lower profit commission expense in the mortgage segment.

        Acquisition costs primarily consist of ceding commissions, brokerage fees and operating expenses that are related to the acquisition of new business. Acquisition costs that vary with and are directly related to the acquisition of new business are deferred and are amortized in relation to earned premium. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, acquisition costs were $64.9 million, $48.4 million and $51.1 million, respectively. The increase of $16.5 million in 2003 is consistent with the increase in earned premium. In 2002, acquisition costs decreased by $2.7 million, primarily due to the transfer of our LA&H business to an affiliate. Acquisition costs as a percentage of net earned premiums were 20.9%, 19.6% and 17.4% in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

    Operating Expenses

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, operating expenses were $41.0 million, $31.0 million and $29.8 million, respectively. The increases are principally due to changes in staffing levels and other resources as we focused on growing the financial guaranty direct segment.

    Other Expenses

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, other expenses were $5.7 million, $10.6 million and $15.3 million, respectively. The $4.9 million decrease in 2003 is due to the reduction in interest expense related to the repayment of $100.0 million of debt in 2002. The decrease in 2002 is principally due to the absence of goodwill amortization, which was $3.8 million in 2001 and 2000. Effective January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized.

    Income Tax

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, income tax expense was $31.7 million, $10.6 million and $22.2 million, respectively. Our effective tax rate was 12.9%, 12.7% and 20.2% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Our effective tax rates reflect the proportion of income recognized by each of our operating subsidiaries, with U.S. subsidiaries taxed at the U.S. marginal corporate income tax rate of 35%, UK subsidiaries taxed at the UK marginal corporate tax rate of 30%, and with no taxes for our Bermuda holding company and subsidiaries.

54


Accordingly, our overall corporate effective tax rate fluctuates based on the distribution of taxable income across these jurisdictions.

    Cumulative Effect of New Accounting Standard

        On January 1, 2001, we adopted FAS 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." FAS 133 requires that all derivatives be recognized in the combined balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. In 2001, we recorded an expense of $24.1 million for the cumulative effect of adopting this standard, net of $12.3 million of deferred income taxes.

Segment Results of Operations

        Our financial results include three operating segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty. For financial reporting purposes, we have a fourth segment, which we refer to as other. As we implement our new mortgage guaranty strategy, we will consider whether to continue to report the results of our mortgage guaranty business as a separate segment. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment's financial performance. Underwriting gain (loss) includes net premiums earned, loss and loss adjustment expenses, acquisition expenses, profit commission expense and other operating expenses that are directly related to the operations of our insurance businesses. This measure excludes certain revenue and expense items, such as investment income, realized gains and losses, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments, goodwill amortization and interest expense, that are not directly related to the underwriting performance of our insurance operations, but are included in net income.

    Financial Guaranty Direct Segment

        The financial guaranty direct segment consists of our primary financial guaranty insurance business and our credit derivative business. Our financial guaranty direct segment began as a means to diversify our financial guaranty business's historical focus on reinsurance. We have been building our market presence in the financial guaranty direct market over the past seven years, beginning with our single-name credit default swap business in 1996. In 2000, we expanded our direct product offerings to include credit protection on CDOs and asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, and began to build a primary monoline infrastructure, beginning a licensing program in the United States.

        Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of municipal bonds and structured securities. As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection on a particular security or issuer can also be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under a credit default swap, the seller of protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or a particular reference entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance.

55



        The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty direct segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 71.2   $ 47.4   $ 46.0  
Net written premiums     70.0     46.3     43.5  

Net earned premiums

 

$

70.2

 

$

43.9

 

$

30.0

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     16.3     25.4     3.0  
Profit commission expense         (0.1 )   (0.1 )
Acquisition costs     2.8     2.4     0.9  
Operating expenses     21.6     12.5     9.2  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 29.5   $ 3.6   $ 17.0  
   
 
 
 
Losses and loss adjustment expense ratio     23.2 %   57.9 %   10.0 %
Expense ratio     34.8     33.7     33.3  
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     58.0 %   91.6 %   43.3 %
   
 
 
 

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the financial guaranty direct segment contributed $71.2 million, $47.4 million and $46.0 million to gross written premiums, respectively, which represent an increase of $23.8 million and $1.4 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. Of the $23.8 million increase in 2003, $21.1 million was written as credit derivatives and $2.7 million was written as financial guaranty insurance, which we began writing in 2003. We began writing financial guaranty insurance in 2003, writing $1.5 million of municipal finance business and $1.2 million of structured finance business, of which $1.1 million was home equity loan securitizations issued in the public markets.

        Gross and net written premiums in this segment generally have been received on an installment basis, reflecting our focus on the structured finance and credit derivatives markets. In 2003, 2002 and 2001, installment premiums represented 94.9%, 95.6% and 67.8% of gross written premiums in this segment, or $67.6 million, $45.3 million and $31.2 million, respectively. The contribution of upfront premiums to gross written premiums were $3.6 million, $2.1 million and $14.8 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Although premiums are typically received on an installment basis on credit derivatives, in 2001, $14.8 million of upfront premiums were written, primarily related to two transactions. Gross written premiums in 2002 were flat compared to 2001 due to these transactions.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net written premiums were $70.0 million, $46.3 million and $43.5 million, respectively. The growth in net written premiums is primarily due to growth in gross written premiums as we typically retain a substantial portion of this business.

        Management uses the "present value of gross premiums written" to evaluate new business production for our financial guaranty business, including both financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance and credit derivative contracts. This measure consists of upfront premiums plus the present value of installment premiums (discounted at 6%) for contracts entered into during the reporting period. Management uses this measure to provide a meaningful summary of new business production in our financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, as both upfront and installment premiums are included in our revenues. The present value of gross premiums written differs from gross written premiums as shown in our financial statements and should not be considered as a substitute for gross written premiums determined in accordance with GAAP.

        Management also uses the "net present value of installment premiums in-force" in our financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments as a measure of our future premiums on our in-force book of installment premium business. It is calculated net of reinsurance ceded and using a discount rate of 6%. There is no GAAP measure that is comparable to the net present value of installment premiums in-force.

56


        The following table reconciles gross written premiums as presented in our statement of operations to the present value of gross premiums written and presents the net present value of installment premiums in-force, as well as gross par written and net par outstanding:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 71.2   $ 47.4   $ 46.0  
Less installment premiums included above     (67.6 )   (45.3 )   (31.2 )
   
 
 
 
Upfront gross premiums     3.6     2.1     14.8  
Present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in current period     90.2     93.9     101.8  
   
 
 
 
Present value of gross premiums written   $ 93.8   $ 96.0   $ 116.6  
   
 
 
 
Gross par written:                    
  Municipal finance   $ 48   $ 113   $ 209  
  Structured finance     6,980     6,734     7,481  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 7,028   $ 6,847   $ 7,690  
   
 
 
 

As of period end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net present value of installment premiums in-force   $ 217.1   $ 187.3   $ 113.4  
Net present value of installment premiums in-force, net of related income taxes     151.9     134.8     77.0  
Net par outstanding:                    
  Municipal finance   $ 2,138   $ 1,869   $ 1,873  
  Structured finance     21,561     18,575     13,649  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 23,699   $ 20,444   $ 15,522  
   
 
 
 

        The present value of gross premiums written in a period is the result of the gross par written, the annual premium rate charged and the duration of the underlying security. The annual premium rate fluctuates based on credit spreads, asset category, credit rating and other security-specific characteristics, as well as market conditions, competition and other broader economic and market factors. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the present value of gross premiums written was $93.8 million, $96.0 million and $116.6 million, respectively. In 2003, the present value of gross premiums written declined 2.3%, although gross par written grew 2.6%, due to lower credit spreads in the market as well as a change in the mix of asset categories we underwrote. For example, during 2003 we stopped underwriting single name credit default swaps, underwriting only $150 million of gross par, whereas we underwrote $547 million and $422 million of gross par in 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2002, the present value of gross premiums written declined 17.7%, compared to 11% decline in gross par written, from $7.7 billion to $6.8 billion. In the challenging credit environment we were more stringent in our underwriting standards and pricing, which reduced overall volumes in 2002.

        The change in net present value of installment premiums in-force is a measurement used by management to evaluate the future net earned premium on business that has already been underwritten. The net present value of installment premiums in-force was $217.1 million, $187.3 million and $113.4 million as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2003, the net present value of installment premiums in-force was up 15.9% versus the prior year, reflecting the addition of $90.2 million in present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in the period, partially offset by reported net earned premiums of $70.2 million. In 2002, the net present value of installment premiums in-force was up 65.2% to $187.3 million, reflecting the strong level of production

57



related to contracts written in the period, compared to a relatively low starting level, as we began to expand our financial guaranty direct operations.

        Net earned premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, were $70.2 million, $43.9 million and $30.0 million, respectively, an increase of $26.3 million, or 59.9%, in 2003, and $13.9 million, or 46.3%, in 2002. The increase in net earned premiums across these periods reflects the amortization of upfront premiums and the growing volume of installment premiums generated in the growing book of contracts, as evidenced by the increase in net par outstanding and net present value of installment premiums in-force. Net par outstanding grew from $15.5 billion at year-end 2001 to $20.4 billion at year-end 2002, up 31.7%, to $23.7 billion at year-end 2003, up 15.9%.

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $16.3 million, $25.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. Our loss and loss adjustment expenses are affected by changes in the mix, size and credit trends in our book of business, and by changes in our reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses for prior periods. Our loss ratio is principally affected by the mix of business in our net earned premiums, credit events in our net par outstanding, market credit spreads and premium rates, among other factors. The loss ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were 23.2%, 57.9% and 10.0%, respectively. The decline in the loss ratio in 2003 was due to an improvement in the credit environment compared to 2002. Additionally, in 2003 we substantially reduced the new single name corporate credit derivatives business we write; this business generates a higher loss ratio than our other financial guaranty direct businesses. The increase in the loss ratio in 2002 as compared with 2001 reflected a deterioration in the credit environment, as we incurred $15.8 million of loss and loss adjustment expenses for three specific credit events. Two of these three events related to single name credit default swaps on which we were given notice of default in the fourth quarter of 2002 and the third credit event related to a total rate of return swap on Argentine mortgage bonds, which were impacted by currency devaluation and failed attempts to remedy the impairments to the bonds. In addition to these credit events, loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred also increased as a result of an increase in the portfolio reserve in 2002, precipitated by the stressed corporate credit environment resulting in an unprecedented level of corporate defaults in 2002 and 2001.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, acquisition costs were $2.8 million, $2.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The year over year increases in acquisition costs are primarily due to an increase in transaction rating agency fees related to the growth in gross written premiums as well as the increase in the proportion of such premiums subject to premium taxes.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $21.6 million, $12.5 million and $9.2 million, respectively. These increases were primarily due to the increase in required staff levels to support the growth in this segment as well as an increase in costs to establish the required platforms and infrastructure to enter the financial guaranty insurance business. Expense ratios were generally consistent at 34.8%, 33.7% and 33.3% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance Segment

        In our financial guaranty reinsurance business, we assume all or a portion of risk undertaken by other insurance companies that provide financial guaranty protection. A decline in reinsurance capacity due to two significant competitors exiting this market has created opportunities for growth in this business segment. The financial guaranty reinsurance business consists of structured finance and municipal finance reinsurance lines. Premiums on municipal finance are typically written upfront and earned over the life of the policy, and premiums on structured finance are typically written on an installment basis and earned ratably over the installment period.

58


        The table below summarizes the financial results of our financial guaranty reinsurance segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 168.7   $ 84.6   $ 70.4  
Net written premiums     162.1     82.6     68.6  

Net earned premiums

 

$

92.9

 

$

79.3

 

$

62.2

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     25.7     5.3     5.1  
Profit commission expense     1.5     0.5      
Acquisition costs     33.9     29.0     24.7  
Operating expenses     7.0     4.9     6.4  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 24.8   $ 39.6   $ 26.0  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

 

27.7

%

 

6.7

%

 

8.2

%
Expense ratio     45.6     43.4     50.0  
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     73.3 %   50.1 %   58.2 %
   
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
Gross Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
Municipal finance   $ 117.1   $ 48.1   $ 37.0
Structured finance     51.6     36.5     33.4
   
 
 
  Total   $ 168.7   $ 84.6   $ 70.4
   
 
 

        Gross written premiums for our financial guaranty reinsurance segment include upfront premiums on transactions underwritten during the period, plus installment premiums on business primarily underwritten in prior periods. Consequently, this amount is affected by changes in the business mix between municipal finance, which tends to be upfront premium, and structured finance, which tends to be installment premium. For the year ended December 31, 2003, 62.2% of gross written premiums in this segment were upfront premiums and 37.8% were installment premiums.

        In 2002 and 2001, upfront premiums were 56.4% and 52.7%, respectively, of gross written premiums of this segment. Gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $168.7 million, $84.6 million and $70.4 million, respectively, which represent an increase of $84.1 million and $14.2 million in 2003 and 2002, or 99.4% and 20.2%, respectively. The principal driver of gross written premium growth over the period has been the strong growth in municipal finance premiums, which grew 143.4% and contributed 69.4% of the segment's gross written premiums in 2003 and grew 30.0% and contributed 56.8% of segment gross written premiums in 2002. Structured finance gross written premiums also grew, increasing 41.3% in 2003 and 9.3% in 2002.

        Our municipal finance reinsurance growth has been driven by strong growth in insured U.S. municipal bond issuance over the period as well as the several European PFI transactions ceded to us in 2003. Premium rates on European transactions are typically higher than premium rates on U.S. municipal finance transactions. In 2003, we assumed $503.7 million of gross par written from European project finance transactions.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, gross written premiums in our structured finance line of business were $51.6 million, $36.5 million and $33.4 million, respectively. The $15.1 million increase in gross written premiums from 2002 to 2003 and the $3.1 million increase in

59



gross written premiums from 2001 to 2002 was due to changes in the business mix and volume of installment premiums received in these periods.

        The following table reconciles gross premiums written as presented in our statement of operations to the present value of gross premiums written and presents the net present value of installment premiums in-force:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Gross written premiums   $ 168.7   $ 84.6   $ 70.4  
Less installment premiums included above     (63.8 )   (36.9 )   (33.3 )
   
 
 
 
Upfront gross written premiums     104.9     47.7     37.1  
Present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in current period     40.1     71.8     41.3  
   
 
 
 
Present value of gross premiums written   $ 145.0   $ 119.5   $ 78.4  
   
 
 
 

Gross par written: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Municipal finance   $ 6,720   $ 7,486   $ 4,661  
  Structured finance     3,295     5,563     3,425  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 10,015   $ 13,049   $ 8,086  
   
 
 
 

As of period end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net present value of installment premiums in-force (1)   $ 92.7   $ 72.9   $ 46.3  
Net present value of installment premiums in-force, net of taxes (1)     61.9     47.4     30.1  
Net par outstanding: (1)                    
  Municipal finance   $ 50,538   $ 47,509   $ 46,436  
  Structured finance     13,287     12,441     13,291  
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 63,825   $ 59,950   $ 59,727  
   
 
 
 

(1)
This data is reported on a one-quarter lag due to the timing of receipt of reports prepared by our ceding companies.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the present value of gross premiums written was $145.0 million, $119.5 million and $78.4 million, respectively. The increase in 2003 of $25.5 million, or 21.3%, is primarily due to an increase in volume in the U.S. municipal finance business and large cessions on European project finance transactions. In 2002, the present value of gross premiums written increased $41.1 million, or 52.4%, as a result of an increase in gross par written in this period from $8.1 billion to $13.0 billion, an increase of 61.4%.

        The net present value of installment premiums in-force for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $92.7 million, $72.9 million and $46.3 million, respectively. The increase in the net present value of installment premiums in-force was driven by increases in the present value of installment premiums related to contracts written in the current period, offset principally by installment premiums received on contracts written in previous periods.

        Gross par written has fluctuated over the periods presented, rising 61.4% to $13.0 billion in 2002 from $8.1 billion in 2001 and declining 23.3% in 2003 to $10.0 billion. The growth in 2002 reflects growth in cessions from the primary financial guaranty companies and reflects growth in insured par U.S. municipal and structural finance markets. See "Business." In 2003, we underwrote less gross par,

60



reflecting lower cessions from our ceding companies of U.S. municipal and structural finance business. This decline was partially offset by $503.7 million in gross par written on 2003 European PFI deals.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Written Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 116.5   $ 46.6   $ 35.2
Structured finance     45.6     36.0     33.4
   
 
 
Total   $ 162.1   $ 82.6   $ 68.6
   
 
 

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net written premiums were $162.1 million, $82.6 million and $68.6 million, respectively. The year over year increase of $79.5 million and $14.0 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, is consistent with the increases in gross written premium described above. Of this increase, $69.9 million and $11.4 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, was attributable to our municipal finance line, which is consistent with the year over year increase in municipal gross written premiums, explained above. The increase of $9.6 million and $2.6 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, in our structured finance line of business also follows the pace of gross written premiums described above.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Net Earned Premiums

  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 52.9   $ 42.7   $ 31.1
Structured finance     40.0     36.6     31.1
   
 
 
Total   $ 92.9   $ 79.3   $ 62.2
   
 
 

Included in municipal reinsurance net premiums are refundings of:

 

$

19.2

 

$

14.0

 

$

4.5

        Growth in our net earned premiums over the period has been driven by growth in both the municipal and structured finance lines of business, as evidenced by the growth in net par outstanding, unearned premium reserves and the net present value of installment premiums in-force. However, the municipal finance business' contribution also includes an increase in refunding premiums, which reflect the unscheduled pre-payment or refundings of underlying municipal bonds due to lower interest rates. These unscheduled refunding premiums are sensitive to market interest rates and we evaluate our net earned premiums both including and excluding these premiums.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net earned premiums were $92.9 million, $79.3 million and $62.2 million, respectively, an increase of $13.6 million, or 17.2%, in 2003, and $17.1 million, or 27.5%, in 2002. The municipal finance line accounted for $10.2 million of the $13.6 million increase in 2003, reflecting higher earned premium and gross par insured as well as a $5.2 million increase in refunding related premiums. In 2002, refundings in our municipal finance line accounted for $9.5 million of the $17.1 million increase, largely due to $14.0 million of refundings driven by the continued decline in interest rates as compared to $4.5 million in 2001, an increase of $9.5 million. Structured finance net earned premiums increased by $3.4 million in 2003 and $5.5 million in 2002.

        Losses and LAE were $25.7 million, $5.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. Our loss and LAE ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were 27.7%, 6.7% and 8.2%, respectively. The increase in the loss ratio from 6.7% to 27.7% in 2003 is primarily attributable to an increase in losses and LAE incurred in the structured finance line of business due to credit deterioration in collateralized debt obligations assumed through reinsurance treaties. Case reserves related to these collateralized debt obligations were increased in the

61



fourth quarter after completion of risk management's credit analysis, which included discussions with ceding companies. In 2002 and 2001, the level of loss experience was relatively consistent.

        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, acquisition costs were $33.9 million, $29.0 million and $24.7 million, respectively. The increases in acquisition costs over the periods are directly related to the increases in earned premium.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 2003, 2002 and 2001, were $7.0 million, $4.9 million and $6.4 million. Operating expenses in 2003 increased by $2.1 million as compared to 2002 as a result of the entry of our Bermuda subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Re International, into the financial guaranty reinsurance market. The decline in operating expenses in 2002 as compared to 2001 is primarily due to the change in business mix as we increased our focus on our financial guaranty direct operations. The expense ratios were 45.6%, 43.4% and 50.0% in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

    Mortgage Guaranty Segment

        The mortgage guaranty segment consists primarily of reinsurance. Mortgage guaranty insurance provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had a loan-to-value ("LTV") ratio in excess of a specified ratio. We primarily function as a reinsurer in this industry and assume all or a portion of the risks undertaken by primary mortgage insurers. We intend to use our mortgage guaranty platform to write investment grade rated mortgage guaranty business.

        The table below summarized the financial results of our mortgage guaranty segment for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Gross written premiums   $ 24.4   $ 47.6   $ 47.4  
Net written premiums     24.4     47.6     47.6  

Net earned premiums

 

$

27.6

 

$

45.3

 

$

39.7

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     (0.7 )   8.9     6.2  
Profit commission expense     7.3     8.3     9.2  
Acquisition costs     5.0     8.0     7.2  
Operating expenses     4.6     3.9     2.5  
   
 
 
 
Underwriting gain   $ 11.4   $ 16.2   $ 14.6  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expense ratio

 

 

(2.5

)%

 

19.6

%

 

15.6

%
Expense ratio     61.2     44.6     47.6  
   
 
 
 
Combined ratio     58.7 %   64.2 %   63.2 %
   
 
 
 

        Gross written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $24.4 million, $47.6 million and $47.4 million, respectively. The decline in gross written premiums is due to the continued runoff of our quota share business, as well as significant refinancing activity due to the low interest rate environment. Results for 2002 include $10.4 million of gross written premiums from one non-recurring transaction.

        Net written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $24.4 million, $47.6 million and $47.6 million, respectively. The change is consistent with the trend in gross written premiums, as we do not cede a significant amount of our mortgage guaranty business.

62



        For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, net earned premiums were $27.6 million, $45.3 million and $39.7 million, respectively. In each of the three years there were decreases in net earned premiums related to our quota share business. In 2002, this decline was offset by the non-recurring transaction described above, which generated $10.4 million of earned premium.

        Loss and loss adjustment expenses were $(0.7 million), $8.9 million and $6.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. The loss and loss adjustment expense ratios for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were (2.5%), 19.6% and 15.6%, respectively. The negative loss ratio for 2003 is primarily a result of favorable loss experience related to older contracts, which are running off. This decrease was also attributable to higher than expected appreciation in real estate values, resulting in both lower frequency of claims and lower severity of losses. In 2002, the increase in the loss and loss adjustment expense ratio was primarily due to a single contract that was written during 2002 that had $2.8 million of net earned premiums and was reserved at a 100% loss and loss adjustment expense ratio.

        Profit commission expense for the year ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $7.3 million, $8.3 million and $9.2 million, respectively. The decline in profit commission expense on a year-over-year basis is due to the decline in net earned premiums related to business that has a profit commission element, including our quota share business.

        Acquisition costs for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $5.0 million, $8.0 million and $7.2 million, respectively. The decline in acquisition costs in 2003 as compared to 2002 is primarily due to the shift in business from quota share reinsurance to excess of loss reinsurance, as ceding commissions generally are not paid on excess of loss reinsurance. The increase in acquisition costs from 2001 to 2002 is commensurate with the increase in earned premiums.

        Operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $4.6 million, $3.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The expense ratio, which includes profit commission expense, was 61.2%, 44.6% and 47.6% for the years ended December 31 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase in the expense ratio in 2003 from 2002 is primarily due to the steady level of operating expenses required to support the business, as compared to a declining earned premium base, as discussed above.

    Other Segment

        Our other segment consists of certain non-core businesses that we have exited prior to, or in connection with, this offering including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H reinsurance and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in the other segment is the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions described under "—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions" above. These reinsurance contracts were purchased for the benefit of all of our operating segments. We do not allocate the costs nor the related benefits of these transactions to each of the segments but rather record the impact of these transactions in the other segment.

        Due to our decision to exit the above businesses, the following discussion focuses on net earned premiums and underwriting results of each business within this segment.

63



        The following table provides details of net earned premiums and underwriting results by line of business:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Net earned premiums:                    
  Equity layer credit protection   $ 61.8   $ 84.0   $ 21.0  
  Trade credit reinsurance     51.2     27.8     23.5  
  Title reinsurance     10.7     7.3     6.5  
  LA&H         (32.2 )   24.6  
  Auto residual value reinsurance     4.2     2.3     91.3  
  Affiliate reinsurance     (7.7 )   (10.3 )   (5.3 )
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 120.2   $ 78.9   $ 161.6  
   
 
 
 

Underwriting gain (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Equity layer credit protection   $ (1.0 ) $ (19.7 ) $ (18.4 )
  Trade credit reinsurance     (3.3 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )
  Title reinsurance     6.8     3.3     1.1  
  LA&H     (0.6 )   (1.3 )   1.2  
  Auto residual value reinsurance     (24.5 )   (8.1 )   (10.1 )
  Affiliate reinsurance     7.4     5.8     (5.1 )
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ (15.2 ) $ (20.3 ) $ (31.5 )
   
 
 
 

        In 2001, we entered the equity layer credit protection market with $21.0 million of net earned premiums. In 2002, net earned premiums increased by $63.0 million, reflecting favorable pricing for such transactions in the capital markets. We ceased writing new equity layer credit protection business during 2003, and net earned premiums declined from $84.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to $61.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The unprecedented level of corporate defaults in 2001 and 2002 along with expenses associated with our entry into the business resulted in underwriting losses of $18.4 million in 2001 and $19.7 million in 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the underwriting loss in equity layer credit protection decreased to $1.0 million as a result of the termination of three trades, which produced an underwriting gain of $16.5 million.

        Trade credit reinsurance net earned premiums were $23.5 million, $27.8 million and $51.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The growth in earned premium is a result of steadily increasing writings in this line over the periods as a result of several competitors exiting this market. Underwriting losses for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $3.3 million, respectively. We intend to cease writing new trade credit business in 2004.

        Net earned premiums for the title reinsurance business grew steadily, from $6.5 million to $7.3 million and $10.7 million for years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. This business has made modest contributions to underwriting results, with gains of $1.1 million, $3.3 million and $6.8 million in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The $6.8 million of underwriting gain for the year ended December 31, 2003 was primarily due to favorable prior year loss reserve development. In connection with this offering, ACE Capital Title will be sold to ACE or one of its subsidiaries and our other title reinsurance business will be reinsured by, or assigned to, a subsidiary of ACE.

        LA&H had net earned premiums of $24.6 million in 2001 and negative $32.2 million in 2002. The fluctuation in net earned premium was related to the timing of new business written and novations and commutations of in-force business in early 2002, in connection with our exiting the LA&H business.

64



LA&H generated a $1.2 million underwriting gain in 2001. The underwriting losses of $1.3 million in 2002 and of $0.6 million in 2003 were related to the litigation and settlement of a disputed contract.

        Auto residual value reinsurance net earned premiums were $91.3 million, $2.3 million and $4.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The decrease in earned premium in 2002 was due to a non-recurring transaction in 2001 with net earned premiums of $86 million. Underwriting losses were $10.1 million, $8.1 million and $24.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The underwriting loss of $24.5 million in 2003 is a result of an increase in reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to a dispute with World Omni (see note 15 of notes to combined financial statements for further discussion). We ceased writing new business in this line in 2001.

        Net earned premiums related to affiliate reinsurance were negative $5.3 million, $10.3 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and primarily represent the cost of the Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction and AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction for these periods. As a result of losses of $15.0 million and $14.4 million ceded under these contracts in 2002 and 2003, respectively, affiliate reinsurance generated an underwriting gain of $5.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively. The underwriting loss of $5.1 million in 2001 was approximately equal to the cost of the affiliate reinsurance for this period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our liquidity, both on a short-term basis (for the next twelve months) and a long-term basis (beyond the next twelve months), is largely dependent upon: (1) the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us; (2) external financings; and (3) investment income on our invested assets. Our liquidity requirements include the payment of our operating expenses, interest on our debt, and dividends on our common shares. We may also require liquidity to make periodic capital investments in our operating subsidiaries. In the ordinary course of our business, we evaluate our liquidity needs and capital resources in light of holding company expenses, debt-related expenses and our dividend policy, as well as rating agency considerations. Based on the amount of dividends we expect to receive from our subsidiaries and the income we expect to receive on our invested assets, management believes that we will have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our needs over the next twelve months, including the ability to pay dividends on our common shares in accordance with our dividend policy. Beyond the next twelve months, the ability of our subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends may be influenced by a variety of factors including market conditions, insurance regulations and general economic conditions. Consequently, although management believes that we will continue to have sufficient liquidity to meet our debt service and other obligations over the long term, no guaranty can be given that we will not be required to seek external debt or equity financing in order to meet our operating expenses, debt service obligations or pay dividends on our common shares.

        We anticipate that a major source of our liquidity, for the next twelve months and for the longer term, will be amounts paid by our operating subsidiaries as dividends. Certain of our operating subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to pay dividends. See "Business—Regulation." The amount available at Assured Guaranty Corp. to pay dividends in 2004 with notice to, but without the prior approval of, the Maryland Insurance Commissioner is approximately $25.6 million. Dividends paid by a U.S. company to a Bermuda holding company presently are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 30%. The amount available at AGRI to pay dividends in 2004 in compliance with Bermuda law is $569.1 million. Each of Assured Guaranty Corp. and AGRI has committed to S&P and Moody's that it will not pay more than $10.0 million per year in dividends.

        Liquidity at our operating subsidiaries is used to pay operating expenses, claims, payment obligations with respect to credit derivatives, reinsurance premiums and dividends to us, as well as, where appropriate, to make capital investments in their own subsidiaries. In addition, certain of our

65



operating companies may be required to post collateral in connection with credit derivatives and reinsurance transactions. Management believes that these subsidiaries' operating needs generally can be met from operating cash flow, including gross written premium and investment income on their respective investment portfolios. ACE currently maintains certain letters of credit on behalf of our subsidiaries in an aggregate amount of approximately $26 million. We are currently negotiating with a third party for replacement letters of credit.

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $203.2 million, $278.3 million and $159.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. These cash flows were primarily provided by premium received and investment income. Net cash provided by operating activities was $203.2 million compared to $278.3 million in 2002. The net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $75.1 million despite the increase of $142.0 million in net income in 2003 compared to 2002. The increase in net income is primarily due to the change in the market value of derivative financial instruments as the unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments increased from a loss of $54.2 million in 2002 to income of $98.4 million in 2003. This change had no cash flow impact. Operating cash flow was negatively impacted by the decrease in cash received on written premiums of approximately $70 million in 2003 compared to 2002 primarily driven by the decreased premium writings of equity layer credit protection in 2003, which is reflected in the change in unearned premium reserves in the statement of cash flows.

        In 2002, net cash provided by operating activities increased by $118.4 million compared to 2001. This increase was driven primarily by the $152.5 million of premium paid in 2001 by us to an affiliate for the Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction and the AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction.

        Net cash used in financing activities was $35.0 million, $6.0 million and $5.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. During the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, ACE contributed capital of $3.7 million, $84.2 million and $8.2 million, respectively, to us. These capital contributions were utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. The capital contribution in 2002 also included $75.0 million for the purpose of the repayment of our long-term debt. In all years, these were non-cash contributions. Dividends paid to ACE were $35.0 million, $8.0 million and $5.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003.

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
  Less Than
One Year

  1-3
Years

  4-5
Years

  After
5 Years

  Total
 
  ($ in millions)

Long-term debt               $ 75.0   $ 75.0
Lease obligations   $ 3.3   $ 10.0   $ 6.4         19.7
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 3.3   $ 10.0   $ 6.4   $ 75.0   $ 94.7
   
 
 
 
 

    Credit Facilities

        Assured Guaranty Corp. is a party to a revolving credit facility with seven banks including Bank of America (an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC) and Citibank N.A. (an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc.) for $140 million, which expires May 20, 2004 and provides a one-year term loan provision. The facility is available for general corporate purposes, including the payment of claims, and is guaranteed by ACE. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, no amounts were outstanding under this facility. This facility's financial covenants require that Assured Guaranty Corp.: (1) maintain as of the end of each quarter, a consolidated debt to total capital ratio of not more than 35%, (2) not permit statutory capital to be less than 80% of statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter of Assured Guaranty

66


Corp. prior to the closing date of the facility, (3) not permit its ratio of net par to statutory capital to exceed 150 to one, and (4) not permit the aggregate value of all property of Assured Guaranty Corp. subject to a lien given to secure payment of credit derivative guaranties to exceed 11% of the sum of the total capitalization plus the aggregate value of all collateral provided for the benefit of the lending banks. Assured Guaranty Corp. is in compliance with all of these financial covenants. In addition, during any period in which Assured Guaranty Corp. has outstanding borrowings under the credit facility, Assured Guaranty Corp.'s ability to declare dividends is limited to (a) dividends payable to its material subsidiaries or (b) dividends payable not in excess of $15 million in any fiscal year. Assured Guaranty Corp. has not borrowed under this facility.

        Assured Guaranty Corp. is also party to a non-recourse credit facility with a syndicate of banks including Deutsche Bank AG (an affiliate of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.) which provides up to $175 million specifically designed to provide rating agency-qualified capital to further support Assured Guaranty Corp.'s claims paying resources. The facility expires in November of 2010 and is subject to annual extension for an additional term of one year in order to maintain its term at seven years.

        Assured Guaranty Corp. participates in a liquidity facility established for the benefit of ACE and certain of its subsidiaries. The overall facility is a 364-day credit agreement in the amount of $500 million with a syndicate of banks. Assured Guaranty Corp. has a $50 million participation in the facility. Assured Guaranty Corp. has not used the facility, and its participation in the facility will terminate prior to the completion of this offering.

        Assured Guaranty has executed a mandate letter pursuant to which ABN AMRO Incorporated has agreed to act as lead arranger and sole bookrunner in the structuring, arrangement and syndication of a $200 million unsecured credit facility to which each of Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty (UK) is to be a party, as borrower. It is proposed that Banc of America Securities LLC act as co-arranger for the facility, and anticipated that Bank of America (an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC) will participate as a lender.

        The $200 million unsecured credit facility is proposed to be a 364-day facility available for general corporate purposes, and that any amounts outstanding under the facility at its expiration be due and payable one year following the facility's expiry. Under the facility as proposed, Assured Guaranty will have a borrowing limit not to exceed $50 million, and Assured Guaranty (UK) will have a borrowing limit not to exceed $12.5 million. The proposed facility's financial covenants will require that Assured Guaranty (a) maintain a minimum net worth of 75% of its pro forma net worth (determined as of the first required reporting date under the facility), (b) maintain an interest coverage ratio of at least 2.5:1.0, and (c) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 30%. In addition, the facility will require that Assured Guaranty Corp. (a) maintain qualified statutory capital of at least 80% of its statutory capital as of the fiscal quarter prior to the closing date of the facility, (b) maintain a ratio of aggregate net par outstanding to qualified statutory capital of not more than 150:1, and (c) maintain a maximum debt-to-capital ratio of 35%. While it is proposed that the obligations of the borrowers under the facility be several, a default by one borrower will give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facility and accelerate all amounts then outstanding. It is proposed to be a condition to the execution and delivery of definitive documentation for the facility that this offering be consummated and that thereafter ACE Limited will own less than 50% of the outstanding capital stock of Assured Guaranty.

        It is proposed that a $100 million credit facility be made available to Assured Guaranty by ACE Limited or an affiliate of ACE Limited. The terms of this facility would be identical to the terms of the $200 million unsecured credit facility described above.

        ACE Bermuda currently makes available to AGRI a $50 million credit line and ACE INA Holdings currently makes available to Assured Guaranty Corp. a $75 million credit line. Neither AGRI nor Assured Guaranty Corp. has utilized these lines, and the lines are expected to be terminated in connection with this offering.

67



    Investment Portfolio

        Our investment portfolio consisted of $2,052.2 million of fixed maturity securities, $137.5 million of short-term investments and had a duration of 5.4 years as of December 31, 2003. Our fixed maturity securities are designated as available for sale in accordance with FAS 115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." Fixed maturity securities are reported at fair value in accordance with FAS 115, and the change in fair value is reported as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

        The following table summarizes our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003:

 
  Amortized Cost
  Unrealized
Gain

  Unrealized
Loss

  Estimated Fair Value
 
  ($ in millions)

U.S. government and agencies   $ 255.2   $ 16.3   $ (0.4 ) $ 271.1
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     788.4     65.4     (1.0 )   852.8
Corporate securities     268.1     21.5     (1.1 )   288.6
Mortgage-backed securities     538.9     13.2     (2.1 )   549.9
Structured securities     75.8     2.3     (0.1 )   77.9
Foreign government and agencies     11.4     0.5         11.9
   
 
 
 
  Total available for sale     1,937.7     119.2     (4.7 )   2,052.2
Short-term investments     137.5             137.5
   
 
 
 
  Total investments   $ 2,075.3   $ 119.2   $ (4.7 ) $ 2,189.7
   
 
 
 

        As of December 31, 2003, we held the following investments denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars:

Currency

  Amortized Cost
  Estimated Fair Value
 
  ($ in millions)

Sterling   $ 30.6   $ 31.7
Euro     3.7     3.7
Australian Dollar     0.6     0.6
   
 
    $ 34.9   $ 36.0
   
 

        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities available for sale as of December 31, 2003, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. See note 9 of the notes to our combined financial statements for information on our fixed maturity securities available for sale as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

 
  Amortized Cost
  Estimated Fair Value
 
  ($ in millions)

Due within one year   $ 21.8   $ 22.2
Due after one year through five years     229.1     242.6
Due after five years through ten years     299.2     323.6
Due after ten years     848.7     913.9
Mortgage-backed securities     538.9     549.9
   
 
Total   $ 1,937.7   $ 2,052.2
   
 

        Fair value of the fixed maturity securities is based upon quoted market prices provided by either independent pricing services or, when such prices are not available, by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications. Our investment portfolio does not include any non-publicly traded

68



securities. For a detailed description of our valuation of investments see "—Critical Accounting Policies."

        We review our investment portfolio for possible impairment losses. For additional information, see "—Critical Accounting Policies."

        The following table summarizes the ratings distributions of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. Ratings are represented by the lower of the Moody's and S&P classifications.

 
  As of
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
 
AAA or equivalent   74.6 % 78.0 %
AA   13.9   12.1  
A   10.7   9.1  
BBB   0.8   0.8  
   
 
 
Total   100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, our investment portfolio did not contain any securities that were not rated or rated below investment grade.

        Short-term investments include securities with maturity dates equal to or less than one year from the original issue date. Our short-term investments are composed of money market funds, discounted notes and certain time deposits for foreign cash portfolios. Short-term investments are reported at cost, which approximates the fair value of these securities due to the short maturity of these investments.

        Under agreements with our cedents and in accordance with statutory requirements, we maintain fixed maturity securities in trust accounts for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states where we or our subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited. The carrying value of such restricted balances as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $370.0 million and $355.2 million, respectively.

        Under certain derivative contracts, we are required to post eligible securities as collateral, generally cash or U.S. government or agency securities. The need to post collateral under these transactions is generally based on marked to market valuations in excess of contractual thresholds. The fair market values of our pledged securities totalled $154.8 million as of December 31, 2003 and $194.7 million as of December 31, 2002.

Market Risk

        Market risk represents the potential for losses that may result from changes in the value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market conditions. The primary market risks that impact the value of our financial instruments are interest rate risk, basis risk, such as taxable interest rates relative to tax-exempt interest rates, and credit spread risk. Each of these risks and the specific types of financial instruments impacted are described below. Senior managers in our risk management department are responsible for monitoring risk limits and applying risk measurement methodologies. The estimation of potential losses arising from adverse changes in market conditions is a key element in managing market risk. We use various systems, models and stress test scenarios to monitor and manage market risk. These models include estimates made by management that use current and historic market information. The valuation results from these models could differ materially from amounts that actually are realized in the market. See "—Critical Accounting Policies—Valuation of Investments."

69



        Financial instruments that may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates consist primarily of investment securities. The primary objective in managing our investment portfolio is generation of an optimal level of after-tax investment income while preserving capital and maintaining adequate liquidity. Investment strategies are based on many factors, including our tax position, fluctuation in interest rates, regulatory and rating agency criteria and other market factors. Two external investment managers, Hyperion Capital Management and Lazard Freres, manage our fixed maturity investment portfolio in accordance with investment guidelines approved by our Board of Directors.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2003, FASB issued FAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity" ("FAS 150"), which establishes standards for classifying and measuring certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. FAS 150 requires the classification of a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). FAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of FAS 150 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

        In April 2003, FASB issued FAS No. 149, "Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This Statement improves financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. For example, this Statement requires that financial guaranty insurance for which the underlying risk is linked to a derivative be accounted for as a derivative. This Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. All provisions are to be applied prospectively, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003. These provisions are to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. The adoption of FAS 149 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

        In December 2002, FASB issued FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—
Transition and Disclosure" ("FAS 148"). FAS 148 provides alternative methods of transitioning for a voluntary change to the fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. FAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"), to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. FAS 148 is effective for companies with fiscal year ending after December 15, 2002. We continue to account for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25").

        Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted FAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" and FAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." FAS No. 141, which supercedes APB 16, "Business Combinations," requires business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and provides specific criteria for initial recognition of intangible assets apart from goodwill. FAS No. 142, which supercedes APB 17, "Intangible Assets," requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives no longer be amortized but instead tested for impairment at least annually. FAS No. 142 established new accounting and reporting standards for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. It requires that an entity determine if the goodwill or

70



other intangible assets has an indefinite or a finite useful life. Those with indefinite useful lives will not be subject to amortization and must be tested annually for impairment. See note 5 of the notes to our combined financial statements for further information.

        In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN 46"), as an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated Financial Statements." FIN 46 addresses consolidation of variable interest entities ("VIEs") by business enterprises. An entity is considered a VIE subject to consolidation if the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or if the equity investors lack one of three characteristics of a controlling financial interest. First, the equity investors lack the ability to make decisions about the entity's activities through voting rights or similar rights. Second, they do not bear the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity if they occur. Lastly, they do not claim the right to receive expected returns of the entity if they occur, which are the compensation for the risk of absorbing the expected losses. FIN 46 requires that VIEs be consolidated by the entity that maintains the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. This interpretation applies immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003 and to VIEs in which an enterprise obtains interest after that date. FASB deferred the effective date of FIN 46 until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003 for VIEs created before February 1, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.

        In November 2002, FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 outlines certain accounting guidelines, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002, from which our insurance transactions and derivative contracts are excluded. In addition, FIN 45 expands the disclosures required by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements regarding obligations under certain guaranties. These disclosure requirements are effective for the year ended December 31, 2002. Our financial position and results of operations did not change as a result of the adoption of FIN 45.

71



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a Bermuda-based company providing credit enhancement products to the municipal finance, structured finance and mortgage markets. We apply our credit expertise, risk management skills and capital markets experience to develop insurance, reinsurance and derivative products that meet the credit enhancement needs of our customers. We market our products directly and through financial institutions. We serve the U.S. and international markets.

        Our financial results include three operating segments:

    Financial guaranty direct, which protects the holder against an issuer's failure to pay principal and interest when due or other credit events.

    Financial guaranty reinsurance, which indemnifies another financial guarantor, the "ceding company," against part or all of the loss the ceding company may sustain under financial guaranty policies it has reinsured to us.

    Mortgage guaranty, which protects mortgage lenders and investors against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans, and provides reinsurance to mortgage guaranty insurers.

        Our other segment includes businesses we have exited. The following table sets forth information for each of our segments for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 
  Gross Written Premiums
   
 
 
  Combined
Ratio

 
 
  Amount
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Financial guaranty direct   $ 71.2   27.0 % 58.0 %
Financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7   63.8   73.3  
Mortgage guaranty     24.4   9.2   58.7  
   
 
     
  Total operating segments   $ 264.3   100.0 % 65.6 %
   
 
     
Other     84.9       112.6  
   
         
  Total   $ 349.2       83.7 %
   
         

        Our businesses have a history of strong income generation, producing cumulative net income of $444.1 million since January 1, 2000. As of December 31, 2003, we had cash and invested assets of $2.2 billion, total assets of $2.9 billion and shareholder's equity of $1.4 billion ($1.3 billion on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions described under "Formation Transactions"). Our invested assets as of December 31, 2003 consisted entirely of cash and fixed maturity securities with an average rating of AA+. Our past performance may not be indicative of future results.

        Financial strength ratings are an important factor in establishing our competitive position in the markets in which we compete. The objective of these ratings is to provide an independent opinion of our financial strength and ability to meet our ongoing obligations to our policyholders. Ratings reflect the rating agencies' opinions of our financial strength, and are neither evaluations directed to investors in our common shares nor recommendations to buy, sell or hold our common shares. As of the date of

72


this prospectus, our insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

 
  Moody's*
  S&P
  Fitch
 
Assured Guaranty Corp.   Aa2(Excellent ) AAA(Extremely Strong) ** Not rated ***
AGRI   Aa3(Excellent ) AA(Very strong)   AA(Very strong)  
AGRO   Aa3(Excellent ) AA(Very strong)   AA(Very strong)  
Assured Guaranty Mortgage   Aa3(Excellent ) AA(Very strong)   AA(Very strong)  

*
In connection with the announcement of this offering, Moody's changed all of our ratings outlooks from "Stable" to "Developing."

**
Assured Guaranty Corp.'s S&P ratings outlook is "Negative."

***
ACE and Fitch both agreed to withdraw Assured Guaranty Corp.'s Fitch rating.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe that our competitive strengths enable us to capitalize on the opportunities in the credit enhancement markets. These strengths include:

        Underwriting discipline and financial structuring expertise.     We have a disciplined approach to underwriting that emphasizes profitability over market share. We have substantial experience in developing innovative credit enhancement solutions to satisfy the diverse risk and financial management demands of our customers. We emphasize an analytical underwriting process organized around integrated teams consisting of credit and quantitative analysts, risk management professionals and lawyers.

        Established market relationships.     Over the past 15 years we have developed strong relationships with key participants in our markets, including issuers, investors, financial guarantors and financial institutions. We seek to distinguish ourselves from our competitors by providing innovative credit enhancement solutions and superior execution and client service. We intend to capitalize on our long-standing relationships as we expand our presence in financial guaranty insurance and international markets.

        Experienced management, underwriting team and board.     Our senior management has an average of more than 16 years experience in the insurance, credit and financial guaranty markets. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Dominic Frederico, has 29 years of insurance industry experience and has been the senior ACE executive supervising our business; and Michael Schozer, President of Assured Guaranty Corp., has 13 years of financial guaranty and banking experience. We also have a team of 15 senior underwriters with an average of approximately 12 years of financial guaranty or similar credit experience. Our board of directors also has substantial financial services industry experience.

        Multiple locations and licenses.     We have operations in Bermuda, the United States and the United Kingdom. We have a range of licenses that allows us to participate in many sectors of the credit enhancement market.

Corporate Strategy

        Our objective is to build long-term shareholder value by achieving strong profitability through disciplined underwriting, proactive risk management and the growth of our business. Our goal is to improve our return on average equity (excluding the impact of realized gains and losses on investments

73



and unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments) to be consistent with the returns of the leading performers in the financial guaranty industry. The major elements of our strategy are:

        Expand our direct financial guaranty business.     We intend to expand our direct financial guaranty business beyond our historical focus on credit derivatives by substantially increasing the amount of traditional financial guaranty insurance we write in U.S. and international markets. We believe the market for financial guaranty insurance will grow as the issuance of municipal and structured finance obligations continues to be strong, as capital providers continue to seek to reduce risk exposures and as the market for credit enhancement products develops further. We believe that we have an opportunity to expand our market position as investors seek to diversify their exposure to the small group of primary financial guarantors. We intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P.

        Expand our financial guaranty reinsurance business.     Our commitment to the financial guaranty reinsurance market, readiness to execute transactions and financial strength afford us a significant opportunity to profitably gain market share. Decisions by two major competitors to exit this market have significantly reduced reinsurance capacity at a time when we believe demand for financial guaranty reinsurance is growing. We intend to utilize our flexible operating platform to improve our returns in this business.

        Transition our mortgage guaranty business.     We intend to write investment grade mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance that is consistent with our ratings objectives. Our industry experience and licenses enable us to provide mortgage credit enhancement in the form of either financial guaranty insurance or mortgage guaranty insurance to meet the specific needs of mortgage lenders and investors.

        Expand our position in international markets.     We intend to capitalize on significant growth opportunities in international markets. Our initial focus for international expansion is privatization finance initiatives in the United Kingdom, the largest market for financial guaranty insurance outside the United States, and public/private partnerships in the rest of Europe.

        Maintain our commitment to financial strength.     We recognize the importance of our excellent financial strength ratings and intend to write business in a manner consistent with achieving our goal of obtaining a "Aaa" rating from Moody's to match our "AAA" rating from S&P. We will maintain our financial strength through disciplined risk selection, prudent operating and financial leverage and a conservative investment posture.

        Manage our capital efficiently.     We will monitor rating agency capital adequacy requirements to appropriately deploy capital to optimize the execution of our business plan and our return on capital.

Industry Overview

    Financial Guaranty Insurance

        Financial guaranty insurance provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that protects the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due. Financial guaranty insurance may be issued to the holders of the insured obligations at the time of issuance of those obligations, or may be issued in the secondary market to holders of municipal bonds and structured securities. Both issuers of and investors in financial instruments may benefit from financial guaranty insurance. Issuers benefit because the insurance may have the effect of lowering an issuer's cost of borrowing to the extent that the insurance premium is less than the value of the difference between the yield on the insured obligation (carrying the credit rating of the insurer) and the yield on the obligation if sold on the basis of its uninsured credit rating. Financial guaranty insurance also increases the marketability of obligations issued by infrequent or unknown issuers, as well as obligations with complex structures or backed by asset classes new to the market. Investors benefit from increased

74


liquidity in the secondary market, added protection against loss in the event of the obligor's default on its obligation, and reduced exposure to price volatility caused by changes in the credit quality of the underlying insured issue.

        As an alternative to traditional financial guaranty insurance, credit protection relating to a particular security or issuer can be provided through a credit derivative, such as a credit default swap. Under the terms of a credit default swap, the seller of credit protection makes a specified payment to the buyer of credit protection upon the occurrence of one or more specified credit events with respect to a reference obligation or entity. Credit derivatives typically provide protection to a buyer rather than credit enhancement of an issue as in traditional financial guaranty insurance. Credit derivatives may be preferred by some customers because they generally offer ease of execution, standardized terms and greater liquidity.

        We believe that demand for financial guaranty insurance will remain strong over the long term as a result of the strength of the asset securitization and municipal bond new issuance markets. Internationally, we believe demand for financial guaranty insurance will increase due to the expansion of privatization initiatives and the project finance and securitization markets in Europe.

        Financial guaranty insurance is generally provided for structured finance and municipal finance obligations in the U.S. and international markets.

        Structured Finance —Structured finance obligations are generally backed by pools of assets, such as residential mortgage loans, consumer or trade receivables, securities or other assets having an ascertainable cash flow or market value, which are generally held by a special purpose issuing entity. Structured finance obligations can be "funded" or "synthetic." Funded structured finance obligations generally have the benefit of one or more forms of credit enhancement, such as over-collateralization and excess cash flow, to cover credit risks associated with the related assets. Synthetic structured finance obligations generally take the form of credit derivatives or credit-linked notes that reference a pool of securities or loans, with a defined deductible to cover credit risks associated with the referenced securities or loans.

        The following table sets forth the par amount of certain funded structured obligations issued in the United States, including securities distributed under Rule 144A under the Securities Act, for the periods indicated, and the par amount of structured finance obligations insured during the same period:

U.S. Asset-Backed Market

 
  New Issues of
Funded Structured
Finance Obligations (1)

  Insured U.S. Structured
Finance Obligations (2)

 
  ($ in billions)

1997   $ 215.4   $  79.8  
1998     256.6   103.6
1999     263.9   117.9
2000     275.5   116.1
2001     331.6   167.1
2002     413.1   165.5
2003     505.8   Not available

(1)
Source: Asset-Backed Alert, January 11, 2002, January 10, 2003 and January 9, 2004. Includes U.S. asset-backed securities, other than commercial mortgage-backed securities, residential mortgage-backed securities (prime jumbo and Alt-A) and CDOs.

75


(2)
Source: Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers, April 17, 2002 and April 23, 2003. Includes all funded and synthetic primary-market and secondary-market U.S. insured transactions, except municipal obligations.

        As summarized in the foregoing table, the U.S. structured finance market has experienced strong growth in recent years. U.S. structured finance obligations insured by financial guarantors have also risen over this period. More recently, however, the amount of new par insured has stabilized. This stabilization has occurred for several reasons, including greater investor acceptance of uninsured structured finance transactions, growing issuer preference for alternate forms of credit enhancement such as overcollateralization and reduced appetite among financial guarantors for certain asset classes or servicers due to risk aggregation concerns.

        Municipal Finance —Municipal finance obligations consist primarily of debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states or their political subdivisions (counties, cities, towns and villages, utility districts, public universities and hospitals, public housing and transportation authorities), other public and quasi-public entities (including non-U.S. sovereigns and subdivisions thereof), private universities and hospitals, and investor-owned utilities. These obligations generally are supported by the taxing authority of the issuer, the issuer's or underlying obligor's ability to collect fees or assessments for certain projects or public services or revenues from operations. Recently, this market has expanded to include project finance obligations, as well as other structured obligations supporting infrastructure and other public works projects.

        The following table sets forth the volume of new issues of long-term (longer than 12 months) municipal bonds and the volume of new issues of insured long-term municipal bonds over the past seven years in the United States.

U.S. Municipal Long-Term Market

 
  New
Money
and Combined
Financings

  Refundings
  Total
Volume

  Refundings as a
Percentage of
Total Volume

  Insured
Bonds
Volume

  Insured Bonds
as a Percentage
of Total Volume

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
1997   $ 160.5   $ 60.2   $ 220.7   27.3 % $ 107.5   48.7 %
1998     204.8     81.9     286.7   28.6     145.1   50.8  
1999     189.3     38.3     227.6   16.8     105.6   46.4  
2000     181.2     19.5     200.7   9.7     79.3   39.6  
2001     223.6     64.7     288.2   22.4     143.3   46.6  
2002     266.6     92.1     358.8   25.7     178.9   49.9  
2003     289.9     93.8     383.7   24.5     189.7   49.4  

Source:
Amounts are based upon estimated data reported by The Bond Buyer's 2003 Yearbook and The Bond Buyer's database as of February 9, 2004. Amounts represent gross par amounts issued or insured, respectively, during such year.

        Changes in volume of municipal bond issuance since 1997 are primarily attributable to changes in the financing needs of municipalities and refunding activity related to the then-current interest rate environment. The percentage of municipal long-term bonds that are insured varies from period to period for several reasons, including the mix of credit ratings of the issuers, interest rates and market credit spreads, financial guaranty price competition and investor demand for insured versus uninsured obligations.

76


         International— We believe PFI currently provides the single largest opportunity for international expansion of financial guaranty products. UK government investment in essential public infrastructure has increased significantly in recent years. Since 1997, the aggregate value of issuances has increased from £2,187.6 million to £7,639.3 million in 2002. Financial guarantors have been important contributors to the growth of this market, with par insured increasing from £75.8 million in 1997 to £997.8 million in 2002. We believe UK issuance volume will continue to increase, as financed projects move from construction to operation and equity investors seek refinancing.

        The following table sets forth the volume of PFI issuance in the period from 1997 to 2002 and the portion of such issuance that was insured:


U.K. Private Finance Initiative Issuance

 
  Aggregate
Issuance (1)

  Par
Insured (2)

  Insured Penetration
 
 
  (£ in millions)

 
1997   £ 2,187.6   £ 75.8   3.5 %
1998     2,694.9     426.6   15.8  
1999     2,385.0     241.2   10.1  
2000     3,661.0     482.8   13.2  
2001     2,083.1     712.7   34.2  
2002     7,639.3     997.8   13.1  

(1)
Source: H.M. Treasury PFI Signed Projects List database—July 2003.

(2)
Source: Standard & Poor's Credit Survey of the UK Private Finance Initiative and Public Private Partnerships (April 2003).

        The following table sets forth international par insured by financial guaranty insurance companies that are members of the Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers for the period from 1997 to 2002:


International Financial Guaranty Insurance

 
  Municipal
Finance
Par Insured

  Structured
Finance
Par Insured

  Total
Par Insured

  Percent
Change
From Prior
Year

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
1997   $ 3.9   $ 12.8   $ 16.7      
1998     3.1     16.4     19.5   17 %
1999     2.5     24.2     26.7   37  
2000     4.1     55.2     59.3   122  
2001     6.0     51.4     57.4   (3 )
2002     8.1     63.2     71.3   24  

Source:
Association of Financial Guaranty Insurers, April 17, 2002 and April 23, 2003.

    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance

        Financial guaranty reinsurance indemnifies the primary insurance company against part or all of the loss that the latter may sustain under a policy that it has issued. The reinsurer may itself purchase reinsurance protection ("retrocessions") from other reinsurers, thereby syndicating its own exposure.

77


        Reinsurance agreements take two major forms: "treaty" and "facultative." Treaty reinsurance requires the reinsured to cede, and the reinsurer to assume, specific classes of risk underwritten by the ceding company over a period of time, typically one year. Facultative reinsurance is the reinsurance of part or all of one or more policies, and is subject to separate negotiation for each cession.

        The size and growth of the financial guaranty reinsurance market is dependent on (1) the size of the primary insurance market, (2) the percentage of aggregate risk that the primary insurers cede to reinsurers, (3) regulatory, rating agency and other external risk retention limitations imposed on the primary insurers, (4) the credit allowed primary insurers by their regulators and rating agencies for ceded reinsurance, and (5) the price and availability of substitute highly rated capital facilities. As a result of expected growth in the primary financial guaranty market, rating agency capital adequacy and risk diversification requirements and the recent contraction in the availability of financial guaranty reinsurance capacity, we believe that there are growth opportunities in this market.

    Mortgage Guaranty

        Mortgage guaranty insurance is a specialized class of credit insurance that provides protection to mortgage lending institutions against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans that, at the time of the advance, had an LTV in excess of a specified ratio. In the United States, governmental agencies and private mortgage guaranty insurance compete in this market, while some lending institutions choose to self-insure against the risk of loss on high LTV mortgage loans.

        Reinsurance in the mortgage guaranty insurance industry is used to increase the insurance capacity of the ceding company, to assist the ceding company in meeting applicable regulatory and rating agency requirements, to augment the financial strength of the ceding company, and to manage the ceding company's risk profile.

        The U.S. private mortgage guaranty insurance industry, composed of only monoline insurance companies as required by law, provides two basic types of coverage: primary insurance, which protects lenders against default on individual residential mortgage loans by covering losses on such loans to a stated percentage, and pool insurance, which protects lenders against loss on an underlying pool of individual mortgages by covering the full amount of the loss (less the proceeds from any applicable primary coverage) on individual residential mortgage loans in the pool, with an aggregate limit usually expressed as a percentage of the initial loan balances in the pool. Primary and pool insurance are used to facilitate the sale of mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, principally to the Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac"). Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac provide indirect funding for approximately half of all mortgage loans originated in the United States. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are prohibited by their charters from purchasing mortgage loans with LTV's of greater than 80% unless the loans are insured by a designated mortgage guaranty insurer or some other form of credit enhancement is provided. In addition, pool insurance is often used to provide credit support for mortgage-backed securities and other secondary mortgage market transactions.

        The following table sets forth the volume of new mortgage loan originations (including refinancings) in the United States and the volume of such loans covered by private mortgage insurance over the past seven years. Changes in origination volume during this period are primarily related to the

78



then-current interest rate and general economic environments. Volume increased dramatically in 2001 and 2002 as low interest rates drove refinancings to record levels.

Year

  Total Originations
  New Private Mortgage
Insurance Written

  New Private Mortgage Insurance Written as a Percentage of Total Originations
 
 
   
  ($ in billions)

   
 
1997   $ 859   $ 121   14.1 %
1998     1,450     187   12.9  
1999     1,310     189   14.4  
2000     1,048     163   15.6  
2001     2,058     283   13.7  
2002     2,680     337   12.6  
2003     3,760     404   10.7  

        Source: Inside Mortgage Finance, January 30, 2004 and February 13, 2004 editions.

        Private mortgage insurance in the United Kingdom is called mortgage indemnity guarantee ("MIG") and provides coverage for mortgages originated above a specified loan to value percentage, typically 75% to 80%. Most residential mortgages originated in the United Kingdom are held by the originating lender rather than sold to a third party as is common in the United States. As a result, UK lenders utilize MIG as a risk management tool to mitigate potential losses on their residential lending portfolios. Due to a severe housing recession in the early 1990s, most third party insurance providers of MIG ceased writing the product. As a result, many lenders set up captive insurers to write MIG.

        The following table sets forth the volume of new mortgage loan originations (including refinancings) in the United Kingdom over the past seven years:

Year

  Total Originations
 
  (£ in billions)

1997   £ 77.3
1998   89.4
1999   114.3
2000   119.5
2001   160.2
2002   218.7
2003   271.0

        Source: CML Housing Finance No. 61, Spring 2004.

79


Our Operating Segments

        Our historical financial results include three operating segments: financial guaranty direct, financial guaranty reinsurance and mortgage guaranty. The following table sets forth our gross written premiums by segment for the periods presented:

Gross Written Premiums By Segment

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Financial guaranty direct:                  
  Municipal finance   $ 3.4   $ 1.5   $ 1.9
  Structured finance     67.8     45.9     44.1
   
 
 
    Total financial guaranty direct     71.2     47.4     46.0
   
 
 
Financial guaranty reinsurance:                  
  Municipal finance     117.1     48.1     37.0
  Structured finance     51.6     36.5     33.4
   
 
 
    Total financial guaranty reinsurance     168.7     84.6     70.4
   
 
 

Mortgage guaranty

 

 

24.4

 

 

47.6

 

 

47.4
   
 
 
    Total operating segments   $ 264.3   $ 179.7   $ 163.8

Other

 

 

84.9

 

 

237.6

 

 

279.1
   
 
 
    Total   $ 349.2   $ 417.2   $ 442.9
   
 
 

        We primarily conduct our business in the United States; however, some of our clients are companies located in the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, gross written premium in currencies other than U.S. dollars was $67.1 million, $48.5 million and $29.9 million, respectively.

    Financial Guaranty Direct

        Management uses the present value of gross premiums written to evaluate new business production for our direct financial guaranty business. The following table sets forth this measure by product line for each of the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 1.5   $ 1.4   $ 3.1
Structured finance     92.3     94.6     113.5
   
 
 
  Total   $ 93.8   $ 96.0   $ 116.6
   
 
 

        We entered the direct financial guaranty market in 1996 as a means to diversify our historical focus on reinsurance, initially focusing on our single-name credit default swap business. In 2000, we expanded our direct product offerings to include credit protection on CDOs and asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities. We have made significant progress in developing the operational, underwriting, risk management, business development, investor relations and legal capabilities necessary to support a primary financial guaranty insurance business. We began a primary financial guaranty insurance licensing program in the United States, receiving our first license in 2000. In 2003, we launched a

80



program to insure municipal obligations in the secondary market. We currently have licenses in 45 U.S. states and the District of Columbia.

        Since 2001, we have executed approximately 125 direct financial guaranty transactions, primarily the insurance of credit derivatives (other than single-name exposures). We expect to make greater use of insurance to deliver credit protection as we expand our direct financial guaranty business. In 2003, we executed eight direct financial guaranty insurance transactions, five in the municipal secondary markets and three new issue asset-backed transactions. We issued another direct financial guaranty insurance policy on a new issue of asset-backed securities in January 2004. Additionally, we see opportunities to expand this business internationally, particularly in project finance and structured finance. Our underwriting and business development professionals have extensive market relationships with issuers, investors, bankers and other professionals, which are crucial to this effort. We intend to capitalize on these relationships as we continue to expand our financial guaranty insurance business.

    Financial Guaranty Reinsurance

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty reinsurance new business volume, as measured by the present value of gross premiums written by product line, for each of the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

Municipal finance   $ 116.8   $ 68.6   $ 44.3
Structured finance     28.2     50.9     34.1
   
 
 
  Total   $ 145.0   $ 119.5   $ 78.4
   
 
 

        We began reinsuring financial guaranty obligations in 1988. Over the past fifteen years, we have established our presence as a leading provider of financial guaranty reinsurance. We reinsure business on both a treaty and facultative basis. Our treaties cover the full range of sectors in which our customers participate, including municipal finance, structured finance and international obligations. Historically, our net par outstanding has consisted primarily of municipal finance obligations reflecting the mix of business of our ceding company clients.

        We intend to maintain our leading position in this market and grow our financial guaranty reinsurance business. Decisions by two major competitors to exit the market have significantly reduced reinsurance capacity at a time when we believe demand for financial guaranty reinsurance for this product is increasing due to strong growth in the primary market. We believe our commitment to this market, readiness to execute transactions, and financial and ratings strength afford us a significant opportunity to gain market share profitably.

81


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio

        The principal types of obligations covered by our financial guaranty direct and our financial guaranty reinsurance businesses are structured finance obligations and municipal finance obligations. Because both businesses involve similar risks, we analyze and monitor our financial guaranty direct portfolio and our financial guaranty reinsurance portfolio on a combined basis. In the tables that follow, our reinsurance par is reported on a one quarter lag due to the timing of receipt of reports prepared by our ceding companies. The following table sets forth our financial guaranty net par outstanding by product line as of December 31 for the years presented:


Net Par Outstanding By Product Line

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in billions)

Structured Finance:                  
  Direct   $ 21.6   $ 18.6   $ 13.6
  Reinsurance     13.3     12.4     13.3
   
 
 
    Total structured finance     34.9     31.0     26.9

Municipal Finance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Direct     2.1     1.9     1.9
  Reinsurance     50.5     47.5     46.4
   
 
 
    Total municipal finance     52.6     49.4     48.3
   
 
 
    Total net par outstanding   $ 87.5   $ 80.4   $ 75.2
   
 
 

        Structured Finance Obligations —We insure and reinsure a number of different types of structured finance obligations, including the following:

            Senior Layer CDOs —These include securities primarily backed by pooled corporate debt obligations, such as corporate bonds, bank loans or loan participations, asset-backed securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and trust preferred securities. These securities are often issued in "tranches," with subordinated tranches providing credit support to the more senior tranches. Our financial guaranty exposures generally are to the more senior tranches of these issues. We have also written equity layer credit protection on CDOs, which exposures are reported in our other segment.

            Consumer Receivables —These include obligations backed by consumer receivables, such as residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, automobile loans and leases, credit card receivables and other consumer receivables. Credit support is generally derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property, automobile or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection to our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated securities or a combination of the foregoing.

            Commercial Receivables —These include obligations backed by commercial mortgages, equipment leases, business loans and trade receivables. Credit support is derived from the cash flows generated by the underlying obligations, as well as property or equipment values as applicable. Additional credit protection to our exposure may be in the form of over-collateralization, excess spread, cash reserves, first loss letters of credit, subordinated

82



    securities or a combination of the foregoing. The properties backing commercial real estate-backed obligations include hotel properties, office buildings and warehouse properties.

            Other Structured Finance —Other structured finance exposures in our portfolio include bonds or other securities backed by assets not generally described in any of the other four categories.

            Single Name Corporate Credit Derivatives —These include credit derivative obligations wherein the underlying exposure is to the corporate debt, bank loan participations, trade receivables or other "borrowed money" obligations of a single corporate "reference entity." In early 2003, we substantially reduced the new single name corporate credit derivatives business we write and, in late 2003, we stopped writing this business. The remaining portfolio of single name corporate credit derivatives has an average remaining life of 1.7 years as of December 31, 2003.

        The following table sets forth our new structured finance direct and reinsurance net par by bond type (stated as a percentage of total new structured finance direct and reinsurance net par) for the periods presented:

New Structured Finance Net Par by Bond Type

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Collateralized debt obligations     40.1 %   42.5 %   67.9 %
Consumer receivables     33.3     35.6     20.0  
Commercial receivables     19.6     11.7     3.0  
Other structured finance     5.5     5.7     5.1  
Single name corporate credit derivatives     1.5     4.5     4.0  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total new structured finance net par   $ 10.2   $ 12.3   $ 10.7  

        The following table sets forth our structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by bond type (stated as a percentage of total structured finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

Structured Finance Net Par Outstanding by Bond Type

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Collateralized debt obligations     46.1 %   39.1 %   32.2 %
Consumer receivables     26.9     27.4     30.1  
Commercial receivables     15.1     11.0     5.8  
Other structured finance     5.3     7.0     12.0  
Single name corporate credit derivatives     6.6     15.5     19.9  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total structured finance net par outstanding   $ 34.9   $ 31.0   $ 26.9  

83


        The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty structured finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

Ten Largest Structured Finance Exposures

 
  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total
Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Internal
Rating (1)

 
  ($ in millions)

SALS 2002-6 (CDO)   $ 740   0.9 % AAA
Triplas CDO of ABS     625   0.7   AAA
Absolute CDO of ABS     594   0.7   AAA
Taurus 2001-06 (CDO)     554   0.6   A+
Sears Credit Card Master Trust 2002-3 Class A—Credit Cards     550   0.6   AAA
Dresdner 2001-1 (CDO)     500   0.6   AAA
Houston CDO Portfolio 2000-1     470   0.5   AA
Bistro 2001-09—AAA Tranche (CDO)     450   0.5   AAA
Stars 2001-3 (CDO)     440   0.5   AAA
Merrill Lynch Synthetic CDO Taurus 8     440   0.5   AAA
   
 
   
  Total of top ten exposures   $ 5,363   6.1 %  
   
 
   

(1)
These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations.

        Municipal Finance Obligations —We insure and reinsure a number of different types of municipal obligations, including the following:

            Tax-Backed Bonds —These include full faith and credit general obligations of municipalities and governmental authorities, as well as a variety of obligations that are supported by the issuer from specific and discrete sources of taxation, and include tax-backed revenue bonds and general fund obligations, such as lease revenue bonds. Tax-backed obligations may be secured by a lien on specific pledged tax revenues, such as a gasoline or excise tax, or incrementally from growth in property tax revenue associated with growth in property values. These obligations also include obligations secured by special assessments levied against property owners and often benefit from issuer covenants to enforce collections of such assessments and to foreclose on delinquent properties. Lease revenue bonds typically are general fund obligations of a municipality or other governmental authority that are subject to annual appropriation or abatement; projects financed and subject to such lease payments ordinarily include real estate or equipment serving an essential public purpose. Bonds in this category also include moral obligations of municipalities or governmental authorities.

            Municipal Utility Bonds —These include the obligations of all forms of municipal utilities, including electric, water and sewer utilities and resource recovery revenue bonds. These utilities may be organized in various forms, including municipal enterprise systems, authorities or joint-action agencies.

            Special Revenue Bonds —These include college and university revenue bonds and housing revenue bonds relating to both single and multi-family housing, issued by states and localities, supported by cash flow and, in some cases, insurance from such entities as the Federal Housing Administration.

84



            Healthcare Bonds —These include both obligations for capital construction or improvement of healthcare facilities and obligations providing funds for equipment purchase, in both cases typically secured by an underlying note of the not-for-profit corporation that owns or is to own and/or operate the related healthcare facility or healthcare system. In addition to healthcare facilities, obligors in this category include a small number of health maintenance organizations and long-term care facilities.

            Structured Municipal Bonds —These are two risk-remote, excess of loss exposures to portfolios of healthcare and investor-owned utility municipal obligations generally described under "Healthcare Bonds" and "Other Municipal Bonds."

            Other Municipal Bonds —These include other debt issued, guaranteed or otherwise supported by U.S. national or local governmental authorities, as well as student loans, revenue bonds, investor-owned utility obligations and obligations of some not-for-profit organizations. Also included in this category are international municipal obligations, including the obligations of sovereign and sub-sovereign non-U.S. issuers, project finance transactions involving projects leased to or supported by payments from non-U.S. governmental or quasi-governmental entities, as well as other obligations having international aspects, but which otherwise would fall within the other described categories.

        The following table sets forth our new municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par by bond type (stated as a percentage of total new municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par) for the years presented:

New Municipal Finance Net Par by Bond Type

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Tax-backed     39.2 %   49.7 %   52.2 %
Municipal utilities     24.8     17.6     17.1  
Special revenue     19.1     19.7     22.4  
Healthcare     8.6     7.2     6.7  
Structured municipal             0.1  
Other municipal     8.3     5.8     1.5  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total new municipal finance net par   $ 6.8   $ 7.6   $ 4.4  

85


        The following table sets forth our municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding by bond type (stated as a percentage of total municipal finance direct and reinsurance net par outstanding) as of the dates indicated:

Municipal Finance Net Par Outstanding by Bond Type

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Tax-backed     40.1 %   39.5 %   39.0 %
Municipal utilities     21.1     21.1     22.5  
Special revenues     17.1     17.2     17.4  
Healthcare     10.9     11.5     11.6  
Structured municipal     6.4     7.1     5.9  
Other municipal     4.4     3.6     3.6  
   
 
 
 
  Total     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
  Total municipal finance net par outstanding   $ 52.6   $ 49.4   $ 48.3  

        The table below shows our ten largest financial guaranty municipal finance direct and reinsurance exposures by revenue source as a percentage of total financial guaranty net par outstanding as of December 31, 2003:

Ten Largest Municipal Finance Exposures

 
  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total
Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Internal Rating (1)
California State General Obligation & Leases   $ 900   1.0 % BBB
New Jersey State General Obligation & Leases     724   0.8   AA-
Long Island Power Authority     721   0.8   A-
New York City General Obligation     697   0.8   A
Denver Colorado Airport System     632   0.7   A
Chicago Illinois General Obligation     595   0.7   A+
Jefferson County Alabama Sewer     567   0.7   A
Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority     555   0.7   A-
New York City Municipal Water Finance Authority     548   0.6   AA
New York State Metro Trans Auth—Trans Revenue     539   0.6   A
   
 
   
Total of top ten exposures   $ 6,478   7.4 %  
   
 
   

(1)
These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations.

86


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2003 by internal rating:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Internal Rating

Rating Category (1)

  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total Net Par Amount
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
AAA   $ 26.2   29.9 %
AA     17.6   20.1  
A     29.9   34.2  
BBB     12.3   14.1  
Below investment grade     1.5   1.7  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

(1)
These ratings represent our internal assessment of the underlying credit quality of the insured obligations.

    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

        We are licensed to write financial guaranty coverage in 45 U.S. states and the District of Columbia. We have established a subsidiary in the United Kingdom and have applied to the Financial Services Authority for authorization for that subsidiary to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance. We intend to seek further authorization for this subsidiary to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance elsewhere in the European Union.

        The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of our financial guaranty portfolio as of December 31, 2003:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Geographic Area

 
  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  Percent of Total Net Par Amount
Outstanding

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
United States:            
  California   $ 7.2   8.2 %
  New York     5.6   6.4  
  Texas     3.2   3.6  
  Illinois     2.8   3.2  
  Florida     2.8   3.2  
  Pennsylvania     2.2   2.5  
  New Jersey     2.0   2.3  
  Massachusetts     1.7   1.9  
  Puerto Rico     1.5   1.7  
  Washington     1.3   1.5  
  Other states     18.2   20.8  
  Mortgage and structured     32.2   36.8  
   
 
 
    Total U.S.     80.7   92.1  
  International     6.8   7.9  
   
 
 
      Total   $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

87


    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

        We seek broad coverage of the market by insuring and reinsuring small and large issues alike. The following table sets forth the distribution of our portfolio as of December 31, 2003 by original size of our exposure:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Issue Size

Original Par Amount Per Issue

  Number of
Issues

  Percent of Total
Number of
Issues

  Net Par Amount
Outstanding

  % of Total Net Par Amount Outstanding
 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Less than $10.0 million   8,889   81.9 % $ 5.0   5.7 %
$10.0 through $24.9 million   883   8.1     9.6   11.0  
$25.0 through $49.9 million   507   4.7     12.2   14.0  
$50.0 million and above   570   5.3     60.7   69.3  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   10,849   100.0 % $ 87.5   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

    Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

        The following table sets forth our financial guaranty portfolio as of and for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 by source:

Financial Guaranty Portfolio by Source

 
  Gross Par
In Force

  Gross Par
Written

 
 
  ($ in billions)

 
Direct   $ 25.3   $ 7.0  
FSA     22.5     4.8  
MBIA     19.8     3.0  
FGIC     12.6     0.6  
Ambac     8.0     1.5  
Other ceding companies     2.2     0.1  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 90.4   $ 17.0
   
 
 

    Mortgage Guaranty

        Mortgage guaranty reinsurance comprises the bulk of our in-force mortgage business. We have provided reinsurance of primary mortgage insurance and pool insurance in the United States on a quota share and excess of loss basis. Quota share reinsurance describes all forms of reinsurance in which the reinsurer shares in a proportional part of the original premiums and losses of the business ceded by the primary company (subject to a ceding commission). Excess of loss reinsurance refers to reinsurance which indemnifies the ceding company for that portion of the loss that exceeds an agreed-upon "retention." There has been a decrease in demand for our quota share mortgage guaranty reinsurance products over the last five years, as primary mortgage insurers have rebuilt their capital bases. This trend has not impacted our excess of loss business, which has remained relatively stable.

        In the United Kingdom, we have been a leading provider of excess of loss reinsurance to lender captives and third-party insurers. The demand for MIG reinsurance in the United Kingdom has remained stable for the past several years. We have entered into multi-year reinsurance arrangements with several lenders and third-party insurers.

88



        We have also participated in the mortgage reinsurance markets in Ireland, Hong Kong and Australia. We have participated in these markets on an excess of loss basis with high attachment points and believe that our risk of loss on these transactions is remote.

        We have also written a small amount of U.S. commercial real estate residual value insurance and intend to expand this product line commencing in 2005. Commercial real estate residual value insurance guarantees payment at maturity of the balloon portion of a note secured by a mortgage on commercial property.

        We are transitioning to a mortgage guaranty strategy that is consistent with our ratings objectives and that utilizes both our mortgage guaranty and our financial guaranty platforms to meet the specific needs of mortgage lenders and investors. As a result of this transition, we expect our mortgage guaranty business to be managed in a manner similar to our direct financial guaranty business.

    Mortgage Portfolio

        The following table sets forth our mortgage insurance and reinsurance risk in force by geographic region as of December 31, 2003:


Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Geographic Region

 
  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
United States   $ 452.2   20.6 %
United Kingdom     1,329.5   60.4  
Ireland     187.5   8.5  
Hong Kong     198.7   9.0  
Australia     32.6   1.5  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 2,200.5   100.0 %
   
 
 

        The following tables set forth, for each geographic region (other than Australia, for which this information is not reported), details regarding our mortgage insurance and reinsurance risk in force as of December 31, 2003 based upon LTV:


Mortgage Guaranty LTV by Geographic Region

United States

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 22.3   5.0 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     185.7   41.1  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     127.6   28.2  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     11.6   2.6  
Less than or equal to 80%     9.2   2.0  
LTV not reported     95.8   21.2  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 452.2   100.0 %
   
 
 

89


United Kingdom

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 92.3   6.9 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     464.0   34.9  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     321.7   24.2  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     189.9   14.3  
Less than or equal to 80%     52.8   4.0  
LTV not reported     208.8   15.7  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 1,329.5   100.0 %
   
 
 
Ireland

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 3.3   1.7 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     92.1   49.1  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     33.3   17.8  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     34.4   18.3  
Less than or equal to 80%     24.4   13.0  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 187.5   100.0 %
   
 
 
Hong Kong

  Risk In Force
  Percent
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Greater than 95%   $ 0.2   0.1 %
Greater than 90% but less than or equal to 95%     68.6   34.5  
Greater than 85% but less than or equal to 90%     77.1   38.8  
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 85%     29.6   14.9  
Less than or equal to 80%     23.2   11.7  
   
 
 
  Total   $ 198.7   100.0 %
   
 
 

        The following table sets forth our mortgage guaranty risk in force as of December 31, 2003 by U.S. jurisdictions:


Mortgage Guaranty Insurance and Reinsurance Risk in Force by U.S. Jurisdictions

 
  Percent of U.S.
Risk In Force

 
New York   8.3 %
Florida   8.0  
California   7.1  
Texas   6.4  
Georgia   4.2  
Pennsylvania   4.1  
New Jersey   3.5  
Arizona   2.6  
Maryland   2.4  
North Carolina   2.2  
Other   51.1  
   
 
    Total   100.0 %
   
 

90


Other

        We have participated in several lines of business that are reflected in our historical financial statements but that we have exited or are exiting in connection with this offering, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in this segment is the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions described under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions."

        Our equity layer credit protection business generally consists of first loss and mezzanine layer participations in credit derivatives or total rate of return swaps written on portfolios of primarily investment grade corporate credits and highly-rated classes of structured securities. We stopped writing new business in this line in early 2003. We have terminated a substantial portion of these transactions as of March 1, 2004.

        Trade credit insurance protects sellers of goods and services from the risk of non-payment of trade receivables. We participated in this market as a reinsurer. We intend to cease writing new trade credit business in 2004. Subject to approval by the New York and Pennsylvania insurance departments, all of our trade credit business will be retroceded to ACE American Insurance Company, a subsidiary of ACE, effective January 1, 2004.

        We have offered title reinsurance products derived from excess of loss and quota share reinsurance products, on both a treaty and facultative basis, in the United States. We have also provided reinsurance of legal indemnity insurance in the United Kingdom. ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, the company through which we have written U.S. title reinsurance business, will be sold to ACE, and our other title reinsurance business will be reinsured or transferred to a subsidiary of ACE in connection with this offering.

        We participated in a limited number of LA&H reinsurance transactions, all of which were transferred, through assignment or retrocession, to subsidiaries of ACE. We stopped writing this business in late 2001.

        Auto residual value reinsurance protects automobile lessors and balloon note lenders against the risk that the actual value of an automobile at lease end or loan maturity will be less than the projected residual value of the automobile. We stopped writing new business in this line in 2001. All of this business will be retroceded to ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd., a subsidiary of ACE, effective January 1, 2004.

Underwriting

        The underwriting, operations and risk management guidelines, policies and procedures of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are tailored to their respective businesses, providing multiple levels of credit review and analysis.

        Exposure limits and underwriting criteria are established, as appropriate, for sectors and asset classes. Critical risk factors for proposed municipal finance exposures include, for example, the credit quality of the issuer, the type of issue, the repayment source, security pledged, the presence of restrictive covenants, and the issue's maturity. Underwriting consideration for exposures include (1) class, reflecting economic and social factors affecting that bond type, including the importance of the proposed project, (2) the financial management of the project and of the issuer, and (3) various legal and administrative factors.

        Structured finance obligations generally present three distinct forms of risk: (1) asset risk, pertaining to the amount and quality of assets underlying an issue; (2) structural risk, pertaining to the extent to which an issue's legal structure provides protection from loss; and (3) execution risk, which is

91



the risk that poor performance by a servicer contributes to a decline in the cash flow available to the transaction. Each risk is addressed in turn through our underwriting process. Generally, the amount and quality of asset coverage required with respect to a structured finance exposure is dependent upon the historic performance of the subject asset class, or those assets actually underlying the risk proposed to be insured or reinsured. Future performance expectations are developed from this history, taking into account economic, social and political factors affecting that asset class as well as, to the extent feasible, the subject assets themselves. Conclusions are then drawn about the amount of over-collateralization or other credit enhancement necessary in a particular transaction in order to protect investors (and therefore the insurer or reinsurer) against poor asset performance. In addition, structured securities usually are designed to protect investors (and therefore the guarantor) from the bankruptcy or insolvency of the entity which originated the underlying assets, as well as the bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer of those assets.

        Each insurance, facultative reinsurance and credit derivative transaction passing an initial underwriting "review," intended to test the desirability of the proposed exposure, is assigned to a team including relevant underwriting and legal personnel. Finance personnel review the proposed exposure for compliance with applicable accounting standards and investment guidelines. The team reviews the structure of the transaction, and the underwriter reviews credit issues pertinent to the particular line of business. In our structured financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty lines, underwriters generally apply computer models to stress cash flows in their assessment of the risk inherent in a particular transaction. For reinsurance transactions, stress model results may be provided by the primary insurer. Stress models may also be developed internally by our underwriting department and reflect both empirical research as well as information gathered from third parties, such as rating agencies, investment banks or servicers. Where warranted to assess a particular credit risk properly, we may perform a due diligence audit in connection with a transaction. A due diligence review will include, among other things, meetings with management, review of underwriting and operational procedures, file reviews, and review of financial procedures and computer systems. The structure of a transaction is also scrutinized from a legal perspective by in-house and, where appropriate, external counsel, and specialty legal expertise is consulted when our legal staff deems it appropriate.

        Upon completion of underwriting analysis, the underwriter prepares a formal credit report that is submitted to an underwriting committee for review. We will not commit to assume any risk until the risk has been approved by the appropriate underwriting committee.

        The procedures for underwriting treaty business differ somewhat from those for facultative reinsurance, as we make a forward commitment to reinsure business from a ceding company for a specified period of time. Although we have the ability to exclude certain classes or categories of risk from a treaty, we have a limited ability to control the individual risks ceded pursuant to the terms of the treaty. As a result, we enter into reinsurance treaties only with ceding companies with proven track records and after extensive underwriting due diligence with respect to the proposed cedent. Prior to entering into a reinsurance treaty, we meet with senior management, underwriters, risk managers, and accounting and systems personnel of the proposed cedent. We evaluate the ceding company's underwriting expertise and experience, capital position, in-force book of business, reserves, cash flow, profitability and financial strength. We actively monitor ceded treaty exposures. Collected data is evaluated regularly to detect ceded risks that are inconsistent with our expectations. If appropriate and permitted under the terms of the treaty, we add exclusions in response to risks identified during our evaluations. Our risk management department conducts periodic surveillance audits of each ceding company. The audits entail review of both underwriting and surveillance files, as well as meetings with

92


management. Information gathered during these audits is used to re-evaluate treaties at the time of renewal.

Risk Management

        Our risk management personnel are responsible for transactional and treaty surveillance, insured portfolio management, risk syndication and claims administration. Risk management, in consultation with the chief underwriting officer, sets risk limits for each line of business and designates those risks which are to be excluded from our reinsurance treaty assumptions. Tailored surveillance strategies have been developed for each type of exposure, depending upon the credit risk inherent in the exposure, with a view to determining credit trends in the insured book and making recommendations on portfolio management and risk mitigation strategies, to the extent appropriate.

        We may also seek to mitigate the risk inherent in our exposures through the purchase of third party reinsurance or retrocessions, and also periodically purchase derivative contracts to alleviate all or a portion of this risk.

        We conduct surveillance procedures to closely track risk aggregations and monitor performance of each risk. For municipal risk, we have review schedules for each credit dependent on the underlying rating of the credit and the revenue type. Credits perceived to have greater risk profiles are reviewed more frequently than other credits or classes of credits which historically have had few defaults. In the event of credit deterioration of a particular exposure, we review the credit more frequently and take remedial action as permitted by the terms of the transaction.

        For structured securities and certain mortgage risks, we generally collect data, often monthly or quarterly, and compare actual default and delinquency statistics to those generated by our models. To the extent that a transaction is performing materially below expectations, we seek to take steps to mitigate the potential for loss. Such steps include meetings with servicers, re-evaluation of loan files and, in the most extreme cases, removal of the servicer.

        We have created computerized models to track performance of certain other large direct business lines including CDOs and credit derivatives on corporate debt. These systems incorporate risk tracking tools such as credit spreads and ratings which are obtained from third parties and incorporated into computerized risk tracking systems.

        Our risk management personnel take steps to ensure that the primary insurer is managing risk pursuant to the terms of the applicable reinsurance agreement. To this end, we conduct periodic audits of ceding companies. We may conduct additional surveillance audits during the year, at which time underwriting, surveillance and claim files of the ceding company are reviewed.

        The risk management department maintains a list of closely monitored credits ("CMC") to track those credits that we believe have a heightened risk of claim. The list includes both reinsurance and insurance business. Credits on the CMC are reviewed on an on-going basis, while the CMC itself is updated on a monthly basis and distributed to the risk management committee and to senior management. The CMC is divided into four categories: low priority (Category 1), medium priority (Category 2), high priority (Category 3), and claim paid or incurred (Category 4). Category 1 credits are fundamentally sound credits characterized by greater than normal risk. Additional risk may result from adverse circumstances at companies affiliated with an issuer, unfavorable market conditions or a

93


manageable degree of financial deterioration. Category 2 credits exhibit a weakening credit profile which may result in a loss. These credits may require active management by us or, in the case of reinsurance, the ceding company. The risk of further deterioration in the credit, combined with the uncertain amount and timing of possible loss, necessitate very close monitoring of the situation. Category 3 credits are those for which losses are likely to occur soon or are already in process. Within this category, claims are considered both probable and estimable and, as such, usually require the posting of case reserves. Category 4 credits are those for which all or substantially all of the claim has been paid or incurred. For these exposures we undertake to maximize recoveries and salvage.

Losses and Reserves

        Reserve for losses and LAE includes case reserves, IBNR reserves and portfolio reserves. Case reserves are established when specific insured obligations are in or near default. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries but before considering ceded reinsurance from insured obligations that are in or near default. Financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance case reserves are discounted at 6%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on our investment portfolio in all periods presented.

        IBNR is an estimate of losses for which the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to us. In establishing IBNR, we use traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. We record IBNR for mortgage guaranty reinsurance within our mortgage guaranty segment and for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within our other segment.

        We record portfolio reserves for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives and mortgage guaranty reinsurance. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of our business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are established in an amount equal to the portion of actuarially estimated ultimate losses related to premiums earned to date as a percentage of total expected premiums for that in-force business. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on financial guaranty exposures are developed considering the net par outstanding of each insured obligation, taking account of the probability of future default, the expected timing of the default and the expected recovery following default. These factors vary by type of issue (for example municipal, structured finance or corporate), current credit rating and remaining term of the underlying obligation and are principally based on historical data obtained from rating agencies. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on mortgage guaranty reinsurance are principally determined based on historical industry loss experience, net of expected recoveries. During an accounting period, portfolio reserves increase or decrease based on changes in the aggregate net amount at risk and the probability of default resulting from changes in credit quality of insured obligations, if any.

        We update our estimates of loss and LAE reserves quarterly. Loss assumptions used in computing loss and LAE reserves are updated periodically for emerging experience, and any resulting changes in reserves are recorded as a charge or credit to earnings in the period such estimates are changed. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

94



        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the reserve for losses and LAE, including case, IBNR and portfolio reserves:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Balance as of January 1   $ 458,831   $ 401,079   $ 170,973  
Less reinsurance recoverable     (100,826 )   (70,092 )   (14,836 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of January 1     358,005     330,987     156,137  
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses:                    
  Current year     105,623     156,626     164,881  
  Prior years     38,987     (7,546 )   12,661  
Transfer/novation of life, accident and health reinsurance reserves         (28,820 )    
   
 
 
 
      144,610     120,260     177,542  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses paid and recovered                    
  Current year     30,702     69,157     6,726  
  Prior years     69,133     20,633     22,349  
   
 
 
 
      99,835     89,790     29,075  
Value of reinsurance business assumed     (6,096 )   (6,097 )   26,419  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain/(loss) on reserves revaluation     (3,785 )   (2,645 )   36  

Net balance as of December 31

 

 

400,469

 

 

358,005

 

 

330,987

 
Plus reinsurance recoverable     122,124     100,826     70,092  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31   $ 522,593   $ 458,831   $ 401,079  
   
 
 
 

Ratings

        As of the date of this prospectus, our insurance company subsidiaries have been assigned the following insurance financial strength ratings:

 
  Moody's*
  S&P
  Fitch
 
Assured Guaranty Corp.   Aa2(Excellent ) AAA(Extremely Strong )** Not rated ***
AGRI   Aa3(Excellent ) AA(Very Strong ) AA(Very Strong )
AGRO   Aa3(Excellent ) AA(Very Strong ) AA(Very Strong )
Assured Guaranty Mortgage   Aa3(Excellent ) AA(Very Strong ) AA(Very Strong )

*
In connection with the announcement of this offering, Moody's changed all of our ratings outlooks from "Stable" to "Developing."

**
Assured Guaranty Corp.'s S&P ratings outlook is "Negative."

***
ACE and Fitch both agreed to withdraw Assured Guaranty Corp.'s Fitch rating.

        A "AAA" (Extremely Strong) rating is the highest and "AA" (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 21 ratings categories used by S&P. "Aa2" (Excellent) is the third highest ranking and "Aa3" (Excellent) is the fourth highest ranking of 21 ratings categories used by Moody's. "AA" (Very Strong) is the third highest ranking of the 24 ratings categories used by Fitch. A financial strength rating is an opinion with respect to an insurer's ability to pay under its insurance policies and contracts in accordance with their terms. The opinion is not specific to any particular policy or contract. Financial strength ratings do not refer to an insurer's ability to meet non-insurance obligations and are not a recommendation to purchase or discontinue any policy or contract issued by an insurer or to buy, hold, or sell any security issued by an insurer, including our common shares.

        In addition, AGRI and AGRO carry financial enhancement ratings ("FER") from S&P of AA. A financial enhancement rating reflects not only an insurer's perceived ability to pay claims but also its perceived willingness to pay claims. The ratings of AGRO and Assured Guaranty Mortgage are dependent upon support in the form of keepwell agreements. AGRI provides a keepwell to its

95



subsidiary, AGRO. AGRO provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Mortgage. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, each of AGRI and AGRO agrees to provide funds to their respective subsidiaries sufficient for those subsidiaries to meet their obligations.

        The major rating agencies have developed and published rating guidelines for rating financial guaranty and mortgage guaranty insurers and reinsurers. The financial strength ratings assigned by S&P, Moody's and Fitch are based upon factors relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward the protection of investors in our common shares. The rating criteria used by the rating agencies in establishing these ratings include consideration of the sufficiency of capital resources to meet projected growth (as well as access to such additional capital as may be necessary to continue to meet applicable capital adequacy standards), the company's overall financial strength, and demonstrated management expertise in financial guaranty and traditional reinsurance, credit analysis, systems development, marketing, capital markets and investment operations. Obligations insured by Assured Guaranty Corp. generally are rated AAA and Aa2 by S&P and Moody's, respectively, by virtue of such insurance. These ratings reflect only the views of the respective rating agencies and are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time. We are in ongoing discussions with S&P and Moody's regarding our ratings, including the impact on our ratings of the Formation Transactions, this offering and our new business strategy. As a result, the ratings assigned to our insurance subsidiaries by either or both of S&P and Moody's may change at any time.

        The ratings agencies will grant credit to primary companies in their calculations of required capital and single risk limits for reinsurance ceded. The amount of credit is a function of the financial strength rating of the reinsurer. For example, S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a monoline reinsurer:

 
  Monoline Reinsurer Rating
 
Ceding Company Rating

 
  AAA
  AA
  A
  BBB
 
AAA   100 % 70 % 50 % n/a  
AA   100   75   70   50 %
A   100   80   75   70  
Below A: Not applicable.                  

        For reinsurance ceded to a multiline reinsurer, S&P recently has re-examined its methodology for the determination of reinsurance credit. In the course of its examination, S&P considered the effect of having both monoline and multiline companies in the industry, determining that multiline reinsurers had not demonstrated sufficient commitment to participation in the industry and occasionally had handled claims for financial guaranty reinsurance as they handle claims in their other business lines. S&P therefore determined that no rating agency reinsurance credit would be accorded cessions to multiline reinsurance companies that had not demonstrated their willingness and ability to make timely payment, which willingness and ability is measured by a FER from S&P. Both of AGRI and AGRO, as multiline reinsurers, have requested and received FERs of "AA." FERs are assigned by S&P to multiline insurers requesting the rating who meet stringent criteria identifying the company's capacity and willingness to pay claims on a timely basis. S&P has established the following reinsurance credit for business ceded to a multiline reinsurer carrying an FER:

 
  Multiline Reinsurer Rating
 
Ceding Company Rating

 
  AAA
  AA
  A
  BBB
 
AAA   95 % 65 % 45 % n/a  
AA   95   70   65   45 %
A   95   75   70   65  
Below A: Not applicable.                  

96


Investments

        Our principal objectives in managing our investment portfolio are: (1) to preserve our subsidiaries' financial strength ratings; (2) to maximize total after-tax return in a risk controlled investment approach; (3) to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio; and (4) to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk. Investment guidelines at each of our operating subsidiaries are tailored to the needs of the subsidiary, and seek to meet applicable regulatory requirements, to maintain an asset mix consistent with the subsidiary's financial strength ratings, to maximize after-tax return in a risk-controlled manner and to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the applicable insurance portfolio.

        We have a formal review process for all securities in our investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include: (1) securities whose market values have declined by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months; (2) recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies; (3) the financial condition of the applicable issuer; (4) whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and (5) whether we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value. If we believe a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, we record the decline as an unrealized loss in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity on our combined balance sheets. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a loss on our statements of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current judgment of the factors noted above. If that judgment changes in the future, we may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        As of December 31, 2003, we had $0 of below investment grade securities or non-rated securities in our investment portfolio. For additional information regarding our investments, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Investment Portfolio."

        We have retained Lazard Freres Asset Management and Hyperion Capital Management, Inc. to manage our investment portfolio. These investment managers have discretionary authority over our investment portfolio within the limits of our investment guidelines. We compensate each of these managers based upon a fixed percentage of the market value of our portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we paid aggregate investment management fees of $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $1.5 million to these managers.

Competition

        Our principal competitors in the market for financial guarantees are Ambac, FGIC, FSA and MBIA, which are larger than we are, as well as recent entrants XL Capital and CDC IXIS, all of which have AAA and Aaa ratings from S&P and Moody's. Based on shareholders' equity, we are larger than XL Capital and CDC IXIS. Banks, smaller and lower rated financial guaranty insurance companies and multiline insurers and reinsurers also participate in the broader credit enhancement market. The principal competitive factors are: (1) premium rates; (2) conditions precedent to the issuance of a policy related to the structure and security features of a proposed bond issue; (3) the financial strength ratings of the guarantor; and (4) the quality of service and execution provided to issuers, investors and other clients of the issuer. Financial guaranty insurance also competes domestically and internationally with other forms of credit enhancement, including the use of senior and subordinated tranches of a proposed structured finance obligation and/or overcollateralization or cash collateral accounts, as well as more traditional forms of credit support.

97



        There are relatively few companies providing financial guaranty reinsurance. Our principal competitors in the financial guaranty reinsurance market are Radian Reinsurance Inc., RAM Reinsurance Company Ltd., Swiss Reinsurance Company, Tokio Marine & Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. and XL Financial Assurance Ltd. AXA Reinsurance Finance, S.A., discontinued its financial guaranty reinsurance business in 2002 and is currently in runoff. In 2002, American Reinsurance Company announced its decision to exit the financial guaranty reinsurance market. In Febuary 2004, MBIA, RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., Koch Financial Corporation and PartnerRe Ltd. formed a new Bermuda-based financial guaranty reinsurance company, Channel Reinsurance Ltd., which has been rated "Aaa" by Moody's and "AAA" by S&P. Competition in the financial guaranty reinsurance business is based upon many factors, including overall financial strength, pricing, service and evaluation of claims-paying ability by the major rating agencies.

        The U.S. private mortgage insurance industry consists of eight active mortgage guaranty insurers: CMG Mortgage Insurance Company, General Electric Mortgage Insurance Company, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Company, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company, Radian Guaranty Inc., Republic Mortgage Insurance Company and Triad Mortgage Insurance Company. These mortgage guaranty insurers do not use a material amount of third-party reinsurance. They do, however, employ various risk-sharing arrangements with their affiliated companies. In addition, lender-owned "captive" companies are a significant source of reinsurance capacity for the industry. In the United Kingdom, we face competition from affiliates of U.S. private mortgage guaranty insurers, which primarily write excess of loss reinsurance for MIG captives.

Regulation

    General

        The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. Reinsurers are generally subject to less direct regulation than primary insurers. We are subject to extensive regulation under applicable statutes in the United States and the United Kingdom. In Bermuda, we operate under a relatively less intensive regulatory regime.

    United States

        Assured Guaranty has three operating insurance subsidiaries domiciled in the United States, which we refer to collectively as the "Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries."

        Assured Guaranty Corp. is a Maryland-domiciled insurance company licensed to write financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance (and in some states casualty, surety and other lines) in 45 U.S. states and the District of Columbia jurisdictions. Assured Guaranty Corp. has license applications pending, or intends to file an application, in each of those states in which it is not currently licensed. Assured Guaranty Corp. is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda (Assured Guaranty Corp. is subject to certain Bermuda laws including restrictions on payment of dividends, return of capital and distributions). Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Corp., is a Maryland-domiciled and licensed insurance company. It is licensed to conduct surety business. To date, it has not transacted any business. Assured Guaranty (UK) is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Corp.

        Assured Guaranty Mortgage is a New York corporation licensed as a mortgage guaranty insurer in the State of New York and in the District of Columbia and thereby is authorized solely to transact the business of mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance. Assured Guaranty Mortgage is an approved or accredited reinsurer in the States of California, Illinois and Wisconsin.

98



    Insurance Holding Company Regulation

        Assured Guaranty and the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to the insurance holding company laws of Maryland and New York. These laws generally require each of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to register with its respective domestic state insurance department and annually to furnish financial and other information about the operations of companies within their holding company system. Generally, all transactions among companies in the holding company system to which any of the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries is a party (including sales, loans, reinsurance agreements and service agreements) must be fair and, if material or of a specified category, such as service agreements, require prior notice and approval or non-disapproval by the insurance department where the applicable subsidiary is domiciled.

    Change of Control

        Before a person can acquire control of a U.S. domestic insurance company, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state where the domestic insurer is domiciled. Generally, state statutes provide that control over a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities of the domestic insurer. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror's plans for the management of the applicant's board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror's plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the consummation of the acquisition of control. These laws may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control involving us that some or all of our stockholders might consider to be desirable, including in particular unsolicited transactions.

    State Insurance Regulation

        State insurance authorities have broad regulatory powers with respect to various aspects of the business of U.S. insurance companies, including licensing these companies to transact business, accreditation of reinsurers, admittance of assets to statutory surplus, regulating unfair trade and claims practices, establishing reserve requirements and solvency standards, regulating investments and dividends, and, in certain instances, approving policy forms and related materials and approving premium rates. State insurance laws and regulations require the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries to file financial statements with insurance departments everywhere they are licensed, authorized or accredited to conduct insurance business, and their operations are subject to examination by those departments at any time. The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with Statutory Accounting Practices, or SAP, and procedures prescribed or permitted by these departments. State insurance departments also conduct periodic examinations of the books and records, financial reporting, policy filings and market conduct of insurance companies domiciled in their states, generally once every three to five years. Market conduct examinations generally are carried out in cooperation with the insurance departments of other states under guidelines promulgated by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

        Financial examinations are conducted by the state of domicile of the insurer. The Maryland Insurance Administration conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in Maryland every five years. During 2003, the Maryland Insurance Administration completed its field work in connection with a five-year examination of Assured Guaranty for the period from 1997 through 2001. The Report on Financial Examination, issued by the Maryland Insurance Administration on October 10, 2003 in connection with such examination, did not contain any materially adverse findings. The New York Insurance Department, the regulatory authority of the domiciliary jurisdiction of

99



Assured Guaranty Mortgage, conducts a periodic examination of insurance companies domiciled in New York, also at five-year intervals. During 2003, the New York Insurance Department completed its field work in connection with its examination of Assured Guaranty Mortgage for the period from 1997 though 2002. The report on the examination, which is currently in draft form, does not contain any materially adverse findings.

        The terms and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any U.S. state insurance department with respect to rates. As a practical matter, however, the rates charged by primary insurers do have an effect on the rates that can be charged by reinsurers.

    State Dividend Limitations

        Maryland.     The principal source of cash for the payment of debt service and dividends by Assured Guaranty is the receipt of dividends from Assured Guaranty Corp. Under current Maryland insurance law, as it applies to Assured Guaranty Corp., any proposed payment of a dividend or distribution may only be paid out of "earned surplus." "Earned surplus" is defined as the part of surplus that, after deduction of all losses, represents the net earnings, gains or profits that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends, transferred to stated capital, transferred to capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized capital gains or reevaluation of assets. If a dividend or distribution is an "extraordinary dividend," it must be reported to, and approved by, the Insurance Commissioner prior to payment. An "extraordinary dividend" is defined to be any dividend or distribution to stockholders, such as Assured Guaranty, which together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months exceeds the lesser of 10% of an insurance company's policyholders' surplus at the preceding December 31 or 100% of Assured Guaranty Corp.'s adjusted net investment income during that period. Further, an insurer may not pay any dividend or make any distribution to its shareholders unless the insurer notifies the Insurance Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment. The Insurance Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if the Commissioner finds that the insurer's policyholders' surplus would be inadequate after payment of the dividend or could lead the insurer to a hazardous financial condition. As of December 31, 2003, the maximum amount available during 2004 for the payment of dividends by Assured Guaranty Corp. which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" was approximately $25.6 million.

        New York.     Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage may declare or pay any dividend only out of "earned surplus," which is defined as that portion of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital, capital surplus or contingency reserves, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's statutory surplus as shown on its latest statutory financial statement on file with the New York Superintendent of Insurance, or 100% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's adjusted net investment income during that period, unless, upon prior application, the Superintendent approves a greater dividend or distribution after finding that the company will retain sufficient surplus to support its obligations and writings. As of December 31, 2003, Assured Guaranty Mortgage had negative unassigned funds and therefore cannot pay dividends during 2004.

    Contingency Reserves

        In accordance with Maryland law and regulations, Assured Guaranty Corp. maintains a contingency reserve for the protection of policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. The contingency reserve is maintained for each obligation and is equal to the greater of 50% of the premiums written or a percentage of principal guaranteed (which percentage varies from 0.55% to

100


2.5% depending on the nature of the asset). The contingency reserve is put up over a period of either 15 or 20 years, depending on the nature of the obligation, and then taken down over the same period of time. The contingency reserve may be maintained net of reinsurance.

        Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage must establish a contingency reserve to protect policyholders against the effect of adverse economic cycles. This reserve is established out of net premiums (gross premiums less premiums returned to policyholders) remaining after the statutory unearned premium reserve is established. Contributions to the contingency reserve must equal 50% of remaining earned premiums and, except as otherwise approved by the Superintendent of Insurance, must be maintained in the contingency reserve for a period of 120 months. Reinsurers are required to establish a contingency reserve equal to their proportionate share of the reserve established by the ceding company. Assured Guaranty Mortgage's contingency reserve as of December 31, 2003 met these requirements.

    Risk-to-Capital Requirements

        Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage's total liability, net of applicable reinsurance, under its aggregate insurance policies may not exceed 25 times its total policyholders' surplus, commonly known as the "risk-to-capital" requirement. As of December 31, 2003, the consolidated risk-to-capital ratio for Assured Guaranty Mortgage was below the limit.

    Investments

        The Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that require diversification of their investment portfolio and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus, and, in some instances, would require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investments made by the Assured Guaranty U.S. Subsidiaries complied with such regulations as of December 31, 2003. In addition, any investment must be approved by the insurance company's board of directors or a committee thereof that is responsible for supervising or making such investment.

    Operations of Our Non-U.S. Insurance Subsidiaries

        The insurance laws of each state of the United States and of many other countries regulate or prohibit the sale of insurance and reinsurance within their jurisdictions by unlicensed or non-accredited insurers and reinsurers. None of Assured Guaranty (UK), AGRI or AGRO is admitted to do business in the United States. We do not intend that Assured Guaranty (UK), AGRI or AGRO will maintain offices or solicit, advertise, settle claims or conduct other insurance activities in any jurisdiction in the United States where the conduct of such activities would require it to be admitted or authorized.

        In addition to the regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are licensed, reinsurers' business operations are affected by regulatory requirements in various states of the United States governing "credit for reinsurance" which are imposed on their ceding companies. In general, a ceding company which obtains reinsurance from a reinsurer that is licensed, accredited or approved by the ceding company's state of domicile is permitted to reflect in its statutory financial statements a credit in an aggregate amount equal to the ceding company's liability for unearned premiums (which are that portion of premiums written which applies to the unexpired portion of the policy period), loss reserves and loss expense reserves ceded to the reinsurer. The great majority of states, however, permit a credit on the statutory financial statement of a ceding insurer for reinsurance obtained from a non-licensed or non-accredited reinsurer to the extent that the reinsurer secures its reinsurance obligations to the ceding insurer by providing a letter of credit, trust fund or other acceptable security arrangement. A few states do not allow credit for reinsurance ceded to non-licensed reinsurers except in certain limited circumstances and others impose additional requirements that make it difficult to become accredited.

101


    Bermuda

        Each of AGRI and AGRO, our "Bermuda Subsidiaries," is an insurance company registered and licensed as a "Class 3 insurer" and a "long-term insurer" under the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda. Assured Guaranty Corp. is permitted under a revocable permit granted under the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the "Companies Act") to engage in and carry on trade and business limited to engaging in certain non-U.S. financial guarantee insurance and reinsurance outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda, subject to compliance with the conditions attached to the permit and relevant provisions of the Companies Act (including having a Bermuda principal representative for the Companies Act purposes, restrictions on activities in Bermuda, publication and filing of prospectuses on public offerings of securities, registration of charges against its assets and certain winding up provisions). Assured Guaranty Corp. is also licensed as a Class 3 insurer in Bermuda. The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, amendments thereto and related regulations (collectively, the "Insurance Act") impose on insurance companies certain solvency and liquidity standards; certain restrictions on the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions; certain restrictions on the reduction of statutory capital; certain restrictions on the winding up of long-term insurers; and certain auditing and reporting requirements and also the need to have a principal representative and a principal office (as understood under the Insurance Act) in Bermuda. The Insurance Act grants to the Bermuda Monetary Authority the power to cancel licenses, supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies and in certain circumstances share information with foreign regulators. Class 3 insurers are authorized to carry on general insurance business (as understood under the Insurance Act), subject to conditions attached to the license and to compliance with minimum capital and surplus requirements, solvency margin, liquidity ratio and other requirements imposed by the Insurance Act. Long-term insurers are permitted to carry on long-term business (as understood under the Insurance Act) subject to conditions attached to the license and to similar compliance requirements and the requirement to maintain its long-term business fund (a segregated fund). Each of AGRI and AGRO is required annually to file statutorily mandated financial statements and returns, audited by an independent auditor approved by the Bermuda Monetary Authority, together with an annual loss reserve opinion of a Bermuda Monetary Authority-approved loss reserve specialist and the required actuary's certificate with respect to the long-term business. Assured Guaranty Corp. has an exemption from such filings for certain financial years, subject to conditions and the current exemption expiring for the 2003 financial year ending December 31, 2003.

        The Bermuda Monetary Authority must approve all issuances and transfers of shares in AGRI and AGRO (as well as Assured Guaranty; see "—Regulation—Bermuda—Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations"). Accordingly, we have applied for approval from the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the proposed transfer of shares in AGRI and AGRO. Certain provisions of services and office space in Bermuda by ACE affiliated companies will require specific licenses and approvals by the Minister of Finance of Bermuda or other Bermuda regulatory authority. Under a condition to its permit granted under the Companies Act, Assured Guaranty Corp. must inform the Minister of Finance of any change in its beneficial ownership within 14 days of the occurrence of such change.

    Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions

        The Insurance Act limits the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions by AGRI, AGRO and Assured Guaranty Corp.

        Under the Insurance Act:

    The minimum share capital must be always issued and outstanding and cannot be reduced (for a company registered both as a Class 3 insurer and a long-term insurer the minimum share capital is US$370,000 and for a company registered as a Class 3 insurer only, the minimum share capital is US$120,000).

102


    With respect to the distribution (including repurchase of shares) of any share capital, contributed surplus or other statutory capital, certain restrictions under the Insurance Act 1978 may apply if the proposal is to reduce its total statutory capital. Before reducing its total statutory capital by 15% or more of the insurer's total statutory capital as set out in its previous year's financial statements, a Class 3 insurer or a long-term insurer must obtain the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

    With respect to the declaration and payment of dividends:

    (a)
    the insurer may not declare or pay any dividends during any financial year if it would cause the insurer to fail the applicable solvency margin or liquidity ratio (the "relevant margins");

    (b)
    if the insurer failed to meet any of its relevant margins on the last day of any financial year the insurer may not without the prior approval of the Bermuda Monetary Authority declare or pay any dividends during the next financial year; and

    (c)
    a Class 3 insurer which at any time fails to meet its general business solvency margin may not declare or pay any dividend until the failure is rectified, and also in such circumstances the Class 3 insurer must report, within 30 days after becoming aware of its failure or having reason to believe that such failure has occurred, to the Bermuda Monetary Authority giving particulars of the circumstances leading to the failure and the manner and time in which the Class 3 insurer intends to rectify the failure.

    A long-term insurer may not:

    (a)
    use the funds allocated to its long-term business fund, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than a purpose of its long-term business except in so far as such payment can be made out of any surplus certified by the insurer's approved actuary to be available for distribution otherwise than to policyholders; and

    (b)
    declare or pay a dividend to any person other than a policyholder unless the value of the assets of its long-term business fund, as certified by the insurer's approved actuary, exceeds the extent (as so certified) of the liabilities of the insurer's long-term business, and the amount of any such dividend shall not exceed the aggregate of (1) that excess; and (2) any other funds properly available for the payment of dividends being funds arising out of the business of the insurer other than its long-term business.

        Under the Companies Act, a Bermuda company (such as Assured Guaranty, AGRI and AGRO) may only declare and pay a dividend or make a distribution out of contributed surplus (as understood under the Companies Act) if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is and after the payment will be able to meet and pay its liabilities as they become due and the realizable value of the company's assets will not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The Companies Act also regulates and restricts the reduction and return of capital and paid-in share premium, including repurchase of shares and imposes minimum issued and outstanding share capital requirements.

    Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations

        Although Assured Guaranty is incorporated in Bermuda, it is classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Pursuant to its non-resident status, Assured Guaranty may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of its common shares.

103


        Under Bermuda law, "exempted" companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an "exempted" company, Assured Guaranty (as well as each of AGRI and AGRO) may not, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislation or under a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business and other transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement which is required for its business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or which is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, for a term not exceeding 21 years), (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure a principal amount in excess of $50,000 unless the Minister of Finance consents to a higher amount, and (3) the carrying on of business of any kind or type for which it is not duly licensed in Bermuda, except in certain limited circumstances, such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of Assured Guaranty's business carried on outside Bermuda.

        Common shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda, which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the Bermuda Monetary Authority must approve all issuances and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company. The Bermuda Monetary Authority has issued its permission for the issue and free transferability of the common shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus, as long as the shares are listed on an appointed stock exchange (including the New York Stock Exchange), to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes. In addition, we will deliver to and file a copy of this prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law. The Bermuda Monetary Authority, the Bermuda Minister of Finance and the Bermuda Registrar of Companies accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

        The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like Assured Guaranty that are based in Bermuda, but which do not operate in competition with local businesses. Assured Guaranty is not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation. Bermuda companies and permit companies, such as Assured Guaranty Corp. pay, as applicable, annual government fees, business fees, payroll tax and other taxes and duties. See "Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda."

        Special considerations apply to our Bermuda operations. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians, other than spouses of Bermudians and individuals holding permanent resident certificates or working resident certificates, are not permitted to engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without a work permit issued by the Bermuda government. A work permit is only granted or extended if the employer can show that, after a proper public advertisement, no Bermudian, spouse of a Bermudian or individual holding a permanent resident certificate is available who meets the minimum standards for the position. The Bermuda government has announced a policy that places a six-year term limit on individuals with work permits, subject to specified exemptions for persons deemed to be key employees. Currently, all of our Bermuda-based professional employees who require work permits have been granted provisional permits by the Bermuda government. This includes the following key employees: Messrs. Frederico, Mills, Michener and Samson, each of whom has received a provisional work permit.

    United Kingdom

    General

        Since December 1, 2001, the regulation of the financial services industry in the United Kingdom has been consolidated under the Financial Services Authority ("FSA UK"). In addition, the regulatory

104


regime in the United Kingdom must comply with certain European Union ("EU") directives binding on all EU member states.

        The FSA UK is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating the financial services industry in the U.K., having the authority to oversee the carrying on of "regulated activities" (including deposit taking, insurance and reinsurance, investment management and most other financial services), with the purpose of maintaining confidence in the U.K. financial system, providing public understanding of the system, securing the proper degree of protection for consumers and helping to reduce financial crime. It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on a regulated activity in the U.K. unless that person is authorized by the FSA UK and has been granted permission to carry on that regulated activity, or otherwise falls under an exemption to such regulation.

        Insurance business in the United Kingdom falls into two main categories: long-term insurance (which is primarily investment-related) and general insurance. It is not possible for an insurance company to be authorized in both long-term and general insurance business. These two categories are both divided into "classes" (for example: permanent health and pension fund management are two classes of long-term insurance; damage to property and motor vehicle liability are two classes of general insurance). Under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA"), effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance, within a class of general or long-term insurance, by way of business in the U.K., constitutes a "regulated activity" requiring authorization. An authorized insurance company must have permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write.

        Assured Guaranty (UK) has applied to the FSA UK for authorization to effect and carry out certain classes of non-life insurance, specifically: classes 14 (credit), 15 (suretyship) and 16 (miscellaneous financial loss). If granted, this scope of permission will be sufficient to enable Assured Guaranty (UK) to effect and carry out financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance.

        Assuming that Assured Guaranty (UK) becomes an authorized insurer, the insurance and reinsurance businesses of Assured Guaranty (UK) will be subject to close supervision by the FSA UK. The FSA UK currently is seeking to strengthen its requirements for senior management arrangements, systems and controls of insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction and intends to place an increased emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the United Kingdom. There are a number of proposed changes to the FSA UK's rules that will affect insurance and reinsurance companies authorized in the U.K. For example, the FSA UK currently is in consultation on a number of proposals, including the regulation of the sale of general insurance, insurance mediation, capital adequacy and proposals aimed at ensuring adequate diversification of an insurer's or reinsurer's exposures to any credit risks of its reinsurers. Changes in the scope of the FSA UK's regulation may have an adverse impact on the potential business operations of Assured Guaranty (UK).

        Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas is not authorized as an insurer. It is authorized by the FSA UK as a "Category D" company to carry out designated investment business activities in that it may "advise on investments (except on pension transfers and pension opt outs)" relating to most investment instruments. In addition, it may arrange or bring about transactions in investments and make "arrangements with a view to transactions in investments." It should be noted that Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas does not itself take risk in the transactions it arranges or places, and may not hold funds on behalf of its customers.

    Supervision

        The FSA UK carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from statistical returns, review of accountants' reports, visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews.

105


        The FSA UK has adopted a risk-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies. Under this approach, the FSA UK periodically performs a formal risk assessment of insurance companies or groups carrying on business in the U.K. which varies in scope according to the risk profile of the insurer. The FSA UK performs its risk assessment by analyzing information which it receives during the normal course of its supervision, such as regular prudential returns on the financial position of the insurance company, or which it acquires through a series of meetings with senior management of the insurance company. After each risk assessment, the FSA UK will inform the insurer of its views on the insurer's risk profile. This will include details of any remedial action that the FSA UK requires and the likely consequences if this action is not taken.

    Solvency Requirements

        The Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers requires that insurance companies maintain a margin of solvency at all times in respect of any general insurance undertaken by the insurance company, the calculation of which depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes. The method of calculation of the solvency margin is set out in the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, and for these purposes, all of the insurer's assets and liabilities are subject to specified valuation rules. Failure to maintain the required solvency margin is one of the grounds on which the wide powers of intervention conferred upon the FSA UK may be exercised.

        To the extent that the amount of premiums for such classes exceed certain specified minimum thresholds, each insurance company writing property, credit and other specified categories of insurance or reinsurance business is required by the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers to maintain an equalization reserve for the financial years ending on or after December 23, 1996 calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers.

        These solvency requirements have recently been amended in order to implement the European Union's "Solvency I" directives. These new rules come into effect on January 1, 2004.

        In addition, an insurer (other than a company conducting only reinsurance business) is required to perform and submit to the FSA UK a solvency margin calculation return in respect of its ultimate parent. This return is not part of an insurer's own solvency return and hence will not be publicly available. Although there is no requirement that the parent solvency calculation show a positive result, the FSA UK is required to take action where it considers that the solvency of the insurance company is or may be jeopardized due to the group solvency position. Further, an insurer is required to report in its annual returns to the FSA UK all material related party transactions (e.g., intragroup reinsurance, whose value is more than 5% of the insurer's general insurance business amount). However, the FSA UK has published proposals for the implementation of the EU's Financial Groups Directive which includes a requirement for insurance groups to hold an amount of capital indicated in the calculation of the parent company's solvency margin at the European Economic Area parent level for the financial years beginning in 2005. The purpose of these proposals is to prevent leveraging of capital arising from involvements in other group insurance firms. The FSA UK has stated that it will phase in these proposals. Given the current structure of the group of which Assured Guaranty (UK) will be a member, this proposed regulatory obligation would not apply to Assured Guaranty (UK)'s parent, because it is incorporated in Bermuda.

    Restrictions on Dividend Payments

        U.K. company law prohibits Assured Guaranty (UK) from declaring a dividend to its shareholders unless it has "profits available for distribution." The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based on its accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the U.K. insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurer's ability to declare a dividend, the FSA UK requires the maintenance of each insurance company's

106


solvency margin within its jurisdiction. The FSA UK's rules require Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, and will require Assured Guaranty (UK) once authorized, to notify the FSA UK of any proposed or actual payment of a dividend that is greater than forecast in the business plans submitted with their respective applications for authorization. Any such payment or proposal could result in regulatory intervention. In addition, the FSA UK requires authorized insurance companies to notify it in advance of any significant dividend payment.

    Reporting Requirements

        U.K. insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act of 1985 (as amended), which requires the filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, U.K. insurance companies are required to file regulatory returns with the FSA UK, which include a revenue account, a profit and loss account and a balance sheet in prescribed forms. Under the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, audited regulatory returns must be filed with the FSA UK within two months and 15 days of the financial year end (or three months where the delivery of the return is made electronically).

    Supervision of Management

        The FSA UK closely supervises the management of insurance companies through the approved persons regime, by which any appointment of persons to perform certain specified "controlled functions" within a regulated entity must be approved by the FSA UK.

    Change of Control

        FSMA regulates the acquisition of "control" of any U.K. insurance company authorized under FSMA. Any company or individual that (together with its or his associates) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a U.K. authorized insurance company or its parent company, or is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired "control" for the purposes of the relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either.

        Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire "control" of a U.K. authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the FSA UK of its intention to do so. The FSA UK then has three months to consider that person's application to acquire "control." In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA UK must be satisfied that both the acquirer is a "fit and proper" person to have "control" and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of "control." "Consumers" in this context includes all persons who may use the services of the authorized insurance company. Failure to make the relevant prior application could result in action being taken by the FSA UK.

    Intervention and Enforcement

        The FSA UK has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. FSMA imposes on the FSA UK statutory obligations to monitor compliance with the requirements imposed by FSMA, and to enforce the provisions of FSMA related rules made by the FSA UK. The FSA UK has power, among other things, to enforce and take disciplinary measures in respect of breaches of both the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers and breaches of the conduct of business rules generally applicable to authorized persons.

107


        The FSA UK also has the power to prosecute criminal offenses arising under FSMA, and to prosecute insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches of money laundering regulations. The FSA UK's stated policy is to pursue criminal prosecution in all appropriate cases.

    "Passporting"

        EU directives allow Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas, and will allow Assured Guaranty (UK), once authorized, to conduct business in EU states other than the United Kingdom in compliance with the scope of permission granted these companies by FSA UK without the necessity of additional licensing or authorization in other EU jurisdictions. This ability to operate in other jurisdictions of the EU on the basis of home state authorization and supervision is sometimes referred to as "passporting." Insurers may operate outside their home member state either on a "services" basis or on an "establishment" basis. Operating on a "services" basis means that the company conducts permitted businesses in the host state without having a physical presence there, while operating on an establishment basis means the company has a branch or physical presence in the host state. In both cases, a company remains subject to regulation by its home regulator, and not by local regulatory authorities, although the company nonetheless may have to comply with certain local rules. In addition to EU member states, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein (members of the broader European Economic Area) are jurisdictions in which this passporting framework applies. Assured Guaranty (UK) intends to seek to operate on a passport basis throughout the European Union; Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas operates on a services basis in Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, the Republic of Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain and Sweden.

    Fees and Levies

        Assuming it becomes an authorized insurer in the United Kingdom, Assured Guaranty (UK) will be subject to FSA UK fees and levies based on Assured Guaranty (UK)'s gross written premiums. The FSA UK also requires authorized insurers to participate in an investors' protection fund, known as the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the "FSCS"). The FSCS was established to compensate consumers of financial services, including the buyers of insurance, against failures in the financial services industry. Individual policyholders and small businesses may be compensated by the FSCS when an authorized insurer is unable, or likely to be unable, to satisfy policyholder claims. Assured Guaranty (UK) does not expect to write any insurance business that is protected by the FSCS.

Properties

        We and our subsidiaries currently lease office space in Bermuda, New York and London.

Employees

        As of March 29, 2004, we had approximately 135 employees. In connection with our exit from certain businesses and the implementation of our new business strategy, we have undertaken a reduction in force. After giving effect to this reduction in force, we will have approximately 100 employees. None of our employees is subject to collective bargaining agreements.

Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of our subsidiaries have become subject to certain legal proceedings and claims, none of which have been finally adjudicated. We believe, based upon the information available, that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of any one or more of these items during any

108



quarter or fiscal year could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or liquidity in that particular quarter or fiscal year.

        On January 18, 2002, World Omni Financial Corp. ("World Omni") filed an action against ACE Capital Re Inc. (which will be renamed Assured Guaranty Inc. in connection with this offering) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled World Omni Financial Corp. v. ACE Capital Re Inc. , Case no. 02 CV 0476 (RO). On September 20, 2002, World Omni amended its complaint to add AGRO as a defendant. The dispute arises out of a quota share reinsurance agreement between AGRO and JCJ Insurance Company ("JCJ"), an affiliate of World Omni, and an underlying residual value insurance policy issued by JCJ to World Omni, which insured residual value losses of World Omni with respect to a portfolio of automobile leases. Subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, the residual value insurance policy insures World Omni against losses (as defined in the policy) resulting from the value of leased vehicles at the end of the applicable lease term being less than what such value was assumed to have been at the inception of the applicable lease term. In the District Court action, World Omni has sought a declaratory judgment regarding AGRO's coverage obligations, if any, for such alleged losses, as well as damages for breach of contract based upon AGRO's refusal to pay claims asserted by World Omni. World Omni seeks $157 million, which is the limit of liability under the quota share reinsurance agreement, plus interest.

        AGRO and Assured Guaranty Inc. have denied World Omni's claims, and intend to contest them vigorously. On March 1, 2004, all parties submitted a joint motion to the District Court seeking to stay the litigation in favor of arbitration. No formal discovery has been taken, and it is too early in the litigation to predict its ultimate outcome. In connection with the offering, AGRO will retrocede its reinsurance obligations under its agreement with JCJ to a subsidiary of ACE pursuant to a 100% quota share retrocession agreement. In addition, ACE will assume the defense of the World Omni action and agree to indemnify and hold us harmless from any damages or expenses in connection with this action. See "Relationship with ACE."

        On January 27, 2004, Olympic Title Insurance Company ("OTIC") and certain of its principals and affiliates filed an action against ACE, ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, Assured Guaranty Inc., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (collectively, the "defendants") in Ohio State Court. The dispute concerns discussions between ACE Capital Title, on the one hand, and OTIC and OTIC's new principals, on the other hand, regarding a potential transaction whereby ACE Capital Title would reinsure title insurance risks in certain residential markets and issue title insurance policies in certain commercial markets. The specific relief sought in the complaint includes specific performance of an alleged reinsurance agreement, an injunction preventing any of the defendants from taking certain actions in relation to, among other things, ACE's title business and damages.

        The court issued a temporary restraining order that restrains the defendants from (i) contacting the Ohio Department of Insurance regarding a change of control application filed by OTIC, and (ii) changing or affecting ACE Capital Title's insurance licenses in four states. By agreement of the parties, the temporary restraining order will stay in effect until the preliminary injunction hearing is concluded and a decision is rendered by the court. The preliminary injunction hearing has been put off until after May 1, 2004.

        ACE Capital Title will be sold to ACE or one of its subsidiaries in connection with the formation transactions. Management intends to continue to contest the case vigorously. As the case has just commenced, no formal discovery has been taken and it is too early in the litigation to predict its ultimate disposition with any reasonable degree of certainty. In connection with this offering, ACE will assume the defense of the OTIC action and agree to indemnify and hold us harmless from any damages or expenses in connection with this action.

109



MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Key Employees

        The following table provides information regarding our directors, executive officers and key employees as of March 31, 2004:

Name

  Age

  Position(s)


Donald Kramer

 

66

 

Chairman of the Board (4)

Dominic J. Frederico

 

51

 

President and Chief Executive Officer; Deputy Chairman

Michael J. Schozer

 

46

 

President of Assured Guaranty Corp.

Robbin Conner

 

43

 

Executive Vice President of Assured Guaranty Corp.

Robert B. Mills

 

54

 

Chief Financial Officer

James M. Michener

 

51

 

General Counsel and Secretary

Pierre A. Samson

 

39

 

Chief Actuary; President of AGRI

Brian Duperreault

 

56

 

Provisional Director

Evan G. Greenberg

 

48

 

Provisional Director

Neil Baron

 

60

 

Nominee for Director (2)(3)

G. Lawrence Buhl

 

57

 

Nominee for Director (1)(4)

Stephen A. Cozen

 

64

 

Nominee for Director (2)(3)

John G. Heimann

 

74

 

Nominee for Director (3)(4)

Patrick W. Kenny

 

61

 

Nominee for Director (1)(4)

Walter A. Scott

 

66

 

Nominee for Director (1)(2)

(1)
Will become a member of the Audit Committee upon completion of the offering. Mr. Buhl will serve as Chairman of the Audit Committee.

(2)
Will become a member of Compensation Committee upon completion of the offering. Mr. Scott will serve as Chairman of the Compensation Committee.

(3)
Will become a member of the Nominating/Governance Committee upon completion of the offering. Mr. Baron will serve as Chairman of the Nominating/Governance Committee.

(4)
Will become a member of the Finance Committee upon completion of the offering. Mr. Kramer will serve as Chairman of the Finance Committee.

         Donald Kramer has been non-executive Chairman of the Board of Assured Guaranty since December 2003. Mr. Kramer has been a Vice Chairman of ACE since July 1996 following ACE's acquisition of ACE Tempest Reinsurance Company Limited ("ACE Tempest Re"), and was President of ACE Tempest Re from July 1996 until 1999. Mr. Kramer served as Chairman or Co-Chairman of the Board of ACE Tempest Re from its formation in September 1993 until July 1996. Prior to the formation of ACE Tempest Re, Mr. Kramer was President of Kramer Capital Corporation (venture capital investments) from March to September 1993 and Chairman of the Board of NAC Re Corporation (reinsurance) from June 1985 to June 1993. Mr. Kramer is a director of National Benefit Life Insurance Company of New York, a wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup, a member of the Board of Trustees of the Brooklyn College Foundation and Chairman, National Dance Foundation of Bermuda. Mr. Kramer is also a director of ACE. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Kramer will

110



resign his position as an executive officer and a director of ACE though he will remain employed by ACE.

         Dominic J. Frederico has been President, Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chairman of Assured Guaranty since December 2003. Mr. Frederico has served as Vice Chairman of ACE since June 2003 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE and Chairman of ACE INA Holdings, Inc. ("ACE INA") from November 1999 to June 2003. Mr. Frederico has also served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE INA from May 1999 through November 1999. Mr. Frederico previously served as President of ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. ("ACE Bermuda") from July 1997 to May 1999, Executive Vice President, Underwriting from December 1996 to July 1997, and as Executive Vice President, Financial Lines from January 1995 to December 1996. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Frederico spent 13 years working for various subsidiaries of the American International Group ("AIG"). Mr. Frederico completed his employment at AIG after serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of AIG Risk Management. Before that, Mr. Frederico was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of UNAT, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG headquartered in Paris, France. Mr. Frederico is also a director of ACE and will continue to serve as a director of ACE after this offering. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Frederico will resign his position as a Vice Chairman of ACE.

         Michael J. Schozer was appointed President of Assured Guaranty Corp. in December 2003. Mr. Schozer was Managing Director—Structured Finance and Credit Derivatives of Ambac Assurance Corporation from 1996 to December 2003 where he was also a member of Ambac's senior credit committee.

         Robbin Conner has been a senior executive of Assured Guaranty Corp. since July 2003 and from April 2000 to June 2003 he was the chief operating officer of AGRI. From 1995 to April 2000, Mr. Conner was employed by Moody's, most recently as a managing director managing a team in London responsible for securitizations of all asset classes. Prior to his employment at Moody's, Mr. Conner was an attorney with Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom in New York for approximately six years, ultimately specializing in structured finance transactions.

         Robert B. Mills was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Assured Guaranty in January 2004. Mr. Mills was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer—Americas of UBS AG and UBS Investment Bank from April 1994 to January 2004 where he was also a member of the Investment Bank Board of Directors. Previously, Mr. Mills was with KPMG from 1971 to 1994 where his responsibilities included being partner-in-charge of the Investment Banking and Capital Markets practice.

         James M. Michener was appointed General Counsel and Secretary of Assured Guaranty in February 2004. Mr. Michener was General Counsel and Secretary of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from January 2002 to February 2004. From April 2001 to January 2002, Mr. Michener served as general counsel of Citigroup's Emerging Markets business. Prior to joining Citigroup's Emerging Markets business, Mr. Michener was General Counsel of Travelers Insurance from April 2000 to April 2001 and General Counsel of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. from May 1996 to April 2000.

         Pierre A. Samson was appointed Chief Actuary of Assured Guaranty and President of AGRI in January 2004. Mr. Samson was President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE Global Financial Solutions from September 2003 to January 2004, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE Financial Solutions International from June 2000 to September 2003 and Senior Vice President, Financial Lines of ACE Bermuda from January 1998 to June 2000. Prior to joining ACE in 1995, Mr. Samson worked for eight years as an actuary for Tillinghast Towers Perrin in offices in Bermuda and London. He is a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society and a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.

         Brian Duperreault has been a director of Assured Guaranty since August 2003. Mr. Duperreault has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of ACE since November 1999 and as Chairman,

111



President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE from October 1994 through November 1999. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Duperreault had been employed with AIG since 1973 and served in various senior executive positions with AIG and its affiliates from 1978 until September 1994, most recently as Executive Vice President, Foreign General Insurance and, concurrently, as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of American International Underwriters Inc. ("AIU"), AIG's foreign general insurance organization, from April 1994 to September 1994. Mr. Duperreault was President of AIU from 1991 to April 1994, and Chief Executive Officer of AIG affiliates in Japan and Korea from 1989 until 1991. Mr. Duperreault is a director of ACE. Mr. Duperreault serves as a member of The American Academy of Actuaries, a member of the Board of Trustees of Saint Joseph's University, a member of the College of Insurance's Board of Trustees and a director of the Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son, Ltd. Mr. Duperreault will resign as a director of Assured Guaranty upon completion of this offering.

         Evan G. Greenberg has been a director of Assured Guaranty since August 2003. Mr. Greenberg has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of ACE since June 2003 and as Vice Chairman of ACE and Chief Executive Officer of ACE Tempest Re from November 2001 to June 2003. In April 2002, Mr. Greenberg was appointed to the position of Chief Executive Officer of ACE Overseas General. Prior to joining ACE, Mr. Greenberg was most recently President and Chief Operating Officer of AIG, a position he held from 1997 until 2000. From 1975 until 1997, Mr. Greenberg held a variety of senior management positions at AIG including Chief Operating Officer of AIU and President and Chief Executive Officer of AIU. Mr. Greenberg is a director of ACE. Mr. Greenberg will resign as a director of Assured Guaranty upon completion of this offering.

        The following individuals have agreed to serve as directors on our board upon completion of this offering:

         Neil Baron has been Chairman of Criterion Research Group, LLC, an independent securities research firm since March 2002. From July 1998 to March 2002, Mr. Baron was a private investor. Mr. Baron was Vice Chairman and General Counsel of Fitch Inc., a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, from April 1989 to August 1998.

         G. Lawrence Buhl , CPA, was a partner of Ernst & Young LLP and its predecessors. During his 35-year accounting career, Mr. Buhl served as the Regional Director for Insurance Services in Ernst & Young's Philadelphia, New York and Baltimore offices and as audit engagement partner for more than 40 insurance companies, including Capital Re and FGIC.

         Stephen A. Cozen is the founder and Chairman of Cozen O'Connor, a Philadelphia-based law firm where he has practiced law for more than 30 years.

         John G. Heimann was the founding Chairman of the Financial Stability Institute, which was founded in 1999, and has served as Senior Advisor to this organization since 2002. The Financial Stability Institute is a joint initiative of the Switzerland-based Bank for International Settlements and the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision whose mission is to promote better and more independent supervision of the banking, capital markets and insurance industries by supervisory authorities around the globe. From 1984 to February 2003, Mr. Heimann was employed by Merrill Lynch & Co. in various capacities, most recently serving as Chairman of that firm's global financial institutions practice. From 1977 to 1981, Mr. Heimann served as Comptroller of the Currency. From 1975 to 1977, Mr. Heimann was Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York.

         Patrick W. Kenny has served as the president and chief executive officer of the International Insurance Society in New York, an organization dedicated to fostering the exchange of ideas through a program of international seminars and sponsored research, since June 2001. From 1998 to June 2001 Mr. Kenny served as executive vice president of Frontier Insurance Group, Inc. From 1995 to 1998, Kenny served as senior vice president of SS&C Technologies, where he was responsible for mergers and acquisitions, and relationships with banking and regulatory institutions. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Kenny

112



served as Group Executive, Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Aetna Life & Casualty.

         Walter A. Scott has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Green Mountain Beverage, a Vermont-based hard-cider company. Mr. Scott served as a consultant to ACE from October 1994 until September 1996. Prior to that he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ACE from March 1991 until his retirement in September 1994 and as President and Chief Executive Officer from September 1989 to March 1991. Mr. Scott is a director of ACE and a trustee of Lafayette College.

Board Of Directors

        Our directors are divided into three classes and serve for staggered three-year terms. Our Class I directors, whose terms expire in 2005, are Messrs. Kramer and Kenny. Our Class II directors, whose terms expire in 2006, are Messrs. Cozen, Heimann and Scott. Our Class III directors, whose terms expire in 2007, are Messrs. Baron, Buhl and Frederico.

        We have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating/governance committee, all of which consist exclusively of members who qualify as independent directors under the applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. We also have a finance committee.

        The audit committee was established to assist the board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements and financial reporting process, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the system of internal controls, the audit process, the performance of our internal auditors and the performance, qualification and independence of our independent auditors. Each proposed member of the audit committee is "independent" within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. At least one proposed member of the audit committee has the attributes of an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by the SEC.

        The duties and responsibilities of the audit committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include:

113


        The compensation committee was established to discharge the board's responsibilities relating to compensation of our employees. Each proposed member of the compensation committee is "independent" within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

        The duties and responsibilities of the compensation committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include:

114


        The nominating and governance committee was established by the board to assist the board in (1) identifying individuals qualified to become board members, and recommending to the board director nominees for the next annual general meeting of shareholders or to fill vacancies; and (2) developing and recommending to the board appropriate corporate governance guidelines. Each proposed member of the compensation committee is "independent" within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

        The duties and responsibilities of the nominating and governance committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include:

        The finance committee was established to assist the board in its oversight of the investment of our investible assets, our capital structure, our financing arrangements and any corporate development activities.

        The duties and responsibilities of the finance committee are set forth in the committee's charter, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and include

115


Director Compensation

        Non-management directors will receive an annual retainer of $150,000 per year, $60,000 of which will be paid in cash and $90,000 of which will be paid in stock units or restricted stock (as described below), though a director may elect to receive all of his compensation in stock units. Non-management directors will also receive a one-time cash award of $25,000 upon their election, concurrent with the closing of this offering. The chairman of the board will receive an additional $15,000 annual retainer, the chairman of the audit committee will receive an additional $20,000 annual retainer, the chairman of the compensation committee will receive an additional $10,000 annual retainer and the chairman of the nominating and governance committee will receive an additional $5,000 annual retainer. Members of the audit committee will receive an additional $10,000 annual retainer and members of the compensation committee will receive an additional $5,000 annual retainer. We will generally not pay a fee for attendance at board or committee meetings, though the chief executive officer has the discretion to pay attendance fees of $2,000 for extraordinary or special meetings.

        An initial (one-time) grant of restricted shares with a value of $100,000 (based on the initial public offering price in this offering or the market value of our common shares) will be awarded to each non-management director upon his or her initial election. These restricted shares will vest upon the third anniversary of the grant.

        Retainer equity awards will be granted upon completion of this offering and annually thereafter (usually on the date of our annual shareholders' meeting) in the form of stock units until the share ownership guidelines set forth in the next paragraph have been met. The first 10,000 stock units awarded to each director will become non-forfeitable one year after the date of grant. The issuance of common shares for these units will be mandatorily deferred until six months after termination of the director's service on our board. After the share ownership guidelines discussed below are met, directors may elect to receive their annual retainer equity award in the form of either restricted shares that vest one year after the date of grant, or stock units that become non-forfeitable one year after the date of grant, with the issuance of common shares deferred to a later date chosen by the director. Stock units cannot be sold or transferred until the common shares are issued. Dividend equivalents will be credited to stock units and reinvested as additional stock units.

        The board has recommended that each director own at least 10,000 common shares within three years after joining the board. Common shares represented by stock units will count toward that guideline, though restricted shares awarded upon a director's initial election will not.

        Neither Messrs. Duperreault nor Greenberg have received or will receive compensation for their service on our board.

116


Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth the compensation earned during the years indicated by our current chief executive officer, by the former chief executive officer of ACE's financial guaranty business that will be transferred to us, by two former executive officers of ACE's financial guaranty business that will be transferred to us and by the other executive officers of ACE's financial guaranty business as of December 31, 2003. All information set forth in this table reflects compensation earned by the named individuals for services with ACE and its subsidiaries.


Summary Compensation Table

 
   
   
   
   
  Long-Term Compensation
 
   
  Annual Compensation
 
   
   
  Securities
Underlying
Options/
SARs (3)

   
Name and
Principal Position

  Year
  Salary
  Bonus
  Other Annual
Compensation (1)

  Restricted
Stock
Awards (2)(3)(4)

  All Other
Compensation (5)


Dominic J. Frederico
President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Assured Guaranty

 

2003
2002
2001

 

$


975,000
850,000
800,427

 

$


1,000,000
600,000
800,000

(6)


$


483,906
329,246
180,398

 

$


1,516,350
1,317,000
1,197,900

 

100,000
232,500
82,500

 

$


273,750
245,795
307,530

Jerome Jurschak (7)
Former Chief Executive Officer,
ACE Financial Services, Inc.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

550,000
550,000
525,000

 

 


600,000
600,000

 

 




 

 

620,325
658,500
399,300

 

28,000
35,000
33,000

 

 

98,582
106,433
126,097

Joseph Swain
Former President—Reinsurance
Assured Guaranty US Holdings

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

470,000
410,000
380,000

 

 

350,000
625,000
475,000

 

 




 

 

551,400
658,500
301,290

 

40,000
30,000
22,000

 

 

84,528
110,560
84,999

Laurence Donnelly (8)
Former President,
ACE Capital Re Inc.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

204,058
405,000
375,000

 

 


475,000
475,000

 

 




 

 

275,700
658,500
301,290

 

20,000
30,000
22,000

 

 

28,997
85,248
95,480

Howard Albert
Executive Vice President,
ACE Guaranty Corp.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

370,000
333,000
315,000

 

 

265,000
250,000
220,000

 

 




 

 

275,700
329,250
199,650

 

10,000
15,000
11,000

 

 

62,211
63,856
64,424

Robbin Conner
Executive Vice President,
ACE Capital Re Inc.

 

2003
2002
2001

 

 

354,000
344,000
315,000

 

 

175,000
230,000
220,000

 

 




 

 

206,775
439,000
181,500

 

12,000
20,000
9,000

 

 

84,507
149,750
162,463

(1)
Other annual compensation for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes commuting and living expenses of $108,000; personal travel on ACE's corporate aircraft of $9,951 based on the Internal Revenue Service's formula; loan forgiveness of $187,338 and various tax gross-ups. Other annual compensation for the year ended December 31, 2002 includes commuting and living expenses of $134,000; personal travel on ACE's corporate aircraft of $61,506 based on the Internal Revenue Service's formula; and loan forgiveness of $120,938. Other annual compensation for the year ended December 31, 2001 includes commuting and living expenses of $76,781; personal travel on ACE's corporate aircraft of $11,610 based on the Internal Revenue Service's formula; and loan forgiveness of $59,660.

(2)
As of December 31, 2003, the number and value of restricted ACE ordinary shares held by each of the above named executive officers was: Mr. Frederico—94,000 ($3,893,480), Mr. Jurschak—39,250 ($1,625,735), Mr. Swain—35,400 ($1,466,268), Mr. Albert—18,375 ($761,093) and Mr. Conner—17,500 ($724,850). Such values were determined by multiplying the number of shares by $41.42 (the closing price of ACE's ordinary shares on the NYSE on December 31, 2003).

(3)
Restricted stock and option awards were made in February of the applicable year and were intended as compensation for the preceding year in order to take into account performance during the preceding year.

117


(4)
The value of the restricted ACE shares awarded during the year ended December 31, 2003 was determined by multiplying the number of shares awarded by the closing price of ACE's ordinary shares on the NYSE on the date of the grant. All such shares were awarded on February 27, 2003, on which date the closing price for ACE's ordinary shares on the NYSE was $27.57. The value of the restricted shares awarded to the individuals during 2002 and 2001 was also determined by multiplying the number of shares awarded by the closing price of ACE's ordinary shares on the date of the grant. The number of restricted ACE shares awarded to each of the named individuals was:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Name

  2003
  2002
  2001
Dominic J. Frederico   55,000   30,000   33,000
Jerome Jurschak   22,500   15,000   11,000
Joseph Swain   20,000   15,000   8,300
Laurence Donnelly   10,000   15,000   8,300
Howard Albert   10,000   7,500   5,500
Robbin Conner   7,500   10,000   5,000

With respect to all restricted ACE ordinary shares awarded to the named individuals in 2003, 2002 and 2001, the restrictions with respect to one-quarter of the ordinary shares lapse on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of the awards. During the restricted period, the named individuals are entitled to vote the ordinary shares and receive dividends.

(5)
Amounts for 2003 include: (a) contributions by ACE to defined contribution plans of $273,750 for Mr. Frederico, $72,144 for Mr. Jurschak, $65,988 for Mr. Swain, $12,000 for Mr. Donnelly, $42,530 for Mr. Albert and $8,782 for Mr. Conner; (b) split-dollar life insurance premiums paid on behalf of the named individuals of $26,438 for Mr. Jurschak, $19,681 for Mr. Albert, $14,736 for Mr. Donnelly and $18,540 for Mr. Swain; (c) interest forgivness for Mr. Donnelly of $2,261 and (d) housing allowance of $72,000 for Mr. Conner. Contributions by ACE to defined contribution plans include ACE's discretionary matching contributions that are calculated and paid in the year following the year in which they are reported in the table above.

(6)
In the first quarter of 2004, Mr. Frederico received a bonus of $1,000,000 relating to 2003 and a bonus of $250,000 relating to the first quarter of 2004.

(7)
ACE Financial Services Inc. is a holding company for certain of ACE's businesses, including some of the businesses to be transferred to Assured Guaranty. Mr. Jurschak retired on January 31, 2004, and he received a lump sum payment of $2,100,000.

(8)
Mr. Donnelly's employment with ACE ceased on June 30, 2003. Mr. Donnelly received a severance payment of $820,343 in June 2003 and a second payment of $257,399 in January 2004 in connection with a release agreement.


2003 Option Grants

        The following table sets forth information concerning awarded stock options made to the named individuals during the year 2003.

 
   
   
   
   
  Potential Realized Value
at Assumed Annual Rate
of Stock Price Appreciation
for Option Term

 
   
  Percent of Total
Options
Awarded to
Employees

   
   
 
  Number of
Options
Awarded (1)

  Exercise or
Base Price
($/Sh)

   
 
  Expiration Date
  5%
  10%
Dominic J. Frederico   100,000   2.49 % $ 27.57   February 27, 2013   $ 1,733,862   $ 4,393,948
Jerome Jurschak   28,000   0.70     27.57   February 27, 2013     485,481     1,230,305
Joseph Swain   40,000   0.99     27.57   February 27, 2013     693,545     1,757,579
Laurence Donnelly   20,000   0.50     27.57   February 27, 2013     346,772     878,790
Howard Albert   10,000   0.25     27.57   February 27, 2013     173,386     439,395
Robbin Conner   12,000   0.30     27.57   February 27, 2013     208,063     527,274

(1)
Of Mr. Frederico's options, 82,500 options vest one-third on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant and 150,000 options vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant. All other options vest one-third on each of the first, second and third anniversary of the grant.

118



Option Values as of December 31, 2003

        The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises, the number of unexercised stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2003, and the value of any unexercised in-the-money stock options outstanding at such time, held by the named individuals. There were no stock appreciation rights outstanding as of December 31, 2003.

 
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options/SARs at
Fiscal Year-End
Exerciseable/Unexercisable

  Value of Unexercised In-
the-Money Options at
Fiscal Year-End
Exerciseable/Unexercisable

Dominic J. Frederico   477,500/332,500   $7,947,500/$1,525,800
Jerome Jurschak   33,667/62,333   112,640/444,120
Joseph Swain   14,667/69,333   23,895/601,785
Howard Albert   12,333/23,667   37,545/157,275
Robbin Conner   12,667/28,333   30,720/181,560

        Upon completion of this offering, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by the named individuals will immediately vest. The named individuals will then have 90 days to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares.

New Employment Agreements

        In connection with this offering, we are negotiating employment agreements with our executive officers. Described below are the material terms of the agreements we expect to enter into with our chief executive officer and our other four executive officers we expect to be the most highly compensated in 2004. We expect to have each of these agreements finalized prior to the completion of this offering and copies of the final agreements will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Dominic J. Frederico.     We are finalizing an agreement with Dominic J. Frederico pursuant to which he will serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and will be paid a minimum base salary of $700,000 per year. Mr. Frederico will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 0-200% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Frederico's individual performance. In connection with this offering, Mr. Frederico will be granted an award of (i) 250,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 500,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Frederico is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Frederico's individual performance. It is currently expected that Mr. Frederico will receive 83,333 restricted common shares and options to purchase 166,667 common shares per year under this program. Mr. Frederico is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. Mr. Frederico is entitled to a housing allowance for residency in Bermuda of up to $18,000 per month. If there is a change of control (as defined below), Mr. Frederico's unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, if Mr. Frederico's employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Frederico will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Frederico's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Frederico's employment agreement contains an

119



agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Frederico's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Frederico's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        Michael J. Schozer.     We are finalizing an agreement with Michael J. Schozer pursuant to which he will serve as the President of Assured Guaranty Corp. and will be paid a minimum base salary of $350,000 per year. Mr. Schozer was paid a signing bonus of $500,000, subject to forfeiture in part in the event of his resignation or termination for cause during the first 12 months of his employment. Mr. Schozer will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 200% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Schozer's individual performance, subject to a minimum annual bonus equal to 100% of his minimum base salary. In connection with this offering, Mr. Schozer will be granted an award of (i) 120,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 240,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Schozer is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Schozer's individual performance. During each year in the initial three-year term, if we report positive net income Mr. Schozer is guaranteed that the value of any long-term incentive award made for that year will be no less than the amount of his annual base salary; his initial target will be 40,000 restricted common shares and 80,000 options to purchase common shares. Mr. Schozer is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. If there is a change of control, Mr. Schozer's unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, if Mr. Schozer's employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Schozer will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Schozer's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Schozer's employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Schozer's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Schozer's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        Robert Mills.     We are finalizing an agreement with Robert Mills pursuant to which he will serve as our Chief Financial Officer and will be paid a minimum base salary of $500,000 per year. Mr. Mills was paid a signing bonus of $750,000, subject to forfeiture in part in the event of his resignation or termination for cause during the first 12 months of his employment. Mr. Mills will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 140% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee and will based upon our profitability and Mr. Mills' individual performance, subject to a minimum annual bonus equal to 100% of his guaranteed minimum base salary. In connection with this offering, Mr. Mills will be granted an award of (i) 120,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 240,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Mills is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Mills' individual performance. During each year in the initial three-year term, if we report positive net income Mr. Mills is guaranteed that the value of any long-term incentive award made for that year will be no less than the amount of his annual base salary; his initial target award will be 40,000 restricted common shares and 80,000 options

120



to purchase common shares. Mr. Mills is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. If there is a change of control, Mr. Mills' unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, if Mr. Mills' employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Mills will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Mills' agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Mills' employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Mills' employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Mills' employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        James M. Michener.     We are finalizing an agreement with James M. Michener pursuant to which he will serve as our general counsel and will be paid a minimum base salary of $350,000 per year. Mr. Michener will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 150% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Michener's individual performance, subject to a minimum annual bonus equal to 100% of his minimum base salary. In connection with this offering, Mr. Michener will be granted an award of (i) 80,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 160,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Michener is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Michener's individual performance. During each year in the initial three-year term, if we report positive net income Mr. Michener is guaranteed that the value of any long-term incentive award made for that year will be no less than the amount of his annual base salary; his initial target award will be 20,000 restricted common shares and 40,000 options to purchase common shares. Mr. Michener is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. Mr. Michener is entitled to a housing allowance for residency in Bermuda of up to $10,000 per month. If there is a change of control, Mr. Michener's unvested equity awards will immediately vest and his options will continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. In addition, if Mr. Michener's employment is terminated for any reason during the 12 months after the change of control, Mr. Michener will be entitled to receive severance equal to two years of his ending base salary and continuation of his other benefits for a 24-month period. The initial term of Mr. Michener's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Michener's employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Michener's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Michener's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        Pierre A. Samson.     We are finalizing an agreement with Pierre A. Samson pursuant to which he will serve as our chief actuary and the president of AGRI and will be paid a minimum base salary of $350,000 per year. Mr. Samson will be eligible to receive annual bonuses with a target bonus of 0-200% of his minimum base salary, with the actual amount to be determined by our compensation committee based upon our profitability and Mr. Samson's individual performance. In connection with this offering, Mr. Samson will be granted an award of (i) 50,000 restricted common shares and (ii) options to purchase 100,000 common shares. Restricted common shares will vest evenly over a four year period with the first one-fourth vesting starting one year after the date of the award. Options will vest evenly over a three year period with the first one-third vesting one year after the date of the award. These

121



restricted common shares and options will be subject to the terms and conditions of our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Mr. Samson is eligible to participate in our long-term incentive program, including our Long-Term Incentive Plan. Awards will be made by our compensation committee and will be based upon our profitability and Mr. Samson's individual performance. Mr. Samson is also eligible to participate in our general benefit plans, in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans. Mr. Samson is entitled to his current housing allowance for residency in Bermuda until December 31, 2004. The initial term of Mr. Samson's agreement is three years and the agreement will automatically renew for one year periods thereafter unless non-renewed by either party at least 30 days prior to the expiration date. Mr. Samson's employment agreement contains an agreement not to compete during the term of the agreement and for a period of 12 months following termination of Mr. Samson's employment for any reason other than a termination without cause. Mr. Samson's employment agreement also contains confidentiality and non-solicit provisions.

        A "change in control" as used in the employment agreements described above means the occurrence of the events described in any of the following paragraphs:


Transition from ACE to Assured Guaranty Plans

        Prior to this offering, our officers and employees have been covered under ACE's long-term incentive plans providing options to purchase shares and restricted share unit awards. Our officers and employees have been covered under additional benefit plans, including retirement programs providing 401(k), health and life insurance benefits; medical, dental and vision benefits for active employees; disability and life insurance protection; and severance. These additional benefits have been provided to

122



our employees and officers who work in the United States by plans maintained by Assured Guaranty Corp. and to our employees and officers who work in Bermuda and the United Kingdom by ACE plans covering ACE employees in those locations. After the completion of this offering, our officers and employees will be covered by benefit plans we have or are establishing; except that during a transition period following the offering, employees located in the United Kingdom and Bermuda may continue to participate in some of the ACE benefit plans in which they participated prior to the offering.

        Upon completion of this offering, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees will immediately vest and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares will be forfeited. Our officers and employees will have 90 days to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares will result in a pre-tax charge to us of approximately $3.1 million. We have agreed to deposit in trust with an independent trustee an amount of cash equal to the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of our officers and employees. Based upon an assumed price of $42.00 per ACE ordinary share, the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares to be forfeited by all of our officers and employees is approximately $8.3 million. We will incur a pre-tax charge of approximately $8.3 million for the amount of cash contributed to the trust. The trust would purchase common shares in this offering and allocate to each such individual common shares having the approximate value of the ACE ordinary shares forfeited by such individual. Assuming an initial public offering price of $19.00 per common shares (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), the trust would purchase approximately 437,316 common shares in this offering. The common shares would be deliverable to each individual on the 18-month anniversary of the completion of this offering so long as during that 18-month period the individual was not employed, directly or indirectly, by any designated financial guaranty company. Any forfeited common shares would be delivered to us. The independent trustee will not have any beneficial interest in the trust. Following the completion of this offering, our officers and employees will no longer be eligible to participate in the ACE long-term incentive plans.

        We have adopted the Assured Guaranty Ltd. 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"). The number of common shares that may be delivered under the Incentive Plan may not exceed 7,500,000 common shares. In the event of certain transactions affecting our common shares, the number or type of shares subject to the Incentive Plan, the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan, and the exercise price of awards under the Incentive Plan, may be adjusted.

        The Incentive Plan authorizes the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, and full value awards that are based on our common shares. The grant of full value awards may be in return for a participant's previously performed services, or in return for the participant surrendering other compensation that may be due, or may be contingent on the achievement of performance or other objectives during a specified period, or may be subject to a risk of forfeiture or other restrictions that will lapse upon the achievement of one or more goals relating to completion of service by the participant, or achievement of performance or other objectives. Awards under the Incentive Plan may accelerate and become vested upon a change in control of Assured Guaranty.

        The Incentive Plan is administered by a committee of the board of directors. The compensation committee of the board shall serve as this committee except as otherwise determined by the board. The board may amend or terminate the Incentive Plan.

        In connection with this offering, awards of options and restricted common shares will be made to certain of our officers and employees. Each of the options will vest in equal annual installments over a three-year period and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. The exercise price of the options will be equal to the public offering price in this offering. Restricted common shares will vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period. Options to purchase an aggregate of 1,874,833 common shares and an aggregate of 937,417 restricted common shares will be issued in

123



connection with this offering. The following table sets forth the number of common shares subject to options and the number of restricted common shares to be awarded to our chief executive officer and our other four executive officers who we expect will be the most highly compensated in 2004:

 
  Common Shares
Subject to Option

  Restricted Common
Shares

Dominic J. Frederico   500,000   250,000
Michael J. Schozer   240,000   120,000
Robert B. Mills   240,000   120,000
James M. Michener   160,000   80,000
Pierre A. Samson   100,000   50,000


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        Prior to the completion of this offering, all of our outstanding common shares are beneficially owned by ACE. ACE's principal executive officers are located at ACE World Headquarters, 17 Woodbourne Street, Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda. Voting control over these shares is shared by ACE's executive managment team, headed by ACE's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Brian Duperreault. Investment and dipositive control over these shares rests with ACE's board of directors.

        ACE Financial Services Inc., which will be the record owner of         common shares upon completion of the formation transactions, has agreed to sell all of its common shares in this offering. ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., which will be the record owner of         common shares upon completion of the formation transactions, has agreed to sell common shares in this offering (plus up to an additional       common shares subject to the underwriters' over-allotment option).

        Upon completion of this offering, ACE will beneficially own 26,000,000 common shares, or approximately 35% of our common shares outstanding. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full, ACE will beneficially own 18,650,000 common shares, or approximately 25% of our total common shares outstanding.

        Except for ACE, we believe no persons will beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common shares upon completion of this offering. Neither our directors nor our officers own any of our common shares prior to this offering.

124



RELATIONSHIP WITH ACE

        In addition to the agreements and arrangements described under "Formation Transactions," we have entered or will enter into the following agreements and arrangements with ACE:

Service Agreements

        We are parties to a number of services agreements with subsidiaries of ACE under which either we have provided services to the subsidiaries of ACE, or they have provided services to us, including those summarized below.

        We have provided a variety of administrative services to ACE American Insurance Company, ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Financial Services, including human resources, legal, data processing, accounting, tax and financial planning services. The aggregate payments to us under these services agreements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $3.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Certain of these agreements terminated in December 2003, and the others will be terminated in connection with this offering.

        In addition, we entered into an employee leasing agreement with ACE American, effective in 2001, under which we provided staffing services and were reimbursed for compensation costs. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we received approximately $9.6 million, $6.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively, under this employee leasing agreement. This agreement terminated in December 2003.

        We are party to several investment advisory services agreements, each effective in 2001, with ACE Asset Management under which it provides investment services to us such as determining asset allocation and reviewing performance of external investment managers. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we incurred expenses of approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, under these agreements. These agreements will be terminated in connection with this offering.

        ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd. has provided to AGRI a variety of administrative services, including human resources, payroll, accounts payable, purchasing and information technology for AGRI's Bermuda office. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, AGRI incurred approximately $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for these services. Upon completion of this offering, this agreement will be terminated and, subject to obtaining the requisite licenses under Bermuda law, replaced by the transition services agreements described below.

        Also, ACE INA Services (UK) Ltd. has provided to Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas and Assured Guaranty (UK) staffing, human resources, payroll and accounts payable services. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we incurred approximately $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $0, respectively, for these services. Upon completion of this offering, these arrangements will be terminated and replaced by the transition services agreements described below.

        We had an arrangement with ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd.'s Japan branch pursuant to which it sourced business for us and we paid a portion of the overhead of its Japan office. For each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we paid $0.1 million. This arrangement terminated in December 2003.

        ACE INA has provided certain general and administrative services to us, including tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and a liquidity facility line of credit. Amounts paid for these services were $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and allocated expenses included in our financial statements related to these services were $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Upon completion of this offering, these arrangements will be terminated and replaced by the transition services agreements described below.

        As described above, we will enter into transition services agreements with ACE under which some of the services that we have provided to subsidiaries of ACE or that subsidiaries of ACE have provided to us will continue for a period of time following completion of this offering. We expect the fees to be

125



paid in connection with such services to be comparable to the fees paid under the existing arrangements. The transition services agreements will provide that, unless otherwise specified in the agreement, either party may cease providing one or more of the services upon 30 days' notice to the other party.

Real Estate

AGRI has been party to an arrangement with ACE pursuant to which it subleased approximately 5,000 square feet of office space in Bermuda from ACE at an annual cost of $0.4 million. This amount is a prorated portion of amounts payable by ACE under the master lease. This arrangement, and the master lease to which ACE is a party, expires on April 30, 2005. The land owner is a company of which ACE owns 40% of the outstanding capital stock. In connection with this offering, we will terminate the sublease arrangement and lease directly from the landowner the current space plus additional space.

        In 2003, Assured Guaranty (UK) and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas entered into a cost-sharing arrangement with an affiliate of ACE pursuant to which they lease 7,193 square feet of office space in London through 2009. The rent is £239,526 per year and is equal to the rate on the underlying lease to which the affiliate of ACE is a party. We expect to terminate this cost-sharing arrangement in connection with this offering and move our London operations to office space we currently lease from an unrelated party.

        We have agreed to assign to ACE American Insurance Company our sublease of the 19th floor of 1325 Avenue of the Americas and sell to ACE American certain furniture and our improvements of that space. ACE American has agreed to pay us $2,000,000 for the furniture and improvements, which is their approximate book value.

        We have agreed to purchase for $2,000,000 from ACE Financial Services a condominium in New York City for use by our executive officers who are not residents of New York City. The purchase price was based upon an independent appraisal of the condominium.

Reinsurance Transactions

        We cede business to affiliates of ACE under certain reinsurance agreements. Amounts related to reinsurance ceded are reflected in the table below:

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

For the year ended December 31:                  
Written premiums   $ (144.0 ) $ 61.4   $ 228.0
Earned premiums     18.4     46.5     80.8
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred     20.4     31.3     68.7
Profit commission expenses     0.3     1.3     0.4

As of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Prepaid reinsurance premiums       $ 162.4   $ 147.5
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses   $ 100.2     92.2     64.0

126


        We also write business with affiliates of ACE under insurance and reinsurance agreements. Amounts related to business assumed from affiliates are reflected in the table below:

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in millions)

For the year ended December 31:                  
Written premiums   $ 12.2   $ 7.7   $ 170.2
Earned premiums     14.4     16.8     174.5
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred     6.8     25.7     182.2
Acquisition costs     2.0     0.5     3.0

As of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unearned premium reserve   $ 4.5   $ 6.7   $ 15.8
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     185.4     189.8     171.9

        In September 2001, Assured Guaranty Corp. entered into an excess of loss agreement with ACE Bermuda. Under the terms of the agreement, Assured Guaranty Corp. paid $52.5 million in premium in two installments of $27.5 million in September 2001 and $25.0 million in March 2002 for a 10-year cover with a $150 million limit. In June 2003, this agreement was cancelled by Assured Guaranty Corp. and the unearned premium of $39.8 million, loss reserves of $12.5 million and profit commission of $1.5 million were returned to Assured Guaranty Corp. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions—Assured Guaranty Corp. Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction."

        In December 2001, AGRI entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda. Under the terms of the agreement, AGRI paid ACE Bermuda $125 million of premium for a portfolio cover with a $5 million per risk deductible, a $50 million per risk limit and a $400 million aggregate limit. This agreement was terminated effective December 31, 2003 and we recorded a receivable of $131.9 million consisting of unearned premium of $115.0 million and loss reserves of $16.9 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions—AGRI Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction."

        In July 2001, we entered into a reinsurance arrangement with Commerical Guaranty Assurance Ltd. and retroceded 100% of this exposure to ACE American. Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, we assumed and ceded premium of $6.0 million, $11.7 million and $73.8 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively . See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Combined Results of Operations—Summary of Significant Affiliate Transactions—AGRO Affiliate Reinsurance Transaction."

        In March 2001, AGRO entered into a reinsurance agreement with Westchester Fire Insurance Company, a subsidiary of ACE, whereby AGRO reinsured a quota share portion of an auto residual value insurance policy issued by Westchester Fire. Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred and premiums earned recorded at inception were $84.8 million. The value of reinsurance business assumed recorded at the inception of the contract amounted to $31.5 million, and represented the difference between the estimated ultimate amount of the losses assumed under the retroactive reinsurance contract of $116.3 million and the cash received in the amount of $84.8 million. As of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the value of reinsurance business assumed was $14.2 million, $20.3 million and $26.4 million, respectively, and the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $116.3 million. In 2003, 2002 and 2001, we recorded amortization of the value of reinsurance business assumed balance in the amount of $6.1 million, $6.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

        In 2002, we transferred our LA&H business to several affiliates of ACE. The transfer of this business resulted in recording in 2002 negative net written and negative earned premiums of $40.2 million and $32.2 million, respectively, with a related reduction in loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred and acquisition costs of $28.8 and $3.4 million, respectively.

127



        In 2000, AGRI entered into an excess of loss treaty reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda under which AGRI retrocedes to ACE Bermuda $100 million of limit in excess of a $95 million retention on title insurance business ceded to AGRI by ACE Capital Title. AGRI paid premiums to the ACE Bermuda of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. AGRI and ACE Bermuda will amend this agreement in connection with this offering to convert the coverage under the agreement to 100% quota share reinsurance. The parties will seek regulatory approval for an assignment of the AGRI-ACE Capital Title treaty to ACE Bermuda. Once approval is obtained, AGRI, ACE Bermuda and ACE Capital Title will enter into the assignment agreement and AGRI and ACE Bermuda will terminate the 100% quota share reinsurance agreement.

        In 2002, AGRI entered into a reinsurance agreement with ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. relating to U.K. title insurance written by ACE European Markets Insurance. This agreement was assigned to AGRO in 2002 and terminated on a run-off basis in 2003. AGRO and ACE European Markets entered into a reinsurance agreement in 2003 relating to new U.K. title insurance. The aggregate premiums paid under these contracts for the year ended December 31, 2003 were approximately $4.7 million. No premiums were paid in 2002. These reinsurance agreements will be assigned to ACE Bermuda in connection with this offering.

        In 1998, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into an insurance policy, pursuant to which AGRI insured ACE Bermuda for 100% of its liability under two total rate of return swaps. In 1999, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into a retrocession agreement pursuant to which ACE Bermuda retroceded to AGRI 100% of its liability under a reinsurance agreement. Pursuant to these agreements, ACE Bermuda paid AGRI $0.2 million, $1.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. ACE Bermuda's liability under the underlying agreements expired or was commuted prior to this offering.

        In connection with this offering, we have entered or will enter into several additional reinsurance agreements with subsidiaries of ACE as follows:


Credit Arrangements

        In 2001, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into a funding facility agreement pursuant to which ACE Bermuda agreed to purchase up to $150 million of non-investment grade fixed income securities selected by AGRI, and AGRI agreed to enter into a total rate of return swap in respect of each security purchased. The aggregate amount received by AGRI under this funding facility agreement, net of the funding fee paid by AGRI, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $4.8 million, $2.8 million and $0, respectively. All the securities purchased pursuant to this facility agreement will be sold, and this funding facility agreement will be terminated, in connection with this offering.

128



        ACE currently maintains certain letters of credit on behalf of our subsidiaries in an aggregate amount of $26 million. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we paid ACE $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in letter of credit fees, which amounts ACE paid to the issuing bank. In connection with the offering, we will agree to reimburse ACE for any amounts drawn on these letters of credit.

        It is proposed that a $100 million credit facility be made available to Assured Guaranty by ACE or one of its affiliates. It is anticipated that the facility will be a 364-day facility available for general corporate purposes, and that any amounts outstanding under the facility at its expiration be due and payable one year following the facility's expiry. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities." The fees payable under this facility would be: (i) an arrangement fee of $87,500; (ii) an upfront fee of $50,000; (iii) an annual facility fee of $80,000 and (iv) a usage fee of LIBOR plus 0.22% to 0.27% (depending on the amount drawn) on the drawn amount under the facility.

Keepwell Agreement

        AGRO provides a keepwell to its subsidiary, ACE Capital Title. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, AGRO agrees to provide funds to ACE Capital Title sufficient for it to meet its obligations. In connection with this offering, AGRO will assign this keepwell to ACE or one of its subsidiaries, and ACE or such subsidiary will agree to indemnify and hold harmless AGRO in respect of the keepwell. No payment will be made in connection with the assignment of the keepwell agreement.

Other

        Upon completion of this offering, any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees will be forfeited. ACE has agreed to pay to us approximately $5.5 million in connection with this forfeiture.

Capital Contributions

        During 2003, 2002 and 2001, ACE contributed capital of $3.7 milliion, $84.2 million and $8.2 million, respectively to us. The capital contribution for 2003 was utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. The capital contribution in 2002 was primarily made for the purpose of the repayment of our long term debt and interest expense of $75.0 million and $6.9 million, respectively. This was a non-cash contribution. See note 17 of the notes to combined financial statements for more details. In 2001, $7.5 million of the capital contribution was utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. These were also non-cash contributions. In addition, $0.3 million of expenses relating to our operations were paid by ACE, increasing capital contributions in 2003, 2002 and 2001. These were also non-cash contributions. All expenses are net of related income taxes.

Tax Sharing Agreement

        In connection with the share exchange and this offering, we and ACE Financial Services will enter into a tax sharing agreement. Pursuant to the tax sharing agreement, we and ACE Financial Services will make an election under sections 338(g) and 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), with the effect that the portion of the tax basis of our assets covered by this election will be increased to the deemed purchase price of the assets and an amount equal to such increase will be included in income in the consolidated federal income tax return filed by U.S. tax-paying subsidiaries of ACE. It is expected that this additional basis will result in increased income tax deductions and, accordingly, reduced income taxes payable by us. Pursuant to the tax sharing agreement, we will pay ACE Financial Services any tax benefits realized by us, on a quarterly basis, generally calculated by comparing our actual taxes to the taxes that would have been owed by us had the increase in basis not occurred. In the event that any taxing authority successfully challenges any deductions reflected in a tax benefit payment to ACE Financial Services, ACE Financial Services will reimburse us for the loss of the tax benefit and any related interest or penalties imposed upon us. The tax benefit payments to ACE Financial Services should

129



have no material effect on our earnings or cash flows, which should not be materially less than they would have been in the absence of the tax sharing agreement and additional tax basis.

        The tax sharing agreement provides that the tax benefit calculation for any period ending after the consummation of the offering will not be less than the tax benefit calculated without giving effect to any items of income, expense, loss, deduction, credit or related carryovers or carrybacks from businesses conducted by us or relating to our assets and liabilities other than those businesses conducted by us and those assets and liabilities existing immediately prior to the consummation of the offering (taking into account any assets acquired from ACE Financial Services or its subsidiaries after the offering and any liabilities incurred or assumed with respect to such assets). The tax sharing agreement further provides that we will not enter into any transaction a significant effect of which is to reduce the amount payable to ACE Financial Services under the tax sharing agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

        In connection with the formation transactions described under "Formation Transactions," we will enter into a registration rights agreement with ACE to provide it and its affiliates with registration rights relating to our common shares which they hold.

        The registration rights agreement provides ACE and its affiliates with registration rights relating to our common shares held by ACE and its affiliates immediately after this offering and any common shares ACE or its affiliates acquires thereafter. ACE and its affiliates are able to require us to register under the Securities Act all or any portion of our common shares covered by the registration rights agreement. In addition, the registration rights agreement provides for various piggyback registration rights for ACE and its affiliates. Whenever we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for ourselves or others, subject to customary exceptions, we must provide prompt notice to ACE and its affiliates and include in that registration all common shares which ACE or its affiliates owns and requests to be included.

        The registration rights agreement sets forth customary registration procedures, including an agreement by us to make available our senior management for roadshow presentations. All registration expenses incurred in connection with any registration, other than underwriting commissions, will be paid by us. In addition, we are required to reimburse ACE for the fees and disbursements of its outside counsel retained in connection with any such registration. The registration rights agreement also imposes customary indemnification and contribution obligations on us for the benefit of ACE and any underwriters, although ACE must indemnify us for any liabilities resulting from information provided by ACE. These payment and indemnification obligations may be subject to restrictions under Bermuda law.

        ACE's rights under the registration rights agreement remain in effect with respect to the common shares covered by the agreement until:

        ACE's ability to exercise its registration rights is subject to lock-up agreements described under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

Executive Loans

        Between 1989 and 1993, Messrs. Jurschak and Donnelly borrowed an aggregate of $112,612 and $149,152, respectively, from Capital Re, which merged into ACE Financial Services in December 1999, to purchase stock of Capital Re. The stock of Capital Re was converted into ordinary shares of ACE upon completion of that merger. The loans accrued interest at the applicable federal rate, which was 1.52% per year during each of our last three fiscal years, and was forgiven each year. The amount of interest forgiven during each of our last three fiscal years was less than $1,000 per individual. Mr. Jurschak repaid his loan in full in August 2002. Mr. Donnelly's loan was forgiven in December 2003.

130



MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

         The following summary of our taxation, and the taxation of our shareholders, is based upon current law and does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase common shares. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes may be forthcoming that could affect this summary.

        The following legal discussion (including and subject to the matters and qualifications set forth in such summary) of the material tax considerations under (i) "Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda" and "Taxation of Shareholders—Bermuda Taxation" is based upon the advice of Conyers Dill & Pearman, special Bermuda legal counsel, (ii) "Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United Kingdom" is based upon the advice of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, (iii) "Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Barbados" is based upon the advice of Fitzwilliam, Stone & Alcazar, special Barbados legal counsel, and (iv) "Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United States" and "Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation" is based upon the advice of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP. Each of these firms has reviewed the relevant portion of this discussion (as set forth above) and believes that such portion of the discussion constitutes, in all material respects, a fair and accurate summary of the relevant income tax considerations relating to Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries and the ownership of Assured Guaranty's common shares by investors that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who acquire such shares in the offering. The advice of such firms does not include any factual or accounting matters, determinations or conclusions such as insurance accounting determinations or RPII, amounts and computations and amounts or components thereof (for example, amounts or computations of income or expense items or reserves entering into RPII computations) or facts relating to the business, income, reserves or activities of Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries. The advice of these firms relies upon and is premised on the accuracy of factual statements and representations made by Assured Guaranty concerning the business and properties, ownership, organization, source of income and manner of operation of Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries. The discussion is based upon current law. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to holders of common shares. The tax treatment of a holder of common shares, or of a person treated as a holder of common shares for U.S. federal income, state, local or non-U.S. tax purposes, may vary depending on the holder's particular tax situation. Statements contained herein as to the beliefs, expectations and conditions of Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries as to the application of such tax laws or facts represent the view of management as to the application of such laws and do not represent the opinions of counsel. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING COMMON SHARES UNDER THE LAWS OF THEIR COUNTRIES OF CITIZENSHIP, RESIDENCE, ORDINARY RESIDENCE OR DOMICILE.

Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries

        Under current Bermuda law, there is no Bermuda income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax payable by us. Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp., and the Bermuda Subsidiaries have each obtained from the Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertaking Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp. or the Bermuda Subsidiaries or to any of their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 28, 2016. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty

131


to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda, or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any land leased to Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp. or the Bermuda Subsidiaries. Assured Guaranty, Assured Guaranty Corp. and the Bermuda Subsidiaries each pay annual Bermuda government fees, and the Bermuda Subsidiaries and Assured Guaranty Corp. pay annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.

        Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas and Assured Guaranty (UK) (the "UK Subsidiaries") are companies incorporated and managed in the United Kingdom and are, therefore, resident in the United Kingdom and will be subject to U.K. corporation tax on their worldwide profits (including revenue profits and capital gains). It is not expected that, in the context of the group's profitability as a whole, any such tax charges will be seen to be significant. The maximum rate of United Kingdom corporation tax is currently 30% on profits of whatever description. Currently, no United Kingdom withholding tax applies to dividends paid by the UK Subsidiaries.

        Only the UK Subsidiaries are incorporated in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, except for the UK Subsidiaries, we should not be treated as being resident in the United Kingdom unless our central management and control is exercised in the United Kingdom. The concept of central management and control is indicative of the highest level of control of a company, which is wholly a question of fact. The directors of each of us, other than the UK Subsidiaries, intend to manage our affairs so that none of us, other than the UK Subsidiaries, are resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes.

        A company not resident in the United Kingdom for corporation tax purposes can nevertheless be subject to U.K. corporation tax if it carries on a trade through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom but the charge to U.K. corporation tax is limited to profits (including revenue profits and capital gains) connected with such branch or agency.

        The directors of each of us, other than the UK Subsidiaries (which are resident in the United Kingdom), intend that we will operate in such a manner so that none of us, other than the UK Subsidiaries, carry on a trade through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom. Nevertheless, because neither case law nor U.K. statute definitively defines the activities that constitute trading in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency, the U.K. Inland Revenue might contend that any of us, other than the UK Subsidiaries, is/are trading in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom.

        If any of the U.S. subsidiaries qualifying for benefits under the tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the United States were trading in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency, they would only be subject to U.K. corporation tax if the branch or agency constituted a permanent establishment for the purposes of that treaty and then only to the extent that any profits were attributable to that permanent establishment in the United Kingdom.

        The United Kingdom has no income tax treaty with Bermuda.

        There are circumstances in which companies that are neither resident in the United Kingdom nor entitled to the protection afforded by a double tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the jurisdiction in which they are resident may be exposed to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) on the profits of a trade carried on there, even if that trade is not carried on through a branch or agency, but the directors of each of us intend that we will operate in such a manner that none of us will fall within the charge to income tax in the United Kingdom (other than by deduction or withholding) in this respect.

132



        If any of us, other than the UK Subsidiaries, were treated as being resident in the United Kingdom for U.K. corporation tax purposes, or if any of us were to be treated as carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency or of having a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom, our results of operations and your investment could be adversely affected. Given the nature and extent of operations in the United Kingdom, however, it is not expected that such characterization is likely.

        It should be noted that the United Kingdom Government has enacted legislation to modernize the taxation of foreign companies operating in the United Kingdom through branches, for accounting periods starting on or after January 1, 2003. A non-U.K. resident company will only fall within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax if it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment. The term "permanent establishment" is defined for these purposes in a manner which is consistent with various internationally recognized characteristics commonly used in the United Kingdom's double tax treaties.

        Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings, a subsidiary of AGRI, was incorporated in Barbados to act as a holding company for various companies in the United States and Bermuda. As such, Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings was granted a license to conduct international business in accordance with the provisions of the International Business Companies Act, Cap. 77 as amended (the "Act"), and related regulations. The Minister of Industry and International Business (the "MIIB") has granted Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings a guaranty that the benefits and exemptions contained in the Act will apply to Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings.

        Under the Act, Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings is required to pay a maximum corporate tax rate of 2.5% on its worldwide profits, which reduces to 1% on taxable profits over U.S. $15 million. Under the Act there is currently no withholding tax imposed on amounts paid by Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings to persons not resident in Barbados. Additionally, under current Barbados law there is no capital gains tax and no tax is payable on the transfer of shares in Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings if transferred to a person who is not resident in Barbados or to another international business company.

        The Act governs the licensing and operations of international business companies. Licenses are issued by the MIIB, who has broad discretion over whether licenses are granted or refused. The MIIB has the authority to suspend or revoke a license if at any time a licensee fails to satisfy the conditions of the license, or is in violation of any provisions of the Act.

        The Act imposes on Barbados international business companies certain reporting requirements. For example, a licensee that has gross revenues and assets that exceed Barbados $1 million, which is approximately U.S. $500,000, is required to forward to the MIIB annual audited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

        The following discussion is a summary of all material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to our operations. We have conducted and intend to conduct substantially all of our foreign operations outside the United States and to limit the U.S. contacts of Assured Guaranty and its foreign subsidiaries (except AGRO, which has elected to be taxed as a U.S. corporation) so that they should not be engaged in a trade or business in the United States. However, whether business is being conducted in the United States is an inherently factual determination. Because the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), regulations and court decisions fail to identify definitively activities that constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the United States, we cannot be certain that the IRS will not contend successfully that Assured Guaranty and/or its foreign subsidiaries (except

133


AGRO) are or will be engaged in a trade or business in the United States. A foreign corporation deemed to be so engaged would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates, as well as the branch profits tax, on its income which is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, unless the corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on effectively connected income computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a foreign corporation is generally entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. federal income tax return. Assured Guaranty and AGRI intend to file protective U.S. federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that they are subject to U.S. federal income tax. The highest marginal federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation's effectively connected income and 30% for the "branch profits" tax.

        If AGRI is entitled to the benefits under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the United States (the "Bermuda Treaty"), it would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. AGRI currently intends to conduct its activities so that it does not have a permanent establishment in the United States, although we cannot be certain that we will achieve this result.

        An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the United States or Bermuda or U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the United States or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens. Although we cannot be certain that AGRI will be eligible for Bermuda Treaty benefits immediately following the offering or in the future because of factual and legal uncertainties regarding the residency and citizenship of Assured Guaranty's shareholders, we will endeavor to so qualify. Assured Guaranty would not be eligible for treaty benefits because it is not an insurance company.

        Foreign insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the United States have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If AGRI is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and is not entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits discussed above), the Code could subject a significant portion of AGRI's investment income to U.S. income tax.

        The United States and the United Kingdom have entered into a new income tax treaty which fully entered into force as of January 1, 2004 (the "New U.K. Treaty"). Under the provisions of the New U.K. Treaty, our UK Subsidiaries, if entitled to the benefits of the New U.K. Treaty, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. Our UK Subsidiaries will generally be entitled to the benefits of the New U.K. Treaty if, among other factors, (i) during at least half of the days during the relevant taxable period, at least 50% of our UK Subsidiaries' stock is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by citizens or residents of the United States and the United Kingdom, and less than 50% of our UK Subsidiaries' gross income for the relevant taxable period is paid or accrued, directly or indirectly, to persons who are not U.S. or U.K. residents in the form of payments that are deductible for purposes of U.K. taxation, (ii) with respect to specific items of income, profit or gain derived from the United States, if such income, profit or gain is considered to be derived in connection with, or incidental to, our UK Subsidiaries' business conducted in the United Kingdom or (iii) at least 50% of the aggregate vote and value of their shares is owned directly or indirectly by five or fewer U.K. resident companies the principal class of shares of which is

134



listed and regularly traded on a recognized stock exchange. Although we cannot be certain that our UK Subsidiaries will be eligible for treaty benefits under the New U.K. Treaty because of factual and legal uncertainties regarding (i) the residency and citizenship of Assured Guaranty's shareholders, and (ii) the interpretation of what constitutes income incidental to or connected with a trade or business in the United Kingdom, we will endeavor to so qualify.

        Under the New U.K. Treaty, if a person was entitled to benefits under the income tax treaty in effect between the United Kingdom and the United States prior to January 1, 2004 (the "Old U.K. Treaty") and such person would have been entitled to greater benefits under the Old U.K. Treaty than under the New U.K. Treaty, then such person may elect the Old U.K. Treaty to continue to have effect with respect to such person for one year following the date on which the provisions of the New U.K. Treaty otherwise would have effect. It is not clear at this time whether our UK Subsidiaries will make such an election.

        Foreign corporations not engaged in a trade or business in the United States are nonetheless subject to U.S. income tax imposed by withholding on certain "fixed or determinable annual or periodic gains, profits and income" derived from sources within the United States (such as dividends and certain interest on investments), subject to exemption under the Code or reduction by applicable treaties. Generally under the New U.K. Treaty the withholding rate on dividends is reduced to (i) 0% if the recipient has owned shares representing 80 percent or more of the voting power of the company paying the dividends for the year preceding the date the dividend is declared and meets other certain requirements, (ii) 5% if the recipient is a company that owns shares representing directly or indirectly at least 10 percent of the voting power of the company paying dividends or (iii) 15% in all other cases. The withholding rate on interest payments is reduced to 0%.

        The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to foreign insurers or reinsurers with respect to risks located in the United States. The rates of tax applicable to premiums paid to AGRI and Assured Guaranty UK are 4% for casualty insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premium on life insurance premiums, subject to reduction to 0% under the U.K. Treaty with respect to premiums paid to Assured Guaranty UK.

        Assured Guaranty US Holdings is a Delaware holding company. Its direct subsidiaries are Assured Guaranty Corp., a Maryland corporation and Assured Guaranty Financial Products, a Delaware corporation. Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings (a subsidiary of Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings), is a Delaware corporation and its subsidiary, AGRO, is a Bermuda company which has elected under the Code to be taxed as a U.S. corporation. AGRO's subsidiary is Assured Guaranty Mortgage, which is a New York corporation. As such, each corporation will be subject to taxation in the United States at regular corporate rates. Dividends paid by Assured Guaranty US Holdings to Assured Guaranty will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax. Dividends paid by Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings to Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings would be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax, subject to possible reduction to 5% under the income tax treaty between Barbados and the United States. For treaty renegotiation and proposed legislative changes affecting the reduction in withholding tax, see "—Taxation of Shareholders—Proposed U.S. Tax Legislation."

        Personal Holding Companies.     Assured Guaranty and/or any of its subsidiaries could be subject to U.S. tax on a portion of its income if any of them are considered to be a personal holding company ("PHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A corporation generally will be classified as a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation's gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of "PHC income." PHC income includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents.

135



Under these constructive ownership rules, among other things, a partner will be treated as owning a proportionate amount of the stock owned by the partnership and a partner who is an individual will be treated as owning the stock owned by his or her partners. Also, stock treated as owned by such partner proportionally through such partnership will be treated as owned by the partner for purposes of reapplying the constructive ownership rules. Additionally, certain entities (such as certain tax-exempt organizations and pension funds) will be treated as individuals. The PHC rules contain an exception for foreign corporations that are classified as Foreign Personal Holding Companies (as discussed below).

        If Assured Guaranty or any subsidiary were a PHC in a given taxable year, such corporation would be subject to PHC tax (currently at a rate of 15%) on its "undistributed PHC income" (which, in the case of its foreign subsidiaries, would exclude PHC income that is from non-U.S. sources, except to the extent that such income is effectively connected with a trade or business in the U.S.). For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008, the PHC tax rate would be the highest marginal rate on ordinary income applicable to individuals. Thus, the PHC income of Assured Guaranty and its foreign subsidiaries would not include underwriting income or investment income derived from non-U.S. sources and should not include dividends received by Assured Guaranty from its foreign subsidiaries (as long as such foreign subsidiaries are not engaged in the trade or business in the U.S.).

        We believe based upon information made available to us regarding our existing shareholder base and the expected dispersion of ownership of our common shares following the offering that neither Assured Guaranty nor any of its subsidiaries should be considered a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes immediately following the offering. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold.

        We cannot be certain, however, that Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries will not become PHCs following the offering or in the future because of factors including legal and factual uncertainties regarding the application of the constructive ownership rules, the makeup of Assured Guaranty's shareholder base, the gross income of Assured Guaranty or any of its subsidiaries and other circumstances that could change the application of the PHC rules to Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries. In addition, if Assured Guaranty or any of its subsidiaries were to become PHCs we cannot be certain that the amount of PHC income will be immaterial.

Taxation of Shareholders

        Currently, there is no Bermuda withholding or other tax payable on principal, interests or dividends paid to the holders of the common shares of Assured Guaranty.

        The following summary sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of common shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with holders that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who purchase their common shares in this offering and who hold their common shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. For example, if a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding the common shares, you should consult your tax advisors. In addition, the following summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to special classes of shareholders, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers or

136


traders in securities, tax exempt organizations, expatriates, persons who are considered with respect to any of us as "United States shareholders" for purposes of the controlled foreign corporation ("CFC") rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Assured Guaranty or the stock of any of our foreign subsidiaries entitled to vote (i.e., 10% U.S. Shareholders)), or persons who hold the common shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle, who may be subject to special rules or treatment under the Code. This discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the United States.

        For purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. Person" means: (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a partnership or corporation, or entity treated as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.

        Taxation of Dividends.     Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, related person insurance income ("RPII"), passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") and foreign personal holding company ("FPHC") rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to the common shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of Assured Guaranty (as computed using U.S. tax principles). Under recently enacted legislation, certain dividends paid to individual shareholders before 2009 are eligible for reduced rates of tax. Dividends paid by Assured Guaranty to corporate shareholders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. To the extent such distributions exceed Assured Guaranty's earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder's basis in the common shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset.

        Classification of Assured Guaranty or its Foreign Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporation.     Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, and who owns shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, on the last day of the CFC's taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. A foreign corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders own (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., "constructively")) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of such foreign corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a foreign insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders, on any day during the taxable year of such corporation. A "10% U.S. Shareholder" is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the foreign corporation. We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit

137



voting power (these provisions are described in "Description of Share Capital") and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of Assured Guaranty directly or indirectly through one or more foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities, or constructively), 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of Assured Guaranty or any of its foreign subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. Additionally, Assured Guaranty (UK) will be considered a CFC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, therefore, Assured Guaranty Corp. will be required to include in its gross income its share of Assured Guaranty (UK)'s subpart F income, even if such subpart F income is not distributed.

        The RPII CFC Provisions.     The following discussion generally is applicable only if the RPII of AGRI determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of AGRI's gross insurance income for the taxable year and the 20% Ownership Exception (as defined below) is not met. The following discussion generally would not apply for any fiscal year in which AGRI's gross RPII falls below the 20% threshold or the 20% Ownership Exception is met. Although we cannot be certain, Assured Guaranty believes that the gross RPII of AGRI as a percentage of its gross insurance income was in prior years of operations and will be for the foreseeable future below the 20% threshold for each tax year.

        RPII is any "insurance income" (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a "RPII shareholder" (as defined below) or a "related person" (as defined below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, "insurance income" is income (including premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a domestic insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of AGRI in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an exception applies, the term "RPII shareholder" means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) any amount of Assured Guaranty's common shares. Generally, the term "related person" for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying certain constructive ownership principles. A corporation's pension plan is ordinarily not a "related person" with respect to the corporation unless the pension plan owns, directly or indirectly through the application of certain constructive ownership rules, more than 50% measured by vote or value, of the stock of the corporation. AGRI will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 25% or more of the shares of Assured Guaranty by vote or value.

        RPII Exceptions.    The special RPII rules do not apply if (i) direct and indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds, whether or not U.S. Persons, are treated as owning (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of the stock of Assured Guaranty (the "20% Ownership Exception"), (ii) RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of AGRI's gross insurance income for the taxable year (the "20% Gross Income Exception), (iii) AGRI elects to be taxed on its RPII as if the RPII were effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and to waive all treaty benefits with respect to RPII and meet certain other requirements or (iv) AGRI elects to be treated as a U.S. corporation and waive all treaty benefits and meet certain other requirements. Where none of these exceptions applies, each U.S. Person owning or treated as owning any shares in Assured Guaranty (and therefore, indirectly, in AGRI) on the last day of Assured Guaranty's taxable year will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which AGRI was a CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that date, but limited by each such U.S. Person's share of AGRI's current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the U.S. Person's share, if

138



any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. AGRI intends to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that each qualifies for the 20% Gross Income Exception. Although we believe that the gross RPII of AGRI has not in the past equaled or exceeded 20% of its gross insurance income, and do not expect it to do so in the foreseeable future, it is possible that we will not be successful in qualifying under this exception.

        Computation of RPII.    In order to determine how much RPII AGRI has earned in each taxable year, AGRI may obtain and rely upon information from their insureds and reinsureds to determine whether any of the insureds, reinsureds or persons related thereto own (directly or indirectly through foreign entities) shares of Assured Guaranty and are U.S. Persons. Assured Guaranty may not be able to determine whether any of the underlying direct or indirect insureds to which AGRI provides insurance or reinsurance are shareholders or related persons to such shareholders. Consequently, Assured Guaranty may not be able to determine accurately the gross amount of RPII earned by AGRI in a given taxable year. For any year in which AGRI's gross RPII is 20% or more of its gross insurance income for the year and AGRI does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception, Assured Guaranty may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial owners of common shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons; to the extent Assured Guaranty is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of common shares is a U.S. Person, Assured Guaranty may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders.

        If, as expected, gross RPII is less than 20% of gross insurance income, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses.

        Apportionment of RPII to U.S. Holders.    Every RPII shareholder who owns common shares on the last day of any taxable year of Assured Guaranty in which AGRI's gross insurance income constituting RPII for that year equals or exceeds 20% of AGRI's gross insurance income and AGRI does not meet the 20% Ownership Exception should expect that for such year it will be required to include in gross income its share of AGRI's RPII for the portion of the taxable year during which AGRI was a CFC under the RPII provisions, whether or not distributed, even though it may not have owned the shares throughout such period. A RPII shareholder who owns common shares during such taxable year but not on the last day of the taxable year is not required to include in gross income any part of AGRI's RPII.

        Basis Adjustments.    A RPII shareholder's tax basis in its common shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII that the shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from income the amount of any distributions by Assured Guaranty out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholder's tax basis in its common shares will be reduced by the amount of such distributions that are excluded from income.

        Uncertainty as to Application of RPII.    The RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the Treasury Department in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. These provisions include the grant of authority to the Treasury Department to prescribe "such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection including . . . regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise." Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to AGRI is uncertain. In addition, we cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to

139



adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Any prospective investor considering an investment in common shares should consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.

        Tax-Exempt Shareholders.     Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includible in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income. Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII Shareholder also must file IRS Form 5471 in the circumstances described below in "—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding."

        Dispositions of Common Shares.     Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the Code section 1248 and PFIC rules, holders of common shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these common shares exceeds one year, any gain will be subject to tax at a current maximum marginal tax rate of 15% for individuals and 35% for corporations. Moreover, gain, if any, generally will be a U.S. source gain and generally will constitute "passive income" for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

        Code section 1248 provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a foreign corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain foreign entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC's earnings and profits (determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors that no U.S. shareholder of Assured Guaranty should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or constructively) 10% of more of the total voting power of Assured Guaranty; to the extent this is the case this application of Code Section 1248 under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of our common shares. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge. A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, Assured Guaranty will provide a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the Form. Code section 1248 also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a foreign corporation if the foreign corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or whether RPII constitutes 20% or more of the corporation's gross insurance income or the 20% Ownership Exception applies. Existing proposed regulations do not address whether Code section 1248 would apply if a foreign corporation is not a CFC but the foreign corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. We believe, however, that this application of Code section 1248 under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of common shares because Assured Guaranty will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the Treasury Department will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.

140



        Passive Foreign Investment Companies.     In general, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes "passive income" or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce passive income.

        If Assured Guaranty were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, U.S. Persons holding common shares would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of the sale at a gain of, or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to, their shares, unless such persons made a "qualified electing fund election" or "mark-to-market" election. It is uncertain that Assured Guaranty would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to make these elections. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess distribution" if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the shares during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held the shares). In general, the penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the shares was taken in equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholder's period of ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. federal income tax for such period. In addition, a distribution paid by Assured Guaranty to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax under recently enacted legislation with respect to dividends paid before 2009.

        For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules provide that income "derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance business . . . is not treated as passive income." This exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a foreign corporation shall be treated as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income" and as if it "held its proportionate share of the assets" of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock.

        We expect for purposes of the PFIC rules, that each of Assured Guaranty Mortgage, Assured Guaranty Corp., AGRO, AGRI and Assured Guaranty UK (collectively, the "Insurance Subsidiaries") will be predominantly engaged in an insurance business and is unlikely to have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each year of operations. Accordingly, none of the income or assets of the Insurance Subsidiaries should be treated as passive. Further, we expect that the passive income and assets (other than the stock of any indirect Assured Guaranty subsidiary) of any other Assured Guaranty subsidiary will be de minimis in each year of operations with respect to the overall income and assets of Assured Guaranty. Under the look-through rule, Assured Guaranty should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its direct and indirect subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. As a result, we believe that Assured Guaranty was not and should not be treated as a PFIC. We cannot be certain, however, as there are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company and new regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming, that the IRS will not challenge this position and that a court will not sustain such challenge. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisor as to the effects of the PFIC rules.

        Foreign Personal Holding Companies.     A foreign corporation will be classified as an FPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if (i) at any time during the taxable year at issue, five or fewer individuals who are U.S. citizens or residents own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of all classes of the corporation's stock measured by voting power or value and (ii) at least 60% of its gross income for the year is "FPHC income." Under these

141



constructive ownership rules, among other things, a partner will be treated as owning a proportionate amount of the stock owned by the partnership and a partner who is an individual will be treated as owning the stock owned by his partners. Also, stock treated as owned by such partner proportionally through such partnership will be treated as owned by the partner for purposes of reapplying the constructive ownership rules. If Assured Guaranty or any of its foreign subsidiaries were to become FPHCs, a portion of the "undistributed foreign personal holding company income" (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of each such FPHC would be imputed to all of Assured Guaranty's shareholders who are U.S. Persons. Such income would be taxable as a dividend and should not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax under recently enacted legislation, even if no cash dividend were actually paid. In such event, subsequent cash distributions will first be treated as a tax-free return of any previously taxed and undistributed amounts. In addition, a distribution paid by Assured Guaranty to a U.S. shareholder that is not treated as a tax-free return of any previously taxed and undistributed amount and is characterized as a dividend would not be eligible for a reduced rate of tax under recently enacted legislation with respect to dividends paid before 2009. Further, in such case, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning common shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the common shares which might otherwise be available under U.S. federal income tax laws. Moreover, each shareholder who owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the value of an FPHC is required to file IRS Form 5471. We believe, based upon information made available to us regarding our existing shareholder base and the expected dispersion of ownership of our common shares following this offering, that neither Assured Guaranty nor any of its foreign subsidiaries should be considered an FPHC for any prior year of operations or immediately following the offering. Additionally, we intend to manage our business to minimize the possibility that we will meet the 60% income threshold. We cannot be certain, however, that Assured Guaranty and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries will not be considered an FPHC, because of factors including legal and factual uncertainties regarding the application of the constructive ownership rules, the makeup of Assured Guaranty's shareholder base, the gross income of Assured Guaranty and/or any of its foreign subsidiaries and other circumstances that could change the application of the FPHC rules to Assured Guaranty and its foreign subsidiaries. In addition, if Assured Guaranty or any of its foreign subsidiaries were to become an FPHC we cannot be certain that the amount of FPHC income will be immaterial. If Assured Guaranty (UK) were considered an FPHC, then its parent, Assured Guaranty Corp., could be subject to additional tax under these rules. However, because Assured Guaranty (UK) will be characterized as a CFC, Assured Guaranty Corp. will instead be subject to the rules applying to CFCs.

        Foreign tax credit.     For U.S. Persons that own shares, which we anticipate will constitute a majority of shares, only a portion of the current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by us (including any gain from the sale of common shares that is treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing a shareholder's U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. We will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is reasonably available. It is also likely that substantially all of the "subpart F income," RPII and dividends that are foreign source income will constitute either "passive" or "financial services" income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Thus, it may not be possible for most shareholders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce U.S. tax on such income.

        Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.     Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning stock in a foreign corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is required by (i) a person who is treated as a RPII shareholder, (ii) a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any tax year of the foreign corporation, and who owned the stock on the last day of that year and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a foreign corporation and as a result thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such foreign corporation, whether or not such foreign corporation is a CFC. For any taxable

142



year in which Assured Guaranty determines that gross RPII constitutes 20% or more of AGRI's gross insurance income and the 20% Ownership Exception does not apply, Assured Guaranty will provide to all U.S. Persons registered as shareholders of its common shares a completed IRS Form 5471 or the relevant information necessary to complete the form. Failure to file IRS Form 5471 may result in penalties.

        Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on the common shares and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the common shares unless the holder of the common shares establishes an exemption from the information reporting rules. A holder of common shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or non-U.S. Person or fails to provide its taxpayer identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Person's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Person to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

        Proposed U.S. Tax Legislation.     Legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of companies (including insurance companies) that have legal domiciles outside the United States but have certain U.S. connections. In this regard, legislation has been introduced that affects the U.S. tax treatment of foreign corporation that are deemed to have "inverted" and other legislation has been introduced that includes provisions that would permit the IRS to reallocate or recharacterize items of income, deduction or certain other items related to a reinsurance agreement between related parties to reflect the proper source, character or amount for each item (in contrast to current law, which only refers to source and character). Other legislation would provide additional limits on the deductibility of interest by foreign owned U.S. corporations. While there are no currently pending legislative proposals on these matters which, if enacted, would have a material adverse effect on us or our shareholders, it is possible that broader-based legislative proposals could emerge in the future that could have an adverse impact on us or our shareholders.

        Additionally, the U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the United States or is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" or the RPII of a CFC, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

        The U.S. Treasury Department is considering proposals, and legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress, intended to limit significantly the benefits available under the income tax treaty between the United States and Barbados. Under the current treaty, dividends paid to Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings by Assured Guaranty Overseas U.S. Holdings are subject to a reduced withholding tax rate of 5%. However, possible changes to the treaty may result in the inability of Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings and Assured Guaranty Overseas U.S. Holdings to continue to enjoy the reduced rate, in which case dividends paid to Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings by Assured Guaranty Overseas U.S. Holdings would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of 30%. We cannot be certain if or when such changes to the treaty may be enacted, but it is possible that such changes in the future could have an adverse impact on us or our shareholders.

143




DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

        The following summary of our share capital is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of Bermuda law, our memorandum of association and Bye-Laws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and alterations to the conditions of our memorandum of association with respect to the share capital. In this section, "we," "us" and "our" refer to Assured Guaranty Ltd. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

General

        We have an authorized share capital of $5,000,000 divided into 500,000,000 shares, par value U.S. $0.01 per share, of which 75,000,000 common shares will be issued and outstanding and beneficially owned by ACE upon completion of the formation transactions. An additional 937,417 restricted common shares will be issued to our officers and employees in connection with this offering. Except as described below, our common shares will have no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional common shares, no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange and no sinking fund rights. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common shares are entitled to share equally, in proportion to the number of common shares held by such holder, in our assets, if any remain after the payment of all our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred shares. Under certain circumstances, we have the right to purchase all or a portion of the shares held by a shareholder. See "—Acquisition of Common Shares by Us" below. All of the common shares being sold in this offering are fully paid and non-assessable. Holders of our common shares are entitled to receive such dividends as lawfully may be declared from time to time by our board of directors.

Voting Rights and Adjustments

        In general, and except as provided below, shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the common shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to section 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person shall be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our Bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" includes, among other things, all shares of Assured Guaranty that such U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). The foregoing provision does not apply to ACE because it is not a U.S. Shareholder.

        Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership. Our Bye-laws provide that we will use our best efforts to notify shareholders of their voting interests prior to any vote to be taken by them.

        We are authorized to require any shareholder to provide information as to that shareholder's beneficial share ownership, the names of persons having beneficial ownership of the shareholder's shares, relationships with other shareholders or any other facts the directors may deem relevant to a determination of the number of ordinary shares attributable to any person. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, we may eliminate the shareholder's voting rights. All information provided by the shareholder will be treated by us as

144



confidential information and shall be used by us solely for the purpose of establishing whether any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists (except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation).

Restrictions on Transfer of Common Shares

        Each transfer must comply with current Bermuda Monetary Authority permission or have specific permission from the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Our board of directors may decline to register a transfer of any common shares under certain circumstances, including if they have reason to believe that any adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer (other than such as our board of directors considers de minimis). Transfers must be by instrument (not in electronic or other form) unless otherwise permitted by the Companies Act.

        The restrictions on transfer and voting restrictions described above may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Assured Guaranty.

Acquisition of Common Shares by Us

        Under our Bye-Laws and subject to Bermuda law, if our board of directors determines that any shareholder's ownership of common shares may result in adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders or its affiliates (other than such as our board of directors considers de minimis), we have the option, but not the obligation, to require such shareholder to sell to us or to a third party to whom we assign the repurchase right the minimum number of common shares necessary to avoid or cure any such adverse consequences at a price determined in the discretion of the board of directors to represent the shares' fair market value.

Issuance of Shares

        Subject to our Bye-Laws and Bermuda law, our board of directors has the power to issue any of our unissued shares as it determines, including the issuance of any shares or class of shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights.

Bye-Laws

        In addition to the provisions of the Bye-Laws described above under "—Voting Rights and Adjustments," the following provisions are a summary of some of the other important provisions of our Bye-Laws.

        Our Board of Directors and Corporate Action.     Our Bye-Laws provide that our board of directors shall consist of between three and 21 members, or such number as otherwise may be determined by the shareholders. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of eight persons, and will be divided into three classes. The classification and current term of office for each of our directors is noted under "Management—Board of Directors." Each director elected after this offering generally will serve a three year term, with termination staggered according to class. Shareholders may only remove a director for cause at an annual general meeting, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director shall contain a statement of the intention to do so and shall be provided to that director at least two weeks before the meeting. Vacancies on the board of directors can be filled by the board of directors if the vacancy occurs as a result of death, disability, disqualification or resignation of a director, or from an increase in the size of the board of directors.

        Generally, the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast at any meeting at which a quorum is present is required to authorize a resolution put to vote at a meeting of the board of directors. Corporate action may also be taken by a unanimous written resolution of the board of directors without a meeting. A quorum shall be at least one-half of directors then in office present in person or represented by a duly authorized representative, provided that at least two directors are present in person.

145



        Shareholder Action.     At the commencement of any general meeting, two or more persons present in person and representing, in person or by proxy, more than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In general, anything that may be done by resolution of our shareholders in a general meeting may be taken, without a meeting, by a resolution in writing signed by all of the shareholders entitled to attend such meeting and vote on the resolution. In general, any questions proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the Bye-Laws.

        The Bye-Laws contain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations for directors, including when proposals and nominations must be received and the information to be included.

        Amendment.     The Bye-Laws may be amended only by a resolution adopted by the board of directors and by resolution of the shareholders.

        Voting of Non-U.S. Subsidiary Shares.     If we are required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any of AGRI, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas or any other directly held non-U.S. subsidiary of ours, our directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to our shareholders and seek direction from such shareholders as to how they should vote on the resolution proposed by the non-U.S. subsidiary. Substantially similar provisions are or will be contained in the bye-laws (or equivalent governing documents) of any direct or indirect non-U.S. subsidiaries other than Assured Guaranty (UK) and AGRO.

Anti-Takeover Provisions and Insurance Regulations Concerning Change of Control

        Some of the provisions of our Bye-Laws, as well as certain insurance regulations concerning change of control, could delay or prevent a change of control of the Company that a shareholder might consider favorable. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Shares and this Offering."

Differences in Corporate Law

        You should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. In order to highlight these differences, set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us (including modifications adopted pursuant to our Bye-Laws) which differ in certain respects from provisions of the corporate law of the State of Delaware. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.

        Duties of Directors.     Under Bermuda common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company, and to exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty has the following essential elements:

The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

146


        In addition, the Companies Act imposes various duties on officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company.

        The Companies Act provides that in any proceedings for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust against any officer, if it appears to a court that such officer is or may be liable in respect of the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, but that he has acted honestly and reasonably, and that, having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including those connected with his appointment, he ought fairly to be excused for the negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, that court may relieve him, either wholly or partly, from any liability on such terms as the court may think fit. This provision has been interpreted to apply only to actions brought by or on behalf of the company against such officers. Our Bye-Laws, however, provide that we and each of our shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of Assured Guaranty, against any director or officer of us for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, provided that this waiver does not extend to any claims or rights of action that arise out of fraud or dishonesty on the part of such director or officer.

        Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders.

        The duty of care requires that directors act in an informed and deliberate manner, and inform themselves, prior to making a business decision, of all relevant material information reasonably available to them. The duty of care also requires that directors exercise care in overseeing and investigating the conduct of corporate employees. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner which the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the shareholders.

        Under the "business judgment rule," courts generally do not second guess the business judgment of directors and officers. A party challenging the propriety of a decision of a board of directors bears the burden of rebutting the presumption afforded to directors by the business judgment rule. If the presumption is not rebutted, the business judgment rule attaches to protect the directors from liability for their decisions. Where, however, the presumption is rebutted, the directors bear the burden of demonstrating the fairness of the relevant transaction. However, when the board of directors takes defensive actions in response to a threat to corporate control and approves a transaction resulting in a sale of control of the corporation, Delaware courts subject directors' conduct to enhanced scrutiny.

        Interested Directors.     Under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, a transaction entered into by us, in which a director has an interest, will not be voidable by us, and such director will not be liable to us for any profit realized pursuant to such transaction, provided the nature of the interest is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of directors, or in writing to the directors. In addition, our Bye-Laws allow a director to be taken into account in determining whether a quorum is present and to vote on a transaction in which the director has an interest following a declaration of the interest pursuant to the Companies Act, provided that the director is not disqualified from doing so by the chairman of the meeting. Under Delaware law, such a transaction would not be voidable if (i) the material facts with respect to such interested director's relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors, and the board of directors in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction, and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon, or (iii) the transaction is fair to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, an interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

147



        Dividends.     Bermuda law does not permit the declaration or payment of dividends or distributions of contributed surplus by a company if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company, after the payment is made, would be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of the company's assets would be less, as a result of the payment, than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. The excess of the consideration paid on issue of shares over the aggregate par value of such shares must (except in certain limited circumstances) be credited to a share premium account. Share premium may be distributed in certain limited circumstances, for example to pay up unissued shares which may be distributed to shareholders in proportion to their holdings, but is otherwise subject to limitation. In addition, our ability to declare and pay dividends and other distributions is subject to Bermuda insurance laws and regulatory constraints. See "Dividend Policy" and "Business—Regulation."

        Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company's certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits at any time when capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

        Amalgamations, Mergers and Similar Arrangements.     We may acquire the business of another Bermuda exempted company or a company incorporated outside Bermuda when conducting such business would benefit us and would be conducive to attaining our objectives contained within our memorandum of association. We may, with the approval of our board and, except in the case of amalgamations with and between wholly owned subsidiaries being Bermuda companies, at least 75% of the votes cast at a general meeting of our shareholders at which a quorum is present, amalgamate with another Bermuda company or with a body incorporated outside Bermuda. In the case of an amalgamation, a shareholder may apply to a Bermuda court for a proper valuation of such shareholder's shares if such shareholder is not satisfied that fair market value has been paid for such shares. The court ordinarily would not disapprove the transaction on that ground absent evidence of fraud or bad faith.

        Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. Under Delaware law, a shareholder of a corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which such shareholder may receive payment in the amount of the fair market value of the shares held by such shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration such shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.

        Takeovers.     Bermuda law provides that where an offer is made for shares of a company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90% of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept, the offeror may by notice require the non-tendering shareholders to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. Dissenting shareholders may apply to the court within one month of the notice objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting shareholders to show that the court should exercise its discretion to enjoin the required transfer, which the court will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority shareholders. Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any shareholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of capital stock. Upon any such merger, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.

        Certain Transactions with Significant Shareholders.     As a Bermuda company, we may enter into certain business transactions with our significant shareholders, including asset sales, in which a

148



significant shareholder receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders with prior approval from our board of directors but without obtaining prior approval from our shareholders. If we were a Delaware corporation, we would need, subject to certain exceptions, prior approval from shareholders holding at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock not owned by such interested shareholder to enter into a business combination (which, for this purpose, includes asset sales of greater than 10% of our assets that would otherwise be considered transactions in the ordinary course of business) with an interested shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless we had opted out of the relevant Delaware statute, as provided for in that statute.

        Shareholders' Suits.     The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond our corporate power or is illegal or would result in the violation of our Memorandum of Association or Bye-Laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The winning party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action. Our Bye-Laws provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of Assured Guaranty, against any director or officer for any action or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except such waiver shall not extend to claims or rights of action that arise out of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action.

        Indemnification of Directors and Officers.     Under Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws, we will indemnify our directors, officers, any other person appointed to a committee of the board of directors and certain other persons identified in the Bye-Laws (and their respective heirs, executors or administrators) against (and pay for defense costs and expenses of) all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses incurred or sustained by such person by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in the conduct of our business or in the execution of his/her duties; provided that such indemnification (and payment) shall not extend to any matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of such director, officer or other person. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if (i) such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Under our Bye-Laws, we and each of our shareholders agree to waive any claim or right of action, other than those involving fraud or dishonesty, against us or any of our officers or directors or resident representative.

        Inspection of Corporate Records.     Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and our registered office in Bermuda, which will include our memorandum of association (including its objects and powers) and any alteration to our memorandum of association and documents relating to any increase or reduction of authorized capital. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our Bye-Laws, minutes of general meetings and audited annual financial statements, which must be presented to the

149



annual general meeting of shareholders. The register of our shareholders is also open to inspection by shareholders without charge, and to members of the public for a fee. We are required to maintain our share register in Bermuda but may establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. We are required to keep at our registered office a register of our directors and officers (containing that information required under Bermuda law) which is open for inspection by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records. Delaware law permits any shareholder to inspect or obtain copies of a corporation's shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a shareholder.

        Shareholder Proposals.     Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act provides that shareholders may, as set forth below and at their own expense (unless a company otherwise resolves), require a company to give notice of any resolution that the shareholders can properly propose at the next annual general meeting and/or to circulate a statement prepared by the requesting shareholders in respect of any matter referred to in a proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at a general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for such a requisition is that number of shareholders representing at least 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at a general meeting. Our Bye-Laws also include advance-notice provisions regarding shareholder proposals and nominations. Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting.

        Calling of Special Shareholders' Meetings.     Under our Bye-Laws, a special general meeting may be called by our President or by our Chairman. Under Bermuda law, a special meeting may also be called by the shareholders when requisitioned by the holders of at least 10% of the paid-up voting share capital of the Company as provided by the Companies Act. Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.

        Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent.     Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act provides that shareholders may take action by written consent with 100% shareholders consent required. Delaware law permits shareholders to take action by the consent in writing by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of shareholders at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

        Amendment of Memorandum of Association.     Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. An amendment to the memorandum of association that alters a company's business objects may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.

        Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company's issued share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company's share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company's memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.

150



        Under Delaware law, amendment of the certificate of incorporation, which is the equivalent of a memorandum of association, of a company must be made by a resolution of the board of directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote or directing that the amendment proposed be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. Delaware law requires that, unless a different percentage is provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon is required to approve the amendment of the certificate of incorporation at the shareholders meeting. If the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or otherwise adversely affect the rights or preference of any class of a company's stock, Delaware law provides that the holders of the outstanding shares of such affected class should be entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed amendment, regardless of whether such holders are entitled to vote by the certificate of incorporation. However, the number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased, to the extent not falling below the number of shares then outstanding, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, if so provided in the company's certificate of incorporation or any amendment that created such class or was adopted prior to the issuance of such class or that was authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of such class of stock.

        Amendment of Bye-Laws.     Consistent with the Companies Act, Assured Guaranty's Bye-Laws provide that the Bye-Laws may only be rescinded, altered or amended upon approval by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution of our shareholders.

        Under Delaware law, holders of a majority of the voting power of a corporation and, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation, have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of a corporation.

        Staggered Board of Directors.     Under Bermuda law, the Companies Act does not contain statutory provisions specifically mandating staggered board arrangements for a Bermuda exempted company. Such provisions, however, may validly be provided for in the Bye-Laws governing the affairs of such a company. Delaware law permits corporations to have a staggered board of directors.

Listing

        We have applied to have our common shares approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "AGO."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for the common shares will be Mellon Investor Services LLC, whose principal executive office is located at Overpeck Centre, 85 Challenger Road, Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660.


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon completion of the offering we will have a total of 75,937,417 common shares outstanding. Up to 2,750,000 of the common shares for sale in this offering are reserved for purchase by persons designated by us through a directed share program. All of the 49,000,000 shares (56,350,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full) sold in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our "affiliates." Under the Securities Act, an "affiliate" of a company is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that company.

        The remaining 26,000,000 common shares outstanding (18,650,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full) and benefically owned by ACE will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in Rule 144.

151


        We, our directors and executive officers and ACE have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters. All of the shares sold under the directed share program will be subject to 180-day lock-up agreements as well.

        We may, however, grant options to purchase common shares under our existing benefit plans as long as the holder of such common shares agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations and restrictions of the lock-up agreement.

        In general, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed our affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding common shares and the average weekly trading volume on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding each such sale, provided that at least one year has elapsed since such shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours and certain manner of sale, notice requirements and requirements as to availability of current public information about us are satisfied. Any person who is deemed to be our affiliate must comply with the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the one-year holding period requirement) in order to sell common shares which are not restricted securities (such as shares acquired by affiliates either in the offering or through purchases in the open market following the offering). In addition, under Rule 144(k), a person who is not our affiliate, and who has not been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding any sale, is entitled to sell such shares without regard to the foregoing limitations, provided that at least two years have elapsed since the shares were acquired from us or any affiliate of ours.

        Following the consummation of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register common shares issued or reserved for issuance under the 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan and certain other outstanding equity awards and grants. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. We expect that the registration statement on Form S-8 will cover 7,500,000 shares and options.

        Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, at any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to this offering, subject to exceptions, ACE may request that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering its shares. ACE may request two demand registrations. In addition, at any time that we are eligible to use the SEC's short-form registration statement Form S-3 (or any successor form), ACE may request that we register its shares for resale from time to time on a delayed or continuous basis. ACE also has certain "piggyback" registration rights with respect to our common shares. Accordingly, if we propose to register any of our securities, either for our own account or for the account of other shareholders, with certain exceptions, we are required to notify ACE and to include in such registration all the common shares requested to be included by ACE, subject to rejection of such shares under certain circumstances by an underwriter. See "Relationship with ACE—Registration Rights Agreement."

        No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common shares.

152



UNDERWRITING

        Assured Guaranty, the selling shareholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common shares being offered. Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are the representatives of the underwriters. Subject to certain conditions, the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, the number of common shares listed next to its name in the following table:

Underwriters

  Number of Shares
Banc of America Securities LLC    
Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.    
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.    
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.    
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
   
UBS Securities LLC    
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC    
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.    
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.    
ABN AMRO Incorporated    
Bear Stearns & Co., Inc.    
Blaylock & Partners, L.P.    
Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA) Inc.    
Fox-Pitt, Kelton Inc.    
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.    
Lazard Frères & Co., LLC    
Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated    
RBC Dominion Securities Corporation    
Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.    
   
  Total   49,000,000

        The underwriting agreement is subject to a number of terms and conditions and provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. The underwriters will sell the shares to the public when and if the underwriters buy the shares from the selling shareholders.

        Common shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any common shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per share from the initial public offering price. If all the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

        Option to Purchase Additional Shares.     If the underwriters sell more common shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 7,350,000 common shares from the selling shareholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase common shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

        Discounts and Commissions.     The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling shareholders. Such amounts are

153



shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase            additional common shares.


Paid by the selling shareholders

 
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Per share   $     $  
Total   $     $  

        The selling shareholders estimate that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

        Lock-Up Agreements.     Assured Guaranty, its directors and officers and ACE (on its behalf and on behalf of its subsidiaries) have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of Assured Guaranty's common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

        IPO Pricing.     Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the common shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the selling shareholders, Assured Guaranty and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the common shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, are:

        Listing.     We have applied to list the common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AGO." In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common shares on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 shares or more to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners.

        Stabilization.     In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from Assured Guaranty in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional common shares pursuant to the option granted them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of

154



various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased common shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Assured Guaranty's common shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Discretionary Sales.     The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

        Directed Share Program.     At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale to our directors, officers and employees, certain directors and officers of ACE and some other individuals who may be designated by ACE at the initial public offering price up to 2,750,000 of the common shares being offered by this prospectus. We have requested that approximately $8.3 million of these reserved common shares, valued at the initial public offering price, be directed to the trust that we are sponsoring to purchase our common shares to replace unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares that will be forfeited by certain individuals who remain employed by us after the offering. This trust arrangement is described in more detail under "Management—Transition from ACE to Assured Guaranty Plans." The common shares reserved under the directed share program will be allocated first to this trust (which is assured of receiving the full amount of common shares it can purchase) and then the remainder to other eligible persons who elect to participate in the program. Common shares purchased through the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction, substantially similar to the restriction described above. The trust will purchase the reserved common shares allocated to it. However, we do not know if any other eligible participants will choose to purchase any additional portion of the reserved shares. Any purchases of the reserved shares will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. If all of these reserved shares are not purchased, the underwriters will offer the remainder to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

        Indemnification.     The selling shareholders and Assured Guaranty have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If the selling shareholders and Assured Guaranty are unable to provide this indemnification, they will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        Online Offering.     A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such web site, or accessible through any such web site, is not part of this prospectus. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

        Selling Restrictions.     Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that: (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the date the offering is complete, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose

155



ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA")) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

        The shares may not be offered or sold, transferred or delivered, as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, to any individual or legal entity in the Netherlands other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade, which includes banks, securities intermediaries, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which, as an ancillary activity, regularly trade or invest in securities.

        No syndicate member has offered or sold, or will offer or sell, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, any shares other than to persons whose ordinary business it is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or under circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, nor has it issued or had in its possession for the purpose of issue, nor will it issue or have in its possession for the purpose of issue, any invitation or advertisement relating to the shares in Hong Kong (except as permitted by the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are intended to be disposed of to persons outside Hong Kong or to be disposed of only to persons whose business involves the acquisition, disposal, or holding of securities (whether as principal or as agent).

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation or subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than under circumstances in which such offer, sale or invitation does not constitute an offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares to the public in Singapore.

        Each underwriter has acknowledged and agreed that the securities have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and are not being offered or sold and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (1) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

        Common shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda, which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the Bermuda Monetary Authority must approve all issuances and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company. The Bermuda Monetary Authority has issued its permission for the issue and free transferability of the common shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus, as long as the common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange controls purposes. In addition, we will deliver to and file a copy of this prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law. The Bermuda Monetary Authority, the Minister of Finance of Bermuda and the Registrar of Companies accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

156



        Affiliates.     Each of the representatives and certain of the other underwriters and, in each case, their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for Assured Guaranty and ACE, for which they received or will receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC and Citibank, N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., are lenders under Assured Guaranty Corp.'s $140 million revolving credit facility. Bank of America, N.A. has a $16 million commitment under this facility and Citibank, N.A. has a $20 million commitment. There are currently no amounts outstanding under this facility. In addition, Deutsche Bank AG, an affiliate of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., is a lender under a non-recourse credit facility for Assured Guaranty Corp., for which Deutsche Banc Alex Brown, Inc. serves as arranger. No amounts are outstanding under this facility. Also, Assured Guaranty Corp. maintains a letter of credit for approximately $10 million with JP Morgan Chase, an affiliate of JP Morgan Securities Inc. We believe that the fees and commissions payable for participation in these credit facilities and letters of credit are customary for borrowers with similar credit profiles and in the same industry as Assured Guaranty Corp. No proceeds from this offering will be used to pay any amounts under these facilities.


LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain matters as to U.S. law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, Chicago, Illinois. The validity of the issuance of common shares under Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman, Hamilton, Bermuda. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., a limited liability partnership including professional corporations, New York, New York. LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P. has in the past performed, and continues to perform, services for us.


EXPERTS

        The combined financial statements of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedules included elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement. The balance sheet of Assured Guaranty Ltd. included in this prospectus as of August 21, 2003 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing in the prospectus. These financial statements are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common shares, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, with each such statement being qualified in all respects by reference to the document to which it refers. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also

157



inspect these reports and other information without charge at a web site maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC's web site. We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing combined financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm.

158



ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER UNITED STATES
FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER MATTERS

        We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. In addition, some of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and a portion of their assets and our assets are or may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Assured Guaranty or its non-U.S. directors and officers or to recover against us, or our non-U.S. directors and officers on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial jurisdiction under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law. However, we may be served with process in the United States with respect to actions against us arising out of or in connection with violations of U.S. federal securities laws relating to offers and sales of common shares made hereby by serving CT Corporation System, our U.S. agent, irrevocably appointed for that purpose.

        We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman, our special Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. A Bermuda court would likely enforce a final and conclusive judgment in personam, which means a judgment against a specific person rather than against specific property, obtained in a court in the United States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a similar nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty, provided that the Bermuda court was satisfied that each of the following conditions were met:

        Further, we have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to that jurisdiction's public policy. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against us based upon such judgments.


        We obtained consent for the issue and transfer of the common shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes from the Bermuda Monetary Authority as required by the Exchange Control Act 1972 of Bermuda and related regulations, subject to the condition that the common shares shall be listed on an appointed stock exchange (including the New York Stock Exchange). In addition, we will deliver a copy of this prospectus to the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda for filing pursuant to the Companies Act. However, the Bermuda Monetary Authority, the Ministry of Finance and Registrar of Companies in Bermuda accept no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

159



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

Report of Independent Auditors   F-2

Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet as of August 21, 2003

 

F-3

Notes to the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet

 

F-4

Report of Independent Auditors

 

F-7

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002

 

F-8

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

F-9

Combined Statements of Shareholder's Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

F-10

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

F-11

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

 

F-12

Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)

 

F-49

F-1



Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Assured Guaranty Ltd.:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Ltd. as of August 21, 2003 (date of incorporation) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
December 19, 2003

F-2



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Balance Sheet as of August 21, 2003

(Date of Incorporation)

Assets:      
Receivable from affiliate   $ 12,000
   
  Total assets   $ 12,000
   

Shareholder's Equity:

 

 

 
Common shares ($1.00 par value; 12,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding   $ 12,000
   
  Total shareholder's equity   $ 12,000
   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance sheet.

F-3


Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to the Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet

1.    Organization

        Assured Guaranty Ltd. ("Assured Guaranty", formerly AGC Holdings Ltd.) was incorporated on August 21, 2003 and was capitalized on August 21, 2003 under the laws of Bermuda. In connection with its formation, Assured Guaranty issued 12,000 shares at a $1.00 par value to ACE Limited ("ACE").

        Assured Guaranty was formed for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for ACE subsidiaries conducting ACE's financial and mortgage guaranty businesses, which are referred to as the "transferred businesses," in connection with this initial public offering of Assured Guaranty.

        Assured Guaranty will operate through wholly-owned subsidiaries including Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. ("AGRI") (formerly, ACE Capital Re International Ltd.), Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (formerly ACE Finance Overseas Ltd.).

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

        After the effective date of this offering and completion of the "Formation Transactions", which are described below, Assured Guaranty will prepare its consolidated financial statements with those of its subsidiaries and will present them on a consolidated basis. Transactions between Assured Guaranty and its subsidiaries or among its subsidiaries will be eliminated in consolidation.

        This amount represents the initial capitalization of Assured Guaranty.

3.    Formation Transactions and Initial Public Offering

        Assured Guaranty was incorporated in Bermuda on August 21, 2003 for the sole purpose of becoming a holding company for the transferred businesses. As part of the overall plan of formation of Assured Guaranty, the following "Formation Transactions" will occur:

F-4


        Subsequent to entering into the underwriting agreement with respect to this offering, ACE will cause:

        Each of our operating subsidiaries conducted business under names including "ACE," "AGR" and/or "Capital Re." As part of the Formation Transactions, we are changing the names of each of these subsidiaries to names using "Assured Guaranty" or derivations thereof. All of these name changes may not be completed prior to the completion of the initial public offering.

4.    Related Party Transactions

        ACE and its subsidiaries will also enter into a number of transactions with Assured Guaranty subsidiaries in order to reinsure or otherwise assume certain risks related to the businesses reported in Assured Guaranty's other segment. These transactions will not have a material impact on Assured Guaranty's financial position, results of operations or liquidity. Assured Guaranty will also enter into a number of other agreements with ACE and its subsidiaries that will govern certain aspects of Assured Guaranty's relationship with ACE after this offering, including services agreements under which ACE and its subsidiaries will provide certain services to Assured Guaranty for a period of time after this offering.

        Upon completion of this offering, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees will immediately vest and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares will be forfeited. Our officers and employees will have 90 days to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares will result in a pre-tax charge of approximately $3.1 million. We have agreed to deposit with an independent trustee an amount of cash equal to the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of our officers and employees. Based upon an assumed price of $42.00 per ACE ordinary share, the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares to be forfeited by all of our officers and employees is approximately $8.3 million. Assured Guaranty will incur a pre-tax charge of approximately $8.3 million for the amount of cash contributed to the trust.

5.    Taxation

        Under current Bermuda law, the Company and its Bermuda subsidiaries will not be required to pay any taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains. The Company has received an undertaking from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda, that in the event of any such taxes being imposed, the Company will be exempt from taxation until 2016. There will be no withholding taxes imposed on dividend distributions from Bermuda.

        The Company's U.S. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. authorities and file U.S. tax returns.

F-5



6.    Employee Benefit Plans and Stock Option Plans

        The Company intends to offer benefit plans and stock option plans to its employees as a form of compensation.

7.    Segment Information

        Assured Guaranty will have the following four reportable segments:(1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and includes credit support for credit default swaps; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; (3) mortgage guaranty, which includes mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance whereby the Company provides protection against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans; (4) other, which includes several lines of business in which the Company is no longer active, including trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and the credit protection of equity layers of CDOs, as well as life, accident and health reinsurance.

        These segments are consistent with the manner in which Assured Guaranty's management intends to manage these businesses.

8.    Statutory Requirements and Dividend Restrictions

        These financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities. Assured Guaranty's insurance subsidiaries will be subject to certain limitations on dividends that may be paid to Assured Guaranty based on solvency or other regulatory requirements in the applicable jurisdiction. Such limitations generally require that dividends be paid from surplus and may require regulatory approval prior to payment.

F-6



Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Assured Guaranty Ltd.

The formation transactions described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements and the initial capitalization of Assured Guaranty Ltd. have not been consummated as of February 25, 2004. When they have been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

    "In our opinion, the accompanying combined balance sheets and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholder's equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as "the Company") as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    As discussed in Note 4 and Note 5 to the combined financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for derivatives and goodwill in 2001 and 2002, respectively."

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
February 25, 2004

F-7



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Balance Sheets

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except share amounts)

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
 
Assets              
Fixed maturity securities, at fair value (amortized cost: $1,937,743 in 2003 and: $1,785,616 in 2002)   $ 2,052,217   $ 1,908,061  
Short-term investments, at cost which approximates fair value     137,517     144,346  
   
 
 
  Total investments     2,189,734     2,052,407  
Cash and cash equivalents     32,365     9,445  
Accrued investment income     23,758     22,030  
Deferred acquisition costs     178,673     157,299  
Prepaid reinsurance premiums     10,974     179,497  
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses     122,124     100,826  
Due from affiliate     115,000      
Premiums receivable     63,997     61,280  
Value of reinsurance business assumed     14,226     20,322  
Goodwill     87,062     87,062  
Other assets     19,954     29,700  
   
 
 
  Total assets   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868  
   
 
 

Liabilities and shareholder's equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Liabilities              
Unearned premium reserves   $ 625,429   $ 613,341  
Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses     522,593     458,831  
Profit commissions payable     71,237     95,832  
Deferred income taxes     55,637     42,999  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     8,558     107,007  
Funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts     9,635     27,073  
Long-term debt     75,000     75,000  
Other liabilities     52,154     42,549  
   
 
 
  Total liabilities     1,420,243     1,462,632  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)              
Shareholder's equity              
Common stock     16,403     16,403  
Additional paid-in capital     955,490     946,092  
Unearned stock grant compensation     (5,479 )   (4,718 )
Retained earnings     390,025     210,503  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     81,185     88,956  
   
 
 
  Total shareholder's equity     1,437,624     1,257,236  
   
 
 
  Total liabilities and shareholder's equity   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-8



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands of U.S. dollars except share and per share amounts)

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Revenues                    
Gross written premiums   $ 349,236   $ 417,158   $ 442,850  
Ceded premiums     142,236     (64,699 )   (236,288 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     491,472     352,459     206,562  
(Increase)/decrease in net unearned premium reserves     (180,611 )   (105,069 )   86,959  
   
 
 
 
  Net earned premiums     310,861     247,390     293,521  
Net investment income     96,274     97,240     99,520  
Net realized investment gains     5,483     7,863     13,140  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98,449     (54,158 )   (16,255 )
Other income     1,219     3,623     2,930  
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues     512,286     301,958     392,856  
   
 
 
 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     144,610     120,260     177,542  
Profit commissions expense     9,835     8,543     9,007  
Acquisition costs     64,900     48,400     51,100  
Other operating expenses     41,026     31,016     29,771  
Goodwill amortization             3,785  
Interest expense     5,738     10,579     11,548  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses     266,109     218,798     282,753  
   
 
 
 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

246,177

 

 

83,160

 

 

110,103

 
Provision/(benefit) for income taxes                    
Current     18,873     17,858     6,197  
Deferred     12,782     (7,267 )   15,989  
   
 
 
 
Total provision for income taxes     31,655     10,591     22,186  
  Net income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard     214,522     72,569     87,917  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard, net of taxes of ($12,277)             (24,104 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income     214,522     72,569     63,813  
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes                    
Unrealized holding gains on fixed maturity securities arising during the year     (3,922 )   50,461     10,539  
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income     (3,849 )   (4,829 )   (9,557 )
   
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains/(losses) on fixed maturity securities     (7,771 )   45,632     982  
   
 
 
 
  Comprehensive income   $ 206,751   $ 118,201   $ 64,795  
   
 
 
 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  
  Diluted   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-9



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Statements of Shareholder's Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001
(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-in
capital

  Unearned
Stock Grant
Compensation

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

  Total
Shareholder's
Equity

 
Balance, December 31, 2000   $ 3,878   $ 861,069   $ (366 ) $ 87,621   $ 42,342   $ 994,544  
Net income                 63,813         63,813  
Dividends                 (5,500 )       (5,500 )
Capital contribution     25     8,150                 8,175  
Change in par value     12,500     (12,500 )                
Tax benefit for options exercised         1,629                 1,629  
Unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of ($3,034)                     982     982  
Unearned stock grant compensation, net             (2,024 )           (2,024 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   $ 16,403   $ 858,348   $ (2,390 ) $ 145,934   $ 43,324   $ 1,061,619  

Net income

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

72,569

 

 


 

 

72,569

 
Dividends                 (8,000 )       (8,000 )
Capital contribution         84,212                 84,212  
Tax benefit for options exercised         3,532                 3,532  
Unrealized gain on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of $20,383                     45,632     45,632  
Unearned stock grant compensation, net             (2,328 )           (2,328 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 16,403   $ 946,092   $ (4,718 ) $ 210,503   $ 88,956   $ 1,257,236  

Net income

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

214,522

 

 


 

 

214,522

 
Dividends                 (35,000 )       (35,000 )
Capital contribution         3,728                 3,728  
Tax benefit for options exercised         5,670                 5,670  
Unrealized loss on fixed maturity securities, net of tax of ($144)                     (7,771 )   (7,771 )
Unearned stock grant compensation, net             (761 )           (761 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   $ 16,403   $ 955,490   $ (5,479 ) $ 390,025   $ 81,185   $ 1,437,624  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-10



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Operating activities                    
Net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
  Non-cash interest and operating expenses(1)     3,728     7,212     7,840  
  Net amortization of premium/(discount) on fixed maturity securities     9,119     3,728     (3,636 )
  Goodwill amortization             3,785  
  Provision/(benefit) for deferred income taxes     12,782     (7,267 )   15,989  
  Net realized investment gains     (5,483 )   (7,863 )   (13,140 )
  Cumulative effect of adopting a new accounting standard, net of taxes             24,104  
  Change in unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     (98,449 )   54,158     16,255  
  Change in deferred acquisition costs     (21,374 )   (3,102 )   (3,805 )
  Change in accrued investment income     (1,728 )   (960 )   (1,082 )
  Change in premiums receivable     (2,717 )   (20,999 )   (18,985 )
  Change in due from affiliate     (115,000 )        
  Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums     168,523     (7,981 )   (142,730 )
  Change in unearned premium reserves     12,088     113,050     55,669  
  Change in reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, net     42,464     27,018     175,103  
  Change in profit commissions payable     (24,595 )   6,868     6,901  
  Change in value of reinsurance business assumed     6,096     6,097     (26,419 )
  Change in funds held by Company under reinsurance contracts     (17,438 )   27,073      
  Other     17,492     8,126     331  
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities     200,030     277,727     159,993  
   
 
 
 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Fixed maturity securities:                    
    Purchases     (902,935 )   (1,481,744 )   (1,371,380 )
    Sales     619,587     965,466     1,160,414  
    Maturities     127,532     284,899     21,929  
  (Purchases)/sales of short-term investments, net     6,829     (44,337 )   47,640  
  Other     3,690     8,712     (15,803 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (145,297 )   (267,004 )   (157,200 )
   
 
 
 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Capital contributions         2,000     310  
  Dividends paid     (35,000 )   (8,000 )   (5,500 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities     (35,000 )   (6,000 )   (5,190 )
   
 
 
 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

19,733

 

 

4,723

 

 

(2,397

)

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

3,187

 

 

537

 

 

(58

)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     9,445     4,185     6,640  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 32,365   $ 9,445   $ 4,185  
   
 
 
 

Supplementary information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Taxes paid     15,091     11,676     7,250  
  Interest paid     5,738     10,579     11,548  

(1)
Operating activities include various non-cash items. These non-cash items are described in Note 14 "Related Party Transactions—Non-Cash Capital Contributions."

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

F-11



Assured Guaranty Ltd.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

1.    Business and Organization

        On December 2, 2003, ACE Limited ("ACE") announced its intention to establish a separate stand-alone entity including its financial guaranty insurance, reinsurance, mortgage and related businesses and to sell a majority interest in these businesses to the public through an initial public offering. The stand-alone entity would combine ownership of the financial guaranty insurance, reinsurance and related businesses under Assured Guaranty Ltd. ("Assured Guaranty", formerly AGC Holdings Ltd.), a newly incorporated Bermuda-based holding company. These businesses are comprised of Assured Guaranty Corp. (formerly ACE Guaranty Corp.) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. ("AGRI", formerly ACE Capital Re International Ltd.) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Financial Products Inc. (formerly AGR Financial Products Inc.) and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (formerly ACE Finance Overseas Ltd.) (collectively "combined entities"). ACE acquired most of the aforementioned businesses on December 30, 1999 as part of its acquisition of Capital Re.

        Assured Guaranty Corp., a Maryland domiciled insurance company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company (formerly ACE Risk Assurance Company), provide insurance and reinsurance of investment grade financial guaranty exposures, including municipal and non-municipal insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives transactions as well as trade credit and related reinsurance.

        AGRI indirectly owns, through Barbados and United States holding companies, the entire share capital of a Bermuda reinsurer, Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. ("AGRO", formerly ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.). AGRO, in turn, owns Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company ("Assured Guaranty Mortgage," formerly ACE Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company) and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company ("ACTR"), which are monoline insurance companies domiciled in the United States. AGRO also owns Assured Guaranty Inc. (formerly, ACE Capital Re Inc.), a New York reinsurance intermediary.

        AGRI and AGRO underwrite highly structured financial guaranty and structured credit, residential mortgage and title reinsurance. During 2002, AGRO transferred its life, accident and health book of business to another ACE affiliate. AGRI and AGRO write business as direct reinsurers of third-party primary insurers and as retrocessionaires of certain affiliated companies and also provide credit protection through single-name and portfolio credit default swaps ("CDS"), where the counterparty is usually an investment bank.

        Assured Guaranty Mortgage reinsures residential mortgage guaranty insurance obligations that originate primarily in the United States and United Kingdom. ACTR provides structured reinsurance to the title insurance industry.

        Assured Guaranty Corp., AGRI and AGRO source business through a subsidiary, Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd., which is an Arranger based in the United Kingdom. An Arranger is an entity regulated by the Financial Services Authority which markets and sources derivative transactions.

        These financial statements present the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the entities that will comprise Assured Guaranty upon completion of the following "Formation Transactions":

    ACE, through a U.S. subsidiary, will form Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc. as a Delaware holding company to hold the shares of Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty Financial Products.

F-12


    ACE's U.S. subsidiary will transfer the shares of Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty Financial Products to Assured Guaranty US Holdings in exchange for common stock of Assured Guaranty US Holdings and a $200 million promissory note.

    AGRO will transfer 100% of the stock ownership in ACTR to ACE or one of its subsidiaries in exchange for a $39.5 million promissory note which will be repayable upon completion of this offering.

        Subsequent to entering into the underwriting agreement with respect to this offering, ACE will cause:

    its U.S. subsidiary to transfer 100% of the stock ownership in Assured Guaranty US Holdings and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas to Assured Guaranty in exchange for [ ] common shares of Assured Guaranty and a $1 million promissory note of Assured Guaranty; and

    a Bermuda subsidiary to transfer 100% of the stock of AGRI to Assured Guaranty in exchange for [ ] common shares of Assured Guaranty and a $1 million promissory note of Assured Guaranty.

        Upon completion of this offering, ACE and its subsidiaries will also enter into a number of transactions with Assured Guaranty subsidiaries in order to reinsure or otherwise assume certain risks related to the businesses reported in Assured Guaranty's other segment. These transactions will not have a material effect on Assured Guaranty's financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        Upon completion of this offering, any unvested options to purchase ACE ordinary shares held by our officers or employees will immediately vest and any unvested restricted ACE ordinary shares will be forfeited. Our officers and employees will have 90 days to exercise any vested options to acquire ACE ordinary shares. The acceleration of vesting of options to purchase ordinary shares will result in a pre-tax charge of approximately $3.1 million. We have agreed to deposit with an independent trustee an amount of cash equal to the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares forfeited by all of our officers and employees. Based upon an assumed price of $42.00 per ACE ordinary share, the value of the restricted ACE ordinary shares to be forfeited by all of our officers and employees is approximately $8.3 million. Assured Guaranty will incur a pre-tax charge of approximately $8.3 million for the amount of cash contributed to the trust.

        Assured Guaranty, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Corp. and AGRI, will operate financial guaranty insurance, reinsurance and related businesses.

2.    Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of Presentation

        The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The historical combined financial statements include the assets, liabilities, operating results and cash flows of Assured Guaranty and combined entities (the "Company") and have been prepared using the historical bases for assets and liabilities and the historical results of operations of the aforementioned combined entities. The historical combined financial statements also include certain long-term debt used to fund the Company's insurance operations and related interest expense. For all

F-13



periods presented, certain expenses reflected in the financial statements include allocations of corporate expenses incurred by ACE related to general and administrative services provided to the Company, including tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and liquidity facility costs. These expenses were allocated based on estimates of the cost incurred by ACE to provide these services to the Company. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain items in the prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

        Management believes that the foregoing adjustments and allocations were made on a basis that is a reasonable reflection of the historical results of the Company. However, these results do not necessarily represent what the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company would have been if the Company had been a separate and stand-alone entity during the periods presented.

    Premium Revenue Recognition

        Premiums are received either upfront or in installments. Upfront premiums are earned in proportion to the expiration of the amount at risk. Each installment premium is earned ratably over its installment period, generally one year or less. For insured bonds for which the par value outstanding is declining during the insurance period, upfront premium earnings are greater in the earlier periods thus matching revenue recognition with the underlying risk. The premiums are allocated in accordance with the principal amortization schedule of the related bond issue and are earned ratably over the amortization period. When an insured issue is retired early, is called by the issuer, or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding accomplished by placing U.S. Government securities in escrow, the remaining unearned premium reserve is earned at that time. Unearned premium reserve represents the portion of premiums written that is applicable to the unexpired amount at risk of insured bonds.

        Due to the customary lag (ranging from 30 to 90 days) in reporting premium data by some of the ceding companies, the Company must estimate the ultimate written and earned premiums to be received from a ceding company as of each balance sheet date for the reinsurance business. Actual written premiums reported in the statements of operations are based upon reports received by ceding companies supplemented by the Company's own estimates of premium for which ceding company reports have not yet been received. Differences between such estimates and actual amounts are recorded in the period in which the actual amounts are determined.

    Investments

        The Company accounts for its investments in fixed maturity securities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standard Board's ("FASB") Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("FAS 115"). Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, all investments in fixed maturity securities were designated as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. The fair values of all our investments are calculated from independent market quotations.

        The amortized cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed using the effective interest method. That amortization or accretion is included in net investment income. For mortgage-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary. Any

F-14



necessary adjustments required due to the resulting change in effective yields and maturities are recognized prospectively in current income.

        Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder's equity. The Company has a formal review process for all securities in its investment portfolio, including a review for impairment losses. Factors considered when assessing impairment include:

    a decline in the market value of a security by 20% or more below amortized cost for a continuous period of at least six months;

    a decline in the market value of a security for a continuous period of 12 months;

    recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by rating agencies;

    the financial condition of the applicable issuer;

    whether scheduled interest payments are past due; and

    whether the Company has the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value.

        If the Company believes a decline in the value of a particular investment is temporary, the decline is recorded as an unrealized loss on the balance sheet in "accumulated other comprehensive income" in shareholder's equity. If we believe the decline is "other than temporary," we write down the carrying value of the investment and record a realized loss in our statement of operations. Our assessment of a decline in value includes management's current assessment of the factors noted above. If that assessment changes in the future, the Company may ultimately record a loss after having originally concluded that the decline in value was temporary.

        Short-term investments are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments are those with original maturities of greater than three months but less than one year from date of purchase.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company classifies demand deposits as cash. Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

    Deferred Acquisition Costs

        Acquisition costs incurred, that vary with and are directly related to the production of new business, are deferred. These costs include direct and indirect expenses such as commissions, brokerage expenses and costs of underwriting and marketing personnel. The Company's management uses judgment in determining what types of costs should be deferred, as well as what percentage of these costs should be deferred. The Company periodically conducts a study to determine which operating costs vary with, and are directly related to, the acquisition of new business and qualify for deferral. Acquisition costs other than those associated with the credit derivative products are deferred and amortized in relation to earned premiums. Ceding commissions received on premiums ceded to other reinsurers reduce acquisition costs. Anticipated losses, loss adjustment expenses and the remaining costs of servicing the insured or reinsured business are considered in determining the recoverability of acquisition costs. Acquisition costs associated with credit derivative products are expensed as incurred.

F-15


    Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        Reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") includes case reserves, incurred but not reported reserves ("IBNR") and portfolio reserves.

        Case reserves are established when specific insured obligations are in or near default. Case reserves represent the present value of expected future loss payments and LAE, net of estimated recoveries but before considering ceded reinsurance. Financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance case reserves are discounted at 6.0%, which is the approximate taxable equivalent yield on the investment portfolio in all periods presented.

        IBNR is an estimate of the amount of losses where the insured event has occurred but the claim has not yet been reported to the Company. In establishing IBNR, the Company uses traditional actuarial methods to estimate the reporting lag of such claims based on historical experience, claim reviews and information reported by ceding companies. The Company records IBNR for mortgage guaranty reinsurance within the mortgage guaranty segment and for title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and trade credit reinsurance within the other segment.

        In addition to IBNR, the Company records portfolio reserves for financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance, credit derivatives, mortgage guaranty and title reinsurance business. Portfolio reserves are established with respect to the portion of the Company's business for which case reserves have not been established. Portfolio reserves are established in an amount equal to the portion of actuarially estimated ultimate losses related to premiums earned to date as a percentage of total expected premiums for that in-force business. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on financial guaranty exposures are developed considering the net par outstanding of each insured obligation, taking account of the probability of future default, the expected timing of the default and expected recovery following default. These factors vary by type of issue (for example, municipal, structured finance or corporate), current credit rating and remaining term of the underlying obligation and are principally based on historical data obtained from rating agencies. Actuarially estimated ultimate losses on mortgage guaranty reinsurance and title reinsurance are principally determined based on the historical industry loss experience, net of expected recoveries. During an accounting period, portfolio reserves principally increase or decrease based on changes in the aggregate net amount at risk and the probability of default resulting from changes in credit quality of insured obligations, if any.

        The Company updates its estimates of loss and LAE reserves quarterly. Loss assumptions used in computing losses and LAE reserves are periodically updated for emerging experience, and any resulting changes in reserves are recorded as a charge or credit to earnings in the period such estimates are changed. Due to the inherent uncertainties of estimating loss and LAE reserves, specifically for the high severity, low frequency financial guaranty business that the Company writes, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

    Profit commissions

        Under the terms of certain of the Company's reinsurance contracts, the Company is obligated to pay the ceding company at predetermined future dates a contingent commission based upon a specified percentage of the net underwriting profits. As of the balance sheet date, the Company's liability for the present value of expected future payments is shown on the balance sheet under the caption, "Profit commission payable". The unamortized discount on this liability was $4.7 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

F-16


    Reinsurance

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company's insurance subsidiaries assume and retrocede business with other insurance and reinsurance companies. These agreements provide greater diversification of business and may minimize the net potential loss from large risks. Retrocessional contracts do not relieve the Company of its obligation to the reinsured. Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses includes balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses and LAE that will be recovered from reinsurers, based on contracts in force, and is presented net of any provision for estimated uncollectible reinsurance. Any change in the provision for uncollectible reinsurance is included in loss and loss adjustment expenses. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers relating to the unexpired terms of the reinsurance contracts in force.

        Certain of the Company's assumed and ceded reinsurance contracts are funds held arrangements. In a funds held arrangement, the ceding company retains the premiums instead of paying them to the reinsurer and losses are offset against these funds in an experience account. Because the reinsurer is not in receipt of the funds, the reinsurer earns interest on the experience account balance at a predetermined credited rate of interest. The Company generally earns interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its assumed funds held arrangements and generally pays interest at fixed rates of between 4% and 6% on its ceded funds held arrangements. The interest earned or credited on funds held arrangements is included in net investment income. In addition, interest on funds held arrangements will continue to be earned or credited until the experience account is fully depleted, which can extend many years beyond the expiration of the coverage period.

    Value of Reinsurance Business Assumed

        The value of reinsurance business assumed and recorded at the inception of a retrocessional reinsurance contract represents the difference between the estimated ultimate amount of the liabilities assumed under retroactive reinsurance contracts and the consideration received under the contract. The value of reinsurance business assumed is amortized to losses and LAE based on the payment pattern of the losses assumed. The unamortized value is reviewed regularly to determine if it is recoverable under the terms of the contract, estimated losses and LAE and anticipated investment income. If such amounts are estimated to be unrecoverable, they are expensed.

    Goodwill

        Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized over twenty-five years on a straight-line basis. Beginning January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment at least annually. Management has determined that goodwill is not impaired at December 31, 2003.

    Income Taxes

        Certain of the Company's subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax. In accordance with FAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", deferred income taxes are provided for with respect to the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences relate principally to deferred acquisition costs, reserve for losses and LAE, unearned premium reserve, unrealized gains and losses on investments, unrealized gains and losses on

F-17


derivative financial instruments and statutory contingency reserves. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset to that amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

    Earning Per Share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated using the shares issued upon the formation of the Company, for all periods presented. All potentially dilutive securities, including unvested restricted stock and stock options are excluded from the basic earnings per share calculation. In calculating diluted earnings per share, the shares issued are increased to include all potentially dilutive securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the applicable number of shares as described above.

    Stock Based Compensation

        Stock based compensation is based on ACE stock. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with APB No. 25. No compensation expense for options is reflected in net income, as all options granted under the plan had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant. Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation". In December 2002, FASB issued FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure." FAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of FAS 123 to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements regarding the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results.

        For restricted stock awards, the Company records the market value of the shares awarded at the time of the grant as unearned stock grant compensation and includes it as a separate component of shareholder's equity. The unearned stock grant compensation is amortized into income ratably over the vesting period.

        The following table outlines the Company's net income, basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, had the compensation cost been determined in accordance with the fair value method recommended in FAS 123.

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

Net income as reported   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813
Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net income, net of income tax     2,025     1,234     420
Deduct: Compensation expense, net of income tax     4,037     2,778     988
   
 
 
Pro Forma   $ 212,510   $ 71,025   $ 63,245
   
 
 
Earnings Per Share:                  
Basic   $ 2.83   $ 0.95   $ 0.84
Diluted   $ 2.83   $ 0.95   $ 0.84

F-18


3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2003, Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity" ("FAS 150"), which establishes standards for classifying and measuring certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. FAS 150 requires the classification of a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). FAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of FAS 150 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

        In April 2003, the FASB issued FAS No. 149, "Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This statement improves financial reporting by requiring that contracts with comparable characteristics be accounted for similarly. For example, this statement requires that financial guaranty insurance, for which the underlying risk is linked to a derivative, be accounted for as a derivative. This statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. All provisions are to be applied prospectively, except for the provisions of this Statement that relate to FAS No. 133 implementation issues that have been effective for fiscal quarters that began prior to June 15, 2003. These provisions are to be applied in accordance with their respective effective dates. The adoption of FAS 149 did not have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

        In December 2002, FASB issued FAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure" ("FAS 148"). FAS 148 provides alternative methods of transitioning for a voluntary change to the fair-value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. FAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of FAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"), to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. FAS 148 is effective for companies with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The Company continues to account for stock-based compensation plans in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25").

        Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted FAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" and FAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets". FAS No. 141, which supercedes APB 16, "Business Combinations," requires business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and provides specific criteria for initial recognition of intangible assets apart from goodwill. FAS No. 142, which supercedes APB 17, "Intangible Assets," requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives no longer be amortized but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. FAS No. 142 established new accounting and reporting standards for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. It requires that an entity determine if the goodwill or other intangible assets has an indefinite or a finite useful life. Those with indefinite useful lives will not be subject to amortization and must be tested annually for impairment. See Note 5 for further information.

        In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN 46"), as an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated

F-19



Financial Statements." FIN 46 addresses consolidation of variable interest entities (VIEs) by business enterprises. An entity is considered a VIE subject to consolidation if the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or if the equity investors lack one of three characteristics of a controlling financial interest. First, the equity investors lack the ability to make decisions about the entity's activities through voting rights or similar rights. Second, they do not bear the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity if they occur. Lastly, they do not claim the right to receive expected returns of the entity if they occur, which are the compensation for the risk of absorbing the expected losses. FIN 46 requires that VIEs be consolidated by the entity that maintains the majority of the risks and rewards of ownership. This Interpretation applies immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003 and to VIEs in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date. FASB deferred the effective date of FIN 46 until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003 for VIEs created before February 1, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

        In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 outlines certain accounting guidelines, effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002, from which the Company's insurance transactions and derivative contracts are excluded. In addition, FIN 45 expands the disclosures required by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements regarding obligations under certain guarantees. These disclosure requirements are effective for the year ended December 31, 2002. The Company's financial position and results of operations did not change as a result of the adoption of FIN 45.

4. Derivatives

        The Company adopted FAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("FAS 133"), which established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives), and for hedging activities as of January 1, 2001. FAS 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the combined balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a fair value, cash flow or foreign currency hedge. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. The Company had no derivatives that were designated as hedges during 2003, 2002 and 2001.

        Certain products (principally credit protection oriented) issued by the Company have been deemed to meet the definition of a derivative under FAS 133. These products consist primarily of credit derivatives. In addition, the Company issued a few index-based derivative financial instruments. The Company uses derivative instruments primarily to offer credit protection to others. Effective January 1, 2001, the Company records these transactions at fair value. Where available, we use quoted market prices to fair value these insured credit derivatives. If quoted prices are not available, particularly for senior layer collateralized debt obligations ("CDO") and equity layer credit protection, the fair value is estimated using valuation models for each type of credit protection. These models may be developed by third parties, such as rating agency models, or may be developed internally, depending on the circumstances. These models and the related assumptions are continually reevaluated by management and enhanced, as appropriate, based upon improvements in modeling techniques and availability of more timely market information. The fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated cost to the Company to purchase protection on its outstanding exposures and is not an estimate of expected losses incurred. Due to the inherent uncertainties of the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of these derivative products, actual experience may differ from the estimates reflected in our combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.

F-20


        The Company records premiums received from the issuance of derivative instruments in gross written premiums and establishes unearned premium reserves and loss reserves. These loss reserves represent the Company's best estimate of the probable losses expected under these contracts. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are computed as the difference between fair value and the total of the unearned premium reserves, losses and LAE reserve, premiums receivable, prepaid reinsurance premiums and reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses. Changes in unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are reflected in the statement of operations. Cumulative unrealized gains and losses are reflected as assets and liabilities, respectively, in the Company's balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives occur because of changes in interest rates, credit spreads, recovery rates, the credit ratings of the referenced entities and other market factors. In the event that we terminate a derivative contact prior to maturity as a result of a decision to exit a line of business or for risk manangemnet purposes, the unrealized gain or loss will be realized through premiums earned and losses incurred.

        As of January 1, 2001, the Company recorded an expense related to the cumulative effect of adopting FAS 133 of $24.1 million, net of applicable deferred income tax benefit of $12.3 million.

        The Company recorded a pretax net unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments of $98.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and a pretax net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments of $54.2 and $16.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        The following table summarizes activities related to derivative financial instruments (in thousands of U.S. dollars):

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Balance sheets as of December 31,                    
Assets:                    
Premiums receivable   $ 34,885   $ 28,746      
Prepaid reinsurance premiums     2,399     2,952   $ 3,012  
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses     16,937     10,000      
   
 
 
 
Liabilities:                    
Unearned premium reserves     138,531     179,839     58,667  
Reserve for losses and LAE     103,922     118,677     43,584  
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     8,558     107,007     52,849  
   
 
 
 
Net liability—fair value of derivative financial instruments   $ 196,790   $ 363,825   $ 152,088  
   
 
 
 
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31,                    
Net written premiums   $ 89,759   $ 249,335   $ 94,476  
Net earned premiums     130,514     128,103     51,358  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred     (60,075 )   (107,111 )   (36,497 )
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98,449     (54,158 )   (16,255 )
   
 
 
 
Total impact of derivative financial instruments   $ 168,888   $ (33,166 ) $ (1,394 )
   
 
 
 

F-21


5. Goodwill

        Goodwill of $94.6 million arose from ACE's acquisition of Capital Re Corporation as of December 31, 1999 and was being amortized over a period of twenty-five years. On January 1, 2002, the Company ceased amortizing goodwill as part of its adoption of FAS 142.

        The following table reconciles reported net income and earnings per share to adjusted net income and earnings per share excluding goodwill amortization:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  ($ in thousands except per share amounts)

Reported net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813
Add back: Goodwill amortization             3,785
   
 
 
Adjusted net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 67,598
   
 
 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Reported earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85
Add back: Goodwill amortization             0.5
   
 
 
Adjusted earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.90
   
 
 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Reported earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85
Add back: Goodwill amortization             .05
   
 
 
Adjusted earnings per share   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.90
   
 
 

        The following table details goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Financial guaranty direct   $ 14,748
Financial guaranty reinsurance     70,669
Mortgage guaranty    
Other     1,645
   
Total   $ 87,062
   

6. Statutory Accounting Practices

        These financial statements are prepared on a GAAP basis, which differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance regulatory authorities, including the Maryland Insurance Department, the New York State Insurance Department as well as the statutory requirements of the Minister of Finance of Bermuda.

        Statutory capital and surplus as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $980.5 million and $835.4 million, respectively. Statutory net income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $187.8 million, $80.8 million and $78.8 million, respectively.

        There are no permitted accounting practices on a statutory basis.

F-22



7. Insurance in Force

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, net financial guaranty par in force including insured CDS was approximately $87.5 billion and $80.4 billion, respectively. The portfolio was broadly diversified by payment source, geographic location and maturity schedule, with no single risk representing more than 1.2% of the total net par in force. The composition of net par in force by bond type was as follows:

 
  As of
December 31,

 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

Municipal exposures:            
  Tax-backed   $ 21.1   $ 19.5
  Municipal utilities     11.1     10.4
  Healthcare     5.7     5.7
  Special revenue     9.0     8.5
  Structured municipal     3.4     3.5
  Other municipal     2.3     1.8
   
 
    Total municipal exposures     52.6     49.4
   
 

Non-municipal exposures:

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Collateralized debt obligations   $ 16.1   $ 12.1
  Consumer receivables     9.4     8.5
  Commercial receivables     5.3     3.4
  Single name corporate CDS     2.3     4.8
  Other structured finance     1.8     2.2
   
 
    Total non-municipal exposures     34.9     31.0
   
 
      Total exposures   $ 87.5   $ 80.4
   
 

        Maturities for municipal obligations range from 1 to 40 years, with the typical life in the 12 to 15 year range. Non-municipal transactions have legal maturities that range from 1 to 30 years with a typical life of 5 to 7 years. Maturities on single name corporate CDSs range from 1 to 7 years with an average remaining maturity of 1.7 years as of December 31, 2003.

F-23


        The portfolio contained exposures in each of the 50 states and abroad. The distribution of net financial guaranty par outstanding by geographic location is set forth in the following table:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
 
  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

 
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

 
Domestic:                      
  California   $ 7.2   8.2 % $ 6.8   8.5 %
  New York     5.6   6.4 %   5.5   6.8 %
  Texas     3.2   3.6 %   3.2   4.0 %
  Florida     2.8   3.2 %   3.1   3.9 %
  Illinois     2.8   3.2 %   2.8   3.5 %
  Pennsylvania     2.2   2.5 %   2.3   2.9 %
  New Jersey     2.0   2.3 %   2.2   2.7 %
  Massachusetts     1.7   1.9 %   1.9   2.4 %
  Puerto Rico     1.5   1.7 %   1.8   2.2 %
  Washington     1.3   1.5 %   1.4   1.7 %
  Other-Muni     18.2   20.8 %   17.1   21.3 %
  Other-Non Muni     32.2   36.8 %   28.1   35.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
    Total Domestic exposures     80.7   92.1 %   76.2   94.8 %
   
 
 
 
 

International:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  United Kingdom     3.3   3.8 %   1.7   2.1 %
  Italy     0.4   0.5 %   0.2   0.2 %
  Australia     0.4   0.5 %   0.2   0.2 %
  France     0.4   0.5 %   0.3   0.4 %
  Brazil     0.3   0.3 %   0.2   0.2 %
  Other     2.0   2.3 %   1.6   2.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
    Total International exposures     6.8   7.9 %   4.2   5.1 %
   
 
 
 
 
    Total exposures   $ 87.5   100.0 % $ 80.4   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

        The following table sets forth the financial guaranty in-force portfolio by underwriting rating:

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
Ratings

  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

  Net par
outstanding

  % of Net par
outstanding

 
 
  (in billions of U.S. dollars)

 
AAA   $ 26.2   29.9 % $ 20.7   25.7 %
AA     17.6   20.1 %   14.4   17.9 %
A     29.9   34.2 %   32.9   40.9 %
BBB     12.3   14.1 %   11.7   14.6 %
Below investment grade     1.5   1.7 %   0.7   0.9 %
   
 
 
 
 
  Total exposures   $ 87.5   100.0 % $ 80.4   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 

        As part of its financial guaranty business, the Company enters into CDS transactions whereby one party pays a periodic fee in fixed basis points on a notional amount in return for a contingent payment

F-24



by the other party in the event one or more defined credit events occurs with respect to one or more third party reference securities or loans. A credit event may be a nonpayment event such as a failure to pay, bankruptcy, or restructuring, as negotiated by the parties to the CDS transaction. The total notional amount of insured CDS exposure outstanding as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and included in the Company's financial guaranty exposure was $23.4 billion and $20.2 billion, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company's net mortgage guaranty insurance in force (representing the current principal balance of all mortgage loans currently reinsured) was approximately $3.8 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, and net risk in force was approximately $2.2 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. These amounts are not included in the above table.

8.    Premiums Earned from Refunded and Called Bonds

        Premiums earned include $19.2 million, $14.0 million and $4.5 million for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, related to refunded and called bonds.

9.    Investments

        The following table summarizes the Company's aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003:

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Fixed maturity securities                        
U.S. government and agencies   $ 255,173   $ 16,297   $ (400 ) $ 271,070
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     788,436     65,364     (1,014 )   852,786
Corporate securities     268,118     21,548     (1,075 )   288,591
Mortgage-backed securities     538,856     13,193     (2,144 )   549,905
Structured securities     75,776     2,265     (94 )   77,947
Foreign government and agencies     11,384     540     (6 )   11,918
   
 
 
 
Total fixed maturity securities     1,937,743     119,207     (4,733 )   2,052,217

Short-term investments

 

 

137,517

 

 


 

 


 

 

137,517
   
 
 
 
Total investments   $ 2,075,260   $ 119,207   $ (4,733 ) $ 2,189,734
   
 
 
 

F-25


        The following table summarizes the Company's aggregate investment portfolio as of December 31, 2002:

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Gross
Unrealized
Gains

  Gross
Unrealized
Losses

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Fixed maturity securities                        
U.S. government and agencies   $ 279,436   $ 22,676   $ (1 ) $ 302,111
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     626,370     54,629     (57 )   680,942
Corporate securities     271,224     23,724     (2,050 )   292,898
Mortgage-backed securities     533,662     19,752     (179 )   553,235
Structured securities     73,423     3,694     (27 )   77,090
Foreign government and agencies     1,501     284         1,785
   
 
 
 
Total fixed maturity securities     1,785,616     124,759     (2,314 )   1,908,061

Short-term investments

 

 

144,346

 

 


 

 


 

 

144,346
   
 
 
 
Total investments   $ 1,929,962   $ 124,759   $ (2,314 ) $ 2,052,407
   
 
 
 

        Approximately 25% of the Company's total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2003 was composed of mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"), including collateralized mortgage obligations and commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of December 31, 2003, the weighted average credit quality of the Company's entire investment portfolio was AA+.

        The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2003, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 
  Amortized
Cost

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Due within one year   $ 21,793   $ 22,180
Due after one year through five years     229,158     242,651
Due after five years through ten years     299,245     323,621
Due after ten years     848,691     913,860
Mortgage-backed securities     538,856     549,905
   
 
Total   $ 1,937,743   $ 2,052,217
   
 

        Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities were $619.6 million, $965.5 million, and $1,160.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

        Net realized gains consisted of the following:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
  Gains   $ 6,499   $ 16,824   $ 26,918  
  Losses     (964 )   (3,151 )   (4,478 )
  Other than temporary impairments     (52 )   (5,810 )   (9,300 )
   
 
 
 
Net realized investment gains   $ 5,483   $ 7,863   $ 13,140  
   
 
 
 

F-26


        During 2002, the Company determined that the decline in value related to WorldCom bonds held in its investment portfolio was "other than temporary." Accordingly, the Company recorded a write-down of the carrying value of these bonds in the amount of $5.8 million.

        In June 1996, the Company invested approximately $10.9 million in CGA Group Ltd ("CGA"), a Bermuda domiciled insurance company formed to provide financial guaranty insurance of structured securities, including commercial real estate and asset-backed transactions. The Company's investment was in the form of common and preferred shares. In 1998, the Company recorded a write-down of its investment in CGA of $7.5 million, based on management's belief that the carrying value of CGA had suffered an other than temporary impairment. In March 2001, based on its contractual obligation to contribute additional capital in the event CGA was downgraded, the Company contributed an additional $7.5 million to CGA, thereby increasing its carrying value of the investment to $10.9 million. Concurrently, the Company recorded a write-down in its investment in CGA of $9.3 million, due to its other than temporary impairment. In July 2001, the Company's remaining investment in CGA, $1.6 million, was redeemed, resulting in no realized gain or loss. As of December 31, 2001, the Company did not have an investment in CGA.

        The change in net unrealized gains consists of:

 
  For the years
ended December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Fixed maturity securities   $ (7,971 ) $ 66,015   $ (2,232 )
Foreign exchange translation     56     (133 )   180  
Deferred income tax provision/(benefit)     (144 )   20,250     (3,034 )
   
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities   $ (7,771 ) $ 45,632   $ 982  
   
 
 
 

        The following table summarizes, for all securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2003, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the amounts have continuously been in an unrealized loss position.

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
 
  Less than 12 months
  12 months or more
  Total
 
 
  Fair value
  Unrealized loss
  Fair value
  Unrealized loss
  Fair value
  Unrealized loss
 
U.S. government and agencies   $ 16.2   $ (0.2 ) $   $   $ 16.2   $ (0.2 )
Obligations of state and political subdivisions     64.5     (1,2 )               64.5     (1.2 )
Corporate securities     44.6     (1.2 )           44.6     (1.2 )
Mortgage backed securities     155.0     (2.1 )               155.0     (2.1 )
Structured securities                          
Foreign government and agencies                          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 280.3   $ (4.7 ) $     $     $ 280.3   $ (4.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        Included above are 104 fixed maturity securities. The Company has considered factors such as sector credit ratings and industry analyst reports in evaluating the above securities for impairment and has concluded that these securities are not other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2003.

F-27



        Net investment income is derived from the following sources:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Income from fixed maturities   $ 96,541   $ 94,776   $ 95,457  
Income from short-term investments     2,383     3,744     5,844  
   
 
 
 
Total gross investment income     98,924     98,520     101,301  

Less: investment expenses

 

 

(2,650

)

 

(1,280

)

 

(1,781

)
   
 
 
 
Net investment income   $ 96,274   $ 97,240   $ 99,520  
   
 
 
 

        Under agreements with its cedants and in accordance with statutory requirements, the Company maintained fixed maturity securities in trust accounts of $370.0 million and $355.2 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for the benefit of reinsured companies and for the protection of policyholders, generally in states in which the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, are not licensed or accredited.

        As part of its insured CDS business, the Company is party to certain contractual agreements that require collateral to be posted for the benefit of either party depending on ratings of the parties to the agreement and changes in fair value relative to applicable specified thresholds of the insured swap transactions. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company posted collateral of $154.8 million and $194.7 million, respectively, for the benefit of CDS customers.

10.    Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the reserve for losses and LAE, including case, IBNR and portfolio reserves:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Balance as of January 1   $ 458,831   $ 401,079   $ 170,973  
Less reinsurance recoverable     (100,826 )   (70,092 )   (14,836 )
   
 
 
 
Net balance as of January 1     358,005     330,987     156,137  
Incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses:                    
  Current year     105,623     156,626     164,881  
  Prior years     38,987     (7,546 )   12,661  
Transfer/Novation of life, accident and health reinsurance reserves         (28,820 )    
   
 
 
 
      144,610     120,260     177,542  
Loss and loss adjustment expenses paid and recovered                    
  Current year     30,702     69,157     6,726  
  Prior years     69,133     20,633     22,349  
   
 
 
 
      99,835     89,790     29,075  
Value of reinsurance business assumed     (6,096 )   (6,097 )   26,419  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain/(loss) on reserves revaluation     (3,785 )   (2,645 )   36  

Net balance as of December 31

 

 

400,469

 

 

358,005

 

 

330,987

 
Plus reinsurance recoverable     122,124     100,826     70,092  
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31   $ 522,593   $ 458,831   $ 401,079  
   
 
 
 

F-28


        The financial guaranty case basis reserves have been discounted using a rate of 6% in 2003, 2002 and 2001, resulting in a discount of $19.8 million, $14.9 million and $8.0 million, respectively.

        The prior year development in 2003 of $39.0 million in the provision for losses and LAE is due in part to an increase of $25 million in case activity on the structured finance line of business due to credit deterioration in collateralized debt obligations assumed through reinsurance treaties. In addition, prior year development includes an increase in the case reserve on the WorldOmni auto residual value transaction (see note 15 "Commitments and Contingencies").

        In 2002, the favorable prior year development of $7.5 million in the provision for losses and LAE relates primarily to $3.3 million of higher than previously estimated salvage on a non-municipal transaction and $1.7 million of favorable development in the trade credit reinsurance line of business.

        In 2002, the Company transferred to an affiliate its LA&H book of business. This transfer had no impact on net income and resulted in a $28.8 million reduction of reserves related to the prior year with a corresponding reduction in premiums earned and deferred acquisition costs (see Note 14 for further details).

        The prior year adverse development for loss and LAE in 2001 of $12.7 million is mainly due to $9.5 million of losses incurred for the trade credit line of business plus accretion of the discounted reserves on prior years financial guaranty case basis reserves of $3.6 million. The adverse development in trade credit line of business was primarily due to deteriorating corporate credit environment and lower than previously estimated salvage values.

        Losses and loss adjustment expenses paid, net of recoveries, were $99.8 million, $89.8 million and $29.1 million, respectively, for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001. Of the total net loss payments, $77.1 million and $36.4 million, respectively, related to equity layer CDO losses paid in 2003 and 2002. In addition, during 2002, $11.6 million of losses were paid for a single name credit derivative and $13.3 million of losses were paid for a financial guaranty contract.

        The value of reinsurance business assumed represents the change in the value of reinsurance business assumed asset for retroactive reinsurance contracts.

11.    Income Taxes

        The Company's Bermuda subsidiaries are not subject to any income, withholding or capital gains taxes under current Bermuda law. The Company has received an undertaking from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, the Bermuda subsidiaries will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda until March 2016.

        The Company's U.S. subsidiaries are subject to income taxes imposed by U.S. authorities and file U.S. tax returns.

        Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company, ACE Financial Services, ACE Asset Management, Assured Guaranty Financial Products and AFP Transferor Inc. have historically prepared a consolidated federal income tax return with ACE Prime Holding Inc., an affiliate of the Company. AGRO and its subsidiaries, Assured Guaranty Mortgage, ACTR and Assured Guaranty Inc., have historically filed a consolidated federal income tax return. AGRO, a Bermuda domiciled company, has elected under Section 953(d) of the Internal Revenue Code to be taxed as a U.S. domestic corporation. Historically each company has paid its proportionate share of the consolidated federal tax burden as if each company filed on a separate return basis with current period credit for net losses.

F-29



        The following table provides the Company's income tax provision and effective tax rates:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Current tax expense   $ 18,873   $ 17,858   $ 6,197
Deferred tax (benefit) expense     12,782     (7,267 )   15,989
   
 
 
Provision for income taxes   $ 31,655   $ 10,591   $ 22,186
   
 
 

Effective tax rate

 

 

12.9%

 

 

12.7%

 

 

20.2%

        Reconciliation of the difference between the provision for income taxes and the expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions was as follows:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Expected tax provision at statutory rates in taxable jurisdictions   $ 41,945   $ 19,875   $ 28,955  
Tax-exempt interest     (10,319 )   (9,536 )   (8,647 )
Other     29     252     1,878  
   
 
 
 
Total provision for income taxes   $ 31,655   $ 10,591   $ 22,186  
   
 
 
 

        The deferred income tax liability reflects the tax effect of the following temporary differences:

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands of
U.S. dollars)

Deferred tax assets:            
  Reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses   $ 29,716   $ 32,566
  Tax and loss bonds     16,071     16,071
  Net operating loss carry forward     31,101     23,053
  Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     10,084     25,091
  Alternative minimum tax credit     2,711     2,159
  Other     654    
   
 
Total deferred income tax assets     90,337     98,940
   
 
Deferred tax liabilities:            
  Deferred acquisition costs     56,617     53,942
  Unearned premium reserves     6,105     4,412
  Contingency reserve     28,124     28,124
  Unrealized appreciation on investments     33,441     33,585
  Other     14,687     14,876
   
 
Total deferred income tax liabilities     138,974     134,939
   
 
   
Valuation allowance

 

 

7,000

 

 

7,000
   
 

Net deferred income tax liability

 

$

55,637

 

$

42,999
   
 

        As of December 31, 2003, AGRO had a standalone net operating loss carry-forward of $89 million, of which $66 million is available to offset future U.S. federal taxable income through 2017 and $23 million is available to offset future U.S. federal taxable income through 2023. As a Section 953(d)

F-30



company, any standalone net operating losses of AGRO are treated as dual consolidation losses and are not permitted to offset income of any other members of the consolidated group. Management believes it is more likely than not that $20 million of AGRO's $89 million net operating loss will not be utilized before it expires and has established a $7.0 million valuation allowance related to the net operating loss carry-forward deferred tax asset.

        As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had a current income payable of $2.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

12.    Reinsurance

        To limit its exposure on assumed risks, the Company enters into certain proportional and non-proportional retrocessional agreements with other insurance companies, primarily ACE subsidiaries, that cede a portion of the risk underwritten to other insurance companies. In the event that any or all of the reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. Direct, assumed, and ceded reinsurance amounts were as follows:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 
Premiums Written                    
  Direct   $ 94,092   $ 249,975   $ 94,973  
  Assumed     255,144     167,183     347,877  
  Ceded     142,236     (64,699 )   (236,288 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 491,472   $ 352,459   $ 206,562  
   
 
 
 
Premiums Earned                    
  Direct   $ 133,859   $ 129,615   $ 52,406  
  Assumed     203,288     174,502     334,674  
  Ceded     (26,286 )   (56,727 )   (93,559 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 310,861   $ 247,390   $ 293,521  
   
 
 
 
Loss and loss adjustment expenses                    
  Direct   $ 63,465   $ 122,602   $ 30,202  
  Assumed     116,012     30,627     223,110  
  Ceded     (34,867 )   (32,969 )   (75,770 )
   
 
 
 
  Net   $ 144,610   $ 120,260   $ 177,542  
   
 
 
 

        Reinsurance recoverable on ceded unpaid losses and LAE as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 is $122.1 million and $100.8 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $100.1 million and $92.2 million, respectively, relate to reinsurance agreements with affiliates (See Note 14).

        The following table presents the affiliated and third party reinsurance recoverable balances on ceded losses and provides Standard & Poors ("S&P") ratings for individual reinsurers:

 
  As of December 31,
   
 
  S&P
Rating

 
  2003
  2002
 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

   
ACE American   $ 83,221   $ 77,223   A+
ACE Bermuda     16,937     15,000   A+
Other non affiliated     21,966     8,603   BB-
   
 
   
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded unpaid loss and LAE   $ 122,124   $ 100,826    
   
 
   

F-31


13. Insurance Regulations

        The principal source of cash for the payment of debt service and dividends by the Company is the receipt of dividends from Assured Guaranty Corp., a Maryland registered insurance company. Under current Maryland insurance law, as it applies to Assured Guaranty Corp., any proposed payment of a dividend or distribution may only be paid out of "earned surplus." "Earned surplus" is defined as the part of surplus that, after deduction of all losses, represents the net earnings, gains or profits that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends, transferred to stated capital, transferred to capital surplus, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized capital gains or reevaluation of assets. If a dividend or distribution is an "extraordinary dividend," it must be reported to, and approved by, the Insurance Commissioner prior to payment. An "extraordinary dividend" is defined to be any dividend or distribution to stockholders, such as Assured Guaranty, which together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Corp.'s policyholders' surplus at the preceding December 31 or 100% of Assured Guaranty's adjusted net investment income during that period. Further, an insurer may not pay any dividend or make any distribution to its shareholders unless the insurer notifies the Insurance Commissioner of the proposed payment within five business days following declaration and at least ten days before payment. The Insurance Commissioner may declare that such dividend not be paid if the Commissioner finds that the insurer's policyholders' surplus would be inadequate after payment of the dividend or could lead the insurer to a hazardous financial condition. The maximum amount available during 2004 for the payment of dividends by Assured Guaranty Corp. which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" was approximately $25.6 million. Under Maryland insurance regulations, Assured Guaranty Corp. is required at all times to maintain a minimum surplus of $750,000. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, Assured Guaranty Corp. paid $10.0 million, $8.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively, in dividends.

        AGRI and AGRO's dividend distribution are governed by Bermuda law. Under Bermuda law, dividends may be paid out of the profits (defined as accumulated realized profits less accumulated realized losses). Distribution to shareholders may also be paid out of surplus, limited by requirements that the subject company must at all times (i) maintain the minimum share capital required under the Insurance Act of 1978 and (ii) have relevant assets in an amount at least equal to 75% of relevant liabilities, both as defined under the Insurance Act of 1978. Under these restrictions, the maximum allowable dividend payout by AGRI amounted to $569.1 million as of December 31, 2003. During 2003, AGRI paid dividends of $25 million to its parent, ACE Bermuda.

        Going forward, Assured Guaranty Corp. and AGRI have each committed to S&P and Moody's that it will not pay more than $10 million per year in dividends.

        Assured Guaranty Mortgage is a New York Insurance Company. Under the New York Insurance Law, Assured Guaranty Mortgage may declare or pay any dividend only out of "earned surplus," which is defined as that portion of the company's surplus that represents the net earnings, gains or profits (after deduction of all losses) that have not been distributed to shareholders as dividends or transferred to stated capital, capital surplus or contingency reserves, or applied to other purposes permitted by law, but does not include unrealized appreciation of assets. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed by it during the preceding twelve months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's statutory surplus as shown on its latest statutory financial statement on file with the New York Superintendent of Insurance, or 100% of Assured Guaranty Mortgage's adjusted net investment income during that period, unless, upon prior application, the Superintendent approves a greater dividend or distribution after finding that the company will retain sufficient surplus to support its obligations and writings. The maximum amount available during 2002 and 2003, respectively, for the payment of dividends by

F-32



Assured Guaranty Mortgage which would not be characterized as "extraordinary dividends" was zero. Assured Guaranty Mortgage did not declare or pay any dividends during 2003.

        ACTR is subject to New York Insurance Law and the regulations promulgated there under governing title insurers. Accordingly, dividends may only be declared and distributed out of earned surplus as defined and only if such dividends do not reduce surplus to less than 50% of outstanding common share capital. Additionally, no dividend may be declared or distributed in an amount which, together with all dividends declared or distributed during the preceding 12 months, exceeds the lesser of 10% of outstanding common share capital unless, after deducting such dividends, surplus is at least equal to 50% of statutory reinsurance reserve or at least equal to $250,000, whichever is the greater. Subject to the above, the maximum dividend payable by ACTR during 2004 is $0.8 million. During 2003, ACTR paid $2.5 million of dividends to its parent, AGRO.

14. Related Party Transactions

        The following table summarizes the non-affiliated and affiliated components of each line item where applicable in the income statement:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Net earned premiums                    
Non-affiliated:                    
Gross written premiums   $ 337,034   $ 409,462   $ 272,615  
Ceded written premiums     (1,787 )   (3,302 )   (8,338 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     335,247     406,160     264,277  
(Increase)/decrease in net unearned premium reserves     (20,394 )   (129,089 )   (64,524 )
   
 
 
 
Non-affiliated net earned premiums   $ 314,853   $ 277,071   $ 199,753  
   
 
 
 

Affiliated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Gross written premiums   $ 12,202   $ 7,696   $ 170,235  
Ceded written premiums     144,023     (61,397 )   (227,950 )
   
 
 
 
Net written premiums     156,225     (53,701 )   (57,715 )
(Increase)/decrease in net unearned premium reserves     (160,217 )   24,020     151,483  
   
 
 
 
Affiliated net earned premiums   $ (3,992 ) $ (29,681 ) $ 93,768  
   
 
 
 

Total

 

$

310,861

 

$

247,390

 

$

293,521

 
   
 
 
 

Net investment income

 

 

96,274

 

 

97,240

 

 

99,520

 
Net realized investment gains     5,483     7,863     13,140  
Unrealized gains/losses on derivative financial instruments                    
Non-affiliated   $ 103,633   $ (54,158 ) $ (16,255 )
Affiliated     (5,184 )        
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 98,449   $ (54,158 ) $ (16,255 )
   
 
 
 

Other income

 

 

1,219

 

 

3,623

 

 

2,930

 
   
 
 
 
  Total revenues   $ 512,286   $ 301,958   $ 392,856  
   
 
 
 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-affiliated   $ 158,271   $ 125,833   $ 64,074  
   
 
 
 
Affiliated     (13,661 )   (5,573 )   113,468  
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 144,610   $ 120,260   $ 177,542  
                     

F-33


   
 
 
 

Profit commission expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-affiliated   $ 10,174   $ 9,807   $ 9,413  
Affiliated     (339 )   (1,264 )   (406 )
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 9,835   $ 8,543   $ 9,007  
   
 
 
 

Acquisition costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Non-affiliated   $ 62,906   $ 47,806   $ 48,147  
Affiliated     1,994     594     2,953  
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 64,900   $ 48,400   $ 51,100  
   
 
 
 

Operating expenses

 

 

41,026

 

 

31,016

 

 

29,771

 
Goodwill amortization             3,785  
Interest expense     5,738     10,579     11,548  
   
 
 
 
  Total expenses   $ 266,109   $ 218,798   $ 282,753  

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

246,177

 

 

83,160

 

 

110,103

 
Total provision for income taxes     31,655     10,591     22,186  
   
 
 
 
  Net income before cumulative effect of
new accounting standard
  $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 87,917  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard,
net of taxes of ($12,277)
            (24,104 )
   
 
 
 
  Net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813  

F-34


The following table summarizes the affiliated components of each balance sheet item, where applicable:

 
  As of December 31,
 
  2003
  2002
Assets            
Prepaid reinsurance premiums       $ 162,428
Reinsurance recoverable on ceded losses   $ 100,158     92,223
Due from affiliate     115,000    
Premiums receivable     923     1,290
Value of reinsurance business assumed     14,226     20,322
Other assets     1,471      
   
 
  Total affiliate assets     231,777     276,263
  Non-affiliate assets     2,626,090     2,443,605
   
 
  Total assets   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868
   
 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unearned premium reserves   $ 4,509   $ 6,720
Reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses     185,375     189,805
Unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments     (5,184 )  
Funds held by Company under reinsurance agreements     9,250     24,795
Other liabilities         1,367
   
 
  Total affiliate liabilities     193,950     222,687
  Non-affiliate liabilities     1,226,293     1,239,945
   
 
  Total liabilities     1,420,243     1,462,632
Total shareholder's equity     1,437,624     1,257,236
   
 
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity   $ 2,857,867   $ 2,719,868
   
 

The following table summarizes the non-affiliated and affiliated componentsts of cash flows from operations:

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Affiliated   $ 23,762   $ (26,745 ) $ (95,994 )
Non-affiliated     176,268     304,472     255,987  
   
 
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities   $ 200,030   $ 277,727   $ 159,993  

        There was no impact on cash flows from investing activities from affiliated transactions. All financing cash flows are from affiliated transactions.

F-35


        In September 2001, Assured Guaranty Corp. entered into an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda which was effective January 1, 2001. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid $52.5 million in premium, in two installments of $27.5 million and $25.0 million in September 2001 and March 2002, respectively, for a 10-year cover with a $150 million limit. In June 2003, this agreement was cancelled and the unearned premium of $39.8 million, loss reserves of $12.5 million and profit commission of $1.5 million were returned to Assured Guaranty Corp. This agreement was not replaced with a third party reinsurance contract. The Company ceded losses of $2.5 million and $10.0 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively, under this cover.

        Through its AGRI subsidiary, the Company is party to a reinsurance agreement with ACE Bermuda. On December 31, 2001, under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid ACE Bermuda $125 million of premium for a 25 year portfolio cover with a $5 million per risk deductible, a $50 million per risk limit and a $400 million aggregate limit. In December 2003, this agreement was cancelled and the unearned premium of $115.0 million and loss reserves of $16.9 million were returned to AGRI in January 2004. As of December 31, 2003, the Company recorded receivables of $131.9 million ($115 million in due from affiliate and $16.9 million in reinsurance recoverables) due from affiliate for the cancellation of this transaction. For the years 2003 and 2002, the Company ceded losses of $11.9 million and $5 million, respectively, under this cover.

        In March 2001, the Company entered into a reinsurance agreement with one of its affiliates, Westchester Fire Insurance Company, whereby the Company reinsured a portion of an auto residual value insurance contract. Losses and LAE incurred and premiums earned recorded at inception amounted to $84.8 million. The value of reinsurance business assumed recorded at the inception of the contract amounted to $31.5 million and represented the difference between the estimated ultimate amount of the losses assumed under the retroactive reinsurance contract of $116.3 million and the cash received of $84.8 million. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the value of reinsurance business assumed was $14.2 million and $20.3 million, respectively, and the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses was $116.3 million. In 2003, 2002 and 2001 the Company recorded amortization of the value of reinsurance business assumed in the amount of $6.1 million, $6.1 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

        In July 2001, the Company entered into a reinsurance transaction with an affiliate of ACE which it fully ceded to ACE American. Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, the Company assumed and ceded premium of $6.0 million, $11.7 million and $73.8 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively . Under the terms of these reinsurance agreements, the Company assumed and ceded losses of $6.0 million, $16.3 million and $69.6 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively .

        In 2002, the Company transferred its LA&H business to several ACE affiliates. The transfer was retroactive and resulted in a reduction of net written and earned premiums of $40.2 million and $32.2 million, respectively, with a related reduction in losses and LAE incurred and acquisition costs of $28.8 and $3.4 million, respectively.

        In 2001, AGRI and ACE Bermuda entered into a funding facility agreement pursuant to which ACE Bermuda agreed to purchase up to $150 million of non-investment grade fixed income securities selected by AGRI, and AGRI agreed to enter into a total rate of return swap in respect of each security purchased. The aggregate amount received by AGRI under this funding facility agreement, net of the funding fee paid by AGRI, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $4.8 million, $2.8 million and $0, respectively.

F-36



        The Company is party to a number of service agreements with subsidiaries of ACE under which either we provide services to the subsidiaries of ACE, or they provide services to us, including those summarized below.

        The Company is party to an intercompany service agreement with ACE Financial Solutions International Ltd. whereby ACE Financial Solutions International provides administrative services, including accounts payable, payroll, human resources and other functions. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, under these intercompany service agreements.

        The Company provides a variety of administrative services to ACE American Insurance Company, ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Financial Services, including human resources, legal, data processing, accounting, tax and financial planning. The aggregate fees incurred under these services agreements for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $3.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

        In addition to these administrative services agreements, the Company has entered into an employee leasing agreement with an affiliate. Under this agreement, effective in 2001, the Company provides staffing services and is reimbursed for compensation costs. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company was reimbursed approximately $9.6 million, $6.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively, under its employee leasing agreement.

        The Company also obtains staffing, payroll and related services from ACE INA Services (UK) Ltd. For the years ended 2003 and 2002, the Company incurred $1.1 million and $1.0 million in employee related expenses.

        The Company is party to an intercompany service agreement, effective in 2001, with ACE Asset Management whereby ACE Asset Management provides investment services such as determining asset allocation and reviewing performance of external investment managers. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively, under this intercompany service agreement.

        ACE has historically provided certain general and administrative services to the Company, including tax consulting and preparation services, internal audit services and a liquidity facility line of credit. Allocated expenses included in the Company's financial statements related to these services were $0.6 million for 2003 and $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

        During 2003 and 2002, ACE contributed capital of $3.7 million and $84.2 million, respectively to the Company. These were non-cash contributions. In 2003, the $3.7 million capital contribution was utilized to pay interest on long-term debt. The capital contribution in 2002 was primarily made for the purpose of the repayment of the Company's long-term debt and interest expense of $75.0 million and $6.9 million, respectively. See Note 17 for more details. In addition, $0.3 million of expenses relating to the Company's operations were paid by ACE increasing capital contributions in 2002. All expenses are net of related income taxes.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company and its subsidiaries are party to various lease agreements. As of December 31, 2003, future minimum rental payments under the terms of these operating leases for the office space are

F-37



$3.3 million for each of the years 2004 and 2005, $3.4 million in 2006, $3.3 million in 2007 and 2008, and $3.1 million in aggregate thereafter. These payments are subject to escalations in building operating costs and real estate taxes. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was approximately $3.4 million, $2.5 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

        On January 18, 2002, World Omni Financial Corp. ("World Omni") filed an action against Assured Guaranty Inc., a subsidiary of AGRO, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled World Omni Financial Corp. v. ACE Capital Re Inc. , Case no. 02 CV 0476 (RO). On September 20, 2002, World Omni amended its complaint to add AGRO as a defendant. The dispute arises out of a quota share reinsurance agreement between AGRO and JCJ Insurance Company ("JCJ"), an affiliate of World Omni, and an underlying residual value insurance policy issued by JCJ to World Omni, which insured residual value losses of World Omni with respect to a portfolio of automobile leases. Subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, the residual value insurance policy insures World Omni against losses (as defined in the policy) resulting from the value of leased vehicles at the end of the applicable lease term being less than what such value was assumed to have been at the inception of the applicable lease term. In the District Court action, World Omni has sought a declaratory judgment regarding AGRO's coverage obligations, if any, for such alleged losses, as well as damages for breach of contract based upon AGRO's refusal to pay claims asserted by World Omni. World Omni seeks $157.0 million, which is the limit of liability under the quota share reinsurance agreement, plus interest.

        AGRO and Assured Guaranty Inc. have denied World Omni's claims, and intend to contest them vigorously. The parties have submitted a joint motion to the District Court seeking to stay the litigation in favor of arbitration. No formal discovery has been taken.

        Through the third quarter of 2003, management believed that a settlement would be the most likely result of the World Omni dispute and loss reserves were based on the expectation of a settlement. As late as July 2003, meetings between the parties still suggested that a settlement was possible. However, subsequent meetings were repeatedly postponed and on November 4, World Omni advised the Company that they were no longer interested in furthering settlement discussions. In response, management decided to pursue arbitration and by late November significant progress was made in regard to agreeing on the terms for arbitration. Also during the fourth quarter, AGRO's reinsurer for the World Omni transaction was downgraded to below investment grade by S&P, Moody's and Fitch.

        At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company carried a reserve for losses and LAE, net of recoveries, of $32.2 million and $10.4 million, respectively, and a net unearned premium reserve of $4.2 million at December 31, 2002 with respect to the reinsurance agreement with JCJ.

        The Company engaged a consulting firm with expertise in auto residual value business to evaluate individual claims made by World Omni. During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company completed its analysis of the individual claims and increased its reserve for losses and LAE to $54.2 million, which resulted in a loss of $17.6 million, net of reinsurance.

        Various other lawsuits have arisen in the ordinary course of the Company's business. It is the opinion of the Company's management, based upon the information available that the expected outcome of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity, although an adverse resolution of a number of these items could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or liquidity in a particular quarter or fiscal year.

F-38


        The Company is party to reinsurance agreements with all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. The Company's facultative and treaty agreements are generally subject to termination (i) upon written notice (ranging from 90 to 120 days) prior to the specified deadline for renewal, (ii) at the option of the primary insurer if the Company fails to maintain certain financial, regulatory and rating agency criteria which are equivalent to or more stringent than those the Company is otherwise required to maintain for its own compliance with state mandated insurance laws and to maintain a specified financial strength rating for the particular insurance subsidiary or (iii) upon certain changes of control of the Company. Upon termination under the conditions set forth in (ii) and (iii) above, the Company may be required (under some of its reinsurance agreements) to return to the primary insurer all statutory unearned premiums, less ceding commissions, attributable to reinsurance ceded pursuant to such agreements. Upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in (ii) above, whether or not an agreement is terminated, the Company may be required to obtain a letter of credit or alternative form of security to collateralize its obligation to perform under such agreement or it may be obligated to increase the level of ceding commission paid.

16. Concentrations

        The Company's client base includes all of the major monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies, many banks and several European insurance and reinsurance companies. No client represented more than 10% of the Company's total gross premiums written for the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, except as indicated below. Of the Company's total gross premiums written for the year ended December 31, 2003, 25.3% and 10.8% came from Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") and Municipal Bond Investors Assurance Company, respectively, two of the four monoline primary financial guaranty insurance companies. For the year ended December 31, 2002, 10.9% came from Dresdner Bank, an investment bank. For the year ended December 31, 2001, 13.0% and 10.3% of gross written premiums came from FSA and Credit Suisse Group, an investment bank, respectively.

17. Long-Term Debt and Credit Facility

        The Company's combined financial statements have been adjusted to include long-term debt used to fund the Company's insurance operations, and related interest expense, as described below.

        The Company's long-term debt includes $75.0 million of cumulative monthly income preferred shares issued in 1994 through an affiliate of the Company, Capital Re LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Turks and Caicos Islands. These securities pay monthly dividends at a rate of 7.65% and are mandatorily redeemable in January 2044. Capital Re LLC also has the option to redeem these shares in whole or in part on or after January 31, 1999 at the redemption price of $25 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. At December 31, 2003 none of the three million outstanding shares were redeemed. Capital Re LLC exists solely for the purpose of issuing preferred and common shares and lending the proceeds to the Company to fund its business operations. The amount paid to preferred shareholders for each of the years ended 2003, 2002 and 2001, was approximately $5.7 million and is shown on the statement of operations as interest expense.

        The Company's long-term debt also consisted of $75 million of 7.75% debentures, which became due and were paid off in November 2002. During the years ended 2002 and 2001, the Company paid interest expense related to this long-term debt of $4.9 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

F-39



        The Company is party to a non-recourse credit facility with a syndicate of banks, which provides up to $175 million. This facility is specifically designed to provide rating agency qualified capital to further support the Company's claim paying resources. This agreement expires November 2010.

        The Company has entered into the following credit facilities, which are available for general corporate purposes:

        As of December 31, 2003, the Company has not drawn any amounts under its credit facilities.

18. Employee Benefit Plans

        The "ACE Limited 1999 Replacement Stock Plan" governs the Company's stock options and restricted stock awards. This plan was established in 1999, and permits grants of options, stock appreciation rights, stock units, performance shares, performance units, restricted stock and restricted stock units. Any such award shall be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as ACE determines. Current vesting provisions for stock options and restricted stock are 3 and 4 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2003, two million Ordinary Shares were available for grant under this plan.

F-40



Options

        Following is a summary of ACE options issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

 
  Year of
Expiration

  Average
Exercise Price

  Options for
Ordinary
Shares

 
Balance as of December 31, 2000             1,644,677  
Options granted   2011   $ 36.30   262,800  
Options exercised       $ 15.55   (280,962 )
Options forfeited       $ 27.89   (12,675 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2001             1,613,840  

Options granted

 

2012

 

$

43.85

 

386,500

 
Options exercised       $ 16.21   (475,140 )
Options forfeited       $ 31.38   (22,806 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002             1,502,394  

Options granted

 

2013

 

$

27.89

 

317,300

 
Options exercised       $ 16.33   (473,905 )
Options forfeited       $ 37.79   (132,969 )
             
 
Balance as of December 31, 2003             1,212,820  
             
 

        The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices for outstanding options at December 31, 2003:

 
  Options outstanding
   
  Options exercisable
Range of
Exercise
Prices

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$11.30 – $15.00   14,228   1.17   13.92   14,228   13.92
$15.00 – $29.99   642,127   7.08   21.46   372,827   17.02
$30.00 – $43.90   556,465   7.75   40.47   258,310   39.21
   
         
   
    1,212,820           645,365    
   
         
   

        The fair value of ACE options issued is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively: dividend yield of 2.4%, 1.43%, and 1.65%; expected volatility of 32.4%, 35.2%, and 42.8%; risk free interest rate of 2.4%, 4.01%, and 4.84% and an expected life of four years for each year.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        The Company participates in ACE's Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"). Participation in the plan is available to all eligible employees. Maximum annual purchases by participants are limited to the

F-41



number of whole shares that can be purchased by an amount equal to 10 percent of the participant's compensation or $25,000, whichever is less. Participants may purchase shares at a purchase price equal to 85 percent of the lesser of the fair market value of the stock on the first day or the last day of the subscription period. Pursuant to the provisions of the ESPP, during 2003, 2002, and 2001, employees paid $0.2 million annually to purchase 9,049, shares, 8,874 shares, and 6,389 shares, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

        Under ACE's long-term incentive plans, 117,400, 96,500 and 81,100 restricted ACE Ordinary Shares were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, to officers of the Company. These shares vest at various dates through December 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        The following table includes a roll-forward of unearned stock grant compensation:

 
  Unearned stock grant
compensation

 
 
  ($ in thousands)

 
Balance, December 31, 2000   $ 366  
  Stock grants awarded in 2001     2,860  
  Stock grants forfeited in 2001      
  Amortization in 2001     (836 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2001   $ 2,390  
   
 
  Stock grants awarded in 2002     4,375  
  Stock grants forfeited in 2002     (127 )
  Amortization in 2002     (1,920 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2002   $ 4,718  
   
 
  Stock grants awarded in 2003     4,767  
  Stock grants forfeited in 2003     (1,159 )
  Amortization in 2003     (2,847 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   $ 5,479  
   
 

Defined Contribution Plan

        The Company maintains a savings incentive plan, which is qualified under Section 401K of the Internal Revenue Code. The savings incentive plan is available to all full-time employees with a minimum of six months of service. Eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their salary subject to a maximum of $12,000 for 2003. Contributions are matched by the Company at a rate of 100% up to 7% of the participant's compensation subject to certain limitations and vest at a rate of 33.3% per year starting with the second year of service. The Company contributed approximately $1.3 million in 2003 and $1.0 million in 2002 and 2001.

F-42



Profit Sharing Plan

        The Company maintains a profit sharing plan, which is available to all full-time employees with a minimum of six months of service. Annual contributions to the plan are at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The plan contains a qualified portion and a non-qualified portion. Total expense incurred under the plan amounted to approximately $1.2 million in 2003, $1.0 million in 2002, and $1.0 million in 2001.

19. Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
  For the years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  (in thousands except per share amounts)

 
Income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 87,917  
Cumulative effect of new accounting standard             (24,104 )
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 214,522   $ 72,569   $ 63,813  
   
 
 
 
Basic shares     75,000     75,000     75,000  
Stock options              
   
 
 
 
Diluted shares     75,000     75,000     75,000  
   
 
 
 

Income before cumulative effect of new accounting standard:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 1.17  
  Diluted EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 1.17  

Cumulative effect of new accounting standard:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic EPS             (0.32 )
  Diluted EPS             (0.32 )

Net Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Basic EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  
  Diluted EPS   $ 2.86   $ 0.97   $ 0.85  

20. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments. These determinations were made based on available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates and therefore, they may not necessarily be indicative of the amount the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

Fixed maturity securities

        The fair value for fixed maturity securities shown in Note 9 is based on quoted market prices.

F-43


Cash and short-term investments

        The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for these instruments is cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

Unearned premium reserve

        The fair value of the Company's unearned premium reserve is based on the estimated cost of entering into a cession of the entire portfolio with third party reinsurers under current market conditions. This figure was determined by using the statutory basis unearned premium reserve, net of deferred acquisition costs.

Long-term debt

        The fair value of the Company's $75 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities is based on the closing price per share on the New York Stock Exchange at the year-end date. The fair value of $75 million of outstanding debentures is determined based on the projected cash flows discounted by the sum of the seven-year U.S. Treasury yield at the year-end date and the appropriate credit spread for the similar debt instruments.

Financial Guaranty Installment premiums

        The fair value is derived by calculating the present value of the estimated future cash flow stream discounted at 6.0%.

 
  As of December 31, 2003
  As of December 31, 2002
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
  (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Assets:                        
  Fixed maturity securities   $ 2,052,217   $ 2,052,217   $ 1,908,061   $ 1,908,061
  Cash and short-term investments     169,882     169,882     153,791     153,791
Liabilities:                        
  Unearned premium reserve     625,429     591,585     613,341     580,671
  Long-term debt     75,000     76,230     75,000     74,550
Off-Balance Sheet Instruments:                        
  Financial guaranty installment premiums   $   $ 309,812       $ 260,181

21. Segment Reporting

        The Company has four principal business segments: (1) financial guaranty direct, which includes transactions whereby the Company provides an unconditional and irrevocable guaranty that indemnifies the holder of a financial obligation against non-payment of principal and interest when due, and includes credit support for credit default swaps; (2) financial guaranty reinsurance, which includes agreements whereby the Company is a reinsurer and agrees to indemnify a primary insurance company against part or all of the loss which the latter may sustain under a policy it has issued; (3) mortgage guaranty, which includes mortgage guaranty insurance and reinsurance whereby the Company provides protection against the default of borrowers on mortgage loans; and (4) other, which includes several

F-44



lines of business in which the Company is no longer active, including trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, auto residual value reinsurance and the credit protection of equity layers of CDOs, as well as life, accident and health reinsurance.

        The Company's reportable business segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately since each business requires different marketing strategies and underwriting skill sets.

        The Company does not segregate certain assets and liabilities at a segment level since management reviews and controls these assets and liabilities on a consolidated basis. The Company allocates certain operating expenses to each segment by one of two methods. For the financial guaranty direct and financial guaranty reinsurance segments, the Company identifies expenses related to staff that either directly acquire or service the business. The remaining expenses are generally allocated based on the expense ratios produced by the directly allocated expenses of these segments. For the mortgage guaranty and other segments, the Company identifies expenses related to staff that directly acquire business and allocates remaining expenses in proportion to the number of staff allocated directly to each segment. Management uses underwriting gains and losses as the primary measure of each segment's financial performance. The following table summarizes the components of underwriting gain (loss) for each reporting segment:

 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Gross written premiums   $ 71.2   $ 168.7   $ 24.4   $ 84.9   $ 349.2
Net written premiums     70.0     162.1     24.4     235.0     491.5
Net earned premiums     70.2     92.9     27.6     120.2     310.9
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     16.3     25.7     (0.7 )   103.3     144.6
Profit commission expense         1.5     7.3     1.0     9.8
Acquisition costs     2.8     33.9     5.0     23.2     64.9
Operating expenses     21.6     7.0     4.6     7.9     41.0
   
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain (loss)   $ 29.5   $ 24.8   $ 11.4   $ (15.2 ) $ 50.5
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Year ended December 31, 2002
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Gross written premiums   $ 47.4   $ 84.6   $ 47.6   $ 237.6   $ 417.2
Net written premiums     46.3     82.6     47.6     175.9     352.5
Net earned premiums     43.9     79.3     45.3     78.9     247.4
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     25.4     5.3     8.9     80.6     120.3
Profit commission expense     (0.1 )   0.5     8.3     (0.1 )   8.6
Acquisition costs     2.4     29.0     8.0     9.0     48.4
Operating expenses     12.5     4.9     3.9     9.7     31.0
   
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain (loss)   $ 3.6   $ 39.6   $ 16.2   $ (20.3 ) $ 39.2
   
 
 
 
 

F-45


 
  Year ended December 31, 2001
 
  Financial
Guaranty
Direct

  Financial
Guaranty
Reinsurance

  Mortgage
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Gross written premiums   $ 46.0   $ 70.4   $ 47.4   $ 279.1   $ 442.9
Net written premiums     43.5     68.6     47.6     46.9     206.6
Net earned premiums     30.0     62.2     39.7     161.6     293.5
Loss and loss adjustment expenses     3.0     5.1     6.2     163.2     177.5
Profit commission expense     (0.1 )       9.2     (0.1 )   9.0
Acquisition costs     0.9     24.7     7.2     18.3     51.1
Operating expenses     9.2     6.4     2.5     11.7     29.8
   
 
 
 
 
Underwriting gain (loss)   $ 17.0   $ 26.0   $ 14.6   $ (31.5 ) $ 26.1
   
 
 
 
 

        The following is a reconciliation of total underwriting gain to income before provision for income taxes for the years ended:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
 
  ($ in millions)

 
Total underwriting gain   $ 50.5   $ 39.2   $ 26.1  
Net investment income     96.3     97.2     99.5  
Net realized investment gains     5.5     7.9     13.1  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments     98.4     (54.2 )   (16.3 )
Other income     1.2     3.6     2.9  
Goodwill amortization             (3.8 )
Interest expense     (5.7 )   (10.6 )   (11.5 )
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes   $ 246.2   $ 83.2   $ 110.1  
   
 
 
 

F-46


        The following table provides the lines of businesses from which each of the Company's four reporting segments derive their net earned premiums:

 
  Years ended, December 31,
 
Net Premiums Earned by Segment and Line of Business

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Financial guaranty direct:                    
Financial guaranty direct   $ 70.2   $ 43.9   $ 30.0  

Financial guaranty reinsurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Municipal finance   $ 52.9   $ 42.7   $ 31.1  
Structured finance     40.0     36.6     31.1  
   
 
 
 
  Total     92.9     79.3     62.2  

Mortgage guaranty reinsurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Mortgage guaranty reinsurance   $ 27.6   $ 45.3   $ 39.7  

Other segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Equity layer credit protection   $ 61.8   $ 84.0   $ 21.0  
Trade credit reinsurance     51.2     27.8     23.5  
Title reinsurance     10.7     7.3     6.5  
Life, accident and health reinsurance         (32.2 )   24.6  
Auto residual value reinsurance     4.2     2.3     91.3  
Affiliate reinsurance     (7.7 )   (10.3 )   (5.3 )
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 120.2   $ 78.9   $ 161.6  

        Our other segment consists of certain non-core lines of business that we have stopped, or intend to stop, writing, including equity layer credit protection, trade credit reinsurance, title reinsurance, LA&H reinsurance and auto residual value reinsurance. Also included in the other segment is the impact of the affiliate reinsurance transactions, that were purchased by management for the benefit of all of the Company's reporting segments. The Company does not allocate the cost nor the related benefit of these transactions to the reporting segments but rather records the impact of these transactions in the other segment (See Note 14). The Company manages these exited lines of business by focusing on the net earned premiums and the underwriting gain/(loss). The following table provides underwriting gain/(loss) by line of business for the other segment.

 
  Years Ended, December 31,
 
Other Segment

 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
Underwriting gain/(loss):                    
Equity layer credit protection   $ (1.0 ) $ (19.7 ) $ (18.4 )
Trade credit reinsurance     (3.3 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )
Title reinsurance     6.8     3.3     1.1  
Life accident and health reinsurance     (0.6 )   (1.3 )   1.2  
Auto residual value reinsurance     (24.5 )   (8.1 )   (10.0 )
Affiliate reinsurance     7.4     5.8     (5.1 )
   
 
 
 
Total   $ (15.2 ) $ (20.3 ) $ (31.5 )
   
 
 
 

F-47


        The following table summarizes the Company's gross written premium by geographic region. Allocations have been made on the basis of location of risk.

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2002
  2001
 
North America   283.4   81.1 % 369.7   88.6 % 413.2   93.3 %
United Kingdom   24.0   6.9 % 16.5   4.0 % 16.9   3.8 %
Europe   36.7   10.5 % 20.8   5.0 % 8.4   1.9 %
Australia   3.2   0.9 % 7.3   1.8 % 2.9   0.7 %
Other   1.9   0.6 % 2.9   0.7 % 1.5   0.3 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   349.2   100.0 % 417.2   100.0 % 442.8   100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-48



SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

        As a newly formed company, Assured Guaranty Ltd. has no actual results of operations. In this prospectus, we therefore are presenting pro forma combined financial information with respect to the businesses that ACE will be transferring to us as described under "Formation Transactions," contingent upon the completion of this offering. This pro forma combined financial information is intended to illustrate the performance of our business as if this offering had been completed and we had commenced our operations as of the beginning of the year.

        The pro forma adjustments include (a) the estimated incremental operating costs that we will incur as a stand-alone public company, primarily for a holding company executive management team, board of directors' fees, directors' and officers' liability insurance, independent auditors' fees and the cost of changes in vendors or payment terms related to certain services currently provided by ACE, (b) long-term debt included in the historical combined financial statements that will be excluded from the Formation Transactions, and interest thereon, (c) the estimated effects of debt expected to be issued (and related interest expense at 6% per annum) and related return of capital to ACE as described under "Formation Transactions", (d) the incremental cost of separate executive stock option and restricted stock programs, and (e) related U.S. income taxes at 35%, where applicable.

        The following table summarizes the pro forma effects on historical combined net income for the year ended December 31, 2003 and on historical combined shareholder's equity as of December 31, 2003.

 
   
  Year ended
   
 
 
   
  December 31, 2003
  As of
December 31, 2003

 
Historical combined net income   $ 214,522        
Historical combined shareholder's equity         $ 1,437,624  
(a)   Estimated incremental operating costs     (14,000 )    
(b)   Long-term debt retained by ACE           75,000  
    Interest on long-term debt retained by ACE     5,738        
(c)   Interest on long-term debt to be issued     (12,000 )      
    Return of capital to ACE         (200,000 )
(d)   Stock option and restricted stock programs     (1,606 )   (2,830 )
(e)   Related income tax benefit     4,963     1,831  
       
 
 
Pro forma net income   $ 197,617        
       
 
 
Pro forma shareholder's equity         $ 1,311,625  
             
 

F-49



Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of
Operations of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)

 
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  Historical
  Adjustments
  Pro Forma
Revenues   $ 512,286       $ 512,286
   
 
 
Expenses                  
  Other expenses     219,345           219,345
  Other operating expenses     41,026  (a) $ 14,000     56,632
         (d)   1,606      
  Interest expense     5,738  (b)   (5,738 )    
         (c)   12,000     12,000
   
 
 
    Total expenses     266,109     21,868     287,977
   
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     246,177     (21,868 )   224,309
Total provision for income taxes     31,655  (e)   (4,963 )   26,692
   
 
 
Net income   $ 214,522   $ (16,905 ) $ 197,617
   
 
 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Basic   $ 2.86   $ (0.23 ) $ 2.63
Diluted   $ 2.86   $ (0.23 ) $ 2.63

See "Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)."

F-50



Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet of
Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)

 
  As of December 31, 2003
 
 
  Historical
  Adjustments
  Pro Forma
 
Assets   $ 2,857,867   (d)   (2,830 ) $ 2,855,037  
   
 
 
 

Liabilities and shareholder's equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Liabilities                    
Other liabilities   $ 1,345,243   (e) $ (1,831)   $ 1,343,412  
Long-term debt     75,000   (b)   (75,000)        
          (c)   200,000     200,000  
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities     1,420,243     123,169     1,543,412  
   
 
 
 

Shareholder's equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common stock     16,403   (d)   9     759  
          (f)   (15,653)        
Additional paid-in capital     955,490   (b)   75,000        
          (c)   (200,000)        
          (d)   20,852        
          (f)   396,150     1,247,492  
Unearned stock grant compensation     (5,479 )(d)   (12,332)     (17,811 )
Retained earnings     390,025   (f)   (380,497)      
          (d)   (9,528)        
Accumulated other comprehensive income     81,185         81,185  
   
 
 
 
Total shareholder's equity     1,437,624     (125,999)     1,311,625  
   
 
 
 

Total liabilities and shareholder's equity

 

$

2,857,867

 

$

(2,830)

 

$

2,855,037

 
   
 
 
 

See "Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)."

F-51



Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Information (Unaudited)

        The following describe amounts included in the "Adjustments" columns:

F-52




         Through and including            , 2004 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

49,000,000 Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Shares


PROSPECTUS
                        , 2004


Banc of America Securities LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.


Citigroup


Deutsche Bank Securities
JPMorgan
Merrill Lynch & Co.
UBS Investment Bank
Wachovia Securities
William Blair & Company
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods





PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The following table sets forth the expenses payable in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common shares being registered hereby. All of such expenses are being paid by the selling shareholders. All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Securities and Exchange Commission Filing Fee   $ 145,351
New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee     250,000
National Association of Securities Dealers Filing Fee     30,500
Legal Fees and Expenses     500,000
Printing Expenses     500,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses     2,000,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses     10,000
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses     24,000
Miscellaneous Expenses     40,149
   
Total   $ 3,500,000
   

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Bye-law 30 of the Registrant's Amended and Restated Bye-Laws provides, among other things, that the directors, secretary, other officers (such term to include for purposes of Bye-laws 30 and 31 any person appointed to any committee by the board of directors and any person who is or was serving the request of the Registrant as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and the resident representative for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Registrant and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Registrant and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators: (i) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Registrant from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Registrant shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Registrant shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided that, this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of fraud or dishonesty; (ii) shall not be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or other person, or for any loss or expense incurred by the Registrant through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by the board of directors for or on behalf of the Registrant, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the monies of the Registrant is invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any monies, securities or effects is deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgment, omission, default or oversight on his or her part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in relation to the execution of the duties of his or her office, or in relation thereto, unless the same happens through fraud or dishonesty on his or her

II-1



part; and (iii) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Registrant against all liabilities, losses, costs and expenses which he or she or any of his or her heirs, executors or administrators, incur or may incur or sustain, by or by reason of any act, by such person, or other person or a collective of persons (including without limitation the board of directors) or by the Registrant, done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of his, her or their duty, or supposed duty, or in his, her or their respective offices or trusts, in defending or appearing or giving evidence in any proceedings (such term to include, for the purposes of Bye-law 30, threatened proceedings, investigations and enquiries, whether by a regulatory authority, prosecutions authority or otherwise), whether civil or criminal, including where allegations of fraud and dishonesty are made against such director or other person, and, the Registrant shall pay to or on behalf of such director or other person any and all funds associated in defending or appearing or giving evidence in such proceedings (including without limitation independent representation and counseling by an attorney or other professional selected by such director or other person concerned) as and when such liabilities, losses, costs and expenses are incurred, provided that in the event of a finding of fraud or dishonesty (such fraud or dishonesty having been established in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal), such director or other person shall reimburse to the Registrant all funds paid by the Registrant in respect of liabilities, losses, costs and expenses of defending such proceedings. The provisions of Bye-law 30 shall apply to, and for the benefit of, any person acting as (or with the reasonable belief that he or she will be appointed or elected as) a director, secretary, other officer, the resident representative, or liquidator or trustee in the reasonable belief that he or she has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election and to any person who is no longer, but at one time was, a director, secretary, other officer, resident representative or liquidator or trustee of the Registrant.

        Bye-law 31 of the Registrant's Bye-Laws provides that the Registrant and each shareholder agree to waive any claim or right of action it might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Registrant, against any director, secretary, other officer, resident representative or liquidator or trustee of the Registrant on account of any action taken by such director or other such person, or the failure of such director or other such person to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Registrant, provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such director or other such person.

        The Companies Act provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to them as a result of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which they may be guilty. However, the Companies Act also provides that any provision, whether contained in the company's bye-laws or in a contract or arrangement between the company and the director, indemnifying such director against any liability which would attach to him in respect of his fraud or dishonesty will be void.

        The Registrant has purchased directors and officers liability insurance policies. Such insurance would be available to the Registrant's directors and officers in accordance with its terms. In addition, certain directors may be covered by directors and officers liability insurance policies purchased by their respective employers.

        Reference is made to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the Underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify the directors, certain officers and the controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        The Registrant was incorporated as a Bermuda company in August 2003. Following its incorporation, the Registrant issued 12,000 common shares to ACE Limited for U.S.$12,000. As part of the formation transactions described in the prospectus, ACE will cause one or more of its subsidiaries

II-2



to transfer to the Registrant of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of its subsidiaries conducting ACE's financial guaranty business. These issuances did not involve any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and the Registrant believes that each transaction, if deemed to be a sale of a security, was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof.

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

    (a)
    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

  Description of Document
1.1   Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum of Association of the Registrant

3.2

 

Form of Bye-laws of the Registrant

4.1

 

Specimen Common Share Certificate

5.1

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman*

10.1

 

Employment Agreement between Dominic J. Frederico and the Registrant*

10.2

 

Employment Agreement between Michael J. Schozer and the Registrant*

10.3

 

Employment Agreement between Pierre A. Samson and the Registrant*

10.4

 

Employment Agreement between James M. Michener and the Registrant*

10.5

 

Employment Agreement between Robert B. Mills and the Registrant*

10.6

 

[Reserved]

10.7

 

Form of 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan*

10.8

 

Form of Master Separation Agreement*

10.9

 

Form of Transition Services Agreement*

10.10

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

10.11

 

Form of Tax Sharing Agreement

10.12

 

Services Agreement with ACE Financial Services, Inc.

10.13

 

Amended and Restated Services Agreement with ACE American Insurance Company

10.14

 

Employee Leasing Agreement with ACE American Insurance Company

10.15

 

Services Agreement with ACE Asset Management Inc.

10.16

 

Services Agreement with ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd.

10.17

 

Services Agreement with ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd. (Japan Branch)

10.18

 

Investment Advisory Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and Assured Guaranty Corp.

10.19

 

Investment Advisory Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.

10.20

 

Investment Advisory Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company
     

II-3



10.21

 

Investment Advisory Services Agreement between ACE Asset Management Inc. and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company

10.22

 

Credit Agreement with ABN AMRO Bank NV as Administrative Agent**

10.23

 

Credit Agreement with Deutsche Bank AG, as Agent, as amended**

10.24

 

Form of Credit Agreement with ABN AMRO Incorporated, as Lead Arranger*

10.25

 

Form of Credit Agreement with ACE*

10.26

 

Stock Purchase Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE Limited*

10.27

 

Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

10.28

 

Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Ltd.

10.29

 

Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company

10.30

 

Amended and Restated Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company

10.31

 

Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.

10.32

 

Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company

10.33

 

Automobile Residual Value Insurance Policy between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.

10.34

 

Retrocessional Memorandum between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.

10.35

 

Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and JCJ Insurance Company

10.36

 

Reinsurance Agreement between Westchester Fire Insurance Company and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.

10.37

 

Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.

10.38

 

Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company

10.39

 

Termination Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.

10.40

 

Amended and Restated Termination Agreement between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.

10.41

 

Assignment and Indemnification Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.

10.42

 

Per Policy Excess of Loss Second Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.
     

II-4



10.43

 

Novation and Amendment Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd.

10.44

 

Termination Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.

10.45

 

UK Title Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.

10.46

 

UK Title Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.

10.47

 

Commutation and Settlement Agreement between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Corp.

10.48

 

Commutation and Settlement Agreement between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd.

10.49

 

Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd.

10.50

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE American Insurance Company*

10.51

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Corp. and ACE American Insurance Company*

10.52

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.*

10.53

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.*

10.54

 

Form of Quota Share Retrocession Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.*

10.55

 

Form of Assignment and Termination Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd., ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.*

10.56

 

Form of Assignment Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., ACE European Markets Insurance Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.*

10.57

 

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. of Amended and Restated Guaranty by Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. in favor of ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company*

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the registrant

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.2

 

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)*

23.3

 

Consent of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP**

23.4

 

Consent of Fitzwilliam, Stone & Alcazar**

24.1

 

Power of Atttorney of Donald Kramer

24.2

 

Power of Attorney of Brian Duperreault
     

II-5



24.3

 

Power of Attorney of Evan G. Greenberg

99.1

 

Consent of G. Lawrence Buhl**

99.2

 

Consent of Stephen A. Cozen**

99.3

 

Consent of John G. Heimann**

99.4

 

Consent of Patrick Kenny**

99.5

 

Consent of Walter A. Scott**

99.6

 

Consent of Neil Baron**

99.7

 

Form F-N*

99.8

 

Audit Committee Charter*

99.9

 

Compensation Committee Charter*

99.10

 

Nomination and Governance Committee Charter*

99.11

 

Finance Committee Charter*

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-6



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Hamilton, Bermuda, on the 31st day of March, 2004.

    ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO           
        Name:   Dominic J. Frederico
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.

Name
  Position
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
*
Donald Kramer
  Chairman of the Board; Director   March 31, 2004

/s/  
DOMINIC J. FREDERICO       
Dominic J. Frederico

 

President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

 

March 31, 2004

/s/  
ROBERT MILLS       
Robert Mills

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

March 31, 2004

*

Brian Duperreault

 

Director

 

March 31, 2004

*

Evan G. Greenberg

 

Director

 

March 31, 2004
*
Robert Mills, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign on behalf of each of the above-named directors of the Registrant pursuant to powers of attorney duly executed by such persons.


 


 


*By:


 


/s/  
ROBERT MILLS     

Robert Mills
Attorney-in-Fact

II-7



Report of Independent Auditors on
Financial Statement Schedules

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of AGC Holdings Limited:

        Our audits of the combined financial statements referred to in our report dated February 25, 2003 appearing in the S-1 of Assured Guaranty Ltd. also included an audit of the accompanying financial statement schedules listed in Item 16 of this Form S-1. In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related combined financial statements.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, NY
February 25, 2003


Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 
   
   
   
  For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
 
  As of December 31, 2003
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Other
Operating
Expenses

 
   
   
  Loss
reserves

  Premiums
written

  Premiums
earned

  Loss
Expenses

  Net Investment
Income

  Acquisition
Costs

 
  DAC
  UPR
Direct Financial Guaranty   1.2   29.5   29.9   71.2   70.2   16.3   11.8   2.8   21.6
Financial Guaranty Reinsurance   157.3   407.7   72.8   168.7   92.9   25.7   44.1   33.9   7.0
Mortgage   6.4   55.1   24.1   24.4   27.6   (0.7 ) 11.4   5.0   4.6
Other   13.8   133.1   395.7   84.9   120.2   103.4   29.0   23.2   7.9
   
 
  Total   178.7   625.4   522.6   349.2   310.9   144.6   96.3   64.9   41.0
   
 

 

 

As of December 31, 2002


 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

Direct Financial Guaranty   0.7   12.7   26.0   47.4   43.9   25.4   7.3   2.4   12.5
Financial Guaranty Reinsurance   135.7   327.6   47.2   84.6   79.3   5.3   45.1   29.0   4.9
Mortgage   6.3   75.6   28.7   47.6   45.3   8.9   19.2   8.0   3.9
Other   14.6   197.4   356.9   237.6   78.9   80.6   25.6   9.0   9.7
   
 
  Total   157.3   613.3   458.8   417.2   247.4   120.3   97.2   48.4   31.0
   
 

 

 

As of December 31, 2001


 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2001

Direct Financial Guaranty   0.4   9.2   8.9   46.0   30.0   3.1   8.9   0.9   9.2
Financial Guaranty Reinsurance   134.1   323.1   65.3   70.4   62.2   5.0   46.5   24.7   6.4
Mortgage   6.0   75.9   31.4   47.4   39.7   6.1   22.6   7.2   2.5
Other   13.7   92.1   295.4   279.0   161.6   163.2   21.5   18.3   11.7
   
 
  Total   154.2   500.3   401.1   442.9   293.5   177.5   99.5   51.1   29.8
   
 

Schedule IV—Reinsurance
Net Earned Premiums (in millions of U.S. dollars):

 
   
   
   
   
  Percentage of
assumed to net

 
Type of Business:
  Direct
  Ceded
  Assumed
  Net
 

 
 
 
For the years Ended December 31, 2003

 
Financial Guaranty   $ 133.8   $ 9.8   $ 100.8   $ 224.8   55.8 %
Mortgage     0.0     0.4     28.0     27.6   101.5 %
Title           0.3     11.0     10.7   103.2 %
Life           4.5     4.4     (0.0 )  
Other     0.1     11.3     59.1     47.9   123.2 %
   
 
    $ 133.9   $ 26.3   $ 203.3   $ 310.9   73.3 %

 


 

For the years Ended December 31, 2002

 
Financial Guaranty   $ 129.6   $ 18.5   $ 96.2   $ 207.3   46.4 %
Mortgage         1.2     46.5     45.3   102.7 %
Title         0.2     7.5     7.3   102.8 %
Life           23.9     (8.3 )   (32.2 ) 25.7 %
Other         12.8     32.6     19.8   164.9 %
   
 
    $ 129.6   $ 56.7   $ 174.6   $ 247.4   70.5 %

 


 

For the years Ended December 31, 2001

 
Financial Guaranty   $ 51.5   $ 6.1   $ 140.6   $ 185.9   75.6 %
Mortgage         3.6     43.3     39.8   108.9 %
Title         0.2     6.6     6.5   102.5 %
Life         1.0     25.6     24.6   104.2 %
Other     0.9     82.7     118.5     36.8   322.3 %
   
 
    $ 52.4   $ 93.6   $ 334.7   $ 293.5   114.0 %

Schedule V—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in millions)

Valuation and qualifying accounts for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 
   
  Balance at
beginning of year

  Charged to
expense/Deduction

  Balance at end
of year


 

 

Valuation allowance

 

7.0

 


 

7.0

 

 

Allowance for Uncollectible Reinsurance

 


 

21.1

 

21.1

 

 

 

 



 



 



2003

 

Total

 

7.0

 

21.1

 

28.1

2002

 

Valuation allowance

 

7.0

 


 

7.0

2001

 

Valuation allowance

 

7.0

 


 

7.0



QuickLinks

Table of Contents
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Corporate Structure
The Offering
Recent Developments
Summary Combined Financial Information
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to Our Company
Risks Related to Our Common Shares and this Offering
Risks Related to Taxation
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
U.K. Private Finance Initiative Issuance
International Financial Guaranty Insurance
Net Par Outstanding By Product Line
Mortgage Guaranty Risk In Force By Geographic Region
Mortgage Guaranty LTV by Geographic Region
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance and Reinsurance Risk in Force by U.S. Jurisdictions
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
2003 Option Grants
Option Values as of December 31, 2003
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
RELATIONSHIP WITH ACE
MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
Paid by the selling shareholders
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS AND OTHER MATTERS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.
Report of Independent Auditors
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Balance Sheet as of August 21, 2003 (Date of Incorporation)
Report of Independent Auditors
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Balance Sheets (in thousands of U.S. dollars except share amounts)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (in thousands of U.S. dollars except share and per share amounts)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Statements of Shareholder's Equity For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Combined Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
Assured Guaranty Ltd. Notes to Combined Financial Statements
SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)
Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet of Assured Guaranty Ltd. (Unaudited)
Notes to Supplemental Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information (Unaudited)
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedules

Exhibit 1.1

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

Common Shares

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

         , 2004

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

9 West 57th Street

New York, New York 10019

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

 

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto,

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Certain shareholders named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Shareholders”) of Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the “Company”), propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), an aggregate of 49,000,000 shares (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to 7,350,000 additional shares (the “Optional Shares”) of the common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company (the Firm Shares and the Optional Shares which the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”).

 

The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that up to 2,750,000 of the Firm Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Directed Shares”) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain eligible directors, officers and employees of the Company and its affiliates and certain friends and family members of such directors, officers and employees and a trust for the benefit of certain employees of the Company (collectively, the “Participants”), as part of the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters (the “Directed Share Program”) subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”) and all other applicable laws, rule and regulations. The parties hereby confirm that Banc of America Securities LLC (the “Designated Underwriter”) shall process the sales to the Participants under the Directed Share Program.  To the extent that such Directed Shares are not orally confirmed for purchase by the Participants by the end of the first business day after the date of this Agreement, such Directed Shares may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

 

1.                                        (a)  Each of the Company and the Selling Shareholders severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

 

(i)                                      A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-111491) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and

 



 

Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”);

 

(ii)                                   No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement as declared effective or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a), at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or by a Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the preparation of the answers therein to Items 7 and 11(l) of Form S-1;

 

(iii)                                The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or by a Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the preparation of the answers therein to Items 7 and 11(l) of Form S-1;

 

2



 

(iv)                               Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any change in the share capital or capital stock, as the case may be, or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, shareholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;

 

(v)                                  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries holds title to any real property; all of the leases, subleases and licenses under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds real properties described in the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has any notice of any claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the leases, subleases or licenses mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased, subleased or licensed premises under any such lease or sublease, except where the failure to have such leases in full force and effect or the failure to have any such notice of any such claim would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition, shareholders’ equity, business prospects or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”);

 

(vi)                               The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as an exempted company in good standing under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction;

 

(vii)                            Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction;

 

(viii)                         The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of share capital of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of share capital of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized

 

3



 

and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

 

(ix)                                 This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

 

(x)                                    The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the Formation Transactions (as defined in the Prospectus) will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws of the Company or (iii) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for such violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body (“Governmental Authorizations”) is required for the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (A) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (B) such Governmental Authorizations as have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect and copies of which have been furnished to you, (C) such Governmental Authorizations as may be required under state securities laws, Blue Sky laws, insurance securities laws or any laws of jurisdictions outside the United States in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by or for the account of the Underwriters, (D) such consents, approvals or authorizations required by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange”) in connection with the listing of the Shares, (E) the filing of the Prospectus with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law and (F) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required and have been obtained from the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the “BMA”) subject to  compliance with certain conditions including that the Company’s shares (of any class) being listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any appointed stock exchange (as defined in section 2(1) of the Companies Act 1981);

 

(xi)                                 Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

 

(xii)                              Each of the Company and its subsidiaries possesses all consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, or permits issued by any regulatory agencies or bodies (collectively, “Permits”) which are necessary to conduct the business now conducted by it as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess such Permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of such Permits are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Permits or the failure to be in full

 

4



 

force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation against or involving the Company and its subsidiaries (and the Company knows of no reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation) that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to lead to the revocation, modification, termination, suspension or any other material impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit which revocation, modification, termination, suspension or other material impairment would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(xiii)                           Except as described in the Prospectus, each of the Company and its insurance subsidiaries (including insurance holding companies) is duly registered, licensed or admitted as an insurer or reinsurer or as an insurance holding company, as the case may be, under applicable insurance holding company statutes or other insurance laws (including laws that relate to companies that control insurance companies) and the rules, regulations and interpretations of the insurance regulatory authorities thereunder (collectively, “Insurance Laws”) in each jurisdiction where it is  required to be so licensed or admitted to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to be so registered, licensed or admitted would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as described in the Prospectus, each of the Company and its insurance subsidiaries has all other necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all insurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Prospectus, and all of the foregoing are in full force and effect, except where the failure to have such authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations or qualifications, the failure to make such declarations and filings, or the failure to be in full force and effect would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, none of the Company nor any of its insurance subsidiaries has received any notification from any insurance regulatory authority to the effect that any additional authorization, approval, order, consent, certificate, permit, registration or qualification is needed to be obtained by either the Company or any of its insurance subsidiaries to conduct its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to have such additional authorization, approval, order, consent, certificate, permit, registration or qualification would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, no insurance regulatory authority has issued to the Company or any subsidiary any order impairing, restricting or prohibiting (A) the payment of dividends by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) the making of a distribution on any subsidiary’s share capital, (C) the repayment to the Company of any loans or advances to any subsidiaries from the Company or (D) the transfer of any subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.  Each of the Company, Assured Guaranty International Ltd., Assured Guaranty Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. maintains its books and records in accordance with all applicable Insurance Laws, except where the failure to so maintain its books and records would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

5



 

(xiv)                          Any tax returns required to be filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any jurisdiction have been accurately prepared and timely filed and any taxes, including any withholding taxes, excise taxes, franchise taxes and similar fees, sales taxes, use taxes, penalties and interest, assessments and fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entities have been paid, other than any of those being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided or any of those currently payable without penalty or interest except to the extent that the failure to so file or pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no deficiency assessment with respect to a proposed adjustment of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ taxes is pending or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened; and there is no material tax lien, whether imposed by any federal, state, or other taxing authority, outstanding against the assets, properties or business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

(xv)                             Each of the Company, Assured Guaranty International Ltd., Assured Guaranty Corp. and Assured Guaranty Overseas Ltd. has received from the Bermuda Minister of Finance an assurance under The Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act, 1966 of Bermuda to the effect set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “ Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda,” and the Company has not received any notification to the effect (and is not otherwise aware) that such assurances may be revoked or otherwise not honored by the Bermuda government;

 

(xvi)                          Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings Ltd. (“Assured Guaranty Barbados”) has received from the Barbados Minister of Industry and International Business a guarantee that the benefits and exemptions contained in the International Business Companies Act will apply to Assured Guaranty Barbados Holdings Ltd. for 15 years;

 

(xvii)                       Based upon and subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Material Tax Considerations,” the Company does not believe that (i) either the Company or any of its subsidiaries currently should be, or upon the sale of the Shares herein contemplated should be, (A) treated as a “passive foreign investment company” as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code, (B) considered a “foreign personal holding company” as defined in Section 552 of the Code, (C) characterized as a “personal holding company” as defined in Section 542 of the Code, (D) except for Assured Guaranty US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Financial Products Inc., Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings Inc., Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd., Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company and Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, considered to be engaged in a trade or business within the United States for purposes of Section 864(b) of the Code or (E) except for Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd., characterized as resident, managed or controlled or carrying on a trade through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom or (ii) any U.S. person who owns shares of the Company directly or indirectly through foreign entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through foreign entities or by attribution pursuant to Section 958(b) of the Code) 10 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company or any of its foreign subsidiaries;

 

(xviii)                    Assured Guaranty International Ltd. and Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. intend to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that the related person

 

6



 

insurance income of each such company does not equal or exceed 20% of each such company’s gross insurance income for any taxable year in the foreseeable future;

 

(xix)                            The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Share Capital,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material Tax Considerations,” and under the caption “Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are true,  accurate and complete in all material respects;

 

(xx)                               The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general, or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences;

 

(xxi)                            Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

 

(xxii)                         There are no contracts or other documents of a character required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which have not been so filed or described as required;

 

(xxiii)                      The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will not be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

 

(xxiv)                     None of the Underwriters or any subsequent purchasers of the Shares is subject to any stamp duty, transfer, excise or similar tax imposed in Bermuda in connection with the issuance, offering or sale of the Shares to the Underwriters or to any subsequent purchasers;

 

(xxv)                        There are no currency exchange control laws or withholding taxes, in each case of Bermuda, that would be applicable to the payment of dividends (i) on the Shares by the Company (other than as may apply to residents of Bermuda for Bermuda exchange control purposes) or (ii) by the any of the Company’s subsidiaries to such subsidiary’s parent company.  The BMA has designated the Company, Assured Guaranty International Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Overseas Ltd. (Assured Guaranty International Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Overseas Ltd. are collectively referred to as the “Bermuda Subsidiaries”) as non-resident for exchange control purposes and has granted permission for the issue and free transferability of the Shares being offered pursuant to the Registration Statement, subject to the condition that the Company’s shares (of any

 

7



 

class) be listed on the Exchange or any appointed stock exchange (as defined in Section 2(1) of the Companies Act of 1981.  Such permission has not been revoked and is in full force and effect, and the Company is not aware of any proceedings planned or threatened for the revocation of such permission.  Each of the Company and the Bermuda Subsidiaries are “exempted companies” under Bermuda law and have not (i) acquired and do not hold any land for its business in Bermuda, other than that held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 50 years, without the express authorization of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, (ii) acquired and do not hold land by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more than 21 years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees, without the express authority of the Minister of Finance of Bermuda, (iii) taken mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000, without the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, (iv) acquired any bonds or debentures secured by any land in Bermuda, except bonds or debentures issued by the government of Bermuda or a public authority of Bermuda, or (v) conducted their business in a manner that is prohibited for “exempted companies” under Bermuda law.  None of the Company nor the Bermuda Subsidiaries has received notification from the Bermuda Monetary Authority or any other Bermuda governmental authority of proceedings relating to the modification or revocation of its designation as non-resident for exchange control purposes, its permission to issue and transfer the Shares, or its status as an “exempted company” under Bermuda law;

 

(xxvi)                     The Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any Preliminary Prospectus comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and no authorization, approval, consent, license, order registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States.  The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, any Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products;

 

(xxvii)                  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; and

 

(xxviii)               The financial statements and any supplementary financial information and schedules of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities purported to be shown thereby at the dates and for the periods indicated and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and conform in all material respects with the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission under the Act; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all materials respects the information required to be stated therein.

 

8



 

(b)                                  Each of the Selling Shareholders severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

 

(i)                                      all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, except the consents, approvals, authorizations and orders referred to in Section 1(a)(x)(A) to (F) hereof, have been obtained; and such Selling Shareholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder;

 

(ii)                                   the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, the compliance by such Selling Shareholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the Formation Transactions will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Shareholder is a party or by which such Selling Shareholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Shareholder is subject, (ii) the provisions of the constituent documents of such Selling Shareholder or (iii) any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder or the property of such Selling Shareholder, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for such violations that would not materially and adversely affect the validity of this Agreement or the ability of the Selling Shareholder to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(iii)                                such Selling Shareholder is, and immediately prior to the each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Shareholder will be, the sole registered and beneficial owner of the Shares and the relevant share transfer instrument to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares as directed by the Underwriters, to a nominee designated by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and the crediting of such Shares on the records of DTC to securities accounts of the respective Underwriters and payment therefor pursuant hereto, (a) DTC will be a “protected purchaser” (as defined under Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code of New York (the “New York UCC”)) provided that it has no “notice” of an adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York UCC, (b) the respective Underwriters will acquire a security entitlement in respect of such Shares under Section 8-501 of the New York UCC and (c) no action based on an adverse claim to such security entitlement may be asserted against the respective Underwriters provided that they have no “notice” of an adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York UCC;

 

(iv)                               the Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not

 

9



 

misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

 

(v)                                  in order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Shareholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof); and

 

(vi)                               neither the Selling Shareholders nor any of their affiliates directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, or has any other association with (within the meaning of Article I, Section (dd) of the By-laws of the NASD), any member firm of the NASD.

 

2.                                        Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) each of the Selling Shareholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Shareholders, at a purchase price per share of $        , the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Shareholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from all of the Selling Shareholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, each of the Selling Shareholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Shareholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

 

The Selling Shareholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to 7,350,000 Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares.  Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the number of Optional Shares to be sold by each Selling Shareholder.  Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Selling Shareholders, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Selling Shareholders otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

 

10



 

3.                                        Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

 

4.                                        (a)  The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request, upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Selling Shareholders, shall be delivered together with instruments of transfer by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholders to the Company’s transfer agent and in turn to the Representatives, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by each of the Selling Shareholders to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance.  The Company will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”).  The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on .          , 2004 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Selling Shareholders may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Selling Shareholders may agree upon in writing.  Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.  Immediately following each Time of Delivery, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to enter the transfers of Shares in the Company’s register of members.

 

(b)                                  The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7(p) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., 125 West 55th Street, New York, New York 10019 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery.  A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto.  For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

5.                                        (a)  The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

 

(i)                                      to prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or

 

11



 

any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or suspending any such qualification, promptly to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

 

(ii)                                   promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign company or corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, or to subject itself to material taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject;

 

(iii)                                prior to 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

 

(iv)                               to make generally available to its shareholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

 

12



 

(v)                                  during a period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to shareholders generally, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available (unless they are made publicly available through the Commission’s EDGAR filing system), copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its shareholders generally or to the Commission);

 

(vi)                               to use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange;

 

(vii)                            to file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

 

(viii)                         if the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act;

 

(ix)                                 in connection with the Directed Share Program, the Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by the NASD or the NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of 180 days following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  The Designated Underwriter will notify the Company as to which Participants will need to be so restricted.  The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time.  Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Directed Shares, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release; and

 

(x)                                    during the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, except as provided hereunder, any of the Stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Stock (other than the issuance of awards pursuant to employee stock option plans as described in the Prospectus), without your prior written consent.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Selling Shareholders agrees with each of the Underwriters that,

 

(i)                                      during the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, it will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any Stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive any Stock, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, directly by such Selling

 

13



 

Shareholder (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which such Selling Shareholder has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the Commission, or announce any intention to do any of the foregoing.  This restriction is expressly agreed to preclude such Selling Shareholder from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Selling Shareholder’s Stock even if such Stock would be disposed of by someone other than such Selling Shareholder.  Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of the Selling Shareholder’s Stock or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Selling Shareholder may transfer any Stock (i) to any wholly owned affiliate or (ii) with the prior written consent of the Representatives (which consent may be withheld in their sole discretion); provided however , that with respect to any transfer pursuant to clause (i) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that (A) the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such Stock subject to the provisions of this subsection (B) and there shall be no further transfer of such Stock except in accordance with this subsection (b) and (b) no filing by any party (transferor or transferee) under Section 16(a) of, or Regulation 13D-G under, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution and provided further that any such transfer to a wholly owned affiliate shall not involve a disposition for value.  Each Selling Shareholder also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of any such entities Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions; and

 

(ii)                                   such Selling Shareholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

6.                                        The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders covenant and agree with one another and with the several Underwriters that (a) such Selling Shareholder will pay or cause to be paid a pro rata share (based on the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder) of the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(a)(ii) hereof, including the properly documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey (such fees and disbursements not to exceed $10,000); (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the properly documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (b) the Company will pay or cause to be

 

14



 

paid: (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (iii) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the properly documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Directed Shares Program, and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program; and (iv) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; and (c) such Selling Shareholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Shareholder’s obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Shareholder and (ii) all expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder to the Underwriters hereunder In connection with clause (c)(ii) of the preceding sentence, the Representatives agree to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Shareholder agrees to reimburse the Representatives for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated.  It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

7.                                        The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and of the Selling Shareholders herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

 

(a)                                   The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

 

(b)                                  LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae, L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, with respect to the matters covered in paragraphs (viii) with respect to the statements under the captions “Description of Share Capital” and “Underwriting,” and (xi) of subsection (c) below as well as such other related matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

 

(c)                                   Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, U.S. counsel for the Company, or an affiliate thereof, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

 

15



 

(i)                                      the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the Formation Transactions will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of (i) any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (ii) any United States federal or New York State statute which, in our opinion, based on our experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement (“United States Applicable Laws”), except that such counsel need not express any opinion with respect to state securities laws, or (iii) any order, rule or regulation known to such counsel following inquiry of the Company’s management of any United States federal or New York State court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except for such violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(ii)                                   based upon its review of the United States Applicable Laws, no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any United States federal or New York state court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Formation Transactions, except for (i) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (iii) any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification that may be applicable as a result of the involvement of any parties (other than the Company and the Selling Shareholders) in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or because of such parties’ legal or regulatory status or because of any other facts specifically pertaining to such parties;
 
(iii)                                each of the U.S. insurance subsidiaries (including insurance holding companies) has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all New York and Maryland insurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Prospectus, and all of the foregoing are in full force and effect, except where the failure to have such authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations or qualifications, the failure to make such declarations and filings, or their failure to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(iv)                               each of Assured Guaranty Mortgage Insurance Company, Assured Guaranty Corp., Assured Guaranty U.S. Holdings, Inc., Assured Guaranty Financial Products, Inc., Assured Guaranty Corp, Assured Guaranty Risk Assurance Company, Assured Guaranty Overseas US Holdings, Inc., (collectively the “U.S. Subsidiaries”) is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and all of the issued shares of share capital of each such subsidiary (except for directors’ qualifying
 
16


 
shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
 
(v)                                  each of Assured Guaranty (UK) Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Finance Overseas Ltd. (collectively the “U.K. Subsidiaries”) is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and, based solely upon such counsel’s review of the share register or, in the absence of such share register, share certificate(s) and relevant board resolutions of each such subsidiary, all of the issued shares of share capital of each such subsidiary (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;
 
(vi)                               the statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Share Capital - Differences in Corporate Law,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of Delaware law, under the caption “Business—Regulation—United States,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the United States legal matters referred to therein, and the fifth paragraph under the caption “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” insofar as it purports to constitute a summary of U.S. federal law referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair;
 
(vii)                            the discussion contained in the Prospectus under the captions “Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United Kingdom,” “Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—United States,” and “Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—United States Taxation,” constitutes, in all material respects, a fair and accurate summary of (i) the United Kingdom and U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to Assured Guaranty and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and (ii) the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership of the Shares by U.S. Persons (as defined in the Prospectus) that are not otherwise excepted in the Prospectus and who acquire Shares in the offering described in the Prospectus;
 
(viii)                         the Company is not an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act; and
 
(ix)                                 the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements and related schedules, and other financial data therein, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 

Such counsel shall also state that it has examined various documents and participated in conferences with representatives of the Company and its accountants and with representatives of the Underwriters and their counsel at which times the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed, and, although such counsel is not passing upon and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or making any representation that it has independently verified or checked the accuracy,

 

17



 

completeness or fairness of such statements, except as set forth above subsections (viii) and (ix) above, no facts have come to the attention of such counsel that cause such counsel to believe that (x) the Registration Statement or any further amendment thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than financial statements and supporting schedules and other financial data included in or omitted from the Registration Statement), as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or such further amendment thereto, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (y) the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than financial statements and supporting schedules and other financial data included in or omitted from the Prospectus), as of the date of the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto or as of the Time of Delivery, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may state that they express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Federal laws of the United States of America .

 

(d)                                  Conyers, Dill & Pearman, special Bermuda counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

 

(i)                                      the Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority or to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda),
 
(ii)                                   the Company has the necessary corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus pertaining solely to the Company and not through its subsidiaries.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and under the agreements listed on Schedule 7(d) hereto relating to the Formation Transactions (the “Formation Agreements”) will not violate the memorandum of association or bye-laws of the Company nor any applicable law, regulation, order or decree in Bermuda;
 
(iii)                                based upon a review of the memorandum of association, Certificate of Deposit Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital and the register of members of the Company dated [   ], certified by the Secretary of the Company on [date], the authorized share capital of the Company is $ [   ], divided into [   ] shares of par value $0.01 each and the issued share capital of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders) consists of [   ] common shares par value $0.01, each of which is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue thereof); the form of the share certificate conforms to the requirements of Bermuda law.
 
18


 
(iv)                               each of Assured Guaranty Ltd. and Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. (the “Bermuda Subsidiaries”) are duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that they have not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority or to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax which would make them liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda);
 
(v)                                  the Company has taken all corporate action required to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Company, and, when delivered, constitutes the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms thereof;
 
(vi)                               the Company has taken all corporate action required to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of each of the Formation Agreements;
 
(vii)                            no order, consent, approval, licence, authorisation or validation of, filing with or exemption by any government or public body or authority of Bermuda or any sub-division thereof is required to authorise or is required in connection with  the authorization, execution or filing of the Registration Statement, the authorization and performance of the Formation Transactions and the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement, except such as have been duly obtained or filed in accordance with Bermuda law or except for the filing and fulfilment of conditions described in Section 1(a)(x)(E) and (F) of this Agreement;
 
(viii)                         based solely upon a review of  copies of the Certificates of Registration issued pursuant to the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, (the “Insurance Act”) and the Certificates of Compliance issued by the Bermuda Monetary Authority, each of the Bermuda Subsidiaries is registered in Bermuda to write general insurance as a class 3 insurer and to write long-term business in accordance with the provisions of the Insurance Act;
 
(ix)                                 the Company and the Bermuda Subsidiaries have been designated as non-resident of Bermuda for the purposes of the Exchange Control Act, 1972 and, as such, are free to acquire, hold, transfer and sell foreign currency (including the payment of dividends or other distributions) and securities without restriction;
 
(x)                                    based solely upon a review of the register of members of Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. on a specified date, certified by the Secretary of Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. on [date], the issued share capital of the Assured Guaranty Re International Ltd. consist of [  ] Class A common shares par value [  ] each and [  ] Class B common shares of par value [  ] each (Assured Guaranty Re International Shareholding”) each of which is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof  in connection with the issue thereof) and the Company is the registered holder of the Assured Guaranty Re International Shareholding;
 
19


 
(xi)                                 based solely upon a review of the register of members of   Overseas Ltd. on a specified date, certified by the Secretary of Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. on a specified date, the issued share capital of the Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Ltd. consist of [  ] common shares par value [  ] each (“Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Shareholding”) each of which is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term when used herein means that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof  in connection with the issue thereof) and the Company is the registered holder of the Assured Guaranty Re Overseas Shareholding
 
(xii)                              the statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Share Capital,” “Business—Regulation—Bermuda,” and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities Under United States Federal Securities Laws and Other Matters” and in the Registration Statement under the caption “Item 14 — Indemnification of Officers and Directors,” in each case insofar as they constitute statements of Bermuda law, or summaries of documents or proceedings governed by Bermuda law, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;
 
(xiii)                           the discussion contained in the Prospectus under the captions “Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Bermuda,” and “Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Shareholders—Bermuda Taxation,” constitutes, in all material respects, a fair and accurate summary of the Bermuda tax considerations relating to the Company;
 
(xiv)                          the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including but not limited to any actions taken pursuant to the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in this Agreement) will not, subject to Section 39A(2A) of the Companies Act 1981, constitute unlawful financial assistance by the Company under Bermuda law;
 
(xv)                             it is not necessary or desirable to ensure the enforceability in Bermuda of this Agreement that it be registered in any register kept by, or filed with, any governmental authority or regulatory body in Bermuda.  However, to the extent that this Agreement creates a charge over assets of the Company, it may be desirable to ensure the priority in Bermuda of the charge that it be registered in the Register of Charges in accordance with Section 55 of the Companies Act 1981.  On registration, to the extent that Bermuda law governs the priority of a charge, such charge will have priority in Bermuda over any unregistered charges created after 11 July 1984, and over any subsequently registered charges, in respect of the assets which are the subject of the charge.  A registration fee of $468 will be payable in respect of the registration.
 
While there is no exhaustive definition of a charge under Bermuda law, a charge normally has the following characteristics:
 
(1)                                   it is a proprietary interest granted by way of security which entitles the chargee to resort to the charged property only for the purposes of satisfying some liability due to the chargee (whether from the chargor or a third party); and
 
20


 
(2)                                   the chargor retains an equity of redemption to have the property restored to him when the liability has been discharged.
 

However, as this Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York (“New York Laws”), the question of whether it would possess these particular characteristics would be determined under the Foreign Laws;

 

(xvi)                          this Agreement and the instruments of transfer transferring the Shares will not be subject to ad valorem stamp duty in Bermuda;
 
(xvii)                       based solely upon a search of the Cause Book of the Supreme Court of Bermuda conducted at a specified time and date (which would not reveal details of proceedings which have been filed but not actually entered in the Cause Book at the time of our search), there are no judgments against the Company or the Bermuda Subsidiaries, nor any legal or governmental proceedings pending in Bermuda to which the Company is subject;
 
(xviii)                    based solely on a search of the public records in respect of the Company and the Bermuda Subsidiaries maintained at the offices of the Registrar of Companies at a specified time and date (which would not reveal details of matters which have not been lodged for registration or have been lodged for registration but not actually registered at the time of our search) and a search of the Cause Book of the Supreme Court of Bermuda conducted at a specified time and date (which would not reveal details of proceedings which have been filed but not actually entered in the Cause Book at the time of our search), no steps have been, or are being, taken in Bermuda for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator to, or for the winding-up, dissolution, reconstruction or reorganisation of, the Company or the Bermuda Subsidiaries, though it should be noted that the public files maintained by the Registrar of Companies do not reveal whether a winding-up petition or application to the Court for the appointment of a receiver has been presented and entries in the Cause Book may not specify the nature of the relevant proceedings;
 
(xix)                            the choice of New York Laws as the governing law of this Agreement is a valid choice of law and would be recognised and given effect to in any action brought before a court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, except for those laws (i) which such court considers to be procedural in nature, (ii) which are revenue or penal laws or (iii) the application of which would be inconsistent with public policy, as such term is interpreted under the laws of Bermuda.  The submission in this Agreement to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Foreign Courts is valid and binding upon the Company; and
 
(xx)                               the courts of Bermuda would recognise as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the New York Courts against the Company based upon this Agreement under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda, (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to
 
21


 
the public policy of Bermuda, (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of Bermuda.
 

(e)                                   James Michener, Esq., general counsel of the Company, shall have furnished to you his written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

 

(i)                                      there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective assets or properties, that is required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and is not so described nor is there any contract or other document that is required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or to be field as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, that is not so described or filed, as required;
 
(ii)                                   none of the U.S. Subsidiaries is in violation of its Articles of Incorporation or By-laws or comparable organizational documents;
 
(iii)                                neither the Company nor any of the Bermuda Subsidiaries is in violation of its Memorandum of Association or Bye-laws;
 
(iv)                               the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the Formation Transactions will not conflict with any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound,
 
(v)                                  to the extent United States federal or New York or Maryland law, rule or regulation applies, the Formation Transactions (as defined in the Prospectus) have been duly authorized by the Company; and
 
(vi)                               no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any Maryland state court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Formation Transactions, except for (i) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (ii) any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification that may be applicable as a result of the involvement of any parties (other than the Company and the Selling Shareholders) in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or because of such parties’ legal or regulatory status or because of any other facts specifically pertaining to such parties.
 

It is agreed and acknowledged that the opinion set forth in paragraph (vi) above maybe rendered by counsel employed by the Company and working under the supervision of Mr. Michener.

 

22



 

(f)                                     Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, special counsel for the ACE Financial Services, Inc. (the “U.S. Selling Shareholder”) and special U.S. counsel for ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (the “Bermuda Selling Shareholder”) shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that, with regard to the U.S. Selling Shareholder:

 

(i)                                      the U.S. Selling Shareholder has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, with power and authority (corporate and other) to enter into and perform its obligations under, or as contemplated by, this Agreement;
 
(ii)                                   the sale, assignment, transfer and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the U.S. Selling Shareholder hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the U.S. Selling Shareholder;
 
(iii)                                this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the U.S. Selling Shareholder; and the sale of the Shares to be sold by the U.S. Selling Shareholder hereunder, the compliance by the U.S. Selling Shareholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the consummation of the Formation Transactions and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of (i) any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument identified to such counsel by an executive officer of the U.S. Selling Shareholder as being material to the U.S. Selling Shareholder, (ii) the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the U.S. Selling Shareholder or (iii) to the extent U.S. federal and New York State apply, any statute or any order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the U.S. Selling Shareholder or the property of the U.S. Selling Shareholder, except, in the case of (i) and (iii) above, for such violations that would not result in a material adverse effect on the ability of the U.S. Selling Shareholder to consummate the offering of the Securities or otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement;
 
(iv)                               based upon our review of the United States Applicable Laws, no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any United States federal or New York state court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by such Selling Shareholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (i) the registration under the Act of the Shares, (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (iii) any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification that may be applicable as a result of the involvement of any parties (other than the Company and the Selling Shareholders) in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or because of such parties’ legal or regulatory status or because of any other facts specifically pertaining to such parties; and
 
(v)                                  upon payment for the Securities to be sold by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to the Agreement, delivery of such Securities, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. or such other nominee as may be designated
 
23


 
by DTC, registration of such Shares in the name of Cede & Co. or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York UCC to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the New York UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the New York UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim” (within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the New York UCC) to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; in giving this opinion, counsel for the Selling Shareholders may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Securities will have been registered in the name of Cede & Co. or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the New York UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the New York UCC.
 

In rendering the opinion in paragraph (iv), such counsel may rely upon a certificate of the Selling Shareholders in respect of matters of fact as to ownership of, and liens, encumbrances, equities or claims on, the Shares sold by the Selling Shareholders, provided that such counsels shall state that they believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon such certificate;

 

(g)                                  Conyers, Dill & Pearman, special Bermuda counsel for the Bermuda Selling Shareholder, shall each have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that, with regard to such Selling Shareholder:

 

(i)                                      the Bermuda Selling Shareholder is the result of a due continuation into Bermuda and a subsequent due amalgamation under the law of Bermuda and is duly existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority or to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda);
 
(ii)                                   the Bermuda Selling Shareholder has the necessary corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Bermuda Selling Shareholder and the performance by the Bermuda Selling Shareholder of its obligations hereunder will not violate the memorandum of association or bye-laws of the Bermuda Selling Shareholder nor any applicable law, regulation, order or decree in Bermuda;
 
(iii)                                the Bermuda Selling Shareholder has taken all corporate action required to authorise its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Bermuda Selling Shareholder, and constitutes the valid and binding obligations of
 
24


 
the Bermuda Selling Shareholder, enforceable against the Bermuda Selling Shareholder in accordance with the terms hereof;
 
(iv)                               no order, consent, approval, licence, authorisation or validation of, filing with or exemption by any government or public body or authority of Bermuda or any sub-division thereof is required to authorise or is required in connection with the authorization, execution or filing of the Registration Statement, the authorization and performance of the Formation Transactions and the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement, except such as have been duly obtained or filed in accordance with Bermuda law or except for the filing and fulfilment of conditions described in section 1(a)(x)(E) and (F) of this Agreement;
 
(v)                                  it is not necessary or desirable to ensure the enforceability in Bermuda of this Agreement that it be registered in any register kept by, or filed with, any governmental authority or regulatory body in Bermuda.  However, to the extent that this Agreement creates a charge over assets of the Bermuda Selling Shareholder, it may be desirable to ensure the priority in Bermuda of the charge that it be registered in the Register of Charges in accordance with Section 55 of the Companies Act 1981.  On registration, to the extent that Bermuda law governs the priority of a charge, such charge will have priority in Bermuda over any unregistered charges created after 11 July 1984, and over any subsequently registered charges, in respect of the assets which are the subject of the charge.  A registration fee of $468 will be payable in respect of the registration.
 
While there is no exhaustive definition of a charge under Bermuda law, a charge normally has the following characteristics:
 
(i)                                      it is a proprietary interest granted by way of security which entitles the chargee to resort to the charged property only for the purposes of satisfying some liability due to the chargee (whether from the chargor or a third party); and
 
(ii)                                   the chargor retains an equity of redemption to have the property restored to him when the liability has been discharged.
 
However, as this Agreement is governed by New York Laws, the question of whether it would possess these particular characteristics would be determined under the New York Laws;
 
(vi)                               the Bermuda Selling Shareholder has been designated as non-resident of Bermuda for the purposes of the Exchange Control Act, 1972 and, as such, is free to acquire, hold, transfer and sell foreign currency (including the payment of dividends or other distributions) and securities without restriction;
 
(vii)                            the choice of the New York Laws as the governing law of  this Agreement is a valid choice of law and would be recognised and given effect to in any action brought before a court of competent jurisdiction in Bermuda, except for those laws (i) which such court considers to be procedural in nature, (ii) which are revenue or penal laws or (iii) the application of which would be inconsistent with public policy, as such term is interpreted under the laws of Bermuda.  The
 
25


 
submission in this Agreement to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts is valid and binding upon the Bermuda Selling Shareholder; and
 
(viii)                         the courts of Bermuda would recognise as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the New York Courts against the Bermuda Selling Shareholder based upon this Agreement under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda, (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Bermuda, (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of Bermuda.
 

(h)                                  Fitzwilliam, Stone & Alcazar, special counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of such opinion is attached as Annex II(d) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

 

(i)                                      Assured Guaranty Barbados is validly existing as a holding company for offshore financial transactions under Section 6 of the International Business Company Act, and is in good standing under the laws of Barbados;
 
(ii)                                   Based solely on a certified copy of the stock register of Assured Guaranty Barbados and without further inquiry, all of the issued shares of share capital of Assured Guaranty Barbados have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and Assured Guaranty International Ltd. is the registered holder of all the issued shares of Assured Guaranty Barbados; and
 
(iii)                                The discussion contained in the Prospectus under the caption “Material Tax Considerations—Taxation of Assured Guaranty and Subsidiaries—Barbados,” constitutes, in all material respects, a fair and accurate summary of the Barbados tax considerations relating to Assured Guaranty and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.
 

(i)                                      On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);

 

26



 

(j)                                      (1)                                   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, and (2) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the share capital or capital stock, as the case may be, or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, shareholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (1) or (2), is in the judgment of the Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

 

(k)                                   On or after the date hereof, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities, if any, or the financial strength, claims paying ability or financial enhancement rating of any of the Company’s subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has placed under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities or the financial strength, claims paying ability or financial enhancement rating of any of the Company’s subsidiaries;

 

(l)                                      On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in ACE Limited’s securities on the Exchange, (iv) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (v) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (vi) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (v) or (vi) in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

 

(m)                                The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each of the directors and officers listed on Schedule 7(m) hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Subsection 5(b) hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

 

(n)                                  The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(a)(iii) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

 

27



 

(o)                                  The transactions set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Formation Transactions” shall have been completed;

 

(p)                                  The Shares to be sold hereunder at each Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange; and

 

(q)                                  The Company and the Selling Shareholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Shareholders, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Shareholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, respectively, of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a), (i) and (o) of this Section.

 

8.                                        (a)  The Company and each of the Selling Shareholders, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and provided, further, that the Company shall not be liable to any Underwriter under the indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Underwriter results from the fact that such Underwriter sold Shares to a person as to whom it shall be established that there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the Prospectus or of the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented in any case where such delivery is required by the Act if the Company has previously furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantity to such Underwriter and sufficiently in advance of the Time of Delivery to allow for distribution by the Time of Delivery and the loss, claim, damage or liability of such Underwriter results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus which was identified in writing at such time to such Underwriter and corrected in the Prospectus or in the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented, and such correction would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

 

(b)                                  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Shareholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Shareholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Shareholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Shareholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

 

28



 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection.  In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.  No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)                                  In connection with the offer and sale of the Directed Shares, the Company agrees, promptly upon a request in writing, to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by them as a result of the failure of the Participants to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares which, by the end of the first business day following the date of this Agreement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Designated Underwriter, its officer and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense, as incurred, to which such Designated Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject, which is (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that such Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program.  The indemnity agreement set forth in this paragraph shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

 

(e)                                   If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (d) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares.  If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not

 

29



 

permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus (for purposes of this Section 8(c), the benefit to the Company shall be deemed to equal the total net proceeds of the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses)).  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Shareholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The Company, each of the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e).  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

 

(f)                                     The obligations of the Company and the Selling Shareholders under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the respective Selling Shareholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of the Act.

 

9.                                        (a)  If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein.  If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the

 

30



 

purchase of such Shares, then the Selling Shareholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms.  In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Selling Shareholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Selling Shareholders notify you that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Selling Shareholders shall have the right to postpone a Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary.  The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

 

(b)                                  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Selling Shareholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Selling Shareholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

(c)                                   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Selling Shareholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Selling Shareholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Shareholders to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Shareholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

10.                                  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Shareholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Shareholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

 

11.                                  If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Shareholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter

 

31



 

except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Shareholders as provided herein, each of the Selling Shareholders pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder) will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including properly documented fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so delivered except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

 

12.                                  In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by the Representatives on behalf of you.

 

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives in care of Banc of America Securities LLC, 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Department, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department; if to any Selling Shareholder, shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission, to such Selling Shareholder c/o ACE Limited, ACE Global Headquarters, 17 Woodbourne Avenue, Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda, Attention: General Counsel and Secretary, with a copy to Edward S. Best, Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, 190 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, ; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Shareholders by you on request.  Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

13.                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Shareholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.  No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

 

14.                                  Each of the parties hereto irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding against the Company or the Selling Shareholders brought by any Underwriter or by any person who controls any Underwriter arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any New York court, (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Each of the Company and the Selling Shareholders has appointed CT Corporation System, New York, New York, as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any such action arising out of or based on this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby which may be instituted in any New York Court by any Underwriter or by any person who controls any

 

32



 

Underwriter, expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto.  Such appointment shall be irrevocable.  Each of the Company and the Selling Shareholders represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service of process and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid.  Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Company shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company and the Selling Shareholders, as the case may be.

 

15.                                  Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.  As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

 

16.                                  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

17.                                  This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.                                  The Company and the Selling Shareholders are authorized, subject to applicable law, to disclose any and all aspects of this potential transaction that are necessary to support any U.S. federal income tax benefits expected to be claimed with respect to such transaction, and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) related to those benefits, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind.

 

33



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us, one for the Company, one for each Selling Shareholder and one for each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel, counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Shareholders.  It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Shareholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ACE Financial Services Limited

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

34



 

Accepted as of the date hereof at New York,
New York.

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

(Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

 

35



 

SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

 

Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Purchased

 

Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum Option
Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

 

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

 

 

 

 

 

                    Incorporated

 

 

 

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

 

 

 

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE II

 

 

 

Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Sold

 

Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Sold if
Maximum Option
Exercised

 

The Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Selling Shareholder(s):

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 7(d)

 

[Formation Transaction Agreements]

 

$1 million promissory note issued to ACE Financial Services, Inc.

$1 million Promissory Note issued to ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

Master Separation Agreement

Transition Services Agreement

Tax Allocation Agreement

Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

Schedule 7(m)

 

[Persons and entity subject to 180-day Lock-Up Agreement]

 

ACE Limited

 

Neil Baron

Norie Bregman

G. Lawrence Buhl

Stephen A. Cozen

Brian Duperreault

Dominic J. Frederico

Evan G. Greenberg

John G. Heimann

Patrick W. Kenny

Donald Kramer

James M. Michener

Robert B. Mills

Pierre A. Samson

Walter A. Scott

Michael J. Schozer

Joseph W. Swain III

 



 

ANNEX I

 

DESCRIPTION OF COMFORT LETTER

FOR REGISTRATION STATEMENTS ON FORM S-1

 

Pursuant to Section 7(g) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that:

 

(i)                                      They are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

 

(ii)                                   In their opinion, the financial statements and any supplementary financial information and schedules (and, if applicable, financial forecasts and/or pro forma financial information) examined by them and included in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations thereunder; and, if applicable, they have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the [unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, ]selected financial data, pro forma financial information, financial forecasts and/or condensed financial statements derived from audited financial statements of the Company for the periods specified in such letter, as indicated in their reports thereon, copies of which have been separately furnished to the representatives of the Underwriters (the “Representatives”);

 

(iii)                                To the extent applicable, they have made a review in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon copies of which have been separately furnished to the Representatives and on the basis of specified procedures including inquiries of officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters regarding whether the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements referred to in paragraph (vi)(A)(i) below comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations;

 

(iv)                               To the extent applicable, the unaudited selected financial information with respect to the consolidated results of operations and financial position of the Company for the five most recent fiscal years included in the Prospectus agrees with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where applicable) in the audited consolidated financial statements [for such five fiscal years] were included in the Registration Statement;

 

(v)                                  They have compared the information in the Prospectus under selected captions with the disclosure requirements of Regulation S-K and on the basis of limited procedures specified in such letter nothing came to their attention as a result of the foregoing procedures that caused them to believe that this information does not conform

 



 

in all material respects with the disclosure requirements of Items 301, 302, 402 and 503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K;

 

(vi)                               On the basis of limited procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements and other information referred to below, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, inspection of the minute books of the Company and its subsidiaries since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, inquiries of officials of the Company and its subsidiaries responsible for financial and accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may be specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

 

(A)                               to the extent applicable, (i) the unaudited consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations, or (ii) any material modifications should be made to the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the Prospectus for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(B)                                 to the extent applicable, any other unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus do not agree with the corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated financial statements from which such data and items were derived, and any such unaudited data and items were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the corresponding amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus;

 

(C)                                 to the extent applicable, the unaudited financial statements which were not included in the Prospectus but from which were derived any unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in clause (A) and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items included in the Prospectus and referred to in clause (B) were not determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Prospectus;

 

(D)                                any unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published rules and regulations thereunder or the pro forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of those statements;

 

(E)                                  as of a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter, there have been any changes in the consolidated share capital, other than as contemplated in the Prospectus under “Formation Transactions,” or any increase in the consolidated long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, or any decreases in consolidated net current assets or Shareholders’ equity or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items

 

2



 

specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus, except in each case for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

 

(F)                                  for the period from the date of the latest financial statements included in the Prospectus to the specified date referred to in clause (E) there were any decreases in consolidated net revenues or operating profit or the total or per share amounts of consolidated net income or other items specified by the Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each case as compared with the comparable period of the preceding year and with any other period of corresponding length specified by the Representatives, except in each case for decreases or increases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

 

(vii)                            In addition to the examination referred to in their report(s) included in the Prospectus and the limited procedures, inspection of minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in paragraphs (iii) and (vi) above, they have carried out certain specified procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information specified by the Representatives, which are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries, which appear in the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or in exhibits and schedules to, the Registration Statement specified by the Representatives, and have compared certain of such amounts, percentages and financial information with the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and have found them to be in agreement.

 

3




Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM NO. 6

Registration No. 34077

 

BERMUDA

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

I hereby in accordance with section 14 of the Companies Act 1981 issue this Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that on the 21st day of August, 2003

 

AGC Holdings Limited

 

was registered by me in the Register maintained by me under the provisions of the said section and that the status of the said company is that of an exempted company.

 

[SEAL]

Given under my hand and the Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 22nd day of August, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

for Acting Registrar of Companies

 



 

FORM NO. 2

 

 

BERMUDA

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

(Section 7(1) and (2))

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

 

AGC Holdings Limited

(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1.                                      The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2.                                      We, the undersigned, namely,

 

NAME

 

ADDRESS

 

BERMUDIAN
STATUS
(Yes/No)

 

NATIONALITY

 

NUMBER OF
SHARES SUBSCRIBED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles G. Collis

 

Clarendon House

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

2 Church Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hamilton HM 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David W. J. Astwood

 

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donald H. Malcolm

 

 

No

 

British

 

One

 

 

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.

 



 

3.                                      The Company is to be an exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

 

4.                                      The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding         in all, including the following parcels:-

 

N/A

 

5.                                      The authorised share capital of the Company is US$12,000 divided into shares of US$1.00 each. The minimum subscribed share capital of the Company is US$12,000.

 

6.                                      The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are -

 

(i)                                    To act and or to perform all the functions of a holding company in all its branches and to coordinate the policy and administration of (i) any entity or entities wherever incorporated, established or carrying on business which are in any manner directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the Company or by the same entity in any manner directly or indirectly owning or controlling the Company or (ii) any group of which the Company or any such entity owned or controlled by, or under common ownership or control with, the Company is a member.

 

(ii)                                  To provide and or procure financing and financial investment, management and advisory services and administrative services to any entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly an equity interest (regardless of whether the same carries any voting rights or preferred rights or restrictions), and, in connection with any of the foregoing, to provide and or procure credit, credit enhancement, financial accommodation, guarantees, loans and or advances with or without interest or benefit to the Company to any such entity and to lend to, deposit with and or charge or otherwise encumber in favour of any financial institution, fund and or trust, all or any property of the Company and or any interest therein to provide security or collateral for any financing provided to any such entity;

 

(iii)                              To act as an investment company and for that purpose to acquire, hold upon any terms, either in the name of the Company or that of any nominee, personal property of all kinds, including without limitation, shares, stock, debentures, debenture stock, ownership interests, swaps, hedging securities (including put and call options) annuities, notes, mortgages, bonds, obligations and other securities, foreign exchange, foreign currency deposits and commodities, issued or guaranteed by any company, partnership or other entity wherever incorporated, established or carrying on business, or by any government, sovereign, ruler, commissioners, public body or authority, supreme, municipal, local or otherwises, by original subscription, tender, purchase, exchange, underwriting, participation in syndicates or in any other manner and whether or not fully paid up, and to make payments thereon as called up or in advance of calls or otherwise and to subscribe for the same, whether conditionally or absolutely, and to hold the same with a view to investment, but with the power to vary any investments, and to exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incident to the ownership thereof, and to invest and deal with the moneys of the Company upon such securities and in such manner as may be from time to time determined (including, without limitation, entering into, investing in and reinvesting in futures and forward contracts, derivative financial investments, foreign exchange contracts and related options thereon);

 



 

(iv)                             To acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, create, market, design, assemble, manufacture, repair, lease, hire, let, sell, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), maintain, improve, develop, manage, invent, build, construct, operate, package and otherwise trade, invest or deal in and with products, financial instruments, goods, and real and personal property of all kinds whatsoever and wheresoever situated, and enter into arrangements for or with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(v)                                To perform, provide, procure, market, and deal in services and undertakings of all kinds;

 

(vi)                             To advise and net as consultants and managers of all kinds and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide investment and financial advice, consultation and management services;

 

(vii)                          To research, create, develop, invent, improve, discover, design, collate and draft original works, software, inventions, designs, concepts, formulas, processes, strategies, methodologies and the like, and acquire, build, own, hold, sell, lease, license, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), market, franchise, and otherwise exploit and deal in or with all intellectual and intangible property rights pertaining thereto whether registered or not, including but not limited to trade and service marks, trade names, copyrights, computer software, inventions, designs, patents, provisional patents, utility models, trade secrets, confidential information, know how, get-up and any other rights and privileges vesting in or attaching thereto;

 

(viii)                       To explore for, drill for, mine for, quarry for, move, transport, and refine metals, minerals, fossil fuel, petroleum, hydrocarbon products including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, oil and oil products, and precious stones of all kinds and to prepare the same for sale or use;

 

(ix)                               To enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship and to assure, support or secure with or without consideration or benefit the performance of any obligations of any person or persons and to guarantee the fidelity of individuals filling or about to fill situations of trust or confidence;

 

(x)                                  To own, manage, operate, act as agents with respect to, build, repair, acquire, own, sell, charter, or deal in ships and aircraft;

 

(xi)                               To lend to or deposit with any person funds, property or assets and to provide collateral or credit enhancement for loans, leasing or other forms of financing, with or without consideration or benefit;

 



 

(xii)                            To create, enter into, undertake, procure, arrange for, acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, sell or otherwise dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), trade, invest and or otherwise deal in, whether on a speculative basis or otherwise, all and or any kind of (including without limitation all and or any combinations of and all and or any rights or interests under) instrument, agreement, contract, covenant and undertaking, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, derivative instrument, agreement or contract, option, swap option contract, bond, warrant, debenture, equity, forward exchange contract, forward rate contract, future, hedge, security, note, certificate of deposit, unit, guarantee and or financial instrument; and

 

(xiii)                         To carry on any trade or business which can, in the opinion of the board of directors, be advantageously carried on by the Company.

 

7.                                     Powers of the Company

 

1.                The Company shall, pursuant to the Section 42 of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed.

 

2.                The Company shall, pursuant to Section 42A of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to purchase its own shares.

 



 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

/s/ Charles G. Collis

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David W.J. Astwood

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Donald H. Malcolm

 

 

 

 

 

(Subscribers)

 

(Witnesses)

 

 

SUBSCRIBED this 19 th day of August, 2003.

 



 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

 

FIRST SCHEDULE

 

A company limited by shares may exercise all or any of the following powers subject to any provision of the law or its memorandum:

 

1.                                        [Deleted]

 

2.                                        to acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, property and liabilities of any person carrying on any business that the company is authorised to carry on;

 

3.                                        to apply for register, purchase, lease, acquire, hold, use, control, licence, sell, assign or dispose of patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade makers, formulae, licences, inventions, processes, distinctive makers and similar rights;

 

4 .                                        to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing of profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction that the company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

 

5.                                        to take or otherwise acquire and hold securities in any other body corporate having objects altogether or in part similar to those of the company or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

 

6.                                        subject to section 96 to lend money to any employee or to any person having dealings with the company or with whom the company proposes to have dealings or to any other body corporate any of those shares are held by the company;

 

7.                                        to apply for, secure or acquire by grant, legislative enactment, assignment, transfer, purchase or otherwise and to exercise, carry out and enjoy any charter, licence, power, authority, franchise, concession, right or privilege, that any government or authority or any body corporation or other public body may be empowered to grant, and to pay for, aid in and contribute toward carrying it into effect and to assume any liabilities or obligations incidental thereto;

 

8.                                        to establish and support or aid in the establishment and support of associations, institutions, funds or trusts for the benefit of employees or former employees of the company or its predecessors, or the dependants or connections of such employees or former employees, and grant pensions and allowances, and make payments towards insurance or for any object similar to those set forth in this paragraph, and to subscribe or guarantee money for charitable, benevolent, educational and religious objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful objects;

 



 

9.                                        to promote any company for the purpose of acquiring or taking over any of the property and liabilities of the company or for any other purpose that may benefit the company;

 

10.                                  to purchase, lease, take in exchange, hire or otherwise acquire any personal properly and any rights or privileges that the company considers necessary or convenient for the purposes of its business;

 

11.                                  to construct, maintain, alter, renovate and demolish any buildings or works necessary or convenient for its objects;

 

12.                                  to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a term not exceeding twenty-one years, being land “bona fide” required for the purposes of the business of the company and with the consent of the Minister granted in his discretion to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a similar period in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and when no longer necessary for any of the above purposes to terminate or transfer the lease or letting agreement;

 

13.                                  except to the extent, if any, as may be otherwise expressly provided in its incorporating Act or memorandum and subject to the provisions of this Act every company shall have power to invest the moneys of the Company by way of mortgage of real or personal property of every description in Bermuda or elsewhere and to sell, exchange, vary, or dispose of such mortgage as the company shall from time to time determine;

 

14.                                  to construct, improve, maintain, work, manage, carry out or control any roads, ways, tramways, branches or sidings, bridges, reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, factories, warehouses, electric works, shops, stores and other works and conveniences that may advance the interests of the company and contribute to, subsidise or otherwise assist or take part in the construction, improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or control thereof;

 

15.                                  to raise and assist in raising money for, and aid by way of bonus, ban, promise, endorsement, guarantee or otherwise, any person and guarantee the performance or fulfilment of any contracts or obligations of any person, and in particular guarantee the payment of the principal of and interest on the debt obligations of any such person;

 

16.                                  to borrow or raise or secure the payment of money in such manner as the company may think fit;

 

17.                                  to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments;

 

18.                                  when properly authorised to do so, to sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of the undertaking of the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety for such consideration as the company thinks fit;

 

2



 

19.                                  to sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with the property of the company in the ordinary course of its business;

 

20.                                  to adopt such means of making known the products of the company as may seem expedient, and in particular by advertising, by purchase and exhibition of works of art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals and by granting prizes and rewards and making donations;

 

21.                                  to cause the company to be registered and recognised in any foreign jurisdiction, and designate persons therein according to the laws of that foreign jurisdiction or to represent the company and to accept service for and on behalf of the company of any process or suit;

 

22.                                  to allot and issue fully-paid shares of the company in payment or part payment of any property purchase or otherwise acquired by the company or for any past services performed for the company;

 

23.                                  to distribute among the members of the company in cash, kind, specie or otherwise as may be resolved, by way of dividend, bonus or in any other manner considered advisable, any property of the company, but not so as to decrease the capital of the company unless the distribution is made for me purpose of enabling the company to be dissolved or the distribution, apart from this paragraph, would be otherwise lawful;

 

24.                                  to establish agencies and branches;

 

25.                                  to take or hold mortgages, hypothecs, liens and charges to secure payment of the purchase price, or of any unpaid balance of the purchase price, of any part of the property of the company of whatsoever kind sold by the company, or for any money due to the company from purchasers and others and to sell or otherwise dispose of any such mortgage, hypothec, lien or charge;

 

26.                                  to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the incorporation and organisation of the company;

 

27.                                  to invest and deal with the moneys of the company not immediately required for the objects of the company in such manner as may be determined;

 

28.                                  to do any of the things authorised by this subsection and all things authorised by its memorandum as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with others;

 

29.                                  to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objects and the exercise of the powers of the company.

 

Every company may exercise its powers beyond the boundaries of Bermuda to the extent to which the laws in forte where the powers are sought to be exercised permit.

 

3




Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM OF

 

B Y E - L A W S

 

of

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Interpretation

 

 

 

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Management of Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Power to Appoint Managing Director or Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Power to Appoint Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Power to Authorize Specific Actions

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Power to Appoint Attorney

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Power to Delegate

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Power to Appoint and Dismiss Employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Power to Borrow and Charge Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.

Exercise of Power to Purchase Shares of or Discontinue The Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

Board Size; Classes of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.

Defects in Appointment Of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.

Shareholder Proposals and Nominations

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.

Removal of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.

Other Vacancies on the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.

Notice of Meetings of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.

Quorum at Meetings of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.

Meetings of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.

Unanimous Written Resolutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.

Contracts and Disclosure of Directors’ Interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.

Remuneration of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.

Officers of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.

Appointment of Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

25.

Remuneration of Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.

Duties of Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

27.

Chairman of Meetings

 

 

i



 

 

28.

Register of Directors and Officers

 

 

 

 

 

MINUTES

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.

Obligations of Board to Keep Minutes

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors of the Company and Others

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.

Waiver of Claim by the Company and Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

MEETINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.

Notice of Annual General Meeting

 

 

 

 

 

 

33.

Notice of Special General Meeting

 

 

 

 

 

 

34.

Accidental Omission of Notice of General Meeting

 

 

 

 

 

 

35.

Meeting Called on Requisition of Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

36.

Short Notice

 

 

 

 

 

 

37.

Postponement of Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

 

38.

Quorum for General Meeting

 

 

 

 

 

 

40.

Attendance at Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

 

41.

Written Resolutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

42.

Attendance of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

43.

Voting at Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

 

44.

Voting by Poll

 

 

 

 

 

 

45.

Decision of Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

46.

Instrument of Proxy

 

 

 

 

 

 

47.

Representation of Corporations at Meetings

 

 

 

 

 

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

48.

General

 

 

 

 

 

 

49.

Adjustment of Voting Power

 

 

 

 

 

 

50.

Other Adjustments of Voting Power

 

 

 

 

 

 

51.

Notice

 

 

 

 

 

 

52.

Board Determination Binding

 

 

 

 

 

 

53.

Requirement to Provide Information and Notice

 

 

 

 

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

ii



 

 

54.

Voting of Subsidiary Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

55.

Bye-Laws or Articles of Association of Certain Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

 

56.

Rights of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

57.

Power to Issue Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

58.

Variation of Rights, Alteration of Share Capital and Purchase of Shares of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

59.

Registered Holder of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

60.

Death of a Joint Holder

 

 

 

 

 

 

61.

Share Certificates

 

 

 

 

 

 

62.

Calls on Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

63.

Forfeiture of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

64.

Repurchase of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

65.

Contents of Register of Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

66.

Inspection of Register of Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

67.

Determination of Record Dates

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

 

68.

Instrument of Transfer

 

 

 

 

 

 

69.

Restrictions on Transfer

 

 

 

 

 

 

70.

Transfers by Joint Holders

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

 

71.

Representative of Deceased Shareholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

72.

Registration on Death or Bankruptcy

 

 

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

73.

Declaration of Dividends by the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

74.

Other Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

75.

Reserve Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

76.

Deduction of Amounts Due to the Company

 

 

 

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

 

iii



 

 

77.

Issue of Bonus Shares

 

 

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

78.

Records of Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

79.

Financial Year End

 

 

 

 

 

 

80.

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

AUDIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

81.

Appointment of Auditor

 

 

 

 

 

 

82.

Remuneration of Auditor

 

 

 

 

 

 

83.

Vacation of Office of Auditor

 

 

 

 

 

 

84.

Access to Books of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

85.

Report of the Auditor

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICES

 

 

 

 

 

 

86.

Notices to Shareholders of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

87.

Notices to Joint Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

88.

Service and Delivery of Notice

 

 

 

 

 

SEAL OF THE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

89.

The Seal

 

 

 

 

 

 

90.

Manner in which Seal is to be Affixed

 

 

 

 

 

WINDING-UP

 

 

 

 

 

 

91.

Winding-Up/Distribution by Liquidator

 

 

 

 

 

ALTERATION OF BYE-LAWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

92.

Alteration of Bye-Laws

 

 

iv



 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                        Interpretation

 

(1)                                   In these Bye-laws the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

(a)                                   Act ” means the Companies Act 1981 as amended from time to time;

 

(b)                                  Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person, provided that no Shareholder of the Company or owner of shares shall be deemed an Affiliate of another Shareholder solely by the reason of an investment in the Company.  For the purposes of this definition, the term “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   Attribution Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to a Shareholder and a Tentative 9.5% Shareholder, the percentage of the Shareholder’s shares that are treated as Controlled Shares of such Tentative 9.5% Shareholder.

 

(d)                                  Audit Committee ” means the audit committee appointed by the Board in accordance with these Bye-laws, provided that in the event that the Board shall not have appointed an Audit Committee, the Board shall constitute the Audit Committee;

 

(e)                                   Auditor ” includes any individual, partnership or other entity appointed in accordance with the Act;

 

(f)                                     Board ” means the Board of Directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which there is a quorum;

 

(g)                                  Cause ” means willful misconduct, fraud, gross negligence, embezzlement or any criminal conduct or violation of law or applicable rule of a self-regulatory organization;

 

(h)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, of the United States of America;

 

(i)                                      Company ” means the company for which these Bye-laws are approved and confirmed;

 

(j)                                      Compensation Committee ” means the compensation committee appointed by the Board in accordance with these Bye-laws, provided that in the event that the Board shall not have appointed a Compensation Committee, the Board shall constitute the Compensation Committee.

 

1



 

(k)                                   Controlled Shares ” in reference to any person means all shares of the Company directly, indirectly or constructively owned by such person as determined pursuant to Section 958 of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and under Section 957 of the Code.

 

(l)                                      Director ” means a director of the Company;

 

(m)                                Executive Committee ” means the executive committee appointed by the Board in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

(n)                                  Finance Committee ” means the finance committee appointed by the Board in accordance with these Bye-laws, provided that in the event that the Board shall not have appointed a Finance Committee, the Board shall constitute the Finance Committee.

 

(o)                                  indirect ” means when referring to a holder of shares, ownership of shares within the meaning of Section 958(a)(2) of the Code.

 

(p)                                  9.5% U.S. Shareholder ” means a “United States person” as defined in the Code (a “U.S. Person”) whose Controlled Shares constitute nine and one-half percent (9.5%) or more of the voting power (determined without applying the voting power restrictions in Bye-laws 49-50 ) of all issued and outstanding shares of the Company and who generally would be required to recognize income with respect to the Company under Section 951(a)(1) of the Code, if the Company were a controlled foreign corporation as defined in Section 957 of the Code and if the ownership threshold under Section 951(b) of the Code were 9.5%.

 

(q)                                  Nomination and Governance Committee ” means the nomination and governance committee appointed by the Board in accordance with these Bye-laws, provided that in the event that the Board shall not have appointed a Nomination and Governance Committee, the Board shall constitute the Nomination and Governance Committee.

 

(r)                                     Notice ” means written notice as further defined in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

(s)                                   Officer ” means any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

 

(t)                                     Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Shareholder, any Affiliate of such Shareholder, provided that no limited partner or shareholder of any Shareholder shall be considered a “Permitted Transferee” of such Shareholder;

 

(u)                                  Register of Directors and Officers ” means the Register of Directors and Officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

(v)                                  Register of Shareholders ” means the Register of Shareholders referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

2



 

(w)                                Resident Representative ” means any person appointed to act as resident representative;

 

(x)                                    Secretary ” means the person appointed to perform any or all the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant or acting secretary; and

 

(y)                                  Shareholder ” means the person registered in the Register of Shareholders as the holder of shares (sometimes referred to in these Bye-laws as the direct holder) in the Company and shall have the same meaning as the terms “Member” and “Register of Members” in the Act;

 

(z)                                    Tentative 9.5% U.S. Shareholder ” means a U.S. Person that, but for adjustments to the voting rights of shares pursuant to Bye-laws 49-50 , would be a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.

 

(2)                                   In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

(a)                                   words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(c)                                   words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

(d)                                  the words:

 

(i)                                      “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(ii)                                   “shall” shall be construed as imperative; and

 

(e)  unless otherwise provided herein words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

 

(3)                                   Expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in a visible form.

 

(4)                                   Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

2.                                        Board of Directors

 

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Board.

 

3



 

3.                                        Management of Company

 

(1)                                   In managing the business and affairs of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by statute or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to these Bye-laws, the provisions of any statute and to such directions as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting.  The Board may also present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganization of the Company.

 

(2)                                   No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

 

(3)                                   The Board may procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company.

 

4.                                        Power to Appoint Managing Director or Chief Executive Officer

 

The Board may from time to time appoint one or more Directors to the office of Managing Director or Chief Executive Officer of the Company who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company.

 

5.                                        Power to Appoint Manager

 

The Board may appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business.

 

6.                                        Power to Authorize Specific Actions

 

The Board may from time to time and at any time authorize any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

7.                                        Power to Appoint Attorney

 

The Board may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorize any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney.  Such attorney may, if so authorized under the seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under such attorney’s personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the seal of the Company.

 

4



 

8.                                        Power to Delegate

 

(1)                                   The Board may delegate any of its powers to a committee appointed by the Board (including the power to sub-delegate) which may consist of one or more Shareholders or wholly of Directors, or partly or entirely of non-Directors, and every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them. Without limiting the foregoing, such committees may include:

 

(a)                                   an Audit Committee, which may, among other things, review the internal administrative and accounting controls of the Company and the Company’s subsidiary companies or other companies associated with the Company and recommend to the Board the appointment of Auditor;

 

(b)                                  a Compensation Committee, which may, among other things, establish and review the compensation of Officers and the compensation policies and procedures of the Company and the Company’s subsidiary companies or other companies associated with the Company;

 

(c)                                   an Executive Committee, which shall have all of the powers of the Board between meetings of the Board;

 

(d)                                  a Finance Committee, which may, among other things, establish and review the investment policy of the Company, and review and make recommendations regarding the Company’s capital structure, financing activities and dividend policy; and

 

(e)                                   a Nominating and Governance Committee, which may, among other things, assist the Board in identifying individuals to be nominated to serve as Directors, establish and review the Company’s governance guidelines and establish and review the compensation of Directors.

 

(2)                                   The meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board, and in that connection the Board may authorize a committee to adopt such rules for the conduct of its affairs as the committee sees fit.

 

(3)                                   The Board may delegate to any company, firm, person, or body of persons any power of the Board (including the power to sub-delegate).

 

9.                                        Power to Appoint and Dismiss Employees

 

The Board may appoint, suspend or remove any officer, manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties.

 

10.                                  Power to Borrow and Charge Property

 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may

 

5



 

issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party.

 

11.                                  Exercise of Power to Purchase Shares of or Discontinue The Company

 

(1)                                   The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase all or any part of its own shares pursuant to the Act provided, however, that such repurchase shall not be made if, in the Board’s determination, it would result in a non-de minimis adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequence to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates.

 

(2)                                   The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a named country or jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.

 

12.                                  Board Size; Classes of Directors

 

(1)                                   The Board shall consist of not less than 3 and not more than 21 Directors (as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors) the exact number to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds majority of the Board then in office; provided, however, that if no such resolution shall be in effect the number of Directors shall be eight (8) Directors.  Any increase in the size of the Board pursuant to this Bye-law 12(1) shall be deemed to be a vacancy and may be filled in accordance with Bye-law 16 hereof.  Directors shall be elected, except in the case of a vacancy (as provided for in Bye-law 15 or 16 , as the case may be), by the Shareholders in the manner set forth in paragraph (2) of this Bye-law 12 at an annual general meeting or any special general meeting called for the purpose and who shall hold office for the term set forth in paragraph (2) of this Bye-law 12 .

 

(2)                                   The Directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, and shall be elected by the Shareholders as follows.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board of Directors.  At the first annual general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws for the purpose of electing Directors, the Class I Directors shall be elected for a one year term of office, the Class II Directors shall be elected for a two year term of office and the Class III Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office.  At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that annual general meeting shall be elected for a three year term.  If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any Director of any class elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other Directors of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any Director then in office.  A Director shall hold office until the annual general meeting for the year in which his term expires, subject to his office being vacated pursuant to Bye-law 15 or 16 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Director shall hold office until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected or until they are removed from office by the Shareholders pursuant to Bye-law 15 or their office is otherwise vacated.  In the event of any change in the number of Directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or

 

6



 

reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class.

 

13.                                  Defects in Appointment Of Directors

 

All acts done bona fide by any meeting of the Board or by a committee of the Board or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

14.                                  Shareholder Proposals and Nominations

 

(1)                                   If a Shareholder desires to submit a proposal for consideration at an annual general meeting or extraordinary general meeting, or to nominate persons for election as Directors at any general meeting duly called for the election of Directors, written notice of such Shareholder’s intent to make such a proposal or nomination must be given and received by the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive offices of the Company not later than (i) with respect to an annual general meeting of Shareholders, sixty (60) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting, and (ii) with respect to a extraordinary general meeting, the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first sent or given to Shareholders.  Each notice shall describe the proposal or nomination in sufficient detail for a proposal or nomination to be summarized on the agenda for the meeting and shall set forth (i) the name and address, as it appears on the books of the Company, of the Shareholder who intends to make the proposal or nomination; (ii) a representation that the Shareholder is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to present such proposal or nomination; and (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the Shareholder.  In addition, in the case of a Shareholder’s proposal, the notice shall set forth the reasons for conducting such proposed business at the meeting and any material interest of the Shareholder in such business.

 

(2)                                   In the case of a nomination of any person for election as a Director, the notice shall set forth:  (i) the name and address of any person to be nominated; (ii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the Shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the Shareholder; (iii) such other information regarding such nominee proposed by such Shareholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of the United States of America, whether or not the Company is then subject to such Regulation; and (iv) the consent of each nominee to serve as a Director of the Company, if so elected.

 

(3)                                   The chairman of the annual general meeting or extraordinary general meeting shall, if the facts warrant, refuse to acknowledge a proposal or nomination not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure, and any such proposal or nomination not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered.

 

7



 

(4)                                   Notwithstanding anything contained in these Bye-laws to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the total combined voting power of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (after giving effect to any reduction or increase in voting power required under Bye-laws 49-50 ) shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Bye-law 14 .

 

15.                                  Removal of Directors

 

(1)                                   The Shareholders may, at any annual general or special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director before the expiry of his term only for Cause by the affirmative vote of Shareholders holding at least a majority of the total combined voting power of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (after giving effect to any reduction or increase in voting power required under Bye-laws 49-50 ) ; provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served upon such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting such Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal without prejudice to Bye-law 41 .  For the avoidance of doubt, a director may be removed under this Bye-law by a written resolution of the Shareholders duly passed pursuant to Bye-law 41 .

 

(2)                                   A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of Subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law may be filled by the affirmative vote of Shareholders holding at least a majority of the total combined voting power of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (after giving effect to any reduction or increase in voting power required under Bye-laws 49-50 ) at the meeting at which such Director is removed and, in the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.  A Director so elected or appointed shall hold office until the next annual general meeting or until such Director’s office is otherwise vacated and shall serve within the same class of Directors as the predecessor.  If term of such class extends beyond such next annual general meeting, then at such next annual general meeting the Shareholders shall elect a Director to serve the remaining term of such class.

 

16.                                  Other Vacancies on the Board

 

(1)                                   The Board shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as the result of any of the events listed in paragraph 16(3) or from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors pursuant to Bye-law 12 .  The Board shall also have the power from time to time to fill any vacancy left unfilled at a general meeting.  A Director appointed by the Board to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next annual general meeting or until such Director’s office is otherwise vacated and, if such Director is appointed to fill a vacancy occurring as a result of any of the events listed in paragraph 16(3), shall serve within the same class of Directors as the predecessor.  If term of such class extends beyond such next annual general meeting, then at such next annual general meeting the Shareholders shall elect a Director to serve the remaining term of such class.

 

(2)                                   The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for

 

8



 

the transaction of business at meetings of the Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting of the Company, or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

(3)                                   The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

(a)                                   is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

(b)                                  is or becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

(c)                                   is or becomes disqualified, of unsound mind, or dies; or

 

(d)                                  resigns his or her office by notice in writing to the Company.

 

17.                                  Notice of Meetings of the Board

 

(1)                                   The Chairman may, and the Chairman may instruct the Secretary on the requisition of a majority of the Directors then in office shall, at any time, upon three days’ notice, summon a meeting of the Board, provided that all the Directors may consent to a shorter notice period.

 

(2)                                   Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally in person or by telephone or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, telecopier, facsimile, email or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form at such Director’s last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.

 

18.                                  Quorum at Meetings of the Board

 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be at least one-half of the total number of the Directors then in office, present in person or represented by a duly authorized representative appointed in accordance with the Act, provided that at least two Directors are present in person.

 

19.                                  Meetings of the Board

 

(1)                                   The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit.

 

(2)                                   Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, provided, however, that no Director may participate in any meeting while that Director is physically present in the United States of America.

 

9



 

(3)                                   A resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

20.                                  Unanimous Written Resolutions

 

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution provided that any such resolution shall be valid only if (i) the last signature of a Director is affixed outside the United States and (ii) the Board has determined that the use of a resolution in writing would not result in a non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequence to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates.

 

21.                                  Contracts and Disclosure of Directors’ Interests

 

(1)                                   Any Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company, and any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for the Company and such Director or such Director’s firm, partner or such company shall be entitled to remuneration for services or work as if such Director were not a Director, provided that nothing herein contained shall authorize a Director or Director’s firm, partner or such company to act as Auditor of the Company.

 

(2)                                   A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

 

(3)                                   Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Bye-law, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

 

22.                                  Remuneration of Directors

 

The remuneration and benefits (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Compensation Committee and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.  The Directors may also be reimbursed for all travel, hotel and other expenses properly and reasonably incurred by them in attending and returning from meetings of the Board, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings of the Company or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

 

OFFICERS

 

23.                                  Officers of the Company

 

The Officers of the Company may consist of any of the following officers: a Chairman, a Deputy Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President and one or more Executive Vice

 

10



 

Presidents and Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Actuary, a General Counsel, a Secretary and such additional Officers as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be Officers for the purposes of these Bye-laws.

 

24.                                  Appointment of Officers

 

(1)                                   The Board shall after each annual general meeting, appoint a Chairman, a Deputy Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer and a President who shall be Directors.

 

(2)                                   The Secretary and additional Officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

25.                                  Remuneration of Officers

 

The Officers shall receive such remuneration and benefits as the Compensation Committee may from time to time determine.

 

26.                                  Duties of Officers

 

The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them from time to time by the Board or, in the case of Officers other than the Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

27.                                  Chairman of Meetings

 

The Chairman, if there be one, and if not, the President, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board at which such person is present.  In their absence the Deputy Chairman or any of the Executive Vice Presidents, if present, shall act as chairman and in the absence of all of them a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

28.                                  Register of Directors and Officers

 

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

MINUTES

 

29.                                  Obligations of Board to Keep Minutes

 

(1)                                   The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

(a)                                   of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

(b)                                  of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

11



 

(c)                                   of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Shareholders, meetings of the Board, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

 

(2)                                   Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

 

INDEMNITY

 

30.                                  Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors of the Company and Others

 

(1)                                   The Directors, Secretary, other Officers (such term to include, for the purposes of Bye-laws 30-31 , any person appointed to any committee by the Board and any person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and the Resident Representative for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided that this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said person.

 

(2)                                   No Director, Secretary, other Officer or Resident Representative and no liquidator or trustee of the Company for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director or Officer or other person, or for any loss or expense incurred by the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by the Board for or on behalf of the Company, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the monies of the Company is invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person with whom any monies, securities or effects is deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgment, omission, default or oversight on his or her part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in relation to the execution of the duties of his or her office, or in relation thereto, unless the same happens through fraud or dishonesty on his or her part.

 

12



 

(3)                                   Each Director, Secretary, other Officer and the Resident Representative and the liquidator or trustee (if any) of the Company, and his or her heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against all liabilities, losses, costs and expenses which he or she or any of his or her heirs, executors or administrators, incur or may incur or sustain, by or by reason of any act, by such person, or other person or a collective of persons (including without limitation the Board) or by the Company, done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of his, her or their duty, or supposed duty, or in his, her or their respective offices or trusts, in defending or appearing or giving evidence in any proceedings (such term to include, for the purposes of this Bye-law, threatened proceedings, investigations and enquiries, whether by a regulatory authority, prosecutions authority or otherwise), whether civil or criminal, including where allegations of fraud and dishonesty are made against such Director or other person, and, the Company shall pay to or on behalf of such Director or other person any and all funds associated in defending or appearing or giving evidence in such proceedings (including without limitation independent representation and counseling by an attorney or other professional selected by such Director or other person concerned) as and when such liabilities, losses, costs and expenses are incurred, provided that in the event of a finding of fraud or dishonesty (such fraud or dishonesty having been established in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal), such Director or other person shall reimburse to the Company all funds paid by the Company in respect of liabilities, losses, costs and expenses of defending such proceedings.

 

(4)                                   The provisions of this Bye-law 30 shall apply to, and for the benefit of, any person acting as (or with the reasonable belief that he or she will be appointed or elected as) a Director, Secretary, other Officer, the Resident Representative, or liquidator or trustee in the reasonable belief that he or she has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election and to any person who is no longer, but at one time was, a Director, Secretary, other Officer, Resident Representative or liquidator or trustee of the Company.

 

31.                                  Waiver of Claim by the Company and Shareholders

 

(1)                                   The Company and each Shareholder agree to waive any claim or right of action the Company or such Shareholder might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director, Secretary, other Officer, Resident Representative or liquidator or trustee of the Company on account of any action taken by such Director or other such person, or the failure of such Director or other person to take any action, in the performance of his or her duties with or for the Company, provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or other person.

 

(2)                                   The provisions of this Bye-law 31 shall apply to, and for the benefit of, any person acting as (or with the reasonable belief that he or she will be appointed or elected as) a Director, Secretary, other Officer, the Resident Representative, or liquidator or trustee in the reasonable belief that he or she has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election and to any person who is no longer, but at one time was, a Director, Secretary, other Officer, Resident Representative or liquidator or trustee of the Company.

 

13



 

MEETINGS

 

32.                                  Notice of Annual General Meeting

 

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year of incorporation at such time and place as the President or the Chairman, or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint.  At least 20 days’ notice of such meeting shall be given to each Shareholder, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat.

 

33.                                  Notice of Special General Meeting

 

The President or the Chairman or the Board may convene a special general meeting of the Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary, upon not less than five days’ notice which shall state the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

34.                                  Accidental Omission of Notice of General Meeting

 

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

35.                                  Meeting Called on Requisition of Shareholders

 

Notwithstanding anything herein, the Board shall, on the requisition of Shareholders holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition shares representing not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings of the Company, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting of the Company and the provisions of the Act shall apply.

 

36.                                  Short Notice

 

A general meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Shareholders entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

37.                                  Postponement of Meetings

 

The Chairman or the President or any two Directors may, and the Secretary on instruction from the Chairman or the President or any two Directors shall, postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement is given to each Shareholder before

 

14



 

the time for such meeting.  Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Shareholder in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

38.                                  Quorum for General Meeting

 

At the commencement of any general meeting of the Company, two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that, if the Company shall at any time have only one Shareholder, one Shareholder present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting of the Company held during such time. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine. If the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day one week later or the Secretary shall determine that the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting being adjourned.  If the Secretary shall determine that the meeting be adjourned to an unspecified date, time or place, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Shareholder entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

39.                                  Adjournment of Meetings

 

(1)                                   The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of the majority of the Shareholders present at any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed), adjourn the meeting.  In addition, the chairman may adjourn the meeting to another time and place without such consent or direction if it appears to him that:

 

(a)                                   it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Shareholders wishing to attend who are not present;

 

(b)                                  the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

(c)                                   an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

(2)                                   Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Shareholder entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

40.                                  Attendance at Meetings

 

(1)                                   If the chairman of the meeting consents, Shareholders may participate in any general meeting by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously

 

15



 

and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(2)                                   The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place.  The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meetings are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

 

41.                                  Written Resolutions

 

(1)                                   Subject to subparagraph (7), anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Shareholders of the Company, may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing signed by, or, in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Shareholders who at the date of the resolution would be entitled to attend the meeting and vote on the resolution.

 

(2)                                   A resolution in writing may be signed by, or, in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Shareholders, or any class thereof, in as many counterparts as may be necessary.

 

(3)                                   A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Shareholders and such resolution passed shall constitute the holding of a meeting so required under the Act.

 

(4)                                   For the purposes of this Bye-law, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or, in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, the last Shareholder to sign and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date.

 

(5)                                   A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Shareholders, as the case may be (provided that any such resolution shall be valid only if the last signature of a Shareholder is affixed outside the United States), and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Shareholders voting in favor of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

(6)                                   A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.

 

(7)                                   This Bye-law shall not apply to a resolution passed to remove an Auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office

 

16



 

42.                                  Attendance of Directors

 

The Directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

43.                                  Voting at Meetings

 

(1)                                   Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast, but in all cases after giving effect to any reduction or increase in voting power required pursuant to Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) , cast in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

(2)                                   No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless such Shareholder has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Shareholder.

 

44.                                  Voting by Poll

 

(1)                                   At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting or any question proposed for the consideration of the Shareholders shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by poll, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class or series of shares, including, without limitation, the provisions of Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) on the adjustment of voting power .

 

(2)                                   Where, in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class or series of shares, every person present at such meeting shall have for each voting share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy, the number of votes determined pursuant to Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) and such votes shall be counted in the manner set out in subparagraph (4) of this Bye-law or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Shareholders are present by telephone in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct.  A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all of his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.  The result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll and for the avoidance of doubt, shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which may have been the subject of a vote on a show of hands.

 

(3)                                   A poll taken in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this Bye-law on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith and a poll taken on any other question shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the general meeting may direct and any business may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

 

(4)                                   Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his or her vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialed or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy.  At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot

 

17



 

papers shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Shareholders or proxy holders or representatives appointed by the chairman of the meeting for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman of the meeting.

 

45.                                  Decision of Chairman

 

(1)                                   At any general meeting if an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting shall rule on whether the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

(2)                                   At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

46.                                  Instrument of Proxy

 

(1)                                   Every Shareholder entitled to vote has the right to do so either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a proxy executed and delivered in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

(2)                                   A Person so authorized as a proxy shall be entitled to exercise the same power on behalf of the grantor of the proxy as the grantor could exercise at a general meeting of the Company.

 

(3)                                   Any Shareholder may appoint a standing proxy or (if a corporation, by a  representative pursuant to Bye-law 47 ) by depositing at the registered office of the Company, or at such place or places as the Board may otherwise specify from time to time for the purpose, a proxy or (if a corporation) an authorization and such proxy or authorization shall be valid for all general meetings and adjournments thereof or, resolutions in writing, as the case may be, until notice of revocation is received at the registered office of the Company, or at such place or places as the Board may otherwise specify from time to time for the purpose.  A person so authorized as a proxy or representative shall be entitled to exercise the same power on behalf of the grantor of the authority as the grantor could exercise and the grantor shall for the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorized is present at the meeting.  Where a standing proxy or authorization exists, its operation shall be deemed to have been suspended at any general meeting or adjournment thereof at which the Shareholder is present or in respect to which the Shareholder has specially appointed a proxy or representative. The Board may from time to time require such evidence as it shall deem necessary as to the due execution and continuing validity of any such standing proxy or authorization and the operation of any such standing proxy or authorization shall be deemed to be suspended until such time as the Board determines that it has received the requested evidence or other evidence satisfactory to it.

 

(4)                                   Subject to paragraph (3) of this Bye-law the instrument appointing a proxy together with such other evidence as to its due execution as the Board may from time to time require shall be delivered at the registered office of the Company (or at such place or places as

 

18



 

may be specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any notice of any adjournment or, in either case in any document sent therewith), prior to the holding of the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting at which the individual named in the instrument proposes to vote and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid.

 

(5)                                   Instruments of proxy shall be in such form as the Board may approve (including, without limitation, written or electronic form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instruments of proxy for use at the meeting.  The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit.  The instrument of proxy shall unless the contrary is stated therein be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

(6)                                   A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or unsoundness of mind of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed.

 

(7)                                   The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.

 

47.                                  Representation of Corporations at Meetings

 

A corporation which is a Shareholder may, by written instrument, authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Shareholders  or for all meetings of the Shareholders or for all meetings of the Shareholders for a certain or determinable period or until revocation and the person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder and that Shareholder shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorized representative or representatives.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he or she thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Shareholder.

 

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

48.                                  General

 

Subject to the provisions of Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) below, and subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes or series of shares, every Shareholder shall have one vote for each share carrying the right to vote on the matter in question of which he is the holder.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bye-laws, all determinations in these Bye-laws that are made by or subject to a vote or approval of Shareholders shall be based upon the voting power of such Shareholders’ shares as determined pursuant to Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) .

 

19



 

49.                                  Adjustment of Voting Power

 

The voting power of all shares is hereby adjusted (and shall be automatically adjusted in the future) to the extent necessary so that there is no 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.  The Board of Directors shall implement the foregoing in the manner provided herein provided, however, that the foregoing provision and the remainder of this Bye-law 49 shall not apply in the event that one Shareholder owns greater than 75% of the voting power or value of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company.

 

(1)                                   The Board shall from time to time, including prior to any time at which a vote of Shareholders is taken, take all reasonable steps necessary to ascertain, including those specified in Bye-law 53 , through communications with Shareholders or otherwise, whether there exists, or will exist at the time any vote of Shareholders is taken, a Tentative 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.

 

(a)                                   In the event that a Tentative 9.5% U.S. Shareholder exists, the aggregate votes conferred by shares held by a Shareholder and treated as Controlled Shares of that Tentative 9.5% U.S. Shareholder shall be reduced to the extent necessary such that the Controlled Shares of the Tentative 9.5% U.S. Shareholder will constitute less than 9.5% of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares.  In applying the previous sentence where shares held by more than one Shareholder are treated as Controlled Shares of such Tentative 9.5% U.S. Shareholder, the reduction in votes shall apply to such Shareholders in descending order according to their respective Attribution Percentages, provided that, in the event of a tie, the reduction shall apply pro rata to such Shareholders.  The votes of Shareholders owning no shares treated as Controlled Shares of any Tentative 9.5% U.S. Shareholder shall, in the aggregate, be increased by the same number of votes subject to reduction as described above provided however that no shares shall be conferred votes to the extent that doing so will cause any Shareholder to be treated as a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.  Such increase shall apply to all such Shareholders in proportion to their voting power at that time, provided that such increase shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid causing any person to be a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.  The adjustments of voting power described in this Bye-law shall apply repeatedly until there is no 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.  The Board of Directors may deviate from any of the principles described in this Bye-law and determine that shares held by a Shareholder shall carry different voting rights as it determines appropriate (1) to avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder or (2) to avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates.  For the avoidance of doubt, in applying the provisions of Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) , a share may carry a fraction of a vote.

 

50.                                  Other Adjustments of Voting Power

 

In addition to the provisions of Bye-law 49 , any shares shall not carry any right to vote to the extent that the Board of Directors determines, that it is necessary that such shares should not carry the right to vote in order to avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any other direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates, provided that no adjustment pursuant to this sentence shall cause any person to become a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.

 

20



 

51.                                  Notice

 

Prior to the meeting on which Shareholders shall vote on any matter, the Board shall use best efforts (1) retain the services of an internationally recognized accounting firm or organization with comparable professional capabilities in order to assist the Company in applying the principles of Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) and (2) obtain from such firm or organization a statement describing the information obtained and procedures followed and setting forth the determinations made with respect to Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) , and (3) notify each Shareholder of the voting power conferred by its shares determined in accordance with Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) .

 

52.                                  Board Determination Binding

 

Any determination by the Board as to any adjustments to voting power of any shares made pursuant to Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) shall be final and binding and any vote taken based on such determination shall not be capable of being challenged solely on the basis of such determination.

 

53.                                  Requirement to Provide Information and Notice

 

(1)                                   The Directors shall have the authority to request from any direct or indirect holder of shares, and such holder of shares shall provide, such information as the Directors may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether any holder’s voting rights are to be adjusted.  If such holder fails to respond to such a request, or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to such a request, the Directors may determine that such holder’s shares shall carry no voting rights in which case such shares shall not carry any voting rights until otherwise determined by the Directors.

 

(2)                                   Any direct or indirect holder of shares shall give notice to the Company within ten days following the date that such holder acquires actual knowledge that it is the owner of Controlled Shares of 9.5% or more of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares of the Company.

 

(3)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Shareholder shall be liable to any other Shareholder or the Company for any losses or damages resulting from such Shareholder’s failure to respond to, or submission of incomplete or inaccurate information in response to, a request under paragraph (1) or from such Shareholder’s failure to give notice under paragraph (2) of this Bye-law.

 

(4)                                   Any information provided by any Shareholder to the Company pursuant to this Bye-law 53 or for purposes of making the analysis required by Bye-laws 49-50 , shall be deemed “confidential information” (the “Confidential Information”) and shall be used by the Company solely for the purposes contemplated by such Bye-laws (except as may be required otherwise by applicable law or regulation). The Company shall hold such Confidential Information in strict confidence and shall not disclose any Confidential Information that it receives, except (i) to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”) if and to the extent the Confidential Information is required by the Service, (ii) to any outside legal counsel or accounting firm engaged by the

 

21



 

Company to make determinations regarding the relevant Bye-laws or (iii) as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation.

 

(5)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall be permitted to disclose to the Shareholders and others the relative voting percentages of the Shareholders after application of Bye-laws 49-50 .  At the written request of a Shareholder, the Confidential Information of such Shareholder shall be destroyed or returned to such Shareholder after the later to occur of (i) such Shareholder no longer being a Shareholder or (ii) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations with respect to any Confidential Information obtained for purposes of engaging in any tax-related analysis.

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES

 

54.                                  Voting of Subsidiary Shares

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws to the contrary, if the Company is required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any direct subsidiary of the Company, the Directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to the Shareholders of the Company on a poll (subject to Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive)) and seek authority from the Shareholders for the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote in favor of the resolution proposed by the subsidiary.  The Board shall cause the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote the Company’s shares in the subsidiary pro rata to the votes received at the general meeting of the Company, with votes for or against the directing resolution being taken, respectively, as an instruction for the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote the appropriate proportion of its shares for and the appropriate proportion of its shares against the resolution proposed by the subsidiary.

 

55.                                  Bye-Laws or Articles of Association of Certain Subsidiaries

 

The Board in its discretion shall require that the Bye-Laws or Articles of Association or similar organizational documents of each subsidiary of the Company, organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, other than any non-U.S. subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Person, shall contain provisions substantially similar to Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive) .  The Company shall enter into agreements with each such subsidiary, to the extent reasonably necessary, to effectuate or implement this Bye-law.

 

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARES

 

56.                                  Rights of Shares

 

Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class or series of shares, the share capital of the Company shall consist of one class of common shares that carry voting rights.  The holders of shares shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws and creation of classes or series with other rights and restrictions:

 

(a)                                   be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

22



 

(b)                                  in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

(c)                                   generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

57.                                  Power to Issue Shares

 

(1)                                   Subject to the restrictions, if any that are provided for in these Bye-laws from time to time and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class or series of shares, the Board shall have power to issue any unissued shares of the Company on such terms and conditions as it may determine and any shares or class or series of shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine.  Further, the Board may create and issue shares of a new class or series or of any existing class or series of shares and the Board may generally exercise the powers of the Company namely to (a) divide its shares into several classes or series  and attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; (b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount then its existing shares; (c) subdivide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association of the Company, provided however that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the money, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of a share from which the reduced share is derived; (d) make provision for the issue and allotment of shares which do not carry any voting rights; and (e) cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution in that behalf, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled, without the need of any specific approval of the Shareholders as might otherwise be required by such sections of the Act.  The Board may also issue options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire shares or, subject to the Act, securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares (including any employee benefit plan providing for the issue of shares or options or rights in respect thereof) on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Board, including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any person or persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the outstanding shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or transferee of the person or persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations and, at such times, for such consideration and on such terms and conditioned as it may determine.  The Board may create and issue shares including, but not limited to, series of preferred shares (which may or may not be separate classes or series of preferred shares), at such times, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions, with similar or different rights or restrictions as any other class or series and to establish from time to time the number of preferred shares to be included in each such class or series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, voting rights, dividend rights, repurchase provisions, and other rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as it may determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of these Bye-laws, the Company shall not issue any shares or grant options or warrants in any manner that the Board determines may result in a non-de minimis adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequence to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of

 

23



 

shares or its Affiliates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bye-law 57 , the restrictions of this Bye-law shall not apply to any issuance of shares to a person acting as an underwriter in the ordinary course of its business, purchasing such shares pursuant to a purchase agreement to which the Company is a party, for resale.

 

(2)                                   The Board shall, in connection with the issue of any share, have the power to authorize the Company to pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law.

 

(3)                                   Except as authorized by the Board and permitted by applicable law, the Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly, whether by means of loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of a purchase or subscription made or to be made by any person of or for any shares in the Company, but nothing in this Bye-law shall prohibit transactions permitted under the Act.

 

(4)                                   The Company may from time to time do any one or more of the following things:

 

(a)                                   make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the Shareholders in the amounts and times of payments of calls on their shares;

 

(b)                                  accept from any Shareholder the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up;

 

(c)                                   pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others; and

 

(d)                                  issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding up.

 

58.                                  Variation of Rights , Alteration of Share Capital and Purchase of Shares of the Company

 

Subject to the provisions of the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company before the issue or conversion may determine by the Board.

 

(1)                                   If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes or series of shares, the rights attached to any class or series (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class or series.  The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series  issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith or having less rights.

 

24



 

(2)                                   The Company may from time to time by resolution of the Shareholders change the currency denomination of, increase, alter, divide, consolidate, subdivide, diminish or reduce its share capital in accordance with the provisions of the Act.  Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital as aforesaid, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the issue to Shareholders, as appropriate, of fractions of shares and/or arranging for the sale or transfer of the fractions of shares of Shareholders.

 

(3)                                   The Company may from time to time purchase its own shares in accordance with the provisions of the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit.  The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

(4)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not vary the rights attaching to any class of shares, alter its share capital or purchase its own shares if the Board, after taking into account, among other things, the limitation on voting rights contained in Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive), determines that any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates would result from such action.

 

59.                                  Registered Holder of Shares

 

(1)                                   The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.

 

(2)                                   Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by check or draft sent through the post directed to the Shareholder at such Shareholder’s address in the Register of Shareholders or, in the case of joint holders, to such address of the holder first named in the Register of Shareholders, or to such person and to such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct.  If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares, any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

60.                                  Death of a Joint Holder

 

Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders, the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognize no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

61.                                  Share Certificates

 

(1)                                   Every Shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate under the seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class or series of shares held by such Shareholder and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, how much has been paid thereon.  The Board may determine, either generally or in a particular case, that

 

25



 

any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.  Notwithstanding Bye-law 90 , the Board may determine that a share certificate need not be signed on behalf of the Company or that the seal of the Company need not be attested.

 

(2)                                   The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom such shares have been allotted.

 

(3)                                   If any such certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid or destroyed, the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

62.                                  Calls on Shares

 

(1)                                   The Board may from time to time make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Shareholders in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Shareholders and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Shareholder may, at the discretion of the Board, be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment.  The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

(2)                                   The Board may, on the issue of shares, differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

(3)                                   Any sum which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for all the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be a call duly made and payable, on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Bye-laws as to payment of interest, costs, charges and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

(4)                                   The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally  liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

(5)                                   The Company may accept from any Shareholder the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

63.                                  Forfeiture of Shares

 

(1)                                   If any Shareholder fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Shareholder, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward to such Shareholder a notice in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “A” in the Schedule hereto.

 

26



 

(2)                                   If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine.

 

(3)                                   A Shareholder whose share or shares have been forfeited as aforesaid shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture and all interest due thereon.

 

(4)                                   The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed.  Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it has been forfeited.

 

64.                                  Repurchase of Shares

 

(1)                                   If the Directors determine that share ownership by any person may result in a non-de minimis adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any other direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates (including if such consequence arises as a result of any such U.S. Person owning Controlled Shares of 9.5% or more of the value of the Company or the voting shares of the Company (after giving effect to any reduction or increase in voting power required pursuant to the provisions of Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive)), the Company will have the option but not the obligation to repurchase or assign to a third party the right to purchase the minimum number of shares held by such person which is necessary to eliminate such non-de minimis adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequence at a price determined in the discretion of the Board to represent such shares’ Fair Market Value;

 

(2)                                   “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a repurchase of any shares of the Company in accordance with these Bye-laws, (a) if such shares are listed on a securities exchange (or quoted in a securities quotation system),  the average closing sale price of such shares on such exchange (or in such quotation system), or, if such shares are listed on (or quoted in) more than one exchange (or quotation system), the average closing sale price of the shares on the principal securities exchange (or quotation system) on which such shares are then traded, or, if such shares are not then listed on a securities exchange (or quotation system) but are traded in the over-the-counter market, the average of the latest bid and asked quotations for such shares in such market, in each case for the last eight (8) trading days immediately preceding the day on which notice of the repurchase of such shares is sent pursuant to these Bye-laws, or (b) (i) with respect to a repurchase, if no such closing sales prices or quotations are available because such shares are not publicly traded or otherwise, the fair value of such shares as determined by the Board; provided, that the calculation of the Fair Market Value of the shares (A) shall not include any discount relating to (x) the absence of a public trading market for, or any transfer restrictions on, such shares, or (y) the fact that such shares being repurchased represent a minority of the issued and outstanding shares, and (B) shall be final and the fees and expenses stemming from such calculation shall be borne by the Company or its assignee, as the case may be.  If a Shareholder disagrees with the price so determined by the Board and notifies the Company of such disagreement within ten (10) days after notice of such determination, the Fair Market Value per share and the liquidity discount, if any, will be determined by an independent appraiser retained by the Company at its expense and reasonably acceptable to such Shareholder.

 

27



 

REGISTER OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

65.                                  Contents of Register of Shareholders

 

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Shareholders and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

66.                                  Inspection of Register of Shareholders

 

The Register of Shareholders shall be open to inspection at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection.  The Register of Shareholders may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper to that effect, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

67.                                  Determination of Record Dates

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws, the Board may fix any date as the record date for:

 

(a)                                   determining the Shareholders entitled to receive any dividend; and (b)  determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company; and

 

(b)                                  determining the Shareholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

68.                                  Instrument of Transfer

 

(1)                                   An instrument of transfer shall be in the form or as near thereto as circumstances admit of Form “B” in the Schedule hereto or in such other common form as the Board may accept.  Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone.  The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Shareholders.

 

(2)                                   The Board may refuse to recognize any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

28



 

69.                                  Restrictions on Transfer

 

(1)                                   The Directors may decline to approve or register any transfer of shares if it appears to the Directors, after taking into account, among other things, the limitation on voting rights contained in these Bye-laws, that any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any other direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates would result from such transfer (including if such consequence arises as a result of any such U.S. Person owning Controlled Shares of 9.5% of more of the value of the Company or the voting shares of the Company (after giving effect to any reduction or increase in voting power required pursuant to the provisions of Bye-laws 49-53 (inclusive)).  The Directors shall have the authority to request from any holder of shares, and such holder of shares shall provide, such information as the Directors may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether any transfer should be permitted.

 

(2)                                   Subject to any applicable requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, the Directors (i) may decline to approve or to register any transfer of any share if a written opinion from counsel acceptable to the Company shall not have been obtained to the effect that registration of such shares under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is not required and (ii) shall decline to approve or to register any transfer of any share if the transferee shall not have been approved by applicable governmental authorities if such approval is required.

 

(3)                                   If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, the Secretary shall, within one month after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

(4)                                   The registration of transfers may be suspended at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration shall not be suspended for more than 45 days in any year.

 

(5)                                   Shares may be transferred without a written instrument if transferred by an appointed agent or otherwise in accordance with the Act.

 

70.                                  Transfers by Joint Holders

 

The joint holders of any share or shares may transfer such share or shares to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share or shares previously held by them jointly with a deceased Shareholder may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Shareholder.

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

71.                                  Representative of Deceased Shareholder

 

In the case of the death of a Shareholder, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Shareholder was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Shareholder where the deceased Shareholder was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognized by the Company as having any title to the deceased Shareholder’s interest in the

 

29



 

shares.  Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Shareholder with other persons.  Subject to the provisions of the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Shareholder or such other person as the Board may decide as being properly authorized to deal with the shares of a deceased Shareholder.

 

72.                                  Registration on Death or Bankruptcy

 

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Shareholder may be registered as a Shareholder upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favor of such nominee an instrument of transfer in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of Form “C” in the Schedule hereto.  On the presentation thereof to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Shareholder but the Board shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Shareholder before such Shareholder’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

 

73.                                  Declaration of Dividends by the Board

 

(1)                                   The Board may, subject to these Bye-Laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Shareholders, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets.  No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

(2)                                   The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

74.                                  Other Distributions

 

(1)                                   The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Shareholders as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company.  No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

75.                                  Reserve Fund

 

The Board may from time to time before declaring a dividend set aside, out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such sum as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for any other special purpose.

 

30



 

76.                                  Deduction of Amounts Due to the Company

 

The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Shareholder all monies due from such Shareholder to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

77.                                  Issue of Bonus Shares

 

(1)                                   The Board may resolve to capitalize any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata to the Shareholders.

 

(2)                                   The Company may capitalize any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full partly paid or nil paid shares of those Shareholders who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

 

ACCOUNTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

78.                                  Records of Account

 

The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

(a)                                   all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

(b)                                  all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

(c)                                   the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or, subject to the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

79.                                  Financial Year End

 

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31st December of each year.

 

80.                                  Financial Statements

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Shareholders in general meeting.

 

31



 

AUDIT

 

81.                                  Appointment of Auditor

 

Subject to the provisions of the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, an independent representative of the Shareholders shall be appointed by them as Auditor of the accounts of the Company.  Any Auditor appointed by the Shareholders shall, prior to such appointment, have been appointed by the Audit Committee.  Such Auditor may not be a Shareholder and no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his or her continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

82.                                  Remuneration of Auditor

 

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Shareholders may determine.

 

83.                                  Vacation of Office of Auditor

 

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the Board shall, as soon as practicable, convene a special general meeting to fill the vacancy thereby created.

 

84.                                  Access to Books of the Company

 

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

85.                                  Report of the Auditor

 

(1)                                   Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to provisions of the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

(2)                                   The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.  The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Shareholders in a general meeting.

 

(3)                                   The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in subparagraph (2) of this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda.  If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor must disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

 

32



 

NOTICES

 

86.                                  Notices to Shareholders of the Company

 

A notice may be given by the Company to any Shareholder either by delivering it to such Shareholder in person or by sending it to such Shareholder’s address in the Register of Shareholders or to such other address given for the purpose.  For the purposes of this Bye-law, a notice may be sent by mail, courier service, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile, email or other mode of representing words in a legible and non-transitory form.

 

87.                                  Notices to Joint Shareholders

 

Any notice required to be given to a Shareholder shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Shareholders and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

88.                                  Service and Delivery of Notice

 

Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, and the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or to the cable company or transmitted by telex, facsimile or other method as the case may be.

 

SEAL OF THE COMPANY

 

89.                                  The Seal

 

The seal of the Company shall be in such form as the Board may from time to time determine.  The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals.

 

90.                                  Manner in which Seal is to be Affixed

 

Subject to Bye-law 61 , the seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except attested by the signature of a Director and the Secretary or any two Directors, or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose, provided that any Director, Officer or Resident Representative, may affix the seal of the Company attested by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative’s signature to any authenticated copies of these Bye-laws, the incorporating documents of the Company, the minutes of any meetings or any other documents required to be authenticated by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative.

 

33



 

WINDING-UP

 

91.                                  Winding-Up/Distribution by Liquidator

 

If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Shareholders, divide amongst the Shareholders in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he or she deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Shareholders or different classes of Shareholders; provided that each Shareholder holding common shares of the Company shall receive at least the pro rata portion (based on its ownership of such shares) of any cash so distributed.  The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Shareholders as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Shareholder shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

 

ALTERATION OF BYE-LAWS

 

92.                                  Alteration of Bye-Laws

 

No Bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law shall be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Shareholders.

 

34



 

SCHEDULE - FORM A ( BYE-LAW 63 )

 

NOTICE OF LIABILITY TO FORFEITURE FOR NON PAYMENT OF CALL

 

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the            day of                              , 20           last, in respect of the [number] share(s) [numbers in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Shareholders of the Company, on the            day of                                     , 20             last, the day appointed for payment of such call.  You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of            per annum computed from the said              day of                                     , 20        last, on or before the            day of                                     , 20           next at the place of business of the Company, the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Dated this          day of                          , 20         

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature of Secretary]

 

 

 

By order of the Board

 

35



 

SCHEDULE - FORM B ( BYE-LAW 68 )

 

TRANSFER OF A SHARE OR SHARES

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                                                                                                   

[amount]

 

                                                                                                     

[transferor]

 

Hereby sell assign and transfer unto                                                                                     

[transferee]

 

Of                                                                                          

[address]

 

[number of shares]

 

shares of                                                                           

[name of Company]

 

Dated                                       

 

                                  

(Transferor)

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

(Witness)

 

                                    

(Transferor)

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

(Witness)

 

36



 

SCHEDULE - FORM C ( BYE-LAW 72 )

 

TRANSFER BY A PERSON
BECOMING ENTITLED ON DEATH/BANKRUPTCY OF A SHAREHOLDER

 

I/We having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name of the deceased Shareholder] to [number] share(s) standing in the register of Shareholders of [Company] in the name of the said [name of deceased Shareholder] instead of being registered myself/ourselves elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee his or her executors administrators and assigns subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution thereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

 

WITNESS our hands this           day of                                 , 20          
Signed by the above-named

 

[person or persons entitled]
in the presence of:

 

Signed by the above-named
[transferee]
in the presence of:

 

37




COMMON SHARES                                                                                                                              COMMON SHARES

 

                                                                                 [Assured Guaranty LOGO]

SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
CUSIP G0585R 10 6

 

ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF BERMUDA

 

 

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT

 

 

is the registered holder of

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, PAR VALUE US $0.01 PER SHARE, OF

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd. transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented

hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws of the Company, copies of which are on file with the Transfer Agent, to all of which the holder by acceptance hereof

assents. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

Witness the seal of the Company and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

 

                                         [Signature]                                                                                  [Signature]

                                         President and                                                                             Secretary

                                         Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Dated

 

Countersigned and Registered:

MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES

                                         Transfer Agent

                                           and Registrar

By:

 

                    Authorized Signature

 



 

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

     TEN COM - as tenants in common                        UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-_________Custodian____________
     TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                        (Cust)              (Minor)
     JT TEN  - as joint tenants with right of                   under Uniform Gifts to Minors
               survivorship and not as tenants                  Act_____________
               in common                                                                 (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 


 

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________________________ shares

 

represented by the within certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

__________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of

 

the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Dated________________________

 

 

 

______________________________________________

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

          ________________________________________________

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17Ad-15.

 





Exhibit 10.10

 

FORM OF

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [                 ], 2004, is among Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the “Company”), ACE Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation (“ACE”), and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (“ACE Bermuda”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    The Company, ACE and ACE Bermuda are parties to a Master Separation Agreement dated as of [                   ], 2004 relating to the formation of the Company.

 

B.                                      The Company will effect an initial public offering of certain common shares of the Company beneficially owned by ACE Bermuda and ACE Financial Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Public Offering”).

 

C.                                      After the completion of the Public Offering, ACE Bermuda will beneficially own approximately [      ]% (approximately [     ]% if the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters in the Public Offering is exercised in full) of the outstanding common shares of the Company.

 

D.                                     The Company has agreed to provide the registration rights specified in this Agreement to ACE, its affiliates and holders of the Registrable Shares (as defined below), including ACE Bermuda, following the Public Offering, and the Company, ACE and ACE Bermuda are entering into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions applicable to the grant and exercise of such registration rights.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained therein and herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the Company, ACE and ACE Bermuda hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Definitions .  In addition to the capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

 

“ACE Entity” means ACE and any and all Subsidiaries of ACE.

 

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Common Shares” means the common shares of the Company.

 



 

“Effective Period” means the period beginning on the Shelf Effective Date and ending on the earlier of (1) 36 months after the Shelf Effective Date or (2) the date that the Holders have received an opinion of counsel to the Company, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Holders, that the Holders can sell all of their Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act without regard to the volume limitations contained in paragraph (e) of such Rule.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Holder” means each of the ACE Entities that holds Common Shares and their respective successors and assigns contemplated by Section 13 hereof.

 

“Person” means a natural person, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or other entity, or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

“Registrable Shares” means, at any time, the Common Shares owned by the ACE Entities and Common Shares transferred by the ACE Entities in accordance with Section 13 hereof.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Shelf Effective Date” means the date that the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means any other Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the ordinary voting power are, at the time as of which any determination is being made, owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Target Effective Date” means the date that is 90 days after the Target Filing Date.

 

“Target Filing Date” means 30 days following receipt of written notice from ACE pursuant to Section 2(b).

 

Section 2.  Demand Registrations .

 

(a)                                   Long-Form Registrations. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Shares may, at any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the Registration Statement for the Public Offering, request registration under the Securities Act on Form S-1, Form S-2 or any similar long-form registration, of Registrable Shares with an expected aggregate price to the public of at least $5.0 million.  A registration requested pursuant to this Section 2(a) is referred to as a “Long-Form Demand Registration.” The Company is required to effect no more than two Long-Form Demand Registrations.

 

(b)                                  Short-Form Registration. If at any time the Company becomes eligible to register Common Shares for resale by a Holder thereof on Form S-3 (or any successor short-form registration statement), it shall promptly give notice thereof to each Holder and, at any time thereafter, a majority of

 

2



 

the Holders may give written notice to the Company to register their Registrable Shares for resale on such Form S-3 (or successor form).  Upon receipt of such notice, the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission no later than the Target Filing Date a “shelf registration statement” on Form S-3 (or successor form) for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, covering all of the Registrable Shares then owned by the Holders that have notified the Company of their intention to participate (the “Shelf Registration Statement,” and collectively with the Long-Form Demand Registration, the “Demand Registrations”). The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to have the Shelf Registration Statement declared effective on or before the Target Effective Date and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effective Period (or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Shares covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn by the Holders, but not prior to the expiration of the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder, if applicable). The Company further agrees, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or as reasonably requested (which request shall result in the filing of a supplement or amendment) by any Holder of Registrable Shares to which such Shelf Registration Statement relates, and the Company agrees to furnish to the Holders, their counsel and any managing underwriter copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used and/or filed with the Commission.

 

(i)                                      The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Shares to which such Shelf Registration Statement relates to furnish to the Company, upon reasonable notice, such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of the Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request, upon reasonable notice.

 

(ii)                                   The Company shall not be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under this Section 2(b) until the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission and the Company has complied in all material respects with its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto (including keeping the Shelf Registration Statement effective for the Effective Period), provided, however, that if after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or any other governmental agency or court, such Shelf Registration Statement will be deemed not to have been effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement may legally resume and the period of time during which sales under the Shelf Registration Statement were suspended shall be added to the Effective Period. If a registration requested pursuant to this Section 2(b) is deemed not to have been effected, then the Company shall continue to be obligated to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2(b).

 

(c)                                   Notice of Demand Registrations.  Whenever securities of the Company are to be registered under the Securities Act pursuant to a Demand Registration, the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three business days after its receipt of notice of any exercise of the demand registration rights pursuant to this Section 2 and at least 20 days prior to the filing of any registration statement) to the Holders of its intention to effect such a registration and will include in such registration all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written

 

3



 

requests for inclusion therein within 10 days after the Company’s notice has been given, subject to Section 2(e) hereof.

 

(d)                                  Selection of Underwriters.  If the Holders so elect, the offering of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering.  If they so elect, the Holders participating in such Demand Registration shall select one or more nationally recognized firms of investment bankers reasonably satisfactory to the Company to act as the book-running managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with such offering and shall select any additional investment bankers and managers reasonably satisfactory to the Company to be used in connection with the offering.

 

(e)                                   Priority on Demand Registrations. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten public offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the inclusion of the number of Registrable Shares and other securities requested to be included in such offering creates a substantial risk that the price per share of the Common Shares will be reduced, the Company will include in such Registration, prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Shares, the number of Registrable Shares requested to be included which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in such offering without creating such a risk, allocated pro rata among the participating Holders (or, if an ACE Entity is a participating Holder, as designated by ACE).

 

(f)                                     Restrictions on Registrations. The Company may postpone for a reasonable period not to exceed 90 days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Registrable Shares to be included in such Demand Registration a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer stating that the Board has determined reasonably and in good faith that such filing would require disclosure of a material fact concerning the Company (which the Company is not otherwise required to disclose) that would have a material adverse effect on the Company or adversely affect any plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or capital stock or other securities of any other entity, or any financing, acquisition, reorganization, merger, consolidation, tender offer or other significant transaction; provided, that the right to postpone may not be exercised for more than 120 days in any 12-month period. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration that is an underwritten offering any securities which are not Registrable Shares without the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares to be included in such registration.

 

Section 3.  Piggyback Registrations .

 

(a)                                   Right to Piggyback.  Whenever Common Shares of the Company are to be registered under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Demand Registration and other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or successor forms) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Shares (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three business days after its receipt of notice of any exercise of demand registration rights by holders of the Company’s securities other than the Registrable Shares and at least 20 days prior to the filing of any registration statement) to the Holders of its intention to effect such a registration and will include in such registration all Registrable Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 10 days

 

4



 

after the Company’s notice has been given, subject to Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof.  The Company will have the right to select the managing underwriters in any underwritten Piggyback Registration in which the Company is selling Common Shares.  If a Holder desires to include such Holder’s Registrable Shares in a Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten offering, such Holder shall, as a condition to including such Holder’s Registrable Shares, enter into an underwriting agreement containing customary terms and conditions, including customary representations and indemnities.

 

(b)                                  Priority on Primary Registrations.  If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such offering in the registration creates a substantial risk that the price per share of the Common Shares will be reduced in such offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Shares requested to be included in such registration, allocated pro rata among the participating Holders (or, if an ACE Entity is a participating Holder, as designated by ACE), and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration.

 

(c)                                   Priority on Secondary Registrations.  If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities (an “Initiating Securityholder”), and the managing underwriters advise the Company that in their opinion the inclusion of the number of securities requested to be included in such offering creates a substantial risk that the price per share of the Common Shares will be reduced in such offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the Registrable Shares requested to be included in such registration, allocated pro rata among the participating Holders (or, if an ACE Entity is a participating Holder, as designated by ACE), and (ii) second, the securities to be offered by the Initiating Securityholder and the Company in such amounts as agreed upon between the Initiating Securityholder and the Company.

 

(d)                                  Other Registrations.  If the Company has previously filed a registration statement which includes Registrable Shares pursuant to Section 2 or pursuant to this Section 3, and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company will not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or successor forms), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of 90 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration, without the prior consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares covered by such previous registration statement.

 

Section 4.  Holdback Agreements .  (a)  Unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree, (i) the Company will not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities during the seven days prior to and during the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of the underwriting agreement relating to any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or successor forms) (the “Holdback Period”).

 

(b)                                  Unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree, no Holder will effect any public sale or distribution of the equity securities of the Company held by such

 

5



 

Holder (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, or engage in any hedging transactions relating to the same, during the Holdback Period relating to an underwritten Demand Registration or an underwritten Piggyback Registration.

 

5.  Registration Procedures .

 

(a)                                   Whenever a Holder has requested that any Registrable Shares be registered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Shares in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

 

(i)                                      prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement on the appropriate form with respect to such Registrable Shares and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing;

 

(ii)                                   prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and such prospectus usable and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until such time as the Registrable Shares registered thereunder have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement; provided that, at least five business days prior to filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, excluding documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of the registration statement, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Registrable Shares covered by such registration statement (the “Selling Holders”), Selling Holders’ counsel and the underwriters, if any, draft copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders’ counsel and the underwriters, if any, and the Company will not, unless required by law, file any registration statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or any supplement thereto to which Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Shares covered thereby (the “Objecting Party”) shall reasonably object, pursuant to notice given to the Company prior to the filing of such amendment or supplement (the “Objection Notice”) and no later than five business days after receipt of the documents to which the Objection Notice relates. The Objection Notice shall set forth the objections and the specific areas in the draft documents where such objections arise. The Company shall have five business days after receipt of the Objection Notice to correct such deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Objecting Party, and will notify each Selling Holder of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission in connection therewith and shall use its best efforts to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it at the earliest possible moment if entered;

 

(iii)                                furnish to each Selling Holder and the underwriters of the securities being registered such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other documents as such Selling Holder or underwriters may

 

6



 

reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such Selling Holder or the sale of such securities by such underwriters;

 

(iv)                               use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to the security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable registration statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 promulgated thereunder;

 

(v)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Shares under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Selling Holder reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary or desirable to enable such seller to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Shares owned by such Selling Holder (provided, however, that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

(vi)                               cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(vii)                            enter into customary agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all such other actions as a Selling Holder or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Shares;

 

(viii)                         make available for inspection by the Selling Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent designated by any such Selling Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Selling Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement; provided, however, that any such records, documents, properties and information provided by the Company that is designated in writing by the Company in good faith as confidential at the time of delivery of such records, documents, properties or information, as applicable, shall be kept confidential by all such Persons unless (x) disclosure thereof is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law (provided, however that each such Person shall, upon learning that disclosure of such records, documents, properties or information, as applicable, is sought in a court proceeding or required by law, give notice to the Company to allow the Company to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure at the Company’s sole expense), or (y) such records, documents, properties or information, as applicable, has previously been made or becomes available to the public generally through the Company or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;

 

(ix)                                 cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to participate in marketing efforts as reasonably requested by the underwriters, including participating in “roadshow” meetings with potential investors;

 

7



 

(x)                                    notify each Selling Holder, promptly after it shall receive notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has become effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming apart of such registration statement has been filed;

 

(xi)                                 notify each Selling Holder of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information;

 

(xii)                              prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon the request of any Selling Holder, any amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus which, in the reasonable opinion of counsel selected by such Selling Holder, is required under the Securities Act or Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the distribution of Registrable Shares by such Selling Holder;

 

(xiii)                           prepare and promptly file with the Commission and promptly notify each Selling Holder of such Registrable Shares of the filing of such amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall have occurred as the result of which any such prospectus would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading;

 

(xiv)                          at the request of any Selling Holder in connection with an underwritten offering, furnish on the date or dates provided for in the underwriting agreement a customary opinion of counsel, addressed to the underwriters and the Holders, covering such matters as such underwriters and Holders may reasonably request;

 

(xv)                             obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each Selling Holder (provided such Selling Holder furnishes the accountants with such representations as the accountants customarily require in similar situations) and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings; and

 

(xvi)                          deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Selling Holders and the underwriters, including those to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Company may require the Holders to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to the Holders participating in such distribution and the ownership by the Holders of Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.  Each Holder shall furnish such

 

8



 

information to the Company and cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.  Registration Expenses .  All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with federal, state and foreign securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and its independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions attributable to the Registrable Shares included in such registration) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “Registration Expenses”), will be borne by the Company. In addition, the Company will pay its internal expenses (including, but not limited to, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance obtained by the Company and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange.  In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of legal counsel in connection with any registration under this Agreement.

 

Section 7.  Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   The Company agrees to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each seller of Registrable Shares, its officers and directors and each Person who controls such seller (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees except as limited by Section 7(c)) arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or any violation by the Company of any Federal or state securities laws, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company by such seller expressly for use therein or by such seller’s failure to deliver a copy of the prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such seller with a sufficient number of copies of the same.  In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify the underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the sellers of Registrable Shares.  The reimbursements required by this Section 7(a) will be made by periodic payments during the course of the investigation or defense, promptly after bills are received or expenses incurred.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any registration statement in which a seller of Registrable Shares is participating, each seller will furnish to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees except as limited by Section 7(c)) resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, preliminary prospectus or

 

9



 

prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such seller; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be several, not joint and several, among such sellers of Registrable Shares, and the liability of each such seller of Registrable Shares will be in proportion to the number of Registrable Shares sold by each such seller divided by the total number of Registrable Shares included in such registration statement, and provided further that such liability will be limited to, in any event, the net amount received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to such registration statement.

 

(c)                                   If any action is brought in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Agreement, the Person seeking indemnification (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom indemnification is sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing of the institution of such action (but the failure so to notify will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to the indemnified party under this Section 7 to the extent the indemnifying party is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof, and in no event shall it relieve the indemnifying party from any liability it may have otherwise than pursuant to this Section 7), and the indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or parties and payment of expenses.  The indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party or parties within a reasonable time or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party and may present a conflict for counsel representing the indemnified party or parties and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying party and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel) for the indemnified parties in any one action or series of related actions in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such action).  Anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent unless the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such action or reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this Section 7(c) within 30 days after receipt by the indemnifying party of the request therefor.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any action in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the indemnified parties from all liability arising out of action.

 

(d)                                  If the indemnification provided for in this Section is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or

 

10



 

payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the matters that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement of omission; provided, that in no event shall the amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under Section 7 exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such indemnification arises. No party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation under Section 11(f) of the Securities Act shall be entitled to contribution under this Section 7(d).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten pubic offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                     The indemnification provided for under this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of securities.

 

Section 8.  Compliance with Rule 144 .  At any time and from time to time after the Company has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will (i) make available to the public and the Holders such information as will enable the Holders to make sales pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, and (ii) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 9.  Underwritten Registrations .  Each Holder shall agrees that, in connection with any underwritten offering, such Holder will (a) sell its Registrable Shares on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements governing such underwritten offering and (b) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

Section 10.  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Shares .  The Company will not knowingly take any action, or knowingly permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would materially adversely affect the ability of the Holders to include Registrable Shares in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would materially adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Shares in any such registration.

 

Section 11.  Remedies . Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement will be entitled to enforce such rights specifically, to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

 

11



 

Section 12.  Amendments and Waivers .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived at any time only by the written agreement of the Company and ACE, and ACE Bermuda.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Holders of any provision or condition of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing.

 

Section 13.  Successors and Assigns .  The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement may be transferred or assigned by any Holder to a transferee or assignee that acquires from such Holder and any other Holder an amount of Registrable Shares equal to at least 5% of the Common Shares then outstanding, provided, however, that the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes the obligations of such transferor or assignor, as the case may be, under this Agreement and that such transferee or assignee executes and delivers a copy of this Agreement to the Company.

 

Section 14.  Termination .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and except for the provisions of Section 7, the rights of a Holder under this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to the Registrable Shares of such Holder until such Registrable Shares (i) have been sold under an effective registration statement; (ii) have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (iii) may be resold, without regard to the volume limitations, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Section 15.  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties concerning the matters referred to herein, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings.

 

Section 16.  Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

Section 17.  Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of and shall not be utilized in interpreting this Agreement.

 

Section 18.  Notices . Any notices required or permitted to be sent hereunder shall be delivered personally, or mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by overnight courier service to the following addresses, or such other addresses as shall be given by notice delivered hereunder, and shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt, if delivered personally, or mailed, or one business day after delivery to the courier, if delivered by overnight courier service:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Assured Guaranty Ltd.

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM08 Bermuda

Attention: General Counsel

 

12



 

If to an ACE Entity:

 

ACE Limited

ACE Global Headquarters

17 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM08 Bermuda

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to any other Holder:

 

To the address specified in writing by such Holder.

 

Section 19.  Governing Law; Dispute Resolution .  (a)  The validity, meaning and effect of this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in that state.

 

(b)                                  Mandatory Arbitration .  The parties hereto shall promptly submit any dispute, claim, or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereunder, including effect, validity, breach, interpretation, performance, or enforcement (collectively, a “Dispute”) to binding arbitration in New York, New York at the offices of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) before an arbitrator (the “Arbitrator”) in accordance with JAMS’ Arbitration Rules and Procedures and the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Section 1, et seq. The Arbitrator shall be a former federal judge selected from JAMS’ pool of neutrals.  The parties agree that, except as otherwise provided herein respecting temporary or preliminary injunctive relief, binding arbitration shall be the sole means of resolving any Dispute.

 

(c)                                   Costs.  The costs of the arbitration proceeding and any proceeding in court to confirm or to vacate any arbitration award or to obtain temporary or preliminary injunctive relief as provided in Section 19(d) hereof, as applicable (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees and costs), shall be borne by the unsuccessful party and shall be awarded as part of the Arbitrator’s decision, unless the Arbitrator shall otherwise allocate such costs in such decision.

 

(d)                                  Injunctive Relief .  Nothing herein prevents the parties hereto from seeking or obtaining temporary or preliminary injunctive relief in a court for any breach or threatened breach of any provision hereof pending the hearing before and determination of the Arbitrator.  The parties hereby agree that they shall continue to perform any and all obligations under this Agreement pending the hearing before and determination of the Arbitrator, it being agreed and understood that the failure to so perform will cause irreparable harm to each party and its affiliates and that the putative breaching party has assumed all of the commercial risks associated with such breach or threatened breach of any provision hereof by such party.

 

(e)                                   Discovery.  The parties shall be entitled to reasonably discovery, including a production of non-privileged documents and answers to a reasonable number of interrogatories.  Depositions may be ordered by the arbitrator upon a showing of need.

 

13



 

(f)                                     Courts .  The parties agree that the State and Federal courts in The City of New York shall have jurisdiction for purposes of enforcement of their agreement to submit Disputes to arbitration and of any award of the Arbitrator.

 

Section 20.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute one instrument.  Each party shall receive a duplicate original of the counterpart copy or copies executed by it and the Company.

 

[Intentionally left blank]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

 

ASSURED GUARANTY LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

15





Exhibit 10.11

 

FORM OF
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

 

This TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (the ‘Agreement”), dated March          , 2004, is by and among Assured Guaranty Limited (“AGL”), a Bermuda corporation having its principal office at 30 Woodbourne Avenue, Hamilton, Bermuda,  ACE Financial Services, Inc. (“AFS”), a Delaware corporation having its principal office at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10018, ACE Prime, Inc (“ACE Prime”), a Delaware corporation having its principal office at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, Assured Guaranty US Holdings, Inc (“AG US Holdings”), a Delaware corporation having its principal office at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10018, ACE Guaranty Corp. (“AGC”), a Maryland Corporation having its principal office at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10018, AGR Financial Products (“AGR FP”), a New York Corporation having its principal office at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10018, and ACE Risk Assurance (“ARA”), a New York Corporation having its principal office at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10018 .

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, AG US Holdings, AGC, AGR FP, and ARA have been members of an affiliated group of corporations filing consolidated federal income tax returns with ACE Prime (the common parent) within which AFS is the common parent of a subgroup comprised of AFS, AG US Holdings, AGC, AGR FP and ARA;

 

WHEREAS, AGL is acquiring all of the outstanding stock of AG US Holdings (the “Transfer”), the direct parent of AGC and AGR FP, pursuant to a Master Separation Agreement dated the date hereof among AFS and AGL (the “MSA”);

 

WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Closing (defined below), AGL and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries will become members of a worldwide affiliated group of corporations (the “Buyer Group”), of which AG US Holdings will be the common parent of the affiliated US group within the Buyer Group,  and AG US Holdings and subsidiaries will cease to be a member of the ACE Prime affiliated group which includes the AFS subgroup;

 

WHEREAS, AFS and each of the AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries were a party to the Amended and Restated Agreement Concerning Filing of Consolidated Federal Income Tax Returns (“AFS Tax Sharing Agreement”) dated November 13, 1995 with respect to the AFS subgroup included within the ACE Prime consolidated US group; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to assign responsibility for the preparation and filing of tax returns; to set forth the methodology for determining their respective liabilities for

 



 

Taxes (defined below) and for allocating such liabilities among themselves for all Taxes that may be owed to or assessed by the Internal Revenue Service or any other comparable state or local governmental authority attributable to the periods before, after and including the Closing Date (defined below); to establish procedures for reimbursing one party for Taxes allocated to the other under this Agreement; and to provide for certain tax elections and for the division of any tax benefits which may arise as a result of such elections;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

 

1.1            “AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries” means AG US Holdings, its direct subsidiaries AGC and AGR FP, and its indirect subsidiary ARA.

 

1.2            “Buyer” means AGL, and any successors thereto.

 

1.3            “Closing” means the closing of the Transfer and the sale by AFS of the stock of AGL to underwriters for public sale as described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed             .

 

1.4            “Closing Date” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

 

1.5            “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6            “Current Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 8 hereof.

 

1.7            “Election” has the meaning specified in Section 4 hereof.

 

1.8            “Estimated Tax Payment Date” means any of the dates specified in Section 6655 of the Code for the payment of Buyer’s or AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries’ estimated federal income tax.

 

1.9            “Returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required to be filed with a Tax Authority in respect of Taxes, and the term “Return” means any one of the foregoing Returns.

 

1.10          “Tax Authority” means the Internal Revenue Service or any other comparable state, local or foreign governmental authority.

 

1.11          “Tax Benefit Base Amount” for any Taxable Period means (i) any increase in an amortization, depreciation or loss deduction in such

 



 

Taxable Period or any decrease in an item of income or gain in such Taxable Period arising as a result of a basis increase occurring as a result of the Election, including any basis increase arising from payments made pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) any increase in any net operating or capital loss carryover or carryback or tax credit which is carried to such Taxable Period and which arose or arises in a prior or subsequent Taxable Period as a result of any such increase in deduction or decrease in income or gain in such prior or subsequent Taxable Period.

 

1.12          “Tax Benefit Issue” has the meaning specified in Section 9.3.1 hereof.

 

1.13          “Tax Benefits” means, for any Taxable Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the total amount of federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes, respectively, that would be payable by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries in respect of such Taxable Period if the Tax Benefit Base Amount for such Taxable Period were not taken into account (“Notional Tax Liability”), over (b) the total amount of federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes, respectively, actually payable by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries in respect of such Taxable Period after taking into account the Tax Benefit Base Amount for such Taxable Period (“Actual Tax Liability”). Any Tax Benefits hereunder shall be determined using the method of reporting (i.e. consolidated, combined or separate returns) actually utilized by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries or the particular member of the AG US Holdings US affiliated Group. In any Taxable Period ending after the Closing, the Tax Benefits shall be no less than the Tax Benefits calculated without giving effect to any items of income, expense, loss, deduction or credit of, or attributable to any businesses, assets or liabilities other than (i) historic businesses conducted by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries as of the Closing, (ii) any assets held by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, (iii) any assets acquired by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries from the ACE Prime Group subsequent to the Closing, and (iv) any liabilities of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries as of the Closing or incurred or assumed by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries with respect to any asset described in (iii) above.

 

1.14          “Taxable Period” means any taxable year ending after the date of the Closing.

 

1.15          “Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes,

 



 

assessments or similar charges, including interest, additions to tax, and penalties, on, based on, measured by or with respect to income, net worth or capital, and the term “Tax” means any one of the foregoing Taxes.

 

1.16          “Underpayment Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 9.3 hereof.

 

2. Tax Returns. AFS agrees to prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed timely any and all applicable Returns in respect of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries that (i) are required to be filed on or before Closing; or (ii) are required to be filed after Closing that (A) are required to include, on a consolidated or combined basis, the operations of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries for any tax period ending on or before Closing; or (B) are required to be filed by AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries on a separate return basis for any tax period ending on or before Closing. To the extent requested by AFS in writing, AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries shall participate in the filing of and, at the direction of AFS, shall file any required separate basis Returns with respect to any period that ends on or before Closing. The Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared the schedules in respect of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries containing the information necessary for AFS to prepare any consolidated or combined returns. The Buyer shall also prepare or cause to be prepared and shall file or cause to be filed all other Returns required of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries, or in respect of its activities, for any Taxable Period ending after Closing that includes the operations of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries prior to Closing.

 

3. Obligation for Payment of Taxes.  AFS and AG US Holdings and its Subsidiaries agree to the termination of the AFS Tax Sharing Agreement as of the Closing date subject to the following provisions.  The terms of the AFS Tax Sharing Agreement, including paragraphs 4 and 5 thereof regarding effects of termination, shall be adhered to for the timely payment of Taxes covered thereunder subject to the following modifications:

 

(i)             AFS,  AGL and AG US Holdings and its Subsidiaries agrees that the tax liability or benefit associated with any deferred inter-company transactions under Internal Revenue Code Section 267 or 1502 triggered as a result of the Transfer will be the sole liability or benefit of AFS.

 

(ii)            AFS, AGL and AG US Holdings and its Subsidiaries agree that the tax liability associated with the recapture of AGC’s contingency reserve deductions previously taken for income tax purposes that will be triggered as a result of the Election in Section 4 will be the sole liability of AFS.  Any proceeds associated with the sale of the Tax and Loss bonds will be retained by AGC.

 

(iii)           All Taxes associated with the Election in Section 4 will be the responsibility of AFS.

 



 

The terms under the AFS Tax Sharing Agreement relating to the payment of the tax liability associated with the tax period ending on the Closing Date (subject to the above modifications) will continue until the final cash settlement for the period including the Closing Date is completed based on a filed tax return for each of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries as included in the ACE Prime, Inc. and Subsidiaries consolidated income tax return which includes the period ending on the Closing Date.  All other Taxes will be the responsibility of Buyer. The parties hereto will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, elect with the relevant Tax Authority to treat for all purposes the Closing Date as the last day of a taxable period of each of AG US Holdings and its subsidiaries, and such period shall be treated as a “Short Period” for purposes of this Agreement. In any case where applicable law does not permit AG US Holdings and its subsidiaries to treat the Closing Date as the last day of a Short Period, then for purposes of this Agreement, the portion of such Taxes that is attributable to the operations of AG US Holdings and its subsidiaries for such Interim Period (as defined below) shall be, the Taxes that would be due with respect to the Interim Period, if such Interim Period were a Short Period. “Interim Period” means with respect to any Taxes imposed on AG US Holdings and its subsidiaries on a periodic basis for which the Closing Date is not the last day of a Short Period, the period of time beginning on the first day of the actual taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date and ending on and including the Closing Date.

 

4. Election Under Section 338 (h) (10). Buyer and AFS shall timely make or cause to be made a valid joint election under Section 338(h) (10) of the Code and under any comparable provisions of state law in respect of the Transfer so as to have the transfer treated as a deemed sale of assets of AG US Holdings and each of its subsidiaries and the deemed asset sale gain recognized in ACE Prime’s consolidated federal income tax return and any relevant state income or franchise tax returns that include the Short Period for AG US Holdings and each of its subsidiaries ending on the Closing Date (collectively, the “Election”).

 

5. Valuation and Allocation of Consideration. The parties agree that the “aggregate deemed sale price” and “adjusted grossed-up basis” (as such terms are defined in the regulations under Section 338 of the Code) with respect to the Transfer and Election shall be determined by AFS, such determination to be made, in part, based on allocable proceeds of the sales price per share of the common stock of AGL in the initial public offering of such stock. The value of the consideration shall be allocated among the assets of AG US Holdings and each of its subsidiaries as indicated on a schedule (the “Tax Allocation Schedule”) to be prepared by AFS and delivered to AG US Holdings and each of its subsidiaries no later than sixty days prior to the date the Election must be filed, subject to adjustment by AFS to the extent necessary to make such allocations consistent with any post-Closing adjustments. The parties agree that any and all payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to Tax

 



 

Benefits shall be treated as an adjustment to the “aggregate deemed sale price” and allocated in accordance with the terms of the Tax Allocation Schedule. Absent a final and unappealable decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction or a closing agreement under Section 7121 of the Code to the contrary, the parties (i) shall be bound by such allocation for purposes of determining any Taxes and (ii) shall prepare and file all Returns in a manner consistent with such allocation. In the event that any Tax Authority disputes such allocation, the party receiving notice of such dispute shall promptly notify and consult with the other party hereto concerning resolution of such dispute.

 

6. Tax Reporting. AFS and AGL (including the post election tax returns of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries) shall file, or cause to be filed, its respective federal income tax Returns treating the Transfer as a purchase of the assets of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries pursuant to Sections 338(a) and 338(h) (10) of the Code. AFS and AGL (including the post election tax returns of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries) shall file, or cause to be filed, on a similar basis all state and local tax returns to the extent that such treatment is consistent with such state and local tax law.

 

7. Liability for Assessments or Refunds. AFS shall pay any assessments for income Taxes incurred (subsequent to AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries satisfying its obligations under Section 3) and be entitled to receive all refunds of income Taxes (i) with respect to all periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date; and (ii) with respect to any period beginning before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date, but only with respect to the portion of such period up to and including the Closing Date for which Taxes are allocated to AFS in accordance with Section 3 above. AFS shall have sole and exclusive discretion at its expense to contest or not to contest, negotiate and settle proposed adjustments relating to the inclusion in any Return of the income, deductions, credits, allowances or other tax items of AG US Holdings and subsidiaries for any period ending prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

8. Tax Benefit Sharing Payment to AFS.

 

8.1            Estimated Tax Payments.  AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries shall pay to AFS, on each Estimated Tax Payment Date, an amount equal to the estimated Tax Benefits for the applicable Taxable Period. For this purpose, 25 percent (or, in the case of Taxable Periods of less than one year, one divided by the number of Estimated Tax Payment Dates in such Period) of Tax Benefits as then estimated for the applicable Taxable Period shall be deemed to accrue and the applicable percentage thereof set forth in the preceding sentence shall be paid at each Estimated Tax Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, estimated Tax Benefits shall be calculated utilizing the notional/actual method set forth in Section 1.13 above and using consistent methods and assumptions between periods and notional/actual comparisons.

 



 

8.2            Current Amount Adjustment. At the time AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries or successors files its federal income tax return for each Taxable Period, to the extent that the amounts paid to AFS pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof for such Taxable Period exceeded the Tax Benefits for the applicable Taxable Period (the “Current Amount”), such excess amounts paid shall be refunded together with interest at the Underpayment Rate from the close of such Taxable Period by AFS to AG US Holdings. To the extent that the amounts paid to AFS pursuant to Section 8.1 hereof for such Taxable Period were less than the Current Amount, such deficit in amounts paid shall be paid to AFS by AG US Holdings together with interest at the Underpayment Rate from the close of such Taxable Period.

 

8.3            Tax Computation Assumptions. When allocation factors are required for any tax computation, the factors used in AG US Holdings’ most recently filed consolidated Return or the affected member of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries most recently filed Returns in the relevant jurisdictions shall be used.

 

8.4            Subsequent Transactions by Buyer. Buyer agrees that it shall not enter into any transactions a significant effect of which is to reduce the amount of the Tax Benefits otherwise payable to AFS under this Agreement.

 

8.5            Benefit Estimates. AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries shall prepare and deliver to AFS no less than 60 days prior to the end of each calendar year, an estimate of the amount of the Tax Benefits that will be payable to AFS during the immediately following year, such estimate to be agreed upon by the parties in good faith and subject to the provisions of Section 9.3.3. AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries shall revise and update each such estimate on a quarterly basis to be delivered to AFS no less than 15 days prior to the end of each quarter, such revision or update to be agreed upon by the parties in good faith and subject to the provisions of Section 9.3.3.

 

8.6            Payments in General. All payments to AFS pursuant to this Agreement shall be made directly by wire transfer of immediately available funds prior to 10:30 A.M., New York time, on the date of payment, to                             , for the account of                         ,  Account No.                           (or such other account as directed by AFS)

 

8.7            Termination Payment. As promptly as practicable following close of the fifteenth taxable year of Buyer ending after the Closing Date, Buyer and AFS shall negotiate in good faith to reach an agreement which requires Buyer to pay AFS an amount, if any, equal to the then present value (determined by using the then current Underpayment Rate) of the aggregate Tax Benefits which AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries would reasonably be expected to realize as a result of the Election in any taxable year beginning after Buyer’s fifteenth taxable year ending after the Closing Date, in consideration of Buyer and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries being relieved thereafter of its future obligations under this Section 8.

 



 

9.              Tax Issues Arising After the Closing Date.

 

9.1            Mutual Cooperation. The parties agree to consult in good faith and to provide each other with such assistance as reasonably may be requested in writing by any of them in connection with (i) the preparation and execution of any Return, (ii) the negotiation and settlement of any audit or other examination of any Return by any Tax Authority, or (iii) the handling of any judicial or administrative proceeding relating to any Tax liability for periods of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date. The parties’ general obligation to cooperate shall require, but not be limited to requiring, each party (i) to notify the other of any Tax Authority’s initiating an audit, requesting information or proposing adjustment, or any extension of statutes of limitation and of final determinations of adjustment, (ii) to preserve records, documents and other information relevant to liabilities for Taxes until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or extensions thereof and to provide, upon written request, copies of such records and/or reasonable access thereto, (iii) to make available without charge at a location determined by Buyer or AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries during normal working hours, upon written request, personnel responsible for preparing, maintaining, or explaining information, records and documents in connection with matters relating to Taxes, and (iv) to execute and deliver such powers of attorney, consents, and other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

9.2            Buyer’s and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries’ Discretion to Contest, Negotiate and Settle. Buyer and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries’ shall have sole and exclusive discretion to contest or not to contest, negotiate and settle proposed adjustments relating to the inclusion in any Return of the income, deductions, credits, allowances or other tax items of AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries for any period after the Closing Date, subject to Sections 7 and 9.3 hereof.

 

9.3            Contesting Disputed Tax Benefits.

 

9.3.1 Control of Proceedings. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service or a state Tax Authority disputes the existence or amount of the Tax Benefit Base Amount or of any Tax Benefits, including any challenge to the Tax Allocation Schedule (the “Tax Benefit Issue”), Buyer or AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries shall contest the matter on audit, through Internal Revenue Service or state appellate proceedings and through judicial proceedings. Representatives of AFS shall be allowed to participate in such proceedings in so far as they relate to the Tax Benefit Issue and such participation shall be reflected by the grant of appropriate powers of attorney. Decisions regarding the conduct of such contest shall be made by AFS or its representatives after consultation with Buyer and its representatives, provided, however, that ultimate control over contesting the Tax Benefit Issue, including control over procedural matters that necessarily relate to all issues being contested (including, without limitation, choice of forum), shall be exercised in good faith by AFS and its representatives, and Buyer and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries shall take any action as is necessary to effectuate the decisions of AFS. Decisions relating solely to tax issues unrelated

 



 

to the Tax Benefit Issue shall be made exclusively by Buyer and its representatives, provided, however, that such decisions could not reasonably have an adverse tax consequence on the Tax Benefits Issue. Decisions regarding the settlement of a contest of the Tax Benefit Issue shall be made jointly by AFS and Buyer and their respective representatives, provided, however, that if AFS or Buyer declines a settlement proposal relating to the Tax Benefit Issue that the other wishes to accept, the contest will continue and the declining party will (i) bear all further contest costs, (ii) indemnify the party wishing to accept the settlement against any outcome more adverse than that of the proposed settlement, and (iii) be entitled to all benefits more advantageous than those of the proposed settlement.

 

9.3.2 Adverse Outcome and Repayment. If, as the result of a contest subject to Section 9.3.1, Tax Benefits are less than those taken into account in computing any payments made under Section 8 hereof, such payments will be recomputed on the basis of such revised Tax Benefits, and any excess payments shall be refunded by AFS to AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries together with any related penalties imposed by a Tax Authority. Interest shall be payable at the rates prescribed for underpayments in Section 6621(a) of the Code (the “Underpayment Rate”) with respect to Tax Benefits or at the corresponding state underpayment rate in connection with revisions relating to state tax revisions.

 

9.3.3 Resolution of Computational Disputes. If the parties hereto are unable to agree on the amount of the Tax Benefit Base Amount or of any Tax Benefits reflected in an estimate delivered pursuant to Section 8.5 (the “Disputed Amount”), the determination of such Disputed Amount shall be made by an independent firm of certified public accountants jointly selected by AFS and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries, whose cost shall be borne equally by AFS and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries. Each party shall bear their own amount of all other costs arising in connection with a dispute under this Section 9.3.3. If AFS and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries cannot agree on the selection of an independent firm of certified public accountants, such firm will be jointly selected by the firms of certified public accountants that certify (or selected by the firm of certified public accountants that certifies) the financial statements of AFS and Buyer and that is other than the selecting firm(s). Such accountants shall be given access by AFS, Buyer and their respective subsidiaries to all information necessary to determine the Disputed Amount, subject to the agreement of such accountants that such information shall be kept confidential and shall not be released without the written consent of AFS or Buyer, as appropriate, except as compelled by legal process. Any amount otherwise due under this Agreement that is a Disputed Amount shall be paid, together with interest at the Underpayment Rate from the date on which such payment was originally due, within 10 days of the determination of such Disputed Amount.

 

9.3.4 Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, fees and expenses paid to third-party service providers and incurred after the date hereof by AFS, Buyer or any of their subsidiaries for the purpose of obtaining the Tax Benefits, including, without limitation, legal and accounting expenses relating to the resolution of any dispute with any

 



 

Tax Authority regarding a Tax Benefit Issue or any related activity shall be borne by AFS in the same percentage as the Tax Benefits in controversy bears to the Tax Benefits paid to AFS pursuant to this Agreement for such Taxable Period. All other such fees and expenses shall be borne by Buyer. Notwithstanding the above, the obligation of any party to bear any portion of such fees or expenses related to service providers not retained by it shall be contingent upon prior written approval by such party of the retention of any such advisers.

 

9.4            Attorney’s Fees. AFS on the one hand and AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries and Buyer on the other hand shall, upon a breach of this Agreement, in addition to other penalties, damages or liabilities, be responsible for and shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the non-breaching party an amount equal to reasonable out-of-pocket attorney’s fees actually incurred by such party in its efforts to enforce its rights under this Agreement.

 

10.            Construction. Each of the parties hereto agree that (i) the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation or construction of this Agreement, and (ii) except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no usage of trade, course of dealing, course of performance or enforcement or surrounding circumstance shall be used in interpreting or construing this Agreement.

 

11.            Notices. Any notice required under any provision of this Agreement shall be made in the manner provided in the section entitled “Notices” in the Stock Agreement.

 

12.            Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein, without effect to its choice of law.

 

13.            Binding Effect; Successors. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date of this Agreement and shall apply to the first taxable year, or portion thereof, beginning on or after the Closing and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor, by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto (including but not limited to any successor of AFS, AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries or Buyer succeeding to the tax attributes of AFS, AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries or Buyer under Section 381 of the Code) , to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party to the Agreement. In addition, in the event of any acquisition of the assets of AGC US Holding and Subsidiaries in which gain or loss is not recognized, in whole or in part, for federal income tax purposes, AG US Holdings and Subsidiaries and Buyer shall ensure that any purchaser of such assets shall assume the obligations set forth in this Agreement. Any other tax sharing agreement other than as referenced in Section 3, or provision of such tax sharing agreement other than as referenced in Section 3, among any parties to this Agreement or their predecessors, shall have no force and effect for any taxable years, or portions thereof, beginning on or after the Closing.

 



 

14.            Severability. In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed as if such term or provision, to the extent the same shall have been held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, had never been contained herein.

 

15.            Headings. The headings in the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

 

16             Amendments.  This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by agreement in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

ACE Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty Limited

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Assured Guaranty US Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

ACE Guaranty Corp.

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

AGR Financial Products, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

ACE Risk Assurance

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

ACE Prime, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

MODIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Modification Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of January 1, 2000, is made by and between ACE Guaranty Re Inc. (formerly Capital Reinsurance Company), a Maryland domiciled insurance company (“AGRE”) and its direct parent company, ACE Financial Services Inc. (formerly Capital Re Corporation), a Delaware domiciled insurance holding company (“ACE Financial”).

 

WHEREAS, AGRE and ACE Financial entered into a Service Agreement as of January 1, 1995 (the “Service Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto;

 

WHEREAS, AGRE maintains its own offices and staff of professional insurance executives and administrative and clerical personnel who are experienced in the management of insurance companies;

 

WHEREAS, ACE Financial requires certain support services in order to conduct its business and AGRE desires to provide such services;

 

WHEREAS, AGRE and ACE Financial desire to amend the Service Agreement as of January 1, 2000 so as to increase the monthly fee payable thereunder from $5,000 to 20,833.33 (equivalent to $250,000 annually);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, AGRE and ACE Financial hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Paragraph 6 of the Service Agreement shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

 

6.                                        In consideration of the services provided by ACE Guaranty Re Inc. pursuant to this Agreement, ACE Financial Services Inc. shall pay to ACE Guaranty Re Inc. a monthly fee of $ 20,833.33 (equivalent to $250,000 annually) no later than the first day of each month during the term hereof. The components of the monthly fee are as follows:

 

Accounting and Finance Services — $ 10,833.33
Legal Services — $7,000
Administrative Support — $3,000

 

The monthly fee is ACE Guaranty Re Inc.’s cost of providing the services pursuant to this Agreement. The monthly fee for any month not wholly within the term of this Agreement shall be pro-rated accordingly.

 

2.                                        Except as provided in paragraph 1 of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Service Agreement shall not be amended.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized officers of ACE Guaranty Re Inc. and ACE Financial Services Inc. have executed this Agreement as of January 1, 2000.

 

 

ACE GUARANTY RE INC.

ACE FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Geraldine Alfino Egler

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Mumford

 

Name:  Geraldine Alfino Egler

Name:  Lisa Mumford

Title:  Senior Vice President,
Secretary and General Counsel

Title:  Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer

 



 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

This Service Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of the first day of January 1995, between Capital Reinsurance Company, a Maryland domiciled insurance company (“Capital Re”), and Capital Re Corporation, a Delaware domiciled insurance holding company (the “Holding Company”).

 

WHEREAS, Capital Re is a reinsurer licensed under the New York Insurance Law; and

 

WHEREAS, Capital Re maintains its own offices and staff of professional insurance executives and administrative and clerical personnel who are experienced in the management of insurance operations;

 

WHEREAS, the Holding Company requires certain support services in order to conduct its business and Capital Re desires to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived, Capital Re and the Holding Company do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Capital Re will make available such services, including legal, data processing, accounting, tax and financial planning services to the Holding Company, as are needed and requested by the Holding Company.  Under no circumstances shall any member of Capital Re’s staff be granted any authority pursuant to this Agreement to make investment or business decisions on behalf of the Holding Company or otherwise make any legally binding commitments on behalf of the Holding Company.

 

2.                                        Capital Re’s staff members who provide such services to the Holding Company will remain for, all purposes, the employees of Capital Re and will be instructed to provide the services to the Holding Company with the same degree of care and diligence as they would exercise in the performance of the same or similar services to Capital Re.

 

3.                                        Capital Re shall compensate its staff members who provide such services to the Holding Company on the same basis as they are customarily compensated for the performance of their regular duties to Capital Re.  The Holding Company shall make no direct payment of any kind to, or compensate in any manner, the staff members of Capital Re whose services it uses.

 

4.                                        The Holding Company shall remain the sole owner of all records, documents and other work products developed, utilized or maintained for the Holding Company by Capital Re’s staff.

 

5.                                        Each party shall have the right to conduct an audit of the relevant books, records and accounts of the other party upon giving reasonable notice of its intent to conduct such an audit. In the event of such audit, the party being audited shall give to the party requesting the audit reasonable cooperation and access to all books, records and accounts necessary to the audit.

 



 

6.                                        In consideration of the services provided by Capital Re pursuant to this Agreement, the Holding Company shall pay to Capital Re a monthly fee of $5,000 no later than the first day of each month during the term hereof. The components of the monthly fee are as follows:

 

Accounting and Finance Services - $2,000
Legal Services - $1,500
Administrative Support - $1,500

 

The monthly fee is Capital Re’s cost of providing the services pursuant to this Agreement. The monthly fee for any month not wholly within the term of this Agreement shall be pro-rated accordingly.

 

7.                                        Should an irreconcilable difference of opinion between Capital Re and the Holding Company arise as to the interpretation of any matter respecting this Agreement, such difference shall be submitted to arbitration as the sole remedy available to both parties. Such arbitration shall be in the accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the arbitration shall take place in New York City.

 

8.                                        This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the first day of January, 1995.

 

 

CAPITAL REINSURANCE COMPANY

CAPITAL RE CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Lisa Mumford

 

By:

  /s/ Howard S. Yaruss

 

Name:  Lisa Mumford

Name:  Howard S. Yaruss

Title:  Vice President

Title:  Vice President

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Service Agreement (this “Agreement”), entered into as of January 1, 2003 by and between ACE Guaranty Corp. (formerly “ACE Guaranty Re Inc.”), a Maryland domiciled insurance company, (“AGC”) and ACE American Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania domiciled insurance company, (“ACE American”) acting through its Financial Solution’s division (the “Division”), amends and restates the prior Service Agreement between the parties dated as of July 1, 2001.

 

WHEREAS, AGC maintains a staff of professional insurance executives and administrative and clerical personnel who are experienced in the management of insurance operations; and

 

WHEREAS, AGC is able to provide administrative, tax, accounting, human resources, data processing, data systems, payroll services and legal services to the Division; and

 

WHEREAS, the Division requires certain support services in order to conduct business on behalf of ACE American, and AGC desires to provide services,

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        AGC will make available such services, including administrative, tax, accounting, human resources, data processing, data systems, payroll services and legal services to the Division as are needed and requested by ACE American.

 

2.                                        AGC’s staff members who provide services to the Division will remain, for all purposes, the employees of AGC and will be instructed to provide the services to the Division with the same degree of care and diligence as they would exercise in the performance of the same or similar services to AGC.

 

3.                                        AGC shall compensate its staff members who provide such services to the Division on the same basis as they are customarily compensated for the performance of their regular duties to AGC.  ACE American shall not make any direct payment of any kind to, or compensate in any manner, the staff members of AGC whose services are provided to it.

 

4.                                        ACE American shall remain the sole owner of all records, documents and other work product developed, utilized or maintained for the Division by AGC’s staff.

 

5.                                        Each party hereto shall have the right to conduct up to four audits per year of such books, records and accounts of the other party as are reasonably necessary to confirm compliance by such other party with the terms hereof upon giving reasonable notice of its intent to conduct such an audit.  In the event of such audit, the party being audited shall give to the party requesting the audit reasonable cooperation and access to all books, records and accounts necessary to the audit.

 

1



 

6.                                        In consideration of the services provided by AGC to the Division, ACE American shall pay to AGC, monthly in arrears, a service fee of twenty-seven thousand eighty-three dollars ($27,083).

 

7.                                        ACE American shall reimburse AGC on a cost basis for expenses related to any outside vendors who provide legal, management information systems, accounting, tax or financial planning services on behalf of the Division. AGC shall provide ACE American with a written accounting of amounts due pursuant to paragraph 6 hereof within ten days following the end of each month.  ACE American shall pay all amounts due to AGC within fifteen days after receipt of such accounting.

 

8.                                        Should an irreconcilable difference of opinion between the parties arise as to the interpretation of any matter respecting this Agreement, such difference shall be submitted to arbitration as the sole remedy available to the parties.  Such arbitration shall be conducted in the accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the arbitration shall take place in New York City.

 

9.                                        This Agreement shall be effective as of January 1, 2003 and shall terminate sixty (60) days following written notice given by any party to the other parties of its intent to terminate this Agreement.  The parties to this Agreement shall re-evaluate this Agreement and the fee for services annually prior to November 1 and shall amend the Agreement by written consent as necessary.

 

10.                                  This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

11.                                  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon all successors, assignees and transferees of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties.

 

13.                                  This Agreement constitutes and sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof. All amendments or modifications hereto shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ACE GUARANTY CORP.

 

 

By:

/s/ Geraldine Alfino Egler

 

 

Name:

Geraldine Alfino Egler

 

Title:

Senior Vice President
General Counsel

 

ACE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.14

 

EMPLOYEE LEASING AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is effective as of the l st day of April, 2000 , between ACE American Insurance Company (“ACE American”), a Pennsylvania Corporation, and ACE Guaranty Re Inc. (“ACE Guaranty”), a Maryland Corporation.

 

IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties, each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Engagement .  ACE Guaranty shall provide to ACE American staffing services for ACE American’s Financial Solutions division.  Contract employees of ACE Guaranty provided to ACE American hereunder are identified on Exhibit A.  Exhibit A is subject to amendment, from time to time, at the discretion of ACE Guaranty, provided that ACE Guaranty shall notify ACE American of any such amendment.  Such employees identified on Exhibit A as amended from time to time shall be referred to herein as “Workers”.  The Workers are provided solely for the benefit of ace American, on terms and conditions acceptable to ACE Guaranty.  The Workers are and all times remain the sole employees of ACE Guaranty and shall not be considered employees of ACE American.

 

2.                                        Compensation .  As full compensation to ACE Guaranty for providing the Workers hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof, ACE American shall pay ACE Guaranty five (5) Business Days following written demand, a fee equal to the costs incurred by ACE Guaranty in providing the Workers, which costs shall include (but shall not be limited to) the cost to ACE Guaranty of any cash and non-cash compensation to such Workers, including without limitation medical and other insurance, retirement and other benefits, as well as other perquisites granted to such Workers which customarily are granted to other employees similarly situated.  The payments due from ACE American may be netted against amounts owed at the applicable payment date by ACE Guaranty to ACE American and only the difference, if any, shall be payable.

 

3.                                        Term .  This agreement shall be in effect from the date above first written until terminated by mutual agreement or either party giving sixty (60) days written notice to the other party.

 

4.                                        Notices .  Unless the party to be notified otherwise notifies the other party in writing, notices shall be given by overnight mail or courier or by telefax, addressed to such party at its address on the signature page of this agreement.

 

5.                                        Applicable Law .  This agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

 



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be bound, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

 

ACE American Insurance Company

ACE Guaranty Re Inc.

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ William P. Garrigan

 

By:

/s/ G. A. Egler

 

Name:

William P. Garrigan

 

Name:

G. A. Egler

 

Title:

SVP/CFO

 

Title

SVP/GEN Counsel

 

Date: October 10, 2001

 

Addresses for Notices :

Addresses for Notices :

 

 

ACE American Insurance Company
2 Liberty Place TL6H
1601 Chestnut Street
P.O. Box 41484
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101-1484
Telefax:  (215) 640-5557

ACE Guaranty Re Inc.
1325 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Telefax:  (212) 459-9180

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

David Buzen
Dorothy Donald
Alan Roseman
Elizabeth Seda
Michael Canter
Karen Levins
Deborah Aschheim
Richard Sica
Linda Calise
Simon Meers
Matthew Merna
Joyce Bowes
Seth Gillaton
Brian Mulqueen
Jennifer McGrath
Joanne Cullen




Exhibit 10.15

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

This Service Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 1, 2003, by and between ACE Guaranty Corp., a Maryland domiciled insurance company (“AGC”) and ACE Asset Management Inc., a Delaware company (“AAM”).

 

WHEREAS, AGC has leased office space at 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY and AGC maintains a staff of professional executives and administrative and clerical personnel; and

 

WHEREAS, AAM requires office space and certain support services in order to conduct its business, and AGC desires to provide such office space and services; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        AGC will make available such office space and services, including legal, human resources, data processing, accounting and tax planning services to AAM as are needed and requested by AAM.  Under no circumstances shall any member of AGC’s staff be granted any authority pursuant to this Agreement to make investment or business decisions on behalf of AAM or otherwise make any legally binding commitments on behalf of AAM.

 

2.                                        AGC’s staff members who provide services to AAM hereunder will remain, for all purposes, the employees of AGC and will be instructed to provide the services to AAM with the same degree of care and diligence as they would exercise in the performance of the same or similar services to AGC.

 

3.                                        AGC shall compensate its staff members who provide such services to AAM on the same basis as they are customarily compensated for the performance of their regular duties to AGC.  AAM shall not make any direct payment of any kind to, or compensate in any manner, the staff members of AGC whose services are provided to it.

 

4.                                        AAM shall remain the sole owner of all records, documents and other work products developed, utilized or maintained for it by ACC’s staff.

 

5.                                        Each party hereto shall have the right to conduct up to four audits per year of such books, records and accounts of the other party as are reasonably necessary to confirm compliance by such other party with the terms hereof upon giving reasonable notice of its intent to conduct such an audit.  In the event of such audit, the party being audited shall give to the party requesting the audit reasonable cooperation and access to all books, records and accounts necessary to the audit.

 

6.                                        In consideration of the office space and services provided by AGC, AAM shall pay to AGC, monthly in arrears, (x) an amount equal to 8% of each expense item listed on Exhibit A hereto paid by AGC, plus (y) an amount equal to 13% of each expense item listed on Exhibit B hereto paid by AGC (each, an “Expense Item”); provided, however, if the parties mutually agree that an Expense Item relates only to a company other than AAM, no amount shall be payable hereunder in respect of such Expense Item; provided, further, if the parties mutually agree that an Expense Item relates only to AAM, an

 



 

amount equal to 100% of such Expense Item shall be payable hereunder, plus (z) a service fee equal to $16,667.00.

 

7.                                        AGC shall provide ACRO with a written accounting of amounts due pursuant to paragraph 6 hereof within ten days following the end of each month. ACRO shall pay all amounts due to AGC within fifteen days after receipt of such accounting.

 

8 .                                        Should an irreconcilable difference of opinion between the parties arise as to the interpretation of any matter respecting this Agreement, such difference shall be submitted to arbitration as the sole remedy available to the parties.  Such arbitration shall be conducted in the accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the arbitration shall take place in New York City.

 

9.                                        This Agreement shall be effective as of January 1, 2003 and shall terminate sixty days following written notice given by any party to the other parties of its intent to terminate this Agreement.

 

10.                                  This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

11.                                  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon all successors, assignees and transferees of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties.

 

13.                                  This Agreement constitutes and sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof.  All amendments or modifications hereto shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ACE GUARANTY CORP.

 

 

By:

/s/ Geraldine Alfino Egler

 

 

Name:

Geraldine Alfino Egler

 

Title:

Senior Vice President
General Counsel

 

ACE ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Bradley

 

 

Name:

Richard Bradley

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

3



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EXPENSE ITEMS

 

Other Employee Welfare

6042110000

 

Pension Plan Administration Fee

6042910020

 

Non-Qualified Profit Share Exp

6039610070

 

401k Saving Plan

6042810000

 

Outside Services - All Other

6061710020

 

Depreciation Furniture

6049110000

 

Depreciation Edp

6050110000

 

Depreciation Software

6050310000

 

Printing

6051110030

 

Office Supplies

6051110000

 

Publications

6051110020

 

Postage

6052110000

 

Telephone

6052310000

 

Outsourcing Mail

6052110050

 

Air Freight

6052110020

 

Outside Ins Carrier

6044110040

 

Insurance Misc. Exp

6044110020

 

Online Searches

6051110080

 

Repairs & Maintenance

6048110040

 

Outside Services All Other

6061710020

 

Consulting - Inform Tech

6061410010

 

Healthcare Benefits

6043010010

 

Life Insurance

6043010000

 

Disability Benefits

6043010020

 

Temporary Help

6061110000

 

Consulting

6061410090

 

Charitable Contributions

6066210000

 

Misc. Prof Fees

6061710020

 

Computer Forms

6051110050

 

Hardware/Soft Maintenance

6050610000

 

Software Purchases

6050410010

 

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

EXPENSE ITEMS

 

Rent

6048110000

 

Utilities

6048110020

 

Rent Related Property Tax

6048110100

 

Repairs and Maintenance

6048110050

 

Furniture & Equipment Maintenance

6049210010

 

Furniture & Fixture Purchase

6049210000

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.16

 

MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING
SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of this 1 st day of January, 2000 is by and between ACE Insurance Management Ltd. (“ AIM ”), and ACE Capital Re International Ltd. (“ ACE Cap Re ”) both companies incorporated and organized under the laws of Bermuda (ACE Cap Re and AIM are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, ACE Cap Re, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., desires to contract with AIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., to provide certain accounting and administrative services and AIM is willing to provide such services in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DUTIES OF AIM

 

Subject to such specified guidelines and limitations as may be established from time to time by ACE Cap Re, AIM shall provide the following services to ACE Cap Re (hereinafter “ Services ”) during the Term of this Agreement:

 

A.     Accounting Services.

 

AIM shall:

 

1.      Make disbursements from ACE Cap Re’s bank accounts in settlement of the liabilities of ACE Cap Re; provided that the same shall be subject to such authority limitations as ACE Cap Re, in its sole discretion, shall communicate to AIM in writing from time to time.

 

2.      Maintain and prepare accounts payable ledgers and journals (including accruals where necessary).  Such ledgers and journals shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards for the insurance industry and shall comply with applicable insurance rules and regulations.

 

3.      Prepare and maintain investment portfolio monthly journals and ledgers

 

4.      Administer employee payroll accounting, disbursements, and monthly reporting to both ACE Cap Re and its employees (including income tax withholding and remittances to the US Government, as applicable).

 

5.      Provide monthly reports and analyses to ACE Cap Re on investment results, payroll and other disbursements;

 

1



 

6.      Monitor and review ACE Cap Re’s investment portfolio in accordance with investment guidelines and provide a monthly compliance report to ACE Cap Re on the same.

 

7.      Prepare and provide to ACE Cap Re, financial statement disclosure and footnotes with regard to ACE Cap Re’s investment portfolio.

 

B.     Administrative Services.

 

AIM shall:

 

1.      Order, collect and deliver stationery and other supplies when requisitioned by ACE Cap Re.

 

2.      As respects hiring of employees by ACE Cap Re, post advertisements, file required forms with and act as liaison to the Bermuda Government immigration department, and, upon request, interview prospective employees.

 

3.      Provide information system technology support, including purchasing and installation of all computer hardware, software and communications; provide ongoing development and contingency (back up) support, as reasonably required.

 

4.      Provide building maintenance services, including but not limited to ordering and installation of fixtures and fittings, provision of cleaning services, making repairs and arranging and managing office remodeling work or contracting with third parties for provision of the same.

 

5.      Book travel arrangements for ACE Cap Re’s employees, upon request.

 

C.     Professional Services

 

AIM shall:

 

1.      Assist ACE Cap Re in satisfaction of corporate compliance with Bermuda insurance regulations and filing requirements.  The Parties acknowledge that AIM shall not be required to file statutory financial statements on behalf of ACE Cap Re.

 

2.      Provide legal assistance upon request.

 

3.      Provide actuarial services upon request, including loss reserve specialist.

 

D.     Other

 

1.      AIM shall provide such other supplies and services as may be mutually agreed to by the Parties subject to the Fee specified in Article 4 of this Agreement or such additional compensation as is mutually agreed.

 

2.      AIM shall provide such additional reports as may be reasonably requested by ACE Cap Re.

 

3.      For the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, the services provided by AIM under this Agreement shall not include investment management, audit, preparation of GAAP or statutory financial statements, corporate governance or stewardship, hiring of employees.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 2
DUTIES OF ACE CAP RE

 

ACE Cap Re shall:

 

A.     Comply promptly with any reasonable request for instructions, which AIM may make in order to perform its duties efficiently under this Agreement.

 

B.     Provide funds adequate for AIM to administer the accounts payable function under this Agreement.

 

C      Compensate AIM as provided in Article 4 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 3
TERM

 

A.     This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall be a continuous contract until and unless terminated by either party upon provision at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other.

 

B.     Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either party of its liability for performance under this Agreement prior to the date of termination.

 

ARTICLE 4
COMPENSATION

 

A.     ACE Cap Re shall pay AIM for all services rendered under this Agreement a flat fee per annum (the “ Fee ”) payable in four (4) equal installments, quarterly in advance.

 

B.     The Fee for the first annual period of this Agreement is one hundred eighty thousand US Dollars ($180,000).

 

C.     The Fee may be reviewed and adjusted by the mutual agreement of the Parties on each annual anniversary of this Agreement or coincident with any substantive changes in the services provided by AIM to ACE Cap Re.

 

D.     It is understood and agreed that the Fee paid to AIM under this Agreement shall include payment for all supplies and services rendered by AIM hereunder with the exception of out of pocket expenses incurred by AIM from the purchase or rental of personal property for ACE Cap Re (including stationery, furniture, computers, fixtures, etc.); banking or custodial fees; Bermuda and other countries’ government taxes, fees and license costs; and third party attorney, audit, or actuarial fees.

 

ARTICLE 5
INDEMNIFICATION

 

AIM does not assume any responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the Services called for under this Agreement in good faith and shall have no liability to ACE Cap Re except for fraud, or dishonesty, gross negligence, willful default or bad faith; provided however, that any error or omission by AIM in performance of its duties hereunder shall be rectified promptly upon its discovery.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 6
BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

A.     AIM shall keep, in a manner and form approved by and acceptable to ACE Cap Re, records of all business conducted under and pursuant to this Agreement.  ACE Cap Re’s books and records shall be maintained separate and apart from other records and information of AIM.

 

B.     ACE Cap Re shall have the right, from time to time, to conduct reviews, inspections and/or audits of any or all of the records and documents related to its business under this Agreement, during ordinary business hours upon reasonable notice, and AIM shall cooperate and cause its employees, agents or advisors to cooperate and cause its employees, agents or advisors to cooperate with ACE Cap Re in conducting such reviews, inspections and audits.

 

C.     The ownership of all books, supplies, records or other materials furnished by AIM on behalf of ACE Cap Re and all books, records or other materials relating to the business of ACE Cap Re shall be vested in, and remain the property of ACE Cap Re, and all shall be delivered to ACE Cap Re immediately upon the termination or cancellation of this Agreement or at any time upon the request of ACE Cap Re.

 

ARTICLE 7
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

A.     Independent Contractor.   It is expressly agreed by the Parties hereto that AIM is at all times acting and performing hereunder as an independent contractor and not as agent for ACE Cap Re, and that no act of commission or omissions of either party hereto shall be construed to make or render AIM the principal, agent, employer, employee, joint venturer, or associate of ACE Cap Re, except to the extent specified herein.

 

B.     Licenses and Qualified Staff.   During the Term of the Agreement, AIM shall maintain all licenses and permits required in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and provide appropriate staff, without being required to maintain any specific current employee.

 

C.     Headings.  The headings and captions of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference, and are neither a part of nor intended to govern limit or aid in the construction of any term or provision hereof.

 

D.     Force Majeure.   Neither Party shall be responsible for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond the control of such part.  Such acts shall include but are not limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, embargoes, epidemics, government regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, floods, communication line failures, power failures, typhoons, earthquakes, or other disasters.

 

E.      Notices

 

1.      Each notice which is or may be required to be given by either party to the other party in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing, and given by facsimile, personal delivery, courier, or by certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be served.

 

4



 

Such notices, if to AIM, shall be addressed as follows:

 

Ace Insurance Management Ltd.

Attention: General Counsel

The ACE Building

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM 08

Bermuda

Telephone:  441-295-5200

Facsimile:  441-296-7797

 

Such notices, if to ACE Cap Re, shall be addressed as follows:

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

Attention: Legal Counsel

Victoria Hall, 3 rd Floor

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Facsimile:

 

2.      Notices shall be effective on the date sent via facsimile, the date delivered personally or by receipted delivery service, or three (3) days after the date mailed, to the address indicated in Section 1 above.

 

3.      Each party may designate by notice to the other in writing, given in the foregoing manner, a new address to which any notice may thereafter be so given, served or sent.

 

F.      Confidentiality.   AIM acknowledges that, in performance of its obligations hereunder, it shall receive certain information, which is considered proprietary and confidential by ACE Cap Re.  AIM agrees that it shall treat all information received from ACE Cap Re pursuant to this Agreement with the same degree of care and level of confidentiality that it affords its own information.

 

G.     Entire Agreement; Amendments; Waiver.   This Agreement constitutes and sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof.  No supplement, modification, termination in whole or in part, or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, nor shall constitute, a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall any such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided therein.

 

H.     Binding Effect; Assignment.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns, but may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and no other persons shall have or derive any right, benefit or obligation hereunder.

 

5



 

I.       Governing Law and Arbitration.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Islands of Bermuda applicable to agreements made to be performed entirely within such jurisdiction.  Any dispute related to this Agreement shall be subject to final and binding arbitration in Bermuda in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1986.

 

J.      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall be considered one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

 

ACE Insurance Management Ltd.

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Keith P White

 

/s/ Jonathan Beck

 

 

 

By:

Keith P White

 

By:

JONATHAN BECK

 

Title:

Chief Administration Officer

 

Title:

VICE PRESIDENT

 

 

6




Exhibit 10.17

 

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of the 1st day of December 2001, by and among ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd., a Bermuda management company ( “ACE FSI” ), ACE Financial Solutions, a division of ACE American Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania company ( “FSUS” ), ACE Capital Re International, Ltd., a Bermuda Class 3 and Long Term insurer/reinsurer ( “ACRI” ), and Paget Reinsurance International Ltd., a Bermuda Class 3 and Long Term insurer/reinsurer ( “PAGET” ) (collectively the “Clients”); and ACE Financial Solutions International, Inc., Japan Branch, a company registered in Japan ( “FSIJ” ).  The Clients and FSIJ may also be referred to individually as “Party” and collectively as “Parties”.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, ACE Financial Solutions International, Inc., a Delaware company, has established a branch office in Japan (hereinafter referred to as “FSIJ”) that is engaged in performing various preliminary and auxiliary marketing-related services in Japan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Clients wish FSIJ to perform various auxiliary and prepatory services in connection with insurance and reinsurance business and in consideration of receipt of fees, FSIJ is willing to provide those services subject to the terms hereof; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I - SERVICES

 

1.1            At any time, the Clients may request from FSIJ, and FSIJ shall provide to the Clients, certain services, subject to such guidelines as may be agreed from time to time (the “Agreed Guidelines”) between FSIJ and the Clients (“Services”).  FSIJ shall offer such Services to the Clients in exchange for the payment of certain amounts agreed upon pursuant to Article II, and as further stipulated in Schedule A.

 

1.2            Such Services may include, without limitation: (1) identification of prospective insurance or reinsurance purchasers located in Japan, (2) making presentations to prospective purchasers of potential risk reduction solutions, (3) introduction of such prospective purchasers to the appropriate ACE insurance, reinsurance or services company, and (4) receipt of data and other financial information from a prospective purchaser and transmittal of such data and information to the appropriate ACE entity.

 

1.3            The Services and associated fees may be changed from time to time by an amendment to the attached Schedule A as agreed, in writing, by the Parties.

 

1



 

1.4            The Parties hereby acknowledge that any employee rendering a Service pursuant to this Agreement (“Employee”) shall be acting at all times as an employee of FSIJ.  In the performance of any such Service, the Employee shall report and act at the direction of FSIJ with regard to the Services, which shall have full authority to direct his or her services related to this Agreement.  The Client shall exercise no control over the Employee in the performance of Services.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Agreed Guidelines, FSIJ will retain final decision-making authority in all matters in respect of which it provides Services under this Agreement.

 

1.5            FSIJ shall perform Services as an independent contractor.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create the relation of partner, employer and employee or principal and agent as between any Clients or as between FSIJ and the Clients.  FSIJ shall have no authority to negotiate or transact business on behalf of the Clients.

 

1.6            FSIJ represents that it possesses and will maintain the appropriate licenses and authority to perform any Services provided to the Clients under this Agreement.  However, notwithstanding this representation, nothing in this Agreement shall require FSIJ to obtain any licenses, systems, personnel, or operations to provide or comply with the obligations set forth in this Agreement or to retain any specific Employee to perform the Services.

 

1.7            FSIJ may change the contents of the Services and the manner in which such Services are performed by giving a notice to the Clients, whenever there arises any question in relation to such contents or manner of provision of the Services in respect of compliance with Japan’s Insurance Business Law, Banking Law, Securities and Exchange Law, and/or other applicable Japanese laws and ordinances.

 

ARTICLE II – COST ALLOCATION

 

2.1            For the Services rendered by FSIJ to the Clients pursuant to Section 1 of this Agreement, each of the Clients shall pay to FSIJ the amount of any Direct Expense incurred in respect of the provision of Services to such Client.  In the event Direct Expense is incurred in respect of Services to one or more Clients, the individual Clients receiving such Services will pay the percentage of such Direct Expense allocable to the Services received.  In addition, each of ACE FSI, FSUS, ACRI and PAGET shall be liable to pay to FSIJ the applicable percent of the Common Charges as set forth in Schedule A hereto.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the entire amount of Common Charges will not be reimbursed to FSIJ by the Clients; however, FSIJ shall have other sources of revenue, whether or not specified herein.

 

2.2            “Direct Expense” as used herein shall mean an amount due to a third party whether incurred by FSIJ directly, or at the request of, or in support of the request of, an individual Client or group of Clients in relation to specific Services provided by FSIJ to such Client(s), and shall include, but not be limited to any government fees, legal, tax, accounting, consulting or other professional service expenses. “Common Charges” as used herein shall mean the total amount of FSIJ’s operating expenses, including salary, office, marketing, travel and other operating expenses of FSIJ, plus five percent (5%).

 

2



 

2.3            PAGET may provide further compensation to FSIJ for the Services on a fee or commission basis in accordance with the terms of other negotiated agreements.

 

2.4            FSIJ will provide each Client with a statement, setting forth the amounts of Direct Expense and Common Charges due and payable, as applicable, within thirty (30) days after the last day of each calendar quarter.  Each Client will pay FSIJ the amount due hereunder within thirty (30) days of receipt of such quarterly statement.

 

2.5            The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Clients shall have the right to offset any amounts due and owing to FSIJ under this Agreement against any other amounts due and owing to the Clients from FSIJ.

 

2.6            Each Client herein shall only be liable for its own participation and/or obligations hereunder, and shall not be jointly liable for the participation or obligations of any other Client herein.

 

ARTICLE III - BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

3.1            The ownership of all books, supplies, records or other materials furnished by or on behalf of the Clients relating to any of the Services provided by FSIJ shall be vested in, and remain the property of such Client, and all shall be delivered to such Client immediately upon the termination of this Agreement or at any time upon the request of the Client.

 

3.2            Each Client shall have the right, from time to time, to conduct reviews, inspections and/or audits of any or all of the records and documents related to its business under this Agreement, during ordinary business hours upon reasonable notice, and FSIJ shall cooperate and cause its employees, agents or advisors to cooperate with the Clients conducting such reviews, inspections and audits.

 

ARTICLE IV - TERM AND TERMINATION

 

4.1            This Agreement is effective as of the date first set forth above, and shall remain in effect until terminated by any Party upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Parties.

 

4.2            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Parties in the event that one of the other Parties (i) becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver for the major part of its property, (ii) becomes the subject of bankruptcy, reorganization, rearrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings for relief of creditors and such proceedings are not stayed or discharged within ninety (90) days after being commenced; (iii) is acquired by another entity, unless such acquiring entity is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by ACE Limited; (iv) fails to obtain or maintain any licenses, permits or other qualifications that are required by law to fulfill

 

3



 

 

its obligations under this Agreement and such failure remains uncured after fifteen (15) days, or (v) commits abandonment, fraud or willful misconduct with the provision of Services under this Agreement.

 

4.3            Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve a Party of its obligations under this Agreement up to the effective date of termination.  Following any termination, the Parties will cooperate with each other to provide a smooth transition of services and to satisfy reasonable requests for information concerning actions taken during the term.

 

ARTICLE V - INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1            FSIJ agrees to hold harmless and indemnify each Client and each of their officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “Client Indemnitees”) from and against any and all claims, suits, causes of action, demands, losses, damages, fines, penalties, punitive damages, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, or other liabilities of any nature (“Damages”) based on, related to or in connection with: (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the Client Indemnitees solely at the direction of FSIJ, (ii) Damages incurred by any Client Indemnitee as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of FSIJ or its officers, directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement, (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding related to this Agreement and involving any of the Client Indemnities in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of any of the Client Indemnities, and/or (iv) based on or related to or in connection with any obligation of FSIJ to withhold and pay over any taxes based on wages, salary or other compensation of employees of FSIJ.

 

5.2            The Clients each agree to severally and not jointly hold harmless and indemnify FSIJ and each of it’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “FSIJ Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Damages based on, related to or in connection with: (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the FSIJ Indemnitees solely at the direction of a Client, (ii) Damages incurred by any FSIJ Indemnitee as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of any Client or its directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement, (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding relating to this Agreement and involving any of the FSIJ Indemnitees in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the FSIJ Indemnities or any of them, and/or (iv) based on or related to or in connection with any obligation of any Client to withhold and pay over any taxes based on wages, salary or other compensation of employees of that respective Client.

 

5.3            The terms of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

4



 

ARTICLE VI - ARBITRATION

 

6.1            All disputes between the Parties relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to its interpretation, performance or breach, shall be submitted to binding arbitration as described in this Article.

 

6.2            The Party initiating arbitration shall provide notice of its demand for arbitration, which shall include appointment of an arbitrator.  The other Party shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such demand for arbitration in which to appoint its arbitrator.  If the responding Party fails to appoint its arbitrator within such thirty (30) days, the initiating Party shall be entitled to choose the second arbitrator.  Together the two arbitrators shall agree upon a neutral umpire.  If no such agreement is reached within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the umpire shall be chosen by drawing lots.  The arbitrators and the umpire (collectively the “Panel”) shall be active or retired insurance professionals of disinterested insurance-related companies not under the control of either Party or their respective parent companies.

 

6.3            Each Party shall submit its case to the Panel within one (1) month from the date of the appointment of the umpire, but this period of time may be extended by unanimous written consent of the Panel.

 

6.4            The Panel shall make its decision with regard to the custom and usage of the insurance business.  The Panel shall be relieved of all judicial formalities and the strict rules of law.  The written decision of a majority of the Panel shall be rendered within sixty (60) days following the termination of the Panel’s hearings, unless the Parties consent to an extension.  Such majority decision of the Panel shall be final and binding upon the Parties both as to law and fact, and may not be appealed to any court of any jurisdiction.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the Panel in any court of proper jurisdiction.

 

6.5            Each Party shall bear the fees and expenses of the arbitrator selected by or on its behalf, and the costs of arbitration, including the fees of the umpire, shall be divided equally between the two Parties.  The Panel shall have the authority to award to the prevailing Party its costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

6.6            Except as may be otherwise provided herein, the arbitrators shall promulgate rules to interpret this Agreement under ARIAS Arbitration Rules.

 

6.7            Any arbitration proceeding shall take place in Bermuda or such other location as may be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

ARTICLE VII - CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1            FSIJ agrees that, except with the consent of the relevant Client, it will not disclose or use for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement proprietary or confidential information provided to it by that Client unless and until such information: (i) becomes public knowledge other than through disclosure by FSIJ, or (ii) is subpoenaed or otherwise required by an authorized governmental authority.  In the event that FSIJ, upon the advice of counsel,

 

5



 

determines that it is required to provide any such information, it shall promptly provide notice to the Client.

 

7.2            FSIJ’s obligations under this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII - NOTICES

 

8.1            Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given: (i) when received if given in person or by courier or a courier service, or (ii) on the date of transmission if sent by telex, facsimile or other wire transmission (receipt confirmed):

 

8.2            If to FSIJ , addressed as follows:

 

 

 

ACE Financial Solutions International, Inc., Japan Branch

 

 

Attention: Mr. Hiroshi Hasagawa

 

 

1-8-1 Shimomeguro

 

 

Meguro-ku

 

 

Tokyo, Japan 153-0064

 

 

Fax: 813.5740.0813

 

8.3            If to a Client , addressed as follows:

 

If to ACE FSI :

 

ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd.

 

 

Attention: Vice President and Counsel

 

 

ACE Global Headquarters

 

 

17 Woodbourne Ave.

 

 

Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda

 

 

Fax: 441 296-7797

 

 

 

If to ACRI :

 

ACE Capital Re International, Ltd.

 

 

Attention: Vice President, Legal Counsel

 

 

The ACE Building

 

 

30 Woodbourne Ave.

 

 

Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda

 

 

Fax: 441.296.3379

 

 

 

If to FSUS :

 

ACE Financial Services Inc.

 

 

Attention: Suresh Krishnan

 

 

1331 Avenue of the Americas

 

 

New York, NY 10036

 

 

Fax: 212.642.7888

 

 

 

If to PAGET :

 

Paget Reinsurance International Ltd.

 

 

Attention: Roger Gillett

 

6



 

 

 

ACE Global Headquarters

 

 

17 Woodbourne Ave.

 

 

Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda

 

 

Fax: 441.292.8635

 

ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

9.1            The Parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement among them and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, communications or representations among them concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.2            If any separable provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.

 

9.3            No terms, conditions, or other provisions of this Agreement may be waived, modified, amended, or otherwise changed except in a writing signed by the Parties which expressly states that it is an amendment or waiver of terms of this Agreement.  Any such writing must also specify with particularity which term or terms of this Agreement are so amended or waived.  Any such writing shall not be construed as a general waiver, abandonment, modification or amendment of any terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement, but rather strictly construed as an amendment or waiver of only those terms or conditions stated therein.

 

9.4            No Party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

9.5            The rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties’ respective successors and assigns.

 

9.6            This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

9.7            This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.8            The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ACE Financial Solutions International Inc.,

 

Japan Branch

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Financial Solutions International, Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re International, Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE American Insurance Company, for
itself and on behalf of ACE Financial
Solutions (US)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paget Reinsurance International Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

8



 

Schedule A

 

Common Charges

 

Client

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

ACE FSI

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

FSUS

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

ACRI

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

PAGET

 

25

%

 

9




Exhibit 10.18

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is executed as of                and made effective as of the 1st day of January, 2002, by and between ACE Guaranty Re Inc., a Maryland insurance company (the “Client”), and ACE Asset Management Inc., a Delaware company (“ServiceCo”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Client and ServiceCo (together, the “Parties” and each a “Party”) are affiliated corporations wholly-owned indirectly by ACE Limited, a Cayman Islands limited liability company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Client wishes to receive and ServiceCo wishes to provide certain investment advisory services to the Client, and

 

WHEREAS, the Client wishes to provide fair consideration for the services rendered to it by ServiceCo;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
SCOPE OF SERVICES

 

1.1                                  (i) The Parties hereby agree that ServiceCo shall assist with the evaluation and selection of Client’s investment advisors and monitor the performance, compliance and risk profile of the Client’s investment portfolio.

 

(ii) At any time and from time to time, the Client may request from ServiceCo, and ServiceCo may elect to provide to the Client, certain additional investment advisory services, on a consulting and/or administrative support basis.

 

All services set forth above (the “Services”) and provided hereunder shall be governed by and subject to such guidelines, procedures, objectives and limitations as may be established and approved from time to time by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Client (the “Guidelines”), a copy of which Guidelines, effective as of February 17, 2000, as may be amended from time to time, is attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

1



 

1.2                                  The Services may be changed from time to time by an amendment that has been approved, in writing, by the parties to this Agreement, provided such amendment is in accordance with the Guidelines.

 

1.3                                  The Client and ServiceCo hereby acknowledge that all employees rendering Services to the Client pursuant to this Agreement (each an “Employee”) shall remain at all times an employee of ServiceCo.  In the performance of Services, the Employee shall report to and be under the sole control of ServiceCo, which shall have full authority to direct his or her activities in the performance of the Services provided hereunder. Client shall exercise no control over the Employee in the performance of his or her activities or of the Services. Subject to the Guidelines and the ultimate authority of the Board, ServiceCo will retain final decision-making authority in all matters in respect of which ServiceCo provides Services under this Agreement.

 

1.4                                  ServiceCo shall perform the Services as an independent contractor.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create the relation of partner, employer or employee or of principal and agent between the Client and ServiceCo. ServiceCo shall have no authority to negotiate or transact business on behalf of Client without the express written consent of Client.

 

1.5                                  ServiceCo represents that it possesses and will maintain the appropriate licenses and authority to perform any Services required and requested hereunder.  ServiceCo shall discharge its duties hereunder at all times in good faith and with that degree of prudence, diligence, care and skill which a prudent person rendering services as an institutional investment adviser would exercise under similar circumstances.

 

ARTICLE II
COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES

 

2.1                                  For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section 1.1(i) of this Agreement, Client shall pay to ServiceCo a management fee of 1.5bps (0.015%) based on the average of the market value of the assets under advisement as reported in the quarterly report to the Investment Committee of the Client. For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section 1.1(ii) of this Agreement, the parties shall agree upon a service fee prior to the provision of such services, which fee shall be subject to the prior approval or non-disapproval of the Maryland Insurance Commissioner (“Commissioner”).  ServiceCo will provide client with a bill for services within thirty (30) days after the end of each three-month period.  Client will pay ServiceCo within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the bill.

 

2.2                                  ServiceCo and Client acknowledge and agree that Client shall have the right to offset any amounts due and owing to ServiceCo from Client under this Agreement against other amounts due and owing by Client to ServiceCo.

 

2



 

ARTICLE III
BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

3.1                                  The ownership of all books, supplies, records or other materials (collectively, the “Records”) furnished by or on behalf of the Client relating to any of the services provided to the Client shall be vested in, and remain the property of the Client, and all shall be delivered to the Client immediately upon the termination or cancellation of this Agreement or at any time upon the request of the Client. All of the Records shall be kept in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

3.2                                  The Client shall have the right, from time to time, to conduct reviews, inspections and/or audits of any or all of the Records and documents related to its business under this Agreement, during ordinary business hours upon reasonable notice, and ServiceCo shall cooperate and cause its employees, agents or advisors to cooperate with the Client conducting such reviews, inspections and audits. In addition, ServiceCo will provide any materials, reasonably related to the investment advisory services provided hereunder, as may be reasonably requested in writing by the directors or officers of the Client or as may be required by any governmental agency with jurisdiction thereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

4.1                                  This Agreement is effective as of the date first set forth above, and shall remain in effect up to and including December 31, 2002 (the “Initial Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to Clauses 4.2 and 4.3.  At the end of the Initial Term, or any subsequent term thereof, this Agreement shall automatically be renewed each year for a period of one year.

 

4.2                                  Either party may elect to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason on sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.

 

4.3                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Party in the event that the other Party (i) becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver for the major part of its property, (ii) becomes the subject of bankruptcy, reorganization, rearrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings for relief of creditors and such proceedings are not stayed or discharged within ninety (90) days after being commenced; (iii) is acquired by another entity, unless such acquiring entity is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by ACE Limited; (iv) fails to obtain or maintain any licenses, permits or other qualifications that are required by law to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement and such failure remains uncured after fifteen (15) days, or (v) commits abandonment, fraud or willful misconduct with the provision of services under this Agreement.

 

3



 

4.4                                  Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party of its obligations under this Agreement up to the effective date of termination. Following any termination, the Parties will cooperate with each other to provide a smooth transition of services and to satisfy reasonable requests for information concerning actions taken during the term.

 

ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1                                  Client agrees to hold harmless and indemnify ServiceCo and each of its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “ServiceCo Indemnitees”) from and against any and all claims, suits, causes of action, demands, losses, damages, fines, penalties, punitive damages, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, or other liabilities of any nature (“Damages”) based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the ServiceCo Indemnitees solely at the direction of Client; (ii) Damages incurred by the ServiceCo Indemnitees as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of Client or its officers, directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement, and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding related to this Agreement and involving any of the ServiceCo Indemnities in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the ServiceCo Indemnities or any of them.

 

5.2                                  ServiceCo agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Client and Client’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “Client Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Damages based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the Client Indemnitees solely at the direction of ServiceCo, (ii) damages incurred by the Client Indemnities as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of ServiceCo or its directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement; and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding relating to this Agreement and involving any of the Client Indemnitees in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the Client Indemnities or any of them; and/or (iv) based on or related to or in connection with any obligation to withhold and pay over any taxes based on wages, salary or other compensation of employees of ServiceCo.

 

5.3                                  The terms of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI
ARBITRATION

 

6.1                                  All disputes between the Parties relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to its interpretation, performance or breach, shall be submitted to binding arbitration as described in this Article and shall be in accordance with the Commercial

 

4



 

Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the Expedited Procedures thereof, except as expressly set forth in this Article VI.

 

6.2                                  The Party initiating arbitration shall provide notice of its demand for arbitration, which shall include appointment of an arbitrator.  The other Party shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such demand for arbitration in which to appoint its arbitrator.  If the responding Party fails to appoint its arbitrator within such thirty (30) days, the initiating Party shall be entitled to choose the second arbitrator.  Together the two arbitrators shall agree upon a neutral umpire. If no such agreement is reached within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the umpire shall be chosen by drawing lots.  The arbitrators and the umpire (collectively the “Panel”) shall be active or retired insurance professionals of disinterested insurance-related companies not under the control of either Party or their respective parent companies.

 

6.3                                  Each Party shall submit its case to the Panel within one (1) month from the date of the appointment of the umpire, but this period of time may be extended by unanimous written consent of the Panel.

 

6.4                                  The Panel shall make its decision with regard to the custom and usage of the insurance business. The Panel shall be relieved of all judicial formalities and the strict rules of law.  The written decision of a majority of the Panel shall be rendered within sixty (60) days following the termination of the Panel’s hearings, unless the Parties consent to an extension. Such majority decision of the Panel shall be final and binding upon the Parties both as to law and fact, and may not be appealed to any court of any jurisdiction.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the Panel in any court of proper jurisdiction.

 

6.5                                  Each Party shall bear the fees and expenses of the arbitrator selected by or on its behalf, and the costs of arbitration, including the fees of the umpire, shall be divided equally between the two Parties. The Panel shall have the authority to award to the prevailing Party its costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

6.6                                  Any arbitration proceeding shall take place in New York.

 

ARTICLE VII
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1                                  ServiceCo agrees that, except with the consent of the Client, it will not disclose or use for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement proprietary or confidential information provided to it by the Client unless and until such information (i) becomes public knowledge other than through disclosure by ServiceCo or (ii) is subpoenaed or otherwise required by an authorized governmental authority. In the event that ServiceCo, upon the advice of counsel, determines that it is required to provide any such information, it shall promptly provide notice to the Client.

 

5



 

7.2                                  ServiceCo’s obligations under this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII
NOTICES

 

8.1                                  Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when received if given in person or by courier or a courier service, (ii) on the date of transmission if sent by telex, facsimile or other wire transmission (receipt confirmed) or (iii) five (5) business days after being posted by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid:

 

8.2                                  If to ServiceCo, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Asset Management Inc.

Attention: General Counsel

1325 Avenue of the Americas

18 th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Fax:  (212) 581-3268

 

8.3                              If to Client, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Guaranty Re Inc.

Attention: General Counsel

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Fax: (212) 581-3268

 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

9.1                                  The Parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement among them and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, communications or representations among them concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.2                                  If any separable provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.

 

9.3                                  No terms, conditions, or other provisions of this Agreement may be waived, modified, amended, or otherwise changed except in a writing signed by the Parties which expressly states that it is an amendment or waiver of terms of this Agreement. Any such writing

 

6



 

must also specify with particularity which term or terms of this Agreement are so amended or waived. Any such writing shall not be construed as a general waiver, abandonment, modification or amendment of any terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement, but rather strictly construed as an amendment or waiver of only those terms or conditions stated therein. Any such writing shall be subject to the prior approval or non-disapproval of the Commissioner.

 

9.4                                  No Party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

9.5                                  The rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement shall be binding upon inure to the benefit of the Parties’ respective successors and assigns.

 

9.6                                  This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Maryland without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

9.7                                  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.8                                  The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to he executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ACE GUARANTY RE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ G A Egler

 

 

Name:

G A Egler

 

 

Title:

SVPE, Genl Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Bradley

 

 

Name:

Richard Bradley

 

 

Title:

COO

 

 

8



 

ACE GUARANTY RE INC.

 

Investment Guidelines

 

Objective:

 

The principal objectives in managing the investment portfolio are: a) to preserve the company’s AAA rating, b) to maximize total after tax return in a risk controlled investment approach, c) to maintain sufficient liquidity to cover unexpected stress in the insurance portfolio and d) to manage investment risk within the context of the underlying portfolio of insurance risk.

 

Unless otherwise stated, the percentage constraints listed below are based upon the total aggregate market value of ACE Guaranty Re Inc.’s (“ACE Guaranty”, “the Company”) consolidated investment portfolio (“Aggregate Portfolio”).  In the event that any of the constraints are violated due to market fluctuations, the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) will instruct the portfolio managers’ to rebalance the portfolio within a three to six month period. In addition to the guidelines below, all investments will need to comply with the investment limitations imposed on the company by all applicable law.

 

Target Portfolio Composition:

 

Cash and Short Term

3% - 15% of Aggregate Portfolio

Fixed Income Securities

85% - 97% of Aggregate Portfolio

 

Cash and Short Term:

 

Benchmark: Donahue Institutional Prime Money Market Benchmark.

 

Portfolio Objective: The portfolio objective is to outperform the benchmark while adhering to high fiduciary standards. Securities and funds with high liquidity qualities are to be purchased.

 

Overview: ACE Guaranty will determine the appropriate levels of cash and short-term investments to be maintained. The Company will maintain and manage designated short-term assets. Lazard Freres Asset Management (“Lazard”), the investment portfolio manager for ACE Guaranty, will manage the portion of the cash and short-term position of the company that arises from the net investment activity of the managed portfolio, not to be confused with the short-term portfolio managed by the Company.  Subject to portfolio and sector constraints listed below, the portfolio managers will have the discretion to deviate away from the benchmark portfolio.

 

1



 

Constraints: Securities (Commercial Paper, Banker’s Acceptances and Time Deposits) must be rated at a minimum of A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and not have a maturity greater than two years. Single issuers may not comprise more than 1% of the Aggregate Portfolio (other than direct obligations of the US Government).

 

Money market funds are permitted but allowable funds must seek to maintain a stable net asset value and may only purchase “First Tier” securities. First Tier securities are securities which are rated (or that have been issued by an issuer that is rated with respect to a class of short-term debt obligations, or any security within that class, comparable in priority and quality with such securities) in the highest short-term rating category by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, if only one has assigned a rating, by that rating agency. A single fund may not comprise more than 10% of the Aggregate Portfolio.

 

Repurchase agreements are allowed but must be a) marked to market daily, b) collateralized at 102% by government or agency securities, c) have a maturity of 30 days or less and d) have counterparties that must be rated A-1+ by S&P or P-l by Moody’s. Furthermore, only Primary Dealers with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and top-tier broker-dealers will be acceptable counter-parties. In addition, counter-parties and their aggregate exposure limits must have prior approval by the CFO. The aggregate level of repurchase agreements cannot exceed 5% of the portfolio unless prior approval is established with the CFO.

 

Reverse repurchase agreements are allowed but can only be entered into with prior approval from the CFO. The reverse repurchase agreement must only be used to provide liquidity to the company and cannot be used to leverage the portfolio.

 

In order to properly hedge short-term foreign currency exposure, primarily from the credit reinsurance line, time deposits denominated in foreign currency will be permitted. The asset will be excluded from the performance measures to the extent that they do not exceed 5% of the portfolio.

 

Fixed Income Portfolio:

 

Benchmark: Lehman Municipal Insured Bond Index and Custom Taxable Index (see Appendix I)

 

Portfolio Objective: The portfolio managers’ objective will be to outperform the benchmark while adhering to high fiduciary standards and benchmark level risk.

 

Overview: The taxable and non-taxable portion of the portfolio is awarded to Lazard Freres Asset Management (LFAM). ACE Guaranty’s CFO will determine the appropriate level of taxable/tax-exempt mix for the portfolio. The portfolio managers will have the flexibility to deviate away from their benchmark portfolios subject to the portfolio and

 

2



 

sector constraints listed below. The portfolio managers will have the discretion to purchase securities of any maturity as long as the overall duration of the portfolio is within the targeted range.

 

Aggregate Portfolio Constraints:

 

Duration: The duration of the portfolio should not exceed the duration of the relevant benchmark by more than one year nor lag the benchmark by more than one year.

 

Portfolio Credit Quality: Overall portfolio credit quality must be rated at a minimum of AA/Aa2 as measured by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. A minimum of 70% must be invested in securities rated at a minimum in the “AA” category by two NRSRO’s.

 

Security Credit Quality: Investment in securities lower than the “A” category by Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s are not permitted.  In the event of any downgrade below the “A” category, the portfolio manager must contact the CFO to discuss the course of action and may hold the position if approved by the CFO. No investment is permitted in an issuer that is rated in the “A” category that is on “Credit Watch- Negative” or “Developing” by Standard and Poor’s or Moody’s. All securities purchased must be rated by Standard and Poor’s and at least 98% of the Aggregate Portfolio must be rated by Moody’s.

 

Portfolio Sector Constraints: The sum of all investments in US Treasuries and Government Agency Securities, Corporate Bonds (Non Private Placement and 144As), Mortgage Backed Securities, Municipal Bonds, and Money Market Funds/Securities, must be, at a minimum, no less than 65% of the Aggregate Portfolio.

 

Issuer Constraints: Each manager is required to follow prudent standards of diversification, with the specific provision that no more than 2% of any class of security of any issuer may be held in a portfolio.

 

Individual Sector Constraints:

 

Notwithstanding the constraints listed below, management will be responsible that the portfolio will remain diversified among the various sectors listed below.

 

US Treasury and Government Agency Securities: There are no limitations on the purchase of US Treasury and Government Agency securities. However, securities classified as mortgage securities must follow the mortgage constraints listed below.

 

Corporate Bonds: The maximum allocation to corporate securities is 15% of the Aggregate Portfolio. Included in the corporate sector are US corporates, preferred stock (including, without limitation, trust preferred issues), Eurobonds, Yankees, US dollar denominated sovereigns, US dollar denominated supranationals, US dollar denominated securities issued by foreign entities. Exposure to any single issuer is limited to 1% of the

 

3



 

Aggregate Portfolio.  On a monthly basis, Lazard will be provided the Company’s outstanding exposure under its single name credit default swap business. No investment is permitted in an issuer that the Company has greater than $20 million of exposure. Further, purchases of corporate securities in the “A” category are subject to pre-approval.

 

Private Placements and 144As: The maximum allocation to fixed income private placements and 144As is 2.5% of the Aggregate Portfolio.  Exposures to any single issuers cannot exceed 1% of the Aggregate Portfolio.

 

Asset Backed: The maximum allocation to asset backed securities is 20% of the Aggregate Portfolio with no single issuer, which is defined as a separate pool of collateral, to exceed 2.5% of the Aggregate Portfolio in the case of triple A and senior most tranches and 1% in the cash of mezzanine tranches. In addition, exposure to any single servicer of collateral is limited to 15% of the Aggregate Portfolio.  Asset backed securities must be rated by Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s. Purchases of asset backed securities in the “A” category must be pre-approved.

 

Mortgage Backed: The maximum allocation to mortgage securities is 30% of the Aggregate Portfolio. Subject to the aggregate mortgage constraint, non-agency securities can constitute no more than 10% of the Aggregate Portfolio.  Any non-agency single issuer, which is defined as a separate pool of collateral, may not exceed 2.5% of the Aggregate Portfolio.  In addition exposure to any non-agency single servicer of collateral is limited to 5% of the Aggregate Portfolio. A minimum rating in the “AA” category by Standard and Poor’s and Moody’s is required for mortgage securities. More volatile types of CMO’s (IO’s, PO’s, Inverse floaters, accrual (Z) tranches, strips, etc.) are not permitted. With regard to commercial mortgage backed securities, investments in single property CMBS are not permitted. Also, pre-approval is required for the purchase of CMBS securities.

 

Municipals: The maximum allocation to municipal bonds is 80% of the Aggregate Portfolio with no single issuer to exceed 2% of the Aggregate Portfolio. In addition, single risk concentration to any credit enhancement provider is limited to 30% of the Aggregate Portfolio.  Pre-approval is required for insured municipal securities. Pre-approval is not required for uninsured high quality issues, that is, issues rated in the “AA” or “AAA” category without the benefit of insurance. Investments in investor owned utilities and healthcare issues are not permitted unless rated Aaa or AAA.

 

Money Market Securities/Funds: Securities (Commercial Paper, Banker’s Acceptances and Time Deposits) must be rated at a minimum of A-1+ or P-l and not have a maturity greater than one year. Single issuers may not comprise more than 5% of the Aggregate Portfolio (other than direct obligations of the US Government). Non-mortgage backed securities with floating coupon rates may total no more than 10% of the individual portfolio.

 

4



 

Money market funds are permitted but allowable funds must seek to maintain a stable net asset value and may only purchase “First Tier” securities. A single fund may not comprise more than 20% of the Aggregate Portfolio.

 

Repurchase agreements are allowed but must be a) marked to market daily, b) collateralized at 102% by government or agency securities, c) have a maturity of 30 days or less and d) have counterparties that must be rated A-1+ or P-l. Furthermore, only Primary Dealers with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and top-tier broker-dealers will be acceptable counter-parties. In addition, counter-parties and their aggregate exposure limits must have prior approval by the Management Investment Committee.  The aggregate level of repurchase agreements cannot exceed 5% of the portfolio unless prior approval is established with the CFO.

 

Reverse repurchase agreement are allowed but can only be entered into with prior approval from the CFO. The reverse repurchase agreement must only be used to provide liquidity to the company and cannot be used to leverage the portfolio.

 

Derivatives: Options, swaps, futures (other than those previously mentioned), currencies (other than those previously mentioned), and structured notes are not permitted.

 

5



 

Appendix I

 

The custom index is comprised of:

50% Lehman MBS Fixed Rate Index

30% Lehman U.S. Credit Index

10% Lehman U.S. Agency Index

5% Lehman ABS Index

5% Lehman CMBS Index

 

6




Exhibit 10.19

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is executed as of 3 July 2001 and made effective as of the 1st day of January 2001, by and among ACE Capital Re International Ltd, a Bermuda domiciled insurance company (“Client”), and ACE Asset Management Inc., a Delaware company (collectively “ServiceCo”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Client and ServiceCo (collectively the “Parties” and each a “Party”) are affiliated corporations wholly-owned indirectly by ACE Limited, a Cayman Islands limited liability company; and

 

WHEREAS, each Party acknowledges that it may be desirable for certain investment advisory services to be provided by ServiceCo to the Client, and

 

WHEREAS, the Client wishes to provide fair consideration for the services rendered to it by ServiceCo;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
SCOPE OF SERVICES

 

1.1                                  (i) The Parties hereby agree that ServiceCo shall assist with the evaluation and selection of Client’s investment advisors and monitor the performance, compliance and risk profile of the Client’s portfolio.

 

(ii) At any time and from time to time, the Client may request from ServiceCo, and ServiceCo, may elect to provide to the Client, certain additional investment advisory services, on a consulting and/or administrative support basis.

 

All services provided hereunder shall be subject to such guidelines, procedures and limitations as may be established and approved from time to time between Client and ScrviceCo;

 

1.2                                  The Services may be changed from time to time by an amendment, that has been approved, in writing, by the parties to this Agreement.

 

1.3                                  The Client and ServiceCo hereby acknowledge that all employees rendering Services pursuant to this Agreement (‘‘Employee”) shall remain at all times an employee of

 

1



 

ServiceCo.  In the performance of Services, the Employee shall report to and be under the sole control of ServiceCo, which shall have full authority to direct his or her services. Client shall exercise no control over the Employee in the performance of Services. ServiceCo will retain final decision-making authority in all matters in respect of which ServiceCo provides Services under this Agreement.

 

1.4                                  ServiceCo shall perform Services as an independent contractor.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create the relation of partner, employer and employee or principal and agent between the Client and ServiceCo. ServiceCo shall have no authority to negotiate or transact business on behalf of Client without the express written consent of Client.

 

1.5                                  ServiceCo represents that it possesses and will maintain the appropriate licenses and authority to perform any Services that the Client elects to purchase under this Agreement.  However, notwithstanding this representation, nothing in this Agreement shall require ServiceCo to obtain any licenses, systems, personnel, or operations to provide or comply with the obligations set forth in this Agreement or to retain any specific personnel to perform the Services.

 

ARTICLE II
COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES

 

2.1                                  For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section 1.l(i) of this Agreement, Client shall pay to ServiceCo a management fee of 2.5bps (0,025%) based on the average of the market value of the assets under advisement as reported in the quarterly report to the Investment Committee of the Client. For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section 1.l(ii) of this Agreement, the parties shall agree a service fee prior to the provision of such services. ServiceCo will provide client with a bill for services within thirty (30) days after the end of each three-month period. Client will pay ServiceCo within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the bill.

 

2.2                                  ServiceCo and Client acknowledge and agree that Client shall have the right to offset any amounts due and owing to ServiceCo from Client under this Agreement against other amounts due and owing by Client to ServiceCo.

 

ARTICLE III
BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

3.1                                  The ownership of all books, supplies, records or other materials furnished by or on behalf of the Client relating to any of the services provided to the Client shall be vested in, and remain the property of the Client, and all shall be delivered to the Client immediately upon the termination or cancellation of this Agreement or at any time upon the request of the Client.

 

3.2                                  The Client shall have the right, from time to time, to conduct reviews, inspections and/or audits of any or all of the records and documents related to its business under this

 

2



 

Agreement, during ordinary business hours upon reasonable notice, and ServiceCo shall cooperate and cause its employees, agents or advisors to cooperate with the Client conducting such reviews, inspections and audits.

 

ARTICLE IV
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

4.1                                  This Agreement is effective as of the date first set forth above, and shall remain in effect up to and including December 31, 2002 (the “Initial Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to Clauses 4.2 and 4.3. At the end of the Initial Term, or any subsequent term thereof, this Agreement shall automatically be renewed each year for a period of one year.

 

4.2                                  Either party may elect to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason on sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.

 

4.3                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Party in the event that the other Party (i) becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver for the major part of its property, (ii) becomes the subject of bankruptcy, reorganization, rearrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings for relief of creditors and such proceedings are not stayed or discharged within ninety (90) days after being commenced; (iii) is acquired by another entity, unless such acquiring entity is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by ACE Limited; (iv) fails to obtain or maintain any licenses, permits or other qualifications that are required by law to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement and such failure remains uncured after fifteen (15) days, or (v) commits abandonment, fraud or willful misconduct with the provision of services under this Agreement.

 

4.4                                  Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party of its obligations under this Agreement up to the effective date of termination.  Following any termination, the Parties will cooperate with each other to provide a smooth transition of services and to satisfy reasonable requests for information concerning actions taken during the term.

 

ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1                                  Client agrees to hold harmless and indemnify ServiceCo and each of its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “ServiceCo Indemnitiees”) from and against any and all claims, suits, causes of action, demands, losses, damages, fines, penalties, punitive damages, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, or other liabilities of any nature (“Damages”) based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the ServiceCo Indemnitees solely at the direction of Client; (ii) Damages incurred by the ServiceCo Indemnitees as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of Client or its officers, directors, employees or agents in the

 

3



 

 

performance or breach of this Agreement, and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding related to this Agreement and involving any of the ServiceCo Indemnities in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the ServiceCo Indemnities or any of them.

 

5.2                                  ServiceCo agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Client and Client’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “Client Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Damages based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the Client Indemnitees solely at the direction of ServiceCo, (ii) damages incurred by the Client Indemnities as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of ServiceCo or its directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement; and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding relating to this Agreement and involving any of the Client Indemnitees in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the Client Indemnities or any of them; and/or (iv) based on or related to or in connection with any obligation to withhold and pay over any taxes based on wages, salary or other compensation of employees of ServiceCo.

 

5.3                                  The terms of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI
ARBITRATION

 

6.1                                  All disputes between the Parties relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to its interpretation, performance or breach, shall be submitted to binding arbitration as described in this Article.

 

6.2                                  The Party initiating arbitration shall provide notice of its demand for arbitration, which shall include appointment of an arbitrator.  The other Party shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such demand for arbitration in which to appoint its arbitrator. If the responding Party fails to appoint its arbitrator within such thirty (30) days, the initiating Party shall be entitled to choose the second arbitrator. Together the two arbitrators shall agree upon a neutral umpire. If no such agreement is reached within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the umpire shall be chosen by drawing lots.  The arbitrators and the umpire (collectively the Panel”) shall be active or retired insurance professionals of disinterested insurance-related companies not under the control of either Party or their respective parent companies.

 

6.3                                  Each Party shall submit its case to the Panel within one (1) month from the date of the appointment of the umpire, but this period of time may be extended by unanimous written consent of the Panel.

 

6.4                                  The Panel shall make its decision with regard to the custom and usage of the insurance business. The Panel shall be relieved of all judicial formalities and the strict rules of law.  The written decision of a majority of the Panel shall be rendered within sixty (60) days

 

4



 

following the termination of the Panel’s hearings, unless the Parties consent to an extension.  Such majority decision of the Panel shall be final and binding upon the Parties both as to law and fact, and may not be appealed to any court of any jurisdiction. Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the Panel in any court of proper jurisdiction.

 

6.5                                  Each Party shall bear the fees and expenses of the arbitrator selected by or on its behalf, and the costs of arbitration, including the fees of the umpire, shall be divided equally between the two Parties. The Panel shall have the authority to award to the prevailing Party its costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

6.6                                  Any arbitration proceeding shall take place in Bermuda or such other location as may be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

ARTICLE VII
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1                                  ServiceCo agrees that, except with the consent of the relevant Client, it will not disclose or use for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement proprietary or confidential information provided to it by that Client unless and until such information (i) becomes public knowledge other than through disclosure by ServiceCo or (ii) is subpoenaed or otherwise required by an authorized governmental authority. In the event that ServiceCo, upon the advice of counsel, determines that it is required to provide any such information, it shall promptly provide notice to the Client.

 

7.2                                  ServiceCo’s obligations under this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII
NOTICES

 

8.1                               Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when received if given in person or by courier or a courier service, (ii) on the date of transmission if sent by telex, facsimile or other wire transmission (receipt confirmed) or (iii) five (5) business days after being posted by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid.

 

5



 

 

8.2                               If to ServiceCo, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Asset Management Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
1325 Avenue of the Americas
8 th Floor
New York, New York 10019
Fax: 212-581-3268

 

8.3                               If to Client, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.
Attention: Legal Counsel
Victoria Hall, 4 th Floor
11 Victoria Street
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
Fax: 441-296-3379

 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

9.1                               The Parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement among them and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, communications or representations among them concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.2                               If any separable provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.

 

9.3                               No terms, conditions, or other provisions of this Agreement may be waived, modified, amended, or otherwise changed except in a writing signed by the Parties which expressly states that it is an amendment or waiver of terms of this Agreement. Any such writing must also specify with particularity which term or terms of this Agreement are so amended or waived. Any such writing shall not be construed as a general waiver, abandonment, modification or amendment of any terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement, but rather strictly construed as an amendment or waiver of only those terms or conditions stated therein.

 

9.4                               No Party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

9.5                               The rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement shall be binding upon inure to the benefit of the Parties’ respective successors and assigns.

 

6



 

9.6                               This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

9.7                               This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.8                               The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL
LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title:

C.O.O.

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE ASSET MANAGEMENT LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title:

C.O.O.

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.20

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is executed as of 7-23-02 and made effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2002, by and between ACE Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company, a New York insurance company (the “Client”), and ACE Asset Management Inc., a Delaware company (“ServiceCo”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Client and ServiceCo (together, the “Parties” and each a “Party”) are affiliated corporations wholly-owned indirectly by ACE Limited, a Cayman Islands limited liability company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Client wishes to receive and ServiceCo wishes to provide certain investment advisory services to the Client, and

 

WHEREAS, the Client wishes to provide fair consideration for the services rendered to it by ServiceCo;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
SCOPE OF SERVICES

 

1.1            (i) The Parties hereby agree that ServiceCo shall assist with the evaluation and selection of Client’s investment advisors and monitor the performance, compliance and risk profile of the Client’s investment portfolio.

 

(ii) At any time and from time to time, the Client may request from ServiceCo, and ServiceCo may elect to provide to the Client, certain additional investment advisory services, on a consulting and/or administrative support basis.

 

All services set forth above (the “Services”) and provided hereunder shall be governed by and subject to such guidelines, procedures, objectives and limitations as may be established and approved from time to time by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Client (the “Guidelines”), a copy of which Guidelines, effective as of May 1, 2000, as may be amended from time to time, is attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

1



 

1.2            The Services may be changed from time to time by an amendment, that has been approved, in writing, by the parties to this Agreement, provided such amendment is in accordance with the Guidelines.

 

1.3            The Client and ServiceCo hereby acknowledge that all employees rendering Services to the Client pursuant to this Agreement (each an “Employee”) shall remain at all times an employee of ServiceCo.  In the performance of Services, the Employee shall report to and be under the sole control of ServiceCo, which shall have full authority to direct his or her activities in the performance of the Services provided hereunder.  Client shall exercise no control over the Employee in the performance of his or her activities or of the Services.  Subject to the Guidelines and the ultimate authority of the Board, ServiceCo will retain final decision-making authority in all matters in respect of which ServiceCo provides Services under this Agreement.

 

1.4            ServiceCo shall perform the Services as an independent contractor.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create the relation of partner, employer or employee or of principal and agent between the Client and ServiceCo.  ServiceCo shall have no authority to negotiate or transact business on behalf of Client without the express written consent of Client.

 

1.5            ServiceCo represents that it possesses and will maintain the appropriate licenses and authority to perform any Services required and requested hereunder.  ServiceCo shall discharge its duties hereunder at all times in good faith and with that degree of prudence, diligence, care and skill which a prudent person rendering services as an institutional investment adviser would exercise under similar circumstances.

 

ARTICLE II
COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES

 

2.1            For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section 1.1 (i) of this Agreement, Client shall pay to ServiceCo a management fee of 1.5bps (0.015%) based on the average of the market value of the assets under advisement as reported in the quarterly report to the Investment Committee of the Client.  For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section 1.1(ii) of this Agreement, the parties shall agree upon a service fee prior to the provision of such services, which fee shall be subject to the prior approval or non-disapproval of the New York Superintendent of Insurance (“Superintendent”), ServiceCo will provide client with a bill for services within thirty (30) days after the end of each three-month period.  Client will pay ServiceCo within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the bill.

 

2.2            ServiceCo and Client acknowledge and agree that Client shall have the right to offset any amounts due and owing to ServiccCo from Client under this Agreement against other amounts due and owing by Client to ServiceCo.

 

2



 

ARTICLE III
BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

3.1            The ownership of all books, supplies, records or other materials (collectively, the “Records”) furnished by or on behalf of the Client relating to any of the services provided to the Client shall be vested in, and remain the property of the Client, and all shall be delivered to the Client immediately upon the termination or cancellation of this Agreement or at any time upon the request of the Client.  All of the Records shall be kept in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, New York Insurance Department Regulation 152.

 

3.2           The Client shall have the right, from time to time, to conduct reviews, inspections and/or audits of any or all of the Records and documents related to its business under this Agreement, during ordinary business hours upon reasonable notice, and ServiceCo shall cooperate and cause its employees, agents or advisors to cooperate with the Client conducting such reviews, inspections and audits.  In addition, ServiceCo will provide any materials, reasonably related to the investment advisory services provided hereunder, as may be reasonably requested in writing by the directors or officers of the Client or as may be required by any governmental agency with jurisdiction thereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

4.1            This Agreement is effective as of the date first set forth above, and shall remain in effect up to and including December 31, 2002 (the “Initial Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to Clauses 4.2 and 4.3.  At the end of the Initial Term, or any subsequent term thereof, this Agreement shall automatically be renewed each year for a period of one year.

 

4.2            Either party may elect to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason on sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.

 

4.3            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Party in the event that the other Party (i) becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver for the major part of its property, (ii) becomes the subject of bankruptcy, reorganization, rearrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings for relief of creditors and such proceedings are not stayed or discharged within ninety (90) days after being commenced; (iii) is acquired by another entity, unless such acquiring entity is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by ACE Limited; (iv) fails to obtain or maintain any licenses, permits or other qualifications that are required by law to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement and such failure remains uncured after fifteen (15) days, or (v) commits abandonment, fraud or willful misconduct with the provision of services under this Agreement.

 

3



 

4.4            Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party of its obligations under this Agreement up to the effective date of termination.  Following any termination, the Parties will cooperate with each other to provide a smooth transition of services and to satisfy reasonable requests for information concerning actions taken during the term.

 

ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1            Client agrees to hold harmless and indemnify ServiceCo and each of its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “ServiceCo Indemnitees”) from and against any and all claims, suits, causes of action, demands, losses, damages, fines, penalties, punitive damages, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, or other liabilities of any nature (“Damages”) based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the ServiceCo Indemnitees solely at the direction of Client; (ii) Damages incurred by the ServiceCo Indemnitees as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of Client or its officers, directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement, and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding related to this Agreement and involving any of the ServiceCo Indemnities in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the ServiceCo Indemnities or any of them.

 

5.2            ServiceCo agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Client and Client’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “Client Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Damages based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the Client Indemnitees solely at the direction of ServiceCo, (ii) damages incurred by the Client Indemnities as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of ServiceCo or its directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement; and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding relating to this Agreement and involving any of the Client Indemnitees in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the Client Indemnities or any of them; and/or (iv) based on or related to or in connection with any obligation to withhold and pay over any taxes based on wages, salary or other compensation of employees of ServiceCo.

 

5.3            The terms of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI
ARBITRATION

 

6.1            All disputes between the Parties relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to its interpretation, performance or breach, shall be submitted to binding arbitration as described in this Article and shall be in accordance with the Commercial

 

4



 

Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the Expedited Procedures thereof, except as expressly set forth in this Article VI.

 

6.2            The Party initiating arbitration shall provide notice of its demand for arbitration, which shall include appointment of an arbitrator.  The other Party shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such demand for arbitration in which to appoint its arbitrator.  If the responding Party fails to appoint its arbitrator within such thirty (30) days, the initiating Party shall be entitled to choose the second arbitrator.  Together the two arbitrators shall agree upon a neutral umpire.  If no such agreement is reached within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the umpire shall be chosen by drawing lots.  The arbitrators and the umpire (collectively the “Panel”) shall be active or retired insurance professionals of disinterested insurance-related companies not under the control of either Party or their respective parent companies.

 

6.3            Each Party shall submit its case to the Panel within one (1) month from the date of the appointment of the umpire, but this period of time may be extended by unanimous written consent of the Panel.

 

6.4            The Panel shall make its decision with regard to the custom and usage of the insurance business.  The Panel shall be relieved of all judicial formalities and the strict rules of law.  The written decision of a majority of the Panel shall be rendered within sixty (60) days following the termination of the Panel’s hearings, unless the Parties consent to an extension.  Such majority decision of the Panel shall he final and binding upon the Parties both as to law and fact, and may not be appealed to any court of any jurisdiction.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the Panel in any court of proper jurisdiction.

 

6.5            Each Party shall bear the fees and expenses of the arbitrator selected by or on its behalf, and the costs of arbitration, including the fees of the umpire, shall be divided equally between the two Parties.  The Panel shall have the authority to award to the prevailing Party its costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

6.6            Any arbitration proceeding shall take place in New York.

 

ARTICLE VII
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1            ServiccCo agrees that, except with the consent of the Client, it will not disclose or use for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement proprietary or confidential information provided to it by the Client unless and until such information (i) becomes public knowledge other than through disclosure by ScrviceCo or (ii) is subpoenaed or otherwise required by an authorized governmental authority.  In the event that ServiceCo, upon the advice of counsel, determines that it is required to provide any such information, it shall promptly provide notice to the Client.

 

5



 

7.2            ServiceCo’s obligations under this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII
NOTICES

 

8.1            Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when received if given in person or by courier or a courier service, (ii) on the date of transmission if sent by telex, facsimile or other wire transmission (receipt confirmed) or (iii) five (5) business days after being posted by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid:

 

8.2            If to ServiceCo, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Asset Management Inc.

Attention: General Counsel

1325 Avenue of the Americas

18 th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Fax:  (212) 581-3268

 

8.3           If to Client, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company

Attention: Norie Bregman, Esq.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Fax: (212) 581-3268

 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

9.1            The Parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement among them and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, communications or representations among them concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.2            If any separable provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.

 

9.3            No terms, conditions, or other provisions of this Agreement may be waived, modified, amended, or otherwise changed except in a writing signed by the Parties which expressly states that it is an amendment or waiver of terms of this Agreement.  Any such writing

 

6



 

must also specify with particularity which term or terms of this Agreement are so amended or waived.  Any such writing shall not be construed as a general waiver, abandonment, modification or amendment of any terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement, but rather strictly construed as an amendment or waiver of only those terms or conditions stated therein.  Any such writing shall be subject to the prior approval or non-disapproval of the Superintendent.

 

9.4            No Party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

9.5            The rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement shall be binding upon inure to the benefit of the Parties’ respective successors and assigns.

 

9.6            This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

9.7            This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.8            The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL MORTGAGE
REINSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Norie R. Bregman

 

 

Name:

Norie R. Bregman

 

 

Title:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGEBLE]

 

 

Name:

[ILLEGEBLE]

 

 

Title:

COO

 

 

8



 

Exhibit A

 

Statement of Investment Policy and Guidelines

 

9



 

 

 

ACE capital MORTGAGE reinsurance company
statement of investment policy and guidelines

ace financial
services

dated as of september 1, 2003

 

I.               INVESTMENT GUIDELINES AND OBJECTIVES

 

The investment portfolio (the “Portfolio”) of ACE Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company (the “Company”) shall be invested based on the following objectives and guidelines.  The Portfolio will consist of a fixed income portfolio (the “Fixed Income Portfolio”) and an equity portfolio (the “Equity Portfolio”).

 

The following objectives are applicable to the entire Portfolio:

 

      Adhere to high fiduciary standards.

      Maximize after-tax total return while meeting GAAP revenue projections.

      Maintain an asset mix consistent with a AA claims-paying rated (re)insurance company.

      Maintain liquidity and credit quality consistent with a AA claims-paying rated (re)insurance company.

      Maintain sufficient liquidity to cover an unexpected stress in the liability portfolio.

      Maintain compliance with all applicable insurance regulatory and rating agency requirements.

      Minimize principal risk through risk management controls.

 

Conceptually, the Portfolio will be divided into two segments:  a reserve segment consisting of assets supporting unearned premium, loss and profit commission reserves and an invested capital segment.

 

The following additional objectives are applicable to the reserve segment of the Portfolio:

 

      Meet asset/liability management objectives and constraints for each risk.

      Earn a return at or above the cost of carrying the liability.

      Minimize currency risk and exposure.

      Hedge a specific liability exposure or meet the underlying needs of a(n) (re)insurance agreement.  Under such conditions a separately managed investment portfolio may be formed.

 

The following additional objectives are applicable to the invested capital segment of the Portfolio:

 

      Limited to high-quality, liquid fixed income securities.

      Manage to a duration that meets the Company’s overall risk/return profile and overall asset/liability management objectives.

 

II.             AUTHORIZED INVESTMENTS – FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

 

Permitted fixed income investments are US Treasury obligations, US Government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities (including pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations), commercial mortgage-backed securities, domestic corporate obligations (including publicly issued securities and securities offered pursuant to SEC Rule 144A), obligations of foreign corporations and foreign governments (including US dollar denominated yankee and eurodollar securities), asset backed securities (including but not limited to credit card, automobile and home equity backed securities), municipal bonds (including general obligation bonds, revenue or special obligation bonds, industrial development bonds, variable rate demand notes and tax anticipation notes), tax-exempt securities such as “private activity bonds”, preferred stocks, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, bank certificates of deposits, bankers’ acceptances, money market funds and time deposits.

 

One of the ACE Group of Insurance & Reinsurance Companies

 



 

III.            INVESTMENT GUIDELINE – FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO EXPOSURE LIMITS

 

Taxable Securities

 

The maximum allocation to each taxable fixed Income sector is based on the total market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio and will be measured at the time of purchase of any security:

 

 

Securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government and its Agencies

100%

 

 

 

 

 

Securities issued by corporate issuers(1)

50%

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities (including Commercial MBS)

60%

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Agency Mortgage Backed Securities (including Commercial MBS)

40%

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

20%

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-Backed Securities (other than MBS)

25%

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollar denominated securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Government of any Canadian Province or by any Agency thereof

10%

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollar denominated securities issued or guaranteed by a Non-Canadian Foreign Government

10%

 

 

 

 

 

Securities issued by any single corporate issuer(2)

The greater
of 3% or $1
million

 

Tax-Exempt Securities

 

The target allocation to tax-exempt securities will primarily be based on the tax position of the Company and the optimal mix of tax and tax-exempt securities as determined by management of the Company.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the target percentage of tax-exempt securities.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the target percentage of tax-exempt securities for such year will remain the same as the target percentage of tax-exempt securities for the previous year.  Tax-exempt securities issued by any single issuer may not, at the time of purchase, exceed the greater of 3% of the total market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio or $1 million.

 

IV.            INVESTMENT GUIDELINE FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO CREDIT QUALITY

 

Portfolio Credit Quality:  Overall weighted average portfolio credit quality must be rated at a minimum in the AA category as measured by the lower rating of two nationally recognized

 


(1)   Corporate issuers exclude special purpose vehicles (howsoever described).

(2)   Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies are exempt from this provision.

 

2



 

 

statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”).  A minimum of 33% of the market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio must be invested in securities rated at a minimum in the AA category by two NRSROs.

 

Security Credit Quality: Investments in securities rated “BBB” are limited to 5% of the market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio at the time of purchase.  Investment in securities rated lower than “BBB” by two NRSROs are limited to 5% of the market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio at time of purchase.  Investments in securities rated “BBB” or lower plus investments in equities may not in the aggregate exceed 10% of the market value of the Portfolio.  In the event of any downgrade below the “BB” category, the investment manager must contact the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer of the Company within a reasonable time to evaluate the need to take action.

 

The Company shall determine the allocation of the assets of the Portfolio to securities rated “BB” or lower.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the maximum allocation to non-investment grade securities.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the maximum allocation for such year will remain the same as the allocation for the previous year.

 

V.             INVESTMENT GUIDELINE – FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO DURATION

 

The management of the Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually, of the target duration(3) of the Fixed Income Portfolio.  The investment manager may shift the duration of the Fixed Income Portfolio based on market conditions but may not exceed a variance of plus/minus 1.00 year from the target effective duration unless otherwise notified in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) by the Company.

 

VI.            INVESTMENT GUIDELINE – SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

Subject to the following limitations, the Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in cash, cash equivalents and other securities with an effective maturity (as determined by the investment manager) of less than one year and money market funds.

 

The Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in commercial paper rated at the time of investment either A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s.

 

The Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in short-term municipal securities rated at the time of investment either SP-1 by S&P or MIG1 by Moody’s.

 

The Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in “First Tier” securities issued by money market funds that seek to maintain a stable net asset value. “First Tier” securities are securities that are rated (or that have been issued by an issuer that is rated with respect to a class of short-term debt obligations, or any security within that class, comparable in priority and quality with such securities) in the highest short-term rating category by at least two NRSROs.  A single fund may not comprise more than 5% of the Portfolio.

 


(3)   Calculation of effective duration to be defined by the Investment Advisor in its sole discretion using current industry practices.

 

3



 

VII.          AUTHORIZED INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT GUIDELINES – EQUITY PORTFOLIO

 

Permitted equity investments are common stocks, convertible preferred stocks and convertible bonds.  All equity securities must be listed on a US stock exchange, and shall include American Depository Receipts (ADR’s).

 

The Company shall determine the percentage of assets of the Portfolio to be invested in equity securities and shall determine the equity strategy to be undertaken by the investment manager.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the equity strategy and target percentage of assets of the Portfolio to be invested in equity securities.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the strategy and target percentage for such year will remain the same as the strategy and target percentage for the previous year.

 

The total market value of common stocks, convertible preferred stocks and convertible bonds issued by any one corporation, at the time of the investment, may not exceed 1% of the market value of the Portfolio.

 

The maximum allocation of equity securities to any industry group, as such groups are determined by the investment manager in its sole discretion, at the time of investment, may not exceed 10% of the market value of the Portfolio.

 

VIII.         INVESTMENT GUIDELINES – CAPITAL GAIN AND LOSS CONSTRAINTS

 

No investment will be sold during a fiscal quarter without explicit direction of the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer if such sale, together with all prior sales and redemptions during the same period, produces a net capital gain or loss on the Portfolio in excess of an amount established by the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer at the beginning of such fiscal quarter.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at the beginning of each fiscal quarter, of the level of capital gain or loss that the investment manager may take without further approval from the Company.

 

IX.            CURRENCY EXPOSURE

 

The Company shall determine the allocation of its assets to non-United States dollar denominated securities and the appropriate level of currency exposure.  Currency exposure is to be limited to that exposure necessary to hedge loss reserves, unearned premium reserves and profit commissions.  Speculation of non-US dollar denominated currencies is strictly prohibited.  Specific allocations to sectors and issuers must be made consistent with the diversification and credit quality of US dollar securities.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the currency exposure and allocations.

 

X.             PROHIBITED SECURITIES

 

Unless agreed to in advance and in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) by the Company, the investment manager will not invest in the following types of securities:

 

1.              Direct investments in mortgage loans, except for mortgage backed securities issued by an agency of the US Government or a US domiciled corporation.

 

4



 

2.              Interest only, principal only and inverse floating rate securities.

3.              Direct investments in real estate.

4.              Private placement investments.  This includes but is not limited to securities in which a liquid market is not readily available.

 

XI.            SECURITIES LENDING

 

Securities lending is prohibited.

 

XII.          PERFORMANCE BENCHMARKS

 

A Performance Benchmark Index will be maintained for the Fixed Income Portfolio.  The index will be determined based upon the allowable asset classes, weightings of selected asset classes and the targeted effective duration of the portfolio.  The weightings of the index will be revised from time to time to reflect changes in the targeted structure of the Fixed Income Portfolio.

 

A Performance Benchmark Index will be maintained for the Equity Portfolio.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the Performance Benchmark Index for the Equity Portfolio.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the Performance Benchmark Index for the Equity Portfolio for such year will remain the same as the Performance Benchmark Index for the Equity Portfolio for the previous year.

 

XIII.         EXCEPTIONS

 

The investment manager will not be held responsible for any breaches of the foregoing investment guidelines to the extent such breaches are due to conditions outside the investment manager’s control, such as market movements or changes to the Portfolio made by the Company.  However, the investment manager must contact the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer of the Company within a reasonable time after becoming aware of any breach to evaluate the need to take action to remedy such breach.

 

5




Exhibit 10.21

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is executed as of 7-23-02 and made effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2002, by and between ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company, a New York insurance company (the “Client”), and ACE Asset Management Inc., a Delaware company (“ServiceCo”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Client and ServiceCo (together, the “Parties” and each a “Party”) are affiliated corporations wholly-owned indirectly by ACE Limited, a Cayman Islands limited liability company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Client wishes to receive and ServiceCo wishes to provide certain investment advisory services to the Client, and

 

WHEREAS, the Client wishes to provide fair consideration for the services rendered to it by ServiceCo;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
SCOPE OF SERVICES

 

1.1            (i) The Parties hereby agree that ServiceCo shall assist with the evaluation and selection of Client’s investment advisors and monitor the performance, compliance and risk profile of the Client’s investment portfolio.

 

(ii) At any time and from time to time, the Client may request from ServiceCo, and ServiceCo may elect to provide to the Client, certain additional investment advisory services, on a consulting and/or administrative support basis.

 

All services set forth above (the “Services”) and provided hereunder shall be governed by and subject to such guidelines, procedures, objectives and limitations as may be established and approved from time to time by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Client (the “Guidelines”), a copy of which Guidelines, effective as of May 1, 2000, as may be amended from time to time, is attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

1



 

1.2            The Services may be changed from time to time by an amendment, that has been approved, in writing, by the parties to this Agreement, provided such amendment is in accordance with the Guidelines.

 

1.3            The Client and ServiceCo hereby acknowledge that all employees rendering Services to the Client pursuant to this Agreement (each an “Employee”) shall remain at all times an employee of ServiceCo.  In the performance of Services, the Employee shall report to and be under the sole control of ServiceCo, which shall have full authority to direct his or her activities in the performance of the Services provided hereunder.  Client shall exercise no control over the Employee in the performance of his or her activities or of the Services.  Subject to the Guidelines and the ultimate authority of the Board, ServiceCo will retain final decision-making authority in all matters in respect of which ServiceCo provides Services under this Agreement.

 

1.4            ServiceCo shall perform the Services as an independent contractor.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create the relation of partner, employer or employee or of principal and agent between the Client and ServiceCo.  ServiceCo shall have no authority to negotiate or transact business on behalf of Client without the express written consent of Client.

 

1.5            ServiceCo represents that it possesses and will maintain the appropriate licenses and authority to perform any Services required and requested hereunder.  ServiceCo shall discharge its duties hereunder at all times in good faith and with that degree of prudence, diligence, care and skill which a prudent person rendering services as an institutional investment adviser would exercise under similar circumstances.

 

ARTICLE II
COMPENSATION FOR SERVICES

 

2.1            For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section 1.1 (i) of this Agreement, Client shall pay to ServiceCo a management fee of 1.5bps (0.015%) based on the average of the market value of the assets under advisement as reported in the quarterly report to the Investment Committee of the Client.  For the services rendered by ServiceCo to Client pursuant to Section l.l(ii) of this Agreement, the parties shall agree upon a service fee prior to the provision of such services, which fee shall be subject to the prior approval or non-disapproval of the New York Superintendent of Insurance (“Superintendent”).  ServiceCo will provide client with a bill for services within thirty (30) days after the end of each three-month period.  Client will pay ServiceCo within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the bill.

 

2.2            ServiceCo and Client acknowledge and agree that Client shall have the right to offset any amounts due and owing to ServiceCo from Client under this Agreement against other amounts due and owing by Client to ServiceCo.

 

2



 

ARTICLE III
BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

3.1            The ownership of all books, supplies, records or other materials (collectively, the “Records”) furnished by or on behalf of the Client relating to any of the services provided to the Client shall be vested in, and remain the property of the Client, and all shall be delivered to the Client immediately upon the termination or cancellation of this Agreement or at any time upon the request of the Client.  All of the Records shall be kept in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, New York Insurance Department Regulation 152.

 

3.2            The Client shall have the right, from time to time, to conduct reviews, inspections and/or audits of any or all of the Records and documents related to its business under this Agreement, during ordinary business hours upon reasonable notice, and ServiceCo shall cooperate and cause its employees, agents or advisors to cooperate with the Client conducting such reviews, inspections and audits.  In addition, ServiceCo will provide any materials, reasonably related to the investment advisory services provided hereunder, as may be reasonably requested in writing by the directors or officers of the Client or as may be required by any governmental agency with jurisdiction thereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

4.1            This Agreement is effective as of the date first set forth above, and shall remain in effect up to and including December 31, 2002 (the “Initial Term”), unless earlier terminated pursuant to Clauses 4.2 and 4.3.  At the end of the Initial Term, or any subsequent term thereof, this Agreement shall automatically be renewed each year for a period of one year.

 

4.2            Either party may elect to terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason on sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other Party.

 

4.3            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other Party in the event that the other Party (i) becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver for the major part of its property, (ii) becomes the subject of bankruptcy, reorganization, rearrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings for relief of creditors and such proceedings are not stayed or discharged within ninety (90) days after being commenced; (iii) is acquired by another entity, unless such acquiring entity is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by ACE Limited; (iv) fails to obtain or maintain any licenses, permits or other qualifications that are required by law to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement and such failure remains uncured after fifteen (15) days, or (v) commits abandonment, fraud or willful misconduct with the provision of services under this Agreement.

 

3



 

4.4            Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party of its obligations under this Agreement up to the effective date of termination.  Following any termination, the Parties will cooperate with each other to provide a smooth transition of services and to satisfy reasonable requests for information concerning actions taken during the term.

 

ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1            Client agrees to hold harmless and indemnify ServiceCo and each of its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “ServiceCo Indemnitees”) from and against any and all claims, suits, causes of action, demands, losses, damages, fines, penalties, punitive damages, costs or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, or other liabilities of any nature (“Damages”) based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the ServiceCo Indemnitees solely at the direction of Client; (ii) Damages incurred by the ServiceCo Indemnitees as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of Client or its officers, directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement, and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding related to this Agreement and involving any of the ServiceCo Indemnities in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the ServiceCo Indemnities or any of them.

 

5.2            ServiceCo agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Client and Client’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders, independent contractors and agents (collectively the “Client Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Damages based on, related to or in connection with (i) any action taken or omitted by any of the Client Indemnitees solely at the direction of ServiceCo, (ii) damages incurred by the Client Indemnities as a result solely of any negligent, willful or intentional acts, errors or omissions of ServiceCo or its directors, employees or agents in the performance or breach of this Agreement; and/or (iii) any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding relating to this Agreement and involving any of the Client Indemnitees in which the plaintiff, petitioner or other claimant does not allege any fault or wrongdoing on the part of the Client Indemnities or any of them; and/or (iv) based on or related to or in connection with any obligation to withhold and pay over any taxes based on wages, salary or other compensation of employees of ServiceCo.

 

5.3            The terms of this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI
ARBITRATION

 

6.1            All disputes between the Parties relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to its interpretation, performance or breach, shall be submitted to binding arbitration as described in this Article and shall be in accordance with the Commercial

 

4



 

Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the Expedited Procedures thereof, except as expressly set forth in this Article VI.

 

6.2            The Party initiating arbitration shall provide notice of its demand for arbitration, which shall include appointment of an arbitrator.  The other Party shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such demand for arbitration in which to appoint its arbitrator.  If the responding Party fails to appoint its arbitrator within such thirty (30) days, the initiating Party shall he entitled to choose the second arbitrator.  Together the two arbitrators shall agree upon a neutral umpire.  If no such agreement is reached within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the umpire shall be chosen by drawing lots.  The arbitrators and the umpire (collectively the “Panel”) shall be active or retired insurance professionals of disinterested insurance-related companies not under the control of either Party or their respective parent companies.

 

6.3            Each Party shall submit its case to the Panel within one (1) month from the date of the appointment of the umpire, but this period of time may be extended by unanimous written consent of the Panel.

 

6.4            The Panel shall make its decision with regard to the custom and usage of the insurance business.  The Panel shall be relieved of all judicial formalities and the strict rules of law.  The written decision of a majority of the Panel shall be rendered within sixty (60) days following the termination of the Panel’s hearings, unless the Parties consent to an extension.  Such majority decision of the Panel shall be final and binding upon the Parties both as to law and fact, and may not be appealed to any court of any jurisdiction.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the Panel in any court of proper jurisdiction.

 

6.5            Each Party shall bear the fees and expenses of the arbitrator selected by or on its behalf, and the costs of arbitration, including the fees of the umpire, shall be divided equally between the two Parties.  The Panel shall have the authority to award to the prevailing Party its costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

6.6            Any arbitration proceeding shall take place in New York.

 

ARTICLE VII
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

7.1            ServiceCo agrees that, except with the consent of the Client, it will not disclose or use for any purpose outside the scope of this Agreement proprietary or confidential information provided to it by the Client unless and until such information (i) becomes public knowledge other than through disclosure by ServiceCo or (ii) is subpoenaed or otherwise required by an authorized governmental authority.  In the event that ServiceCo, upon the advice of counsel, determines that it is required to provide any such information, it shall promptly provide notice to the Client.

 

5



 

7.2            ServiceCo’s obligations under this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII
NOTICES

 

8.1            Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when received if given in person or by courier or a courier service, (ii) on the date of transmission if sent by telex, facsimile or other wire transmission (receipt confirmed) or (iii) five (5) business days after being posted by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid:

 

8.2            If to ServiceCo, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Asset Management Inc.

Attention: General Counsel

1325 Avenue of the Americas

18 th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Fax:  (212) 581-3268

 

8.3            If to Client, addressed as follows:

 

ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company

Attention: Norie Bregman, Esq.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York. 10019

Fax: (212) 581-3268

 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

9.1            The Parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement among them and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, undertakings, communications or representations among them concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.2            If any separable provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.

 

9.3            No terms, conditions, or other provisions of this Agreement may be waived, modified, amended, or otherwise changed except in a writing signed by the Parties which expressly states that it is an amendment or waiver of terms of this Agreement.  Any such writing

 

6



 

must also specify with particularity which term or terms of this Agreement are so amended or waived.  Any such writing shall not be construed as a general waiver, abandonment, modification or amendment of any terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement, but rather strictly construed as an amendment or waiver of only those terms or conditions stated therein.  Any such writing shall be subject to the prior approval or non-disapproval of the Superintendent.

 

9.4            No Party may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Patty.

 

9.5            The rights, duties and obligations under this Agreement shall be binding upon inure to the benefit of the Parties’ respective successors and assigns.

 

9.6            This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

9.7            This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.8            The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL TITLE REINSURANCE
COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Norie R. Bregman

 

 

Name:

Norie R. Bregman

 

 

Title:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title:

COO

 

 

8



 

Exhibit A

 

Statement of Investment Policy and Guidelines

 

9



 

 

 

ACE capital title reinsurance company
statement of investment policy and guidelines

ace financial
services

dated as of september 1, 2003

 

i.               investment guidelines and objectives

 

The investment portfolio (the “Portfolio”) of ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (the “Company”) shall be invested based on the following objectives and guidelines.  The Portfolio will consist of a fixed income portfolio (the “Fixed Income Portfolio”) and an equity portfolio (the “Equity Portfolio”).

 

The following objectives are applicable to the entire Portfolio:

 

      Adhere to high fiduciary standards.

      Maximize after-tax total return while meeting GAAP revenue projections.

      Maintain an asset mix consistent with a AA claims-paying rated (re)insurance company.

      Maintain liquidity and credit quality consistent with a AA claims-paying rated (re)insurance company.

      Maintain sufficient liquidity to cover an unexpected stress in the liability portfolio.

      Maintain compliance with all applicable insurance regulatory and rating agency requirements.

      Minimize principal risk through risk management controls.

 

Conceptually, the Portfolio will be divided into two segments; a reserve segment consisting of assets supporting unearned premium, loss and profit commission reserves and an invested capital segment.

 

The following additional objectives are applicable to the reserve segment of the Portfolio:

 

      Meet asset/liability management objectives and constraints for each risk.

      Earn a return at or above the cost of carrying the liability.

      Minimize currency risk and exposure.

      Hedge a specific liability exposure or meet the underlying needs of a(n) (re)insurance agreement.  Under such conditions a separately managed investment portfolio may be formed.

 

The following additional objectives are applicable to the invested capital segment of the Portfolio:

 

      Limited to high-quality, liquid fixed income securities.

      Manage to a duration that meets the Company’s overall risk/return profile and overall asset/liability management objectives.

 

II.             authorized investments – fixed income portfolio

 

Permitted fixed income investments are US Treasury obligations, US Government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities (including pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations), commercial mortgage-backed securities, domestic corporate obligations (including publicly issued securities and securities offered pursuant to SEC Rule 144A), obligations of foreign corporations and foreign governments (including US dollar denominated yankee and eurodollar securities), asset backed securities (including but not limited to credit card, automobile and home equity backed securities), municipal bonds (including general obligation bonds, revenue or special obligation bonds, industrial development bonds, variable rate demand notes and tax anticipation notes), tax-exempt securities such as “private activity bonds”, preferred stocks, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, bank certificates of deposits, bankers’ acceptances, money market funds and time deposits.

 

One of the ACE Group of Insurance & Reinsurance Companies

 



 

III.            investment guideline – fixed income portfolio exposure limits

 

Taxable Securities

 

The maximum allocation to each taxable fixed income sector is based on the total market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio and will be measured at the time of purchase of any security:

 

      Securities issued or guaranteed by the US Government and its Agencies

 

100%

 

 

 

      Securities issued by corporate issuers(1)

 

50%

 

 

 

      Mortgage-Backed Securities (including Commercial MBS)

 

60%

 

 

 

      Non-Agency Mortgage Backed Securities (including Commercial MBS)

 

40%

 

 

 

      Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

 

20%

 

 

 

      Asset-Backed Securities (other than MBS)

 

25%

 

 

 

      US Dollar denominated securities issued or guaranteed by the Government of Canada, the Government of any Canadian Province or by any Agency thereof

 

10%

 

 

 

      US Dollar denominated securities issued or guaranteed by a Non-Canadian Foreign Government

 

10%

 

 

 

      Securities issued by any single corporate issuer(2)

 

The greater
of 3% or $1
million

 

Tax-Exempt Securities

 

The target allocation to tax-exempt securities will primarily be based on the tax position of the Company and the optimal mix of tax and tax-exempt securities as determined by management of the Company.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the target percentage of tax-exempt securities.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the target percentage of tax-exempt securities for such year will remain the same as the target percentage of tax-exempt securities for the previous year.  Tax-exempt securities issued by any single issuer may not, at the time of purchase, exceed the greater of 3% of the total market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio or $1 million.

 

IV.            investment guideline – fixed income portfolio credit quality

 

Portfolio Credit Quality:  Overall weighted average portfolio credit quality must be rated at a minimum in the AA category as measured by the lower rating of two nationally recognized

 


(1)    Corporate issuers exclude special purpose vehicles (howsoever described).

(2)    Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies are exempt from this provision.

 

2



 

statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”).  A minimum of 33% of the market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio must be invested in securities rated at a minimum in the AA category by two NRSROs.

 

Security Credit Quality: Investments in securities rated “BBB” are limited to 5% of the market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio at the time of purchase.  Investment in securities rated lower than “BBB” by two NRSROs are limited to 5% of the market value of the Fixed Income Portfolio at time of purchase.  Investments in securities rated “BBB” or lower plus investments in equities may not in the aggregate exceed 10% of the market value of the Portfolio.  In the event of any downgrade below the “BB” category, the investment manager must contact the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer of the Company within a reasonable time to evaluate the need to take action.

 

The Company shall determine the allocation of the assets of the Portfolio to securities rated “BB” or lower.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the maximum allocation to non-investment grade securities.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the maximum allocation for such year will remain the same as the allocation for the previous year.

 

V.             investment guideline – fixed income portfolio duration

 

The management of the Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually, of the target duration(3) of the Fixed Income Portfolio.  The investment manager may shift the duration of the Fixed Income Portfolio based on market conditions but may not exceed a variance of plus/minus 1.00 year from the target effective duration unless otherwise notified in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) by the Company.

 

VI.            investment guideline – short-term investments

 

Subject to the following limitations, the Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in cash, cash equivalents and other securities with an effective maturity (as determined by the investment manager) of less than one year and money market funds.

 

The Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in commercial paper rated at the time of investment either A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s.

 

The Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in short-term municipal securities rated at the time of investment either SP-1 by S&P or MIG1 by Moody’s.

 

The Fixed Income Portfolio may be invested in “First Tier” securities issued by money market funds that seek to maintain a stable net asset value. “First Tier” securities are securities that are rated (or that have been issued by an issuer that is rated with respect to a class of short-term debt obligations, or any security within that class, comparable in priority and quality with such securities) in the highest short-term rating category by at least two NRSROs.  A single fund may not comprise more than 5% of the Portfolio.

 


(3)    Calculation of effective duration to be defined by the Investment Advisor in its sole discretion using current industry practices.

 

3



 

VII.          authorized investments and investment guidelines – equity portfolio

 

Permitted equity investments are common stocks, convertible preferred stocks and convertible bonds.  All equity securities must be listed on a US stock exchange, and shall include American Depository Receipts (ADR’s).

 

The Company shall determine the percentage of assets of the Portfolio to be invested in equity securities and shall determine the equity strategy to be undertaken by the investment manager.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the equity strategy and target percentage of assets of the Portfolio to be invested in equity securities.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the strategy and target percentage for such year will remain the same as the strategy and target percentage for the previous year.

 

The total market value of common stocks, convertible preferred stocks and convertible bonds issued by any one corporation, at the time of the investment, may not exceed 1% of the market value of the Portfolio.

 

The maximum allocation of equity securities to any industry group, as such groups are determined by the investment manager in its sole discretion, at the time of investment, may not exceed 10% of the market value of the Portfolio.

 

VIII.         investment guidelines – capital gain and LOSS constraints

 

No investment will be sold during a fiscal quarter without explicit direction of the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer if such sale, together with all prior sales and redemptions during the same period, produces a net capital gain or loss on the Portfolio in excess of an amount established by the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer at the beginning of such fiscal quarter.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at the beginning of each fiscal quarter, of the level of capital gain or loss that the investment manager may take without further approval from the Company.

 

IX.            currency exposure

 

The Company shall determine the allocation of its assets to non-United States dollar denominated securities and the appropriate level of currency exposure.  Currency exposure is to be limited to that exposure necessary to hedge loss reserves, unearned premium reserves and profit commissions.  Speculation of non-US dollar denominated currencies is strictly prohibited.  Specific allocations to sectors and issuers must be made consistent with the diversification and credit quality of US dollar securities.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the currency exposure and allocations.

 

X.             prohibited securities

 

Unless agreed to in advance and in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) by the Company, the investment manager will not invest in the following types of securities:

 

1.              Direct investments in mortgage loans, except for mortgage backed securities issued by an agency of the US Government or a US domiciled corporation.

 

4



 

2.              Interest only, principal only and inverse floating rate securities.

3.              Direct investments in real estate.

4.              Private placement investments.  This includes but is not limited to securities in which a liquid market is not readily available.

 

XI.            securities lending

 

Securities lending is prohibited.

 

XII.          performance benchmarks

 

A Performance Benchmark Index will be maintained for the Fixed Income Portfolio.  The index will be determined based upon the allowable asset classes, weightings of selected asset classes and the targeted effective duration of the portfolio.  The weightings of the index will be revised from time to time to reflect changes in the targeted structure of the Fixed Income Portfolio.

 

A Performance Benchmark Index will be maintained for the Equity Portfolio.  The Company will notify the investment manager in writing (e-mail will be sufficient) at least annually of the Performance Benchmark Index for the Equity Portfolio.  If the Company fails to so notify the investment manager in any year, the Performance Benchmark Index for the Equity Portfolio for such year will remain the same as the Performance Benchmark Index for the Equity Portfolio for the previous year.

 

XIII.         EXCEPTIONS

 

The investment manager will not be held responsible for any breaches of the foregoing investment guidelines to the extent such breaches are due to conditions outside the investment manager’s control, such as market movements or changes to the Portfolio made by the Company.  However, the investment manager must contact the Chief Operating Officer or other designated officer of the Company within a reasonable time after becoming aware of any breach to evaluate the need to take action to remedy such breach.

 

5




Exhibit 10.27

 

WHOLE ACCOUNT EXCESS OF LOSS
REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Whole Account Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2001 (as from time to time amended, supplemented, modified or restated in accordance with its terms, the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into by and between ACE Guaranty Re Inc., an insurance company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, (the “ Cedent ”) and ACE Bermuda Insurance Limited, a Class 4 insurance company organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Reinsurer ”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the Cedent and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

 

Article I
Definitions

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in this Article I.

 

Additional Reinsurance Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Article IX hereof.

 

Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses ” means the expenses arising from or relating to the adjustment or settlement of Losses hereunder (except for the salaries, benefits and traveling expenses of the Cedent’s directors, officers, employees or consultants, and the office expenses, overhead or other fixed expenses of the Cedent), including, without limitation, expenses and fees associated with policy coverage declaratory judgment actions, pre-judgment and post-judgment interest.

 

Annual Period ” shall mean any January 1 st through December 31 st during the Term.

 

Covered Business ” has the meaning set forth in Article V hereof.

 

Covered Losses ” means Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, arising with respect to Covered Business, and occurring during the Term.  A Covered Loss is deemed to occur when the Cedent receives a notice of claim under the applicable insurance policy or reinsurance agreement.

 

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in Article III hereof.

 

First Layer Annual Aggregate Retention ” has the meaning set forth in Article VIII hereof.

 

1



 

First Layer Term Aggregate Retention ” has the meaning set forth in Article VIII hereof.

 

First layer Reinsurance Coverage ” has the meaning set forth in Article VI hereof.

 

First Premium Installment ” has the meaning set forth in Article IX hereof.

 

Inuring Reinsurance ” means the ADS Reinsurance Treaty by and between the Cedent and various reinsurers dated as of April 1, 2001 and any renewal of such Treaty entered into by Cedent.

 

Loss Ratio ” means (Losses minus recoveries received by the Cedent plus loss reserves held by the Cedent) divided by premium earned by the Cedent.

 

Losses ” means amounts paid or for which the Cedent becomes liable to pay in settlement of liabilities arising from Covered Business.  “ Losses ” do not include amounts which the Cedent becomes liable to pay with respect to Covered Business that are in excess of the policy limits of the Covered Business or that are due to extra-contractual obligations with respect to Covered Business.

 

Profit Commission Account ” has the meaning set forth in Article X hereof.

 

Reinsurance Premium ” has the meaning set forth in Article IX hereof.

 

Second Layer Aggregate Retention ” has the meaning set forth in Article VIII hereof.

 

Second Layer Reinsurance Coverage ” has the meaning set forth in Article VI hereof.

 

Second Premium Installment ” has the meaning set forth in Article IX hereof.

 

Term ” means the period commencing with the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending upon the Termination Date.

 

Trust Account ” has the meaning set forth in Article XIII hereof.

 

Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Article III hereof.

 

Article II

Representations and Warranties

 

In order to induce the other party to execute this Agreement, each party hereto makes the following representations and warranties to the other party, each of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

 

2



 

Section 2.1.    Corporate Existence and Power .  The Reinsurer and the Cedent are duly formed and validly existing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of domicile and each party has all corporate powers and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary to carry on its respective business as now conducted.

 

Section 2.2.    Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Reinsurer and the Cedent of this Agreement are within each party’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official that has not been made prior to the date of execution hereof, and do not contravene or constitute a default under any provision of applicable law or regulation or of the governing documents of either party hereto, or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon either party or any of their respective affiliates.

 

Section 2.3.    Binding Effect .  This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of each party hereto.

 

Article III
Term and Termination

 

Section 3.1.    Effective Date .  The Term of this Agreement shall commence at 12:01 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2001 (the “ Effective Date ”) and continue in effect until January 1, 2011, unless earlier terminated as provided for herein (January 1, 2011 or such earlier date, the “ Termination Date ”).

 

Section 3.2.    Termination .

 

(a)       The Cedent shall have the right to terminate this Agreement effective as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on any December 31 by giving at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Reinsurer.

 

(b)      The Reinsurer shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days prior written notice following any failure by the Cedent to pay the Reinsurance Premium when due.  If the Cedent pays the full amount of the Reinsurance Premium due within ten (10) days after receipt of the foregoing notice, this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.  If the Cedent fails to correct the failure to pay the Reinsurance Premium, this Agreement shall terminate as of 11:59 p.m. on the tenth day following the date that the Reinsurer’s notice to the Cedent referred to in this Section 3.2(b) was received by the Cedent.

 

Section 3.3.    Special Termination .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the preceding Section 3.2, the Cedent may terminate this Agreement on five (5) days’ prior written notice to the extent that:

 

3



 

(a)   The Reinsurer is the subject of a liquidation, rehabilitation or similar proceeding, or otherwise is declared insolvent by any insurance commissioner or other regulatory or judicial authority having jurisdiction over the Reinsurer;

 

(b)   The Cedent fails to receive all financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided hereunder in all applicable United States jurisdictions; or

 

(c)   The state insurance regulator (or other regulatory or judicial authority having jurisdiction) in any applicable United States jurisdiction directs the Cedent to terminate all or a portion of the coverage provided hereunder.

 

Section 3.4  Payment on Termination

 

Upon termination as provided for in Section 3.2 or Section 3.3, the Reinsurer shall return to the Cedent funds calculated as the greater of (a) zero dollars, or (b) an amount calculated as follows: (i) the Reinsurance Premium paid by the Cedent, less (ii) the amount of earned premium, less (iii) the amount of Covered Losses paid by the Reinsurer under this Agreement, less (iv) two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) within ten (10) business days.

 

Payment by the Reinsurer to the Cedent for any amounts as set forth herein shall constitute a full and final release of the Reinsurer from all liabilities and obligations under this Agreement.

 

Article IV
Other Reinsurance

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Cedent shall have the right to purchase other reinsurance, as well as specific hedges or portfolio hedges for its own account, with respect to Covered Business.  The Cedent shall notify the Reinsurer of any other reinsurance it purchases with respect to Covered Business.  The Cedent and the Reinsurer shall use mutual good faith efforts to reach agreement as to whether any such reinsurance inures to the benefit of this Agreement.  Any amounts collected by the Cedent with respect to the Inuring Reinsurance shall inure to the benefit of this Agreement, provided that such amounts relate to Covered Losses reinsured hereunder.

 

Article V
Covered Business

 

All insurance or reinsurance agreements, policies, binders and other contracts reinsuring or providing financial guaranty insurance, reinsuring, insuring or issuing credit default swaps, insuring or reinsuring trade credit business, or reinsuring or providing other substantially similar credit related business issued by the Cedent prior to or during the Term (the “ Covered Business ”).

 

4



 

Article VI
Coverage

 

Section 6.1.    First Layer Reinsurance Coverage .  Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations contained herein, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Cedent for one hundred percent (100%) of paid Covered Losses arising out of Covered Business in excess of the Cedent’s First Layer Annual Aggregate Retention as set forth in Article VIII; provided , however , that once the Cedent has paid Covered Losses which exhaust the First Layer Term Aggregate Retention, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Cedent for one hundred percent (100%) of paid Covered Losses without regard to the First Layer Annual Aggregate Retention, subject to the First Layer Limit of Liability as set forth in Article VII (the “ First Layer Reinsurance Coverage ”).

 

Section 6.2.    Second Layer Reinsurance Coverage .  Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations contained herein, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Cedent for one hundred percent (100%) of paid Covered Losses arising out Covered Business in excess of the Cedent’s Second Layer Aggregate Retention as set forth in Article VIII, subject to the Annual Aggregate Limit of Liability and Term Aggregate Limit of Liability as set forth in Article VII below (the “ Second Layer Reinsurance Coverage ”).

 

Section 6.3.    Condition Precedent .  Coverage under this Agreement shall not take effect until the Reinsurer has received payment of the First Premium Installment; provided, however, that once the First Premium Installment has been received by the Reinsurer coverage hereunder shall be effective as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.4.    Trade Credit Business .  The Reinsurer shall not be liable under this Agreement for Covered Losses arising out of the Cedent’s trade credit business unless the Cedent’s Loss Ratio with respect to such business in any calendar year is greater than 50%.  In such case, the Reinsurer shall be liable for Covered Losses arising out of the Cedent’s trade credit business in excess of a 50% Loss Ratio with respect to the applicable calendar year only.

 

Article VII
Limit of Liability

 

Section 7.1     First Layer Limit of Liability .  The Reinsurer’s aggregate limit of liability for all Covered Losses in the First Layer Reinsurance Coverage shall be fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) (the “ First Layer Limit of Liability ”).

 

Section 7.2.    Aggregate Limit of Liability .  The Reinsurer’s aggregate limit of liability for Covered Losses during the Term (including the First Layer Limit of Liability) shall be one hundred and fifty million dollars ($150,000,000) (the “ Term Aggregate Limit of Liability ”); provided , however , that in any calendar year during the Term, the Reinsurer shall not be

 

5



 

obligated to make payments with respect to its obligations under this Agreement in excess of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) in the aggregate (the “ Annual Aggregate Limit of Liability ”).

 

Article VIII
Cedent’s Retention

 

Section 8.1.    First Layer Annual Aggregate Retention .  Subject to the First Layer Term Aggregate Retention set forth in Section 8.2, the Cedent shall retain a net annual aggregate retention for paid Covered Losses with respect to the Covered Business in the First Layer in the following amounts (the “ First Layer Annual Aggregate Retention ”):

 

During the first Annual Period of the Term:

 

$

 30,000,000

 

During the second Annual Period of the Term:

 

$

 20,000,000

 

During the third and subsequent Annual Periods of the Term:

 

$

 10,000,000

  per year

 

Section 8.2.    First Layer Term Aggregate Retention .  The Cedent shall retain a net aggregate retention during the Term for Covered Losses paid by the Cedent during the Term with respect to the Covered Business in the First Layer of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) (the “ First Layer Term Aggregate Retention ”).

 

Section 8.3     Second Layer Aggregate Retention .  The Cedent shall retain a net aggregate retention for Covered Losses paid by the Cedent during the Term with respect to the Covered Business in the Second Layer of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) (the “ Second Layer Aggregate Retention ”).  The Second Layer Aggregate Retention shall be in excess of the First Layer Term Aggregate Retention and the First Layer Reinsurance Coverage.

 

Article IX
Reinsurance Premium

 

Section 9.1.    Reinsurance Premium .  The Cedent shall pay a premium to the Reinsurer of twenty-six million two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($26,250,000) (the “ First Premium Installment ”) on the date on which all regulatory approvals for this Agreement have been obtained and the Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto; and twenty-six million two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($26,250,000) on or before February 1, 2002 (the “ Second Premium Installment ”).

 

Section 9.2.    Additional Reinsurance Premium .  The Cedent shall pay a premium to the Reinsurer equal to 10% of Covered Losses paid by the Reinsurer in excess of fifty million dollars ($50,000,000) pursuant to the Second Layer Reinsurance Coverage; provided , however , that the amount of such premium due from the Cedent shall not exceed ten million dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate (the “ Additional Reinsurance Premium ”).  The

 

6



 

Additional Reinsurance Premium shall be payable on the date that the Reinsurer pays the applicable Covered Loss to the Cedent.

 

Article X
Profit Commission

 

Section 10.1.  Profit Commission Account .  (a)  The Reinsurer shall hold a notional account during the Term of this Agreement for the purposes set forth in this Article X (the “ Profit Commission Account ”).  As of the first day of each calendar quarter during the Term, and subject to this Article X, the notional balance of the Profit Commission Account shall equal: (i) The beginning balance thereof, as described in this Section 10.1, plus (ii) any Reinsurance Premium and Additional Reinsurance Premium paid during the preceding calendar quarter, less a one time deduction of two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000), minus (iii) Covered Losses paid by the Reinsurer during the preceding calendar quarter, plus (iv) any Interest Credit, minus (v) any Interest Debit.

 

(b)   The one time deduction of two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) referred to in the preceding paragraph (a) shall represent the Reinsurer’s margin.

 

(c)   As of the last day of each calendar quarter, the Cedent shall calculate an Interest Credit and/or an Interest Debit (as applicable) on the Profit Commission Account balance.  The “ Interest Credit ” for purposes of this Article shall be determined by applying the Interest Rate which is in effect on the first business day of the quarter for which the calculation is being completed to the average balance of the Profit Commission Account for only those days during the subject quarter that the Profit Commission Account is positive.  The “ Interest Debit ” for purposes of this Article shall be determined by applying the Interest Rate which is in effect on the first business day of the quarter for which the calculation is being completed plus one hundred fifty (150) basis points to the average balance of the Profit Commission Account for only those days during the subject quarter that the Profit Commission Account is negative.  The “ Interest Rate ” for purposes of this Article shall be the One-Year United States Treasury bill rate as published in the Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the quarter for which any such Interest Credit or Interest Debit calculation is being completed.

 

(d)   The Reinsurer shall calculate the notional balance of the Profit Commission Account during the Term.  As of the first day of the first calendar quarter of the Term, the beginning balance thereof shall be zero.  As of the first day of each succeeding calendar quarter during the Term, such beginning balance shall equal the ending balance thereof, determined by the Reinsurer as of the last day of the preceding calendar quarter.

 

Section 10.2   Profit Commission.   On the last day of the Term, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Cedent as a profit commission the net amount of any Interest Credits less Interest Debits calculated during the Term as set forth in the preceding Section 10.1(c), to the extent that the Profit Commission Account balance is positive as of the last day of the Term.  Alternatively, the Cedent may elect to apply any amount payable by the Reinsurer pursuant to this Section 10.2 against liabilities for which the Reinsurer otherwise would be liable

 

7



 

hereunder, but for the limits of liability set out in Article VII hereof.  The Cedent shall notify the Reinsurer of its intention to elect the alternative settlement of the profit commission provided in the preceding sentence by written notice delivered two (2) days prior to the end of the Term.

 

Payment by the Reinsurer to the Cedent for any amounts as set forth in this section 10.2 shall constitute a full and final release of the Reinsurer from all liabilities and obligations under this Agreement.

 

Article XI
Accounts and Remittances

 

On or prior to the 30 th day following the end of each calendar quarter during the Term, the Cedent shall render an account to the Reinsurer, which account shall set forth the following with respect to the most recently ended calendar quarter: (i) The dollar amount the Reinsurer’s share of Covered Losses paid during such calendar quarter, and (ii) reserves required to be maintained by the Reinsurer as provided herein.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Reinsurer shall pay its share of the amount of Covered Losses paid by the Cedent within seven (7) business days after receipt of the foregoing account.

 

Article XII
Reserves

 

The Reinsurer shall maintain (i) loss reserves with respect to Covered Losses not yet paid by the Cedent but reported to the Reinsurer and Covered Losses paid by the Cedent and not yet recovered from the Reinsurer and (ii) unearned premium reserves.

 

Article XIII
Credit for Reinsurance

 

Section 13.1   Trust Account .  The Reinsurer shall hold an amount equal to the notional balance of the Profit Commission Account in a trust account for the benefit of the Cedent at State Street Bank and Trust Company or another bank mutually acceptable to the parties hereto (the “ Trust Account ”).  The Trust Account shall comply with all applicable United States laws and regulations necessary for the Cedent to take financial statement credit for the First Layer Reinsurance Coverage up to the balance of the Trust Account.  Upon termination of this Agreement and satisfaction of all of the Reinsurer’s obligations hereunder, the Trust Account shall terminate and the balance of the Trust Account shall be distributed to the Reinsurer.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Reinsurer shall not be obligated to hold an amount greater than the Profit Commission Account balance in the Trust Account.

 

Section 13.2   Letter of Credit .  In the event that the Trust Account provided for in Section 13.1 contains insufficient funds for the Cedent to take full financial statement credit for

 

8



 

the First Layer Reinsurance Coverage, or in the event that the Reinsurer is required hereunder to establish a reserve for Covered Losses payable pursuant to the Second Layer Reinsurance Coverage, the Cedent shall have the right to demand that the Reinsurer establish a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit for the benefit of the Cedent.  Such letter of credit shall be issued by a financial institution constituting a “qualified financial institution” pursuant to Maryland Insurance Regulation 31.05.08.08 and rated AA- or higher by Standard and Poor’s Corporation in an amount that, in combination with the Trust Account, shall be sufficient for the Cedent to take full financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided pursuant to this Agreement.  Such letter of credit shall comply with all applicable United States laws and regulations necessary for the Cedent to take full financial statement credit as provided in this Section 13.2.  Any costs and expenses incurred in the provision of any such letter of credit shall be borne by the Cedent.

 

Article XIV
Miscellaneous

 

Section 14.1.  Access to Records .  The Cedent shall place at the disposal of the Reinsurer at all reasonable times during normal business hours, and the Reinsurer shall have the right to inspect and audit at any reasonable time during normal business hours, the books and records of the Cedent pertaining to the reinsurance provided hereunder, or the subject matter thereof; provided , however , that the Reinsurer shall not have the right to remove or copy any records of the Cedent without the consent of the Cedent.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this provision shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

Section 14.2.  Arbitration .  (a)  Any dispute between the Cedent and the Reinsurer arising out of, or relating to, the formation, interpretation, performance, or breach of this Agreement, or the validity of all or any portion thereof, shall be settled by arbitration, initiated by demand therefor promptly delivered by the complaining party to the other.

 

(b)         Each party shall appoint an individual as arbitrator, and the two so appointed shall then appoint a third arbitrator.  If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the demand referred to in the preceding Section 14.2(a), the other party may appoint the second arbitrator.  If the two arbitrators do not agree on a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the later of the two appointments, each of the arbitrators shall nominate three individuals.  Each arbitrator shall then decline two of the nominations presented by the other arbitrator.  The third arbitrator shall then be chosen from the remaining two nominations by drawing lots.  The arbitrators shall be active or retired officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Lloyd’s London Underwriters, and shall have no personal or financial interest in the result of the arbitration.

 

(c)          The arbitration hearings shall be held in New York, New York, or such other place as may be mutually agreed.  Each party shall submit its case to the arbitrators within thirty (30) days of the selection of the third arbitrator, or within such longer period as may be agreed by the arbitrators.  The arbitrators shall not be obliged to follow judicial formalities or the rules of evidence, and they shall make their decisions according to the customs and practice of the

 

9



 

reinsurance business.  The arbitrators shall render their decision within thirty (30) days after the cases have been presented.  The decision rendered by a majority of the arbitrators shall be final and binding.  Such decision shall be a condition precedent to any right of legal action arising out of the arbitrated dispute which either party may have against the other.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered by a court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(d)         Each party shall pay the fee and expenses of its own arbitrator and one-half of the fee and expenses of the third arbitrator.  All other expenses of the arbitration shall be equally divided between the parties. Except as provided above, arbitration shall be based, insofar as applicable, upon the procedures of the American Arbitration Association.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this provision shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

Section 14.3.  Confidentiality .  All terms and conditions of this Agreement and any information obtained in the course of any inspection conducted by or on behalf of the Reinsurer shall be kept confidential by the Reinsurer as against third parties, unless the disclosure is required pursuant to applicable law or regulation, or unless the disclosure is to any of the Reinsurer’s directors, officers, employees, professional advisers, reinsurers, affiliates, rating agencies or regulators, each of whom is advised of the confidential nature of such information and agrees to maintain the confidentiality thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Disclosing or using this information for any purpose beyond the scope of this Agreement, or beyond the exception set forth above, is expressly forbidden without the prior consent of the Cedent.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this provision shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

Section 14.4.  Errors and Omissions .  Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

Section 14.5.  Federal Excise Tax .  Any United States Federal excise taxes due from either party with respect to this Agreement and the reinsurance provided hereunder shall be paid by the Cedent.

 

Section 14.6.  Follow the Fortunes .  The Reinsurer’s liability hereunder shall attach simultaneously with that of the Cedent, and shall be subject in all respects to the same risks, terms, conditions, interpretations, waivers and to the same modifications, alterations and cancellations as the respective insurances and reinsurances of the Cedent, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Reinsurer in every case to which this Agreement applies shall follow the underwriting fortunes of the Cedent.

 

Section 14.7   Third-Party Rights .  Nothing herein shall be deemed to create any obligation or to establish any right against or in favor of any third parties or persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

10



 

Section 14.8.  Insolvency .  In the event of the insolvency of the Cedent, reinsurance under this Agreement shall be payable on demand, with reasonable provision for verification, on the basis of claims allowed against the insolvent Cedent by any court of competent jurisdiction or by any liquidator, receiver, or statutory successor of the Cedent having authority to allow such claims, without diminution because of such insolvency or because such liquidator, receiver, or statutory successor has failed to pay all or a portion of any claims. Such payments by the Reinsurer shall be made directly to the Cedent or to its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor.

 

It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, or statutory successor of the insolvent Cedent shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the insolvent Cedent on Covered Business within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding and that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Cedent or its liquidator, receiver, or statutory successor.  The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the insolvent Cedent as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Cedent solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

Section 14.9.  Offset .  The Cedent and the Reinsurer shall have the right to offset any balance or amounts due from one party to the other under the terms of this Agreement.  The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right any time, whether the balances due are on account of premiums or losses or otherwise.

 

Section 14.10.   Service of Suit/Submission to Jurisdiction .  (a)  The Reinsurer hereby irrevocably submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal or State of New York court sitting in New York County in the State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurer’s right to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, to remove an action to a United States District Court, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the laws of the United States or of any state in the United States.

 

(b)         In addition to and without limiting the foregoing, it is agreed that, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States which makes provision therefor, the Reinsurer hereby designates the Superintendent, Commissioner or Director of Insurance or other officer specified for that purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in office, as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Cedent or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Agreement of reinsurance, and hereby designates the above-named as the person to whom the said officer is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, this provision shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

11



 

Section 14.11.        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 14.12.        Headings .  The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 14.13.        Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written, and each party having executed and delivered a counterpart shall be deemed a party to this Agreement.

 

 

ACE GUARANTY RE INC.

 

In New York, New York

 

 

 

 

 

By:

   /s/ Howard W. Albert

 

 

 

Name: Howard W. Albert

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President
and Chief Underwriting Officer

 

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

 

In Hamilton, Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

By:

   /s/ Dienne A. Samson

 

 

 

Name: Dienne A. Samson

 

 

Title: President, FSI

 

12





Exhibit 10.28

 

 

ACEBDA INS. LTD

 

XOL “Piere Cover”

 

 

 

ACE Berumuda

 

Insurance Ltd.

 

ace bermuda

 

PER CONTRACT EXCESS OF LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

(the “Agreement”)

 

COMPANY:

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

 

 

REINSURER:

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

 

TYPE:

 

Per Contract Excess of Loss

 

 

 

TERM:

 

The Term of this Agreement shall commence as of 12:01 a.m.  Atlantic Standard Time on December 31, 2001 (the “ Effective Date ”) and shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the Cancellation Date and (ii) 12:01 a.m.  Atlantic Standard Time on December 31, 2026 (the earlier to occur of such dates is the “ Termination Date ”).

 

 

 

 

 

Except as provided herein, after the Termination Date the parties will have no rights or obligations under this Agreement other than those rights or obligations that have accrued during the Term and remain unsatisfied as of the Termination Date.

 

 

 

CANCELLATION:

 

Subject to ten (10) days prior written notice from the Company to the Reinsurer, the Company may cancel this Agreement at any time (the effective date of such cancellation is the “Cancellation Date” ); provided that effective upon the Cancellation Date, no return premium shall be due from the Reinsurer to the Company.

 

 

 

PREMIUM:

 

For the Term, the Company shall pay the Reinsurer a single premium of one hundred twenty-five million United States dollars ($125,000,000) on December 31, 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

The Premium payable by the Company as set forth herein shall not be reduced by any applicable taxes which may be payable by the Company.

 

 

 

TERRITORY:

 

This Agreement shall be worldwide in geographical scope.

 

 

 

COVERAGE:

 

Subject to the Aggregate Limit of liability and all other terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement, the Reinsurer agrees to indemnify the Company

 



 

 

 

for all Net Loss paid during the Term by the Company under each Covered Contract in excess of the Per Contract Retention up to the Per Contract Limit.

 

 

 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, there may be more than one Net Loss payment under a Covered Contract and all such Net Loss payments shall be the subject of coverage hereunder.

 

 

 

 

 

The Company retains the right, in its sole discretion not to cede all or any portion of a Net Loss to the Reinsurer hereunder.

 

 

 

PER CONTRACT

 

 

LIMIT:

 

Subject to the Aggregate Limit, the Reinsurer’s maximum limit of liability for all Net Loss under each Covered Contract shall not exceed fifty million United States dollars ($50,000,000) ( “Per Contract Limit” ).

 

 

 

TERM

 

 

AGGREGATE

 

 

LIMIT:

 

Notwithstanding the Per Contract Limit, the Reinsurer’s maximum limit of liability for all Net Losses during the Term under this Agreement shall not exceed four hundred million United States dollars ($400,000,000) ( “Aggregate Limit” ).

 

 

 

PER CONTACT

 

 

RETENTION:

 

The Reinsurer shall not be liable for any Net Losses in respect of a Covered Contract until the total Net Losses paid by the Company under such Covered Contract exceed five million United States dollars ($5,000,000) ( “Per Contract Retention” ).

 

 

 

REPORTS:

 

The Company shall provide the Reinsurer with a Bordereau on the Business Day following January 14th of each year during the Term listing each Covered Contract in force as at December 31 st of the immediately preceding year.  Failure by the Company to list a Covered Contract shall not constitute grounds for denial of a claim under this Agreement, but shall be remedied as soon as discovered.

 

 

 

CLAIMS NOTICES

 

 

& SETTLEMENTS:

 

Notice .  The Company shall promptly advise the Reinsurer, giving all relevant details, of a Net Loss or potential Net Loss under a Covered Contract that could reasonably be expected to become a ceded Net Loss under this Agreement (the “Notice”) .

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss Payments .  The Reinsurer shall pay each Net Loss due hereunder to the Company within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of a Notice from the Company; provided that if no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the due

 

2



 

 

 

date of the Company’s payment of a Net Loss under the Covered Contract (“Due Date”) the Reinsurer is furnished with particulars of the Net Loss and the Company’s certification that the Company’s claim must be paid on the Due Date, at the request of the Company, the Reinsurer shall place the Company in funds for the Reinsurer’s share of such claim payment on or before such due date, in satisfaction of its obligations to the Company in respect of such Net Loss.

 

 

 

 

 

Loss Settlements & Claims Cooperation .  All loss settlements made by the Company, provided they are within the terms of this Agreement and the applicable Covered Contract, shall be unconditionally binding upon the Reinsurer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, when requested by the Reinsurer, the Company shall permit the Reinsurer to associate (at the Reinsurer’s expense) in the defense and control of any investigation, claim or other action pertaining to a Net Loss under this Agreement.

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS:

 

(1)               “Actual Loss” means, in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)                                                               a Covered Contract which is a Loss Portfolio Transfer:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)           any True-Up payments actually paid by the Company to a Portfolio Fund in accordance with the terms of such Covered Contract, and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)          any actual claims paid by the Company to a cedent of such Covered Contract after the Portfolio Fund balance is reduced to zero.

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)                                                          all Covered Contracts other than those set out in (i) above, any loss, claim, profit commission, and/or any other payment by the Company to a cedent under and pursuant to the terms of a Covered Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)               “Business Day” means a day that banks and foreign exchange offices are open for business in Bermuda.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)               “Covered Contracts” means all binders, contracts, policies, and other obligations in respect of insurance, reinsurance, financial guaranty, other financial obligations underwritten by the Company in accordance with its guidelines, or derivatives (including but not limited to swaps) in-force at the Effective Date, or written or renewed during the Term, in each if such contracts are issued or entered into by the Company; provided that Covered Contracts shall not include:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)                                                         unless otherwise agreed by the parties, any contracts or treaties ceded by the Company to the Reinsurer under a separate reinsurance

 

3



 

 

 

agreement.  For purposes of clarification and not limitation, such separate reinsurance agreements include, as of the Effective Date, the Per Policy Excess of Loss Second Retrocession Agreement between the parties dated January 1, 2000 in respect of title risks ceded by ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company to the Company; and

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)                                   collateral (howsoever called) required to be posted as security for a Covered Contract; provided that True-Up payments shall not be considered collateral for purposes of this provision.

 

 

 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt and unless otherwise agreed by the parties, any contracts or treaties ceded by the Reinsurer to the Company shall be included in the definition of Covered Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)               “Extra Contractual Obligations” means those liabilities which are not covered under any other provision of this Agreement and which arise from the Company’s handling of any claim on business covered hereunder, such liabilities arising because of, but not limited to, the following: failure of the Company to settle within the policy limit, or by reason of the Company’s alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action against its insured (or reinsured) or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)               “Inuring Reinsurance” means reinsurance, offsetting swaps, and other hedging arrangements that by their terms apply first in payment of Net Loss on a Covered Contract to the Company and thereby reduce the Net Loss payable by the Reinsurer hereunder.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)               “Loss Portfolio Transfer” means a type of Covered Contract under which a block of business, which was insured or reinsured by a cedent, is reinsured to the Company in exchange for payment of premium by the cedent to the Company which premium is held in a Portfolio Fund and used to pay claims under the Covered Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

(7)               “Losses in Excess of Policy Limits” means any amount of loss together with any legal costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, paid or payable by the Company in excess of its policy limits, but otherwise within the coverage terms of the policy, as a result of an action against it by its insured or its insured’s assignee to recover damages the insured is legally obligated to pay to a third party claimant because of the Company’s alleged or actual negligence or bad faith in rejecting a settlement within the policy limits, or in discharging its duty to defend or prepare the defense in the trial

 

4



 

 

 

of an action against its insured, or in discharging its duty to prepare or prosecute an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)               “Net Loss” means the losses for which the Company is liable under Covered Contracts, such losses to include (a) the Actual Loss, if any paid by the Company in satisfaction of its contractual obligations under a Covered Contract, (b) loss expenses of the Company whether incurred on its own account or as reimbursement under a Covered Contract, including but not limited to expenses incurred in connection with settlements, litigation, arbitration, research of coverage questions, workouts of a potential loss, protection and perfection of any interest under a Covered Contract, but loss expenses shall not include the salaries or overhead of the Company, and (c) Losses in Excess of Policy Limits and Extra Contractual Obligations covered under the terms of a Covered Contract or arising by reason of the liability of the Company in settling a covered loss under a Covered Contract.  Nothing in this clause shall be construed to mean that losses under this Agreement are not recoverable until the Company’s net loss has been ascertained.

 

 

 

 

 

All salvages, recoveries, payments and reversals or reductions of verdicts or judgments, Portfolio Disbursements, and Profit Commissions, including amounts recoverable under Inuring Reinsurance (hereinafter “ Recoveries ”) (net of the cost of obtaining such Recoveries) provided that such Recoveries are received during the Term shall be applied as if recovered, received or obtained prior to the aforesaid settlement and shall be deducted from the actual losses sustained under a Covered Contract to arrive at the amount of the Net Loss under a Covered Contract.  To the extent Recoveries are received by the Company after a Net Loss has been paid by the Reinsurer, the Company shall account to the Reinsurer for the Reinsurer’s share of such Recoveries.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)               “Profit Commissions” means, profit commissions (howsoever called) which are paid by the cedent to the Company pursuant to the terms of a Covered Contract and which are a function of the profit position of the underlying risk to the Covered Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)        “Portfolio Disbursements” means, in respect of a Covered Contract which is a Loss Portfolio Transfer, the amount received by the Company from a Portfolio Fund pursuant to a provision in such Covered Contract allowing the Company to withdraw monies held in the Portfolio Fund which are in excess of the minimum required balance of the Portfolio Fund.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)        “Portfolio Fund” means, in respect of a Covered Contract which is a Loss Portfolio Transfer, the trust or other segregated assets, if applicable,

 

5



 

 

 

or, if the premium due the Company under a Covered Contract is retained by the cedent on a ‘funds withheld’ basis, then the premium so withheld by the cedent (together with interest which accrues thereon).

 

 

 

 

 

(12)        “True-Up” means the liability, if any, of the Company pursuant to the terms of a Covered Contract to make payments to a Portfolio Fund to maintain the same at a required minimum level.  True-Up payments do not include the original or any subsequent premium or related payments by a cedent to the Company (whether or not on a funds withheld basis) which are deposited or held in the Portfolio Fund.

 

 

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS:

 

 

 

 

1.                    Inspection and Audit.    The Reinsurer or its authorized representative shall have access to the books and records of the Company at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement or its subject matter.  This access shall include, without limitation, access to all papers in the possession of the Company in connection with claims and the adjustment of claims.  The Reinsurer’s right of access shall continue during the Term and thereafter as long as either party has a claim against the other arising out of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

2 .                    Headings .    The headings to the text of this Agreement are intended and inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

3.                    Assignment and Amendment .    This Agreement may not be assigned or amended by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

 

 

 

 

4.                    Third Party Beneficiaries .    This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer.  The acceptance of reinsurance hereunder shall not create any right or legal relation whatever between the Reinsurer and any original insured or any beneficiary under any business reinsured hereunder, and the Company shall remain solely liable to such original insured or any such beneficiary.

 

 

 

 

 

5.                    Enforceability .    In the event that any provision contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

 

 

 

 

6.                    Severability .    To the extent that this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be amended, at the mutual

 

6



 

 

 

agreement of both the Company and the Reinsurer, to the extent possible, to comply with such law and regulation.  If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not invalidate the whole of this Agreement, but such term or provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the court’s opinion to render such term or provision enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the parties set forth herein.

 

 

 

 

 

7.                    Errors and Omissions .   If either party hereto shall fail to perform an obligation under this Agreement, and such failure is shown to be unintentional and the result of an oversight, misunderstanding or clerical error on the party of either party, then the party shall not be deemed in breach thereby, but such error shall be corrected promptly by restoring both parties to the positions they would have occupied had no such error occurred.

 

 

 

 

 

8.                    Entire Agreement .   This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

9.                    Waivers .   There shall be no waiver of any breach of the terms of this Agreement, nor waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege conferred by this Agreement, except as notified in writing by the party waiving to the other party, or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding this, and for the avoidance of doubt:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  any waiver of a breach of any term of this Agreement or of any default hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default and shall in no way affect the other terms of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)  no failure to exercise and no delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege of that party under this Agreement and no course of dealing between the parties shall be construed or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

 

 

 

 

10.             Currency .   All the retentions, limits and premiums are stated in United States Dollars.  All claims under this Agreement are payable in United States Dollars.  Losses arising out of Covered Contracts written by the Company in currencies

 

7



 

 

 

other than United States Dollars shall be converted into United States Dollars at the rates of exchange as used in the books of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

11.             Offset .   The parties have the right to offset any balance(s) from one to the other under this Agreement or under any other agreement between the parties hereto.

 

 

 

 

 

12.             Governing Law .   This Agreement, and any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda.

 

 

 

 

 

13.             Arbitration .   If any irreconcilable dispute shall arise between the Company and the Reinsurer with reference to the interpretation of this Agreement or any Covered Contract (including, but not limited to, disputes concerning the formation or validity of this Agreement), whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two arbitrators so chosen.  Where a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within fourteen (14) calendar days of being called upon to do so or where the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint a third within twenty-eight (28) calendar days of their appointment, then upon application ARIAS (UK) will appoint an arbitrator to fill the vacancy.  At any time prior to the appointment by ARIAS (UK) the party or arbitrators in default may make such appointment.  All arbitrators shall be active or retired disinterested officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or underwriters at Lloyd’s of London not under the control of or otherwise affiliated with either party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Except as may be otherwise provided herein, the arbitrators shall promulgate roles to interpret this Agreement under ARIAS Arbitration Rules.  The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than as a legal obligation and will make their award with the view to effecting the general purpose and intent of this Agreement, rather than in accordance with the literal interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

The party requesting the arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty-five (45) calendar days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.  The party responding to the request for arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty-five (45) calendar days of the receipt of the petitioner’s case.  A hearing shall be held within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the parties’ cases in writing.  The arbiters shall render their decision within thirty (30) calendar days after completion of the hearing.  The decision in writing of any two arbiters, when filed with the parties hereto, shall be final and binding on both parties.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any

 

8



 

 

 

court having jurisdiction.  Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and arbitration.  Said arbitration shall take place in Hamilton, Bermuda , unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by the parties.

 

 

 

 

 

The procedures specified in this Article shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

14.             Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties on separate counterparts, but will not be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart.  Each counterpart will constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument.  All signatures of the parties to this Agreement may be transmitted by facsimile, and such facsimile will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such party whose signature it reproduces and will be binding upon such party.

 

 

 

 

 

15.             Form and Address for Notices .   Any notice required or authorized to be given or served upon a party pursuant to this Agreement shall be given by facsimile (with confirming copy sent promptly by mail), prepaid post or overnight delivery service or by hand to that party at its address or facsimile number appearing below or such other address or facsimile number as the party may have notified in writing to the other party or parties:

 

 

 

 

 

In the case of the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re International, Ltd.

 

 

The ACE Building

 

 

30 Woodbourne Avenue

 

 

Hamilton, HM 08, Bermuda

 

 

Attn: President

 

 

Tel: 441-298-9572

 

 

Fax: 441-296-3379

 

9



 

 

 

In the case of the Reinsurer:

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

ACE Global Headquarters

 

 

17 Woodbourne Ave.

 

 

Hamilton HM 08 Bermuda

 

 

Attn: President and CEO, ACE Financial Solutions International

 

 

Tel: 441-299-9269

 

 

Fax: 441-292-8677.

 

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed in Hamilton, Bermuda by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

 

On Behalf of:

 

On behalf of:

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

By:

/s/ Dienne Samson

 

 

 

 

Name/Title:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name/Title:

Dienne Samson

 

 

 

 

 

 

President/FSI

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUP/Ace Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

12/21/01

 

 

Date:

12/20/01

 

 

11



 

COMMUTATION AND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

(hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement” )

 

This Agreement is entered into by and between ACE Capital Re International, Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Company” ) and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Reinsurer” ) and made effective 11:59:59 p.m. Local Standard Time, December 31, 2003 (the “Commutation Date” ).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Reinsurer are parties to the Per Contract Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement for the term incepting December 31, 2001 and originally terminating December 31, 2026 (hereinafter referred to as the “Contract” ), which is attached hereto and made part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Reinsurer desire to fully and finally settle and commute all obligations and liabilities, known and unknown, of the Company and the Reinsurer under the Contract.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, IT IS AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE REINSURER AND THE COMPANY THAT:

 

1.                                        As consideration for the following release, the Reinsurer shall pay the Company the Commutation Amount no later than January 31, 2004, subject to the Reinsurer’s receipt of an original copy of this Agreement, having been fully executed by the parties hereto.

 

The “Commutation Amount” shall equal the sum of the Principal and Return, as defined below:

 

“Principal” shall equal One hundred thirty one million, nine hundred thirty seven thousand, two hundred eighty five United States dollars ($131,937,285);

 

“Return” shall equal: [Principal] x [Lehman Intermediate Rate]; and

 

“Lehman Intermediate Rate” shall mean the year-to-date total return of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Intermediate Aggregate Bond Index, determined for the period January 1, 2004 through the date of transfer by the Reinsurer of the payment of the Commutation Amount.

 

2.                                        Subject to the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto and payment by the Reinsurer of the Commutation amount as required pursuant to paragraph 1 above, as of the Commutation Date, the Company releases and discharges the Reinsurer and its predecessors, successors, parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, agents, employees, officers, directors and shareholders (collectively, the “Reinsurer’s Related Parties”) from any and all present and future obligations, claims, demands, liabilities and/or losses whatsoever, all whether known or unknown, reported or unreported, and whether currently existing or arising in the future, including, but not limited to, all claims (including but not limited to those claims for which notices have been submitted to the Reinsurer), obligations, offsets, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, duties, sums of money, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, reckonings, bonds, bills, promises, doings, omissions, damages, liability for payment of interest, judgments, costs,

 

1



 

Agreement may not be modified or amended, or any of its provisions waived, except by an instrument in writing, signed by the parties hereunder.

 

7.                                        Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of section 13, Arbitration , of the General Conditions of the Contract.

 

8.                                        This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda, notwithstanding the venue of any arbitration proceeding.

 

9.                                        This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and nothing herein shall in any manner create any obligations or establish any rights against the Reinsurer in favor of any third parties or any persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

10.                                  This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered shall constitute an original and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the following individuals authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

 

For and on Behalf of:

 

For and on Behalf of:

 

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

 

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL,
LTD.

in Hamilton, Bermuda

 

in Hamilton, Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dienne Samson

 

 

/s/ Carla Ranum

 

 

 

 

Name:  Dienne Samson

 

Name:  Carla Ranum

Title:  President Ace Financial Solutions International

 

Title:  Vice President

Date:  1/7/04

 

Date: January 6, 2004

 

3




Exhibit 10.29

 

RETROCESSION AGREEMENT

by and between

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.
of Hamilton, Bermuda,
referred to in this Agreement as the “Ceding Company,”

 

and

 

ACE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
referred to in this Agreement as the “Retrocessionaire.”

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Coverage.   The Ceding Company shall cede, and the Retrocessionaire shall accept, a one hundred percent (100%) quota share of the liability incurred by the Ceding Company pursuant to the Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement (the “Underlying Agreement”) effective as of July 1, 2001, by between the Ceding Company and Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. (the “Original Company”). A copy of the Underlying Agreement is attached as Exhibit A and made a part of this Agreement for purposes of more fully defining the rights and obligations of the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire

 



 

hereunder.  For greater certainty, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Retrocessionaire agrees to indemnify the Ceding Company for 100% of the Ultimate Net Loss, 100% of the C Profit Share and 100% of the Litigation Losses (as such terms are defined in the Underlying Agreement) paid by the Ceding Company pursuant to the Underlying Agreement.

 

2.              Retrocession Premium.   The Retrocessionaire shall be entitled to receive (i) 100% of the Reinsurance Premium (as such term is defined in the Underlying Agreement) less five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), (ii) 100% of the Reserve Transfer Amount (as such term is defined in the Underlying Agreement) and (iii) 100% of the Net Premiums from Operations (as such term is defined in the Underlying Agreement) and all other amounts received by the Ceding Company from the Original Company under Section 4.3 of the Underlying Agreement.

 

3.              Recovery Amounts.  The Retrocessionaire shall be entitled to receive 100% of any and all recoveries, subrogation and inuring reinsurance amounts actually collected that are included in calculating Ultimate Net Loss.

 

4.              Conditions.   No amendment to the Underlying Agreement executed after the date on which the Retrocessionaire executes

 

2



 

this Agreement shall be binding upon the Retrocessionaire unless agreed to in writing by the Retrocessionaire.

 

5.              Accounting and Settlement.  (a) All amounts due to be paid to the Ceding Company under this Agreement shall be paid by the Retrocessionaire to the Ceding Company, in accordance with subsection (c) of this Section 5, no later than two (2) Business Days (as defined in the Underlying Agreement) after receipt by the Retrocessionaire of notification by the Ceding Company of the amount due to be paid hereunder.

 

(b)            The Ceding Company shall provide quarterly and other reports providing financial and other data to the Retrocessionaire pursuant to this Agreement within five (5) Business Days of receipt by the Ceding Company of such reports pursuant to the Underlying Agreement and shall pay, concurrent with the delivery of each such report, all amounts shown thereon as due to the Retrocessionaire under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)            All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available non-reversible United States federal funds to such bank account or accounts as

 

3



 

designated by the recipient or, where applicable, into or out of the Trust Account (as defined herein).

 

6.              Trust Account.   (a) The Retrocessionaire shall enter into a trust agreement in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Trust Agreement”) and establish a trust account (the “Trust Account”) for the benefit of the Ceding Company with respect to the Underlying Agreement with a bank (the “Trustee”) acceptable to the Ceding Company.

 

(b)            The Retrocessionaire agrees to deposit, and maintain in the Trust Account, assets to be held in trust by the Trustee for the benefit of the Ceding Company as security for the payment of the Retrocessionaire’s obligations to the Ceding Company under this Agreement.

 

(c)            The Retrocessionaire agrees that the assets so deposited shall consist only of assets of the types set forth on Schedule I hereto.

 

(d)            The Retrocessionaire, prior to depositing assets with the Trustee, shall execute all assignments and endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title to the Trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignments, in order

 

4



 

that the Ceding Company, or the Trustee upon direction of the Ceding Company, may whenever necessary negotiate any such assets without consent or signature from the Retrocessionaire or any other entity.

 

(e)            All settlements of account under the Trust Agreement between the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire shall be made in cash or its equivalent.

 

(f)             The Retrocessionaire and the Ceding Company agree that the assets in the Trust Account may be withdrawn by the Ceding Company at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, provided such assets are applied and utilized by the Ceding Company (or any successor of the Ceding Company by operation of law, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Ceding Company), on the basis of the liability of the Ceding Company under the Underlying Agreement, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Ceding Company or the Retrocessionaire, only to pay to the Ceding Company an amount equal to the Retrocessionaire’s quota share of the liabilities paid or due to be paid by the Ceding Company under the Underlying Agreement.

 

5



 

(g)            In the event that the Ceding Company withdraws assets from the Trust Account for the purpose set forth in paragraph (f) of this Section 6 in excess of actual amounts required to meet the Retrocessionaire’s obligations to the Ceding Company, the Ceding Company will return such excess to the Trust Account, plus interest at the average 90-Day Treasury Rate applicable to the period during which the amounts were held by the Ceding Company. “90-day Treasury Rate” as used herein shall mean the annual yield rate, on the date to which such 90-Day Treasury Rate relates, of actively traded U.S.  Treasury securities having a remaining duration to maturity of three months, as such rate is published under “Treasury Constant Maturities” in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519).

 

(h)            The initial deposit to the Trust Account shall be the sum of sixty million dollars ($60,000,000). The Retrocessionaire further agrees to deposit into the Trust Account, when received, (i) an amount equal to the Net Premiums from Operations received by the Retrocessionaire with respect to the calendar year 2001 and (ii) annually beginning with calendar year 2002, an amount equal to the Net Premiums from Operations received by the Retrocessionaire with respect to such year, in excess of five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000).

 

6



 

(i)             The parties shall periodically review the assets in the Trust Account against the Retrocessionaire’s remaining obligations under this Agreement and, as appropriate, release assets from the Trust Account to the Retrocessionaire.

 

(j)             The Retrocessionaire shall be liable for all reasonable and customary bank charges actually incurred by the Retrocessionaire with respect to the Trust Account.

 

7.              Notices.   Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally (by courier or otherwise), (ii) sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice, (iii) transmitted by electronic mail with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice or (iv) sent by express delivery, as follows:

 

If to the Ceding Company:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

11 Victoria Hall

Victoria Street

P.O. Box 1828

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

Telephone No.:  441-297-9730

Telecopier No.:  441-297-9704

Email:  rebecca.carne@marshmc.com

 

7



 

With a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  General Counsel

Telephone No.:  212-974-0100

Telecopier No.:  212-581-3268

Email:  nbregman@acecapitalre.com

 

If to the Retrocessionaire to it at:

 

ACE Financial Solutions

1133 Avenue of the Americas

32nd Floor

New York, New York  10036

Attention:  President

Telephone No.:  212-642-7807

Telecopier No.:  212-642-7889

Email:  robert.omahne@ace-ina.com

 

8.              Duration; Termination.   This Agreement shall continue in force until the expiry of the Underlying Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and all amounts due under this Agreement have been paid.

 

9.              Insolvency.   (a) In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company, all payments due the Ceding Company under this Agreement shall be payable by the Retrocessionaire directly to the Ceding Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Ceding Company under the policy or policies reinsured, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Ceding Company.  It

 

8



 

is agreed and understood, however, (i) that in the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company the Retrocessionaire shall be given written notice of the pendency of a claim against the insolvent Ceding Company on the Underlying Agreement within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding and (ii) that during the pendency of such claim the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defenses which it may deem available to the Ceding Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor.

 

(b)            It is further understood that any expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the insolvent Ceding Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Ceding Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.  Where two or more assuming reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defenses to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as though such expense had been incurred by the Ceding Company.

 

9



 

10.            Arbitration.   (a) Any dispute between the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire arising out of the provisions of this Agreement, or concerning its interpretation or validity, whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be submitted to arbitration in the manner set forth in this Section 10.  Either party may initiate arbitration of any such dispute by giving written notice to other party of its intention to arbitrate and of its appointment of an arbitrator in accordance with Section 10 (c).

 

(b)            Unless the parties agree upon a single arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of notice of intention to arbitrate, all disputes shall be submitted to an arbitration panel composed of two arbitrators and an umpire, chosen in accordance with Sections 10 (c) and 10(d).

 

(c)            The party requesting arbitration (hereinafter referred to as the “claimant”) shall appoint an arbitrator and give written notice thereof to the other party (hereinafter referred to as the “respondent”) together with its notice of intention to arbitrate.  Unless a single arbitrator is agreed upon within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the notice of intention to arbitrate, the respondent shall, within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice, also appoint an arbitrator and

 

10



 

notify the claimant thereof.  Before instituting a hearing, the two arbitrators so appointed shall choose an umpire.  If, within twenty (20) days after they are both appointed, the arbitrators fail to agree upon the appointment of an umpire, the umpire shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association.  All members of the arbitration panel shall be active or former insurance or reinsurance executives having relevant knowledge of the matters in dispute, and shall be impartial third parties without past employment or directorial relations with the parties to the arbitration and their parents and/or affiliates.

 

(d)            If the respondent fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after receiving a notice of intention to arbitrate, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association, and shall then, together with the arbitrator appointed by the claimant, choose an umpire as provided in Section 10(c).

 

(e)            If the Ceding Company is involved in a dispute under the terms of this Agreement and in one or more separate disputes with one or more other reinsurers in which common questions of law or fact are in issue, the Ceding Company or the Retrocessionaire, at their option, may join with such other

 

11



 

reinsurer in a common arbitration proceeding under the terms of this Section 10. If the Ceding Company and such other reinsurers have commenced arbitration, the Retrocessionaire may at its option join such proceeding for the determination of the dispute between the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire.

 

(f)             Any arbitration instituted pursuant to this Section 10 shall be held in New York, New York.

 

(g)            Unless otherwise extended by the arbitration panel, or agreed to by the parties, each party shall submit its case to the panel within thirty (30) days after the selection of an umpire.

 

(h)            All proceedings before the panel shall be informal and the panel shall not be bound by the formal rules of evidence.  The panel shall have the power to fix all procedural rules relating to the arbitration proceeding.  In reaching any decision, the panel shall give due consideration to the custom and usage of the insurance and reinsurance business.

 

(i)             The arbitration panel shall render its decision within sixty (60) days after termination of the proceeding, which decision shall be in writing, stating the reason therefor.  The

 

12



 

decision of the majority of the panel shall be final and binding on the parties to the proceeding.

 

(j)             All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including the fees and expenses of each arbitrator and the umpire, shall be allocated to the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire as assessed by the panel.

 

(k)            The arbitration panel does not have the jurisdiction to authorize any punitive damage awards between the parties.

 

13.            Headings and Schedules.   Headings used herein are not a part of this Agreement and shall not affect the terms hereof.  The attached Schedules and Exhibits are a part of this Agreement.

 

14.            Successors and Assigns.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives.  Neither this Agreement, nor any right hereunder, may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

13



 

15.            Execution in Counterpart.   This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

16.            Currency.   Whenever the word “dollars” or the “$” sign appear in this Agreement, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars, and all transactions under this Agreement shall be in United States Dollars.

 

17.            Amendments.   This Agreement may not be changed, altered or modified unless the same shall be in writing executed by the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire.

 

18.            Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of Bermuda without regard to its rules with respect to conflicts of law.

 

19.            No Waiver.   No consent or waiver, express or implied, by any party to or of any breach or default by any other party in the performance by such other party of its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of

 

14



 

any other breach or default in the performance of obligations hereunder by such other party hereunder.  Failure on the part of any party to complain of any act or failure to act of any other party or to declare any other party in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such first party of any of its rights hereunder.

 

20.            Entire Agreement.   This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire and supersedes, with respect to its subject matter, any prior oral or written agreements between the parties.

 

21.            Parties to the Agreement.   This is an Agreement for indemnity reinsurance solely between the Ceding Company and the Retrocessionaire.  The acceptance of reinsurance under this Agreement shall not create any right or legal relation whatever between the Retrocessionaire and the Original Company or any policyholder, beneficiary or other person whose policy is ceded by the Original Company pursuant to the Underlying Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on July 26, 2001 by their duly authorized representatives.

 

15



 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/

 Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title

EVP

 

 

16



 

Schedule I

 

Permitted Assets

 

In addition to cash (United States legal tender), the following shall be permissible trust account assets provided that, at the time of deposit, the securities are (a) rated A or higher by a nationally recognized rating agency; (b) secured by sufficient collateral; (c) insured by an appropriately licensed insurer (other than the investing insurer or its affiliate) that has a rating of A or higher from A.M. Best Company, Inc. (or an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating agency); or (d) rated in the highest category by the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners:

 

I.               Government obligations - any obligation that is issued, assumed, guaranteed or insured by the U.S. or any agency thereof, by any U.S. state, by any municipality or by any state agency (excluding any municipality or state agency bond payable only out of special assessments on local properties);

 

II.             Obligations of American Institutions - any obligation issued or guaranteed by any solvent American Institution with the exception of insurance companies, provided that such obligations are not in default as to principal or interest;

 

III.            Preferred or guaranteed shares of solvent American Institutions - permissible provided that all obligations of the issuer (not merely the investment to be deposited) satisfy the credit quality criteria (a) or (d) in the first paragraph above;

 

IV.            Equity Interests - Investments in common shares or partnership interests of any solvent American institution, provided that the share/interest is registered on a national securities exchange (or quoted through NASDAQ) or otherwise registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All obligations and preferred shares (if any) of the issuer (not merely the investment to be deposited) must be eligible investments pursuant to Section 1404(a) of the New York Insurance Law;

 

17



 

V.             Investment Companies -

 

1.              Investment company that invests at least 90% of assets in investments qualifying under Items (I), (II) and (III) above.

 

2.              Investment company that invests at least 90% of assets in investments qualifying under Item (IV) above; and

 

VI.            Asset backed securities - Pass-through certificates, participation interests, trust certificates or obligations, collateralized debt obligations, limited recourse securities and similar securities, in each case secured by pooled receivables arising from the sale or use of personal property or the sale or use of real property or secured by mortgages on real property or other pooled receivables or assets that provide similar diversified credit risk and certificates, interests, limited recourse debt securities and similar securities secured by any of the foregoing securities.

 

The term “American Institution,” as used in this Schedule I shall mean an institution created or existing under the laws of the United States of America or of any state, district or territory thereof.

 

18



 

Exhibit A

 

Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement

 



 

AGGREGATE LOSS PORTFOLIO REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

Hamilton, Bermuda

 

and

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

Hamilton, Bermuda

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Article I DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

Article II COVERAGE

 

 

 

Article III GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

Article IV REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

 

 

Article V ACCOUNTING AND SETTLEMENT

 

 

 

Article VI RESERVES

 

 

 

Article VII DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

 

 

Article VIII C PROFIT SHARE

 

 

 

Article IX INSOLVENCY

 

 

 

Article X ARBITRATION

 

 

 

Article XI EXCLUSIONS

 

 

 

Article XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

CEDED REINSURANCE AGREEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

FINANCING VEHICLES

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

RESERVES

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

REPACK FINANCING VEHICLES

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Administrative Services Agreement

 

 

i



 

AGGREGATE LOSS PORTFOLIO REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, dated this 18th day of July, 2001 (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Reinsurer”).

 

The Company and the Reinsurer mutually agree to reinsure under the terms and conditions stated herein.  This Agreement is an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and the performance of the obligations of each party under this Agreement shall be rendered solely to the other party.  In no instance, except as set forth in Article IX of this Agreement, shall anyone other than the Company or the Reinsurer have any rights under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.          Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (definitions are applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of each term defined in this Article):

 

ACE Limited ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

1



 

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Company and the Reinsurer, dated as of the date hereof, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, at the time in question, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.  For purposes of the foregoing, “control”, including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an institution, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement ” means the Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement entered into between the Company and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, dated as of the date hereof.

 

Aggregate Limit ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the investigation, settlement, defense or mitigation of any claim or loss under the Reinsured Contracts, but shall exclude the salaries of the Company’s employees, office expenses and any other overhead expenses.

 

2



 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which banking institutions in Bermuda or the State of New York are permitted or obligated by law to be closed or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading.

 

C Profit Share ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

C Profit Share Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

Ceded Reinsurance Agreements ” means those agreements of reinsurance ceded by the Company and described on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

CFS ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

CGA ” means CGA Group, Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda.

 

CGAIM ” means CGA Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Controlled Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.10.

 

Derivative Contracts ” means credit default swaps.

 

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

Egler Litigation ” means the pending lawsuit captioned Egler v. CGA Investment Management, Inc. , filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York.

 

3



 

Financing Vehicles ” means the financing vehicles set forth on Schedule 2 hereto and any additional financing vehicles created pursuant to the authority of the manager under the Management Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between INAC Corp., a corporation organized under the Laws of Delaware, and CGAIM.

 

Inception Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

 

Insolvency Fund ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2.

 

Litigation Defense Expenses ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company, CGA or CGAIM (or by a manager affiliated with the Reinsurer on behalf of the Company, CGA or CGAIM, as applicable) (including attorneys fees and expenses) not previously paid or reserved (such reserves set forth on Schedule 3) of defending, negotiating, settling, or avoiding any lawsuit, action or regulatory proceeding against CGA, CGAIM or the Company, other than any such lawsuit, action or proceeding relating to any claim or loss under a Reinsured Contract, in excess of the amount covered by applicable insurance.

 

Litigation Losses ” means any monetary settlement or final, non-appealable monetary judgment rendered against CGA, CGAIM or the Company as the result of any lawsuit, action or proceeding other than a lawsuit, action or proceeding relating to any claim or loss under a Reinsured Contract in excess of the amount covered by applicable insurance and, in the case of the Egler Litigation, in excess of an

 

4



 

amount equal to (i) the reserve amount set forth on Schedule 3 hereto less (ii) Litigation Defense Expenses applicable to the Egler Litigation.

 

Net Premiums from Operations ” means (a) premiums and all other amounts received by the Company with respect to the Reinsured Contracts, other than with respect to Derivative Contracts and Reinsured Contracts issued to or for the benefit of the Financing Vehicles plus (b) all income received by the Company from Derivative Contracts plus (c) premiums and all other amounts due to the Company from the Financing Vehicles, whether with respect to Reinsured Contracts issued to or for the benefit of the Financing Vehicles or otherwise.

 

Noncontractual Damages ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental, judicial or regulatory body, business unit, division or other entity.

 

Reinsurance Premium ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.1.

 

Reinsured Contracts ” means all contracts, binders, polices or other agreements of insurance and assumed reinsurance and all Derivative Contracts (whether or not accounted for as contracts of

 

5



 

insurance) issued by the Company prior to the Inception Date or issued on behalf of the Company on or after the Inception Date pursuant to the authority of the administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement.

 

Repack Financing Vehicles ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3.

 

Required Rating ” means a rating of A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s or a rating of A3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service.

 

Reserve Transfer Amount ” means the amount set forth in Section 4.1, which is an amount equal to the unearned premium reserves and the loss reserves of the Company as of the Inception Date (including general reserves, case basis reserves and reserves for Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses), determined in all instances in accordance with GAAP.

 

Series C Preference Stock ” means the Series C Convertible Cumulative Voting Preference Shares, par value U.S.$.01 per share, of CGA.

 

Third Party Accountants ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3.

 

Ultimate Net Loss ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

 

6



 

ARTICLE II

 

COVERAGE

 

2.1.          Coverage .  Effective as of 12:01 a.m., Eastern Daylight Time, on July 1, 2001 (the “Inception Date”), the Company reinsures with the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer indemnifies the Company for, all Ultimate Net Loss of the Company paid after the Inception Date.  The Reinsurer’s limit of liability under or related to this Agreement with respect to Ultimate Net Loss (the “Aggregate Limit”) shall, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, be one hundred ten million dollars ($110,000,000) in the aggregate.  The Reinsurer also agrees to indemnify the Company for such Litigation Losses as the Reinsurer, in its sole discretion, elects to fund.

 

2.2.          Conditions .  No changes made on or after the Inception Date in the terms and conditions of the Reinsured Contracts which affect the Reinsurer’s liability shall be covered hereunder without the prior approval of such changes by the Reinsurer, or unless such changes were made by the administrator pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement.  In the event any such changes are made in any Reinsured Contract in violation of the previous sentence, this Agreement will cover Ultimate Net Loss arising from such Reinsured Contract as if the non-approved changes had not been made.  No Reinsured Contract that is an agreement of assumed reinsurance shall be commuted without the prior approval of the Reinsurer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

7



 

2.3.          Ultimate Net Loss .  (a) “Ultimate Net Loss” shall mean (i) the actual amount paid by the Company on its net retained liability under the Reinsured Contracts (including, with respect to Reinsured Contracts that are contracts of assumed reinsurance, all amounts paid by the Company to cedents with respect to losses or loss adjustment expenses and including with respect to Reinsured Contracts that are Derivative Contracts, net amounts due to counterparties from the Company under the terms of such contracts), after making deductions for all recoveries, subrogations and inuring reinsurance actually collected (other than such amounts collected under this Agreement and other than such amounts which constitute premiums under Section 4.3(ii)), plus (ii) Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses paid by the Company, plus (iii) an amount equal to any additional premium due under the Ceded.  Reinsurance Agreements; provided that Ultimate Net Loss shall not include any amounts excluded under Article XI.

 

(b)            All recoveries or payments received by the Company subsequent to a loss settlement under this Agreement shall be applied as if recovered or received prior to the aforesaid settlement and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto, provided , that nothing in this Section 2.3(b) shall be construed to mean that the Reinsurer’s obligation to pay losses under this Agreement do not arise until the Company’s Ultimate Net Loss has been ascertained, and the Reinsurer agrees that it shall be obligated to pay directly or to the Company amounts equal to the Company’s gross liability with respect to

 

8



 

losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, subject to the limits and exclusions set forth herein on the liability of the Reinsurer and subject to the Reinsurer’s right to receive such recoveries or payments subsequent to any such loss settlements.

 

2.4.          Territory .  The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Reinsured Contracts.

 

ARTICLE III

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

3.1.          Contract Administration .  Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, the Company has appointed the Reinsurer (or its permitted assignee) to perform administrative services with respect to the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsurer has agreed to perform such services on behalf of the Company.

 

3.2.          Inspection .  The Reinsurer or its designated representative may inspect, at the offices of the Company or elsewhere where such records are located, the papers and any and all other books or documents of the Company reasonably relating to the Reinsured Contracts and the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, during normal business hours for such period as this Agreement is in effect or for as long thereafter as the Company seeks performance by the Reinsurer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.3.          Misunderstandings and Oversights .  If any delay, omission, error or failure to pay amounts due or to perform any other

 

9



 

act required by this Agreement is unintentional and caused by misunderstanding or oversight, the Company and the Reinsurer will adjust the situation to what it would have been had the misunderstanding or oversight not occurred.  The party first discovering such misunderstanding or oversight, or an act resulting from such misunderstanding or oversight, will notify the other party in writing promptly upon discovery thereof, and the parties shall act to correct such misunderstanding or oversight within twenty (20) Business Days of such other party’s receipt of such notice.  However, this Section shall not be construed as a waiver by either party of its right to enforce strictly the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.4.          Payments .  All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available non-reversible United States federal funds to such bank account or accounts as designated by the recipient.

 

3.5.          Setoff   (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of insolvency of the Company, payments of Ultimate Net Loss due the Company (or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, as the case may be) under this Agreement and reinsurance premium and/or recovery amounts due the Reinsurer under Sections 4.3 and 2.3(b), respectively, but not yet paid to the Reinsurer (other than such failure to pay caused by the administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement) are deemed

 

10



 

mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid.

 

(b)            The C Profit Share when due under Article 8 and reinsurance premium and/or recovery amounts due the Reinsurer under Sections 4.3 and 2.3(b), respectively, but not yet paid to the Reinsurer (other than such failure to pay caused by the administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement) are deemed mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

4.1.          Reinsurance Premium .  On or before the Inception Date, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer the sum of fifty-nine million, four hundred sixty-eight thousand, five hundred and fifty-four dollars ($59,468,554.00) (the “Reinsurance Premium”) plus eight million, thirty-one thousand, four hundred and forty-six dollars ($8,031,446.00) as the Reserve Transfer Amount.

 

4.2.          Premium Earned .  The Reinsurance Premium and the Reserve Transfer Amount shall be considered fully earned when received by the Reinsurer and shall be non-refundable.

 

4.3.          Additional Reinsurance Premium .  In addition to the Reinsurance Premium and the Reserve Transfer Amount, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer (i) an amount equal to the Net Premiums from

 

11



 

Operations collected during each calendar quarter (or part thereof) that this Agreement is in effect, and (ii) an amount equal to all salvage, subrogation and other recoveries collected on or after the Inception Date related to claims paid prior to the Inception Date.

 

ARTICLE V

 

ACCOUNTING AND SETTLEMENT

 

5.1.          Accounting Reports and Payments .  For so long as the Reinsurer acts as administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement, the Reinsurer shall provide accounting reports to the Company and pay claims and other amounts reinsured hereunder with respect to Reinsured Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Administrative Services Agreement.  In the event that the Reinsurer shall cease to so act as administrator, the following provisions shall become applicable.

 

5.2.          Amounts Due the Company .  All amounts due to be paid to the Company under this Agreement shall be paid by the Reinsurer to the Company or its administrator in accordance with Section 3.4 no later than three (3) Business Days after receipt by the Reinsurer of notification by the Company or its administrator of the amount due to be paid hereunder.

 

5.3.          Quarterly Reports .  Within ten (10) days of the end of each calendar quarter that this Agreement remains in effect, the Company shall supply, directly or through its administrator, the

 

12



 

Reinsurer with a report that shall provide financial and other data for such calendar quarter in such form as agreed to by the parties.  The Company shall pay concurrent with the delivery of each such report, directly or through its administrator, all recoveries or payments due to the Reinsurer under Section 2.3(b) and not previously paid to the Reinsurer.

 

5.4.          Best Efforts to Supply Actual Data .  In preparing all reports required in this Agreement, the Company shall use, or cause its administrator to use, its best efforts to supply the actual data.  If the actual data cannot be supplied with the appropriate report, the Company shall produce, or cause its administrator to produce, best estimates and shall provide amended reports based on actual data no more than ten (10) Business Days after the actual data becomes available.

 

5.5.          Additional Reports and Updates .  For so long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Company shall periodically furnish, or cause its administrator to furnish, to the Reinsurer such other reports and information as may be reasonably required by the Reinsurer and reasonably available to the Company.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

RESERVES

 

6.1.          Reserves and Reserve Credits .  The Reinsurer shall establish and maintain adequate reserves with respect to the Reinsured

 

13



 

Contracts as are necessary to enable the Company to take full credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement on its statutory balance sheet filed with the insurance regulatory authorities of Bermuda; provided that the Reinsurer shall in no event be required to establish any contingency reserves.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

7.1.          Duration .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be unlimited in duration.

 

7.2.          Termination .  This Agreement will terminate on the earlier of: (i) the date the Company’s liability with respect to the Reinsured Contracts are terminated, or (ii) the date on which the Reinsurer has paid to the Company and/or its administrator Ultimate Net Loss that, in the aggregate, equals the Aggregate Limit; provided however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the obligation of the Company to pay additional premium pursuant to Section 4.3 shall continue until all securities owned by the Financing Vehicles have matured or been liquidated through sale or otherwise and all amounts due the Reinsurer under this Agreement with respect to the Reinsured Contracts are paid and (y) the obligation of the Reinsurer to calculate and pay, if any, the C Profit Share pursuant to Article 8 shall continue.

 

14



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

C PROFIT SHARE

 

8.1.          Determination of Profit Share Within 30 days following the seventh anniversary of the Inception Date (i.e., July 1, 2008), a profit commission (the “C Profit Share”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer and such amount, if any, shall be payable to the Company.  The C Profit Share shall be equal to the product of (a) forty-five million dollars ($45,000,000) minus the sum of (i) 100% of all Litigation Defense Expenses, (ii) those Litigation Losses that the Reinsurer elects hereunder to fund, in its sole discretion, and (iii) a portion of all C Profit Share Losses incurred through the seventh anniversary of the Inception Date under this Agreement, determined in accordance with the following schedule, times (b) a fraction the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series C Preference Stock outstanding on the day immediately prior to the date hereof and the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series C Preference Stock outstanding on the day of payment of the C Profit Share; provided, however, that the C Profit Share shall in no event be less than zero.

 

Portion of C Profit Share Losses subtracted from forty-five million dollars ($45,000,000) in determining C Profit Share :

 

62.50% of all C Profit Share Losses up to forty million dollars ($40,000,000) in C Profit Share Losses,

16.67% of all C Profit Share Losses in excess of forty million dollars ($40,000,000) up to one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) in C Profit Share Losses, and

 

15



 

100.00% of all C Profit Share Losses in excess of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) up to one hundred ten million dollars ($110,000,000) in C Profit Share Losses.

 

8.2.          Early Payment of C Profit Share .  In the event that the Reinsurer should cease to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of ACE Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation (“ACE Limited”), and in the further event that the Reinsurer should fail to assign this Agreement to any direct or indirect subsidiary of ACE Limited with the Required Rating within 10 Business Days thereafter, the C Profit Share shall be determined as of the last day of the month following the date that the Reinsurer ceases to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of ACE Limited, and shall be payable to the Company within 30 days following such date.

 

8.3.          C Profit Share Losses .  (a) In determining “C Profit Share Losses” hereunder, the amount of losses incurred under Reinsured Contracts shall be determined as follows: (i) for direct insurance or reinsurance written by the Company (other than Derivative Contracts) covering payment obligations on securities not owned by or on behalf of the Financing Vehicle(s), C Profit Share Losses (and case basis reserve practice) will be determined in accordance with GAAP, (ii) for direct insurance or reinsurance written by the Company (other than Derivative Contracts) covering payment obligations on securities owned by or on behalf of the Financing Vehicles including, without limitation, such securities being at one time owned by or on behalf of a Financing Vehicle listed in Schedule 4 (a “Repack Financing Vehicle”), C Profit Share Losses will be determined (a) upon the sale or exchange of the

 

16



 

security from the Financing Vehicle (other than a sale to another Financing Vehicle or to an Affiliate of the Reinsurer), the amount of the C Profit Share Loss will be the difference between the par amount of the security and the price received upon the sale or exchange or (b) if there is no sale or exchange of the security or the security has been sold to another Financing Vehicle or to an Affiliate of the Reinsurer, upon a determination by the Reinsurer that the value of such security is permanently impaired, the amount of the C Profit Share Loss will be the difference between the par amount of the security and the determined value of the security based on such permanent impairment (including the net present value estimate of defaulted interest income), and (iii) for Derivative Contracts entered into by the Company, C Profit Share Losses will be recognized in accordance with GAAP (including market value losses of securities delivered against payment in settlement of such Derivative Contracts, as and when settled). Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses for purposes of determining C Profit Share Losses shall consist of actual expenses incurred and liabilities expected to be incurred either with respect to Reinsurance Contracts or with respect to loss amounts determined under clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 8.3(a) in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of clause (ii)(a) of this Section 8.3(a), the amount of any gains realized (i.e., the amount by which proceeds exceed the par amount) on the sale or exchange of securities shall be used to offset C Profit Share Losses, if any, to the extent of such gains.  For

 

17



 

purposes of calculating C Profit Share Losses, the amount of losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred under the Reinsured Contracts shall be reduced by (x) the amount of any additional reinsurance premium received by the Reinsurer under Section 4.3(ii) related to Commercial Financial Services, Inc. (“CFS”) and securities serviced by CFS, and (y) the amount (if any and subject to a maximum amount of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000)) by which two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) exceeds the aggregate amount of Litigation Defense Expenses related to the Egler Litigation plus any monetary settlement(s) or final, non-appealable monetary judgment(s) rendered against CGA, CGAIM or the Company related to the Egler Litigation.]

 

(b)            The Company and the Reinsurer agree that any dispute between the Company and the Reinsurer arising out of the calculation by Reinsurer of the C Profit Share Losses under clause (i) of Section 8.3(a), under clause (ii)(b) of Section 8.3(a) or under clause (iii) of Section 8.3(a) to the extent derivative transactions have not been settled, shall be submitted, through written summaries prepared by the Company and Reinsurer to an independent accounting firm of internationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “Third party Accountants”). The Third Party Accountants shall act as experts and not as arbitrators to determine the resolution, based on GAAP, of those issues (and only those issues) in dispute; provided , however , that the dollar amount of

 

18



 

each item in dispute shall be determined within the range of dollar amounts proposed by the Company, on the one hand, and the Reinsurer, on the other hand.  The Third Party Accountants’ determination shall be made as promptly as practicable after the submission of the dispute by the Company and the Reinsurer, shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to the Company and the Reinsurer and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.  Each party agrees to execute, if requested by the Third Party Accountants, a reasonable engagement letter.  All fees and expenses relating to the work, if any, to be performed by the Third Party Accountants shall be allocated to the Company and the Reinsurer as assessed by the Third Party Accountants.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company and the Reinsurer agree that calculation by the Reinsurer of C Profit Share Losses under clause (ii)(a) of Section 8.3(a), or under clause (iii) of Section 8.3(a) to the extent that derivative transactions have been settled, shall be final and binding on the Company and shall not be subject to the dispute resolution mechanism described above in this Section 8.3(b) or arbitration under Article X hereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INSOLVENCY

 

9.1.          Payments .  In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all payments due the Company under this Agreement shall be

 

19



payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the policy or policies reinsured, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company.  It is agreed and understood, however, (i) that in the event of the insolvency of the Company the Reinsurer shall be given written notice of the pendency of a claim against the insolvent Company on a Reinsured Contract within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding and (ii) that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may, subject to the obligation of the Reinsurer to make timely payments of amounts due the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor under this Agreement, investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor.

 

9.2.          Expenses .  It is further understood that any expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the insolvent Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.  Where two or more assuming reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defenses to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance

 

20



 

with the terms of this Agreement as though such expense had been incurred by the Company.

 

ARTICLE X

 

ARBITRATION

 

10.1.        Resolution of Damages .  Any dispute between the Company and the Reinsurer arising out of the provisions of this Agreement or concerning its interpretation or validity (other than any dispute arising out of the calculation by the Reinsurer of the C Profit Share Losses), whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be submitted to arbitration in the manner set forth in this Article X.  Either party may initiate arbitration of any such dispute by giving written notice to the other party of its intention to arbitrate and of its appointment of an arbitrator in accordance with Section 10.3.

 

10.2.        Composition of Panel .  Unless the parties agree upon a single arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of notice of intention to arbitrate, all disputes shall be submitted to an arbitration panel composed of two arbitrators and an umpire, chosen in accordance with Sections 10.3 and 10.4.

 

10.3.        Appointment of Arbitrators .  The party requesting arbitration (hereinafter referred to as the “claimant”) shall appoint an arbitrator and give written notice thereof to the other party (hereinafter referred to as the “respondent”) together with its notice

 

21



 

of intention to arbitrate.  Unless a single arbitrator is agreed upon within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the notice of intention to arbitrate, the respondent shall, within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice, also appoint an arbitrator and notify the claimant thereof.  Before instituting a hearing, the two arbitrators so appointed shall choose an umpire.  If, within twenty (20) days after they are both appointed, the arbitrators fail to agree upon the appointment of an umpire, the umpire shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association.  All members of the arbitration panel shall be active or former insurance or reinsurance executives having relevant knowledge of the matters in dispute, and shall be impartial third parties without past employment or directorial relations with the parties to the arbitration and their parents and/or Affiliates.

 

10.4.        Failure of a Party to Appoint Arbitrator .  If the respondent fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after receiving a notice of intention to arbitrate, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association, and shall then, together with the arbitrator appointed by the claimant, choose an umpire as provided in Section 10.3.

 

10.5.        Involvement of Other Reinsurers .  If the Company is involved in a dispute under the terms of this Agreement and in one or more separate disputes with one or more other reinsurers in which common questions of law or fact are in issue, the Company or the

 

22



 

Reinsurer, at their option, may join with such other reinsurer in a common arbitration proceeding under the terms of this Article X. If the Company and such other reinsurers have commenced arbitration, the Reinsurer may at its option join such proceeding for the determination of the dispute between the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

10.6.        Choice of Forum .  Any arbitration instituted pursuant to this Article X shall be held in New York, New York.

 

10.7.        Submission of Dispute to Panel .  Unless otherwise extended by the arbitration panel, or agreed to by the parties, each party shall submit its case to the panel within thirty (30) days after the selection of an umpire.

 

10.8.        Procedure Governing Arbitration .  All proceedings before the panel shall be informal and the panel shall not be bound by the formal rules of evidence.  The panel shall have the power to fix all procedural rules relating to the arbitration proceeding.  In reaching any decision, the panel shall give due consideration to the custom and usage of the insurance and reinsurance business.

 

10.9.        Arbitration Award .  The arbitration panel shall render its decision within sixty (60) days after termination of the proceeding, which decision shall be in writing, stating the reason therefor.  The decision of the majority of the panel shall be final and binding on the parties to the proceeding.

 

10.10.      Cost of Arbitration .  All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including the fees and expenses of each arbitrator and the

 

23



 

umpire, shall be allocated to the Company and the Reinsurer as assessed by the panel.

 

10.11.      Limit of Jurisdiction .  The arbitration panel does not have the jurisdiction to authorize any punitive damage awards between the parties.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

EXCLUSIONS

 

11.1.        Noncontractual Damages .  This Agreement does not cover Noncontractual Damages. “Noncontractual Damages” as used herein shall mean those liabilities arising from actual or alleged misconduct of the Company or of its Affiliates, or their agents, brokers, or representatives (other than the Reinsurer) in their handling of claims or losses, or in any of their dealings with their insureds or any other person.  Such liabilities shall include, but are not limited to, punitive, exemplary, compensatory, and consequential damages.  Such misconduct shall include, but is not limited to, failure to settle within the policy limit, negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action or in the preparation or prosecution of any appeal consequent upon any action.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Noncontractual Damages shall not include, and this Agreement shall cover, any and all amounts otherwise included in the definition of Ultimate Net Loss that the Company actually pays or is obligated to pay

 

24



 

to ceding companies under Reinsured Contracts that are agreements of assumed reinsurance, whether under the terms of such Reinsured Contracts or as a result of agreements between the Company and cedents as to the settlement of specific claims.

 

11.2.        Insolvency Funds .  The Reinsurer shall not be obligated to pay to the Company any share of any liability of the Company arising, by contract, operation of law, or otherwise, from participation or membership of the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any Insolvency Fund or for reimbursement of any Person for any such liability. “Insolvency Fund” includes any government mandated guaranty or insolvency fund, plan, pool, association, or other arrangement howsoever denominated, established or governed, which provides for any assessment of or payment or assumption by any person of part or all of any claim, debt, charge, fee, or other obligation of any insurer, or its successors or assigns which has been declared to be insolvent, or which is otherwise deemed unable to meet any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligations in whole or in part.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

12.1.        Headings and Schedules .  Headings used herein are not a part of this Agreement and shall not affect the terms hereof.  The attached Schedules and Exhibit are a part of this Agreement.

 

25



 

12.2.        Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally (by courier or otherwise), (ii) sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice, (iii) transmitted by electronic mail with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice or (iv) sent by express delivery.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered, sent or transmitted, as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd.

Craig Appin House

8 Wesley Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Attention:  President

Telephone No.:  441-296-5144

Telecopier No.:  441-296-5145

Email:  liz@cga.bm

 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

11 Victoria Hall

Victoria Street

P.O. Box 1826

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

Telephone No.:  441-297-9730

Telecopier No.:  441-297-9704

Email:  rebecca.carne@marshmc.com

 

26



 

With a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY  10019

Attention:  General Counsel

Telephone No.:  212-974-0100

Telecopier No.:  212-581-3268

Email:  nbregman@acecapitalre.com

 

12.3.        Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives.  Neither this Agreement, nor any right hereunder, may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto; provided that the Reinsurer may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company (a) if the Reinsurer ceases to be a subsidiary of ACE Limited, to any Person which has the Required Rating, (b) if any of the Reinsurer’s ratings shall have been downgraded one full rating category from its ratings as of the date of this Agreement, to any Person which has the Required Rating or (c) to any Person which has a rating of AA or higher from Standard & Poor’s (or an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating agency).

 

12.4.        Execution in Counterpart .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an

 

27



 

original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

12.5.        Currency .  Whenever the word “dollars” or the “$” sign appear in this Agreement, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars, and all transactions under this Agreement shall be in United States Dollars.

 

12.6.        Amendments .  This Agreement may not be changed, altered or modified unless the same shall be in writing executed by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

12.7.        Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of Bermuda without regard to its rules with respect to conflicts of law.

 

12.8.        Integration .  This Agreement and the Administrative Services Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties and there are no general or specific warranties, representations or other agreements by or among the parties in connection with the entering into of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth or contemplated herein.

 

12.9.        No Waiver .  No consent or waiver, express or implied, by any party to or of any breach or default by any other party in the performance by such other party of its obligations hereunder shall be

 

28



 

deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance of obligations hereunder by such other party hereunder.  Failure on the part of any party to complain of any act or failure to act of any other party or to declare any other party in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such first party of any of its rights hereunder.

 

12.10.      Related Person Insurance Income .  (a) The Company represents that to the best of its knowledge: (i) it does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of ACE Limited, (ii) no Person that controls the Company through direct or indirect ownership of fifty (50) percent or more (by vote or value) of the capital stock of the Company owns any shares of ACE Limited, and (iii) no Person that is controlled by the Company through direct or indirect ownership of fifty (50) percent or more (by vote or value) of the capital stock of that Person (“Controlled Person”) owns any shares of ACE Limited.  (b) The Company agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not knowingly purchase, and to the extent reasonably practicable, it will not permit any Controlled Person to purchase any shares of ACE Limited.

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in Hamilton, Bermuda by their duly authorized representatives.

 

 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Miran

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

30



 

Schedule 1

 

Ceded Reinsurance Agreements

 

1.              Facultative Reinsurance Agreement between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), effective as of January 1, 1998.

 

2.              Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022A.

 

3.              Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022B.

 

4.              Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022C.

 

5.              Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022D.

 

6.              Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022E.

 



 

Schedule 2

 

Financing Vehicles

 

1.              Butler Trust, a Delaware business trust.

 

2.              Cobalt Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

3.              Cobalt Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

4.              GFC Cobalt, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

5.              GFC St. George, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

6.              Guaranteed Finance Company, Ltd., a Bermuda company.

 

7.              Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1998-1, a Delaware business trust.

 

8.              Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1999-A, a Delaware business trust.

 

9.              Newport Trust, a Delaware business trust.

 

10.            NW Funding, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company.

 

11.            St. George CDO Funding I Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

12.            St. George CDO Funding I (Delaware) Corp., a Delaware corporation.

 

13.            St. George Funding 2000-1, Limited, an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

14.            St. George Holdings, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

15.            St. George Investments I, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

16.            St. George Investments II, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

17.            St. George Investments III, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 



 

18.            St. George Residential Funding, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 



 

Schedule 3

 

Reserves

 

$250,000 for Egler Litigation

 



 

Schedule 4

 

Repack Financing Vehicles

 

St. George CDO Funding 1 Ltd.

Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1998-1

Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1999-A

St. George Funding 2000-1, Limited

Butler Trust

Newport Trust

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

and

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

Dated as of July 18, 2001

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of July 18, 2001, is entered into by and between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Administrator”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Administrator have entered into an Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) whereby the Company has agreed to cede and the Administrator has agreed to reinsure, on an indemnity reinsurance basis, certain losses of the Company under the Reinsured Contracts (capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein, unless otherwise indicated, have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Reinsurance Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Administrator perform certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company from and after the date hereof (the “Inception Date”) in connection with the Reinsurance Agreement and with respect to the Reinsured Contracts, and the Administrator has agreed to provide such services;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

AUTHORITY

 

The Company hereby appoints the Administrator, and the Administrator hereby accepts appointment, to provide as an independent contractor of the Company such administrative and other services with respect to the Reinsurance Agreement and the Reinsured Contracts as set forth in this Agreement (the “Administrative Services”), all on the terms, and subject to the limitations and conditions, as set forth in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

STANDARD FOR SERVICES

 

All of the Administrative Services described in this Agreement shall be performed by the Administrator in accordance with (i) applicable law, (ii) the Reinsured Contracts and (iii) the Administrator’s own standards in providing services with respect to contracts issued by the Administrator in its own name that are similar to the Reinsured Contracts.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

NOTIFICATION TO CONTRACTHOLDERS

 

The Administrator agrees to send to the holders of Reinsured Contracts (the “Contractholders”) a written notice prepared by the Administrator and reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the Administrator has been appointed by the Company to provide Administrative Services.  The Administrator shall send such notice by mail at a time reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Administrator.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CLAIMS HANDLING

 

The Administrative Services with respect to claims for loss payments shall include the following:

 

4.1. Claim Administration Services .  The Administrator shall acknowledge, consider, review, investigate, deny, settle, pay or otherwise dispose of each claim for losses reported under a Reinsured Contract (each a “Claim” and collectively the “Claims”).  The Administrator shall pay Claims and associated expenses under the Reinsured Contracts to the extent that the Company provides it with funds sufficient to make such payments or the Administrator collects, on behalf of the Company, amounts due under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement or the Reinsurance Agreement; provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, advance its own funds, such advances to be reimbursed from the collection of amounts due the Company under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement or the Reinsurance Agreement.  In the event of the insolvency of the Company, the Administrator shall continue to make timely payments of Claims and associated expenses in accordance with the provisions set forth above, except as otherwise required under applicable law in any insolvency proceeding with respect to the Company.

 

4.2. Mitigation of Loss .  The Administrator shall have full authority to seek recoveries with respect to Claims and to participate on behalf of the Company in any financial restructuring of transactions which resulted in Claims, to the extent that it determines the losses could be minimized by doing so.  In addition, the Administrator shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Company in the exercise of the rights and remedies of the Company under the Reinsured Contracts, including the right to direct the sale of underlying securities.

 

4.3. Legal Proceedings .  In the event that the Administrator receives notice after the date hereof of any lawsuit, arbitration or other dispute resolution proceedings related to Claims that involve any alleged liabilities under a Reinsured Contract (a “Legal Proceeding”), the Administrator shall deliver to the Company a written notice with respect thereto.  The Administrator shall monitor and control all Legal Proceedings, including the defense, settlement or withdrawal of any such Legal Proceedings in its absolute discretion, with its own counsel at its own expense.

 

2



 

ARTICLE V

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Administrator shall assume all responsibility for all underwriting necessary or appropriate with respect to the issuance of new Reinsured Contracts necessary or desirable to facilitate the run-off of the existing business of the Company, and for processing of underwriting-related transactions including but not limited to the processing of applications and the issuance of Reinsured Contracts.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BILLINGS AND COLLECTIONS

 

On the Inception Date, the Administrator shall assume all responsibility for billing and collecting premiums and other amounts due under the Reinsured Contracts payable on or after such date.  The risk of loss, theft or destruction of premium with respect to the Reinsured Contracts shall be borne solely by the Administrator.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

REGULATORY REPORTING

 

The Administrator shall timely provide to the Company such informational reports and summaries including statistical summaries regarding the services provided by the Administrator hereunder as are necessary or useful to allow the Company to satisfy any requirements (financial reporting or otherwise) (i) imposed by any insurance regulatory authority upon the Company with respect to the Reinsured Contracts, (ii) required under the Reinsurance Agreement or the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement, or (iii) required by applicable rating agencies.  In addition, the Administrator, upon the reasonable request of the Company, shall promptly provide to the Company copies of all existing records maintained by the Administrator relating to the Reinsured Contracts (including, with respect to records maintained in machine readable form, hard copies) that are necessary to satisfy such requirements.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

 

On the Inception Date, the Administrator shall assume the obligations set forth below:

 

(i)             The Administrator shall timely pay all reinsurance premiums due to reinsurers under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements with respect to the Reinsured Contracts.

 

(ii)            The Administrator shall collect from reinsurers all reinsurance recoveries due under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement and shall collect all other recoveries and subrogation amounts under the Reinsured Contracts.

 

3



 

(iii)           From and after the Inception Date, the Company does hereby by these presents appoint and name the Administrator, acting through its duly appointed officers, the Company’s lawful attorney-in-fact for it, and in its name, place and stead, to act for the Company with respect to any and all letters of credit and trust funds outstanding for the benefit of the Company pursuant to the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement or the terms of any of the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements.

 

(iv)           The Administrator shall timely pay to the reinsurers under the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement all premiums and recoveries and subrogation amounts due to such reinsurers under the terms of such Agreements.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS

 

On or before the Inception Date, the Company shall deliver to the Administrator copies of all records required by the Administrator in order for the Administrator to perform its obligations under this Agreement.  On the Inception Date, the Administrator shall assume responsibility for maintaining records under the Reinsured Contracts concerning underwriting, billing and collection, accounting and reporting and any other category of Administrative Services.

 

ARTICLE X

 

COOPERATION BY THE COMPANY

 

The Company shall cooperate to the extent reasonably possible with the Administrator and execute and provide such additional documentation as may become necessary or appropriate to enable the Administrator to fully carry out its responsibilities under this Agreement and to effectuate the intention of the parties under the Reinsurance Agreement and this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

Upon advance written notice, each party, by its duly appointed representatives, shall have the right at any reasonable time, prior to or after the termination of this Agreement, to audit, examine and copy all records in the possession of the other party relating to the Reinsured Contracts.  Such audit and examination shall occur at the non-auditing party’s place of business during normal business hours.

 

4



 

ARTICLE XII

 

CONSIDERATION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

 

Except as otherwise provided in Article IV, apart from the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, there shall be no fee or other consideration due to the Administrator for performance of the Administrative Services under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

13.1.         Indemnification .  (a) Administrator agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates (and the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such affiliates) from any and all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, demands, compensatory, extra contractual and/or punitive damages, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Company Losses”) arising out of or caused by any actual or alleged: (i) fraud, theft or embezzlement by officers, employees or agents of Administrator during the term of this Agreement; (ii) failure, either intentional or unintentional, of Administrator to properly perform the services or take the actions required by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the failure to properly process, evaluate and pay Claims in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (iii) other act of gross negligence or willful misconduct committed by officers, agents or employees of Administrator during the term of this Agreement; (iv) action or inaction of Administrator when acting on behalf of the Company hereunder which results in Noncontractual Damages (under the Reinsurance Agreement or the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement); or (v) failure of Administrator to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations during the term of this Agreement.

 

(b)            The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Administrator and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates (and the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such affiliates) from any and all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, demands, compensatory, extra contractual and/or punitive damages, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Administrator Losses”) arising out of or caused by any actual or alleged: (i) fraud, theft or embezzlement by officers, employees or agents (other than Administrator, its affiliates or any of the officers, employees or agents of the Administrator or its affiliates) of the Company during the term of this Agreement; (ii) other act of gross negligence or willful misconduct committed by officers, employees or agents (other than Administrator, its affiliates or any of the officers, employees or agents of the Administrator or its affiliates) of the Company during the term of this Agreement; or (iii) failure of the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations during the term of this Agreement other than any failure on the part of the Company or Administrator caused by the action or inaction of Administrator, including when acting in the name or on behalf of the Company, whether or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5



 

13.2.         Notice of Asserted Liability .  In the event that either party hereto asserts a claim for indemnification hereunder, such party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give written notice to the other party (the “Indemnifying Party”) specifying the facts constituting the basis for, and the amount (if known) of, the claim asserted.

 

13.3.         Right to Contest Claims of Third Parties .  (a) If an Indemnified Party asserts, or may in the future seek to assert, a claim for indemnification hereunder because of a claim or demand made, or an action, proceeding or investigation instituted, by any person not a party to this Agreement (a “Third Party Claimant”) that may result in an Administrator Loss with respect to which Administrator is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 13.l(b) hereof or a Company Loss with respect to which the Company is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 13.l(a) hereof (an “Asserted Liability”), the Indemnified Party shall so notify the Indemnifying Party as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 10 Business Days after such Asserted Liability is actually known to the Indemnified Party.  Failure to deliver notice with respect to an Asserted Liability in a timely manner shall not be deemed a waiver of the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification for losses in connection with such Asserted Liability but the amount of reimbursement to which the Indemnified Party is entitled shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which the Indemnified Party’s losses would have been less had such notice been timely delivered.

 

(b)            The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnified Party, to investigate, contest, defend or settle the Asserted Liability; provided that the Indemnified Party may, at its option and at its own expense, participate in the investigation, contesting, defense or settlement of any such Asserted Liability through representatives and counsel of its own choosing.  The failure of the Indemnifying Party to respond in writing to proper notice of an Asserted Liability within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof shall be deemed an election not to defend the same.  Unless and until the Indemnifying Party elects to defend the Asserted Liability, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at its option and at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, to do so in such manner as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, settling such Asserted Liability (after giving notice of the settlement to the Indemnifying Party) on such terms as the Indemnified Party deems appropriate.

 

(c)            Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any Asserted Liability for which it seeks indemnification hereunder without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) during the 10-day period specified above.

 

(d)            The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in (but not to control) the defense of any Asserted Liability which it has elected, or is deemed to have elected, not to defend, with its own counsel and at its own expense.

 

(e)            Except as provided in the first sentence of paragraph (b) of this Section 13.3, the Indemnifying Party shall bear all costs of defending any Asserted Liability and shall indemnify and hold the Indemnified Party harmless against and from all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with defending such Asserted Liability.

 

6



 

(f)             Administrator and the Company shall make mutually available to each other all relevant information in their possession relating to any Asserted Liability (except to the extent that such action would result in a loss of attorney-client privilege) and shall cooperate with each other in the defense thereof.

 

13.4.         Indemnification Payments .  Any payment hereunder shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts as the Indemnified Party shall designate to the Indemnifying Party in writing.

 

13.5.         Survival .  The provisions of this Article XIII shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

ARBITRATION

 

14.1.         Resolution of Damages .  Any dispute between the Company and the Administrator arising out of the provisions of this Agreement, or concerning its interpretation or validity, whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be submitted to arbitration in the manner set forth in this Article XIV.  Either party may initiate arbitration of any such dispute by giving written notice to the other party of its intention to arbitrate and of its appointment of an arbitrator in accordance with Section 14.3.

 

14.2.         Composition of Panel .  Unless the parties agree upon a single arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of notice of intention to arbitrate, all disputes shall be submitted to an arbitration panel composed of two arbitrators and an umpire, chosen in accordance with Sections 14.3 and 14.4.

 

14.3.         Appointment of Arbitrators .  The party requesting arbitration (hereinafter referred to as the “claimant”) shall appoint an arbitrator and give written notice thereof to the other party (hereinafter referred to as the “respondent”) together with its notice of intention to arbitrate.  Unless a single arbitrator is agreed upon within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the notice of intention to arbitrate, the respondent shall, within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice, also appoint an arbitrator and notify the claimant thereof.  Before instituting a hearing, the two arbitrators so appointed shall choose an umpire.  If, within twenty (20) days after they are both appointed, the arbitrators fail to agree upon the appointment of an umpire, the umpire shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association.  All members of the arbitration panel shall be active or former insurance or reinsurance executives having relevant knowledge of the matters in dispute, and shall be impartial third parties without past employment or directorial relations with the parties to the arbitration and their parents and/or Affiliates.

 

14.4.         Failure of a Party to Appoint Arbitrator .  If the respondent fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after receiving a notice of intention to arbitrate, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association, and shall then, together with the arbitrator appointed by the claimant, choose an umpire as provided in Section 14.3.

 

7



 

14.5.         Choice of Forum .  Any arbitration instituted pursuant to this Article XIV shall be held in New York, New York.

 

14.6.         Submission of Dispute to Panel .  Unless otherwise extended by the arbitration panel, or agreed to by the parties, each party shall submit its case to the panel within thirty (30) days after the selection of an umpire.

 

14.7.         Procedure Governing Arbitration .  All proceedings before the panel shall be informal and the panel shall not be bound by the formal rules of evidence.  The panel shall have the power to fix all procedural rules relating to the arbitration proceeding.  In reaching any decision, the panel shall give due consideration to the custom and usage of the insurance and reinsurance business.

 

14.8.         Arbitration Award .  The arbitration panel shall render its decision within sixty (60) days after termination of the proceeding, which decision shall be in writing, stating the reason therefor.  The decision of the majority of the panel shall be final and binding on the parties to the proceeding.

 

14.9.         Cost of Arbitration .  All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including the fees and expenses of each arbitrator and the umpire, shall be allocated to the Company and the Administrator as assessed by the panel.

 

14.10.       Limit of Jurisdiction .  The arbitration panel does not have the jurisdiction to authorize any punitive damage awards between the parties.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

DURATION; TERMINATION

 

15.1.         Duration .  This Agreement shall commence on the date of its execution and continue with respect to each Reinsured Contract until no further Administrative Services in respect of such Reinsured Contract is required, unless it is earlier terminated under Section 15.2.

 

15.2.         Termination .  (a) This Agreement is subject to immediate termination at the option of the Company, upon written notice to the Administrator, in the event that a voluntary or involuntary proceeding is commenced in any state by or against the Administrator for the purpose of conserving, rehabilitating or liquidating the Administrator, or the Administrator shall lose its authority to perform services hereunder and, in either event, this Agreement is not promptly assigned by the Administrator to an affiliate of Administrator pursuant to Section 16.5.

 

(b)            This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual written consent of the parties hereto, which writing shall state the effective date of termination.

 

(c)            In the event that this Agreement is terminated under any of the provisions of Section 15.2(a), the Administrator shall select a third-party administrator to perform the services required by this Agreement.  The Company shall have the right to approve any such third-party administrator selected by the Administrator, but such approval will not unreasonably be withheld.  If the Administrator fails to select a third-party administrator pursuant to this Section 15.2(c),

 

8



 

the Company shall select such a third-party administrator.  In either case, the Administrator shall pay all fees and charges imposed by the selected third-party administrator and the reasonable costs of the Company in the transition of the performance of the services required under this Agreement to such third-party administrator.

 

(d)            In the event that this Agreement is terminated, the Administrator shall cooperate fully in the transfer of services and the books and records maintained by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement (or, where appropriate, copies thereof) to the third-party administrator selected pursuant to Section 15.2(c) (in the event that this Agreement is terminated under Section 15.2(a)) or to the Company (in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.2(b)), so that such third-party administrator or the Company, as the case may be, will be able to perform the services required under this Agreement without interruption following termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

16.1.         Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally (by courier or otherwise), (ii) sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice, (iii) transmitted by electronic mail with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice or (iv) sent by express delivery.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered, sent or transmitted, as follows:

 

(1)            If to the Company to:

 

Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd.

Craig Appin House

8 Wesley Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Attention:  President

Telephone No.:  441-296-5144

Telecopier No.:  441-296-5145

Email:  liz@cga.bm

 

9



 

(2)            If to the Administrator to:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

11 Victoria Hall

Victoria Street

P.O. Box 1826

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

Telephone No.:  441-297-9730

Telecopier No.:  441-297-9704

Email:  rebecca.carne@marshmc.com

 

With a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY  10019

Attention:  General Counsel

Telephone No.:  212-974-0100

Telecopier No.:  212-581-3268

Email:  nbregman@acecapitalre.com

 

Any party may, by notice given in accordance with this Agreement to the other party, designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

16.2.         Amendment.   This Agreement may not be modified, changed, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by an authorized officer of each of the parties hereto.

 

16.3.         Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

 

16.4.         No Third Party Beneficiaries.   Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

16.5.         Assignment; Subcontracting.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives.  Except as provided by the last sentence of this Section 16.5, neither party may assign any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other party, but Administrator may, subject to applicable law, subcontract for the provision of any of its Administrative Services without such approval.  In the event of any such subcontracting,

 

10



 

Administrator shall continue to be bound by all of its obligations under this Agreement and shall be solely responsible for the performance and compensation of subcontractors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Administrator may assign this Agreement to any affiliate of Administrator in Administrator’s sole discretion.

 

16.6.         Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF BERMUDA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

 

16.7.         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, and discussion of the parties.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Administrator have executed this Administrative Services Agreement in Hamilton, Bermuda as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title

 

 

12



 

Exhibit B

 

Trust Agreement

 



 

TRUST AGREEMENT

 

TRUST AGREEMENT , dated as of August           , 2001 (the “Agreement”), among ACE American Insurance Company , an insurance company organized under the laws of Pennsylvania (the “Grantor”), and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. , a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (together with any successor thereof by operation of law, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator, the “Beneficiary”), and State Street Bank and Trust Company , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of Massachusetts (the “Trustee”) (the Grantor, the Beneficiary and the Trustee are hereinafter each sometimes referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Grantor and the Beneficiary have entered into a Retrocession Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “Retrocession Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Beneficiary desires the Grantor to secure payments of all amounts at any time and from time to time owing by the Grantor to the Beneficiary under or in connection with the Retrocession Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Grantor desires to transfer to the Trustee for deposit to a trust account (the “Trust Account”) assets in order to secure payments under or in connection with the Retrocession Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trustee has agreed to act as trustee and entitlement holder hereunder, and to hold such assets in the Trust Account for the sole use and benefit of the Beneficiary; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is made for the sole use and benefit of the Beneficiary and for the purpose of setting forth the duties and powers of the Trustee with respect to the Trust Account;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the promises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 



 

SECTION 1.  Deposit of Assets to the Trust Account.

 

(a)            The Grantor shall establish the Trust Account in the name of the Trustee, as owner and entitlement holder, for the benefit of the Beneficiary.  The Trustee shall administer the Trust Account in its name as trustee and entitlement holder for the sole use and benefit of the Beneficiary.  To further secure its obligations under the Retrocession Agreement, the Grantor hereby grants, conveys, transfers and assigns to the Trustee for the benefit of the Beneficiary a security interest in and to (i) the Trust Account, (ii) any and all financial assets now, or in the future, deposited in, credited to and maintained therein, (iii) any deposit account in which Trust Account assets are maintained, and (iv) all financial assets now, or in the future, deposited in or credited to securities accounts in the name of the Trustee pursuant to Section 7(d) of this Agreement in which Assets (as defined below) are maintained for the benefit of the Beneficiary.  The Trust Account shall be subject to withdrawal by the Beneficiary solely as provided herein.  All Assets at all times shall be maintained in the Trust Account, separate and distinct from all other assets, and shall be continuously kept in a safe place at the Trustee’s office within the United States of America.

 

(b)            The Grantor shall transfer to the Trustee, for deposit to the Trust Account, the sum of sixty million dollars ($60,000,000), and may transfer or cause to be transferred to the Trustee, for deposit to the Trust Account, such other assets as it may from time to time desire (all such assets actually received in the Trust Account are herein referred to individually as an “Asset” and collectively as the “Assets”). The Assets shall be valued according to their current fair market value and shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender) and Eligible Securities (as hereinafter defined).

 

(c)            The Grantor shall, upon execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter as required, execute assignments and endorsements in blank or transfer legal title to the Trustee of all securities or other property standing in the Grantor’s name which are delivered to the Trustee to form part of the Trust Account in such form that the Beneficiary whenever necessary may, and the Trustee upon direction by the Beneficiary shall, negotiate any such Assets without consent or signature from the Grantor or any person or entity.  Any Assets received by the Trustee which are not in such proper negotiable form shall not be accepted by the Trustee and shall be returned to the Grantor as unacceptable.  All Assets transferred by the Grantor to the Trustee for deposit to the Trust Account shall consist only of cash and Eligible Securities.

 

(d)            The Trustee shall have no responsibility to (i) value the Assets or (ii) determine whether the Assets in the Trust Account are sufficient to secure the Grantor’s liabilities under the Retrocession Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.  Withdrawal of Assets from the Trust Account.

 

(a)            Without notice to the Grantor, the Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to withdraw from the Trust Account, subject only to written notice from the Beneficiary to the Trustee (the “Withdrawal Notice”), such Assets as are specified in such

 

2



 

Withdrawal Notice.  The Withdrawal Notice may designate a third party (the “Designee”) to whom Assets specified therein shall be delivered and may condition delivery of such Assets to such Designee upon receipt, and deposit to the Trust Account, of other Assets specified in such Withdrawal Notice.  The Beneficiary need present no statement or document in addition to a Withdrawal Notice in order to withdraw any Assets; nor is said right of withdrawal or any other provision of this Agreement subject to any conditions or qualifications not contained in this Agreement.

 

(b)            Upon receipt of a Withdrawal Notice, the Trustee shall immediately take any and all steps necessary to transfer absolutely and unequivocably all right, title and interest in the Assets specified in such Withdrawal Notice and shall deliver custody of such Assets (including physical custody of Assets held in certificated form) to or for the account of the Beneficiary or such Designee as specified in such Withdrawal Notice.

 

(c)            Subject to Section 4 of this Agreement, in the absence of a Withdrawal Notice the Trustee shall allow no substitution or withdrawal of any Asset from the Trust Account.

 

(d)            The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine that any Assets withdrawn from the Trust Account pursuant to this Section 2 will be used and applied in the manner contemplated by Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.  Application of Assets.

 

The Beneficiary hereby covenants to the Grantor that, in accordance with the Retrocession Agreement, it shall use and apply any withdrawn Assets, on the basis of the liability of the Beneficiary under the Underlying Agreement (as defined in the Retrocession Agreement), without diminution because of the insolvency of the Beneficiary or the Grantor, only to pay to the Beneficiary an amount equal to the Grantor’s quota share of the liabilities (including Ultimate Net Loss, Litigation Losses and the C Profit Share, each as defined in the Underlying Agreement) paid or due to be paid by the Beneficiary under the Underlying Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.  Redemption, Investment and Substitution of Assets.

 

(a)            The Trustee shall surrender for payment all maturing Assets and all Assets called for redemption and deposit the principal amount of the proceeds of any such payment to the Trust Account.

 

(b)            The Grantor, subject to the prior written approval of the Beneficiary, may retain (and pay the service fees of) a professional asset manager (the “Asset Manager”) to manage and make investment decisions with regard to the Assets held by the Trustee in the Trust Account.  Subject to Section l(c) of this Agreement, the Grantor or the Asset Manager (if any) may direct the Trustee to invest such Assets in Eligible Securities and the Trustee, at the direction of the Grantor or the Asset Manager (if any) will cause the Assets held in the Trust Account to be invested in Eligible Securities.  Unless and until directed in accordance with this Agreement by the Grantor, the Trustee will not be required to take any action with respect to the investment or reinvestment of the Assets.  The Trustee shall

 

3



 

have no responsibility whatsoever to determine that any Assets in the Trust Account are or continue to be Eligible Securities.

 

(c)            From time to time, subject to the prior written approval of the Beneficiary, the Grantor or the Asset Manager (if any) may direct the Trustee to substitute Eligible Securities for other Eligible Securities held in the Trust Account at such time, provided that such substituted Eligible Securities are at least equal in value to the market value of the Eligible Securities withdrawn.  The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine the value of such substituted securities or that such substituted securities constitute Eligible Securities.

 

(d)            The Trustee is authorized, without further instructions, to exchange securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form, to effect an exchange of the shares where the par value of stock is changed.

 

(e)            The Trustee will have no duty to notify the Grantor of any rights, duties, limitations, conditions or other information set forth in any security (including mandatory or optional put, call and similar provisions), but the Trustee will forward to the Grantor any notices or other documents received in regard to any such security.

 

(f)             The Grantor hereby authorizes the Trustee to disclose the Grantor’s name, address and securities positions to issuers of securities held in the Trust Account if, and as to the extent that, the law may require such disclosure.

 

(g)            Any loss incurred from any investment pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 shall be borne exclusively by the Trust Account.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss due to changes in market rates or penalties for early redemption.

 

SECTION 5.  Interest and Dividends.

 

All payments of interest and dividends actually received in respect of Assets in the Trust Account shall be deposited by the Trustee to, and shall become part of, the Trust Account.

 

SECTION 6.  Right to Vote Assets.

 

The Trustee shall forward all annual and interim stockholder reports and all proxies and proxy materials relating to the Assets in the Trust Account to the Grantor within a reasonable period of time following the Trustee’s receipt thereof.  The Grantor shall have the full and unqualified right to vote and execute consents and to exercise any and all proprietary rights not inconsistent with this Agreement with respect to any Assets in the Trust Account.

 

SECTION 7.  Additional Rights and Duties of the Trustee.

 

(a)            The Trustee shall be liable for its own negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4



 

(b)            The Trustee shall notify the Grantor and the Beneficiary in writing within ten days following each deposit to, or withdrawal from, the Trust Account.

 

(c)            Before accepting any Asset for deposit to the Trust Account, the Trustee shall determine that such Asset is in such form that the Beneficiary whenever necessary may, or the Trustee upon direction by the Beneficiary will, negotiate such Asset without consent or signature from the Grantor or any person or entity other than the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)            The Trustee may deposit any Assets in the Trust Account in the centralized National Book-Entry System of the Federal Reserve or in depositories such as the Depository Trust Company.  Assets may be held in the name of a nominee maintained by the Trustee or by any such depository.  Nothing contained in any contract between the Trustee and any entity authorized to hold Assets in accordance with this paragraph (d) will diminish or otherwise alter the liability of the Trustee to the Grantor or the Beneficiary hereunder.

 

(e)            The Trustee shall accept and open all mail directed to the Grantor or the Beneficiary in care of the Trustee.

 

(f)             The Trustee shall furnish to the Grantor and the Beneficiary a statement of all Assets in the Trust Account upon the inception of the Trust Account and at the end of each calendar quarter thereafter.

 

(g)            Upon the request of the Grantor or the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall promptly permit the Grantor or the Beneficiary, their respective agents, employees or independent auditors to examine, audit, excerpt, transcribe and copy, during the Trustee’s normal business hours, any books, documents, papers and records relating to the Trust Account or the Assets.

 

(h)            Subject to the last sentence in Section 17, with respect to Assets in the Trust Account, the Trustee is authorized to follow and rely upon all instructions given by officers designated in writing by the Grantor and the Beneficiary, respectively, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and by attorneys-in-fact acting under written authority furnished to the Trustee by the Grantor or the Beneficiary, including, without limitation, instructions given by letter, facsimile transmission or electronic media, if the Trustee believes such instructions to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.  The Trustee shall not incur any liability to anyone resulting from actions taken by the Trustee in reliance in good faith on such instructions.  The Trustee shall not incur any liability in executing instructions (i) from an attorney-in-fact prior to receipt by it of notice of the revocation of the written authority of the attorney-in-fact or (ii) from any officer of the Grantor or the Beneficiary designated in writing, which may be updated from time to time.

 

(i)             The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall only be such as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, as it may from time to time be amended, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Trustee.  Without limiting the

 

5



 

generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall have no duties or obligations arising from the Trustee acting as entitlement holder for the benefit of the Beneficiary, including, without limitation, taking any action to perfect a security interest hereunder.

 

(j)             No provision of this Agreement shall require the Trustee to take any action which, in the Trustee’s reasonable judgment, would result in any violation of this Agreement or any provision of law.

 

(k)            The Trustee may confer with counsel of its own choice in relation to matters arising under this Agreement and shall have full and complete authorization from the other Parties hereunder for any action taken or suffered by it under this Agreement or under any transaction contemplated hereby in good faith and in accordance with opinion of such counsel, other than with respect to withdrawals of Assets by the Beneficiary.

 

SECTION 8.  The Trustee’s Compensation, Expenses and Indemnification.

 

(a)            The Grantor shall pay the Trustee, as compensation for its services under this Agreement, a fee computed at rates as may be agreed to from time to time in writing between the Trustee and the Grantor.  The Grantor shall pay or reimburse the Trustee for all of the Trustee’s expenses, advances and disbursements in connection with its duties under this Agreement (including attorney’s fees and expenses), except any such expense or disbursement as may arise from the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith.  The Grantor also hereby indemnifies the Trustee for, and holds it harmless against, any loss, liability, costs or expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred or made without negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith on the part of the Trustee, arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including any loss, liability, costs or expenses arising out of or in connection with the status of the Trustee and its nominee as the holder of record of the Assets.  In no event shall the Trustee be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.  The Grantor hereby acknowledges that the foregoing indemnities shall survive the resignation of the Trustee or the termination of this Agreement.

 

(b)            No Assets shall be withdrawn from the Trust Account or used in any manner for paying compensation to, or reimbursement or indemnification of, the Trustee.

 

SECTION 9.  Acceptance, Resignation and Removal of the Trustee.

 

(a)            The Trustee hereby accepts the trust herein created and declared upon the terms herein expressed.

 

(b)            The Trustee may resign at any time upon delivery of a written notice of resignation to the Beneficiary and the Grantor, effective not less than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Beneficiary and the Grantor of such notice.

 

6



 

(c)            The Grantor may remove the Trustee by delivery to the Trustee and the Beneficiary of a written notice of removal, effective not less than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Trustee and the Beneficiary of such notice.

 

(d)            No such resignation or removal of the Trustee will be effective until a successor trustee has been duly appointed and approved by the Beneficiary and the Grantor and all Assets in the Trust Account have been duly transferred to the new trustee in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section 9.

 

(e)            Upon receipt of the notice of removal or resignation as provided in paragraph (b) or (c) above, as applicable, the Grantor shall appoint a successor trustee.  Any successor trustee must be a bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and a Qualified United States Financial Institution (as defined below) and must not be a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Grantor or the Beneficiary.  Upon the acceptance of the appointment as trustee hereunder by a successor trustee and the transfer to such successor trustee of all Assets in the Trust Account, the resignation or removal of the Trustee shall become effective.  Thereupon, such successor trustee shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be discharged from any future duties and obligations under this Agreement, but the Trustee shall continue after its resignation to be entitled to the benefits of the indemnities provided herein for the Trustee.

 

SECTION 10.        Termination of the Trust Account.

 

The Trust Account and this Trust Agreement shall be effective until terminated by thirty (30) days’ advance written notice sent to the Trustee jointly by the Grantor and the Beneficiary.  Upon the termination of the Trust Account, the Trustee shall transfer, pay over and deliver the remaining assets of the Trust Account as directed in such joint notice.

 

SECTION 11.        Definitions.

 

Except as the context shall otherwise require, the following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement (the definitions to be applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of each term defined if both such forms of such term are used in this Agreement):

 

The term “Affiliate” with respect to any corporation shall mean a corporation which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such corporation.  The term “control” (including the related terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of a corporation.

 

The term “American Institution,” as used in Schedule A, shall mean an institution created or existing under the laws of the United States of America or of any state, district or territory thereof.

 

7



 

The term “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the offices of the Trustee in Boston, Massachusetts are open for business.

 

The term “Eligible Securities” shall mean and include those assets of the types described in Schedule A.

 

The term “person” shall mean and include an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or political subdivision thereof.

 

The term “Parent” shall mean an institution that, directly or indirectly, controls another institution.

 

The term “Qualified United States Financial Institution” shall mean an institution that is (i) organized, or, in the case of a U.S. branch or agency office of a foreign banking organization, licensed, under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and has been granted authority to act with fiduciary powers; and (ii) regulated, supervised and examined by federal or state authorities having regulatory authority over banks and trust companies.

 

The term “Subsidiary” shall mean an institution controlled, directly or indirectly, by another institution.

 

SECTION 12.        Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

SECTION 13.        Successors and Assigns.

 

No Party may assign this Agreement or any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided, however, that this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and bind those who, by operation of law, become successors to the Parties, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator and any successor merged or consolidated entity and provided further that, in the case of the Trustee, the successor trustee is eligible to be a trustee under the terms hereof.

 

SECTION 14.        Severability.

 

In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable by any regulatory body or court having jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining portions of this Agreement.

 

8



 

SECTION 15.        Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement (including the Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties, and there are no understandings or agreements, conditions or qualifications relative to this Agreement which are not fully expressed in this Agreement.

 

SECTION 16.        Amendments.

 

This Agreement may be modified or otherwise amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, if such modification, amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by all of the Parties.

 

SECTION 17.        Notices, etc.

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, directions, requests, demands, acknowledgments and other communications required or permitted to be given or made under the terms hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a)(i) when delivered personally, (ii) when made or given by facsimile transmission, or (iii) when sent by express delivery and (b) when addressed as follows:

 

If to the Grantor to it at:

 

ACE Financial Solutions

1133 Avenue of the Americas

32nd Floor

New York, New York  10036

Telephone No.: 212-642-7807

Telecopier No.: 212-642-7889

 

If to the Beneficiary:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

11 Victoria Hall

Victoria Street

P.O. Box 1828

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

Telephone No.:  441-297-9730

Telecopier No.:  441-297-9704

 

9



 

With a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York  10019

Attention:  General Counsel

Telephone No.:  212-974-0100

Telecopier No.:  212-581-3268

 

If to the Trustee:

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company

801 Pennsylvania Avenue

Kansas City, Missouri 64105

Attention:  Vice President, Insurance Custody

Telephone No.:  (816) 871-4100

Telecopier No.:  (816) 871-9210

 

Each Party may from time to time designate a different address for notices, directions, requests, demands, acknowledgments and other communications by giving written notice of such change to the other Parties.  All notices, directions, requests, demands, acknowledgments and other communications relating to the Beneficiary’s approval of the Grantor’s authorization to substitute Assets and to the termination of the Trust Account shall be in writing and may not be made or given by facsimile transmission or electronic media.

 

SECTION 18.  Headings.

 

The headings of the Sections have been inserted for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 19.  Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall constitute an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  All signatures of the Parties may be transmitted by facsimile, and such facsimile transmission will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such Party whose signature it reproduces and will be binding upon such Party, provided that the Parties provide hard copy original signatures to each other following execution.

 

10



 

SECTION 20.  Force Majeure.

 

In the event that any Party is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its control, or other cause reasonably beyond its control, such Party will not be liable for damages to the other Parties for any unforeseeable damages resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.  Performance under this Agreement will resume when the affected Party is able to perform substantially that Party’s duties.

 

SECTION 21.  Trust Account Records.

 

The Trustee will keep full and complete records of the administration of the Trust Account.  The Grantor, the Beneficiary and the Insurance Department of the Beneficiary’s domiciliary jurisdiction may examine such records at any time during the Trustee’s business hours, upon reasonable request.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ACE American Insurance Company,
as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd,
as Beneficiary

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

12



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Eligible Securities

 

The following shall be Eligible Securities provided that, at the time of deposit, such securities are (a) rated A or higher by a nationally recognized rating agency; (b) secured by sufficient collateral; (c) insured by an appropriately licensed insurer (other than the investing insurer or its affiliate) that has a rating of A or higher from A.M. Best Company, Inc. (or an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating agency); or (d) rated in the highest category by the Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners:

 

I.               Government obligations - any obligation that is issued, assumed, guaranteed or insured by the U.S. or any agency thereof, by any U.S. state, by any municipality or by any state agency (excluding any municipality or state agency bond payable only out of special assessments on local properties);

 

II.             Obligations of American Institutions - any obligation issued or guaranteed by any solvent American Institution with the exception of insurance companies, provided that such obligations are not in default as to principal or interest;

 

III.            Preferred or guaranteed shares of solvent American Institutions - permissible provided that all obligations of the issuer (not merely the investment to be deposited) satisfy the credit quality criteria (a) or (d) in the first paragraph above;

 

IV.            Equity Interests - Investments in common shares or partnership interests of any solvent American Institution, provided that the share/interest is registered on a national securities exchange (or quoted through NASDAQ) or otherwise registered pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All obligations and preferred shares (if any) of the issuer (not merely the investment to be deposited) must be eligible investments pursuant to Section 1404(a) of the New York Insurance Law;

 

V.             Investment Companies -

 

1.              Investment company that invests at least 90% of assets in investments qualifying under Items (I), (II) and (III) above.

 

2.              Investment company that invests at least 90% of assets in investments qualifying under Item (IV) above; and

 

VI.            Asset backed securities - Pass-through certificates, participation interests, trust certificates or obligations, collateralized debt obligations, limited recourse securities and similar securities, in each case secured by pooled receivables arising from the sale or use of personal property or the sale or use of real property or secured by mortgages on real property or other pooled receivables or assets that provide similar diversified credit risk and certificates, interests, limited recourse debt securities and similar securities secured by any of the foregoing securities.

 




Exhibit 10.30

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTY

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”), effective as of February 15, 2000, is executed and delivered by ACE Capital Re Bermuda Ltd. (formerly, KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), an insurance company registered and licensed under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda (the “Parent”), for the benefit of Capital Title Reinsurance Company, a New York domiciled insurance company (the “Subsidiary”). This Guaranty amends and restates in its entirety the guaranty (as previously amended) issued by Parent to Subsidiary with an effective date of April 1, 1999.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Parent is the parent of the Subsidiary;

 

WHEREAS, to further support the claims paying resources of Subsidiary, Parent has agreed to guaranty the payment obligations of Subsidiary; and

 

WHEREAS, the corporate interests of Parent will be benefited by entering into this guaranty.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Guaranty.   Parent unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Subsidiary that during the term of this Guaranty it will, on demand by Subsidiary, make funds available to Subsidiary for the full and complete payment when due of all payment obligations of Subsidiary (the “Guaranteed Obligations”) to the extent Subsidiary is unable to satisfy those obligations.

 

This Guaranty is issued by Parent for the benefit of the holders of the Guaranteed Obligations (the “Holders”) and the Holders are hereby made third-party beneficiaries and may directly claim upon and enforce the obligations of Parent hereunder as provided herein.

 

Section 2.  Obligation Unconditional.   The obligations of Parent under this Guaranty are irrevocable and unconditional to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, including fraud in the inducement or fact; the intent of this Guaranty being that the obligations of Parent hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under all circumstances and shall not be discharged except by payment as provided for herein. Parent hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, notice of acceptance and any requirement that Subsidiary exhaust any right, remedy or proceed against any obligor.

 

Section 3.  Preferential Payments.   The guaranty provided under Section 1 shall include the full and complete payment of the amount of any claim on any Guaranteed Obligation

 



 

paid by Subsidiary which is subsequently voided in whole or in part as a preferential payment under applicable law, including proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally.

 

Section 4.  Subrogation.   Parent hereby unconditionally agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all payments guaranteed hereby, it shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by it of this Guaranty, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.  No Waiver.   No failure on the part of Subsidiary to exercise, no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

Section 6.  Continuing Effect; Assignment.   This Guaranty is a continuing guarantee that: (i) shall be binding upon Parent, its successors and assigns, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Holders, their successors and assigns, to the extent of claims on Guaranteed Obligations which are not satisfied by Subsidiary.

 

Section 7.  Amendment, Modification or Termination.   This Guaranty may not be amended, modified or terminated except upon six (6) months prior notice, in writing, given by Parent to Subsidiary, with a copy of such notice simultaneously delivered to Standard & Poor’s Corporation and Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., and provided further that such proposed amendment, modification or termination shall only become effective if both the financial strength rating assigned to Subsidiary by Standard & Poor’s Corporation and the claims paying ability rating assigned to Subsidiary by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. after such termination, amendment or modification is not lower than such rating assigned immediately prior to the proposed amendment, modification or termination.

 

Section 8.  Governing Law .  This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent has duly executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

ACE CAPITAL RE BERMUDA LTD.

 

 

By:

Rebecca L Carne

 

 

Title:

Asst. Sec.

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.31

 

GUARANTY

 

THIS GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”), effective as of March 9, 2000, is executed and delivered by ACE Capital Re International Ltd., an insurance company registered and licensed under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda (“Parent”), for the benefit of ACE Capital Re Bermuda Ltd., an insurance company registered and licensed under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda (“Subsidiary”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Parent is the parent of the Subsidiary;

 

WHEREAS, to further support the claims paying resources of Subsidiary, Parent has agreed to guaranty the payment obligations of Subsidiary; and

 

WHEREAS, the corporate interests of Parent will be benefited by entering into this guaranty.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Guaranty.   Parent unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Subsidiary that during the term of this Guaranty it will, on demand by Subsidiary, make funds available to Subsidiary for the full and complete payment when due of all payment obligations of Subsidiary (the “Guaranteed Obligations”) to the extent Subsidiary is unable to satisfy those obligations.

 

This Guaranty is issued by Parent for the benefit of the holders of the Guaranteed Obligations (the “Holders”) and the Holders are hereby made third-party beneficiaries and may directly claim upon and enforce the obligations of Parent hereunder as provided herein.

 

Section 2.  Obligation Unconditional .  The obligations of Parent under this Guaranty are irrevocable and unconditional to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, including fraud in the inducement or fact; the intent of this Guaranty being that the obligations of Parent hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under all circumstances and shall not be discharged except by payment as provided for herein. Parent hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, notice of acceptance and any requirement that Subsidiary exhaust any right, remedy or proceed against any obligor.

 

Section 3.  Preferential Payments.   The guaranty provided under Section 1 shall include the full and complete payment of the amount of any claim on any Guaranteed Obligation paid by Subsidiary which is subsequently voided in whole or in part as a preferential

 



 

payment under applicable law, including proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally.

 

Section 4.  Subrogation.   Parent hereby unconditionally agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all payments guaranteed hereby, it shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by it of this Guaranty, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.  No Waiver.   No failure on the part of Subsidiary to exercise, no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

Section 6.  Continuing Effect; Assignment.   This Guaranty is a continuing guarantee that: (i) shall be binding upon Parent, its successors and assigns, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Holders, their successors and assigns, to the extent of claims on Guaranteed Obligations which are not satisfied by Subsidiary.

 

Section 7.  Amendment, Modification or Termination.   This Guaranty may not be amended, modified or terminated except upon six (6) month prior notice, in writing, given by Parent to Subsidiary, with a copy of such notice simultaneously delivered to Standard & Poor’s Corporation and Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., and provided further that such proposed amendment, modification or termination shall only become effective if both the financial strength rating assigned to Subsidiary by Standard & Poor’s Corporation and the claims paying ability rating assigned to Subsidiary by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co, after such termination, amendment or modification is not lower than such rating assigned immediately prior to the proposed amendment, modification or termination.

 

Section 8.  Governing Law.   This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent has duly executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

 

By:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.32

 

GUARANTY

 

THIS GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”), effective as of February 15, 2000, is executed and delivered by ACE Capital Re Bermuda Ltd., an insurance company registered and licensed under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda (the “Parent”), for the benefit of Capital Mortgage Reinsurance Company, a New York domiciled insurance company (the “Subsidiary”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Parent is the parent of the Subsidiary;

 

WHEREAS, to further support the claims paying resources of Subsidiary, Parent has agreed to guaranty the payment obligations of Subsidiary; and

 

WHEREAS, the corporate interests of Parent will be benefited by entering into this guaranty.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Guaranty.   Parent unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Subsidiary that during the term of this Guaranty it will, on demand by Subsidiary, make funds available to Subsidiary for the full and complete payment when due of all payment obligations of Subsidiary (the “Guaranteed Obligations”) to the extent Subsidiary is unable to satisfy those obligations.

 

This Guaranty is issued by Parent for the benefit of the holders of the Guaranteed Obligations (the “Holders”) and the Holders are hereby made third-party beneficiaries and may directly claim upon and enforce the obligations of Parent hereunder as provided herein.

 

Section 2.  Obligation Unconditional .  The obligations of Parent under this Guaranty are irrevocable and unconditional to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor, including fraud in the inducement or fact; the intent of this Guaranty being that the obligations of Parent hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under all circumstances and shall not be discharged except by payment as provided for herein. Parent hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, notice of acceptance and any requirement that Subsidiary exhaust any right, remedy or proceed against any obligor.

 

Section 3.  Preferential Payments.   The guaranty provided under Section 1 shall include the full and complete payment of the amount of any claim on any Guaranteed Obligation paid by Subsidiary which is subsequently voided in whole or in part as a preferential

 



 

payment under applicable law, including proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally.

 

Section 4.  Subrogation.   Parent hereby unconditionally agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full of all payments guaranteed hereby, it shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by it of this Guaranty, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.  No Waiver.   No failure on the part of Subsidiary to exercise, no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

Section 6.  Continuing Effect; Assignment.   This Guaranty is a continuing guarantee that: (i) shall be binding upon Parent, its successors and assigns, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Holders, their successors and assigns, to the extent of claims on Guaranteed Obligations which are not satisfied by Subsidiary.

 

Section 7.  Amendment, Modification or Termination.   This Guaranty may not be amended, modified or terminated except upon six (6) month prior notice, in writing, given by Parent to Subsidiary, with a copy of such notice simultaneously delivered to Standard & Poor’s Corporation and Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co., and provided further that such proposed amendment, modification or termination shall only become effective if both the financial strength rating assigned to Subsidiary by Standard & Poor’s Corporation and the claims paying ability rating assigned to Subsidiary by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. after such termination, amendment or modification is not lower than such rating assigned immediately prior to the proposed amendment, modification or termination.

 

Section 8.  Governing Law .  This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent has duly executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

ACE CAPITAL RE BERMUDA LTD.

 

 

By:

Rebecca L Carne

 

 

Title:

Asst. Sec.

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.33

 

AUTOMOBILE RESIDUAL VALUE

INSURANCE POLICY

(the “Policy”)

 

BETWEEN

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE, LTD.

Hamilton, Bermuda

(hereinafter “Company”)

 

AND

 

ACE CAPITAL RE LIMITED

Hamilton, Bermuda

(hereinafter “Insurer”)

 

PREAMBLE

 

WHEREAS, Gramercy Place Insurance, Limited (a single purpose licensed Cayman insurance company “ Gramercy ”) issued three insurance policies (the “Gramercy Policies”) to Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (“ TMCC ”) to insure TMCC against potential losses in respect of the residual value risk associated with a related identified pool of retail closed-end lease contracts for automobile and light duty trucks originated by authorized Toyota and Lexus vehicle dealers and assigned to and serviced by TMCC; and

 

WHEREAS, each Gramercy Policy will cover, subject to certain limitations and conditions, residual value losses equal to the amount, if any, by which (i) the adjusted residual values of leased vehicles under full term contracts that are included in the lease pool for such Gramercy Policy and are returned to TMCC during the related return period exceed (ii) the market values of such leased vehicles; and

 

WHEREAS, Gramercy will be obligated to make claim payments, if any due TMCC, under the first Gramercy Policy on October, 1999, under the second Gramercy Policy in October 2000, and under the third Gramercy Policy on October 2001 with a final settlement date of October 2002; and

 

WHEREAS, if aggregate net losses under the Gramercy Policies exceed a deductible (which is equal to approximately 9.0% of the aggregate residual values of the leased vehicles included in the related lease pools) then Gramercy will be liable for 90% of such excess losses up to the Gramercy Policy limits;

 

WHEREAS, Gramercy issued three classes of floating rate notes to investors to provide financing to enable Gramercy to satisfy its potential obligations to TMCC under the Policies; and

 

WHEREAS, GSI (“ GSI ”) and the Company (as counterparty) have entered into Swap Agreements involving US $25 million and US $8,000,000 of the US $122,470,000 Gramercy Class C-1 Floating Rate Notes, Series 1998-A; and

 

Gramercy Insurance from Ace Ins to ACE Cap Re

 

1



 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Insurer desire to transfer 100% of the rights and obligations of the Company under the Swap Agreements to the Insurer pursuant to this Policy;

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company and the Insurer agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

 

“Swap Agreements” shall mean the swap transactions entered into between GSI and the Company (as the Counterparty) set forth in:

 

(i)     Confirmation (Reference No. NUUS807830 (080000A00) (hereinafter the “First Confirmation” ) and

(ii)    Confirmation Reference No. NUUS9052A0 (080000A00) (the “Second Confirmation” )

 

attached hereto respectively as Schedules 1 and 2 and made a part of this Policy.

 

ARTICLE 2. TERM OF POLICY

 

The “ Term ” of this Policy shall be the period incepting July 24, 1998 and ending on the date that the Company has no further liability under the Swap Agreements.

 

ARTICLE 3. BUSINESS COVERED

 

1.      Subject to all of the terms, conditions and limits of this Policy, the Insurer shall insure the Company during the Term in respect of one hundred percent (100%) of the Company’s liability under the Swap Agreements.

 

2.      This Policy shall be subject in all respects to the same rates, terms, conditions, interpretations, waivers, and the exact proportion of consideration paid to the Company as the respective Swap Agreements of the Company to which this Policy relates, the true intent of this Policy being that the Insurer shall, in every case to which this Policy applies, follow the fortunes of the Company under the Swap Agreements. This Policy shall be construed as an honorable undertaking between the parties hereto and shall not be defeated by technical legal constructions. However, nothing in this Policy shall be construed to expand the liability of the Insurer beyond what is specifically assumed under this Policy by creating rights of any third party, including without limitation GSI, TMCC, or Gramercy, in or under this Policy.

 

2



 

3.     Arbitration .  If any irreconcilable dispute shall arise between the Company and the Insurer with reference to the interpretation of this Policy (including, but not limited to, disputes concerning the formation or validity of the Policy), whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Policy, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two arbitrators so chosen. Where a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within 14 days of being called upon to do so or where the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint a third within 28 days of their appointment, then upon application ARIAS (UK) will appoint an arbitrator to fill the vacancy. At any time prior to the appointment by ARIAS (UK) the party or arbitrators in default may make such appointment. All arbitrators shall be active or retired disinterested officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or underwriters at Lloyd’s of London having relevant knowledge to the matters in dispute and not under the control of or otherwise affiliated with either party to this Policy.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided herein, the arbitrators shall promulgate rules to interpret this Policy under ARIAS Arbitration Rules. The arbitrators shall interpret this Policy as an honorable engagement rather than as a legal obligation and will make their award with the view to effecting the general purpose and intent of this Policy, rather than in accordance with the literal interpretation of this Policy.

 

The party requesting the arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty five (45) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator. The party responding to the request for arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty five (45) days of the receipt of the petitioner’s case. A hearing shall be held within thirty (30) days after receipt of the parties’ cases in writing. The arbiters shall render their decision within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing. The decision in writing of any two arbiters, when filed with the parties hereto, shall be final and binding on both parties. Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction. Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and arbitration. Said arbitration shall take place in Hamilton, Bermuda, unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by the parties.

 

The procedures specified in this Article shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Policy.

 

4.      Currency .  All payments under this Policy shall be made in the currency of the United States of America.

 

5.      Errors and Omissions .  Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it under this Policy if such delay, omission or error had not been made if such delay, omission or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery thereof.

 

6.      Assignment .  This Policy shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and Insurer and their respective successors and assigns; provided that this Policy may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

4



 

7.      Amendment .  This Policy may not be modified or amended except by mutual written consent of the parties. The Company shall not agree to any modifications of the Swap Agreements insured hereunder without the prior written consent of the Insurer.

 

8.      Insolvency .  The Insurer’s liability hereunder shall not increase or decrease as a result of the receivership, insolvency or inability to pay of the Company.

 

9.      Headings .  The headings preceding the text of the Articles of this Policy are intended and inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Policy.

 

10.    Notices . As used in this Policy, Notice shall mean any and all notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder, and all Notices shall be hand delivered, sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, mailed by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by an overnight delivery service, addressed to the party at its address set forth below or to such other address as such party may designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

The ACE Building

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM 08

Bermuda

Attn: Andrew M. Gibbs, CFO & SVP

Fax: 441-292-8677

 

If to the Insurer:

 

ACE CAPITAL RE LIMITED

The ACE Building

30 Woodbourne Avenue

Hamilton HM 08

Bermuda

Attn: Carla Ranum, Vice President

Fax: 441-292-8677

 

11.    I ntermediary .  There is no intermediary or broker to this Policy.

 

12.    Counterparts .  This Policy may be executed by the parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.   Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof signed by less than both, but together signed by both, of the parties hereto.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Policy to be executed in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives.

 

By and on behalf of:

By and on behalf of:

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

ACE CAPITAL RE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew M. Gibbs

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:  Andrew M. Gibbs

 

Name:  [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:  CFO.

 

Title:

 

6




Exhibit 10.34

 

RETROCESSIONAL MEMORANDUM

for a

CESSION OF REINSURED RISK

under the

ACE FACULTATIVE RETROCESSIONAL AGREEMENT

between

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.,

AS RETROCEDENT

and

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL LTD.,

AS RETROCESSIONAIRE

 

RETROCESSIONAL
MEMORANDUM NO.:

 

[ACE]1999-003.

 

 

 

COVERED BUSINESS:

 

The Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement entered into between the Retrocedent and the Original Reinsured dated as of May 25, 1999 (the “ Reinsurance Agreement ”). A copy of the Reinsurance Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 and incorporated herein.

 

 

 

ORIGINAL REINSURED:

 

Centre Insurance International Company.

 

 

 

TERM:

 

Incepting and terminating simultaneously with and on the same basis as the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

TYPE OF RETROCESSION:

 

Quota Share.

 

 

 

QUOTA SHARE
PERCENTAGE:

 

100%.

 

 

 

LOSS ADJUSTMENT
EXPENSES:

 

Applicable.

 

 

 

PREMIUM:

 

The Quota Share Percentage of the Reinsurance Premium payable under the Reinsurance Agreement subject to adjustment as per the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

CEDING COMMISSION:

 

Nil.

 

 

 

TAXES:

 

N/A.

 

 

 

REPORTS:

 

The Retrocedent shall forward to the Retrocessionaire all reports provided to the Retrocedent under the Reinsurance Agreement within five business days of receipt thereof.

 

 

 

CASH LOSS AMOUNT:

 

Applicable for loss amounts in excess of $0.

 



 

CURRENCY; EXCHANGE RATE:

 

As per terms of Reinsurance Agreement.

 

The cession evidenced by this Retrocessional Memorandum shall be subject to all the terms and conditions contained in the ACE Facultative Retrocessional Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998 between the parties, which the undersigned hereby acknowledge as being an agreement between and binding upon the undersigned.

 

SUBMITTED BY:

ACCEPTED BY:

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Andrew M. Gibbs

 

BY:

/s/ Stephen Donnarumme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME:

Andrew M. Gibbs

 

NAME:

Stephen Donnarumme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TITLE:

CFO / COO

 

TITLE:

COO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE:

Jan 22, 04

 

DATE:

22 Jan 04

 

 




Exhibit 10.35

 

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

(the “Agreement”)

 

between

 

JCJ INSURANCE COMPANY

(the “Company”)

 

and

 

KRE REINSURANCE LTD.

(the “Reinsurer”)

 

3.5% xs 8.5% Layer

 

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.  REINSURANCE COVERAGE

 

The Company hereby cedes to the Reinsurer on a quota share basis, and the Reinsurer hereby assumes from the Company on a quota share basis, 100% of the liability of the Company under the Residual Value Insurance Policy entered into between the Company (as insurer) and World Omni Financial Corporation (as insured) (the “Original Insured”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A (as the same may be amended, modified or assigned in accordance with the terms hereof, the “Policy”).

 

ARTICLE 2.  TERM

 

The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be coterminous with the term of the Policy.

 

ARTICLE 3.  PREMIUM

 

The premium payable to the Reinsurer hereunder (the “Reinsurance Premium”) is $26,250,000. The Reinsurance Premium is payable in three equal installments, as follows; (i) the first installment is payable within 12 days following execution of this Agreement; (ii) the second installment is payable on July 3, 2000 and (iii) the third installment is payable on January 3, 2001.  For the avoidance of doubt, the second and third installments of the Reinsurance Premium shall be payable notwithstanding the termination of the Term prior to the payment date for one or both of such installments. The Reinsurance Premium shall be transmitted to the Reinsurer through Cooper Gay, 120 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005.

 



 

ARTICLE 4.  REPORTS; ACCOUNTS AND REMITTANCES.

 

The Company shall forward to the Reinsurer all accounts received by the Company pursuant to Article 5 of the Policy and all reports received by the Company pursuant to Article 6 of the Policy.  Amounts payable by the Reinsurer to the Company to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of losses under the Policy and for any other amounts due to the Company under this Agreement shall be paid no later than the last day of the calendar quarter in which the Reinsurer receives an accounting from the Company with respect to such amounts. All amounts owing by the Reinsurer to the Company hereunder shall be transmitted to the account of the Company specified in writing to the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 5.  ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

The Reinsurer, its authorized representatives and its retrocessionaires shall have access to the books and records of the Company at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement or its subject matter and the right to make copies thereof (at its own expense).

 

The Company shall secure for the Reinsurer rights of audit with respect to the Original Insured that are comparable to those granted by the Original Insured to the Company under the Policy.

 

ARTICLE 6.  COVENANTS

 

The Company shall not amend, modify or terminate, or waive any provision of, the Policy without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer.

 

The Company shall enforce its rights under the Policy to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

The Company shall not consent to any modification by the Original Insured of the Original Insured’s servicing, remarketing or loss mitigation practices without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 7.  EXCLUSIONS

 

This Agreement does not cover (i) bad faith, punitive damages or other extracontractual liability asserted against the Company, its officers, directors, employees or agents, (ii) any payment by the Company in excess of its contractual obligations under the Policy, and (iii) office expenses of the Company and salaries of officials and employees of the Company.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 8.  CREDIT FOR REINSURANCE

 

To the extent necessary to permit the Company to receive full credit in the statutory statements it is required to file with the Vermont Insurance Department for the outstanding loss reserves and unearned premium reserves ceded hereunder (collectively, the “Obligations”), the Reinsurer shall, promptly following receipt of a statement setting forth the Obligations, either (at the option of the Reinsurer) (i) apply for and provide the Company with a clean, unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount specified in such statement with terms and issued by a bank acceptable to the Vermont Insurance Department and reasonably acceptable to the Company, for the purpose of credit for reinsurance (the “Letter of Credit”) or (ii) establish a trust account for the benefit of the Company (the “Trust Account”) with a bank acceptable to the Vermont Insurance Department and reasonably acceptable to the Company and deposit in the Trust Account the amount specified in such statement, for the purpose of credit for reinsurance. At intervals that are no more frequent than once per calendar quarter, the Company shall prepare a specific statement, for the sole purpose of amending the Letter of Credit or adjusting the balance in the Trust Account, of the Obligations, and, to the extent the Obligations reflected in such statement are greater than the amount of the Letter of Credit or the balance of the Trust Account, the Reinsurer shall secure an amendment of the Letter of Credit or shall deposit additional assets in the Trust Account, as applicable. The cost of any Letter of Credit (and amendments thereto) and/or Trust Account provided pursuant to this Article shall be borne solely by the Company.

 

If the Reinsurer elects to establish a Trust Account, the trustee of the Trust Account and the trust agreement shall comply with all applicable requirements of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company.  The assets deposited in the Trust Account shall be valued according to their current fair market value, and shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit issued by a United States bank and payable in United States legal tender, and investments of the type permitted by the Vermont Insurance Code, or any combination of the above, provided that such investments are issued by an institution that is not the Reinsurer or the Company or the parent, subsidiary or affiliate of either the Reinsurer or the Company. Prior to depositing assets with the trustee, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments, endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title to the trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignments, in order that the Company, or the trustee upon the direction of the Company, may whenever necessary negotiate any such assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity. All settlements of account between the Company and the Reinsurer shall be made in cash or its equivalent.

 

If the Reinsurer has established a Trust Account and the statement shows that the Obligations are less than the balance of the Trust Account as of the statement date, the Reinsurer shall have the right to seek approval from the Company to withdraw from the Trust Account all or any part of the assets contained therein and transfer such assets to the Reinsurer, provided that, after such withdrawal and transfer, the market value of the assets in the Trust Account is not less than 102 percent of the Obligations. In addition, the Reinsurer shall have the right to seek approval from the Company to withdraw from the Trust Account all or any part of the assets contained therein and transfer such assets to the Reinsurer, provided that the Reinsurer shall, at the time of such withdrawal, replace

 

3



 

the withdrawn assets with other assets meeting the above requirements and having a market value at least equal to the market value of the assets withdrawn so as to maintain at all times the deposit in the required amount. The Company shall be the sole judge as to the application of this provision, but shall not unreasonably or arbitrarily withhold its approval.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company or any successor by operation of law of the Company including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company, may draw upon the Letter of Credit or withdraw assets from the Trust Account, without diminution because of the insolvency of any party hereto, at any time and undertake to use and apply the sum drawn for one or more of the following purposes only:

 

1.                                        To reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of premiums returned to the Original Insured on account of cancellation of the Policy;

2.                                        To reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of losses paid by the Company under the terms and provisions of the Policy;

3.                                        To fund an account with the Company in an amount at least equal to the deduction, for reinsurance ceded, from the Company’s liabilities for the reinsurance ceded hereunder (such amounts shall include, but not be limited to, amounts for outstanding losses and unearned premium reserves); and

4.                                        To pay any other amounts the Company claims are under this Agreement.

 

The Company shall pay interest at the prime rate of interest on amounts held pursuant to paragraph 3 above. The Company shall return to the Reinsurer amounts drawn in excess of the actual amounts required for paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 above and, with respect to paragraph 4 above, any amounts that are subsequently determined not to be due.

 

ARTICLE 9.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.               Insolvency .  In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of each claim against the Company with respect to which the Reinsurer may have liability under this Agreement within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership. During the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

4



 

2.               Errors and Omissions .  Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it under this Agreement if such delay, omission or error had not been made, provided such delay, omission or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery thereof.

 

3.               Recoveries .  The Company shall credit the Reinsurer with its pro rata share of any recoveries or reimbursements received by the Company under the Policy.

 

4.               Arbitration .  Should an irreconcilable difference of opinion or dispute arise between the parties to this Agreement as to the interpretation of this Agreement, or as to transactions with respect to this Agreement, such differences or dispute shall, before bringing any action or suit hereunder, first be submitted to the decision of a board of arbitration composed of two arbiters and an umpire, meeting in New York, New York, except as hereinafter provided or unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties.

 

To initiate arbitration, either party shall notify the other party in writing of its desire to arbitrate, stating the nature of its dispute, the remedy sought and the identity of its chosen arbiter, and shall request that the responding party appoint and identify its own arbiter.

 

The members of the board of arbitration shall be active or retired disinterested officials of insurance or reinsurance companies and may not be a present or former officer, attorney or consultant of either party. After each party appoints its arbiter, the two arbiters shall choose an umpire before instituting the hearing. If the respondent fails to appoint its arbiter within four weeks after being requested to do so by the claimant, the latter shall also appoint the second arbiter. If the two arbiters fail to agree on the appointment of an umpire within four weeks after their nomination, the umpire shall by chosen by the President of the American Arbitration Association and shall be a person meeting the qualifications set forth above.

 

Claimant shall submit its initial brief within 20 days from the employment of the umpire. The respondent shall submit its brief within 20 days thereafter, and the claimant may submit a reply brief within 10 days after the filing of the respondent’s brief. The board shall make its decision with regard to the customary usage of the insurance and reinsurance business. The board is released from all judicial formalities and may abstain from the strict rules of the law, interpreting this Agreement as an honorable undertaking, rather than merely a legal obligation. The board shall make its decision, describing its reasons therefor in writing, within 30 days following the termination of the hearings, unless the parties consent to an extension.  A majority decision of the board shall be final and binding upon the parties to the proceedings.  The judgment upon the award entered by the arbiters may be entered in any court of proper jurisdiction and may be enforced in any such court. By agreement between two members of the board, the time intervals contained in this Article will be extended.

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbiter and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the umpire. The remaining costs of the arbitration proceedings shall be allocated by the board.

 

5



 

This Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

5.               Offset . The Company and the Reinsurer have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other under this Agreement or under any other agreements between the parties. In the event of the insolvency of the Company or the Reinsurer, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable law.

 

6.               Taxes . The Reinsurer shall have no liability for any taxes payable with respect to this Agreement or the Policy.

 

7.               Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of law rules thereof.

 

8.               Follow the Fortunes; Honorable Undertaking; No Third Party Rights .  Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, interpretations, waivers, the exact proportion of premiums paid to the Company and to the same modifications, alterations and cancellations as the Policy, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Reinsurer shall, in every case to which this Agreement applies and in the proportion specified in this Agreement, follow the fortunes of the Company.  This Agreement shall be construed as an honorable undertaking between the Company and the Reinsurer and shall not be defeated by technical legal constructions.  However, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to expand the liability of the Reinsurer beyond what is specifically assumed thereunder by creating rights of any third party, including any insured of the Company, in or under this Agreement.

 

9.               Notices .  All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be hand delivered, sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, mailed by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by an overnight delivery service, addressed to the party at its address set forth below or to such other address as such party may designate in writing:

 

If to the Company:

 

JCJ Insurance Company

Harborside Professional Building

85 Prim Road

PO Box 450

Colchester, VT 05446

Attn:  K. WESTOVER

Fax:  802-863-2198

 

6



 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

KRE Reinsurance Ltd.

Victoria Hall

PO Box HM 1826

Hamilton, Bermuda HM HX

Telecopier No.: 441-292-1563

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

with a copy to;

 

Capital Re Solutions Incorporated

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Telecopier No.; 212-581-3268

Attn: General Counsel

 

10.         Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and Reinsurer and their respective successors and  assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

11.         Amendment .  No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of each party.

 

12.         Headings .  The headings used in this Agreement are intended and inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Agreement.

 

13.         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by the parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof signed by less than both, but together signed by both, of the parties hereto.

 

14.         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the contents of this Agreement, and supersedes prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, oral and written, with respect hereto.

 

15.         Waiver .  No waiver of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the party granting the waiver. The failure of a party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver by such party of such provision. The past waiver of a provision by a party shall not constitute a course of conduct or waiver in the future of that same provision.

 

7



 

16.         Cancellation .  This Agreement may be canceled by the Reinsurer for non-payment of the Reinsurance Premium, but shall not be cancelable for any other reason by either party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of December [ 29 ], 1999.

 

 

KRE REINSURANCE LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L Carne

 

 

Name:  REBECCA L CARNE

 

 

Title:  Asst. Sec.

 

 

JCJ INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

/s/ Gerald M. Florence

 

 

Name:  Gerald M. Florence

 

Title:  Vice President

 

8



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

RESIDUAL VALUE INSURANCE POLICY

 

between

 

WORLD OMNI FINANCIAL CORP

(the “Insured”)

 

and

 

JCJ INSURANCE COMPANY

(the “Insurer”)

 

3.5% xs 8.5% Layer

 

Policy number LRV0002

 

This Amended and Restated Residual Value Insurance Policy (this “Policy”) amends and restates in its entirety the Residual Value Insurance Policy dated as of December 29, 1999 entered into by and between the Insured and the Insurer. In consideration of the Premium and in reliance upon the information provided by the Insured to the Insurer, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.  TERM OF POLICY

 

The Policy shall be effective as of July 1, 1999 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue in force until the last Scheduled Lease Termination Date or, if applicable, the last Revised Lease Termination Date to occur with respect to the Covered Leases (the “Term”).

 

ARTICLE 2.  PREMIUM

 

The premium payable to the Insurer hereunder (the “Premium”) is $26,250,000. The Premium is net of all taxes and brokerage commissions. The Premium is payable in three equal installments, as follows: (i) the first installment is payable within 10 days following execution of this Policy; (ii) the second installment is payable on July 1, 2000 and (iii) the third installment is payable on January 1, 2001.

 

ARTICLE 3.  INSURING CLAUSE; COINSURANCE

 

The Insurer shall pay 90% of Covered Losses in excess of the Attachment Point up to the Limit of Liability.

 

The Insured shall retain net for its account and not insure (i) Covered Losses up to the Attachment Point and (ii) 10% of Covered Losses in excess of the Attachment Point up to the Limit of Liability.

 



 

ARTICLE 4.  DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them below;

 

Actual Termination

Date:                                                                                                                     With respect to a lease transaction, the date that is 31 days after the date on which the final lease payment thereunder is required to be made; provided, if the final lease payment is prepaid, “Actual Termination Date” shall mean the date on which the final lease payment is made.

 

Adjusted Black

Book Wholesale

Average Value:                                                               The “average wholesale” value established by the Black Book Used Car Market Guide, provided monthly by National Auto Research. This publication sets forth the current market value at the Scheduled Lease Termination Date for each Covered Lease by make, model and optional equipment.

 

Attachment Point:                                                Covered Losses equal to $423,665,329 (i.e., 8.5% of the In-force Aggregate Residual Value).

 

Covered Lease:                                                               Each lease transaction with respect to an automobile included in the Data Base that (i) is outstanding as of the Effective Date, (ii) has a Disposal Date that is no later than 90 days after the Actual Termination Date for such lease transaction and (iii) actually terminates no earlier than 60 days prior to its Scheduled Lease Termination Date and no later than six months after its Scheduled Lease Termination Date; provided, however, a lease transaction that terminates within 180 days prior to its Scheduled Lease Termination Date shall also be included as a Covered Lease if, and only if, clauses (i) and (ii) above are satisfied and Loss arising from such lease transaction is no greater than 90% of the Expected Loss for such lease transaction, and provided that only 30,802 lease transactions may be included as Covered Leases pursuant to this proviso (each lease transaction meeting the criteria of this proviso is referred to herein as an “Early Termination Covered Lease”); provided, further, a lease transaction that terminates more than six months after its Scheduled Lease Termination Date shall also be included as a Covered Lease if, and only if, clauses (i) and (ii) above are satisfied and (x) a Lease Extension is made with respect to such Covered Lease, (y) Loss arising from such lease transaction is less than the Expected Loss for such lease transaction and (z) such lease transaction actually terminates no earlier than its Revised Lease Termination Date.

 

2



 

Covered Losses:                                                        Quarterly Losses paid by the Insured with respect to Covered Leases.

 

Data Base:                                                                                        The electronic files provided to Capital Re Solutions Incorporated by the Insured on December 10, 1999 entitled “LeMansAcctDetail” and “ALGAcctDetail” that satisfy the “PORT2” ABS Field (a total of 308,028 records).

 

Depreciation:                                                                          With respect to an automobile that is the subject of a Lease Extension, an amount equal to the Revised Lease Payment for such Lease Extension less interest at an annual rate of 7.75% on the WOFCO Residual Value for such automobile.

 

Disposal Date:                                                                   With respect to a lease transaction, the date on which the automobile covered by such lease is sold.

 

Early Termination

Covered Lease:                                                               See definition of Covered Lease.

 

Excess Damage:                                                            With respect to a Covered Lease, the amount payable by the lessee under such Covered Lease to the Insured to restore the automobile which is the subject of such Covered Lease to the Insured’s standard for normal wear and tear (whether or not actually recovered).

 

Excess Mileage:                                                            With respect to a Covered Lease, the cost associated with excess mileage calculated in accordance with the terms of such Covered Lease (whether or not actually recovered).

 

Expected Loss:                                                                 With respect to an automobile included in the Data Base, the amount set forth in the Data Base with respect to such automobile under the column headed [GAIN_LOSS].

 

Gain:                                                                                                                   With respect to an automobile included in the Data Base, an amount equal to Net Realized Value for such automobile less WOFCO Residual Value for such automobile; provided, if such calculation results in a negative amount, Gain with respect to such automobile shall equal zero.

 

In-force Aggregate

Residual Value:                                                               $4,984,297,988.

 

Lease Extension:                                                        The extension of a lease transaction for periods of 12 to 47 months.

 

Limit of

Liability:                                                                                                   Covered Losses equal to $157,005,386 (i.e., 90% of 3.5% of In-force Aggregate Residual Value).

 

3



Loss:                                                                                                                    (i) With respect to an automobile included in the Data Base other than an automobile described in clause (ii) below, an amount equal to WOFCO Residual Value for such automobile less Net Realized Value for such automobile; provided, if the calculation described in this clause (i) results in a negative amount, Loss with respect to such automobile shall equal zero, and (ii) with respect to an automobile leased pursuant to an Early Termination Covered Lease, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 75% of Expected Loss for such automobile and (B) an amount equal to WOFCO Residual Value for such automobile less Net Realized Value for such automobile; provided, if the calculation described in this sub clause (B) results in a negative amount, Loss with respect to such automobile shall equal zero.

 

Net Realized

Value:                                                                                                                With respect to an automobile included in the Data Base, the greater of the following:

 

              Adjusted Black Book Wholesale Average Value for such automobile; and

 

              Net Sales Price for such automobile plus Excess Mileage and Excess Damage.

 

Net Sales Price:                                                               With respect to an automobile included in the Data Base, the price actually received in a commercially reasonable sale of such automobile, net of any reasonable expenses to affect such sale.

 

Quarterly Loss:                                                               With respect to any calendar quarter during the Term, the sum of all Losses with respect to Covered Leases that terminate in such calendar quarter less the sum of all Gains with respect to Covered Leases that terminate in such calendar quarter.

 

Revised Lease

Payment:                                                                                                With respect to a Lease Extension, the greater of (i) the monthly amount payable under such Lease Extension and (ii) 87.5%, 77.5% or 72.5% (with respect to a 12-23 month, 24-35 month and 36-47 month extension, respectively) of the original monthly lease payment.

 

4



 

Revised Lease

Termination Date:                                                  With respect to a Covered Lease which is the subject of a Lease Extension, the date that is 31 days after the date scheduled for the final lease payment to be made under such Lease Extension; provided, if the final lease payment is prepaid, “Revised Lease Termination Date” shall mean the date on which the final lease payment is made.

 

Scheduled Lease

Termination Date:                                                  With respect to a Covered Lease, the date that is 31 days after the date originally scheduled for the final lease payment to be made under such Covered Lease; provided, if the final lease payment is prepaid, “Scheduled Termination Date” shall mean the date on which the final lease payment is made.

 

WOFCO Residual

Value;                                                                                                               With respect to an automobile included in the Data Base, the amount set forth in the Data Base with respect to such automobile under the column headed [WOFC-RESID]; provided, however, with respect to an automobile included in the Data Base that is the subject of a Lease Extension, WOFCO Residual Value means the amount set forth in the Data Base with respect to such automobile under the column headed [WOFC_RESID] less the portion of the Revised Lease Payment that represents Depreciation of such automobile.

 

ARTICLE 5 ACCOUNTS AND REMITTANCES

 

Within 30 calendar days following the close of each calendar quarter, the Insured will provide the Insurer with a statement of Quarterly Losses for such calendar quarter. Once the Attachment Point has been reached, to the extent Quarterly Losses is a positive amount, the Insurer shall pay 90% of Quarterly Losses, subject to the Limit of Liability, no later than the last day of the calendar quarter in which such Quarterly Statement is received. To the extent Quarterly Losses is a negative amount, the absolute value of such amount will be considered excess Gain and shall be carried forward and included in the calculation of Quarterly Loss for the following calendar quarter. All amounts payable by one party hereto to the other party hereto shall be transmitted through McGriff, Seibels & Williams, Inc., 2211 7 th Avenue South, Birmingham, Alabama 35233.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 6.  REPORTS; ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

Within 30 days following the end of each calendar month during the Term, the Insured shall send the Insurer a report (which may be in electronic format) containing the information in the format described in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

The Insurer, its authorized representatives and its retrocessionaires shall have access to the books and records of the Insured at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Policy or its subject matter and the right to make copies thereof (at its own expense).

 

ARTICLE 7.  COVENANTS

 

The Insured shall not modify or terminate any end-of-term servicing or remarketing arrangements without the prior written consent of the Insurer,

 

The Insured shall not sell all or substantially all of the Covered Leases without the written consent of the Insurer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Without the prior written consent of the Insurer, the Insured shall not modify its current or committed servicing, remarketing or loss mitigation practices with respect to the Covered Leases; shall continue to exercise the level of diligence in connection with such practices as it currently exercises; and in all events shall conduct such servicing, remarketing and loss mitigation as if no insurance existed hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 8.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.                                        Offset .  The Insured and the Insurer have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other hereunder. In the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable law.

 

2.                                        Governing Law .  This Policy shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of law principles.

 

3.                                        Assignment .  This Policy shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Insurer and the Insured and their respective successors and assigns. This Policy may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

4.                                        Amendment .  No amendment or modification of this Policy shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of each party.

 

5.                                        Insolvency .  The Insurer’s liability hereunder shall not increase or decrease as a result of the receivership, insolvency or inability to pay of the Insured.

 

6



 

6.                                        Headings .  The headings used in this Policy are intended and inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Policy.

 

7.                                        Counterparts .  This Policy may be executed by the parties in separate counterparts; each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof signed by less than both, but together signed by both, of the parties hereto.

 

8.                                        Entire Agreement .  This Policy constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the contents of this Policy, and supersedes prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, oral and written, with respect hereto.

 

9.                                        Waiver .  No waiver of this Policy shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the party granting the waiver.  The failure of a party to enforce any provision of this Policy shall not constitute a waiver by such party of such provision.  The past waiver of a provision by a party shall not constitute a course of conduct or waiver in the future of that same provision.

 

10.                                  Taxes .  Any taxes payable with respect to this Policy shall be borne by the Insured and shall be paid directly by the Insured.

 

11.                                  Cancellation .  This Policy may be canceled by the Insurer for non-payment of the Premium, but shall not be cancelable for any other reason by either party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Policy to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of December 30, 1999.

 

WORLD OMNI FINANCIAL CORP

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan Browdy

 

 

Name:  Alan Browdy

 

Title:    Vice President

 

 

JCJ INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathryn Westover

 

 

Name:  Kathryn Westover

 

Title:    ARS Management

 

02 as Managers

 

7



 

Schedule 1

 

The following information shall be provided by the Insured to the Insurer within thirty days following the end of each month during the Term:

 

a)    Number of Units;

b)    Amount of Loss under the Agreement;

c)    WOFCO Residual Value;

d)    ALG Projected Gain/(Loss) Value;

 

The information shall be summarized by Scheduled Termination Month for each of the 21 Term Group Codes. Summaries shall also be provided for each Scheduled Termination Year and in total.

 

The ALG Projected Gain/(Loss) Value shall be determined from the ALG Gain_Loss Column for the ALGAcctDetails electronic file. For those records contained in the LeMansAcctDetail file, the ALG Projected Gain/(Loss) shall be calculated as the product of the WOFC_MSRP and the ALG_PCT less the WOFC_RESID.

 

8




Exhibit 10.36

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

Effective: January 1, 2001

 

between

 

Westchester Fire Insurance Company

New York, New York

(the “Company”)

 

and

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.
Hamilton, Bermuda
(the “Reinsurer”)

 

Preamble

 

Whereas, the Reinsurer will be assuming facultative reinsurance from the Company on lines of business for which the Company is duly licensed under Section 1113 and Section 4102(c) of the Insurance Laws of the State of New York; and

 

Whereas, by this Agreement, the Company wishes to cede to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer is willing to assume reinsurance on a facultative basis on certain Policies to be underwritten by the Company, in an amount and limit to be determined on a policy-by-policy basis; and

 

Whereas, the Reinsurer and the Company intend to execute and deliver all of the Facultative Certificates in accordance with terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Now Therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company and Reinsurer agree as follows:

 

Article I - Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance

 

1.1  The Company hereby cedes as reinsurance to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer hereby accepts as reinsurance from the Company the share of each Policy that is specified and agreed to by the parties in a Facultative Certificate (such reinsurance is referred to individually and collectively herein as “Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance”). The terms of each Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance (including, without limitation, the premium, retention and limits thereof) will be determined by the Company and the Reinsurer on a policy-by-policy basis and evidenced by a duly executed Facultative Certificate between the Reinsurer and the Company.  In all cases, Company and Reinsurer hereby acknowledge that a full-time employee or officer of Company will retain final decision making authority with respect to all reinsurance ceded hereunder.

 

1.2  On each Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance, the Reinsurer agrees to reimburse the Company for its share of the following:

 



 

1.2.1         All Loss payments made by the Company on the Policy ceded pursuant to such Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance; and

 

1.2.2         Allocated Loss Expense with respect to such Policy.

 

1.3  Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement, the Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance provided with respect to a Policy ceded hereunder shall be in effect concurrently with such Policy, unless otherwise provided in the Facultative Certificate relating to such Policy. To the extent of its interest, the Reinsurer shall follow the fortunes of the Company in all matters coming within the scope of this Agreement, which shall be liberally construed.

 

Article II - Commencement and Termination

 

2.1  This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect unless terminated in accordance with this Article.

 

2.2  Either party to this Agreement may elect to terminate its participation in this Agreement on thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party.

 

2.3  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the other party in the event that the other party (i) becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a trustee or receiver for the major part of its property; (ii) becomes the subject of bankruptcy, reorganization, rearrangements, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings for relief of creditors and such proceedings are not stayed or discharged within ninety (90) days after being commenced; (iii) is acquired by another entity, unless such acquiring entity is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by ACE Limited; (iv) fails to obtain or maintain any licenses, permits or other qualifications that are required by law to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement and such failure remains uncured after fifteen (15) days; or (v) commits abandonment, fraud or willful misconduct in connection with the provision of services under this Agreement.

 

2.4  Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either party of its obligations under this Agreement up to the effective date of termination.  Further, termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either party of its obligations with respect to Policies ceded hereunder prior to the effective date of termination of this Agreement.

 

2.5  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any law or regulation of the Federal or State or Local Government of any jurisdiction in which the Company or Reinsurer is doing business should render the enforcement of this Agreement, in whole or in part, illegal within a given jurisdiction, the affected party may, upon written notice to the other party, suspend, abrogate, or amend this Agreement insofar as it applies to such jurisdiction, to the extent necessary to comply with such law or regulation.  Such cancellation, suspension, abrogation or amendment of this Agreement shall in no way affect any other portion thereof.

 

2



 

Article III - Other Reinsurance

 

The Company is permitted, but not required, to purchase facultative and/or treaty reinsurance on business subject to this Agreement.

 

Article IV - Definitions

 

The following terms have the respective meanings set forth below, Other terms are defined elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

4.1  “Allocated Loss Expense” means expenses allocable to the investigation, defense, resistance to and/or settlement of claims and losses, including litigation expenses, interest on judgments and legal expenses incurred in connection with coverage questions and legal actions, including declaratory judgment actions, connected thereto, but excluding the normal office expenses and salary charges of regular employees or officials of the Company except in the case of claim adjusters or staff attorneys, and then only when the time spent and any expenses of the adjuster or staff attorney is definitely allocable to a specific claim.

 

4.2  “Company” means Westchester Fire Insurance Company, a New York domesticated insurance company.

 

4.3  “Effective Date” means the date this Agreement took effect as designated in the title on Page 1.

 

4.4  “Facultative Certificate” means the certificate to be executed and delivered by the Reinsurer and the Company to evidence each Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance, which certificate shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit “A” hereto.

 

4.5  “Loss” and “Losses” means the amount paid by the Company or for which the Company has become liable to pay for any claim, settlement, award, or judgment under a Policy ceded hereunder, after making deductions for all recoveries, salvages and subrogations actually collected, and inuring reinsurance, whether collected or not.

 

4.6  “Policy” and “Policies” mean any policies, contracts, binders of insurance or reinsurance issued or renewed by the Company.

 

4.7  “Reinsurer” means ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., a Bermuda insurance company.

 

4.8  “Required Amount” means the market value of assets the Reinsurer is required to maintain in the Trust Account to satisfy purposes (a) through (c) in Section 11.8.

 

Article V - Claims and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

5.1  In the event of a Loss which in the Company’s opinion is likely to give rise to a claim under a Facultative Certificate, notice thereof shall be given to the Reinsurer.

 

3



 

5.2  The Company will be the sole judge as to what constitutes a claim or loss covered under the Policies ceded hereunder and as to the Company’s liabilities thereunder. The Company shall, at its sole discretion, adjust, investigate, settle, compromise or defend all claims and losses. All loss settlements made by the Company shall be binding upon the Reinsurer, and amounts falling to the share of the Reinsurer shall he payable by it upon reasonable evidence of the amount paid or to be paid being given by the Company.

 

5.3  When requested by the Reinsurer, the Company shall permit the Reinsurer, at the expense of the Reinsurer, to be associated with the Company in the defense of any claim, loss, or legal proceeding which involves, or is likely to involve, the Reinsurer.

 

Article VI - Salvage and Subrogation

 

6.1  The Company hereby agrees to enforce its rights to salvage or subrogation relating to any loss, a part of which loss was sustained by the Reinsurer, and to prosecute all claims arising out of such rights. In the event the Company shall refuse or neglect to enforce its rights to salvage or subrogation, the Reinsurer is authorized and empowered to bring any appropriate action in the name of the Company or its policyholder or otherwise to enforce those rights, and the Company shall cooperate fully with the Reinsurer in its efforts to enforce those rights.

 

6.2  The Company and the Reinsurer shall share in the cost and expense of any unsuccessful salvage or subrogation efforts in the same proportion that the Company and the Reinsurer shared in the loss giving rise to those salvage or subrogation efforts.

 

6.3  The Reinsurer shall be credited with subrogation and salvage (i.e., reimbursement obtained or recovery made by the Company, less the actual cost, excluding salaries of officials and employees of the Company and sums paid to attorneys as retainer, of obtaining such reimbursement or making such recovery) on account of claims and settlements involving reinsurance hereunder.  With respect to all excess of loss Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance, subrogation and salvage shall be used to reimburse the Reinsurer for its portion of the loss before being used to reimburse the Company for its portion of the loss under its retention. With respect to all proportional Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance, subrogation and salvage shall be shared between die Company and the Reinsurer in accordance with their proportionate shares.

 

Article VII - Original Conditions

 

7.1  Except as otherwise provided in a Facultative Certificate, all Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance under this Agreement shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions and waivers, and to the same modifications and alterations, as the respective Policies of the Company.

 

7.2  Nothing herein shall in any manner create any obligations or establish any rights against the Reinsurer in favor of any third party or any persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

4



 

Article VIII - Reports and Remittances

 

Within thirty (30) days of the last day of each quarter, the Company shall provide the Reinsurer with such reports as are specified in the Facultative Certificates.

 

Losses payable under any Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance shall be paid within the time period specified in the applicable Facultative Certificate.

 

Article IX - Access to Books and Records

 

9.1  The Company and the Reinsurer and their respective duly authorized representatives shall, at all reasonable times, each be permitted access to all books and records of the other pertaining to the Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance which is issued pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.2  Reinsurer shall keep, in a manner and form approved by Company, accurate and complete books of account, records and files, in either written or electronic form, of all business conducted under and pursuant to this Agreement (the “Books and Records”).

 

9.3  Reinsurer and Company shall make all of the Books and Records available to the other for examination and inspection by duly authorized representatives of Company or Reinsurer, upon reasonable notice, at any time during ordinary business hours.

 

9.4  Company shall make all of the Books and Records available for examination and inspection by the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York or his duly authorized representatives, upon reasonable notice, at any time during ordinary business hours.

 

9.5  The Company and Reinsurer hereby acknowledge that nothing in this Agreement is intended to change, diminish or in any way modify its commitments which the Company made to the New York Insurance Department in connection with its acquisition by ACE Limited, as set forth in letters dated November 14, 1997, December 5, 1997 and December 23, 1997.

 

Article X - Regulatory Matters

 

10.1          No services shall be provided under this Agreement unless the entity or natural person who performs such services possesses all licenses, permits and other qualifications that are required by law to perform such services.

 

Article XI - Security

 

11.1          The Reinsurer may enter into a trust agreement with the Company (the “Trust Agreement”) and a Qualified United States Financial Institution (the “Trustee”) in a form acceptable to the Company and establish a trust account (the “Trust Account”) for the benefit of the Company with respect to the liabilities assumed by the Reinsurer hereunder. The Trust

 

5



 

Agreement shall be in strict compliance with the terms of Regulation 114 promulgated pursuant to the New York Insurance Laws.

 

11.2          The Reinsurer agrees to deposit and maintain in said Trust Account assets to be held in trust by the Trustee for the benefit of the Company as security for the payment of the Reinsurer’s obligations to the Company under this Agreement, as specified in Section 11.8 of this Agreement. Such assets shall be maintained in the Trust Account by the Reinsurer as long as the Reinsurer continues to remain liable for any Policy ceded hereunder as provided in Section 2.4 of this Agreement.

 

11.3          The Reinsurer agrees that the assets so deposited shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit (issued by a United States Bank and payable in United States legal tender), and investments of the types permitted by the New York Insurance Law or any combination of the previously mentioned.

 

11.4          The Reinsurer, prior to depositing assets with the Trustee, shall execute all assignments, endorsements in blank, and transfer legal title to the Trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignments, in order that the Company, or the Trustee upon direction of the Company, may whenever necessary negotiate any such assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity.

 

11.5          The Reinsurer shall deposit into the Trust Account an amount sufficient to cover the Reinsurer’s obligations to the Company as set forth in Section 11.8 of this Agreement.

 

11.6          At the end of each quarter, the Company shall determine if the Trust Account is adequately funded with respect to the Company’s liabilities reinsured hereunder.  If the Company determines that the Trust Account is not adequately funded, i.e. , the Trust Account contains less than the Required Amount, the Company shall send the Reinsurer a notice specifying the amount of the inadequacy and the Reinsurer shall deposit such amount in the Trust Account within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice.

 

11.7          All settlements of account under the Trust Agreement between the Company and the Reinsurer shall be made in cash or its equivalent.

 

11.8          The Company and the Reinsurer agree that the assets in the Trust Account may be withdrawn by the Company at any time, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, provided such assets are applied and utilized by the Company or any successor of the Company by operation of law, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or the Reinsurer, only for the following purposes:

 

(a)            to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of any Losses paid by the Company with respect to Policies reinsured hereunder, if not otherwise paid by the Reinsurer;

 

(b)            to fund an account with the Company in an amount at least equal to the deduction, for reinsurance retroceded, from the Company’s liabilities with respect to Policies

 

6



 

reinsured hereunder.  Such account shall include, but not be limited to, amounts for policy reserves, claims and losses incurred (including losses incurred but not reported), and unearned premium reserves; and

 

(c)            to pay any other amount the Company claims are due under this Agreement.

 

11.9          The Reinsurer shall have the right to seek the Company’s approval to withdraw all or any part of the assets from the Trust Account and transfer such assets to the Reinsurer, provided that:

 

(a)            the Reinsurer shall, at the time of withdrawal, replace the withdrawn assets with other assets of a type permitted hereunder having a market value equal to the market value of the assets withdrawn, so as to maintain the Trust Account in the Required Amount, or

 

(b)            after such withdrawal and transfer, the market value of the Trust Account is no less than 102% of the Required Amount.

 

In the event that the Reinsurer seeks the Company’s approval hereunder, the Company shall not unreasonably or arbitrarily withhold its approval.

 

11.10        In the event that the Company withdraws assets from the Trust Account for the purposes set forth in Section 11.8 (a) or (b) in excess of actual amounts required to meet the Reinsurer’s obligations to the Company, or in excess of amounts determined to be due under Section 11.8 (c), the Company will return such excess to the Reinsurer, plus interest at the prime (or base) rate or interest.  In the event of a dispute arising under this Article XI, the arbitration panel established pursuant to Article XIII of this Agreement shall have the right to award interest at a rate that is determined to be equitable, and may award attorney’s fees, arbitration costs and other expenses.

 

11.11        At the option of the Reinsurer, letters of credit meeting the requirements of New York Insurance Regulation 133 (“Letters of Credit” or, in the singular, “Letter of Credit”) may be substituted in whole or in part for the Trust Account. Any such Letter of Credit will be procured from a Qualified United States Financial Institution, and may be drawn down at any time by the Company, only for the purposes set forth in Section 11.8 (a), (b) or (c) of this Agreement, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or the Reinsurer. If the Company receives notification of nonrenewal of a Letter of Credit and if Reinsurer’s entire obligations under this Agreement remain unliquidated and undischarged ten (10) days prior to such expiration date, the Company may obtain a cash deposit equal to such obligations, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or Reinsurer, and deposit such amount in the name of the Reinsurer in any United States bank or trust company, apart from its general assets, in trust for such uses and purposes as specified in Section 11.8 of this Agreement. If the Letter of Credit is drawn down, the provisions of section 11.8 shall apply to the amount so drawn and the Company shall immediately return to Reinsurer any amounts drawn down on the Letter of Credit that are subsequently determined not to be due.

 

7



 

11.12        If Letters of Credit are substituted in whole or in part for the Trust Account, as permitted by Section 11.11 of this Agreement, there shall be an adjustment after receipt of each quarterly report to ensure that the collective security provided by the Trust Account and any such Letters of Credit is equal to (but not greater or less man) the Required Amount.  If such collective security is determined to be less than the Required Amount, the Reinsurer, shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such excess, secure delivery to the Company of an amendment of the Letter of Credit or additional Letters of Credit, increasing the amount of credit by the amount of such deficiency.  If such collective security is determined to be more than the Required Amount, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written request from the Reinsurer, release such excess credit by consenting to an amendment to the Letter or Letters of Credit, reducing the amount of credit available by the amount of such excess credit.

 

11.13        The issuing bank will have no responsibility whatsoever in connection with the propriety of withdrawals made by the Company or the disposition of funds withdrawn, except to ensure that withdrawals are made only upon the order of properly authorized representatives of the Company.

 

Article XII - Insolvency

 

12.1          In the event of insolvency of the Company, payments under this Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance shall be made by the Reinsurer immediately upon demand to the conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor of the Company, or to such other person as shall be legally responsible or entitled to receive such payments, on the basis of the liability of the Company under any Policy ceded hereunder, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because such conservator, liquidator, receiver or statutory successor has failed to pay all or a portion of any claims. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to any Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance the Facultative Certificate for which specifies another payee in the event of the insolvency of the Company. In the event of the Company’s insolvency, the conservator, liquidator, receiver, or statutory successor of the Company shall give the Reinsurer written notice of the pendency of any claim against the Company involving a Policy ceded hereunder within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding, and during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where the claim is to be adjudicated any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its conservator, liquidator, receiver or Statutory successor. Subject to court approval, the expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable against the Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

Article XIII - Arbitration

 

13.1          Any dispute or difference arising with reference to the applicable interpretation or effect of this Agreement or any Intercompany Facultative Reinsurance, or any part thereof, shall be referred to a Board of Arbitration (the “Board”) of two (2) arbitrators and an umpire.

 

8



 

13.2          The members of the Board shall be active or retired disinterested officers of insurance or reinsurance companies. One arbitrator shall be chosen by the party initiating the arbitration and designated in the letter requesting arbitration. The other party shall respond, within thirty (30) days, advising of its arbitrator. The umpire shall thereafter be chosen by the two (2) arbitrators.

 

13.3          In the event either party fails to designate its arbitrator as indicated above, the other party is hereby authorized and empowered to name the second arbitrator, and the party which failed to designate its arbitrator shall be deemed to have waived its right to designate an arbitrator and shall not be aggrieved thereby.  The two (2) arbitrators shall then have thirty (30) days within which to choose an umpire. If they are unable to do so, the umpire shall be chosen by the manager of the American Arbitration Association who shall be a person meeting the qualifications set forth above. Each party shall submit its case to the Board within one (1) month from the date of the appointment of the umpire, but this period of time may be extended by unanimous written consent of the Board.

 

13.4          The sittings of the Board shall take place in New York, New York, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties.  The Board shall make its decision with regard to the custom and usage of the insurance and reinsurance business.  The Board is released from all judicial formalities and may abstain from the strict rules of law. The written decision of a majority of the Board shall be rendered within sixty (60) days following the termination of the Board’s hearings, unless the parties consent to an extension. Such majority decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon the parties both as to law and fact, and may not be appealed to any court of any jurisdiction.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the Board in any court of proper jurisdiction.

 

13.5          Each party shall bear the fees and expenses of the arbitrator selected by or on its behalf, and the parties shall bear the fees and expenses of the umpire as determined by the Board.

 

13.6          The arbitration section of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement and be deemed to be an obligation of the parties which is independent of, and without regard to, the validity of this Agreement.

 

Article XIV - Severability

 

14.1          In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Article XV – Offset

 

15.1          The Company and the Reinsurer may offset any balance(s) or other amount(s) due from one party to the other under this Agreement or any other reinsurance agreement heretofore or hereafter entered into between the Company and the Reinsurer, whether acting as assuming reinsurer or ceding company, provided, however, that in the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with the provisions of Section 7427 of the Insurance Law of the State of New York.

 

9



 

Article XVI – Miscellaneous

 

16.1          This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any right hereunder may be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party affected thereby.

 

16.2          This Agreement has been made pursuant to, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of laws doctrine.

 

16.3          This Agreement (and any written amendments to it) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

16.4          This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original for all purposes and all of which shall be deemed, collectively, one and the same instrument and agreement.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is hereby executed by duly authorized officers of the parties hereto as of the date first above written.

 

 

WESTCHESTER FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert E. Omahne

 

 

 

Name:

Robert E. Omahne

 

 

Title:

Atty in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

 

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title:

Director

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FACULTATIVE CERTIFICATE

 

EVIDENCING AN

 

INTERCOMPANY FACULTATIVE REINSURANCE

 

PURSUANT TO

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001

 

BETWEEN

 

WESTCHESTER FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

AND

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

Facultative Certificate Number:

 

Original Insured:

 

Covered Policy:

 

Effective Date of Reinsurance (if different from Covered Policy):

 

Expiration Date of Reinsurance (if different from Covered Policy)

 

Reinsurance Premium:

 

Ceding Commission:

 

Form of Reinsurance (QS or EOL):

 

Reinsurer’s Quota Share Percentage (if applicable):

 

Reinsurer’s Attachment Point (if applicable):

 

Reinsurer’s Limit of Liability (if applicable):

 

Location of Risk (if different from Covered Policy):

 

12



 

Deviations from coverage provided under Covered Policy:

 

Reports and Loss Payments:

 

Other Terms:

 

The cession evidenced by this Facultative Certificate shall be subject to all the terms and conditions contained in the Reinsurance Agreement referenced above.

 

 

Signed at New York, New York, on behalf of
Westchester Fire Insurance Company

 

Counter-Signed at Hamilton, Bermuda, on
behalf of ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Representative

 

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

13



 

FACULTATIVE CERTIFICATE

 

EVIDENCING AN

 

INTERCOMPANY FACULTATIVE REINSURANCE

 

PURSUANT TO

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001

 

BETWEEN

 

WESTCHESTER FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY (THE “COMPANY”)

 

AND

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD. (THE “REINSURER”)

 

Facultative Certificate Number:

 

2001-1

 

 

 

Original Insured:

 

Chase Manhattan Automotive Finance Corporation
900 Stewart Avenue
Garden City, New York 11530

 

 

 

Covered Policy:

 

Residual Value Insurance Policy effective as of December 31, 2000 issued by the Company to the Original Insured, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

 

 

Effective Date of Reinsurance (if different from Covered Policy):

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date of Reinsurance (if different from Covered Policy)

 

 

 

 

 

Reinsurance Premium:

 

$84,000,000, payable up front. The premium is net of the Reinsurer’s share of all taxes and brokerage.

 

 

 

Ceding Commission:

 

None.

 

 

 

Form of Reinsurance (QS or EOL):

 

Quota share. For the avoidance of doubt, the Reinsurer is liable for the Reinsurer’s Quota Share Percentage of the Profit Share Amount (if any), as well as the Reinsurer’s Quota Share Percentage of Covered Losses (subject, in the case of Covered Losses, to the Reinsurer’s Limit of Liability).

 



 

Reinsurer’s Quota Share Percentage (if applicable):

 

75%.

 

 

 

Reinsurer’s Attachment Point (if applicable):

 

Covered Losses equal to $280 million.

 

 

 

Reinsurer’s Limit of Liability (if applicable):

 

Covered Losses equal to $165 million.

 

 

 

Location of Risk (if different from Covered Policy):

 

 

 

 

 

Deviations from coverage provided under Covered Policy:

 

 

 

 

 

Reports and Loss Payments:

 

The Company will promptly provide to the Reinsurer copies of all reports received pursuant to the terms of the Covered Policy. Covered Losses and Profit Share Amounts payable by the Reinsurer hereunder shall be paid to or at the direction of the Company no later than the date such amounts are payable by the Company to the Original Insured. The Reinsurer shall pay Allocated Loss Expenses promptly following receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

 

 

Other Terms:

 

The Company shall not amend the Covered Policy without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer.

 

The cession evidenced by this Facultative Certificate shall be subject to all the terms and conditions contained in the Reinsurance Agreement referenced above.

 

Signed at New York, New York, on behalf of
Westchester Fire Insurance Company

 

Counter-Signed at Hamilton, Bermuda, on
behalf of ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert E. Omahne

 

 

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

Authorized Representative

 

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

Date: August 27, 2001

 

Date: Aug 23, 01

 

2



 

Exhibit A

 

ace usa

 

WESTCHESTER FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

This Policy is issued by the stock insurance company listed above (herein “Insurer”).

 

FREE TRADE ZONE

 

NOTICE: THESE POLICY FORMS AND THE APPLICABLE RATES ARE EXEMPT FROM THE FILING REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEW YORK STATE INSURANCE DEPARTMENT. HOWEVER, SUCH FORMS AND RATES MUST MEET THE MINIMUM STANDARDS OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW AND REGULATIONS.

 

DECLARATIONS

 

Policy No.

CRS D3 407305 3

 

 

Item 1.

Insured: Chase Manhattan Automotive Finance Corporation
Address: 900 Stewart Avenue, Garden City, New York, 11530

 

 

Item 2.

Policy Period: From 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 2000 until the Final Payment Date.
(Local time at the address shown in Item 1)

 

 

Item 3.

Limit of Liability: $220 million in the absolute aggregate excess of $280 million.

 

 

Item 4.

Policy Premium: $121,000,000

 

 

Item 5.

Endorsements to the General Conditions and Limitations Effective at Inception: N/A

 

 

Execution Copy

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Insurer has caused this Policy to be signed by its President and Secretary and countersigned by a duly authorized representative of the Insurer.

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

/s/ George D. Mulligan

 

 

President

 

GEORGE D. MULLIGAN, Secretary

 

 

 

 

POLICY ISSUANCE DATE: 02/05/01

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert E. Omahne

 

 

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

 

Atty in Fact

 

2



 

ace usa

 

RESIDUAL VALUE INSURANCE POLICY

 

In consideration of the payment of the Premium (as defined below) and in reliance upon the statements and representations made to Westchester Fire Insurance Company (the “Insurer”) by Chase Manhattan Automotive Finance Corporation (the “Insured”) in its Submission (as defined below), and subject to the terms, conditions, exclusions and limitations contained herein or in any endorsements added hereto, all of which collectively constitute the “Policy”, the Insurer and the Insured agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1. TERM

 

This Policy shall be effective as of 11:59 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on December 31, 2000 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue in force until the Final Payment Date (as defined below) (the “Term”).

 

ARTICLE 2. PREMIUM AND ADDITIONAL PREMIUM

 

The premium payable to the Insurer hereunder (the “Premium”) is $121 million. The Premium is gross of all taxes and brokerage commissions. The Premium is payable on March 5, 2001 (the “Premium Payment Date”). In the event Covered Losses exceed $435 million, the Insured will pay to the Insurer, on a funds withheld basis, an additional premium in the amount of $30 million (the “Additional Premium”). The Additional Premium is net of all taxes and gross of all brokerage commissions.

 

ARTICLE 3. INSURING CLAUSE

 

The Insurer will pay 100% of Covered Losses in excess of the Attachment Point subject to the Limit of Liability.

 

ARTICLE 4. PROFIT SHARING

 

In the event Covered Losses are less than $405 million, the Insurer will pay the Insured a profit sharing amount equal to the lesser of (i) $125 million or (ii) $405 million less Covered Losses (the “Profit Sharing Amount”). The Profit Sharing Amount will be paid in accordance with Article 7 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 5. DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them below.

 



 

Actual Maturity Date:

 

With respect to a Returned Vehicle, “Actual Maturity Date” means the date the Insured receives notification from its authorized agent that it has obtained possession of the vehicle on behalf of the Insured. With respect to a Purchase Option Vehicle or a Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle, “Actual Maturity Date” means the date the Insured receives the proceeds from the sale of the vehicle.

 

 

 

Amortized Value:

 

At any date and with respect to a vehicle that is the subject of a Covered Lease, the adjusted lease balance specified in the Insured’s LeMans system for such vehicle at such date, which amount equals the Initial Adjusted Capitalized Cost less depreciation calculated by the Insured on a monthly basis (as specified in the Insured’s LeMans system). The parties acknowledge and agree that, with respect to Extended Leases, monthly depreciation will be calculated as follows: (i) the Initial Adjusted Capitalized Cost of the Potentially Covered Lease minus the amount set forth in the Final Data Base with respect to such vehicle under the field entitled “Bor-Res-On-Lease” divided by (ii) the original term of the Potentially Covered Lease.

 

 

 

Attachment Point:

 

$280 million.

 

 

 

Black Book Adjustment Amount:

 


The greater of (i) zero or (ii) (A) the difference between (x) the sum of the Black Book Values one calendar month after the Sales Date for each Returned Vehicle for which a Black Book Value is available multiplied by 0.99 and (y) the sum of the Net Realized Values for each Returned Vehicle for which a Black Book Value is available multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate Book Cost on all Returned Vehicles and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate Book Cost on all Returned Vehicles for which Black Book Values are available.

 

 

 

Black Book Value:

 

With respect to a vehicle that is the subject of a Covered Lease, the “average wholesale” value established by the Black Book Official Used Car Market Guide, Monthly National Edition, for a vehicle of the same make and model as such vehicle, without adjustments for options installed by the manufacturer and/or the automobile dealer. In the event that Black Book either ceases to exist or no longer publishes a Monthly National Edition during the Term, the Insured and Insurer shall mutually agree to another recognized nationally published used car market guide.

 

 

 

Book Cost:

 

With respect to a vehicle that is the subject of a Covered Lease that has an Actual Maturity Date which occurs on or after the

 

2



 

 

 

Scheduled Maturity Date, “Book Cost” means Amortized Value at the Actual Maturity Date.

 

 

 

 

 

With respect to a vehicle that is the subject of a Covered Lease that has an Actual Maturity Date which occurs prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date, “Book Cost” means: (i) for a Returned Vehicle, the Amortized Value at the Actual Maturity Date less an amount equal to the remaining scheduled lease payments; and (ii) for a Purchase Option Vehicle or a Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle, the Amortized Value at the Actual Maturity Date.

 

 

 

Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle:

 


A vehicle that is purchased from the Insured pursuant to the purchase option provision of the related lease contract by either the lessee or a purchaser other than the lessee, where the financing for such purchase is provided by the Insured or one of its affiliates. The sale transaction may take place at a physical location, via an Internet site, and/or via phone, fax and/or mail.

 

 

 

Covered Lease:

 

Each Potentially Covered Lease that has an Actual Maturity Date occurring no earlier than 180 days prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date for such Potentially Covered Lease and no later than 29 days after the Scheduled Maturity Date for such Potentially Covered Lease (or, if such Potentially Covered Lease is an Extended Lease, no later than 24 months following the Scheduled Maturity Date for such Potentially Covered Lease).

 

 

 

Covered Losses:

 

The greater of (i) zero or (ii) (A) the sum of the Book Costs for the Covered Leases less (B) the sum of the Net Realized Values for the Covered Leases less (C) the Black Book Adjustment Amount less (D) the Sales Expense Adjustment Amount; provided, however, that clauses (C) and (D) shall only be considered in the calculation of Covered Losses performed as of the Final Payment Date.

 

 

 

Disposition Fee:

 

With respect to a Covered Lease, the disposition fee listed on the lease contract for such Covered Lease, whether or not billed or recovered.

 

 

 

Excess Mileage:

 

With respect to a Covered Lease, the billable excess mileage in accordance with the lease contract for such Covered Lease, whether or not billed or recovered.

 

 

 

Excess Wear and Tear:

 

With respect to a Covered Lease, the billable excess wear and tear in accordance with the lease contract for such Covered Lease, whether or not billed or recovered.

 

3



 

Extended Lease:

 

A Potentially Covered Lease that satisfies the following criteria: (i) the Actual Maturity Date is no less than one Month and no greater than 24 Months following the Scheduled Maturity Date and (ii) the lease payment during such period remains the same as during the original lease period.

 

 

 

Final Data Base:

 

The electronic file provided to the Insurer by the Insured on January 17, 2001 entitled “GALUIN.zip”, composed of records for 207,147 leases.

 

 

 

Gross Sales Price:

 

With respect to a Returned Vehicle, a Purchase Option Vehicle or a Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle, “Gross Sales Price” means the purchase price for such vehicle. For purposes of calculating the Gross Sales Price, every Returned Vehicle, Purchase Option Vehicle and Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle shall be sold in a commercially reasonable manner appropriate for such form of sale.

 

 

 

Initial Adjusted Capitalized Cost:

 


With respect to a vehicle that is the subject of a Covered Lease, the gross capitalized cost of such vehicle less any capitalized cost reduction payments made by or on behalf of the lessee, as specified in the Insured’s LeMans system at the inception of the Covered Lease.

 

 

 

Insured Losses:

 

The lesser of (i) Covered Losses in excess of the Attachment Point and (ii) the Limit of Liability.

 

 

 

Limit of Liability:

 

The Insurer shall not pay more than $220 million of Covered Losses.

 

 

 

Month:

 

Month shall mean a 30-day month.

 

 

 

Net Realized Value:

 

With respect to a Purchase Option Vehicle or a Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle, “Net Realized Value” means the Gross Sales Price for such vehicle. With respect to a Returned Vehicle, “Net Realized Value” means the Gross Sales Price for such vehicle plus Excess Mileage, Excess Wear and Tear and Disposition Fee minus Sales Expenses. With respect to a vehicle that has a Sales Date that is more than 90 days after the Actual Maturity Date, “Net Realized Value” means the Black Book Value two Months after the Actual Maturity Date.

 

 

 

Potentially Covered Lease:

 

Each lease transaction included in the Final Data Base that (i) is in force at the Effective Date, (ii) has a Scheduled Maturity Date occurring on or after January 1, 2001 and (iii) at the Effective Date

 

4



 

 

 

is not insured under any other insurance program. Potentially Covered Lease shall include the replacement of a vehicle that is the subject of a lease that is included in the Final Data Base, provided that such vehicle is replaced by a vehicle of the same make of greater or equal value and the terms of the existing lease as listed on the Final Data Base remains in force (a “Collateral Substitution”). The Insured shall report any Collateral Substitution to the Insurer within 30 days following the end of the calendar month of such occurrence via a method and in a format that is mutually agreed to by the Insurer and the Insured. Potentially Covered Lease shall also include the flat cancellation of a lease contract that is the subject of a lease transaction included in the Final Data Base and the substitution of another lease contract on the same vehicle that is the subject of such lease transaction provided that the Residual Value set forth in the new lease contract is the same as the Residual Value set forth on the Final Data Base for such vehicle (a “Flat Cancelled Lease”). The Insured shall report any Flat Cancelled Lease to the Insurer within 30 days following the end of the calendar month of such occurrence via a method and in a format that is mutually agreed to by the Insurer and the Insured.

 

 

 

Purchase Option Vehicle:

 

A vehicle that is purchased from the Insured pursuant to the purchase option provision of the related lease contract by either the lessee, a purchaser other than the lessee or an automobile dealer. The sale transaction may take place at a physical location, via an Internet site and/or via phone, fax and/or mail.

 

 

 

Residual Value:

 

With respect to a vehicle that is the subject of a Covered Lease, the amount set forth in the Final Data Base with respect to such vehicle under the field entitled “Bor-Res-On-Lease”.

 

 

 

Returned Vehicle:

 

A vehicle that is returned to the Insured by the lessee pursuant to the lessee’s exercise of the return option under the lease contract. The Insured may subsequently sell such vehicle at an auction that has bidding or fixed priced sales, or may sell such vehicle to a purchaser other than the lessee, dealer, or employee of the Insured. The sale may take place at a physical location, via an Internet site and/or via phone, mail and/or fax.

 

 

 

Sales Date:

 

The date the Insured reports the sale of a vehicle that is the subject of a Covered Lease on the Insured’s LeMans system.

 

 

 

Sales Expense Adjustment Amount:

 

An amount equal to the greater of (i) zero or (ii) “A” minus “B” minus “C”, where

 

5



 

 

 

“A” equals the sum of the Sales Expenses for all Returned Vehicles

 

 

“B” equals the sum of all Disposition Fees for all Returned Vehicles, and

 

 

“C” equals $330 multiplied by the total number of all Returned Vehicles.

 

 

 

Sales Expenses:

 

Auction and other third party expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of the Insured that are (i) directly related to the sale of a Returned Vehicle and (ii) either (A) reasonably classifiable as one of the following categories of expenses: reconditioning expenses, transportation expenses, auction expenses and appraisal fees or (B) expenses directly related to the sale of a Returned Vehicle via the Internet.

 

 

 

Scheduled Maturity Date:

 

With respect to a Potentially Covered Lease, the date specified with respect to such Potentially Covered Lease in the Final Data Base under the fields entitled “BOR-LSE-MAT-CCYY, BOR-LSE-MAT-MM, BOR-LSE-MAT-DD”.

 

 

 

Submission:

 

The following electronic files provided by the Insured to the Insurer either directly or through Leadenhall Insurance Brokers: “GALUIN”; “ChaseEWT”; “chasefees2”; “ScheduledMaturityEF”; and “ScheduledMaturity 1231”.

 

ARTICLE 6. ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS

 

Within 30 calendar days following the end of each calendar month during the Term, the Insured will provide the Insurer with an electronic report containing the information set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Monthly Loss Account”).

 

Within 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter during the Term, the Insured will provide the Insurer with an electronic report containing the information set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

The Insurer acknowledges that the Insured will not be able to comply with the reporting requirements set forth in this Article 6 or the reporting requirements with respect to any Flat Cancelled Leases or Collateral Substitutions for a period of time after the Effective Date, and that such failure to comply shall not be deemed a breach of the Insured’s obligations under this Policy. The Insured will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop the reports required by this Article 6 within 120 days after the Premium Payment Date. Upon the Insured’s successful development of the reports necessary to comply with this Article 6, the Insured will provide such reports to the Insurer retroactive to January 1, 2001 as well as information with respect to any Flat Cancelled Leases and Collateral Substitutions that have occurred since January 1, 2001.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 7.  SETTLEMENTS

 

Any payment in respect of the Profit Sharing Amount shall be due on the later to occur of (i) the date that is 60 days following the last Scheduled. Maturity Date to occur and (ii) the date that is five years and 60 days following the Premium Payment Date (such later date to occur is referred to as the “Profit Sharing Payment Date”).

 

Insured Losses shall be paid on a funds withheld basis with final settlement to be made on the latest to occur of (i) the date that is 60 days following the last Scheduled Maturity Date to occur, (ii) the date that is 60 days following the last revised scheduled maturity date to occur with respect to an Extended Lease and (iii) the date that is five years and 60 days following the Premium Payment Date (such latest date to occur is referred to as the “Final Payment Date”). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event Insured Losses exceed $155 million, the Insurer will make provisional payments to the Insured in respect of Insured Losses in excess of $155 million on a quarterly basis within 10 days following receipt of the Monthly Loss Account for the last month of each calendar quarter; provided, however, that the Insurer shall offset Insured Losses in excess of $155 million but less than $185 million against the Additional Premium on a dollar for dollar basis, and the amounts so offset (collectively, the “Offset Amount”) shall not be considered provisional payments hereunder. On the Final Payment Date, the Insurer shall calculate Insured Losses. In the event the aggregate provisional payments actually paid to the Insured by the Insurer in respect of Insured Losses are in excess of the Insured Losses less the Offset Amount (if any), the Insured shall refund to the Insurer on the Final Payment Date an amount equal to such excess. In the event the Insured Losses less the Offset Amount (if any) are in excess of the aggregate provisional payments actually paid to the Insured by the Insurer in respect of Insured Losses, the Insurer shall pay to the Insured on the Final Payment Date an amount equal to such excess. In addition and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 2 hereof, in the event Insured Losses are greater than $155 million but less than $185 million, the Insured shall be entitled to retain the portion of the Additional Premium not offset by Insured Losses.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event a Profit Sharing Amount is paid and the Profit Sharing Payment Date precedes the Final Payment Date, the Insurer shall be entitled to reduce Insured Losses payable on the Final Payment Date (if any) by an amount equal to the lesser of the Profit Sharing Amount paid to the Insured and the amount of Insured Losses reported subsequent to the Profit Sharing Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event the Profit Sharing Payment Date precedes the Final Payment Date and Covered Losses at the Final Payment Date are less than Covered Losses at the Profit Sharing Payment Date, on the Final Payment Date the Insurer will recalculate the Profit Sharing Amount based on Covered Losses at the Final Payment Date and, if the Profit Sharing Amount as so recalculated exceeds the Profit Sharing Amount paid on the Profit Sharing Payment Date, the Insurer will pay to the Insured on the Final Payment Date an amount equal to such excess.

 

7



 

ARTICLE 8.  ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

The Insurer and its authorized representatives shall have access to the books and records of the Insured (including, without limitation, all electronic data) upon prior reasonable notice and during normal business hours for the sole purpose of obtaining information concerning this Policy or its subject matter and the right to make copies thereof (at its own expense), subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, applicable federal or state privacy laws. For the avoidance of doubt, the Insurer’s reinsurers and retrocessionaires with respect to this Policy (if any) shall be considered authorized representatives of the Insurer when accompanying the Insurer on visits to the Insured for the purposes stated above in this Article.

 

ARTICLE 9.  REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE INSURED

 

The Submission was accurate in all material respects as of the date of delivery.

 

In consideration of the coverage provided to it under this Policy, the Insured covenants to the Insurer as follows:

 

During the Term, the Insured shall not sell, transfer or assign all or substantially all of the Potentially Covered Leases to other than its affiliates without the written consent of the Insurer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt, this covenant relates to sale, transfer and assignment of leases, not to sale, transfer or assignment of vehicles. For the further avoidance of doubt, this covenant does not apply to dealer lease and/or vehicle repurchases in connection with breaches under Chase dealer agreements. The Insured will provide prompt written notice to the Insurer of any sale, transfer or assignment of all or substantially all the Potentially Covered Leases to any affiliate.

 

During the Term, the interest rate charged on Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicles will be based on the same return on equity and profitability models that Chase establishes for its used vehicle loans made directly to consumers.

 

During the Term, the Insured shall maintain a dealer asset remarketing effort and a consumer asset remarketing effort with respect to Purchase Option Vehicles and Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicles, and the Insured’s remarketing practices with respect to such efforts shall conform to or exceed standard industry practices, subject, however, to the Insured’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Policy.

 

The Insured shall not change its current methodology or practices with respect to its LeMans system as it relates to the determination of Initial Adjusted Capitalized Cost, Amortized Value, Book Cost or depreciation.

 

ARTICLE 10.  COVENANTS OF THE INSURER

 

The Insurer shall issue an endorsement to this Policy (the “Liability Endorsement”) increasing the Limit of Liability by $200 million (the “Additional Limit”) (resulting in a revised Limit of Liability of $420 million) in the event Leadenhall Insurance Brokers (i)

 

8



 

place reinsurance coverage that is reasonably acceptable to the Insurer on the entire Additional Limit by April 30, 2001 with reinsurers rated at least A IX by AM Best and (ii) procure reinsurance cut-through endorsements in the form of Annex I hereto from such reinsurers for the entire Additional Limit (in the aggregate). In the event the Liability Endorsement is not issued by April 30, 2001 or such later date as the Insured and the Insurer shall agree to in writing, the Insurer promptly shall refund $6 million of Premium to the Insured with interest from the Premium Payment Date to the date of refund at an annual rate equal to 5.5%.

 

ARTICLE 11. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.              Offset .  The Insured and the Insurer have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other hereunder.

 

2.              Governing Law .  This Policy shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of law principles.

 

3.              Assignment .  This Policy shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Insurer and the Insured and their respective successors and assigns. This Policy may not be assigned by either party (other than by the Insured to an affiliate of the Insured or by the Insurer to an affiliate of the Insurer that has an AM Best rating of at least A IX at the time of assignment) without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, if the AM Best rating of the Insurer falls below A IX during the Term, the Insurer shall use best efforts to promptly substitute for the Insurer another company within the ACE Group of Companies whose AM Best rating is equal to or better than A IX (for the avoidance of doubt, such substitution will be in respect of the Insurer’s gross exposure under this Policy, including, without limitation, exposure in respect of the Profit Sharing Amount); provided, further if such assignment is impractical to effect because of tax, regulatory or accounting issues, the Insurer will reinsure its gross exposure under this Policy (including, without limitation, exposure in respect of the Profit Sharing Amount) to a member of the ACE Group of Companies that has an AM Best rating equal to or better than A IX or a Standard & Poor’s rating in the AA category or better and procure a reinsurance cut-through endorsement in the form of Annex I hereto from such reinsurer in favor of the Insured. In the event a substitution of insurers is made in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 3 and during the Term the AM Best rating of the company substituted for the Insurer falls below A IX, the substituted company shall be obligated to comply with the second sentence of this Section 3. In the event reinsurance and a reinsurance cut-through endorsement is effected in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 3 and the AM Best rating or Standard & Poor’s rating of the company providing the reinsurance and the reinsurance endorsement falls below A IX or the AA category, respectively, the Insurer shall be obligated to comply once again with the second sentence of this Section 3.  The Insurer recognizes that the Insurer’s compliance with this Section 3 is of a special, unique and extraordinary character, which gives it peculiar value, the loss of which may not be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in any action at law, and that a breach by the Insurer of

 

9



 

the provisions of this Section 3 may cause the Insured irreparable injury and damage. The Insurer agrees that the Insured shall be entitled to the remedies of specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent a breach of this Section 3 by the Insurer without the necessity of proving damages and that the Insured shall not be required to post bond or any other form of guarantee as a condition of such relief. This previous sentence shall not, however, be construed as a waiver of any rights which the Insured may have for damages or otherwise, nor shall it limit in any way any other remedies which may result from the breach of this Policy.

 

4.              Amendment .  No amendment or modification of this Policy shall be effective except when made by a written endorsement to this Policy that is agreed to in writing by the Insured and signed by an authorized representative of the Insurer.

 

5.              Headings .  The headings used in this Policy are intended and inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Policy.

 

6.              Entire Agreement .  This Policy constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the contents of this Policy, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, oral and written, with respect hereto.

 

7.              Waiver .  No waiver of this Policy shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the party granting the waiver. The failure of a party to enforce any provision of this Policy shall not constitute a waiver by such party of such provision. The past waiver of a provision by a party shall not constitute a course of conduct or waiver in the future of that same provision.

 

8.              Taxes and Brokerage .  Except as provided in the following sentence, any taxes and brokerage payable with respect to this Policy shall be borne by the Insurer and shall be paid directly by the Insurer to the applicable taxing authorities. Any taxes payable with respect to the Additional Premium shall be payable by the Insured to the Insurer, and the Insurer shall pay such taxes to the applicable taxing authorities.

 

9.              Cancellation .  This Policy may be canceled by the Insurer for non-payment of the Premium, but shall not be cancelable for any other reason by either party.

 

10.            Loss Payee .  The following entity is named as loss payee under this Policy: Chase Vehicle Exchange, Inc., P.O. Box 5230, New Hyde Park, New York, 11742.

 

11.            No Reliance .  The Insured has reviewed the terms, conditions and significance of this Policy with its legal counsel, tax counsel and accountants and is accepting this Policy with full knowledge of its terms, conditions and significance. In accepting this Policy, the Insured is not relying upon any representation or warranty by the Insurer regarding the legal, tax or accounting implications for the Insured in purchasing the insurance provided by this Policy. It is understood and

 

10



 

agreed that this Policy is a manuscript policy that has been negotiated at arm’s length and on equal footing as between the Insured and Insurer, and that both parties fully understood and agreed to all the terms and conditions contained in this Policy.

 

12.            Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Suit .  It is agreed that, in the event of failure of the Insurer to pay any amount claimed to be due hereunder, the Insurer, at the request of the Insured, will submit to the jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction within the United States.  Nothing in this condition constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Insurer’s right to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, to remove an action to a United States District Court or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the laws of the United States or of any state in the United States. It is further agreed that service of process in such suit may be made upon Counsel, Legal Department, Westchester Fire Insurance Company, or his or her representative, and that in any suit instituted against the Insurer upon this Policy, the Insurer will abide by the final decision of such court or of any appellate court in the event of any appeal.

 

13.            Waiver of Jury Trial THE INSURED AND THE INSURER EACH IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS POLICY AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO THE ISSUANCE AND ACCEPTANCE OF THIS POLICY.

 

14.            Currency .  Whenever the word “Dollars” or the “$” sign appear in this Policy, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars, and all payments made hereunder shall be made in United States Dollars.

 

15.            Notices .  All notices under any provision of this Policy shall be in writing and given by a nationally recognized overnight courier service or certified mail properly addressed to the appropriate party.  Notices shall be sent to the Insurer and the Insured at the addresses listed in the Declarations (attention: General Counsel, in the case of notices sent to the Insurer, and attention; Jeffrey Levine, in the case of notices sent to the Insured). Notices sent by courier shall be deemed received and effective one day after such notice is sent. Notices sent by certified mail shall be deemed received and effective three days after such notice is sent.

 

11



 

Exhibit A

 

Monthly Loss Account

 

Number of Vehicles in each Status Type at month end

Covered Losses from Effective Date to month end

Aggregate Residual Value by Status Type and in total

 

The above information will be summarized by Scheduled Maturity Dates falling within a calendar month and Status Type (i.e., Active, Not Covered, Returned Vehicle, Purchase Option Vehicle, Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle).

 

12



 

Exhibit B

 

An electronic file that includes the following record data for each Potentially Covered Lease:

 

1.        Vehicle Make

2.        Vehicle Model

3.        Vehicle Year

4.        Number of Months that Lease was Extended, if any

5.        Lease Start Date

6.        Scheduled Maturity Date

7.        Actual Maturity Date

8.        Lease Term

9.        Sales Date

10.      Residual Value disclosed on the Final Date Base

11.      Amortized Value

12.      Monthly Lease Payment

13.      Money Factor

14.      Status (Active, Not Covered, Returned Vehicle, Purchase Option Vehicle, Chase Financed Purchase Option Vehicle)

15.      Gross Sales Price

16.      For Returned Vehicles only, total Sales Expenses

17.      For Returned Vehicles only, 99% of Black Book Value using Sales Date plus One Month

18.      For Returned Vehicles only, Allowable Mileage

19.      For Returned Vehicles only, the lease contract charge per excess mile

20.      For Returned Vehicles only, mileage at the return date

21.      For Returned Vehicles only, the billable Excess Mileage charge

22.      For Returned Vehicles only, the billable Excess Wear and Tear charge

23.      Net Realized Value

24.      Covered Loss

25.      Adjusted MSRP as listed in the Insured’s LeMans system

26.      ALG projected estimate, if available

 

13



 

Annex I

 

CUT-THROUGH ENDORSEMENT

 

This Cut-Through Endorsement is an endorsement to and forms a part of the reinsurance agreement (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) dated as of [    ] entered into by and between Westchester Fire Insurance Company (the “Company”) and [insert name of reinsurer] (the “Reinsurer”) pursuant to which the Reinsurer has reinsured the Company with respect to the Company’s liability under a Residual Value Insurance Policy issued by the Company to Chase Manhattan Automotive Finance Corporation (the “Insured”) with an effective date of December 31, 2000 (the “Policy”).

 

For value received, the Reinsurer hereby agrees that, in the event of the occurrence of the insolvency, receivership, liquidation or reorganization of the Company and the failure of the Company to pay any amounts payable to the Insured under the Policy within the time provided in the Policy, (i) the Reinsurer will immediately become liable to the Insured for the portion of such amount that is covered under the Reinsurance Agreement (the “Covered Amount”), (ii) the Reinsurer will have the right and the obligation to make direct payment of the Covered Amount to the Insured within three business days of receipt by the Reinsurer of a notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and (iii) the Insured will have a direct right of action against the Reinsurer for the payment of the Covered Amount, in each case without diminution because of the occurrence of any proceeding or circumstance involving the Company, including the occurrence of the insolvency, receivership, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, and notwithstanding any payment by the Reinsurer to the Company or the rejection, disaffirmation, reformation or other action terminating or modifying the Policy or the Reinsurance Agreement by any liquidator, rehabilitator, conservator or receiver of the Company or other officer with similar powers with respect to the Company or by operation of law. The direct payment of any Covered Amount by the Reinsurer to the Insured pursuant to this Endorsement will extinguish any obligation on the part of the Reinsurer under the Reinsurance Agreement or otherwise to make any other payment in respect of such Covered Amount.

 

This Endorsement does not cover amounts the Insurer disputes in good faith are owed under the Policy until such time as such dispute has been fully and finally resolved.

 

The undersigned covenant that, while the Policy is in force, without the prior written consent of the Insured, the Reinsurance Agreement shall not be (i) assigned, (ii) terminated or (iii) altered or modified in any manner adverse to the interests of the Insured. The undersigned further covenant that this Endorsement shall not be altered, modified or terminated while the Policy is in force without the prior written consent of the Insured.

 

Promptly following the execution of this Endorsement, the Company shall deliver to the Insured a copy of the executed Endorsement. The Insured shall be a third party beneficiary of the Reinsurance Agreement for purposes of enforcing this Endorsement.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be held to vary, alter, waive or extend any of the terms, conditions, provisions, agreements or limitations of the Reinsurance Agreement other than as above stated. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Endorsement and the Reinsurance Agreement, the provisions of this Endorsement shall govern.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Reinsurer have each caused this Endorsement to be signed by duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

WESTCHESTER FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

[REINSURER]

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

15



 

EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF CLAIM

 

[insert date]

[insert name and address of Reinsurer]

 

Re: Cut-Through Endorsement to the Reinsurance Agreement between Westchester Fire Insurance Company (the “Company”) and [insert name of reinsurer] (the “Reinsurer”) dated as of [insert date] in respect of the Residual Value Insurance Policy issued by the Company to Chase Manhattan Automotive Finance Corporation (the “Insured”) with an effective date of December 31, 2000 (the “Policy”).

 

The undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Insured, hereby certifies to the Reinsurer, with reference to the Policy, that:

 

1.        The Insured has submitted a claim to the Company in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Policy.

 

2.        The Insurer is obligated to and has failed to pay all or a portion of such claim within the time and in accordance with the provisions of the Policy by reason of the occurrence of the insolvency, receivership, liquidation or reorganization of the Company.

 

3.        The amount of such claim remaining unpaid as of the date of this notice is $              (the “Covered Amount”);

 

4.        Attached hereto is a copy of the claim notice to sent to the Company and the report or other document on the basis of which the Insured has made the calculation necessary to determine the claim amount under the Policy.

 

5.        The Covered Amount is not the subject of dispute between the Company and the Insured.

 

6.        The Insured hereby assigns to the Reinsurer its right to receive from the Company an amount equal to the Covered Amount, and the Reinsurer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Insured under the Policy in relation to such amount. The Insured shall execute all powers of attorney, consents and other instruments necessary to effectuate such assignment.

 

7.        Payment of the Covered Amount should be made by wire transfer directed to:

 

If you fail to make full payment of amounts due and payable and claimed hereby, the above instrument of assignment shall be without effect and shall be cancelled and returned, on the date such payment is due, by you to the Insured.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Insured has executed and delivered this Notice of Claim to the Reinsurer as of the         day of                          ,            .

 

CHASE MANHATTAN AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

16




Exhibit 10.37

 

QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT

 

 

This Quota Share Retrocession Agreement (“Agreement”), effective as of January 1, 2002, is made and entered into by and between ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD. (the “Retrocedent”), an insurance company registered and licensed under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (the “Retrocessionaire”), an insurance company registered and licensed under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1   Definitions .  For all purposes with regard to this Agreement, (A) unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in (i) the Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 between Central United Life Insurance Company (the “Original Reinsured”) and the Retrocedent and (ii) the Retrocession Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 between the Original Reinsured and the Retrocedent (collectively, the “Underlying Agreements”), and (B) all accounting terms shall have the meanings assigned to them under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

Section 1.2.    Headings .  All captions, headings or titles preceding any Section or Article in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERM

 

Section 2.1 .   Term .  The term of this Agreement (the “Retrocession Term”) shall commence at 12:01 a.m., eastern standard time, on January 1, 2002 (the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in force until all of the Retrocedent’s obligations under the Underlying Agreements have been discharged.

 



 

ARTICLE 3

 

TYPE

 

Quota share retrocession.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVERAGE; REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Section 4.1.    Coverage .  The Retrocedent hereby cedes to the Retrocessionaire, and the Retrocessionaire hereby assumes as reinsurance from the Retrocedent and agrees to indemnify the Retrocedent for, 100% of amounts paid by the Retrocedent to the Original Reinsured after the Effective Date in respect of the Underlying Agreements, whether by way of settlement, in respect of a judgment or award or otherwise.

 

Section 4.2 .   Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses .  The Retrocessionaire shall reimburse the Retrocedent for 100% of Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses to the extent incurred by the Company on or after the Effective Date. “Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses” means those expenses of the Company relating to the adjustment of claims under the Underlying Agreements, including without limitation court and/or arbitration panel costs, pre-judgment interest, interest upon judgments as it accrues, declaratory judgment expenses, security bond costs and allocated investigation, adjustment, and legal expenses chargeable to the investigation, negotiation, settlement or defense of a claim or the protection and perfection of any subrogation or salvage rights.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses” does not include salaries paid to employees of the Company or other overhead expenses.

 

Section 4.3.    Trust Account Fees and Expenses .  The Retrocessionaire shall reimburse the Retrocedent for 100% of the fees and expenses paid by the Retrocedent with respect to the Trust Account (as defined below), to the extent such fees and expenses are paid directly by the Retrocedent (rather than deducted from the income arising from Trust Account assets). “Trust Account” means trust account #8338979300 established pursuant to the reinsurance trust agreement among the Original Reinsured, the Retrocedent and Bank One, Texas, NA, dated December 30, 1997.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

RETROCESSION PREMIUM

FUNDS WITHHELD ACCOUNT

 

Section 5.1.    Retrocession Premium .  The Retrocedent shall pay to the Retrocessionaire, as of the Effective Date, an up-front premium in the amount of $19,593,097 (the “Up-Front Premium”).  The Retrocedent shall also pay to the Retrocessionaire 100% of the periodic premium, net of expense allowance, payable under the Underlying Agreements on or after the Effective Date to the extent actually received by the Retrocedent, within 10 business days of receipt thereof (the “Periodic Premium” and, together with the Up-Front Premium,

 

2



 

the “Retrocession Premium”). The Retrocession Premium shall be paid on a funds withheld basis.

 

Section 5.2.    Funds Withheld Account .  The Retrocedent shall calculate a notional account (the “Funds Withheld Account”) and shall (A) credit thereto (i) the Retrocession Premiums and (ii) interest at the Earned Rate on the average daily balance of the Funds Withheld Account during each calendar quarter and (B) debit therefrom the Permitted Debits (as defined below).  For purposes of calculating such interest, interest shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Account on the last day of each calendar quarter, Retrocession Premiums shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Account on the dates payable, and Permitted Debits shall be debited on the dates the corresponding amounts owed by the Retrocedent are withdrawn from the Trust Account or deducted from the income arising from Trust Account assets, as the case may be.  The balance of the Funds Withheld Account shall be payable to the Retrocessionaire within five (5) business days of the date on which the Retrocedent has no further liability under the Underlying Agreements.

 

“Earned Rate” means, with respect to a quarter, the book yield plus realized gains and losses for such quarter on the portfolio of assets held in the Trust Account.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

RIGHTS AND SETTLEMENTS

 

The Retrocessionaire agrees to abide by the claim settlements of the Retrocedent.  The Retrocedent shall be the sole judge of:

 

A.             The interpretation of the Underlying Agreements;

 

B.             What shall constitute a claim under the Underlying Agreements; and

 

C.             The Retrocedent’s liability under the Underlying Agreements and the proper amounts for the Retrocedent to pay thereunder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Retrocedent shall not settle any litigation or other disputes between the Retrocedent and the Original Reinsured without the prior consent of the Retrocessionaire, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

Section 7.1.    Reports Received from Original Reinsured .  Within five (5) business days of receipt by the Retrocedent, the Retrocedent shall deliver to the Retrocessionaire copies of all reports provided to the Retrocedent by the Original Reinsured.

 

3



 

Section 7.2.    Quarterly Report .  Within 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter during the Retrocession Term, the Retrocedent will prepare and deliver to the Retrocessionaire a report (the “Quarterly Report”) containing information relevant to the calculation of the amount owed by or to the Retrocessionaire hereunder in respect of such calendar quarter as well as a statement of the Earned Rate in respect of such calendar quarter and the balance of the Funds Withheld Account as at the end of such calendar quarter (which report shall be in such form as the Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire shall reasonably agree).

 

Section 7.3.    Permitted Debits .  Amounts payable by the Retrocessionaire under Section 4.1 hereof shall be debited from the Funds Withheld Account to the extent the Retrocedent is permitted to use funds in the Trust Account to pay amounts owed by the Retrocedent to the Original Reinsured in respect of such amounts.  Amounts payable by the Retrocessionaire under Section 4.3 hereof shall be debited from the Funds Withheld Account to the extent such fees and expenses are deducted from the income arising from Trust Account assets (rather than being paid directly by the Retrocedent).  The amounts that may be debited from the Funds Withheld Account in accordance with this Section 7.3 are referred to herein as the “Permitted Debits”.

 

Section 7.4.    Remittances .  Net payments owed to the Retrocessionaire shall accompany the Quarterly Report.  Net payments owed to the Retrocedent shall be made within five (5) business days of delivery of the Quarterly Report; provided, however, at the option and upon the demand of the Retrocedent, when the amount due from the Retrocedent exceeds $100,000, the Retrocedent shall be paid by wire transfer of same day federal funds within two business days following the date of receipt by the Retrocessionaire of a special loss accounting.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

Section 8.1.    Follow the Fortunes .  This Agreement is based on the original terms of the Underlying Agreements so that the Retrocessionaire’s rights and obligations vis-à-vis the Retrocedent with respect to the reinsurance provided under this Agreement shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, follow the fortunes of the Retrocedent in all respects under the Underlying Agreements.

 

Section 8.2.    No Third Party Rights .  Nothing herein shall be construed to expand the liability of the Retrocessionaire beyond what is specifically assumed under this Agreement by creating in any third party any rights hereunder.

 

Section 8.3.    Insolvency .  In the event of the insolvency of the Retrocedent, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Retrocedent, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor immediately upon demand on the basis of the liability of the Retrocedent without diminution because of the insolvency of the Retrocedent or because

 

4



 

the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Retrocedent has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim.  It is agreed, however, that within a reasonable time the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Retrocedent shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of a claim against the Retrocedent under the Underlying Agreements.  During the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Retrocedent or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Retrocedent as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Retrocedent solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.

 

Section 8.4.    Access to Records .  The Retrocessionaire or its duly authorized representative shall have access to and the right to inspect the books and records of the Retrocedent at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement, the Underlying Agreements or the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 8. 5.   Offset .  The Retrocessionaire or the Retrocedent may offset any balance(s) due from one party to the other under this Agreement or any other agreement exclusively between the parties hereto.  The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums or losses or otherwise.  In the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 8.6.    Errors and Omissions .  Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made, provided such delay, omission or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

Section 8.7.    Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to choice of law provisions and rules thereof.

 

Section 8.8.    Arbitration .  Any dispute or other matter in question relating to this Agreement that cannot be resolved by the Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire arising out of, or relating to, the formation, interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, will be subject to arbitration.  Arbitration will be initiated by the delivery of a written notice of demand for arbitration by one party to the other within a reasonable time after the dispute has arisen and cannot be otherwise settled by the parties.

 

Within thirty (30) days of the date of delivery of the notice of arbitration, each party will appoint a disinterested individual as arbitrator and the two so appointed will then appoint a third arbitrator who will serve as the umpire.  If either party fails to appoint an arbitrator

 

5



 

within thirty (30) days, the other party may appoint the second arbitrator.  If the two arbitrators do not agree on a third arbitrator within fifteen (15) days of the date on which the second arbitrator was appointed, the parties shall employ the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures to appoint the third arbitrator.  If the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures have been terminated, the parties shall jointly petition the American Arbitration Association to appoint the third arbitrator.  The arbitrators will be active or retired officers of insurance or reinsurance companies who do not have a personal or financial interest in the result of the arbitration and who are not past or current officers, employees or directors of the Retrocedent, the Retrocessionaire or their respective affiliates.

 

The arbitration hearings will be held in New York, New York, or such other place as the parties may mutually agree.  Within thirty (30) days after appointment of the third arbitrator, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings.  The decision of the panel shall be rendered within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings.

 

In making its decision, the panel shall consider the customs and practices of the reinsurance industry.  The arbitrators will not be obliged to follow judicial formalities or the rules of evidence except to the extent required by the laws of the State of New York.  Insofar as the arbitration panel looks to substantive law, it shall consider the laws of the State of New York.  The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding.  The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate.  Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws rules, will govern any action or suit brought to compel any such arbitration or to enforce any award rendered pursuant to such arbitration.

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the cost of the third arbitrator.  The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel.  The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, to the extent permitted by law.

 

Except as provided above, arbitration will be based, to the extent applicable, upon ARIAS-U.S. procedures.

 

The procedures specified in this Section will be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to the formation, interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement.

 

This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.9.    Service of Suit .  Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of the parties’ agreement to

 

6



 

arbitrate or the enforcement of an arbitral award.  Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Each party agrees that a final judgment, not subject to any further appeal, in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and will be given effect in its state or country of domicile, as applicable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and may be enforced in any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York, by a suit upon such judgment, provided that service of process is effected upon it as specified in this Section or as otherwise permitted by law.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or waive a party’s right to remove a suit, action or proceeding to Federal court.

 

Further, each party hereby designates the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, or his successor or successors in office, as the true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the other party under this Agreement and arising out of this Agreement, and hereby designates the person named in the “Notice” provision of this Agreement as the person to whom the Superintendent or such successor is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

 

Each party hereby consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to above in any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York by service of process as set forth above; provided that, to the extent lawful and possible, written notice of said service shall be mailed by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the other party at its address specified herein or to any other address of which such party shall have given notice.  Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, ail claim of error by reason of any such service and agrees that such service shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such party in any such suit, action or proceeding and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid and personal service upon and personal delivery to such party.

 

Service of process may be affected in any other manner permitted by law.  Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of a party to bring proceedings against the other party in any court having jurisdiction over such other party and such proceeding for the purpose of enforcing the parties’ agreement to arbitrate or to enforce an arbitral award.

 

Section 8.10.    Notice .  As used in this Agreement, notice shall mean any and all notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder.  All notices shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by an overnight delivery service, or (iii) sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below.  Any such notice shall be deemed given (i) in the case of personal delivery, when so delivered personally, (ii) if sent by overnight delivery service,

 

7



 

one day after delivery of such notice to such service, and (iii) if sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, at the time of transmission.

 

If to the Retrocedent:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

Victoria Hall

11 Victoria Street

PO Box HM 1826

Hamilton, Bermuda HM HX

Facsimile:  441-292-1563

Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

with a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Telephone: 212-974-0100

Facsimile:  212-581-3268

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to the Retrocessionaire:

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.

 

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

PO Box HM 1022

Hamilton, Bermuda HM 11

Fax:

Phone:

Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

with a copy to

ACE Financial Solutions Inc.

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Telephone:  212-642-7800

Facsimile:  212-642-7801

Attention: President

 

The Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire shall provide each other with wiring instructions for monies to be transferred under this Agreement promptly after execution of this Agreement and at the time of any change in such instructions.

 

8



 

Section 8.11.   Assignment .  This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

Section 8.12.   Amendments .  This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by mutual written consent of the parties.

 

Section 8.13.   Changes to Underlying Agreements .  The Retrocedent shall not amend, modify or supplement the Underlying Agreements without the prior written consent of the Retrocessionaire.

 

Section 8.14.   Waivers .  The terms of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the party waiving compliance.  No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

Section 8.15.   Entire Agreement; Rights and Remedies .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral statements with respect hereto.  The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and are not exclusive or any rights or remedies that any party may have at law or in equity.

 

9



 

Section 8.16.    Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number or counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed by a duly authorized officer of each of the parties on the respective dates set forth below.

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE COMPANY LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

10



 

EXHIBIT I

 

[Underlying Agreements]

 

11



 

STOP LOSS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

 

This Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 (“Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Central United Life Insurance Company (“Central United” or the “Ceding Company”), a Texas stock life insurance company, and KRE Reinsurance Ltd. (“KRE” or the “Assuming Company”), an insurance company registered under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Central United and the KRE hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1.    Definitions .   Except as expressly defined otherwise in this Agreement, for all purposes with regard to this Agreement, all capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them below.  Any definitions set forth herein shall (i) include the singular as well as plural, and (ii) all accounting terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them under statutory accounting principles prescribed or permitted under the laws and regulations of the State of Texas.

 

A.     “Animal Limit of Liability” means two million dollars ($2,000,000).

 

B.     “Annual Retention” means three million dollars ($3,000,000).

 

C     “Covered Policies” means all policies, contracts, binders of insurance or similar agreements issued by Central United, in force prior to the Effective Date and classified as policies of universal life or interest-sensitive life (all such polices are listed on Schedule A attached hereto).

 

D.     “Effective Date” means October 1, 1997.

 

E.      “Net Liability” moans Central United’s contractual liabilities under all Covered Polices net of all reinsurance of such liabilities ceded by Central United to third-parties.

 

F.      “Retrocession Agreement” means the Retrocession Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997, by and between KRE and Central United.

 

G.     “Term” means the period during which this Agreement is in effect as provided in Article 3

 

Section 1.2.    Headings .   All captions, headings or titles preceding any Section or Article in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

1



 

ARTICLE 2

 

BUSINESS RETROCEDED

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for each calendar year during the Term, Central United hereby cedes to the Assuming Company and the Assuming Company hereby assumes as reinsurance one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Liability of Central United under the Covered Policies in excess of the Ceding Company’s Annual Retention.  The Assuming Company’s aggregate liability for any calendar year during the Term of this Agreement is expressly limited to the Annual Limit of Liability.  The Ceding Company’s Annual Retention shall be fully paid and satisfied by Central United before KRE shall be liable for any payment for any liability assumed under this Agreement.  KRE shall not be liable for any portion of Central United’s Annual Retention under any circumstances including, but not limited to, Central United’s bankruptcy, insolvency, inability or unwillingness to pay claims under Covered Policies for any reason whatsoever or the uncollectability of any other insurance or reinsurance covering any of the Covered Policies.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

Section 3.1.   Term .   This Agreement shall be effective 12:01 A.M., Central Time, October 1, 1997, and shall remain in full force and effect until the natural expiration of the liabilities assumed hereunder or until sooner terminated as provided herein.

 

Section 3.2.   Termination

 

A.     Central United shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement at any time after the termination of the Retrocession Agreement of even date herewith by and between Central United and KRE, by giving at least 5 days prior written Notice to KRE.

 

B.     This Agreement may be terminated by KRE (solely at KRE’s option) immediately upon Notice by KRE to Central United if Central United fails to pay any Premium due to KRE within fifteen (15) days after such Premium is due under this Agreement.

 

Section 3.3.   Effect of Termination .   Upon termination of this Agreement under Section 3.2, Central United shall reassume all liability ceded under this Agreement and the KRE shall transfer to Central United any reserves maintained by KRE relating to the liabilities assumed hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

PREMIUM

 

Section 4.1.   Premium .   Central United shall pay to KRE a quarterly premium equal to fifty thousand thousand dollars ($50,000) payable in advance on the first day of each calendar quarter during the term.  KRE shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to increase the quarterly premium payable hereunder to a maximum of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) upon giving Central United at least 15 days notice prior to first day of such calendar quarter.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 5

 

CLAIMS

 

Section 5.1.   Claims for Loss .   The Ceding Company agrees to provide Notice of any claim covered under this Agreement (a “Loss Notice”) as soon as is reasonably possible.  Failure to provide such Notice shall not relieve the Assuming Company of its obligations hereunder for any loss resulting from such claim.

 

Section 5.2.   Rights and Settlements .   All losses, compromises, payments and expenses and allowances in consequence of a claim or a potential claim under the Covered Policies shall be settled by the Ceding Company without the intervention of the Assuming Company and shall be binding upon the Assuming Company and the Assuming Company shall allow or pay as the case may be each settlement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  The Ceding Company shall be the sole judge of (i) the interpretation of the Covered Policies, (ii) what shall constitute a claim or Covered Losses covered under the Covered Policies; and (iii) the amount it shall be proper for the Ceding Company to pay under the Covered Policies.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

ACCOUNTS

 

Within twenty (20) days following the end of each calendar quarter the Ceding Company shall render an account to the Assuming Company (i) all claims made and paid by the Ceding Company under the Covered Polices and the cumulative amount of such claims during the current calendar year, (ii) a notation advising of the statutory reserves at the end of such calendar quarter relating to the Covered Policies, (iii) KRE’s share of any claims based on the coverage provided under this Agreement, and (iv) such other information as may be requested by the Assuming Company.  Claims under this Agreement shall be payable to Central United within ten (10) business days after KRE’s receipt of each quarterly account provided for in this Article.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

Section 7.1.   Insolvency .   Any risk or obligation assumed by the Assuming Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable by the Assuming Company on the basis of its liability under this Agreement without diminution because of any insolvency of the Ceding Company.  In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company and the appointment of a conservator, liquidator or statutory successor of any Ceding Company, all payments due hereunder shall be payable to such conservator, liquidator or statutory successor in accordance with this Agreement, with reasonable provision for verification, on the basis of claims allowed against such Ceding Company by any court of competent jurisdiction or by any conservator, liquidator or statutory successor of such Ceding Company having authority to allow such claims, without diminution because of such insolvency or because such conservator, liquidator or statutory successor has failed to pay all or a portion of any such claim.  Payments by the Assuming Company as set forth above shall be made directly to such Ceding Company or its conservator, liquidator or statutory successor.

 

3



 

Section 7.2.  Reinsurance Follows Original Policies .  All reinsurance for which Assuming Company shall be liable by subscribing to this Agreement shall be subject in all respects to the same terms, conditions, waivers and to the same modification, alterations and cancellations of the Covered Policies to which such reinsurance relates, the true intent of this Agreement is that the Assuming Company shall, in every case to which this Agreement applies, follow the fortunes of the Ceding Company, including loss payments and the timing thereof.  Except as specifically provided in this Agreement and any endorsement hereto, nothing herein shall be construed to expand the liability of the Assuming Company beyond what is specifically assumed under this Agreement by creating in any third party any rights hereunder.

 

Section 7.3.  Errors and Omissions .   Any inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either the Ceding Company or Assuming Company from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, including but not limited to any error or accidental omission by the other party in reporting any claim or loss under the Covered Policies.

 

Section 7.4.  Access to Records and Reports; Audits .   The Assuming Company or its duly authorized representative shall have access to and the right to inspect the books and records of the Ceding Company at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement, the Covered Policies or the subject matter hereof or thereof.  The Assuming Company, at its sole expense, shall have the right to audit all of the Ceding Company’s records and procedures relating to the Covered Policies at the office of the Ceding Company during regular business hours.

 

Section 7.5.   Arbitration; Service of Process and Jurisdiction.   As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, if any dispute shall arise between the parties hereto with reference to the interpretation of this Agreement or their rights with respect to any transaction involved, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two arbitrators so chosen.  If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from the other party requesting it to do so, the requesting party may appoint two arbitrators.  If the two arbitrators fail to agree in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, each of them shall name two, of whom the other shall decline one and the decision shall be made by drawing lots.  All arbitrators shall be active or retired disinterested officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or underwriters at Lloyd’s of London not under the control of either party hereto.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided herein, the arbitrators shall promulgate rules to interpret this Agreement based upon the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association applicable to commercial disputes and the Convention on Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards (June 10, 1958).  The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than as a legal obligation and will make their award with the view to effecting the general purpose and intent of this Agreement, rather than in accordance with the literal interpretation of the Agreement.

 

The party requesting the arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty-five (45) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.  The party responding to the request for arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty-five (45) days of the receipt of the petitioner’s case.  A hearing shall be held within thirty (30) days after receipt of the parties cases in writing.  The arbitrators shall render their decision within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing.

 

4



 

The decision in writing of any two arbitrators, when filed with the parties hereto, shall be final and binding on both parties.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction.  Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and arbitration.  Said arbitration shall take place in Houston, Texas unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto.

 

The Assuming Company hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or State of Texas court sitting in the State of Texas over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  The Assuming Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court and any claim than any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Assuming Company agrees that a final judgment, not subject to any further appeal, in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and will be given effect in the country of domicile of the Assuming Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and may be enforced in any Federal or State of Texas court sitting in the State of Texas, by a suit upon such judgment, provided that service of process is effected upon it as specified in this Section or as otherwise permitted by law.

 

Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States that makes provision therefor, the Assuming Company hereby designates the superintendent, Commissioner or Director of Insurance or other officer specified for the purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in office, as the true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Assuming Company under this Agreement, and hereby designates the person named in this Agreement in Section 7.12 as the person whom the officer is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

 

The Assuming Company consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to above in any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York by service of process as set forth above, provided that, to the extent lawfully possible, written notice of said service shall be mailed by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Assuming Company at its address specified herein or to any other address of which the Assuming Company shall have given notice to the Ceding Company.  The Assuming Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all claim of error by reason of any such service and agrees that such service shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Assuming Company in any such suit, action or proceeding and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid and personal service upon and personal delivery to the Assuming Company.

 

Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of the Assuming Company from receiving service of process in any other manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Ceding Company to bring proceedings against the Assuming Company in any court having jurisdiction over the Assuming Company and such proceeding.

 

Section 7.6.  Offset and Remittances The Ceding Company and the Assuming Company hereby grant each other the right to offset any amounts owed by one party to the other under this Agreement, including but not limited to amounts owed hereunder as Premiums, claims for loss payments, or under any judgment entered upon any arbitration award made pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4 hereof.  Accordingly, the amount of any payments to be made to either party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be reduced by offsetting all amounts payable

 

5



 

by such party to the other party so there shall be a single net payment due under this Agreement from one party to the other.  In the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable law.  If any payment due under this Agreement is not timely made, then the amount thereof shall be increased by interest at a rate equal to the average daily one-year U.S. Treasury Bill rate in effect during the period from the time such payment was due through the date of the payment thereof.

 

Section 7. 7.  Applicable Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to principles regarding choice of law.  Any arbitration under this Agreement, or any dispute regarding the right to arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (9 USC Section I, et seq .).

 

Section 7.8.  Reserves .   The Assuming Company shall establish maintain all statutory reserves relating to the liabilities assumed hereunder as may be required by the Covered Policies and applicable law and regulation.  The reinsurance provided by this Agreement shall not be affected or invalidated by reason of any action or interpretation by any commissioner or superintendent of insurance of any jurisdiction with respect to the establishment or maintenance of any of the reserves described in this Article.  The Ceding Company shall furnish to the Assuming Company such information respecting its Coinsurance Share of liabilities assumed hereunder as the Assuming Company shall reasonably require in order to accurately compute or verify the amount of any such reserves.

 

The Assuming Company agrees to take all steps necessary to comply with all applicable laws and regulations so as to permit the Ceding Company to obtain full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement in all relevant jurisdictions, including but not limited to the establishment of reserves, trusts or letters of credit necessary for the Ceding Company to receive such credit

 

Section 7.9.  Currency .  All payments under this Agreement and all accounts and reports pursuant to this Agreement and any arbitration awards or court judgments arising out of this Agreement shall be in United States currency.

 

Section 7.10. Confidentiality .   The Assuming Company and the Ceding Company shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to the Covered Policies and all other information denominated as confidential by the other party provided to it in connection with this Agreement and shall not disclose such information to any third parties without the prior written consent of the other party, except as may be required by governmental or regulatory authorities, rating agencies, or pursuant to legal process.

 

Section 7.11.  Entire Agreement .   This Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement, including any Schedules or Exhibits hereto, contains the sole and entire agreement between the Ceding Company and the Assuming Company with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 7.12.  Notice .   As used in this Agreement, Notice shall mean any and all notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder, and all Notices shall be given or mailed by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, or by an overnight courier service, addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below:

 

6



 

If to the Ceding Company, to:

 

Central United Life Insurance Company

2727 Allen Parkway, 6 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77019-2115

Attn: President

 

If to the Assuming Company, to:

 

KRE Reinsurance Ltd.

Victoria Hall, Victoria Street

P.O. Box HM 1826

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attn: Account Executive

 

With a copy to:

 

Capital Re Management Corporation

1326 Avenue of the Americas

18 th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attn: General Counsel

 

Section 7.13.  Taxes .

 

A.     The Ceding Company shall be liable for all premium and other taxes in connection with the Covered Policies.

 

B.     KRE and Central United agree to the following pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Income Tax Regulations under Section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended:

 

(i)             The term “party” shall refer to either KRE or Central United, as appropriate.  The terms used in this subsection B are defined by reference to Federal Income Tax Regulation 1.848-2 and the term “net consideration” shall refer to either the net consideration as defined in Federal Income Tax Regulation 1.848-2(f) or the gross amount of premiums and other consideration as defined in Federal Income Tax Regulation l-848-3(b), as appropriate;

 

(ii)            Each party shall attach a schedule to its Federal income tax return which identifies the relevant Reinsurance Agreements for which the joint election has been made;

 

(iii)           The party with net positive consideration, as defined in the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 848, for such Reinsurance Agreements for each taxable year shall capitalize specific policy acquisition expenses with respect to such Reinsurance Agreements without regard to the general deductions limitation ofSection 848(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

7



 

(iv)           Each party agrees to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under such Reinsurance Agreements each year to ensure consistency; and

 

(v)            The joint election agreed to hereunder shall be effective beginning with the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.14.  Wire Transfers .   The Ceding Company and the Assuming Company shall each promptly notify each other of the bank accounts into which wire transfers of money are to be made for any and all payments due under this Agreement.

 

Section 7.15.  No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement constitutes an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Assuming Company and the Ceding Company, and is intended solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successor and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer any rights as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement upon any other person.

 

Section 7.16.  Severability If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law or if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and it f the rights or obligations of the Assuming Company or Ceding Company under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision shall be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

 

Section 7.17.  Good Faith .   The parties agree to deal with each other fairly and in utmost good faith in the performance of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.18.  Not Assignable .  This Agreement may not be assigned by either party.

 

Section 7.19.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7. 20.  Waivers and Amendments .   Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof.  Such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by a duly authorized officer of such party.  A waiver on one occasion will not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other term or condition on a future occasion.  This Agreement may not be altered or changed except by a writing executed by the Ceding Company and the Assuming Company

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

CENTRAL UNITED LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David W. Harris

 

 

Name:

DAVID W. HARRIS

 

 

Title:

CHAIRMAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

3/31/1998

 

 

 

KRE REINSURANCE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L Carne

 

 

Name:

REBECCA CARNE

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

Dated:

3/31/1998

 

 

9



 

RETROCESSION AGREEMENT

 

 

This Retrocession Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 (“Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Central United Life Insurance Company (“Central United” or the “Ceding Company”), a Texas stock life insurance company, and KRE Reinsurance Ltd. (“KRE” or the “Assuming Company”), an insurance company registered under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Central United and the KRE hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

definitions

 

Section 1.1.  Definitions .   Except as expressly defined otherwise in this Agreement, for all purposes with regard to this Agreement, all capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them below.  Any definitions set forth herein shall (i) include the singular as well as plural, and (ii) all accounting terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them under statutory accounting principles prescribed or permitted under the laws and regulations of the State of Texas.

 

A.     “Assumption Agreement” means the Assumption Reinsurance Agreement, dated July 14, 1997, by and between Commonwealth National Life Insurance Company, a Mississippi stock life insurance company and Central United (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B).

 

B.     “Closing Date” means the date on which the Placement Slip for the reinsurance coverage provided under this Agreement was executed by Central United.

 

C.     “Coinsurance Agreement” means the Coinsurance Reinsurance Agreement, dated July 14, 1997, and effective October 1, 1997, by and between Commonwealth National Life Insurance Company, a Mississippi stock life insurance company and Central United (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A).

 

D.     “Earned Rate” means the rate of return (net of trustee fees), including amortization of premium or discount, and realized and unrealized gains and losses on the portfolio of assets held in trust for the benefit of Central United as provided for under Section 8.8 of this Agreement.

 

E.      “Effective Date” means October 1, 1997.

 

F.      “Excluded Liabilities” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.19 of the Coinsurance Agreement

 

G.     “Portfolio Indemnity Benefits” means KRE’s benefit payments to Central United related to its Coinsurance Share of the liability assumed under the Underlying Agreements.

 

H.     “Recapture Account” means the notional account established under Section 3.5 of this Agreement.

 

I.       “Statutory Reserves” means the sum of all reserves required to be maintained by Central United for the liabilities assumed under the Underlying Agreements calculated consistent with the reserve requirements, statutory accounting rules and actuarial principles prescribed or permitted by applicable law and regulation.

 

1



 

J.      “Stop Loss Benefits” means the payments of death benefits made by KRE to Central United under and in accordance with the Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement.

 

K.     “Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement” means the Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement dated as of October 1, 1997 by and between KRE and Central United.

 

L.      “Term” means the period during which this Agreement is in effect as provided in Article 3

 

M.    “Underlying Agreements” means the Assumption Agreement and the Coinsurance Agreement.

 

Section 1.2.  Headings All captions, headings or titles preceding any Section or Article in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

BUSINESS RETROCEDED

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Central United hereby cedes to the Assuming Company and the Assuming Company hereby assumes as reinsurance, on a quota share basis, thirty-seven and one half percent (37.5%) (the “Coinsurance Share”) of the interests and liabilities (other than the Excluded Liabilities) of Central United under each of the Underlying Agreements.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

Section 3.1.  Term .  This Agreement shall be effective 12:01 A.M., Central Time, October 1, 1997, and shall remain in full force and effect until the natural expiration of the liabilities assumed hereunder or until sooner terminated as provided herein.

 

Section 3.2.  Termination

 

A.     Central United shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate this Agreement (i) at any time after the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date (i.e., October 1, 2001) up to, but not including, the fifteenth anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (i.e., October 1, 2012) by giving at least 90 days prior written Notice to KRE and paying to KRE on the effective date of such termination an amount equal to the positive balance, if any, of the Recapture Account calculated in accordance with Section 3.5 as of the effective date of termination, (ii) on the fifteenth anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (i.e., October 1, 2012) by giving at least 90 days prior written Notice to KRE.  If Central United terminates this Agreement in accordance with subsection (ii), Central United shall have no obligation to pay KRE any amount based on the balance in the Recapture Account and (iii) at any time prior to the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date (i.e., October 1, 2001)) by giving at least 90 days prior written Notice to KRE if the balance in the Recapture Account is zero.

 

B.     This Agreement may be terminated by KRE (solely at KRE’s option) immediately upon Notice by KRE to Central United if Central United fails to pay any Periodic Premium (defined below) due to KRE within fifteen (15) days after such Premium is due under this Agreement.   If KRE terminates this Agreement in accordance with this paragraph, Central United shall be obligated to pay KRE an amount equal to the positive balance of the Recapture Account calculated as of the end of the preceding calendar quarter, and that obligation shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2



 

Section 3.3.  Effect of Termination .  Upon termination of this Agreement under Section 3.2, Central United shall reassume all liability ceded under this Agreement and the KRE shall transfer to Central United the Statutory Reserves maintained by KRE relating to KRE’s Coinsurance Share of the liabilities under the Underlying Agreements.

 

Section 3.4.  Notice of Termination .   The Notice of termination required by Section 3.2A(i) and (ii) shall specify the effective date termination and otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 3.2 and 8.12 of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.5.  Recapture Account Balance .  For the purpose of determining the amount due KRE, if any, upon termination of this Agreement under Section 3.2A. a notional Recapture Account shall be established and maintained with respect to the coverage provided under this Agreement.  As of the Effective Date, the balance in the Recapture Account shall equal the Initial Expense Allowance (defined below).  Thereafter, the balance in the Recapture Account shall be equal to the result of the following formula as of the end of each calendar quarter:

 

Recapture Account Balance = A + B – C, where

 

A = the balance of the Recapture Account as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter plus interest on that amount accrued for a calendar quarter at the Earned Rate, and

 

B = the sum of (i) Portfolio Indemnity Benefits and Stop Loss Benefits, plus (ii) all Periodic Expense Allowance payments, (iii) plus the increase, or minus decrease, from the immediately preceding calendar quarter in KRE’s Coinsurance Share of the Statutory Reserves associated with the Underlying Agreements, plus (iv) the greater of (x) 0.625% of the balance of the Recapture Account as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter and (y) $7,500, and

 

C = the sum of (i) the Initial Premium and all Periodic Premiums paid, plus (ii) interest income (accrued at the Earned Rate) for a calendar quarter on KRE’s Coinsurance Share of the Statutory Reserves associated with the Underlying Agreements.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

PREMIUM AND EXPENSE ALLOWANCE

 

Section 4.1.  Premium .  Central United shall pay to KRE as premium (i) on the Closing Date, an amount (the “Initial Premium”) equal to KRE’s Coinsurance Share of the Statutory Reserves associated with the Underlying Agreements as of the Closing Date, (ii) as and when received by Central United, KRE’s Coinsurance Share of the gross premiums Central United receives for the coverage provided under the Underlying Agreements, net of all premiums paid by Central United by the Effective Date for other reinsurance of liabilities ceded under the Underlying Agreements (the “Periodic Premium”).

 

Section 4.2.  Expense Allowance .   KRE shall pay to Central United an expense allowance (i) on the Closing Date, an amount (the “Initial Expense Allowance”) equal to the lesser of (x) $4,500,000, and (y) twenty-eight percent (28%) of KRE’s Coinsurance Share of the Statutory Reserves associated with the Underlying Agreements as of the Effective Date of this Agreement and (ii) as and when received by KRE, an amount (the “Periodic Expense Allowance”) equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Periodic Premium.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 5

 

RIGHTS AND SETTLEMENTS

 

All losses, compromises, payments and expenses and allowances in consequence of a claim or a potential claim under the Underlying Agreements shall be settled by the Ceding Company without the intervention of the Assuming Company and shall be binding upon the Assuming Company and the Assuming Company shall allow or pay as the case may be each settlement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  The Ceding Company shall be the sole judge of (i) the interpretation of the Underlying Agreements, (ii) what shall constitute a claim or Covered Losses covered under the Underlying Agreements; and (iii) the amount it shall be proper for the Ceding Company to pay under the Underlying Agreements.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

PROGRAM OF INTERNAL REPLACEMENT

 

Should Central United, Commonwealth National Life Insurance Company (“Commonwealth National”), or any of their affiliates, successors or assigns, initiate a Program of Internal Replacement (as defined below) that would include any of the Assumed Policies (as defined in the Coinsurance Agreement) reinsured under this Agreement, Central United will immediately notify KRE.  For each Assumed Policy reinsured under this Agreement that has been replaced under a Program of Internal Replacement, KRE shall have the option, at its sole discretion, of either treating the liability thereon as recaptured or continuing reinsurance on the new policy under this Agreement.

 

The term “Program of Internal Replacement” shall mean any program offered to a class of policyowners in which an Assumed Policy or any portion of the Assumed Policy is exchanged for another policy or contract, not reinsured under this Agreement, which is written by the Central United, Commonwealth National, or any of their affiliates, successors or assigns.  For the purposes of this Agreement, a Program of Internal Replacement includes new polices made or issued either (i) in compliance with the terms of the original Assumed Policy, (ii) without the same new underwriting information that Central United or Commonwealth National would obtain in the absence of the original Assumed Policy or (iii) without an exclusion period or contestable period of equal duration as those contained in the new issues by Central United or Commonwealth National.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

ACCOUNTS

 

Within twenty (20) days following the end of each calendar quarter the Ceding Company shall render an account to the Assuming Company showing (i) gross premium received by the Ceding Company and Periodic Premium due and paid to KRE, (ii) Period Expense Allowance due and paid to Central United, (iii) all claims made and paid by the Ceding Company under the Underlying Agreements and KRE’s Coinsurance Share thereof, (iv) a notation advising of the Statutory Reserves at the end of such calendar quarter and KRE’s Coinsurance Share thereof, and (v) such other information as is necessary to calculate the balance of the Recapture Account or as may be requested by the Assuming Company.  KRE’s Coinsurance Share of any claims for benefits under the Underlying Agreements shall be payable to Central United within ten (10) business days after KRE’s receipt of each quarterly account provided for in this Article.

 

4



 

ARTICLE 8

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

Section 8.1.  Insolvency .   Any risk or obligation assumed by the Assuming Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable by the Assuming Company on the basis of its liability under this Agreement without diminution because of any insolvency of the Ceding Company.  In the event of the insolvency of the Ceding Company and the appointment of a conservator, liquidator or statutory successor of any Ceding Company, all payments due hereunder shall be payable to such conservator, liquidator or statutory successor in accordance with this Agreement, with reasonable provision for verification, on the basis of claims allowed against such Ceding Company by any court of competent jurisdiction or by any conservator, liquidator or statutory successor of such Ceding Company having authority to allow such claims, without diminution because of such insolvency or because such conservator, liquidator or statutory successor has failed to pay all or a portion of any such claim.  Payments by the Assuming Company as set forth above shall be made directly to such Ceding Company or its conservator, liquidator or statutory successor.

 

Section 8.2.   Retrocession Follows Original Cession .   All reinsurance for which Assuming Company shall be liable by subscribing to this Agreement shall be subject in all respects to the same terms, conditions, waivers and to the same modification, alterations and cancellations of the Underlying Agreements to which such reinsurance relates, the true intent of this Agreement is that the Assuming Company shall, in every case to which this Agreement applies, follow the fortunes of the Ceding Company, including benefit payments and the timing thereof.  Except as specifically provided in this Agreement and any endorsement hereto, nothing herein shall be construed to expand the liability of the Assuming Company beyond what is specifically assumed under this Agreement by creating in any third party any rights hereunder.

 

Section 8.3.  Errors and Omissions .  Any inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Agreement or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either the Ceding Company or Assuming Company from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, including but not limited to any error or accidental omission by the other party in reporting any claim or loss under the Underlying Agreements.

 

Section 8.4.  Access to Records and Reports; Audits .   The Assuming Company or its duly authorized representative shall have access to and the right to inspect the books and records of the Ceding Company at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement, the Underlying Agreements or the subject matter hereof or thereof.  Upon the request of the Assuming Company, the Ceding Company shall forward to the Assuming Company any reports received by the Ceding Company pursuant to Section 4.8 of the Coinsurance Agreement.  The Assuming Company, at its sole expense, shall have the right to audit all of the Ceding Company’s records and procedures relating to the Underlying Agreements at the office of the Ceding Company during regular business hours.

 

Section 8. 5.  Arbitration; Service of Process and Jurisdiction .   As a Condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, if any dispute shall arise between the parties hereto with reference to the interpretation of this Agreement or their rights with respect to any transaction involved, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two arbitrators so chosen.  If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the receipt of written notice from the other party requesting it to do so, the requesting party may appoint two arbitrators.  If the two arbitrators fail to agree in the selection of a third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, each of them shall name two, of whom the other shall decline one and the decision shall be made by drawing lots.  All arbitrators shall be active or retired disinterested officers of insurance or reinsurance companies not under the control of either party hereto.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided herein, the arbitrators shall promulgate rules to interpret this Agreement based upon the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association applicable to commercial disputes and the Convention on Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral

 

5



 

Awards (June 10, 1958).  The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than as a legal obligation and will make their award with the view to effecting the general purpose and intent of this Agreement, rather than in accordance with the literal interpretation of the Agreement.

 

The party requesting the arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty-five (45) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.  The party responding to the request for arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty-five (45) days of the receipt of the petitioner’s case.  A hearing shall be held within thirty (30) days after receipt of the parties cases in writing.  The arbitrators shall render their decision within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing.  The decision in writing of any two arbitrators, when filed with the parties hereto, shall be final and binding on both parties.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction.  Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and arbitration.  Said arbitration shall take place in Houston, Texas unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto.

 

The Assuming Company hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or State of Texas court sitting in the State of Texas over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  The Assuming Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court and any claim than any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Assuming Company agrees that a final judgment, not subject to any further appeal, in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and will be given effect in the country of domicile of the Assuming Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and may be enforced in any Federal or State of Texas court sitting in the State of Texas, by a suit upon such judgment, provided that service of process is effected upon it as specified in this Section or as otherwise permitted by law.

 

Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States that makes provision therefor, the Assuming Company hereby designates the superintendent, Commissioner or Director of Insurance or other officer specified for the purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in office, as the true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Assuming Company under this Agreement, and hereby designates the person named in this Agreement in Section 8.12 as the person whom the officer is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

 

The Assuming Company consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to above in any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York by service of process as set forth above, provided that, to the extent lawfully possible, written notice of said service shall be mailed by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Assuming Company at its address specified herein or to any other address of which the Assuming Company shall have given notice to the Ceding Company.  The Assuming Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all claim of error by reason of any such service and agrees that such service shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Assuming Company in any such suit, action or proceeding and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid and personal service upon and personal delivery to the Assuming Company.

 

Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of the Assuming Company from receiving service of process in any other manner permitted by law or limit the right of the Ceding Company to bring proceedings against the Assuming Company in any court having jurisdiction over the Assuming Company and such proceeding.

 

Section 8.6.   Offset and Remittances .  The Ceding Company and the Assuming Company hereby grant each other the right to offset any amounts owed by one party to the other under this Agreement, including but not limited to amounts owed hereunder as Premiums, claims for loss payments, or under any judgment entered upon any arbitration award made pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4 hereof.  Accordingly, the amount of any payments to be made to either party pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be reduced by offsetting all amounts payable by such party to the other party so there shall be a single net

 

6



 

payment due under this Agreement from one party to the other.  In the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable law.  If any payment due under this Agreement is not timely made, then the amount thereof shall be increased by interest at a rate equal to the average daily one-year U.S. Treasury Bill rate in effect during the period from the time such payment was due through the date of the payment thereof.

 

Section 8.7 Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to principles regarding choice of law.  Any arbitration under this Agreement, or any dispute regarding the right to arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (9 USC Section 1, et seq .).

 

Section 8.8.  Reserves .  The Assuming Company shall establish and maintain all Statutory Reserves relating to its Coinsurance Share of liabilities assumed hereunder as may be required by the Underlying Agreements and applicable law and regulation.  The reinsurance provided by this Agreement shall not be affected or invalidated by reason of any action or interpretation by any commissioner or superintendent of insurance of any jurisdiction with respect to the establishment or maintenance of any of the reserves described in this Article.  The Ceding Company shall furnish to the Assuming Company such information respecting its Coinsurance Share of liabilities assumed hereunder as the Assuming Company shall reasonably require in order to accurately compute or verify the amount of any such reserves.

 

The Assuming Company agrees to take all steps necessary to comply with all applicable laws and regulations so as to permit the Ceding Company to obtain full statutory financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement in all relevant jurisdictions, including but not limited to the establishment of reserves, trusts or letters of credit necessary for the Ceding Company to receive such credit or amending this Agreement to comply with such laws.  Any trust agreement established by the Assuming Company for the benefit of the Ceding Company shall comply in all respects with all applicable law for the purpose of providing the Ceding Company with statutory credit for Statutory Reserves ceded hereunder.

 

Section 8.9.  Currency .  All payments under this Agreement and all accounts and reports pursuant to this Agreement and any arbitration awards or court judgments arising out of this Agreement shall be in United States currency.

 

Section 8.10.  Confidentiality .  The Assuming Company and the Ceding Company shall maintain the confidentiality of all information related to the Underlying Agreements and all other information denominated as confidential by the other party provided to it in connection with this Agreement and shall not disclose such information to any third parties without the prior written consent of the other party, except as may be required by governmental or regulatory authorities, rating agencies, or pursuant to legal process.

 

Section 8.11.  Entire Agreement .   This Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement, including any Schedules or Exhibits hereto, contains the sole and entire agreement between the Ceding Company and the Assuming Company with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 8.12.  Notice .   As used in this Agreement, Notice shall mean any and all notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder, and all Notices shall be given or mailed by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, or by an overnight courier service, addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below:

 

If to the Ceding Company, to:

 

Central United Life Insurance Company

2727 Allen Parkway, 6 th Floor

Houston, Texas 77019-2115

Attn: President

 

7



 

If to the Assuming Company, to:

 

KRE Reinsurance Ltd.

Victoria Hall, Victoria Street

P.O. Box HM 1826

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attn: Account Executive

 

With a copy to:

 

Capital Re Management Corporation

1326 Avenue of the Americas

18 th Floor

New York, New York 10019

Attn: General Counsel

 

Section 8.13.  Taxes .

 

A.     The Ceding Company shall be liable for all premium and other taxes in connection with the Covered Policies.

 

B.     KRE and Central United agree to the following pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Income Tax Regulations under Section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended:

 

(i)             The term “party” shall refer to either KRE or Central United, as appropriate.  The terms used in this subsection B are defined by reference to Federal Income Tax Regulation 1.848-2 and the term “net consideration” shall refer to either the net consideration as defined in Federal Income Tax Regulation l.848-2(f) or the gross amount of premiums and other consideration as defined in Federal Income Tax Regulation 1-848-3(b), as appropriate;

 

(ii)            Each party shall attach a schedule to its Federal income tax return which identifies the relevant Reinsurance Agreements for which the joint election has been made;

 

(iii)           The party with net positive consideration, as defined in the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under Section 848, for such Reinsurance Agreements for each taxable year shall capitalize specific policy acquisition expenses with respect to such Reinsurance Agreements without regard to the general deductions limitation ofSection 848(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

(iv)           Each party agrees to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under such Reinsurance Agreements each year to ensure consistency; and

 

(v)            The joint election agreed to hereunder shall be effective beginning with the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.14.  Wire Transfers .  The Ceding Company and the Assuming Company shall each promptly notify each other of the bank accounts into which wire transfers of money are to be made for any and all payments due under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.15.  No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement constitutes an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Assuming Company and the Ceding Company, and is intended solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successor and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer any rights as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement upon any other person.

 

8



 

Section 8.16.  Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law or if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and it f the rights or obligations of the Assuming Company or Ceding Company under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision shall be fully severable, and this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

 

Section 8.17.  Good Faith .  The parties agree to deal with each other fairly and in utmost good faith in the performance of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.18.  Not Assignable This Agreement may not be assigned by either party.

 

Section 8.19.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 8.20.  Waivers and Amendments Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof.  Such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by a duly authorized officer of such party.  A waiver on one occasion will not be deemed to be a waiver of the same or any other term or condition on a future occasion.  This Agreement may not be altered or changed except by a writing executed by the Ceding Company and the Assuming Company

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

CENTRAL UNITED LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ David W. Harris

 

 

Name:

  DAVID W. HARRIS

 

 

Title:

  CHAIRMAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

3/31 1998

 

 

 

KRE REINSURANCE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Rebecca L Carne

 

 

Name:

  REBECCA CARNE

 

 

Title:

  Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

Dated:

March 31 1998

 

 

9




Exhibit 10.38

 

QUOTA SHARE RETROCESSION AGREEMENT

 

This Quota Share Retrocession Agreement (“Agreement”), effective as of January 1, 2002, is made and entered into by and between ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD. (the “Retrocedent”), an insurance company registered and licensed under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and ACE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY (the “Retrocessionaire”), a Pennsylvania insurance company.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1. Definitions . For all purposes with regard to this Agreement, (i) unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Individual Disability Income Stop Loss Reinsurance Treaty dated as of January 1, 1999 by and between Guardian Life Insurance Company of America (the “Original Reinsured”) and the Retrocedent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (the “Underlying Treaty”, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit I), and (ii) all accounting terms shall have the meanings assigned to them under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

Section 1.2. Headings . All captions, headings or titles preceding any Section or Article in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERM

 

Section 2.1. Term . The term of this Agreement (the “Retrocession Term”) shall commence at 12:01 a.m., eastern standard time, on January 1, 2002 (the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in force until all of the Retrocedent’s obligations under the Underlying Treaty have been discharged.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

TYPE

 

Quota share retrocession.

 



 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVERAGE; REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

The Retrocedent hereby cedes to the Retrocessionaire, and the Retrocessionaire hereby assumes as reinsurance from the Retrocedent and agrees to pay Retrocedent, (i) 100% of Reinsurance Amounts paid by the Retrocedent under the Underlying Treaty in respect of Retroceded Claim Inception Years, net of reinsurance paid by the Excess Retrocessionaires under the Excess Agreements to the extent such reinsurance is attributable to Retroceded Claim Inception Years, (ii) 100% of Return Premiums paid by the Retrocedent under the Underlying Treaty in respect of Retroceded Claim Inception Years, (iii) the portion of any Downgrade Amount paid by the Retrocedent under the Underlying Treaty that is attributable to Retroceded Claim Inception Years and (iv) the portion of any Experience Refund paid by the Retrocedent under the Underlying Treaty that is attributable to Retroceded Claim Inception Years.

 

The Retrocessionaire shall reimburse the Retrocedent for 100% of allocated loss adjustment expenses, expenses paid with respect to the Premium Trust Account and expenses paid with respect to trust accounts established or letters of credit delivered in accordance with Article 10 of the Underlying Treaty, in each case, to the extent such expenses are incurred on or after the Effective Date.

 

The Retrocessionaire shall also reimburse the Retrocedent for 100% of the retrocession premium paid to the Excess Retrocessionaires in respect of the Retroceded Claim Inception Years under the Excess Agreements.

 

“Retroceded Claim Inception Years” means the 2002 Claim Inception Year and each subsequent Claim Inception Year during the Term of the Underlying Treaty.

 

“Excess Retrocessionaires” means ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and London Life & Casualty Reinsurance Corporation.

 

“Excess Agreements” means (i) the Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999 between the Retrocedent and ACE Bermuda Insurance Limited and (ii) the Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement dated as of January 1, 1999 between the Retrocedent and London Life & Casualty Reinsurance Corporation, copies of which have been delivered to the Retrocessionaire.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 5

 

RETROCESSION PREMIUM; FUNDS WITHHELD ACCOUNT; EXCESS AMOUNT

 

Section 5.1. Retrocession Premium . The Retrocedent shall pay to the Retrocessionaire for each Retroceded Claim Inception Year during the Retrocession Term a retrocession premium (the “Retrocession Premium”) equal to the Reinsurance Premium paid to the Retrocedent under the Underlying Treaty in respect of each such Retroceded Claim Inception Year. The Retrocession Premium shall be payable on the date that the Retrocedent receives the Reinsurance Premium from the Original Reinsured, but shall be paid on a funds withheld basis.

 

Section 5.2. Funds Withheld Account . The Retrocedent shall calculate a notional account (the “Funds Withheld Account”) and shall (A) credit thereto (i) the Retrocession Premiums and (ii) interest at the Earned Rate on the average daily balance of the Funds Withheld Account during each calendar quarter and (B) debit therefrom the Permitted Debits (as defined below). For purposes of calculating such interest, interest shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Account on the last day of each calendar quarter, Retrocession Premiums shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Account on the dates payable, and Permitted Debits shall be debited on the dates the corresponding amounts owed by the Retrocedent to the Original Reinsured are withdrawn from the Premium Trust Account. The balance of the Funds Withheld Account shall be payable to the Retrocessionaire within five (5) business days of the date on which the Retrocedent has no further liability under the Underlying Treaty.

 

“Earned Rate” means, with respect to a quarter, the book yield plus realized gains and losses for such quarter on the portfolio of assets held in the Premium Trust Account.

 

Section 5.3. Excess Amount . In the event the Original Reinsured pays any Excess Amount to the Retrocedent, the Retrocedent shall promptly pay to the Retrocessionaire the portion of the Excess Amount that is attributable to Retroceded Claim Inception Years.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

RIGHTS AND SETTLEMENTS

 

The Retrocessionaire agrees to abide by the claim settlements of the Retrocedent. The Retrocedent shall be the sole judge of:

 

A.                                   The interpretation of the Underlying Treaty;

 

B.                                     What shall constitute a claim under the Underlying Treaty; and

 

C.                                      The Retrocedent’s liability under the Underlying Treaty and the proper amounts for the Retrocedent to pay thereunder.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 7

 

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

Section 7.1. Reports Received from Original Reinsured . Within five (5) business days of receipt by the Retrocedent, the Retrocedent shall deliver to the Retrocessionaire copies of the reports required under Article 9 of the Underlying Treaty.

 

Section 7.2. Quarterly Report . Within 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter during the Retrocession Term, the Retrocedent will prepare and deliver to the Retrocessionaire a report (the “Quarterly Report”) containing information relevant to the calculation of the amount owed by or to the Retrocessionaire hereunder in respect of such calendar quarter as well as a statement of the Earned Rate in respect of such calendar quarter and the balance of the Funds Withheld Account as at the end of such calendar quarter (which report shall be in such form as the Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire shall reasonably agree).

 

Section 7.3. Permitted Debits . Amounts payable by the Retrocessionaire hereunder in respect of Return Premiums, Downgrade Amount and/or Experience Refund shall be debited from the Funds Withheld Account to the extent the Retrocedent is permitted to use funds in the Premium Trust Account to pay amounts owed by the Retrocedent to the Original Reinsured in respect of such Return Premiums, Downgrade Amount and/or Experience Refund (such amounts, the “Permitted Debits”).

 

Section 7.4. Remittances . Net payments owed to the Retrocessionaire shall accompany the Quarterly Report. Net payments owed to the Retrocedent shall be made within five (5) business days of delivery of the Quarterly Report; provided, however, at the option and upon the demand of the Retrocedent, when the amount due from the Retrocedent exceeds $100,000, the Retrocedent shall be paid by wire transfer of same day federal funds within two business days following the date of receipt by the Retrocessionaire of a special loss accounting.

 

ARTICLES 8

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

Section 8.1. Follow the Fortunes . This Agreement is based on the original terms of the Underlying Treaty so that the Retrocessionaire’s rights and obligations vis-à-vis the Retrocedent with respect to the reinsurance provided under this Agreement shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, follow the fortunes of the Retrocedent in all respects under the Underlying Treaty.

 

Section 8.2. No Third Party Rights . Nothing herein shall be construed to expand the liability of the Retrocessionaire beyond what is specifically assumed under this Agreement by creating in any third party any rights hereunder.

 

4



 

Section 8.3. Insolvency . In the event of the insolvency of the Retrocedent, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Retrocedent, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor immediately upon demand on the basis of the liability of the Retrocedent without diminution because of the insolvency of the Retrocedent or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Retrocedent has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that within a reasonable time the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Retrocedent shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of a claim against the Retrocedent under the Underlying Treaty. During the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Retrocedent or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Retrocedent as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Retrocedent solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.

 

Section 8.4. Access to Records . The Retrocessionaire or its duly authorized representative shall have access to and the right to inspect the books and records of the Retrocedent at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement, the Underlying Treaty or the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 8.5. Offset . The Retrocessionaire or the Retrocedent may offset any balance(s) due from one party to the other under this Agreement or any other agreement exclusively between the parties hereto. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums or losses or otherwise. In the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 8.6. Errors and Omissions . Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made, provided such delay, omission or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

Section 8.7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to choice of law provisions and rules thereof.

 

Section 8.8. Arbitration . Any dispute or other matter in question relating to this Agreement that cannot be resolved by the Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire arising out of, or relating to, the formation, interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, will be subject to arbitration. Arbitration will be initiated by the delivery of a written notice of demand for

 

5



 

arbitration by one party to the other within a reasonable time after the dispute has arisen and cannot be otherwise settled by the parties.

 

Within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of arbitration, each party will appoint a disinterested individual as arbitrator and the two so appointed will then appoint a third arbitrator who will serve as the umpire. If either party fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days, the other party may appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators do not agree on a third arbitrator within fifteen (15) days of the date on which the second arbitrator was appointed, the parties shall employ the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures to appoint the third arbitrator. If the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures have been terminated, the parties shall jointly petition the American Arbitration Association to appoint the third arbitrator. The arbitrators will be active or retired officers of insurance or reinsurance companies who do not have a personal or financial interest in the result of the arbitration and who are not past or current officers, employees or directors of the Retrocedent, the Retrocessionaire or their respective affiliates.

 

The arbitration hearings will be held in New York, New York, or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Within thirty (30) days after appointment of the third arbitrator, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings. The decision of the panel shall be rendered within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings.

 

In making its decision, the panel shall consider the customs and practices of the reinsurance industry. The arbitrators will not be obliged to follow judicial formalities or the rules of evidence except to the extent required by the laws of the State of New York. Insofar as the arbitration panel looks to substantive law, it shall consider the laws of the State of New York. The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws rules, will govern any action or suit brought to compel any such arbitration or to enforce any award rendered pursuant to such arbitration.

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the cost of the third arbitrator. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, to the extent permitted by law.

 

Except as provided above, arbitration will be based, to the extent applicable, upon ARIAS-U.S. procedures.

 

The procedures specified in this Section will be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

6



 

This Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.9. Service of Suit . Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding relating to the enforcement of the parties’ agreement to arbitrate or the enforcement of an arbitral award. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party agrees that a final judgment, not subject to any further appeal, in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon it and will be given effect in its state or country of domicile, as applicable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and may be enforced in any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York, by a suit upon such judgment, provided that service of process is effected upon it as specified in this Section or as otherwise permitted by law. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or waive a party’s right to remove a suit, action or proceeding to Federal court.

 

Further, each party hereby designates the Superintendent of Insurance of the State of New York, or his successor or successors in office, as the true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the other party under this Agreement and arising out of this Agreement, and hereby designates the person named in the “Notice” provision of this Agreement as the person to whom the Superintendent or such successor is authorized to mail such process or a true copy thereof.

 

Each party hereby consents to process being served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to above in any Federal or State of New York court sitting in the State of New York by service of process as set forth above; provided that, to the extent lawful and possible, written notice of said service shall be mailed by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the other party at its address specified herein or to any other address of which such party shall have given notice. Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all claim of error by reason of any such service and agrees that such service shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon such party in any such suit, action or proceeding and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be taken and held to be valid and personal service upon and personal delivery to such party.

 

Service of process may be affected in any other manner permitted by law. Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of a party to bring proceedings against the other party in any court having jurisdiction over such other party and such proceeding for the purpose of enforcing the parlies’ agreement to arbitrate or to enforce an arbitral award.

 

Section 8.10. Notice . As used in this Agreement, notice shall mean any and all notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder.

 

7



 

All notices shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by an overnight delivery service, or (iii) sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below. Any such notice shall be deemed given (i) in the case of personal delivery, when so delivered personally, (ii) if sent by overnight delivery service, one day after delivery of such notice to such service, and (iii) if sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, at the time of transmission.

 

If to the Retrocedent:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

Victoria Hall

11 Victoria Street

PO Box HM 1826

Hamilton, Bermuda HM HX

Facsimile: 441-292-1563

Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

with a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Telephone: 212-974-0100

Facsimile:   212-581-3268

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to the Retrocessionaire:

 

ACE American Insurance Company

c/o ACE Financial Solutions Inc.

1133 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036

Telephone: 212-642-7800

Facsimile: 212-642-7801

Attention: President

 

The Retrocedent and the Retrocessionaire shall provide each other with wiring instructions for monies to be transferred under this Agreement promptly after execution of this Agreement and at the time of any change in such instructions.

 

Section 8.11. Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

8



 

Section 8. 12. Amendments . This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by mutual written consent of the parties.

 

Section 8.13. Changes to Underlying Treaty . The Retrocedent shall not amend, modify or supplement the Underlying Treaty without the prior written consent of the Retrocessionaire.

 

Section 8.14. Waivers . The terms of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the party waiving compliance. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

Section 8.15. Entire Agreement; Rights and Remedies . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral statements with respect hereto. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and are not exclusive or any rights or remedies that any party may have at law or in equity.

 

Section 8.16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number or counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed by a duly authorized officer of each of the parties on the respective dates set forth below.

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

Date:

4/2/02

 

 

ACE AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Title:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

9



 

EXHIBIT I

 

[Underlying Treaty]

 

10



 

Exhibit I

 

INDIVIDUAL DISABILITY INCOME
STOP LOSS REINSURANCE TREATY

 

This Individual Disability Income Stop Loss Reinsurance Treaty (this “Treaty”), dated as of January 1 , 1999, is made and entered into by and between The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America (the “Company”) and KRE Reinsurance Ltd. (the “Reinsurer”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer and the Company agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

For all purposes with regard to this Treaty, (i) the following terms shall have the respective meanings assigned to them and shall include the plural as well as the singular, (ii) all accounting terms, including those involving premium and claim calculations, shall have the meanings assigned to them under generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) all premium and claim calculations shall be computed net of any reinsurance covering the Covered Policies (other than the reinsurance provided hereunder), whether or not recoverable:

 

A.            “Actual Claims Incurred” means, with respect to a Claim Inception Year, the sum of (i) the present value of disability benefits (excluding premiums waived on account of disability) paid by the Company in respect of Claims Incepted in such Claim Inception Year during the period commencing on January 1 of such Claim Inception Year and ending five years following the December 31 of such Claim Inception Year and (ii) the present value of the Claim Reserve established by the Company as of the date five years following the December 31 of such Claim Inception Year with respect to Claims Incepted in such Claim Inception Year, where all present values are computed as of January 1 of such Claim Inception Year at a 6% annual effective rate of interest.

 

B.              “Attachment Point” means, with respect to a Claim Inception Year, 150% of Planned Claims for such Claim Inception Year.

 

C.              “Automatic Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

D.             “Claim Inception Year” means a calendar year during the Term.

 

E.               “Claim Reserve” means, with respect to Claims Incepted in a Claim Inception Year, the actuarial present value of future benefit amounts due on claims, computed (i) at an effective annual rate of interest of 6% and (ii) using 100% of the 1985 Commissioners’ Individual Disability Income Table A for claim termination rates, as

 



 

such actuarial present value is reduced or increased in accordance with such adjustments as are agreed in writing by the parties hereto from time to time.

 

F.               “Claims Incepted” means, with respect to a Claim Inception Year, all claims under Covered Policies for disabilities that occur in such Claim Inception Year with respect to which the Company admits liability for payment, whether or not any payment is made by the Company in such Claim Inception Year.

 

G.              “Company” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

H.             “Covered Policies” has the meaning set forth in Article 2.

 

I,                  “Deposit Premium” has the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

J,                 “Downgrade Amount” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

K.             “Downgrade Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

L.               “Early Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

M.          “Effective Date” means 12:01 a.m., eastern standard time, on January 1, 1999.

 

N.             “Excess Amount” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

O.             “Excluded Claim Inception Year” has the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

P.               “Final Amount” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

Q.             “Maximum Benefits” means the maximum disability benefits under Covered Policies in force at the Effective Date or issued during the Term (inclusive of any future increases in benefits permitted under the terms of any Covered Policy), as set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

R.              “New Policy Exclusion Right” has the meaning set forth in Article 2.

 

S.               “Non-Payment Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

T.              “Planned Claims” means, (i) with respect to the 1999 Claim Inception Year, 192% of the arithmetic average of the amounts obtained by applying, in a manner consistent with actuarial standards of practice, the 1985 Commissioners’ Individual Disability Table A at 5.5% interest (computed from the beginning of calendar year 1999) to the census of Covered Policies in force as of the end of calendar year 1999 and to the census of Covered Policies in force as of the beginning of calendar year 1999 and (ii) with respect to all subsequent Claim Inception Years, the amount obtained pursuant to a method (x) developed by the Company and communicated to the Reinsurer no later

 

2



 

than June 30, 2000 (which method shall be consistent with actuarial standards of practice) and (y) agreed to by the Reinsurer no later than July 31, 2000.

 

U.             “Premium Trust Account” means the account established with the Trustee to hold all Reinsurance Premiums payable under this Treaty.

 

V.              “Premium Trust Agreement” means the agreement among the Company, the Reinsurer and the Trustee concerning the Premium Trust Account, in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix B.

 

W.         “Reinsurance Amount” has the meaning set forth in Article 3.

 

X.             “Reinsurance Premium” has the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

Y.              “Reinsurance Premium Settlement Date” has the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

Z.              “Reinsurer” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

AA.       “Reinsurer Downgrade” means the Reinsurer’s financial strength rating by Standard & Poors Rating Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc., is downgraded below “A-”.

 

BB. “Reserve Amount” has the meaning set forth in Article 10.

 

CC. “Return Premium” has the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

DD. “Term” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.

 

EE. “Treaty” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

FF. “Trustee” means The Chase Manhattan Bank.

 

ARTICLE 2
BUSINESS REINSURED

 

The business reinsured hereunder consists of (i) all individual disability income insurance policies issued by the Company and in force as of the Effective Date and (ii) all individual disability income insurance policies issued by the Company during the Term, other than such policies that are issued during a calendar year in which the Reinsurer exercises its New Policy Exclusion Right or any calendar year thereafter (the “Covered Policies”).

 

The Reinsurer shall have the right (the “New Policy Exclusion Right”), exercisable upon written notice delivered to the Company at least 90 days prior to the beginning of a calendar year, to exclude from Covered Policies all individual disability income insurance

 

3



 

policies issued by the Company during such calendar year and during each subsequent calendar year of the Term.

 

ARTICLE 3

COVERAGE

 

A.            In the event Actual Claims Incurred in any Claim Inception Year is in excess of the Attachment Point for such Claim Inception Year, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company the amount of such excess, subject to (i) a limit of liability equal to 75% of Planned Claims for such Claim Inception Year and (ii) a limit of liability equal to $150 million for the Term; provided, however, that the Reinsurer shall have no liability for Actual Claims Incurred in any Excluded Claim Inception Year (such excess, subject to such limits, is referred to herein as the “Reinsurance Amount”).  In no event shall the Reinsurer be obligated to pay more than $150 million to the Company under this Treaty.

 

B.              The Reinsurance Amount in respect of each Claim Inception Year shall be payable by the Reinsurer no later than 60 days following the December 31 which is five years following the December 31 of such Claim Inception Year.

 

ARTICLE 4
TERM

 

A.            The term of this Treaty (the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) 11:59 p.m., eastern standard time, on December 31, 2008, (ii) the Early Termination Date, (iii) the Non-Payment Termination Date, (iv) the Automatic Termination Date and (v) the Downgrade Termination Date. The provisions of this Treaty that provide for the performance of obligations at a date subsequent to the end of the Term shall survive the termination of this Treaty.

 

B.              The Reinsurer shall have the right, exercisable as of any December 31 occurring on or after December 31, 2001, to terminate coverage hereunder for all calendar years commencing thereafter, by giving at least 180 days’ prior written notice to the Company thereof (such December 31 is referred to herein as the “Early Termination Date”). The exercise of such right shall not relieve the Reinsurer of liability for the Reinsurance Amount in respect of Claim Inception Years ended on or prior to the Early Termination Date.

 

C.              In the event the Company fails to transfer the Reinsurance Premium to the Trustee for deposit in the Premium Trust Account in accordance with Article 5 and such failure is not remedied within 30 days of the date written notice of such failure is delivered to the Company by the Reinsurer, the Reinsurer shall have the right (but not the

 

4



 

obligation) to terminate coverage as of the December 31 immediately preceding the date of delivery of such notice (such December 31 is referred to herein as the “Non-Payment Termination Date”). The exercise of such right shall not relieve the Reinsurer of liability for the Reinsurance Amount in respect of Claim Inception Years ended on or prior to the Non-Payment Termination Date. In the event the Reinsurer exercises such right, it shall direct the Trustee to return to the Company any portion of Reinsurance Premium previously transferred by the Company to the Trustee for deposit in the Premium Trust Account in respect of such Claim Inception Year. The Company shall not be relieved of its obligation to pay the Reinsurance Premium in accordance with Article 5 in the event the Reinsurer does not exercise its right to terminate coverage as provided in this Section C.

 

D.             In the event (i) the Company fails to develop and communicate to the Reinsurer, on or before June 30, 2000, a methodology for determining “Planned Claims” for all Claim Inception Years subsequent to the 1999 Claim Inception Year or (ii) the Company develops such a methodology but the Reinsurer gives written notice to the Company that it does not agree with such methodology (which notice shall be provided no later than July 31, 2000), this Treaty shall automatically terminate with respect to all Claim Inception Years subsequent to the 1999 Claim Inception Year (June 30, 2000, in the case of clause (i), or the date of such written notice, in the case of clause (ii), being referred to herein as the “Automatic Termination Date”).  Such termination shall not relieve the Reinsurer of liability for the Reinsurance Amount in respect of the 1999 Claim Inception Year.  In the event of such a termination, the Reinsurer shall direct the Trustee to return to the Company any Reinsurance Premium previously transferred by the Company to the Trustee for deposit in the Premium Trust Account in respect of Claim Inception Years subsequent to the 1999 Claim Inception Year.

 

E.               In the event the Reinsurer fails to deliver, in accordance with Section C of Article 8, a guarantee, evidence that a third party reinsurer has agreed to assume or reinsure the obligations of the Reinsurer hereunder on a stand-by basis, or a letter of credit securing the obligations of the Reinsurer under this Treaty within 30 days of the date of a Reinsurer Downgrade, the Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to terminate coverage as of such 30 th day (such 30 th day is referred to herein as the “Downgrade Termination Date”).  In the event of such a termination, (x) the Reinsurer shall direct the Trustee to make a payment to the Company in an amount equal to (i) the Reinsurance Premiums previously transferred by the Company to the Trustee for deposit in the Premium Trust Account in respect of Claim Inception Years (other than Excluded Claim Inception Years) that have not settled prior to the Downgrade Termination Date plus (ii) interest thereon at the rate of 6% compounded annually from the date of deposit to the Downgrade Termination Date and (y) the Company shall be entitled to draw on any letters of credit established pursuant to Article 10B hereof, withdraw the assets from any trust account established pursuant to Article 10B hereof and/or reduce to zero any amount deposited by the Reinsurer with the Company pursuant to Article 10B hereof.  Upon receipt by the Company of the amounts described in the preceding sentence, the Reinsurer shall be released from all

 

5



 

further liability hereunder, other than the obligation of the Reinsurer to pay the Experience Refund to the Company in accordance with Article 6 hereof. No later than 60 days following December 31 of the fifth year following the last Claim Inception Year completed prior to the Downgrade Termination Date, the Company shall calculate the Final Amount. In the event the amount received by the Company pursuant to clauses (x) and (y) of the second sentence of this Section (the “Downgrade Amount”) exceeds the Final Amount, the Company shall pay such excess (the “Excess Amount”) to the Reinsurer.  “Final Amount” means the sum of the Reinsurance Amounts for Claim Inception Years (other than Excluded Claim Inception Years) completed prior to the Downgrade Termination Date that would have been payable after the Downgrade Termination Date but for the termination pursuant to this Section.

 

ARTICLE 5
PREMIUM TRUST ACCOUNT; REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

A.            The Reinsurer and the Company shall enter into the Premium Trust Agreement contemporaneously with or promptly following the execution of this Treaty.  All Reinsurance Premium shall be transferred by the Company to the Trustee for deposit in the Premium Trust Account. For the avoidance of doubt, no Reinsurance Premium shall be payable directly to the Reinsurer.  All amounts held in the Premium Trust Account shall be payable to the Company or the Reinsurer in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Premium Trust Agreement.  Withdrawals from, and substitutions of assets held in, the Premium Trust Account shall be effected in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2 of the Premium Trust Agreement.  The Reinsurer shall be entitled to direct the investment of the assets in the Premium Trust Account. Upon satisfaction of the Reinsurer’s obligations hereunder, all amounts remaining in the Premium Trust Account shall be payable to the Reinsurer, and the Company shall direct the Trustee to promptly pay such amounts to the Reinsurer.

 

B.              The reinsurance premium payable with respect to each Claim Inception Year (the “Reinsurance Premium”) shall be equal to the greater of (i) $2.5 million and (ii) an amount equal to 2% of the premiums earned by the Company during such Claim Inception Year with respect to Covered Policies. The Reinsurance Premium shall be payable at the times and in the manner described in Sections C and D of this Article 5.  Premiums shall be deemed to be earned by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

C.              No later than 10 days following the date of execution of the Premium Trust Agreement by both parties (with respect to the 1999 Claim Inception Year) and no later than 30 days after the commencement of each Claim Inception Year (with respect to all other Claim Inception Years), the Company shall transfer to the Trustee, for deposit in the Premium Trust Account, a deposit premium (the “Deposit

 

6



 

Premium”). The Deposit Premium for any Claim Inception Year shall be equal to the greatest of (i) $2.5 million, (ii) an amount equal to 2% of the Company’s good faith estimate of the premiums to be earned by it during such Claim Inception Year with respect to Covered Policies and (iii) for all Claim Inception Years other than the 1999 Claim Inception Year, an amount equal to 2% of 90% of the premiums earned by the Company during the immediately preceding Claim Inception Year with respect to Covered Policies.

 

D.             No later than 60 days after the end of each Claim Inception Year (the “Reinsurance Premium Settlement Date”), the Company shall, if necessary, transfer funds to the Trustee for deposit in the Premium Trust Account, or if necessary, the Reinsurer shall direct the Trustee to make a payment to the Company from the Premium Trust Account so as to reconcile the difference between the Deposit Premium paid with respect to such Claim Inception Year and the Reinsurance Premium payable with respect to such Claim Inception Year.

 

E.               The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to release the Reinsurer from all liability to pay the Reinsurance Amount with respect to any Claim Inception Year by delivering written notice thereof to the Reinsurer no later than 60 days following the end of such Claim Inception Year; provided, however, that the Company may exercise such right with respect to the 1999 Claim Inception Year without condition but may exercise such right with respect to any Claim Inception Year subsequent to the 1999 Claim Inception Year only if the Company has exercised such right with respect to the immediately preceding Claim Inception Year (any Claim Inception Year with respect to which the Company has exercised such right is referred to herein as an “Excluded Claim Inception Year”). In the event the Company exercises such right with respect to a Claim Inception Year, the Reinsurer shall direct the Trustee to make a payment to the Company from the Premium Trust Account, on or before the later to occur of (i) the Reinsurance Premium Settlement Date with respect to such Claim Inception Year and (ii) that date that is 30 days following the date of such notice, in an amount (the “Return Premium”) equal to 25% of the Reinsurance Premium payable in respect of such Claim Inception Year. The exercise by the Company of such right shall not relieve either party of its obligation to comply with Section D of this Article.

 

ARTICLE 6
EXPERIENCE REFUND

 

No later than 60 days following the December 31 which is five years following the last day of the Term (or, in the event the Term terminates pursuant to Section E of Article 4, no later than 60 days following December 31 of the fifth year following the last Claim Inception Year completed prior to the Downgrade Termination Date), the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company an Experience Refund, calculated as set forth below, plus interest at the rate of 6% compounded annually from the last day of the Term to the date of

 

7



 

payment. To the extent funds remain in the Premium Trust Account on the date the Experience Refund is to be paid, the Reinsurer shall direct the Trustee to make a payment to the Company from the Premium Trust Account in an amount equal to the Experience Refund. To the extent the Experience Refund exceeds the funds remaining in the Premium Trust Account, the Reinsurer shall make direct payment to the Company of such excess. The Experience Refund is equal to:

 

1)               all Reinsurance Premium payable by the Company under this Treaty, minus

 

2)               all Return Premiums payable by the Reinsurer under this Treaty, minus

 

3)               all Reinsurance Amounts payable by the Reinsurer under this Treaty, minus

 

4)               in the event the Term terminates pursuant to Section E of Article 4, the Downgrade Amount, plus

 

5)               in the event the Term terminates pursuant to Section E of Article 4, the Excess Amount, minus

 

6)               an amount equal to 1.6% of premiums earned by the Company with respect to the Covered Policies during each Claim Inception Year that is not an Excluded Claim Inception Year (or, in the event the Term terminates pursuant to Section E of Article 4, an amount equal to 1.6% of premiums earned by the Company with respect to the Covered Policies during each Claim Inception Year that has settled prior to the Downgrade Termination Date).

 

ARTICLE 7
EXCLUSIONS

 

This Treaty does not cover:

 

A.            individual disability income policies purchased by the Company or assumed by the Company as reinsurance, unless the Reinsurer gives its prior written consent to the inclusion of such policies;

 

B.              policies issued by the Company not included in Covered Policies;

 

C.              provisions contained in Covered Policies (including in riders to Covered Policies) issued after the Effective Date that provide coverage for risks other than disability risks, to the extent that, in the Reinsurer’s reasonable opinion, coverage for such other risks constitutes more than a de minimus portion of the total coverage provided by such Covered Policies;

 

D.             disability benefits in excess of the Maximum Benefits;

 

8



 

E.               bad faith, punitive damages or any other extra-contractual liability asserted against the Company, its officers, directors, employees or agents;

 

F.               allocated or unallocated claim adjustment expenses;

 

G.              any payment by the Company in excess of its contractual obligations under the Covered Policies; and

 

H.             all liability of the Company arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise from its participation or membership, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any Insolvency Fund. “Insolvency Fund” includes any guaranty fund, insolvency fund, plan, pool, association, fund or other arrangement, howsoever denominated, established or governed, which provides for any assessment of or payment or assumption by the Company of part or all of any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligation of any insurer, or its successors or assigns, which has been declared by the competent authority to be insolvent, or which is otherwise deemed unable to meet any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligation in whole or in part.

 

ARTICLE 8
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

A.            Prior to the date which is five years following the end of the Term, the Company shall not recapture, amend, modify or terminate any reinsurance covering the Covered Policies without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer.

 

B.              Prior to the date which is five years following the end of the Term, the Company shall not purchase any reinsurance covering the Covered Policies without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer, other than reinsurance which covers (i) Claims Incepted in an Excluded Claim Inception Year or (ii) Claims Incepted in a year occurring after the end of the Term.

 

C.              In the event of a Reinsurer Downgrade, the Reinsurer shall deliver to the Company (i) a guarantee from Capital Re Corporation (or other entity satisfactory to the Company), in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, guaranteeing the obligations of the Reinsurer under this Treaty, (ii) evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that a third party reinsurer, acceptable to the Company, has agreed to assume or reinsure on a stand-by basis the obligations of the Reinsurer under this Treaty or (iii) a letter of credit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, issued by a bank satisfactory to the Company, securing the obligations of the Reinsurer under this Treaty.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 9
REPORTS

 

Within 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter during the Term and the five-year period following the end of the Term, the Company shall render a bordereau to the Reinsurer showing for such calendar quarter;

 

1)               premiums earned by the Company during such calendar quarter with respect Covered Policies (provided that this information need only be provided for calendar quarters during the Term);

 

2)               disability payments made by the Company during such calendar quarter with respect to Covered Policies, segregated by Claim Inception Year; and

 

3)               the Claim Reserve for each Claim Inception Year as at the end of such calendar quarter.

 

ARTICLE 10
RESERVES, FINANCIAL STATEMENT CREDIT

 

A.            Reserves .  The Reinsurer shall maintain reserves with respect to its liabilities hereunder as required by all laws and regulations applicable to the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Reinsurer shall have no obligation to post any reserve for unearned premiums.  No later than 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter during the Term and the five-year period following the end of the Term, the Company shall deliver to the Reinsurer a report as to the amount of the reserve the Reinsurer is required to establish with respect to this Treaty.  If the Reinsurer does not, within 10 calendar days of its receipt of such report, provide written notice to the Company that it disputes such amount, the Reinsurer shall be obligated to establish a reserve by the end of the calendar quarter. If the Reinsurer provides written notice that it disputes such amount within such 10 day period, the parties will work together in good faith to agree upon an appropriate reserve amount; provided that if such dispute is not resolved in 15 days it shall be submitted to arbitration. The reserve established by the Reinsurer with respect to this Treaty is referred to herein as the “Reserve Amount” for such year.

 

B.              Financial Statement Credit . To the extent necessary to provide statutory financial statement credit to the Company, the Reinsurer agrees that, no later than the end of each calendar quarter during the Term and the five-year period following the end of the Term, the Reinsurer shall either:

 

1)               Deliver to the Company a clean, irrevocable, unconditional and evergreen letter of credit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company (including a waiver by the issuing bank of its right to delay payment under the letter of credit), in an

 

10



 

amount equal to 102% of the Reserve Amount (or if the Reinsurer has previously delivered such a letter of credit to the Company, the Reinsurer shall deliver an amendment thereto that increases the letter of credit to an amount equal to 102% of the Reserve Amount most recently communicated by the Company). Such letter of credit shall be drawn only on those financial institutions which are (a) approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners as acceptable issuers of letters of credit, and (b) acceptable to the Company. Should the letter of credit be issued for less than the term of this Treaty, the Reinsurer shall cause the issuer of the letter of credit to notify the Company, not less than 30 calendar days prior to the date of expiry, of its decision to renew or its decision not to extend the letter of credit for an additional period, or

 

2)               establish a trust account at a bank, acceptable to the Company, and on terms that are in complete conformance with all applicable state law and with all additional requirements of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Company’s reserves, in an amount equal to 102% of the Reserve Amount (or, if the Reinsurer has previously established such a trust account, the Reinsurer shall deposit additional assets in the trust account so that the market value of the assets in the trust account is at least equal to 102% of the Reserve Amount as most recently communicated by the Company), or

 

3)               deposit with the Company an amount equal to 102% of the Reserve Amount (or, if the Reinsurer has previously deposited funds with the Company, the Reinsurer shall deposit additional funds so that the total funds deposited are at least equal to 102% of the Reserve Amount as most recently communicated by the Company).

 

The Reinsurer shall have complete discretion to chose which of the above-described forms of reinsurance security it shall provide. Upon the request of the Reinsurer and subject to the approval of the Company, the amounts on deposit in the Premium Trust Account may be used to (i) collateralize such letters of credit or (ii) fund such trust accounts or deposits. In the event the Reinsurer elects to deliver a letter of credit pursuant to this Treaty, such letter of credit may be drawn upon at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Treaty, and shall be utilized by the Company or any successor by operation of law of the Company (including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator or the Company) only for one or more of the following purposes;

 

1)               to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of disability benefits paid by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the policies ceded under this Treaty;

 

2)               to fund an account with the Company in an amount equal to the Reserve Amount; and

 

3)               to pay any other amounts the Company claims are due under this Treaty.

 

11



 

All of the foregoing shall be applied without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or the Reinsurer. The Company shall credit to the Reinsurer quarterly interest on the amounts drawn from the letter of credit and held pursuant to paragraph 2 above at the lesser of the rate earned by the Company on its general account and the prime rate of interest as reported in the Federal Reserve Bulletin. The Company shall return to the Reinsurer any amounts drawn on the letter of credit in excess of the actual amounts required for paragraphs 1 and 2 above or, in the case of paragraph 3 above, any amounts that are subsequently determined not to be due.

 

In the event the Reinsurer elects to establish a trust account pursuant to Section B of Article 10 of this Treaty, the Reinsurer and the Company shall enter into a trust agreement which establishes a trust account for the benefit of the Company. The trustee of the trust account and the trust agreement shall comply with all applicable requirements of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company. The assets deposited in the trust account shall be valued according to their current fair market value, and shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit issued by a United States bank and payable in United States legal tender, and investments of the types specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) of section 1404 of the New York Insurance Law. Prior to depositing assets with the trustee, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments, endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title to the trustee of all assets requiring assignments, in order that the Company, or the trustee upon the direction of the Company, may whenever necessary negotiate any such assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity. All settlements of account between the Company and the Reinsurer shall be made in cash or its equivalent.

 

The Reinsurer and the Company agree that the assets in the trust account established pursuant to this provision of this Treaty may be withdrawn by the Company at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Treaty, and shall be utilized and applied by the Company or any successor by operation of law of the Company (including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company) without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or the Reinsurer only for one or more of the following purposes:

 

1)               to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of disability benefits paid by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the policies ceded under this Treaty;

 

2)               to fund an account with the Company in an amount equal to the Reserve Amount; and

 

3)               to pay any other amounts the Company claims are due under this Treaty.

 

The Company shall return to the trust account any amount withdrawn in excess of the actual amounts required for in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, or in the case of paragraph 3, any amounts that are subsequently determined not to be due. The Company shall

 

12



 

credit quarterly to the Reinsurer interest on the amounts drawn from the trust account and held pursuant to paragraph 2 above at the lesser of the rate earned by the Company on its general account and the prime rate of interest as reported in the Federal Reserve Bulletin.

 

The Reinsurer has the right to seek approval from the Company to withdraw from the aforementioned trust account all or any part of the assets contained therein and transfer such assets to the Reinsurer, provided that:

 

1)               the Reinsurer shall, at the time of such withdrawal, replace the withdrawn assets with other qualified assets having a market value at least equal to the market value of the assets withdrawn so as to maintain at all times the deposit in the required amount; or

 

2)               after such withdrawal and transfer, the market value of the trust account is not less than 102 percent of the Reserve Amount.

 

The Company shall be the sole judge as to the application of this provision, but shall not unreasonably or arbitrarily withhold its approval.

 

In the event the Reinsurer elects to deposit funds with the Company, the Company shall credit such funds with interest at the rate earned by the Company on its general account and shall pay such interest income to the Reinsurer upon request, but in no event more frequently than once per calendar quarter. The Company and the Reinsurer agree that the deposit will be in such form and held in such manner so as to allow the Company to take financial statement credit for the reinsurance ceded hereunder and also allow, if possible, the Reinsurer to treat the deposit as an admitted asset in accordance with applicable law.

 

ARTICLE 11
DAC TAX

 

A.            Each of the Company and the Reinsurer agrees that, for each taxable year during the Term and the five-year period immediately following the Term, it will comply with the following provisions. As used below, the term “party” refers to either the Company or the Reinsurer, as appropriate. The terms used in this Article are defined by reference to Regulation Section ) 1.848-2 of the Income Tax Regulations issued in December 1992 under Section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

B.              The party with the net positive consideration for this Treaty for each taxable year will capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Treaty without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(l) of the Code.

 

13



 

C.              The parties shall exchange information regarding the amount of net consideration paid under this Treaty in each year to ensure consistency.  The parties also agree to exchange information which may otherwise be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

D.             The Company will submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by June 1 of each year of its calculation of net consideration for the preceding year. Such schedule will be accompanied by a statement signed by an officer of the Company stating that the Company will report such net consideration in its tax return for the preceding calendar year.  The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within 30 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of the Company’s calculation.  If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer will report the net consideration as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s tax return for the previous calendar year. If the Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration, the parties will act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount within 30 days of the date the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation.  If the Company and the Reinsurer reach agreement on an amount of net consideration, each party shall report such amount in their respective tax returns for the previous calendar year.  If the parties still fail to reach agreement, the determination of net consideration shall be submitted to arbitration.

 

ARTICLE 12
GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

A.            Follow the Fortunes .  Except as otherwise provided herein, (i) this reinsurance is subject to all of the terms, clauses and conditions of the Covered Policies and (ii) the Reinsurer shall follow the fortunes of the Company in all respects under the Covered Policies to the extent of the Reinsurer’s share hereunder.

 

B.              No Third Party Rights .  Nothing herein shall be construed to expand the liability of the Reinsurer beyond what is specifically assumed under this Treaty by creating in any third party any rights hereunder.

 

C.              Insolvency . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that within a reasonable time the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company. During the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated,

 

14



 

any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

D.             Access to Records . Each party hereto may at any time during normal office hours inspect and take copies of such of the other party’s records and documents that relate to any matter arising under this Treaty. It is agreed that each party’s right of inspection shall continue as long as either party has a claim against the other arising out of this Treaty.

 

E.               Offset . The Reinsurer or the Company may offset any balance due from one party to the other under this Treaty.

 

F.               Premium Taxes . The Company shall be liable for the payment of all premium taxes on the Covered Policies.

 

G.              Errors and Omissions . Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not be held to relieve any party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made, provided such delay, omission or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

H.             Governing Law . This Treaty is governed by and is to be construed according to the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to choice of law provisions.

 

I.                  Arbitration . Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Treaty shall be submitted to arbitration to be conducted in New York City, pursuant to the following procedures and the then-current Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association (to the extent such rules are not inconsistent with the following procedures). There must be three arbitrators who will be active or retired disinterested officials of insurance or reinsurance companies or persons with not less than ten years experience of insurance or reinsurance as lawyers or professional advisors serving the insurance or reinsurance industry; provided that no arbitrator may be a present or former officer, director, employee, attorney or consultant of either party or its affiliates. The Company and the Reinsurer will each appoint one of the arbitrators and these two arbitrators will select the third. In the event that either party is unable to chose an arbitrator within 30 days of the demand for arbitration, the other party may choose two arbitrators who shall in turn choose the third arbitrator before entering arbitration. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree on the selection of a third arbitrator within 30 days following their appointment, each arbitrator shall nominate three candidates within 10 days thereafter, two of whom the other shall decline, and the decision shall be made by drawing lots. Each of the parties shall bear the expenses of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear, with the other

 

15



 

party, the expenses of the third arbitrator. The remaining expenses of the arbitration, if any, shall be allocated by the arbitrators. The award of the arbitrators will be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction.

 

J.                 Additional Information . In the event that state law or regulation relating to this Treaty shall require either party to obtain information in writing from the other party in order to credit reserves or unallocated liability for purposes of any quarterly or annual statement, the other shall provide such information within 30 days of the end of the period for which that information is required, or 30 days from the date of the request, whichever is later.

 

K.             Penalty Interest . An amounts due hereunder and unpaid shall bear interest from and including the date that is 30 days after the due date to but excluding the date of payment at a monthly rate equal to 1.5%.

 

L.               Notice . As used in this Treaty, notice shall mean any and all notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder. All notices shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, (iii) sent by an overnight delivery service, or (iv) sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below. Any such notice shall be deemed given (i) in the case of personal delivery, when so delivered personally, (ii) in the case of certified, registered or express mail, three days after the date of deposit in the United States mail, (iii) if sent by overnight delivery service, one day after delivery of such notice to such service, and (iv) if sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, at the time of transmission.

 

KRE Reinsurance Ltd.
Victoria Hall
PO Box HM 1826
Hamilton, Bermuda HM HX
Facsimile:  441-292-1563
Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

with a copy to:

 

Capital Re Solutions Incorporated
1325 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: 212-974-0100
Facsimile:  212-581-3268
Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America
7 Hanover Square

 

16



 

New York, New York 10004
Telephone: 212-598-8386
Facsimile: 212-919-2944
Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

with a copy to:

 

The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America
7 Hanover Square
New York, New York 10004
Telephone: 212-598-8295
Facsimile: 212-919-2816
Attention: Vice President, Disability

 

The Company and the Reinsurer shall provide each other with wiring instructions for monies to be transferred under this Treaty promptly after execution of this Treaty and at the time of any change in such instructions.

 

M.          Assignment . This Treaty may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

N.             Amendments . This Treaty may not be modified or amended except by mutual written consent of the parties.

 

O.             Waivers . The terms of this Treaty may be waived only with the written consent of the party waiving compliance. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

P.               Entire Treaty; Rights and Remedies . This Treaty constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral statements with respect hereto. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and are not exclusive or any rights or remedies that any party may have at law or in equity.

 

Q.             Headings . The headings used herein are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Treaty.

 

R.              Counterparts . This Treaty may be executed in any number or counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

S.               Severability In the event that any of the provisions contained herein shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, such declaration or adjudication shall in no manner affect or

 

17



 

impair the validity or enforceability of the other and remaining provisions, which shall remain in full force and effect as though the invalid or unenforceable provisions or clauses had not been herein included or made apart of this Treaty.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Treaty has been signed by a duly authorized officer of each of the parties as of the date first above written.

 

KRE REINSURANCE LTD.

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Name:

REBECCA L. CARNE

 

 

Title:

Asst. Sec.

 

 

 

THE GUARDIAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

By:

/s/ John M. Sawyer

 

 

Name:

John M. Sawyer

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

Individual Disability Insurance

 

 

18



 

Appendix A

 

Issue Limits for Covered Policies

 

Personal Disability Income Policies:

 

$15,000/month

Overhead Expense Disability Income Policies:

 

$30,000/month

Disability Buy-Out Policies:

 

$66,667/month

Disability Buy-Out Policies with Lump Sum Settlement:

 

$625,000 aggregate

Business Reducing Term Policies:

 

$10,000/month

 

19



 

Appendix B

 

[Form of Premium Trust Agreement]

 

20





Exhibit 10.39

 

TERMINATION AGREEMENT

 

This Termination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (the “ Reinsurer ) and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (the “ Company ”) and is effective at 12:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2002 (the “ Effective Date ).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Stop Loss Agreement dated as of January 1, 2001, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Stop Loss Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stop Loss Agreement, the Reinsurer provided stop loss reinsurance with respect to the Company’s net liabilities under the Reinsurance Agreements (as such term is defined in the Stop Loss Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to terminate the Stop Loss Agreement on a cut-off basis as of the Effective Date hereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                As of the Effective Date, the Stop Loss Agreement is terminated on a cut-off basis, meaning that (A) the Reinsurer shall have no liability (x) to pay the Stop Loss Benefit calculated with respect to the calendar quarter commencing on the Effective Date or any subsequent calendar quarter, (y) to deposit assets to the Trust Account (as such term is defined in the Reinsurance Agreements) on behalf of the Company, or (y) to pay Expenses (as defined in the Stop Loss Agreement) incurred by the Company on or after the Effective Date, and (B) the Company shall have no liability to pay premium or additional premium under the Stop Loss Agreement in respect of periods commencing on or after the Effective Date.

 

2.                In consideration of the termination of the Stop Loss Agreement, the Company’s obligation to pay the Up-Front Premium and the Annual Premium in respect of periods ending prior to the Effective Date, which amounts were paid on a funds withheld basis, shall be extinguished.

 

3.                The Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and discharges the Reinsurer from and against all liability or claim of whatsoever nature (whether present, future or contingent) and whether known or unknown, arising out of or in any way in connection with or relating to the Stop Loss Agreement, and from any demands, claims or liabilities whatsoever relating thereto, it being the intention of the Company that this Agreement shall operate as a full and final settlement of the Reinsurer’s present and future liability to the Company under or in relation to the Stop Loss Agreement.

 

4.                The Reinsurer hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and discharges the Company from and against all liability or claim of whatsoever nature (whether present, future or contingent) and whether known or unknown, arising out of or in any way in connection with or relating to the Stop Loss Agreement, and from any demands, claims or liabilities whatsoever relating thereto, it being the intention of the Reinsurer that this Agreement shall operate as a full and final settlement of the Company’s present and future liability to the Reinsurer under or in relation to the Stop Loss Agreement.

 

1



 

5.                This Agreement may not be modified or amended, or any of its provisions waived, except by an instrument in writing that is signed by the parties hereto.

 

6.                Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Stop Loss Agreement.

 

7.                This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the state of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

8.                This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall constitute an original, and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the Effective Date by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.

 

 

By:

/s/  Robert B. Jefferson

 

 

Name:

Robert B. Jefferson

 

 

Title:

President & Director

 

 

2



 

Exhibit A

 

STOP LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This Stop Loss Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of January 1, 2001, is entered into by and between ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (the “Reinsurer”) and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (formerly, A.C.E. Insurance Company, Ltd.) (“ACE”) (as the reinsurer) and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (as the reinsured) (“Prudential”) entered into a reinsurance agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 (as amended to date, the “1998 Reinsurance Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, wherein Prudential ceded to ACE and ACE assumed from Prudential certain liabilities of Prudential under a medical care benefits stop loss policy with a March 31, 1998 contract date issued by Prudential to the Columbia Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, ACE and the Reinsurer entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, wherein ACE assigned to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer assumed from ACE, effective as at 12:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000, all of ACE’s rights and obligations under the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer (as the reinsurer) and Prudential (as the reinsured) entered into a reinsurance agreement dated as of September 30, 1999 (the “1999 Reinsurance Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, wherein Prudential ceded to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer assumed from Prudential certain liabilities of Prudential under a medical care benefits stop loss policy with a September 30, 1999 contract date issued by Prudential to the Columbia Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer, Prudential and State Street Bank & Trust Company (“State Street”) entered into a trust agreement dated as of May 1, 2000 (the “Trust Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, wherein the Reinsurer established the Trust Account (as defined in the Trust Agreement) with State Street for the benefit of Prudential to secure the obligations of the Reinsurer to Prudential under both the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement and the 1999 Reinsurance Agreement (collectively, the “Reinsurance Agreements”); and

 

WHEREAS, London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation (“London Life”) (as the reinsurer) and the Reinsurer (as the reinsured) entered into a stop loss agreement dated as of August 1, 2000 (the “First London Life Stop Loss Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E, wherein London Life reinsured, on a stop loss basis, a portion of the liability of the Reinsurer under the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer and the Company entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F, wherein the Reinsurer assigned to the Company and the Company assumed from the Reinsurer, effective as at 12:01:01 A.M.

 

1



 

Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000, all of the Reinsurer’s rights and obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer, the Company, Prudential and State Street entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit G, wherein the Reinsurer assigned to the Company and the Company assumed from the Reinsurer, effective as at December 31, 2000, all of the Reinsurer’s rights and obligations under the Trust Agreement and all of the Reinsurer’s right, title and interest in and to the Trust Account; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer and the Company entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H, wherein the Reinsurer assigned to the Company and the Company assumed from the Reinsurer, effective as at March 31, 2000, all of the Reinsurer’s rights and obligations under the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and London Life entered into an amendment to the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement dated as of March 27, 2001, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit I; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and London Life entered into a stop loss agreement dated as of January 1, 2001 (the “Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit J, wherein London Life reinsured, on a stop loss basis, a portion of the liability of the Company under the 1999 Reinsurance Agreement (the Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement and the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement (as amended) are referred to collectively herein as the “London Life Stop Loss Agreements”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Reinsurer provide stop loss reinsurance with respect to the Company’s net liabilities under the Reinsurance Agreements, and the Reinsurer is willing to provide such reinsurance on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer hereby agree as follows.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 1
TERM

 

The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on January 1, 2001 (the “Effective Date”) and continue until such time as the Company has no further liability under the Reinsurance Agreements (the “Termination Date”).

 

Notwithstanding the occurrence of the Termination Date, any obligation by one party to the other which arises pursuant to this Agreement but remains undischarged as of the Termination Date shall remain enforceable until satisfied in full.

 

ARTICLE 2
COVERAGE

 

The Reinsurer shall be liable to the Company for the Stop Loss Benefit calculated with respect to each calendar quarter during the Term; provided that, until such time (if ever) as the Trust Account balance equals zero, the Reinsurer shall be entitled to offset Stop Loss Benefits owed to the Company against Premium payable to the Reinsurer by the Company (any amount so offset being referred to herein as a “Stop Loss Offset Amount”). The Stop Loss Benefit shall be paid in accordance with Article 7 hereof.

 

“Stop Loss Benefit” means an amount equal to Accumulated Benefits minus the Attachment Point minus the London Life Payments, but not less than zero and not greater than the Maximum Claim.

 

“Accumulated Benefits” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, zero dollars, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter during the Term, an amount equal to (i) the Accumulated Benefit as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by the Earned Rate plus (ii) the total of all amounts payable by the Company under the Reinsurance Agreements in respect of the current calendar quarter as reported on Line 8 of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for the current calendar quarter.

 

“Attachment Point” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, $96,353,247, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Attachment Point as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter plus the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) the Earned Rate.

 

“London Life Payments” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, zero dollars, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter during the Term, an amount equal to (i) the London Life Payments as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by the Earned Rate plus (ii) the total of all amounts payable by London Life under the London Life Stop Loss Agreements in respect of the current calendar quarter, but only to the extent such amounts are actually paid.

 

3



 

“Maximum Claim” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, $50,000,000, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to the greater of zero and (i) (A) the Maximum Claim as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter minus (B) the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter minus (C) the Trust Top Up Amount paid by the Reinsurer during the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) the Earned Rate.

 

“Earned Rate” means, with respect to a calendar quarter, the total rate of return for such quarter, including realized and unrealized gains and losses, on the portfolio of assets held in the Trust Account.

 

ARTICLE 3
EXPENSES; TRUST ACCOUNT DEPOSITS

 

The Reinsurer will reimburse the Company for 100% of the Expenses paid by the Company in connection with the performance of its obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements promptly following the Reinsurer’s receipt of any invoice with respect to the same. “Expenses” means any actual out-of-pocket charges, costs and expenses incurred by the Company (including Trust Account fees, fees of attorneys, experts, and consultants in connection with audits, actions, suits or proceedings pursued or defended against by or on behalf of the Company, premiums on bonds to release attachments, premiums on appeal bonds, and costs taxed against the Company in any claim, suit or proceeding); provided that Expenses shall not include the overhead of the claims department of the Company and salaries and/or benefits of personnel of the Company.

 

In the event the Company is required to deposit additional assets to the Trust Account pursuant to Article 6 of the Reinsurance Agreements, the Reinsurer will deposit such assets to the Trust Account on behalf of the Company (an amount equal to the market value of such assets on the date of transfer is referred to herein as the “Trust Top Up Amount”); provided that the Reinsurer shall have no obligation to deposit assets to the Trust Account (i) if the Maximum Claim is less than or equal to zero at the time the Company is required to make the deposit or (ii) to the extent that the deposit of assets by the Reinsurer would cause the Maximum Claim to fall below zero.

 

ARTICLE 4
PREMIUM; ADDITIONAL PREMIUM

 

The premium payable to the Reinsurer shall consist of an upfront premium in the amount of $8 million (the “Upfront Premium”) and an annual premium in an amount equal to .0009 multiplied by the average monthly balance of the Trust Account during each calendar year during the term, payable on December 31 of each year during the Term (the “Annual Premium” and, together with the Upfront Premium, the “Premium”). The Premium shall be payable on a funds withheld basis; provided, to the extent the Company is permitted to withdraw assets from the Trust Account pursuant to Article 6 of the

 

4



 

Reinsurance Agreements and the Reinsurer requests that the Company do so, the Company shall promptly withdraw assets with a market value equal to the lesser of (i) the amount permitted to be withdrawn, (ii) the amount requested and (iii) the Notional Account Balance as at such date (such lesser amount is referred to herein as the “Paid Premium Amount”) and promptly transfer such assets to the Reinsurer.

 

If the Notional Account Balance (as defined in Article 5 below) as at the Termination Date is a positive amount, the Company will pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Notional Account Balance within ten days following the Termination Date, and such payment shall satisfy the Company’s obligation in respect of the Premium. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Company is entitled to use Trust Account assets to pay such amount.

 

Promptly following payment of the Premium, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an additional premium in an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Trust Account (after giving effect to the payment of Premium).

 

ARTICLE 5
FUNDS WITHHELD NOTIONAL ACCOUNT

 

The parties will calculate a notional account (the “Funds Withheld Notional Account”) on the Effective Date and quarterly throughout the Term (the date as of which any such calculation is made being referred to herein as a “Calculation Date”). At the Effective Date, the balance of the Funds Withheld Notional Account (the “Notional Account Balance”) will equal the Upfront Premium. The Notional Account Balance at any Calculation Date thereafter shall be equal to:

 

1.                the Notional Account Balance at the immediately preceding Calculation Date (the “Preceding Calculation Date”), plus

 

2 .                interest credited at the Earned Rate on the average daily Notional Account Balance during the period from but excluding the Preceding Calculation Date to and including the Calculation Date (such period being referred to herein as the “Calculation Period”), minus

 

3.                Paid Premium Amounts paid to the Reinsurer during such Calculation Period, minus

 

4.                Stop Loss Offset Amounts offset by the Reinsurer during such Calculation Period, plus ,

 

5.                Annual Premium payable during such Calculation Period.

 

For purposes of calculating the interest referred to in subparagraph (2) above, interest shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Notional Account on the last day of each calendar

 

5



 

quarter, Paid Premium Amounts shall be debited from the Funds Withheld Notional Account on the date of payment, Stop Loss Offset Amounts shall be debited from the Funds Withheld Notional Account on the date the relevant Stop Loss Benefit was due and Annual Premium shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Notional Account on December 31 of each year.

 

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS SETTLEMENTS

 

When so requested, the Company will afford the Reinsurer an opportunity to be associated with the Company at the expense of the Reinsurer in the conduct of any audit and the defense or control of any claim, suit, or proceeding involving the Reinsurance Agreements, and the Company and the Reinsurer shall cooperate in every respect in the conduct of any such audit and the defense or pursuit of any such suit, claim or proceeding.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all adjustments, settlements and compromises made by the Company shall be binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 7
REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company will provide the Reinsurer a report in the form of Schedule A hereto (the “Quarterly Payment Calculation Report”). Subject to the Reinsurer’s right to offset Stop Loss Benefits owed to the Company against Premium payable to the Reinsurer, any Stop Loss Benefit payable in respect of a calendar quarter shall be paid by the Reinsurer within 10 days following receipt of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for such quarter.

 

The Company will also forward to the Reinsurer all reports received by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Reinsurance Agreements within 15 days of the Company’s receipt of the same.

 

ARTICLE 8
LONDON LIFE STOP LOSS AGREEMENTS

 

The Company shall not amend, modify or terminate either of the London Life Stop Loss Agreements without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer. In the event the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement is terminated, the Company shall promptly pay to the Reinsurer (or direct London Life to pay directly to the Reinsurer) the $200,000 termination fee payable by London Life in connection with such termination. In the event the Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement is terminated, the Company shall

 

6



 

promptly pay to the Reinsurer (or direct London Life to pay directly to the Reinsurer) the $200,000 termination fee payable by London Life in connection with such termination.

 

ARTICLE 9
NOTICES

 

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by facsimile transmission, sent by prepaid air courier or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be deemed delivered (i) if delivered personally, when so delivered, (ii) if sent by facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of such transmission, (iii) if sent by air courier, one business day after the date sent and (iv) if sent by mail, five days after the date of deposit in the Bermuda mails, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.

Clarendon House
2 Church Street
PO Box HM 1022
Hamilton, Bermuda HM 11
Fax:
Phone:
Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.
Victoria Hall
11 Victoria Street
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
Fax: 441-297-9704
Telephone: 441-297-9730
Attn: Assistant Secretary

 

with a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.
1325 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York
Telephone:    212-974-0100
Facsimile:     212-581-3268
Attention: General Counsel

 

7



 

Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Article to the other parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 10
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

In the event of failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement through an inadvertent error, omission or oversight by cither party which is shown to be unintentional, this Agreement will not be deemed abrogated thereby. The oversight will be corrected as soon as it comes to light in such a way that both the Company and the Reinsurer will be restored to the position they would have occupied had no such oversight or omission occurred.

 

ARTICLE 11
ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

The Company shall allow the Reinsurer to inspect or audit, at all reasonable times, all records of the Company with respect to the business reinsured under this Agreement, or with respect to claims, losses or legal proceedings which involve or have a bearing upon the Reinsurer, at the expense of the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 12
ARBITRATlON

 

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, including the formation or validity thereof, shall be submitted for decision to a panel of three arbitrators. Notice requesting arbitration will be in writing and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

One arbitrator shall be chosen by each party and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator who shall preside at the hearing. If either party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after being requested to do so by the other party, the latter, after ten (10) days notice by certified or registered mail of its intention to do so, may appoint the second arbitrator.

 

If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, they shall prepare a slate of six candidates, three from each arbitrator, and then petition the American Arbitration Association to select the third arbitrator from this slate.

 

All arbitrators shall be disinterested active or former officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Underwriters at Lloyd’s, London.

 

8



 

Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings.

 

The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by the strict rules of procedure and evidence. The arbitration shall take place in New York, NY.

 

The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate. The panel shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance and reinsurance business within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the cost of the third arbitrator. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys fees, to the extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE 13
GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

ARTICLE 14
OFFSET

 

The parties hereto have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other under this Agreement. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums, losses, salvage or otherwise. This provision shall not be affected by the insolvency of either party hereto.

 

ARTICLE 15
NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

 

This is an agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer. The acceptance of reinsurance hereunder shall not create any right or legal relation whatever between the Reinsurer and the insured or beneficiary under any business reinsured hereunder, and the Company shall remain solely liable to such insured or beneficiary.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 16
SEVERAB1LITY

 

To the extent that this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be amended, at the mutual agreement of both the Company and the Reinsurer, to the extent possible, to comply with such law and regulation. If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not invalidate the whole of this Agreement, but such term or provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the court’s opinion to render such term or provision enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the parties set forth herein.

 

ARTICLE 17
INTEGRATION, AMENDMENT, WAIVER AND ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all oral statement and prior writings with respect thereto.

 

This Agreement may not be altered, modified or in any way amended except by an instrument in writing duly executed by the proper officials of both parties.

 

A breach of, or other non-compliance with, any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof. Such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by an executive officer of the party. A waiver on one occasion shall not operate or be effective as a waiver of any other similar or different breach or instance of non-compliance on any other occasion.

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party.

 

ARTICLE 18
CURRENCY

 

The currency for the purpose of this Agreement will be US dollars, and the premiums and liabilities shall be expressed and payable in that currency.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 19
HEADINGS

 

The headings preceding the text of the Articles of this Agreement are intended and inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 20
COUNTERPARTS; FACSIMILE SIGNATURES

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties on separate counterparts, but will not be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart will constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

All signatures of the parties to this Agreement may be transmitted by facsimile, and such facsimile will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such party whose signature it reproduces and will be binding upon such party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by duly authorized officers of the Company and the Reinsurer as of the date first above written.

 

 

ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE COMPANY LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert B. Jefferson

 

 

 Name:

Robert B. Jefferson

 

 

 Title:

President & Director

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

 Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

 Title:

Director

 

 

11



 

Schedule A
Quarterly Payment Calculation Report

 

Report for the Calendar Quarter Ended                                        

 

 

1.

X = Accumulated Benefits at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Y = Stop Loss Benefit paid for prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Z = Attachment Point at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

L = London Life Payment at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

W = Maximum Claim at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

T = Trust Top Up Amount for prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

R = Earned Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

E = Amounts payable under Reinsurance Agreements in respect of current calendar quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.

Q = Amounts payable under London Life Stop Loss Agreements in respect of current calendar quarter, to the extent paid:

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

A = Accumulated Benefits for current quarter:
= R x X plus E =

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.

B = Attachment Point at end of current quarter:
= R x [Y + Z] =

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

C = London Life Payment for current quarter:
= R x L plus Q =

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.

D = Maximum Claim at end of current quarter:
= R x [W – Y – T] =

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.

Stop Loss Benefit for current quarter:
= Min {Max[(A – B – C), 0], D} =

 

 

 

12



 

Index of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A:

 

1998 Reinsurance Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit B:

 

Assignment Agreement between ACE and ACRO

 

 

 

Exhibit C:

 

1999 Reinsurance Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit D:

 

Trust Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit E:

 

First London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit F:

 

Assignment Agreement between AIOIC and ACRO relating to Reinsurance Agreements

 

 

 

Exhibit G:

 

Assignment Agreement relating to Trust Account

 

 

 

Exhibit H:

 

Assignment Agreement relating to First London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit I:

 

Amendment to First London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit J:

 

Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

13



 

STOP LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This Stop Loss Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of January 1, 2001, is entered into by and between ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (the “Reinsurer”) and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (formerly, A.C.E. Insurance Company, Ltd.) (“ACE”) (as the reinsurer) and The Prudential Insurance Company of America (as the reinsured) (“Prudential”) entered into a reinsurance agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 (as amended to date, the “1998 Reinsurance Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, wherein Prudential ceded to ACE and ACE assumed from Prudential certain liabilities of Prudential under a medical care benefits stop loss policy with a March 31, 1998 contract date issued by Prudential to the Columbia Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, ACE and the Reinsurer entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, wherein ACE assigned to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer assumed from ACE, effective as at 12:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000, all of ACE’s rights and obligations under the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer (as the reinsurer) and Prudential (as the reinsured) entered into a reinsurance agreement dated as of September 30, 1999 (the “1999 Reinsurance Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, wherein Prudential ceded to the Reinsurer and the Reinsurer assumed from Prudential certain liabilities of Prudential under a medical care benefits stop loss policy with a September 30, 1999 contract date issued by Prudential to the Columbia Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer, Prudential and State Street Bank & Trust Company (“State Street”) entered into a trust agreement dated as of May 1, 2000 (the “Trust Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D, wherein the Reinsurer established the Trust Account (as defined in the Trust Agreement) with State Street for the benefit of Prudential to secure the obligations of the Reinsurer to Prudential under both the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement and the 1999 Reinsurance Agreement (collectively, the “Reinsurance Agreements”); and

 

WHEREAS, London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation (“London Life”) (as the reinsurer) and the Reinsurer (as the reinsured) entered into a stop loss agreement dated as of August 1, 2000 (the “First London Life Stop Loss Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E, wherein London Life reinsured, on a stop loss basis, a portion of the liability of the Reinsurer under the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer and the Company entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F, wherein the Reinsurer assigned to the Company and the Company assumed from the Reinsurer, effective as at 12:01:01 A.M.

 

1



 

Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000, all of the Reinsurer’s rights and obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer, the Company, Prudential and State Street entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit G, wherein the Reinsurer assigned to the Company and the Company assumed from the Reinsurer, effective as at December 31, 2000, all of the Reinsurer’s rights and obligations under the Trust Agreement and all of the Reinsurer’s right, title and interest in and to the Trust Account; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer and the Company entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit H, wherein the Reinsurer assigned to the Company and the Company assumed from the Reinsurer, effective as at March 31, 2000, all of the Reinsurer’s rights and obligations under the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and London Life entered into an amendment to the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement dated as of March 27, 2001, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit I; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and London Life entered into a stop loss agreement dated as of January 1, 2001 (the “Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit J, wherein London Life reinsured, on a stop loss basis, a portion of the liability of the Company under the 1999 Reinsurance Agreement (the Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement and the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement (as amended) are referred to collectively herein as the “London Life Stop Loss Agreements”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Reinsurer provide stop loss reinsurance with respect to the Company’s net liabilities under the Reinsurance Agreements, and the Reinsurer is willing to provide such reinsurance on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer hereby agree as follows.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 1
TERM

 

The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on January 1, 2001 (the “Effective Date”) and continue until such time as the Company has no further liability under the Reinsurance Agreements (the “Termination Date”).

 

Notwithstanding the occurrence of the Termination Date, any obligation by one party to the other which arises pursuant to this Agreement but remains undischarged as of the Termination Date shall remain enforceable until satisfied in full.

 

ARTICLE 2
COVERAGE

 

The Reinsurer shall be liable to the Company for the Stop Loss Benefit calculated with respect to each calendar quarter during the Term; provided that, until such time (if ever) as the Trust Account balance equals zero, the Reinsurer shall be entitled to offset Stop Loss Benefits owed to the Company against Premium payable to the Reinsurer by the Company (any amount so offset being referred to herein as a “Stop Loss Offset Amount”). The Stop Loss Benefit shall be paid in accordance with Article 7 hereof.

 

“Stop Loss Benefit” means an amount equal to Accumulated Benefits minus the Attachment Point minus the London Life Payments, but not less than zero and not greater than the Maximum Claim.

 

“Accumulated Benefits” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, zero dollars, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter during the Term, an amount equal to (i) the Accumulated Benefit as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by the Earned Rate plus (ii) the total of all amounts payable by the Company under the Reinsurance Agreements in respect of the current calendar quarter as reported on Line 8 of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for the current calendar quarter.

 

“Attachment Point” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, $96,353,247, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Attachment Point as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter plus the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) the Earned Rate.

 

“London Life Payments” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, zero dollars, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter during the Term, an amount equal to (i) the London Life Payments as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by the Earned Rate plus (ii) the total of all amounts payable by London Life under the London Life Stop Loss Agreements in respect of the current calendar quarter, but only to the extent such amounts are actually paid.

 

3



 

“Maximum Claim” means (x) as of December 31, 2000, $50,000,000, and (y) as of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to the greater of zero and (i) (A) the Maximum Claim as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter minus (B) the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter minus (C) the Trust Top Up Amount paid by the Reinsurer during the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) the Earned Rate.

 

“Earned Rate” means, with respect to a calendar quarter, the total rate of return for such quarter, including realized and unrealized gains and losses, on the portfolio of assets held in the Trust Account.

 

ARTICLE 3
EXPENSES; TRUST ACCOUNT DEPOSITS

 

The Reinsurer will reimburse the Company for 100% of the Expenses paid by the Company in connection with the performance of its obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements promptly following the Reinsurer’s receipt of any invoice with respect to the same. “Expenses” means any actual out-of-pocket charges, costs and expenses incurred by the Company (including Trust Account fees, fees of attorneys, experts, and consultants in connection with audits, actions, suits or proceedings pursued or defended against by or on behalf of the Company, premiums on bonds to release attachments, premiums on appeal bonds, and costs taxed against the Company in any claim, suit or proceeding); provided that Expenses shall not include the overhead of the claims department of the Company and salaries and/or benefits of personnel of the Company.

 

In the event the Company is required to deposit additional assets to the Trust Account pursuant to Article 6 of the Reinsurance Agreements, the Reinsurer will deposit such assets to the Trust Account on behalf of the Company (an amount equal to the market value of such assets on the date of transfer is referred to herein as the “Trust Top Up Amount”); provided that the Reinsurer shall have no obligation to deposit assets to the Trust Account (i) if the Maximum Claim is less than or equal to zero at the time the Company is required to make the deposit or (ii) to the extent that the deposit of assets by the Reinsurer would cause the Maximum Claim to fall below zero.

 

ARTICLE 4
PREMIUM; ADDITIONAL PREMIUM

 

The premium payable to the Reinsurer shall consist of an upfront premium in the amount of $8 million (the “Upfront Premium”) and an annual premium in an amount equal to .0009 multiplied by the average monthly balance of the Trust Account during each calendar year during the term, payable on December 31 of each year during the Term (the “Annual Premium” and, together with the Upfront Premium, the “Premium”). The Premium shall be payable on a funds withheld basis; provided, to the extent the Company is permitted to withdraw assets from the Trust Account pursuant to Article 6 of the

 

4



 

Reinsurance Agreements and the Reinsurer requests that the Company do so, the Company shall promptly withdraw assets with a market value equal to the lesser of (i) the amount permitted to be withdrawn, (ii) the amount requested and (iii) the Notional Account Balance as at such date (such lesser amount is referred to herein as the “Paid Premium Amount”) and promptly transfer such assets to the Reinsurer.

 

If the Notional Account Balance (as defined in Article 5 below) as at the Termination Date is a positive amount, the Company will pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Notional Account Balance within ten days following the Termination Date, and such payment shall satisfy the Company’s obligation in respect of the Premium. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Company is entitled to use Trust Account assets to pay such amount.

 

Promptly following payment of the Premium, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer an additional premium in an amount equal to the remaining balance of the Trust Account (after giving effect to the payment of Premium).

 

ARTICLE 5
FUNDS WITHHELD NOTIONAL ACCOUNT

 

The parties will calculate a notional account (the “Funds Withheld Notional Account”) on the Effective Date and quarterly throughout the Term (the date as of which any such calculation is made being referred to herein as a “Calculation Date”). At the Effective Date, the balance of the Funds Withheld Notional Account (the “Notional Account Balance”) will equal the Upfront Premium. The Notional Account Balance at any Calculation Date thereafter shall be equal to:

 

1.                the Notional Account Balance at the immediately preceding Calculation Date (the “Preceding Calculation Date”), plus

 

2.               interest credited at the Earned Rate on the average daily Notional Account Balance during the period from but excluding the Preceding Calculation Date to and including the Calculation Date (such period being referred to herein as the “Calculation Period”), minus

 

3.                Paid Premium Amounts paid to the Reinsurer during such Calculation Period, minus

 

4.                Stop Loss Offset Amounts offset by the Reinsurer during such Calculation Period, plus,

 

5.                Annual Premium payable during such Calculation Period.

 

For purposes of calculating the interest referred to in subparagraph (2) above, interest shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Notional Account on the last day of each calendar

 

5



 

quarter, Paid Premium Amounts shall be debited from the Funds Withheld Notional Account on the date of payment, Stop Loss Offset Amounts shall be debited from the Funds Withheld Notional Account on the date the relevant Stop Loss Benefit was due and Annual Premium shall be credited to the Funds Withheld Notional Account on December 31 of each year.

 

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS SETTLEMENTS

 

When so requested, the Company will afford the Reinsurer an opportunity to be associated with the Company at the expense of the Reinsurer in the conduct of any audit and the defense or control of any claim, suit, or proceeding involving the Reinsurance Agreements, and the Company and the Reinsurer shall cooperate in every respect in the conduct of any such audit and the defense or pursuit of any such suit, claim or proceeding.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all adjustments, settlements and compromises made by the Company shall be binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 7
REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company will provide the Reinsurer a report in the form of Schedule A hereto (the “Quarterly Payment Calculation Report”). Subject to the Reinsurer’s right to offset Stop Loss Benefits owed to the Company against Premium payable to the Reinsurer, any Stop Loss Benefit payable in respect of a calendar quarter shall be paid by the Reinsurer within 10 days following receipt of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for such quarter.

 

The Company will also forward to the Reinsurer all reports received by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Reinsurance Agreements within 15 days of the Company’s receipt of the same.

 

ARTICLE 8
LONDON LIFE STOP LOSS AGREEMENTS

 

The Company shall not amend, modify or terminate either of the London Life Stop Loss Agreements without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer. In the event the First London Life Stop Loss Agreement is terminated, the Company shall promptly pay to the Reinsurer (or direct London Life to pay directly to the Reinsurer) the $200,000 termination fee payable by London Life in connection with such termination. In the event the Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement is terminated, the Company shall

 

6



 

promptly pay to the Reinsurer (or direct London Life to pay directly to the Reinsurer) the $200,000 termination fee payable by London Life in connection with such termination.

 

ARTICLE 9
NOTICES

 

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by facsimile transmission, sent by prepaid air courier or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be deemed delivered (i) if delivered personally, when so delivered, (ii) if sent by facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of such transmission, (iii) if sent by air courier, one business day after the date sent and (iv) if sent by mail, five days after the date of deposit in the Bermuda mails, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd.

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

PO Box HM 1022

Hamilton, Bermuda HM 11

Fax:

Phone:

Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

Victoria Hall

11 Victoria Street

Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda

Fax: 441-297-9704

Telephone: 441-297-9730

Attn: Assistant Secretary

 

with a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York

Telephone:    212-974-0100

Facsimile:     212-581-3268

Attention: General Counsel

 

7



 

Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Article to the other parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 10
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

In the event of failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement through an inadvertent error, omission or oversight by either party which is shown to be unintentional, this Agreement will not be deemed abrogated thereby. The oversight will be corrected as soon as it comes to light in such a way that both the Company and the Reinsurer will be restored to the position they would have occupied had no such oversight or omission occurred.

 

ARTICLE 11
ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

The Company shall allow the Reinsurer to inspect or audit, at all reasonable times, all records of the Company with respect to the business reinsured under this Agreement, or with respect to claims, losses or legal proceedings which involve or have a bearing upon the Reinsurer, at the expense of the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 12
ARBITRATION

 

Any dispute arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, including the formation or validity thereof, shall be submitted for decision to a panel of three arbitrators. Notice requesting arbitration will be in writing and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

One arbitrator shall be chosen by each party and the two arbitrators shall, before instituting the hearing, choose an impartial third arbitrator who shall preside at the hearing. If either party fails to appoint its arbitrator within thirty (30) days after being requested to do so by the other party, the latter, after ten (10) days notice by certified or registered mail of its intention to do so, may appoint the second arbitrator.

 

If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of their appointment, they shall prepare a slate of six candidates, three from each arbitrator, and then petition the American Arbitration Association to select the third arbitrator from this slate.

 

All arbitrators shall be disinterested active or former officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Underwriters at Lloyd’s, London.

 

8



 

Within thirty (30) days after notice of appointment of all arbitrators, the panel shall meet and determine timely periods for briefs, discovery procedures and schedules for hearings.

 

The panel shall be relieved of all judicial formality and shall not be bound by the strict rules of procedure and evidence. The arbitration shall take place in New York, NY.

 

The decision of any two arbitrators when rendered in writing shall be final and binding. The panel is empowered to grant interim relief as it may deem appropriate.

The panel shall make its decision considering the custom and practice of the applicable insurance and reinsurance business within forty-five (45) days following the termination of the hearings. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the cost of the third arbitrator. The remaining costs of the arbitration shall be allocated by the panel. The panel may, at its discretion, award such further costs and expenses as it considers appropriate, including but not limited to attorneys fees, to the extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE 13
GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

ARTICLE 14
OFFSET

 

The parties hereto have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other under this Agreement. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums, losses, salvage or otherwise. This provision shall not be affected by the insolvency of either party hereto.

 

ARTICLE 15
NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

 

This is an agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer. The acceptance of reinsurance hereunder shall not create any right or legal relation whatever between the Reinsurer and the insured or beneficiary under any business reinsured hereunder, and the Company shall remain solely liable to such insured or beneficiary.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 16
SEVERABILITY

 

To the extent that this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be amended, at the mutual agreement of both the Company and the Reinsurer, to the extent possible, to comply with such law and regulation. If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not invalidate the whole of this Agreement, but such term or provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the court’s opinion to render such term or provision enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the parties set forth herein.

 

ARTICLE 17
INTEGRATION, AMENDMENT, WAIVER AND ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supercedes all oral statement and prior writings with respect thereto.

 

This Agreement may not be altered, modified or in any way amended except by an instrument in writing duly executed by the proper officials of both parties.

 

A breach of, or other non-compliance with, any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof. Such waiver must be in writing and must be executed by an executive officer of the party. A waiver on one occasion shall not operate or be effective as a waiver of any other similar or different breach or instance of non-compliance on any other occasion.

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party.

 

ARTICLE 18
CURRENCY

 

The currency for the purpose of this Agreement will be US dollars, and the premiums and liabilities shall be expressed and payable in that currency.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 19
HEADINGS

 

The headings preceding the text of the Articles of this Agreement are intended and inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 20
COUNTERPARTS; FACSIMILE SIGNATURES

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties on separate counterparts, but will not be elective until each party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart will constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

All signatures of the parties to this Agreement may be transmitted by facsimile, and such facsimile will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such party whose signature it reproduces and will be binding upon such party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by duly authorized officers of the Company and the Reinsurer as of the date first above written.

 

 

ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE COMPANY LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert B. Jefferson

 

 

 Name:

Robert B. Jefferson

 

 

 Title:

President & Director

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

 Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

 Title:

Director

 

 

11



 

Schedule A

Quarterly Payment Calculation Report

 

Report for the Calendar Quarter Ended

 

1.

X = Accumulated Benefits at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

2.

Y = Stop Loss Benefit paid for prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

3.

Z = Attachment Point at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

4.

L = London Life Payment at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

5.

W = Maximum Claim at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

6.

T = Trust Top Up Amount for prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

7.

R = Earned Rate:

 

 

 

 

8.

E = Amounts payable under Reinsurance Agreements
in respect of current calendar quarter:

 

 

 

 

9.

Q = Amounts payable under London Life Stop Loss
Agreements in respect of current calendar quarter, to the extent paid:

 

 

 

 

10.

A = Accumulated Benefits for current quarter:
= R x X plus E =

 

 

 

 

11.

B = Attachment Point at end of current quarter:
= R x [Y + Z] =

 

 

 

 

12.

C = London Life Payment for current quarter:
= R x L plus Q =

 

 

 

 

13.

D = Maximum Claim at end of current quarter:
= R x [W-Y-T] =

 

 

 

 

14.

Stop Loss Benefit for current quarter:
= Min {Max [(A-B-C), 0], D} =

 

 

12



 

Index of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A:

 

1998 Reinsurance Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit B:

 

Assignment Agreement between ACE and ACRO

 

 

 

Exhibit C:

 

1999 Reinsurance Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit D:

 

Trust Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit E:

 

First London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit F:

 

Assignment Agreement between AIOIC and ACRO relating to Reinsurance Agreements

 

 

 

Exhibit G:

 

Assignment Agreement relating to Trust Account

 

 

 

Exhibit H:

 

Assignment Agreement relating to First London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit I:

 

Amendment to First London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit J:

 

Second London Life Stop Loss Agreement

 

13



 

Exhibit A

 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Reinsurance Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 31, 1998 by and between THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a mutual insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey (the “Company”), and A.C.E. INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD., an insurance company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Reinsurer”).

 

ARTICLE 1

 

REINSURANCE COVERAGE

 

In consideration of the Reinsurance Premium (as defined below) and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer agrees to indemnify the Company for all Loss Settlements (as defined below) paid by the Company to the Contract Holder (as defined below) under group contract no. SG-93191-VA (the “Group Contract”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

SHOULD PAY BENEFIT COVERAGE

 

In consideration of the Reinsurance Premium and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer also agrees to indemnify the Company for all amounts paid by the Company that are determined pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement (as defined below) to be Should Pay Benefits (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement), to the extent the aggregate amount of Should Pay Benefits exceeds $100,000 per Contract Year (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement); provided, however, that the Reinsurer’s liability under this Article 2 shall not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate. In addition and notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for Should Pay Benefits payable by Columbia Energy Group pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement if, and to the extent that, Columbia Energy Group fails to pay such Should Pay Benefits by reason of the occurrence of the insolvency, receivership, liquidation or reorganization of Columbia Energy Group (the “Unreimbursed Should Pay Benefits”).

 



 

ARTICLE 3

 

DEFINITIONS

 

All words and phrases that have a capitalized initial letter in this Agreement have a special meaning which is either introduced in certain Articles, defined below or defined by reference to certain other agreements and which shall include the plural as well as the singular.

 

“Applicable Source” means the Wall Street Journal , any successor publication thereto or any publication mutually agreed to by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

“Base Rate” means (i) for the period from but excluding April 17, 1998 to and including June 30, 1998, 5.17%, and (ii) for each calendar quarter during the Term (as defined below) commencing with the quarter beginning July 1, 1998, an effective annual rate determined in accordance with the formula “D/(1-D)”, where “D” is expressed as a decimal and is equal to the rate of discount for the Treasury Bill that matures closest to the 90 th day after the first calendar day of such quarter, as reported under the “ask” column in the Applicable Source on the first business day of such calendar quarter.

 

“Benefits Paid Report” means a report prepared and delivered by the Contract Holder to the Company each calendar quarter showing benefits paid by the Contract Holder under the Plan (as defined in the Group Contract) during the preceding calendar quarter that are covered under the Group Contract, which report shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit F to the Group Contract.

 

“Combined Reserves” means the sum of Statutory Reserves and Return Premium Reserves (as each such term is defined below).

 

“Contract Holder” means Columbia Energy Group Master Trust.

 

“Covered Benefits” means benefits payable to the Contract Holder pursuant to the terms of the Group Contract.

 

“Deposit Crediting Rate” means the Base Rate plus 60 basis points.

 

“Final Profit Share Date” means the last day of the calendar quarter in which the number of Beneficiaries (as defined in the Group Contract) falls below one.

 

“GAAP Reserves” means the policy and claim and related liabilities established in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

“Indemnification Agreement” means the agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 between the Company and Columbia Energy Group, as the same is in effect on the date hereof or

 

2



 

as the same may be modified in accordance with the terms hereof, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B.

 

“Indemnification Amounts” means amounts payable by Columbia Energy Group to the Company in respect of Mandated Benefits pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, whether or not actually paid; provided, however, that Indemnification Amounts shall not include amounts payable by Columbia Energy Group to the Company in respect of Mandated Benefits pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement that are not paid by reason of the occurrence of the insolvency, receivership, liquidation or reorganization of Columbia Energy Group.

 

“Letter of Credit” means a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit in favor of the Company issued or confirmed by a bank, and in a form, that complies with all applicable requirements for financial statement credit of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company.

 

“Loss Settlement” means Covered Benefits, fees and expenses of the Impartial Party (as defined in the Group Contract) and Mandated Benefits, in each case, paid by the Company less Indemnification Amounts.

 

“Loss Settlement Payment Date” means, with respect to any calendar quarter, the date on which the Company pays benefits under the Group Contract to the Contract Holder, which date shall be no earlier than three business days following the date of delivery of the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report for such calendar quarter.

 

“Margin” means, as of any Profit Share Date (as defined below), $9.5 million plus interest thereon from the Effective Date (as defined below) to such Profit Share Date compounded quarterly on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 at the Base Rate.

 

“Market Value Adjustment” means the amount of money resulting from the application of the following formula:

 

Deposit - (Deposit x (1 + i) (N/365) )/((l + j) (N/365) ), where

 

“i” is the Deposit Crediting Rate, “N” is the number of days from the date of calculation of the Market Value Adjustment to the end of the calendar quarter, and “j” is the effective annual rate of interest on a Treasury Bill maturing at the end of the calendar quarter and purchased on the date of calculation of the Market Value Adjustment.

 

“Profit Share Account Reserves” means the greater of Statutory Reserves (as defined below) and GAAP Reserves.

 

“Profit Share Dates” means (i) the fifteenth anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) each anniversary of the Effective Date thereafter up to and including the anniversary of the

 

3



 

Effective Date immediately preceding the Final Profit Share Date and (iii) the Final Profit Share Date.

 

“Return Premium Reserves” means the reserves established by the Company in respect of the policyholder dividends payable under the Group Contract.

 

“Statutory Reserves” means gross reserves that satisfy the reserving requirements in all of the states in which the Company is required to file an annual statement with respect to the business underlying the Group Contract. For the avoidance of doubt, Statutory Reserves shall not include reserves established by the Company in respect of the policyholder dividends payable under the Group Contract.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence at 12:01 a.m., eastern standard time, on March 31, 1998 (the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in force until the date that all obligations under the Group Contract have been discharged (the “Expiration Date”), unless earlier terminated in accordance with the following paragraph.

 

This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Expiration Date only with the prior written consent of both the Company and the Reinsurer, and the date of any such termination is referred to herein as the “Termination Date.”

 

ARTICLE 5

 

[This Article is intentionally left blank.]

 

ARTICLE 6

 

STATUTORY FINANCIAL CREDIT

 

The Reinsurer shall take all steps necessary to ensure that the Company obtains full financial statement credit in all applicable jurisdictions for the reinsurance ceded hereunder.

 

Where required by applicable law in order for the Company to take financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from the Reinsurer, as security for the payment of the latter’s obligations, an amount of funds herein called the “Deposit.” The Company and the Reinsurer agree that the Deposit will be in such form and held in such manner so as to allow the Company to

 

4



 

take financial statement credit for the reinsurance ceded hereunder and also allow, if possible, the Reinsurer to treat the Deposit as an admitted asset in accordance with applicable law. The Company shall withhold from the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Net Reinsurance Premium (as defined below), and the Deposit shall initially be equal to the Net Reinsurance Premium. Thereafter, the Deposit shall be (i) decreased on each Loss Settlement Payment Date by an amount equal to the Loss Settlement amounts and Should Pay Benefits that are payable by the Reinsurer to the Company on such Loss Settlement Payment Date to the extent such Loss Settlement amounts and Should Pay Benefits are not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such Loss Settlement Payment Date, (ii) decreased on each True-up Date (as defined below) by the True-up Amount (as defined below) payable by the Reinsurer to the Company on such True-up Date to the extent such True-up Amount is not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such True-up Date, (iii) increased on each Refund Date (as defined below) by the Refund Amount payable by the Company to the Reinsurer on such Refund Date to the extent such amounts are not paid directly to the Reinsurer on or before such Refund Date, (iv) decreased on each Profit Share Date by an amount equal to the 133-1/3% of the Profit Share Amount (as defined below) that is due to be paid by the Reinsurer to the Company on such day to the extent such Profit Share Amount is not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such Profit Share Date; (v) decreased on each Annual Expense Allowance Date (as defined below) by an amount equal to the Annual Expense Allowance (as defined below) due on such date to the extent not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such date; (vi) increased on the date that any additional funds are deposited by the Reinsurer with the Company by an amount equal to such additional funds, (vii) decreased on the date that any funds are withdrawn by the Reinsurer from the Company by an amount equal to such withdrawn funds and (viii) increased on the last day of each calendar quarter by interest credited at the Deposit Crediting Rate on the average daily balance of the Deposit during such calendar quarter. Commencing with the calendar quarter beginning October 1, 1998, within 45 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of a Quarterly Reserve Report (as defined below) showing Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter in excess of the Deposit at the close of business on the last day of the preceding calendar quarter, the Reinsurer shall be obligated to either (i) deposit additional funds with the Company in an amount equal to such excess or (ii) deliver to the Company a Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such excess. Commencing with the calendar quarter beginning October 1, 1998, no later than five days following the date of a Quarterly Reserve Report showing the Deposit at the close of business on the last day of the preceding calendar quarter in excess of Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter, the Company shall promptly refund to the Reinsurer an amount equal to such excess.

 

The Reinsurer shall have the right (but not the obligation), upon 90 days’ prior written notice to the Company, to substitute a trust account (the “Trust Account”) for the Deposit. The Company shall refund the Deposit, less the Market Value Adjustment, contemporaneously with the funding of the Trust Account.

 

5



 

In the event the New Jersey Commissioner of Insurance grants approval for a benefit responsive guaranteed investment contract, funding agreement, deposit agreement or deposit contract to be an asset comprising the Trust Account, the Reinsurer shall, upon the request of the Company, use its best efforts to promptly substitute a Trust Account for the Deposit. Upon a substitution pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall refund the Deposit (without regard to the Market Value Adjustment) contemporaneously with the funding of the Trust Account.

 

If a Trust Account is substituted for the Deposit, the following provisions shall apply to the Reinsurer:

 

(1)                                   The Reinsurer shall enter into a trust agreement and establish a trust account for the benefit of the Company covering the recoverables that otherwise would be covered by the Deposit.  The trustee of the Trust Account and the trust agreement shall comply with all applicable requirements of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company.  Within 45 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of each Quarterly Reserve Report, the Reinsurer shall either (i) adjust the assets held in the Trust Account so that the market value of such assets at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter meets or exceeds the Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter and provide a certification to the Company of such fact or (ii) deliver to the Company a Letter of Credit equal to the amount by which the Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter exceed the market value of such assets at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter.

 

(2)                                   The assets deposited in the trust account shall be valued according to their current fair market value, and shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit issued by a United States bank and payable in United States legal tender, investments of stocks and bonds listed by the NAIC’s Securities Valuation Office or any obligations issued by the State of New Jersey or any of its political subdivisions, any other form of security approved by the New Jersey Commissioner of Insurance upon formal request, or any combination of the above, provided that such investments are issued by an institution that is not the Reinsurer or the Company or the parent, subsidiary or affiliate of either the Reinsurer or the Company.

 

(3)                                   Prior to depositing assets with the trustee, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments, endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title to the trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignments, in order that the Company, or the trustee upon the direction of the Company, may whenever necessary negotiate any such assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity.

 

(4)                                   All settlements of account between the Company and the Reinsurer shall be made in cash or its equivalent.

 

(5)                                   The Reinsurer and the Company agree that the assets in the trust account established pursuant to this provision of this Agreement may be withdrawn by the

 

6



 

Company at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, and shall be utilized and applied by the Company or its successors in interest by operation of law, including without limitation any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the Company, without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or the Reinsurer or the inability of the Company to pay all or any part of a claim, only for the following purposes:

 

(a)           to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of premiums returned to the owner of the Group Contract on account of the cancellation of the Group Contract;

 

(b)          to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of Loss Settlements paid by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Group Contract;

 

(c)           to fund an account with the Company in an amount at least equal to the deduction, for reinsurance ceded, from the Company’s liabilities for the Group Contract ceded under this Agreement; such amount shall include, but not be limited to, amounts for policy reserves, claims and losses incurred, and unearned premium reserves; and

 

(d)          to pay any other amounts the Company claims are due under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Should Pay Benefits, Annual Expense Allowance and Profit Share Amounts).

 

(e)           to reestablish the Deposit.

 

(6)                                   The Reinsurer has the right to seek approval from the Company to withdraw from the aforementioned trust account all or any part of the assets contained therein and transfer such assets to the Reinsurer, provided that:

 

(a)           the Reinsurer shall, at the time of such withdrawal, replace the withdrawn assets with other qualified assets having a market value at least equal to the market value of the assets withdrawn so as to maintain at all times the deposit in the required amount; or

 

(b)          after such withdrawal and transfer, the market value of the trust account is not less than 102 percent of the required amount (i.e., the Combined Reserves).

 

The Company shall be the sole judge as to the application of this provision, but shall not unreasonably or arbitrarily withhold its approval.

 

(7)                                   The Company shall return any amount withdrawn in excess of the actual amounts required for in paragraphs (5)(a), (b) and (c) above, or in the case of paragraph (5)(d), any amounts that are subsequently determined not to be due.

 

7



 

(8)                                   The Company shall credit quarterly to the Reinsurer interest on the amounts drawn from the Trust Account and held pursuant to paragraph (5)(c) above at the prime rate of interest as reported in the Federal Reserve Bulletin.

 

If the Reinsurer delivers a Letter of Credit pursuant to this Agreement, such Letter of Credit may be drawn upon at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, and shall be utilized by the Company or its successors in interest only for one or more of the following:

 

(a)           to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of premiums returned to the owner of the Group Contract on account of the cancellation of the Group Contract;

 

(b)          to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of Loss Settlements paid by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Group Contract;

 

(c)           to fund an account with the Company in an amount at least equal to the deduction, for reinsurance ceded, from the Company’s liabilities for the Group Contract ceded under this Agreement; such amount shall include, but not be limited to, amounts for policy reserves, claims and losses incurred, and unearned premium reserves; and

 

(d)          to pay any other amounts the Company claims are due under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Should Pay Benefits, Annual Expense Allowance and Profit Share Amounts).

 

(e)           to reestablish the Deposit.

 

All of the foregoing shall be applicable without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or the Reinsurer. The Company shall credit to the Reinsurer quarterly interest on the amounts drawn from the Letter of Credit and held pursuant to paragraph (c) above at the prime rate of interest as reported in the Federal Reserve Bulletin.

 

On the earlier to occur of the Expiration Date and the Termination Date, the Company shall return to the Reinsurer the balance of any Deposit, allow the Reinsurer to withdraw the balance of any Trust Account and/or deliver to the Reinsurer any Letters of Credit and consent to the cancellation thereof.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 7

 

LOSS SETTLEMENTS

 

All Loss Settlements that are paid by the Company within the terms, conditions and limitations of the Group Contract shall be unconditionally binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

Subject to the immediately succeeding paragraph, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company, no later than the Loss Settlement Payment Date occurring in each calendar quarter, the Loss Settlement amount due and payable hereunder with respect to the preceding calendar quarter as reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report delivered during such quarter, together with interest thereon credited at the Deposit Crediting Rate for the period, if any, from and including such Loss Settlement Payment Date to but excluding the date of payment; provided, however, if the Reinsurer has provided a Deposit or Trust Account pursuant to Article 6 hereof, the Company shall, on such Loss Settlement Payment Date, to the extent sufficient funds are available therefor, reduce the Deposit by, or withdraw from the Trust Account, as applicable, an amount equal to the Loss Settlement amount due and payable hereunder on such Loss Settlement Payment Date.

 

In the event the Reinsurer notifies the Company, prior to the Loss Settlement Payment Date occurring in any calendar quarter, of the Reinsurer’s good faith belief that the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report delivered during such calendar quarter is inaccurate, (i) the Reinsurer shall promptly inform the Company that all or a portion of such Loss Settlement amount is in dispute, (ii) the Company shall promptly commence the procedures set forth in the Group Contract for resolving inaccuracies in Line 6 Amounts and (iii) the Reinsurer may either (A) delay payment of the disputed portion of such Loss Settlement amount (the “Disputed Portion”) until such time as the Loss Settlement amount is (x) determined to be the Loss Settlement amount reported in such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, in which case the Reinsurer will promptly pay the Disputed Portion with interest thereon from and including the Loss Settlement Payment Date applicable to such calendar quarter to but excluding the date the Disputed Portion is actually paid at a rate equal to the Deposit Crediting Rate (the Disputed Portion plus such interest being referred to herein as the “True-up Amount” and the date of such payment being referred to herein as the “True-up Date”), (y) determined to be the undisputed portion of the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, in which case the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and no further payments will be owed in respect of such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report or (z) determined to be an amount other than the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report or the undisputed portion of such Loss Settlement amount, in which case the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and appropriate payments (including interest at the Deposit Crediting Rate) will be made to put the parties in the position they would have been in had the corrected Loss Settlement amount been the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, taking into account the Reinsurer’s prior payment of the undisputed portion of the Loss Settlement amount (such payments constituting True-up Amounts if paid by the Reinsurer and Refund Amounts (as defined below) if paid by the Company) or (B) make payment of the Loss

 

9



 

Settlement amount and (x) if the Loss Settlement amount is determined to be the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, no further payments will be owed in respect of such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report or (y) if the Loss Settlement amount is determined to be an amount less than the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report for such calendar quarter setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and will pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the difference between the original Loss Settlement amount and the corrected Loss Settlement amount, with interest on such amount from and including the Loss Settlement Payment Date applicable to such calendar quarter to but excluding the date such amount is paid by the Company at a rate equal to the Deposit Crediting Rate (such amount being referred to herein as the “Refund Amount” and the date of such payment being referred to herein as the “Refund Date”).

 

In the event the Reinsurer notifies the Company, following the Loss Settlement Payment Date occurring in any calendar quarter, of the Reinsurer’s good faith belief that the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report delivered during such calendar quarter was inaccurate, (i) the Company shall promptly commence the procedures set forth in the Group Contract for resolving inaccuracies in Line 6 Amounts and (ii) if the Loss Settlement amount is determined to be an amount less than the Loss Settlement amount reported in such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report for such calendar quarter setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and will pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the difference between the original Loss Settlement amount and the corrected Loss Settlement amount, with interest on such amount from and including the Loss Settlement Payment Date applicable to such calendar quarter to but excluding the date such amount is paid by the Company at a rate equal to the Deposit Crediting Rate (such payment constituting a Refund Amount).

 

The Company and the Reinsurer will deliver copies of all notices and reports delivered by it pursuant to this Article to any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer designated in writing to the Company.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

1.                Each calendar quarter, within three business days after the Company’s receipt of a Benefits Paid Report from the Contract Holder, the Company shall furnish to the Reinsurer and to any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer designated in writing to the Company by the Reinsurer (a) a copy of such Benefits Paid Report and (b) a report in substantially the form of Schedule 1 hereto (the “Quarterly Loss Settlement Report”) which shall include the Loss Settlements payable by the Company under the Group

 

10



 

Contract during such calendar quarter.  The Quarterly Loss Settlement Report shall also set forth the Loss Settlement Payment Date for such calendar quarter.

 

2.                Within 45 days, or as reasonably practicable thereafter, after the close of each calendar quarter, the Company shall furnish to the Reinsurer and to any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer designated in writing to the Company by the Reinsurer a report in substantially the form of Schedule II hereto (the “Quarterly Reserve Report”) which shall include the following information:

 

(a)           Statutory Reserves and Return Premium Reserves at the end of such calendar quarter;

 

(b)          Base Rate applicable to such calendar quarter;

 

(c)           withdrawals from and deposits to funds withheld during such calendar quarter, and the balance of the Deposit at the end of such calendar quarter; and

 

(d)          copies of any other reports that the Reinsurer may reasonably request in order to properly monitor the Group Contract.

 

3.                All amounts due and payable under this Agreement to the Reinsurer shall be remitted directly to the bank account designated for that purpose by the Reinsurer, and all amounts due and payable under this Agreement to the Company shall be remitted directly to the bank account designated for that purpose by the Company.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

A premium of $77,777,778 (the “Reinsurance Premium”) shall be payable by the Company to the Reinsurer on April 17, 1998. The Reinsurance Premium, net of the federal excise tax allowed by the Reinsurer hereunder, is referred to herein as the “Net Reinsurance Premium.”

 

ARTICLE 10

 

RESERVES

 

Combined Reserves shall be reasonably determined by the Company; provided, however, the Reinsurer will have right to require that an independent actuary mutually agreeable to the Company and the Reinsurer determine the Combined Reserves if the Reinsurer deems that the Combined Reserves determined by the Company are unreasonable. The cost of

 

11



 

any such independent actuary up to and including $25,000 shall be borne by the Company, and the cost of any such independent actuary in excess of $25,000 shall be borne equally by the Reinsurer and the Company.

 

GAAP Reserves shall be reasonably determined by the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

EXPENSE ALLOWANCE

 

An annual expense allowance (the “Annual Expense Allowance”) in the amount of $15,000 shall be payable by the Reinsurer to the Company annually in advance (i) no later than 25 days following the Effective Date and (ii) on each anniversary of the Effective Date during the Term (each, an “Annual Expense Allowance Date”); provided, however, the amount of the Annual Expense Allowance shall be adjusted on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and every five years thereafter to reflect the cumulative change in the consumer price index, as reasonably determined by the Company based on data published by The Bureau of Labor Statistics, during such five-year period.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

TAXES

 

The Company will pay all taxes on premiums reported to the Reinsurer hereunder. The Reinsurer agrees to allow for the purpose of paying the federal excise tax one percent of the Reinsurance Premium to the extent the Reinsurance Premium is subject to the federal excise tax. In the event any Profit Share Amounts become due hereunder, the Reinsurer will deduct the aforesaid percentage from the Profit Share Amounts payable hereunder, and the Company or its agent shall be responsible for recovering the tax from the United States Government.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

PROFIT SHARE ACCOUNT; PAYMENT OF PROFIT SHARE AMOUNT

 

A notional profit share account (the “Profit Share Account”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer as described below as of the end of each calendar quarter throughout the Term.

 

An amount equal to the Net Reinsurance Premium shall be credited to the Profit Share Account as of April 17, 1998. Thereafter, the balance of the Profit Share Account (the “Profit Share Account Balance”) shall be equal to (i) at the close of business on the last day of the first calendar quarter following the Effective Date (i,e., June 30, 1998), an amount equal to the Net Reinsurance Premium plus interest credited at the Base Rate on

 

12



 

the average daily balance of the Profit Share Account during such calendar quarter and (ii) at the close of business on the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, the Profit Share Account Balance at the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar quarter plus interest credited at the Base Rate on the average daily balance of the Profit Share Account during such calendar quarter minus Loss Settlements paid by the Reinsurer during such calendar quarter minus True-up Amounts paid by the Reinsurer during such calendar quarter minus 133-1/3% of any Profit Share Amount paid by the Reinsurer during such calendar quarter plus Refund Amounts paid by the Company during such calendar quarter. For purposes of calculating the interest referred to in the preceding sentence: (i) Loss Settlements shall be debited from the Profit Share Account on the applicable Loss Settlement Payment Date; (ii) True-up Amounts shall be debited from the Profit Share Account on the applicable True-up Date; (iii) 133-1/3% of the Profit Share Amount shall be debited from the Profit Share Account on the applicable Profit Share Date; (iv) Refund Amounts shall be credited to the Profit Share Account on the applicable Refund Date and (iii) interest shall be credited to the Profit Share Account on the last day of each calendar quarter.

 

Within 90 days of each Profit Share Date, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company an amount (the “Profit Share Amount”) equal to (i) 75% x (the Profit Share Account Balance at such Profit Share Date minus the Profit Share Account Reserves at such Profit Share Date minus the Margin at such Profit Share Date) minus (ii) Unreimbursed Should Pay Benefits paid by the Reinsurer since the immediately preceding Profit Share Date.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

FOLLOW THE FORTUNES; AMENDMENT OF
GROUP CONTRACT AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

The liability of the Reinsurer shall be subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations of the Group Contract as in effect on the Effective Date or as thereafter amended in accordance with the terms hereof, it being the intention that the Reinsurer shall, in every respect, follow the fortunes of the Company as if it had been a party to the Group Contract.

 

The Company shall not amend or alter the Group Contract or the Indemnification Agreement in any way without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer. The Company shall not waive any of its rights under the Indemnification Agreement without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer.

 

13



 

ARTICLE 15

 

RIGHT OF OFFSET

 

The Company and the Reinsurer may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement or under any other Agreement which may cancel and replace this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, application of the offset will not be deemed to constitute a diminution in the event or insolvency.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

Any inadvertent act, delay, omission or error by the Company or the Reinsurer shall not relieve either party of any liability under this Agreement, provided that such act, delay, omission, or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

CURRENCY

 

All amounts in this Agreement are expressed in United States Dollars and all payments shall be made in such currency.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws doctrine.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

ARBITRATION

 

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof shall be submitted to arbitration to be conducted in New York City, pursuant to the following procedures and the then-current Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association (to the extent such rules are not inconsistent with the following procedures). The board of arbitration shall be composed of two arbiters and an umpire, who shall be active or retired disinterested officials of insurance or reinsurance companies; provided, no arbiter or umpire may be a present or former officer, director, employee, attorney or consultant of either party or its affiliates.

 

14



 

To initiate arbitration, a party (the “Claimant”) shall notify the other party (the “Respondent”) in writing of its desire to arbitrate, stating the nature of its dispute, the remedy sought and the identity of its chosen arbiter, and shall request that the Respondent appoint and identify its own arbiter.  After each party appoints its arbiter, the two arbiters shall choose an umpire before instituting the hearing.  If the Respondent fails to appoint its arbiter within four weeks after being requested to do so by the Claimant, the latter shall also appoint the second arbiter. If the two arbiters fail to agree on the appointment of an umpire within four weeks after the nomination of the Respondent’s arbiter, the umpire shall be chosen by the President of the American Arbitration Association (or his designee) and shall be a person meeting the qualifications set forth above.

 

The Claimant shall submit its initial brief within 20 days from the employment of the umpire. The Respondent shall submit its brief within 20 days thereafter, and the Claimant may submit a reply brief within 10 days after the filing of the Respondent’s brief. The board shall make its decision with regard to the customary usage of the insurance and reinsurance business. The board is released from all judicial formalities and may abstain from the strict rules of the law, interpreting this Agreement as an honorable undertaking, rather than merely a legal obligation. The board shall make its decision, describing its reasons therefor in writing, within 30 days following the termination of the hearings, unless the parties consent to an extension. A majority decision of the board shall be final and binding upon the parties to the proceedings. The judgment upon the award entered by the arbiters may be entered in any court of proper jurisdiction and may be enforced in any such court. The board may alter the time periods contained in this Article for good cause.

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbiter and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the umpire.  The remaining costs of the arbitration proceedings, if any, shall be allocated by the board.

 

The procedures specified in this Article shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement; provided, however, that a party may seek a preliminary injunction or other preliminary judicial relief if, in its judgment, such action is necessary to avoid irreparable damage.  Despite such action, the parties will continue to participate in good faith in the procedures specified in this Article.  All applicable statutes of limitation shall be tolled while the procedures specified in this Article are pending. The parties will take such action, if any, required to effectuate such tolling.

 

This Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

15



 

ARTICLE 20

 

INSOLVENCY

 

In the event of the receivership of the Company, the amounts owing by the Reinsurer under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the receiver, after reasonable provision for verification, on the basis of claims allowed against the Company by any court of competent jurisdiction having authority to allow such claims or allowed by the receiver as a result of the conclusion of the claim filing, approval and appeal process before the receiver. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, payment shall be made without diminution because of such insolvency or because the receiver has failed to pay all or a portion of any claims. The receiver shall give or arrange to give to the Reinsurer written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company within a reasonable period of time after the initiation of the receivership. Failure to give such notice shall not excuse the obligation of the Reinsurer unless it is substantially prejudiced thereby. The Reinsurer may interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or the receiver. The reasonable expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be payable, subject to court approval, out of the estate of the Company as part of the expense of the receivership to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer. Payments by the Reinsurer shall be made directly to the receiver of the Company except where the Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of insolvency of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

RIGHT OF INSPECTION

 

1.                The Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives and any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives may at any time during normal office hours have free access to and may take copies of all relevant records and papers of the Company or its agents which relate to the Group Contract. It is agreed that such rights of inspection shall continue until all obligations under this Agreement have been discharged.

 

2.                The Company shall procure equivalent rights of inspection, including the right to take copies, of the records of the Contract Holder in respect of the Group Contract as those detailed in paragraph 1 above together with the irrevocable consent of the Contract Holder to disclose such records to the Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives.

 

3.                Upon the request of the Reinsurer, the Company shall exercise its rights of audit under the Group Contract.

 

16



 

ARTICLE 22

 

AMENDMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

 

This Agreement may be changed, altered or amended as the parties may agree, provided such change, alteration or amendment is evidenced in writing or by endorsement executed by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

17



 

ARTICLE 23

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

Neither party may assign or transfer any rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement to any person or entity without the written consent of the other party, and any effort to so assign or transfer such rights, interests or obligations without the consent of the other party shall be null and void.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and in no instance shall any other party have any rights under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

NO IMPLIED WAIVER

 

The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions herein shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right of such party to enforce any such provision.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

NOTICES

 

Any notice in writing to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be by facsimile, letter (registered mail if sent by post), or internationally recognized courier.

 

Any such notice will take effect, in the case of a facsimile, at the time of receipt, and in the case of a letter sent by post or courier, at the time of delivery. Any notice not by letter shall be confirmed by letter but the failure to send or receive such letter will not invalidate the original communication.

 

The address and contact details for each of the Company and the Reinsurer are as follows:

 

18



 

The Company:

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

290 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue

Livingston, NJ 07039-2729

Attn: Vice President & Controller, Group Life & Disability

Telephone: 973-548-6340

Fax: 973-548-6304

 

with a copy to:

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

290 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue

Livingston, NJ 07039-2729

Attn: Chief Legal Officer, Group Life and Disability

Telephone: 973-548-6580

Fax: 973-548-6575

 

The Reinsurer:

 

For purposes of Article 8 reports:

 

A.C.E. INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

P.O. Box HM 1015

Hamilton HM DX

Bermuda

Attn: Claims Department

Telephone: 441-295-5200

Fax: 441-292-2456

 

For all other purposes:

 

A.C.E. INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

P.O. Box HM 1015

Hamilton HM DX

Bermuda

Attn: Financial Lines Underwriting Department

Telephone: 441-295-5200

Fax: 441-292-8677

 

Each party shall promptly notify the other party any change in its address or contact details.

 

19



 

ARTICLE 27

 

RELATED PERSON INSURANCE INCOME

 

The Company represents that (i) it does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of ACE Limited, (ii) no person that controls the Company through direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more (by vote or value) of the capital stock of the Company (a “Controlling Person”) owns any shares of ACE Limited and (iii) no person that is controlled by the Company through direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more (by vote or value) of that person (a “Controlled Person”) owns any shares of ACE Limited.

 

The Company agrees that, during the Term, it will not purchase, and it will not permit any Controlled Person to purchase, any shares of ACE Limited.

 

20



 

SIGNING SCHEDULE

 

Attaching to and forming part of this Agreement

 

 

In witness whereof this Agreement is signed on behalf of

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

A.C.E. INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

21



 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

and

 

A.C.E. INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

 

REINSURANCE COVERAGE

ARTICLE 2

 

SHOULD PAY BENEFIT COVERAGE

ARTICLE 3

 

DEFINITIONS

ARTICLE 4

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

ARTICLE 5

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

ARTICLE 6

 

STATUTORY FINANCIAL CREDIT

ARTICLE 7

 

LOSS SETTLEMENTS

ARTICLE 8

 

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

ARTICLE 8

 

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

ARTICLE 10

 

RESERVES

ARTICLE 11

 

EXPENSE ALLOWANCE

ARTICLE 12

 

TAXES

ARTICLE 13

 

PROFIT SHARE ACCOUNT; PAYMENT OF PROFIT SHARE AMOUNT

ARTICLE 14

 

FOLLOW THE FORTUNES; AMENDMENT OF GROUP CONTRACT AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 15

 

RIGHT OF OFFSET

ARTICLE 16

 

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

ARTICLE 17

 

CURRENCY

ARTICLE 18

 

GOVERNING LAW

ARTICLE 19

 

ARBITRATION

ARTICLE 20

 

INSOLVENCY

ARTICLE 21

 

RIGHT OF INSPECTION

ARTICLE 22

 

AMENDMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

ARTICLE 23

 

ASSIGNMENT

ARTICLE 24

 

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

ARTICLE 25

 

NO IMPLIED WAIVER

ARTICLE 26

 

NOTICES

ARTICLE 27

 

RELATED PERSON INSURANCE INCOME

SIGNING SCHEDULE

ANNEX A

 

GROUP CONTRACT NO. SG-93191

ANNEX B

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE I

 

FORM OF QUARTERLY LOSS SETTLEMENT REPORT

SCHEDULE II

 

FORM OF QUARTERLY RESERVE REPORT

 



 

ANNEX A

 

 

[GROUP CONTRACT NO. SG-93191-VA]

 



 

ANNEX B

 

[INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT]

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

QUARTERLY LOSS SETTLEMENT REPORT

 

FOR THE      QUARTER      

 

Date of Delivery of this Report:                                /      /      

Loss Settlement Payment Date:                                 /      /      

 

PART I: AMOUNT DUE THE CONTRACT HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Benefits Due Contract Holder
(from Benefits Paid Report, Part A, line 6)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(attached completed Benefits Paid Report)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II:  AMOUNTS DUE THE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Should Pay Benefits

 

 

 

 

a.

Should Pay Benefits paid, current quarter

 

$

 

 

b.

Amount of a. in excess of $100,000 for this Contract Year

 

$

 

 

c.

Amount remaining of $250,000 aggregate limit

 

$

 

 

d.

Amount due Company, before offset (lesser of (b) & (c))

 

$

 

 

e.

Amount of a. , if any, included in Part I above

 

$

 

 

f.

Net Liability (Asset) for Should Pay Benefits (d) – (e)

 

$

 

 

g.

New Amount Remaining of $250,000 limit (c) – (d)

 

$

 

 

h.

Amount due from Columbia Energy Group (“CEG”) to Company

 

$

 

 

i.

Amount of h. not paid by CEG due to insolvency of CEG

 

$

 

 

j.

Total Liability (Asset) for Should Pay Benefits (f) + (i)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Mandated Benefits

 

 

 

 

a.

Amount due from CEG to the Company

 

$

 

 

b.

Amount not paid by CEG due to insolvency of CEG

 

$

 

 

c.

Amount of a ., if any, included in Part I above

 

$

 

 

d.

Total Liability (Asset) for Mandated Benefits (b) (c)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

True-Up (Refund) Amounts due Company (Reinsurer)

 

$

 

3.

Expense Allowance (if contract anniversary)

 

$

 

4,

Fees and Expenses of Impartial Party

 

$

 

5.

Amount Due the Company(I+II.1(j)+II.2(d)+II.3+II.4+II.5)

 

$

 

6.

Per diem interest at Deposit Crediting Rate

 

$

 

 



 

SCHEDULE II

 

QUARTERLY RESERVE REPORT

 

FOR THE      QUARTER       

 

1.

 

Statutory Reserves (exc. Return Premium Reserves)

 

$

 

2.

 

Return Premium Reserves

 

$

 

3.

 

Combined Reserves (1+2)

 

$

 

4.

 

Base Rate

 

 

%

5.

 

Withdrawal from (deposit to) Funds Withheld

 

$

 

6.

 

Funds Withheld, end of quarter

 

$

 

7.

 

Trust Account, end of quarter

 

$

 

8.

 

Letters of Credit, end of quarter

 

$

 

9.

 

Profit Share Account, end of quarter

 

$

 

 



 

FIRST AMENDMENT

 

This First Amendment to Reinsurance Agreement (this “Amendment”), dated as of January 1, 2000, is entered into between The Prudential Insurance Company of America (hereinafter the “Company”) and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly, KRE Reinsurance Ltd.)  (hereinafter the “Reinsurer”) with respect to the Reinsurance Agreement (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (formerly, A.C.E. Insurance Company, Ltd.) (the “Original Reinsurer”) entered into a Reinsurance Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 (the “Reinsurance Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Assignment Agreement among the Company, the Reinsurer and the Original Reinsurer effective as of the date hereof, the Reinsurer has assumed all of the rights and obligations of the Original Reinsurer under the Reinsurance Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Reinsurer desire to amend the Reinsurance Agreement as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                Effective as of March 31, 1998, clause (iv) of Article 6 of the Reinsurance Agreement shall be amended by deleting the words which are struck out below:

 

“(iv) decreased on each Profit Share Date by an amount equal to the 133 1/3% of the Profit Share Amount (as defined below) that is due to be paid by the Reinsurer to the Company on such day to the extent such Profit Share Amount is not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such Profit Share Date;”

 

2.                Effective as of September 30, 1999, Article 13 of the Reinsurance Agreement shall be amended by deleting the last paragraph thereof and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

 

Within 90 days of each Profit Share Date, the Reinsurer shall calculate an amount (the “Profit Share Amount”) equal to (i) 75% x (the Profit Share Account Balance at such Profit Share Date minus the Profit Share Account Reserves at such Profit Share Date minus the Margin at such Profit Share Date) minus (ii) Unreimbursed Should Pay Benefits paid by the Reinsurer since the immediately preceding Profit Share Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Profit Share Amount may be a negative amount.

 

Within 90 days of each Profit Share Date, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company an amount (the “Combined Profit Share Amount”) equal to the sum of the Profit Share Amount and the Profit Share Amount under and as defined in the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement dated as of September 30, 1999 entered into by and between the Company and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 



 

3.                Effective as of September 30, 1999, Article 12 of the Reinsurance Agreement shall be amended by changing each reference therein to “Profit Share Amount” to “Combined Profit Share Amount”.

 

4.                Effective as of January 1, 2000, the Reinsurance Agreement shall be amended by deleting Article 27 thereto and adding the following new Article 27:

 

ARTICLE 27

 

DAC TAX ELECTION

 

The Company and the Reinsurer hereby agree to the following pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Income Tax Regulations issued December 1992 (as amended, supplemented or corrected and in effect as of the effective date of this Agreement, the “Regulations”) under Section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This election shall be effective for 2000 and for all subsequent taxable years for which this Agreement remains in effect.

 

1.                                        The term “party” will refer to either the Company or the Reinsurer, as appropriate.

 

2.                                        The terms used in this Article are defined by reference to Section 1.848-2 of the Regulations.

 

3.                                        The party with the net positive consideration for this Agreement for each taxable year will capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(l) of the Code.

 

4.                                        Both parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency or as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

5.                                        The Company will submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration for the preceding calendar year. This schedule of calculations will be accompanied by a statement signed by an officer of the Company stating that the Company will report such net consideration in its tax return for the preceding calendar year.

 

6.                                        The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative calculation to the Company in writing within 30 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of the Company’s calculation.  If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer will

 

2



 

report the net consideration as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s tax return for the previous calendar year.

 

7.                                        If the Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration, the parties will act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount within thirty (30) days of the date the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation.  If the Company and the Reinsurer reach agreement on an amount of net consideration, each party shall report such amount in their respective tax returns for the previous calendar year.

 

8.                                        Both parties agree to make the election contemplated by this Article 27 by timely attaching to their tax returns the schedule required by Section 1.848-2(g)(8)(ii) of the Regulations.

 

5.                Effective as of January 1, 2000, the Reinsurance Agreement shall be amended by adding an Article 28 thereto as follows:

 

ARTICLE 28

 

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

The Reinsurer hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the board of arbitration described above and the courts of the State of New York (for the purpose of enforcing the parties’ agreement to arbitrate or to enforce an award of the board of arbitration) and agrees to comply with all requirements necessary to give such board and such courts jurisdiction over the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer hereby appoints as its agent for service of process ACE Capital Re Inc., 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, 10019.

 

6.                Nothing herein contained shall be held to vary, alter, waive or extend any of the terms, conditions, exclusions or limitations of the Reinsurance Agreement and Annexes attached thereto except as expressly stated herein.

 

3



 

7.                This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument. All signatures of parties to this Amendment may be transmitted by facsimile, and such facsimile will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such party whose signature it reproduces and will be binding upon such party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties.

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

 

 

By/Title:

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD. (formerly, KRE Reinsurance Ltd.)

 

 

 

 

By/Title:

 

4



 

Exhibit B

 

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Assignment Agreement (“Assignment Agreement”) , effective as at 12:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000 (“Effective Date”) , is made and entered into by and between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (formerly, A.C.E. Insurance Company, Ltd.) (hereinafter “ ACE ”), The Prudential Reinsurance Company of America (hereinafter “Prudential”) and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly, KRE Reinsurance Ltd.) (hereinafter “ACRO”) (ACE, Prudential and ACRO are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Parties”) .

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, ACE (as the reinsurer) and Prudential (as the reinsured) entered into a reinsurance agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 (the “Reinsurance Agreement” ) a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, wherein Prudential ceded to ACE and ACE assumed from Prudential certain liabilities of Prudential under a medical care benefits stop loss policy issued by Prudential to the Columbia Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, ACE and ACRO entered into an excess of loss retrocession agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 (the “EOL Agreement” ), wherein ACRO assumed substantially all of the liabilities of ACE under the Reinsurance Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Termination Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date hereof, ACE and ACRO have agreed to terminate the EOL Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties hereto wish to substitute, with effect from the Effective Date, ACRO for ACE as the reinsurer under the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above stated premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                By way of this Assignment Agreement, with effect from the Effective Date, ACRO shall replace ACE for all purposes under the Reinsurance Agreement as though it were the named reinsurer thereunder.

 

2.                As of the Effective Date, ACRO shall assume all of the present and future liabilities and obligations of ACE under the Reinsurance Agreement and shall be substituted for ACE, in ACE’s name, place and stead, as the reinsurer thereon so as to effect an assignment of the Reinsurance Agreement, and ACE shall be simultaneously released from any and all present and future liabilities or obligations thereunder.

 

3.                As of the Effective Date, ACRO shall be entitled to all of the rights of ACE under the Reinsurance Agreement, and shall be entitled to enforce all such rights in the name, place and stead of ACE.

 

Columbia Assignment Agreement

Between ACR, Prudential and ACRO

 

1



 

4.                As of the Effective Date, Prudential shall be entitled to and shall disregard ACE as a party to the Reinsurance Agreement and shall be entitled to and shall treat ACRO as if it had been the named reinsurer thereunder.

 

5.                As of the Effective Date, Prudential shall be entitled to and shall file claims arising under the Reinsurance Agreement directly with ACRO.

 

6.                In consideration for this Assignment Agreement, all right, title and interest in the Deposit (as defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) held by Prudential as security for payment of the reinsurer’s obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement are assigned by ACE to ACRO as of the Effective Date.

 

7.                ACRO agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless ACE and its officers, employees and successors from, against, for and in respect of any and all Losses which any of them may sustain on or after the Effective Date based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of the Reinsurance Agreement.  As used in this section, “Losses” means any and all claims, counterclaims, losses, liabilities, damages, judgments, deficiencies, costs or expenses (including, without limitation, interest, penalties, fines, forfeitures, costs of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and related costs).

 

8.                This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

9.                Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Assignment Agreement shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 19 of the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

10.          This Assignment Agreement shall not alter, amend or in any way limit the terms and provisions of the Reinsurance Agreement except to the extent stated herein.

 

2



 

11.          This Assignment Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Assignment Agreement has been executed by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties;

 

 

On Behalf of:

On Behalf of:

 

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

On Behalf of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

3



 

Exhibit A

 

[Reinsurance Agreement]

 

4



Exhibit C

 

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 30, 1999 by and between THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a mutual insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New Jersey (the “Company”), and ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD. (formerly, KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), an insurance company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Reinsurer”).

 

ARTICLE 1

 

REINSURANCE COVERAGE

 

In consideration of the Reinsurance Premium (as defined below) and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer agrees to indemnify the Company for all Loss Settlements (as defined below) paid by the Company to the Contract Holder (as defined below) under group contract no. SG-93191-VA-2 (the “Group Contract”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

SHOULD PAY BENEFIT COVERAGE

 

In consideration of the Reinsurance Premium and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, the Reinsurer also agrees to indemnify the Company for all amounts paid by the Company that are determined pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement (as defined below) to be Should Pay Benefits (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement), to the extent the aggregate amount of Should Pay Benefits exceeds $100,000 per Contract Year (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement); provided, however, that the Reinsurer’s liability under this Article 2 shall not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate. In addition and notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Reinsurer shall indemnify the Company for Should Pay Benefits payable by Columbia Energy Group pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement if, and to the extent that, Columbia Energy Group fails to pay such Should Pay Benefits by reason of the occurrence of the insolvency, receivership, liquidation or reorganization of Columbia Energy Group (the “Unreimbursed Should Pay Benefits”).

 



 

ARTICLE 3

 

DEFINITIONS

 

All words and phrases that have a capitalized initial letter in this Agreement have a special meaning which is either introduced in certain Articles, defined below or defined by reference to certain other agreements and which shall include the plural as well as the singular.

 

“Applicable Source” means the Wall Street Journal , any successor publication thereto or any publication mutually agreed to by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

“Base Rate” means, for each calendar quarter during the Term (as defined below), an effective annual rate determined in accordance with the formula “D/(1-D)”, where “D” is expressed as a decimal and is equal to the rate of discount for the Treasury Bill that matures closest to the 90 th day after the first calendar day of such quarter, as reported under the “ask” column in the Applicable Source on the first business day of such calendar quarter.

 

“Benefits Paid Report” means a report prepared and delivered by the Contract Holder to the Company each calendar quarter showing benefits paid by the Contract Holder under the Plan (as defined in the Group Contract) during the preceding calendar quarter that are covered under the Group Contract, which report shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit F to the Group Contract.

 

“Combined Reserves” means the sum of Statutory Reserves and Return Premium Reserves (as each such term is defined below).

 

“Contract Holder” means Columbia Energy Group Master Trust.

 

“Covered Benefits” means benefits payable to the Contract Holder pursuant to the terms of the Group Contract.

 

“Deposit Crediting Rate” means the Base Rate plus 60 basis points.

 

“Final Profit Share Date” means the last day of the calendar quarter in which the number of Beneficiaries (as defined in the Group Contract) falls below one.

 

“GAAP Reserves” means the policy and claim and related liabilities established in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

“Indemnification Agreement” means the agreement dated as of September 30, 1999 between the Company and Columbia Energy Group, as the same is in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be modified in accordance with the terms hereof, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B.

 

2



 

“Initial Cohort Reinsurance Agreement” means the reinsurance agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 originally entered into by and between the Company and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex C-l, which reinsurance agreement was subsequently assigned by ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. to the Reinsurer, a copy of the assignment agreement effecting such assignment is attached hereto as Annex C-2, as such reinsurance agreement is amended by the first amendment thereto dated as of January 1, 2000, a copy of such amendment is attached hereto as Annex C-3, and as such reinsurance agreement may be further amended or modified from time to time.

 

“Indemnification Amounts” means amounts payable by Columbia Energy Group to the Company in respect of Mandated Benefits pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement, whether or not actually paid; provided, however, that Indemnification Amounts shall not include amounts payable by Columbia Energy Group to the Company in respect of Mandated Benefits pursuant to the Indemnification Agreement that are not paid by reason of the occurrence of the insolvency, receivership, liquidation or reorganization of Columbia Energy Group.

 

“Letter of Credit” means a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit in favor of the Company issued or confirmed by a bank, and in a form, that complies with all applicable requirements for financial statement credit of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company.

 

“Loss Settlement” means Covered Benefits, fees and expenses of the Impartial Party (as defined in the Group Contract) and Mandated Benefits, in each case, paid by the Company less Indemnification Amounts.

 

“Loss Settlement Payment Date” means, with respect to any calendar quarter, the date on which the Company pays benefits under the Group Contract to the Contract Holder, which date shall be no earlier than three business days following the date of delivery of the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report for such calendar quarter.

 

“Margin” means, as of any Profit Share Date (as defined below), $4.5 million plus interest thereon from the Effective Date (as defined below) to such Profit Share Date compounded quarterly on each March 31,  June 30, September 30 and December 31 at the Base Rate.

 

“Market Value Adjustment” means the amount of money resulting from the application of the following formula:

 

Deposit – (Deposit x (1 + i) (N/365) )/((l + j) (N/365) ), where

 

“i” is the Deposit Crediting Rate, “N” is the number of days from the date of calculation of the Market Value Adjustment to the end of the calendar quarter, and “j” is the effective annual rate of interest on a Treasury Bill maturing at the end of the calendar quarter and purchased on the date of calculation of the Market Value Adjustment.

 

3



 

“Profit Share Account Reserves” means the greater of Statutory Reserves (as defined below) and GAAP Reserves.

 

“Profit Share Dates” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Initial Cohort Reinsurance Agreement.

 

“Return Premium Reserves” means the reserves established by the Company in respect of the policyholder dividends payable under the Group Contract.

 

“Statutory Reserves” means gross reserves that satisfy the reserving requirements in all of the states in which the Company is required to file an annual statement with respect to the business underlying the Group Contract. For the avoidance of doubt, Statutory Reserves shall not include reserves established by the Company in respect of the policyholder dividends payable under the Group Contract.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence at 12:01 a.m., eastern standard time, on September 30, 1999 (the “Effective Date”) and shall remain in force until the date that all obligations under the Group Contract have been discharged (the “Expiration Date”), unless earlier terminated in accordance with the following paragraph.

 

This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Expiration Date only with the prior written consent of both the Company and the Reinsurer, and the date of any such termination is referred to herein as the “Termination Date.”

 

ARTICLE 5

 

[This Article is intentionally left blank.]

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

STATUTORY FINANCIAL CREDIT

 

The Reinsurer shall take all steps necessary to ensure that the Company obtains full financial statement credit in all applicable jurisdictions for the reinsurance ceded hereunder.

 

4



 

Where required by applicable law in order for the Company to take financial statement credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from the Reinsurer, as security for the payment of the latter’s obligations, an amount of funds herein called the “Deposit.” The Company and the Reinsurer agree that the Deposit will be in such form and held in such manner so as to allow the Company to take financial statement credit for the reinsurance ceded hereunder and also allow, if possible, the Reinsurer to treat the Deposit as an admitted asset in accordance with applicable law.

 

The Company shall withhold from the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Reinsurance Premium (as defined below), and the Deposit shall initially be equal to the Reinsurance Premium. Thereafter, the Deposit shall be (i) decreased on each Loss Settlement Payment Date by an amount equal to the Loss Settlement amounts and Should Pay Benefits that are payable by the Reinsurer to the Company on such Loss Settlement Payment Date to the extent such Loss Settlement amounts and Should Pay Benefits are not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such Loss Settlement Payment Date, (ii) decreased on each True-up Date (as defined below) by the True-up Amount (as defined below) payable by the Reinsurer to the Company on such True-up Date to the extent such True-up Amount is not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such True-up Date, (iii) increased on each Refund Date (as defined below) by the Refund Amount payable by the Company to the Reinsurer on such Refund Date to the extent such amounts are not paid directly to the Reinsurer on or before such Refund Date, (iv) decreased on each Profit Share Date by an amount equal to the Profit Share Amount (as defined below) that is due to be paid by the Reinsurer to the Company on such day to the extent such Profit Share Amount is not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such Profit Share Date; (v) decreased on each Annual Expense Allowance Date (as defined below) by an amount equal to the Annual Expense Allowance (as defined below) due on such date to the extent not paid directly by the Reinsurer on or before such date; (vi) increased on the date that any additional funds are deposited by the Reinsurer with the Company by an amount equal to such additional funds, (vii) decreased on the date that any funds are withdrawn by the Reinsurer from the Company by an amount equal to such withdrawn funds and (viii) increased on the last day of each calendar quarter by interest credited at the Deposit Crediting Rate on the average daily balance of the Deposit during such calendar quarter. Within 45 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of a Quarterly Reserve Report (as defined below) showing Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter in excess of the Deposit at the close of business on the last day of the preceding calendar quarter, the Reinsurer shall be obligated to either (i) deposit additional funds with the Company in an amount equal to such excess or (ii) deliver to the Company a Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such excess. No later than five days following the date of a Quarterly Reserve Report showing the Deposit at the close of business on the last day of the preceding calendar quarter in excess of Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter, the Company shall promptly refund to the Reinsurer an amount equal to such excess.

 

5



 

The Reinsurer shall have the right (but not the obligation), upon 90 days’ prior written notice to the Company, to substitute a trust account (the “Trust Account”) for the Deposit. The Company shall refund the Deposit, less the Market Value Adjustment, contemporaneously with the funding of the Trust Account.

 

If a Trust Account is substituted for the Deposit, the following provisions shall apply to the Reinsurer:

 

(1)                                   The Reinsurer shall enter into a trust agreement and establish a trust account for the benefit of the Company covering the recoverables that otherwise would be covered by the Deposit.  The trustee of the Trust Account and the trust agreement shall comply with all applicable requirements of regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Company. Within 45 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of each Quarterly Reserve Report, the Reinsurer shall either (i) adjust the assets held in the Trust Account so that the market value of such assets at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter meets or exceeds the Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter and provide a certification to the Company of such fact or (ii) deliver to the Company a Letter of Credit equal to the amount by which the Combined Reserves at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter exceed the market value of such assets at the last day of the preceding calendar quarter.

 

(2)                                   The assets deposited in the trust account shall be valued according to their current fair market value, and shall consist only of cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit issued by a United States bank and payable in United States legal tender, investments of stocks and bonds listed by the NAIC’s Securities Valuation Office or any obligations issued by the State of New Jersey or any of its political subdivisions, any other form of security approved by the New Jersey Commissioner of Insurance upon formal request, or any combination of the above, provided that such investments are issued by an institution that is not the Reinsurer or the Company or the parent, subsidiary or affiliate of either the Reinsurer or the Company.

 

(3)                                   Prior to depositing assets with the trustee, the Reinsurer shall execute assignments, endorsements in blank, or transfer legal title to the trustee of all shares, obligations or any other assets requiring assignments, in order that the Company, or the trustee upon the direction of the Company, may whenever necessary negotiate any such assets without consent or signature from the Reinsurer or any other entity.

 

(4)                                   All settlements of account between the Company and the Reinsurer shall be made in cash or its equivalent.

 

(5)                                   The Reinsurer and the Company agree that the assets in the trust account established pursuant to this provision of this Agreement may be withdrawn by the Company at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, and shall be utilized and applied by the Company or its successors in interest by operation of law, including without limitation any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator of the

 

6



 

Company, without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or the Reinsurer or the inability of the Company to pay all or any part of a claim, only for the following purposes:

 

(a)                                   to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of premiums returned to the owner of the Group Contract on account of the cancellation of the Group Contract;

 

(b)                                  to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of Loss Settlements paid by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Group Contract;

 

(c)                                   to fund an account with the Company in an amount at least equal to the deduction, for reinsurance ceded, from the Company’s liabilities for the Group Contract ceded under this Agreement; such amount shall include, but not be limited to, amounts for policy reserves, claims and losses incurred, and unearned premium reserves; and

 

(d)                                  to pay any other amounts the Company claims are due under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Should Pay Benefits, Annual Expense Allowance and Profit Share Amounts).

 

(c)                                   to reestablish the Deposit.

 

(6)                                   The Reinsurer has the right to seek approval from the Company to withdraw from the aforementioned trust account all or any part of the assets contained therein and transfer such assets to the Reinsurer, provided that:

 

(a)                                   the Reinsurer shall, at the time of such withdrawal, replace the withdrawn assets with other qualified assets having a market value at least equal to the market value of the assets withdrawn so as to maintain at all times the deposit in the required amount; or

 

(b)                                  after such withdrawal and transfer, the market value of the trust account is not less than 102 percent of the required amount (i.e., the Combined Reserves).

 

The Company shall be the sole judge as to the application of this provision, but shall not unreasonably or arbitrarily withhold its approval.

 

(7)                                   The Company shall return any amount withdrawn in excess of the actual amounts required for in paragraphs (5)(a), (b) and (c) above, or in the case of paragraph (5)(d), any amounts that are subsequently determined not to be due.

 

7



 

(8)                                   The Company shall credit quarterly to the Reinsurer interest on the amounts drawn from the Trust Account and held pursuant to paragraph (5)(c) above at the prime rate of interest as reported in the Federal Reserve Bulletin.

 

If the Reinsurer delivers a Letter of Credit pursuant to this Agreement, such Letter of Credit may be drawn upon at any time, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, and shall be utilized by the Company or its successors in interest only for one or more of the following:

 

(a)                                   to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of premiums returned to the owner of the Group Contract on account of the cancellation of the Group Contract;

 

(b)                                  to reimburse the Company for the Reinsurer’s share of Loss Settlements paid by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Group Contract;

 

(c)                                   to fund an account with the Company in an amount at least equal to the deduction, for reinsurance ceded, from the Company’s liabilities for the Group Contract ceded under this Agreement; such amount shall include, but not be limited to, amounts for policy reserves, claims and losses incurred, and unearned premium reserves; and

 

(d)                                  to pay any other amounts the Company claims are due under this Agreement (including, without limitation, Should Pay Benefits, Annual Expense Allowance and Profit Share Amounts).

 

(e)                                   to reestablish the Deposit.

 

All of the foregoing shall be applicable without diminution because of insolvency on the part of the Company or the Reinsurer. The Company shall credit to the Reinsurer quarterly interest on the amounts drawn from the Letter of Credit and held pursuant to paragraph (c) above at the prime rate of interest as reported in the Federal Reserve Bulletin.

 

On the earlier to occur of the Expiration Date and the Termination Date, the Company shall return to the Reinsurer the balance of any Deposit, allow the Reinsurer to withdraw the balance of any Trust Account and/or deliver to the Reinsurer any Letters of Credit and consent to the cancellation thereof.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 7

 

LOSS SETTLEMENTS

 

All Loss Settlements that are paid by the Company within the terms, conditions and limitations of the Group Contract shall be unconditionally binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

Subject to the immediately succeeding paragraph, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Company, no later than the Loss Settlement Payment Date occurring in each calendar quarter, the Loss Settlement amount due and payable hereunder with respect to the preceding calendar quarter as reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report delivered during such quarter, together with interest thereon credited at the Deposit Crediting Rate for the period, if any, from and including such Loss Settlement Payment Date to but excluding the date of payment; provided, however, if the Reinsurer has provided a Deposit or Trust Account pursuant to Article 6 hereof, the Company shall, on such Loss Settlement Payment Date, to the extent sufficient funds are available therefor, reduce the Deposit by, or withdraw from the Trust Account, as applicable, an amount equal to the Loss Settlement amount due and payable hereunder on such Loss Settlement Payment Date.

 

In the event the Reinsurer notifies the Company, prior to the Loss Settlement Payment Date occurring in any calendar quarter, of the Reinsurer’s good faith belief that the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report delivered during such calendar quarter is inaccurate, (i) the Reinsurer shall promptly inform the Company that all or a portion of such Loss Settlement amount is in dispute, (ii) the Company shall promptly commence the procedures set forth in the Group Contract for resolving inaccuracies in Line 6 Amounts and (iii) the Reinsurer may either (A) delay payment of the disputed portion of such Loss Settlement amount (the “Disputed Portion”) until such time as the Loss Settlement amount is (x) determined to be the Loss Settlement amount reported in such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, in which case the Reinsurer will promptly pay the Disputed Portion with interest thereon from and including the Loss Settlement Payment Date applicable to such calendar quarter to but excluding the date the Disputed Portion is actually paid at a rate equal to the Deposit Crediting Rate (the Disputed Portion plus such interest being referred to herein as the “True-up Amount” and the date of such payment being referred to herein as the “True-up Date”), (y) determined to be the undisputed portion of the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, in which case the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and no further payments will be owed in respect of such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report or (z) determined to be an amount other than the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report or the undisputed portion of such Loss Settlement amount, in which case the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and appropriate payments (including interest at the Deposit Crediting Rate) will be made to put the parties in the position they would have been in had the corrected Loss Settlement amount been the Loss

 

9



 

Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, taking into account the Reinsurer’s prior payment of the undisputed portion of the Loss Settlement amount (such payments constituting True-up Amounts if paid by the Reinsurer and Refund Amounts (as defined below) if paid by the Company) or (B) make payment of the Loss Settlement amount and (x) if the Loss Settlement amount is determined to be the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, no further payments will be owed in respect of such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report or (y) if the Loss Settlement amount is determined to be an amount less than the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report for such calendar quarter setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and will pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the difference between the original Loss Settlement amount and the corrected Loss Settlement amount, with interest on such amount from and including the Loss Settlement Payment Date applicable to such calendar quarter to but excluding the date such amount is paid by the Company at a rate equal to the Deposit Crediting Rate (such amount being referred to herein as the “Refund Amount” and the date of such payment being referred to herein as the “Refund Date”).

 

In the event the Reinsurer notifies the Company, following the Loss Settlement Payment Date occurring in any calendar quarter, of the Reinsurer’s good faith belief that the Loss Settlement amount reported in the Quarterly Loss Settlement Report delivered during such calendar quarter was inaccurate, (i) the Company shall promptly commence the procedures set forth in the Group Contract for resolving inaccuracies in Line 6 Amounts and (ii) if the Loss Settlement amount is determined to be an amount less than the Loss Settlement amount reported in such Quarterly Loss Settlement Report, the Company will deliver a revised Quarterly Loss Settlement Report for such calendar quarter setting forth the corrected Loss Settlement amount and will pay to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the difference between the original Loss Settlement amount and the corrected Loss Settlement amount, with interest on such amount from and including the Loss Settlement Payment Date applicable to such calendar quarter to but excluding the date such amount is paid by the Company at a rate equal to the Deposit Crediting Rate (such payment constituting a Refund Amount).

 

The Company and the Reinsurer will deliver copies of all notices and reports delivered by it pursuant to this Article to any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer designated in writing to the Company.

 

10



 

ARTICLE 8

 

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

1.                Each calendar quarter, within three business days after the Company’s receipt of a Benefits Paid Report from the Contract Holder, the Company shall furnish to the Reinsurer and to any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer designated in writing to the Company by the Reinsurer (a) a copy of such Benefits Paid Report and (b) a report in substantially the form of Schedule I hereto (the “Quarterly Loss Settlement Report”) which shall include the Loss Settlements payable by the Company under the Group Contract during such calendar quarter.   The Quarterly Loss Settlement Report shall also set forth the Loss Settlement Payment Date for such calendar quarter.

 

2.                Within 45 days, or as reasonably practicable thereafter, after the close of each calendar quarter, the Company shall furnish to the Reinsurer and to any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer designated in writing to the Company by the Reinsurer a report in substantially the form of Schedule II hereto (the “Quarterly Reserve Report”) which shall include the following information:

 

(a)                                   Statutory Reserves and Return Premium Reserves at the end of such calendar quarter;

 

(b)                                  Base Rate applicable to such calendar quarter;

 

(c)                                   withdrawals from and deposits to funds withheld during such calendar quarter, and the balance of the Deposit at the end of such calendar quarter; and

 

(d)                                  copies of any other reports that the Reinsurer may reasonably request in order to properly monitor the Group Contract.

 

3.                All amounts due and payable under this Agreement to the Reinsurer shall be remitted directly to the bank account designated for that purpose by the Reinsurer, and all amounts due and payable under this Agreement to the Company shall be remitted directly to the bank account designated for that purpose by the Company.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

A premium of $22.8 million (the “Reinsurance Premium”) shall be payable by the Company to the Reinsurer on November 15, 1999.

 

11



 

ARTICLE 10

 

RESERVES

 

Combined Reserves shall be reasonably determined by the Company; provided, however, the Reinsurer will have right to require that an independent actuary mutually agreeable to the Company and the Reinsurer determine the Combined Reserves if the Reinsurer deems that the Combined Reserves determined by the Company are unreasonable. The cost of any such independent actuary up to and including $25,000 shall be borne by the Company, and the cost of any such independent actuary in excess of $25,000 shall be borne equally by the Reinsurer and the Company.

 

GAAP Reserves shall be reasonably determined by the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

EXPENSE ALLOWANCE

 

An annual expense allowance (the “Annual Expense Allowance”) in the amount of $15,000 shall be payable by the Reinsurer to the Company annually in advance (i) no later than 25 days following the Effective Date and (ii) on each anniversary of the Effective Date during the Term (each, an “Annual Expense Allowance Date”); provided, however, the amount of the Annual Expense Allowance shall be adjusted on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and every five years thereafter to reflect the cumulative change in the consumer price index, as reasonably determined by the Company based on data published by The Bureau of Labor Statistics, during such five-year period.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

TAXES

 

The Company will pay all taxes on premiums reported to the Reinsurer hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

PROFIT SHARE ACCOUNT ; PAYMENT OF PROFIT SHARE AMOUNT

 

A notional profit share account (the “Profit Share Account”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer as described below as of the end of each calendar quarter throughout the Term.

 

An amount equal to the Reinsurance Premium shall be credited to the Profit Share Account as of November 15, 1999.  Thereafter, the balance of the Profit Share Account

 

12



 

(the “Profit Share Account Balance”) shall be equal to (i) at the close of business on the last day of the first calendar quarter following the Effective Date (i.e., December 31, 1999), an amount equal to the Reinsurance Premium plus interest credited at the Base Rate on the average daily balance of the Profit Share Account during such calendar quarter and (ii) at the close of business on the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, the Profit Share Account Balance at the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar quarter plus interest credited at the Base Rate on the average daily balance of the Profit Share Account during such calendar quarter minus Loss Settlements paid by the Reinsurer during such calendar quarter minus True-up Amounts paid by the Reinsurer during such calendar quarter minus 133-1/3% of any Profit Share Amount paid by the Reinsurer during such calendar quarter plus Refund Amounts paid by the Company during such calendar quarter. For purposes of calculating the interest referred to in the preceding sentence: (i) Loss Settlements shall be debited from the Profit Share Account on the applicable Loss Settlement Payment Date; (ii) True-up Amounts shall be debited from the Profit Share Account on the applicable True-up Date; (iii) 133-1/3% of the Profit Share Amount shall be debited from the Profit Share Account on the applicable Profit Share Date; (iv) Refund Amounts shall be credited to the Profit Share Account on the applicable Refund Date and (iii) interest shall be credited to the Profit Share Account on the last day of each calendar quarter.

 

Within 90 days of each Profit Share Date, the Reinsurer shall calculate an amount (the “Profit Share Amount”) equal to (i) 75% x (the Profit Share Account Balance at such Profit Share Date minus the Profit Share Account Reserves at such Profit Share Date minus the Margin at such Profit Share Date) minus (ii) Unreimbursed Should Pay Benefits paid by the Reinsurer since the immediately preceding Profit Share Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Profit Share Amount may be a negative amount.

 

Profit Share Amounts shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Initial Cohort Reinsurance Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

FOLLOW THE FORTUNES : AMENDMENT OF

GROUP CONTRACT AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

The liability of the Reinsurer shall be subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations of the Group Contract as in effect on the Effective Date or as thereafter amended in accordance with the terms hereof, it being the intention that the Reinsurer shall, in every respect, follow the fortunes of the Company as if it had been a party to the Group Contract.

 

The Company shall not amend or alter the Group Contract or the Indemnification Agreement in any way without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer. The Company

 

13



 

shall not waive any of its rights under the Indemnification Agreement without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

RIGHT OF OFFSET

 

The Company and the Reinsurer may offset any balance or amount due from one party to the other under this Agreement or under any other Agreement which may cancel and replace this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, application of the offset will not be deemed to constitute a diminution in the event of insolvency.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

Any inadvertent act, delay, omission or error by the Company or the Reinsurer shall not relieve either party of any liability under this Agreement, provided that such act, delay, omission, or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

CUR RENCY

 

All amounts in this Agreement are expressed in United States Dollars and all payments shall be made in such currency.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws doctrine.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

ARB ITRATION

 

Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof shall be submitted to arbitration to be conducted

 

14



 

in New York City, pursuant to the following procedures and the then-current Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association (to the extent such rules are not inconsistent with the following procedures). The board of arbitration shall be composed of two arbiters and an umpire, who shall be active or retired disinterested officials of insurance or reinsurance companies; provided, no arbiter or umpire may be a present or former officer, director, employee, attorney or consultant of either party or its affiliates.

 

To initiate arbitration, a party (the “Claimant”) shall notify the other party (the “Respondent”) in writing of its desire to arbitrate, stating the nature of its dispute, the remedy sought and the identity of its chosen arbiter, and shall request that the Respondent appoint and identify its own arbiter. After each party appoints its arbiter, the two arbiters shall choose an umpire before instituting the hearing. If the Respondent fails to appoint its arbiter within four weeks after being requested to do so by the Claimant, the latter shall also appoint the second arbiter. If the two arbiters fail to agree on the appointment of an umpire within four weeks after the nomination of the Respondent’s arbiter, the umpire shall be chosen by the President of the American Arbitration Association (or his designee) and shall be a person meeting the qualifications set forth above.

 

The Claimant shall submit its initial brief within 20 days from the employment of the umpire. The Respondent shall submit its brief within 20 days thereafter, and the Claimant may submit a reply brief within 10 days after the filing of the Respondent’s brief. The board shall make its decision with regard to the customary usage of the insurance and reinsurance business. The board is released from all judicial formalities and may abstain from the strict rules of the law, interpreting this Agreement as an honorable undertaking, rather than merely a legal obligation. The board shall make its decision, describing its reasons therefor in writing, within 30 days following the termination of the hearings, unless the parties consent to an extension. A majority decision of the board shall be final and binding upon the parties to the proceedings. The judgment upon the award entered by the arbiters may be entered in any court of proper jurisdiction and may be enforced in any such court. The board may alter the time periods contained in this Article for good cause.

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbiter and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the umpire. The remaining costs of the arbitration proceedings, if any, shall be allocated by the board.

 

The procedures specified in this Article shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement; provided, however, that a party may seek a preliminary injunction or other preliminary judicial relief if, in its judgment, such action is necessary to avoid irreparable damage. Despite such action, the parties will continue to participate in good faith in the procedures specified in this Article. All applicable statutes of limitation shall be tolled while the procedures specified in this Article are pending. The parties will take such action, if any, required to effectuate such tolling.

 

15



 

This Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

INSOLVENCY

 

In the event of the receivership of the Company, the amounts owing by the Reinsurer under this Agreement shall be payable by the Reinsurer directly to the receiver, after reasonable provision for verification, on the basis of claims allowed against the Company by any court of competent jurisdiction having authority to allow such claims or allowed by the receiver as a result of the conclusion of the claim filing, approval and appeal process before the receiver. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, payment shall be made without diminution because of such insolvency or because the receiver has failed to pay all or a portion of any claims. The receiver shall give or arrange to give to the Reinsurer written notice of the pendency of a claim against the Company within a reasonable period of time after the initiation of the receivership. Failure to give such notice shall not excuse the obligation of the Reinsurer unless it is substantially prejudiced thereby. The Reinsurer may interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses which it may deem available to the Company or the receiver. The reasonable expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be payable, subject to court approval, out of the estate of the Company as part of the expense of the receivership to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer. Payments by the Reinsurer shall be made directly to the receiver of the Company except where the Agreement specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of insolvency of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

RIGHT OF INSPECTION

 

1.                The Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives and any retrocessionaire of the Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives may at any time during normal office hours have free access to and may take copies of all relevant records and papers of the Company or its agents which relate to the Group Contract.  It is agreed that such rights of inspection shall continue until all obligations under this Agreement have been discharged.

 

2.                The Company shall procure equivalent rights of inspection, including the right to take copies, of the records of the Contract Holder in respect of the Group Contract as those detailed in paragraph 1 above together with the irrevocable consent of the Contract Holder to disclose such records to the Reinsurer or its duly appointed representatives.

 

16



 

3.                Upon the request of the Reinsurer, the Company shall exercise its rights of audit under the Group Contract.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

AMENDMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

 

This Agreement may be changed, altered or amended as the parties may agree, provided such change, alteration or amendment is evidenced in writing or by endorsement executed by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

ARTICLE 23

 

ASS IGNMENT

 

Neither party may assign or transfer any rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement to any person or entity without the written consent of the other party, and any effort to so assign or transfer such rights, interests or obligations without the consent of the other party shall be null and void.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and in no instance shall any other party have any rights under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

NO IMPLIED WAIVER

 

The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions herein shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right of such party to enforce any such provision.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

NOT ICES

 

Any notice in writing to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be by facsimile, letter (registered mail if sent by post), or internationally recognized courier.

 

17



 

Any such notice will take effect, in the case of a facsimile, at the time of receipt, and in the case of a letter sent by post or courier, at the time of delivery. Any notice not by letter shall be confirmed by letter but the failure to send or receive such letter will not invalidate the original communication.

 

The address and contact details for each of the Company and the Reinsurer are as follows:

 

The Company:

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

290 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue

Livingston, NJ 07039-2729

Attn: Vice President & Controller, Group Life & Disability

Telephone: 973-548-6340

Fax: 973-548-6304

 

with a copy to:

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

290 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue

Livingston, NJ 07039-2729

Attn: Chief Legal Officer, Group Life and Disability

Telephone: 973-548-6580

Fax: 973-548-6575

 

The Reinsurer:

 

For purposes of Article 8 reports:

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

Victoria Hall

11 Victoria Street

P.O. Box 1826

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attn: Corporate Secretary

Telephone: 441-292-4402

Fax: 441-299-8813

 

18



 

With a copy to:

 

ACE CAPITAL RE INC.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attn: General Counsel

Telephone: 212-974-0100

Fax: 212-581-3268

 

Each party shall promptly notify the other party any change in its address or contact details.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

DAC TAX ELECTION

 

The Company and the Reinsurer hereby agree to the following pursuant to Section 1.848-2(g)(8) of the Income Tax Regulations issued December 1992 (as amended, supplemented or corrected and in effect as of the effective date of this Agreement, the “Regulations”) under Section 848 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This election shall be effective for 1999 and for all subsequent taxable years for which this Agreement remains in effect.

 

1.                                        The term “party” will refer to either the Company or the Reinsurer, as appropriate.

 

2.                                        The terms used in this Article are defined by reference to Section 1.848-2 of the Regulations.

 

3.                                        The party with the net positive consideration for this Agreement for each taxable year will capitalize specified policy acquisition expenses with respect to this Agreement without regard to the general deductions limitation of Section 848(c)(l) of the Code.

 

4.                                        Both parties agree to exchange information pertaining to the amount of net consideration under this Agreement each year to ensure consistency or as otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

5.                                        The Company will submit a schedule to the Reinsurer by May 1 of each year of its calculation of the net consideration for the preceding calendar year. This schedule of calculations will be accompanied by a statement signed by an officer of the Company stating that the Company will report such net consideration in its tax return for the preceding calendar year.

 

6.                                        The Reinsurer may contest such calculation by providing an alternative

 

19



 

calculation to the Company in writing within 30 days of the Reinsurer’s receipt of the Company’s calculation. If the Reinsurer does not so notify the Company, the Reinsurer will report the net consideration as determined by the Company in the Reinsurer’s tax return for the previous calendar year.

 

7.                                        If the Reinsurer contests the Company’s calculation of the net consideration, the parties will act in good faith to reach an agreement as to the correct amount within thirty (30) days of the date the Reinsurer submits its alternative calculation. If the Company and the Reinsurer reach agreement on an amount of net consideration, each party shall report such amount in their respective tax returns for the previous calendar year.

 

8.                                        Both parties agree to make the election contemplated by this Article 27 by timely attaching to their tax returns the schedule required by Section 1.848-2(g)(8)(ii) of the Regulations.

 

 

ARTICLE 28

 

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

The Reinsurer hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the board of arbitration described above and the courts of the State of  New York (for the purpose of enforcing the parties’ agreement to arbitrate or to enforce an award of the board of arbitration) and agrees to comply with all requirements necessary to give such board and such courts jurisdiction over the Reinsurer. The Reinsurer hereby appoints as its agent for service of process ACE Capital Re Inc., 1325 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, 10019.

 

20



 

SIGNING SCHEDULE

 

Attaching to and forming part of this Agreement

 

 

In witness whereof this Agreement is signed on behalf of

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

21



 

REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

and

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

REINSURANCE COVERAGE

 

ARTICLE 2

SHOULD PAY BENEFIT COVERAGE

 

ARTICLE 3

DEFINITIONS

 

ARTICLE 4

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

ARTICLE 5

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

ARTICLE 6

STATUTORY FINANCIAL CREDIT

 

ARTICLE 7

LOSS SETTLEMENTS

 

ARTICLE 8

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES

 

ARTICLE 8

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

ARTICLE 10

RESERVES

 

ARTICLE 11

EXPENSE ALLOWANCE

 

ARTICLE 12

TAXES

 

ARTICLE 13

PROFIT SHARE ACCOUNT; PAYMENT OF PROFIT SHARE AMOUNT

 

ARTICLE 14

FOLLOW THE FORTUNES; AMENDMENT OF GROUP CONTRACT AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

ARTICLE 15

RIGHT OF OFFSET

 

ARTICLE 16

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

ARTICLE 17

CURRENCY

 

ARTICLE 18

GOVERNING LAW

 

ARTICLE 19

ARBITRATION

 

ARTICLE 20

INSOLVENCY

 

ARTICLE 21

RIGHT OF INSPECTION

 

ARTICLE 22

AMENDMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

 

ARTICLE 23

ASSIGNMENT

 

ARTICLE 24

NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

ARTICLE 25

NO IMPLIED WAIVER

 

ARTICLE 26

NOTICES

 

ARTICLE 27

DAC TAX ELECTION

 

ARTICLE 28

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

 

SIGNING SCHEDULE

 

ANNEX A

GROUP CONTRACT NO. SG-93191-VA-2

 

ANNEX B

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

ANNEX C-1

INITIAL COHORT REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

ANNEX C-2

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

ANNEX C-3

FIRST AMENDMENT

 

SCHEDULE I

FORM OF QUARTERLY LOSS SETTLEMENT REPORT

 

SCHEDULE II

FORM OF QUARTERLY RESERVE REPORT

 

 



 

ANNEX A

 

[ GROUP CONTRACT NO. SG-93191-VA-2]

 



 

ANNEX B

 

[INDEM NIFICATION AGREEMENT]

 



 

ANNEX C-l

 

[INITIAL COHORT REINSURANCE AGREEMENT]

 



 

ANNEX C-2

 

[ ASSIGN MENT AGREEMENT]

 



 

ANNEX C-3

 

[FIRST AMENDMENT]

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

QUARTERLY LOSS SETTLEMENT REPORT

 

FOR THE       QUARTER       

 

Date of Delivery of this Report:                                   /      /

Loss Settlement Payment Date:                                    /      /

 

PART 1: AMOUNT DUE THE CONTRACT HOLDER

 

Covered Benefits Due Contract Holder

 

 

 

(from Benefits Paid Report, Part A, line 6)

$

 

 

 

(attached completed Benefits Paid Report)

 

PART II: AMOUNTS DUE THE COMPANY

 

1.                Should Pay Benefits

a.

 

Should Pay Benefits paid, current quarter

 

$

 

b.

 

Amount of a . in excess of $100,000 for this Contract Year

 

$

 

c.

 

Amount remaining of $250,000 aggregate limit

 

$

 

d.

 

Amount due Company, before offset (lesser of (b) & (c))

 

$

 

e.

 

Amount of a ., if any, included in Part 1 above

 

$

 

f.

 

Net Liability (Asset) for Should Pay Benefits (d) – (e)

 

$

 

g.

 

New Amount Remaining of $250,000 limit (c) – (d)

 

$

 

h.

 

Amount due from Columbia Energy Group (“CEG”) to Company

 

$

 

i.

 

Amount of h . not paid by CEG due to insolvency of CEG

 

$

 

j.

 

Total Liability (Asset) for Should Pay Benefits (f) + (i)

 

$

 

 

1.                Mandated Benefits

a.

 

Amount due from CEG to the Company

 

$

 

b.

 

Amount not paid by CEG due to insolvency of CEG

 

$

 

c.

 

Amount of a ., if any, included in Part I above

 

$

 

d.

 

Total Liability (Asset) for Mandated Benefits (b) – (c)

 

$

 

 

2.

 

True-Up (Refund) Amounts due Company (Reinsurer)

 

$

 

3.

 

Expense Allowance (if contract anniversary)

 

$

 

4.

 

Fees and Expenses of Impartial Party

 

$

 

5.

 

Amount Due the Company (I+II.l(j)-II.2(d)+II.3+II.4+II.5)

 

$

 

6.

 

Per diem interest at Deposit Crediting Rate

 

$

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE II

 

QUARTERLY RESERVE REPORT

 

FOR THE        QUARTER

 

1.

 

Statutory Reserves (exc. Return Premium Reserves)

 

$

 

2.

 

Return Premium Reserves

 

$

 

3.

 

Combined Reserves (1+2)

 

$

 

4.

 

Base Rate

 

 

%

5.

 

Withdrawal from (deposit to) Funds Withheld

 

$

 

6.

 

Funds Withheld, end of quarter

 

$

 

7.

 

Trust Account, end of quarter

 

$

 

8.

 

Letters of Credit, end of quarter

 

$

 

9.

 

Profit Share Account, end of quarter

 

$

 

 



 

Exhibit D

 

 

 

 

TRUST AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of May 1, 2000

 

 

among

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.,

 

as Grantor

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,

 

as Beneficiary

 

 

and

 

STATE STREET BANK & TRUST COMPANY

 

As Trustee

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PARTIES
RECITALS

 

 

 

Section

1.

Deposit of Assets to the Trust Account

 

 

 

 

 

Section

2.

Withdrawal of Assets from the Trust Account

 

 

 

 

 

Section

3.

Application of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Section

4.

Redemption, Investment and Substitution of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Section

5.

The Income Account

 

 

 

 

 

Section

6.

Right to Vote Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Section

7.

Additional Rights and Duties Of the Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Section

8.

The Trustee's Compensation, Expenses and Indemnification

 

 

 

 

 

Section

9.

Acceptance, Resignation and Removal of the Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Section

10.

Termination of the Trust Account

 

 

 

 

 

Section

11.

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

Section

12.

Governing Law

 

 

 

 

 

Section

13.

Successors and Assigns

 

 

 

 

 

Section

14.

Severability

 

 

 

 

 

Section

15.

Entire Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

Section

16.

Amendments

 

 

 

 

 

Section

17.

Notices, etc

 

 

 

 

 

Section

18.

Headings

 

 

 

 

 

Section

19.

Counterparts

 

 

 

 

 

Section

20.

Force Majeure

 

 

 

 

 

Section

21.

Trust Account Records

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT  A

Reinsurance Agreements

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT  B

List of Assets Deposited to the Trust Account

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT  C

Fee Schedule

 

 

3



 

TRUST AGREEMENT

 

TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of May 1, 2000 (the “Agreement”), among ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., a Bermuda domiciled insurance company (the “Grantor”), The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a mutual insurance company organized under the laws of New Jersey (together with any successor thereof by operation of law, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator, the “Beneficiary”), and State Street Bank & Trust Company, a banking corporation (the “Trustee”) (the Grantor, the Beneficiary and the Trustee are hereinafter each sometimes referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”) .

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Grantor and the Beneficiary have entered into the reinsurance agreements listed in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Reinsurance Agreements ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Beneficiary desires the Grantor to secure payments of all amounts at any time and from time to time owing by the Grantor to the Beneficiary under or in connection with the Reinsurance Agreements;

 

WHEREAS, the Grantor desires to establish a trust account with the Trustee (the “Trust Account”) into which the Beneficiary will deposit assets of the Grantor currently maintained as funds withheld by the Beneficiary in order to secure payments under or in connection with the Reinsurance Agreements;

 

WHEREAS, the Trustee has agreed to act as trustee hereunder, and to hold such assets in trust in the Trust Account for the sole use and benefit of the Beneficiary; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is made for the sole use and benefit of the Beneficiary and for the purpose of setting forth the duties and powers of the Trustee with respect to the Trust Account;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1 .                                           Deposit of Assets to the Trust Account .

 

(a)                                   The Grantor hereby establishes the Trust Account with the Trustee for the sole use and benefit of the Beneficiary, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The Trustee shall administer the Trust Account in its name as trustee for the Beneficiary. The Trust Account shall be subject to withdrawal by the Beneficiary solely as provided herein.

 

(b)                                  The Beneficiary shall transfer to the Trustee, for deposit to the Trust Account, the assets listed in Exhibit B hereto, and the Beneficiary or the Grantor may transfer to the Trustee, for deposit to the Trust Account, such other assets as the Beneficiary or the Grantor may from time to time desire (all such assets actually received in the Trust Account are herein referred to individually

 

4



 

as an “ Asset ” and collectively as the “ Assets ”).  The Assets shall consist only of Eligible Securities (as hereinafter defined) and shall be maintained separate and apart from all other assets of the Trustee.

 

(c)                                   Upon execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter as required, the Beneficiary or the Grantor shall execute assignments of all securities or other property standing in the Beneficiary’s or Grantor’s name, as applicable, which are delivered to the Trustee to form a part of the Trust Account so that, whenever necessary, the Trustee can renegotiate any such Asset without the consent or signature of the Beneficiary, the Grantor or any Person.   Any Assets delivered to the Trustee which are not in such negotiable form shall not be accepted by the Trustee and shall be returned to the Beneficiary or the Grantor, as applicable, as unacceptable.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee will provide notice to the Grantor and the Beneficiary of each deposit to the Trust Account within 10 days of the date of such deposit.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine whether the Assets in the Trust Account are sufficient to secure the Grantor’s liabilities under the Reinsurance Agreements.

 

Section 2 .                                           Withdrawal of Assets from the Trust Account .

 

(a)                                   Without notice to the Grantor, the Beneficiary shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to withdraw from the Trust Account, upon written notice to the Trustee (the “ Withdrawal Notice ”), such Assets as are specified in such Withdrawal Notice.  The Withdrawal Notice may designate a third party (the “ Designee ”) to whom Assets specified therein shall be delivered and may condition delivery of such Assets to such Designee upon receipt, and deposit to the Trust Account, of other Assets specified in such Withdrawal Notice. The Beneficiary need present no statement or document in addition to a Withdrawal Notice in order to withdraw any Assets, except that the Beneficiary shall be required to acknowledge in writing to the Grantor receipt of withdrawn Assets; nor is said right of withdrawal or any other provision of this Agreement subject to any conditions or qualifications not contained in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Upon receipt of a Withdrawal Notice, the Trustee shall immediately take any and all steps necessary to transfer the Assets specified in such Withdrawal Notice and shall deliver such assets to or for the account of the Beneficiary or such Designee as specified in such Withdrawal Notice.

 

(c)                                   Subject to paragraph (a) of this Section 2 and to Section 4 of this Agreement, in the absence of a Withdrawal Notice the Trustee shall allow no substitution or withdrawal of any Asset from the Trust Account.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine that any Assets withdrawn from the Trust Account pursuant to this Section 2 will be used and applied in the manner contemplated by Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee will provide notice to the Grantor and the Beneficiary of each withdrawal from the Trust Account within 10 days of the date of such withdrawal.

 

5



 

Section 3 .                                           Application of Assets .

 

The Beneficiary hereby covenants to the Grantor that it shall use and apply any withdrawn Assets, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Beneficiary or the Grantor, for the following purposes only:

 

(a)                                   to reimburse the Beneficiary for the Grantor’s share of premiums returned to the owner of the Group Contract (as defined in each Reinsurance Agreement) on account of the cancellation of the Group Contract (as defined in each Reinsurance Agreement);

 

(b)                                  to reimburse the Beneficiary for the Grantor’s share of Loss Settlements (as defined in each Reinsurance Agreement) paid by the Beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of the Group Contract (as defined in each Reinsurance Agreement);

 

(c)                                   to fund an account with the Beneficiary in an amount at least equal to the deduction, for reinsurance ceded, from the Beneficiary’s liabilities for the Group Contract (as defined in each Reinsurance Agreement) ceded under each Reinsurance Agreement; such amount shall include, but not be limited to, amounts for policy reserves, claims and losses incurred, and unearned premium reserves;

 

(d)                                  to pay any other amounts the Beneficiary claims are due under the Reinsurance Agreements (including, without limitation, Should Pay Benefits, Annual Expense Allowance and Profit Share Amounts, as each such capitalized term is defined in each Reinsurance Agreement); and

 

(e)                                   to re-establish the Deposit (as defined in each Reinsurance Agreement).

 

Section 4 .                                           Redemption, Investment and Substitution of Assets .

 

(a)                                   The Grantor, subject to the approval of the Beneficiary, may retain (and pay the service fees of) a professional asset manager (the “ Asset Manager ”) to manage and make investment decisions with regard to the Assets held by the Trustee in the Trust Account. Subject to Section l(c) of this Agreement, the Grantor or the Asset Manager (if any) shall direct the Trustee to invest such Assets in Eligible Securities and the Trustee, at the direction of the Grantor or the Asset Manager (if any) shall cause the Assets held in the Trust Account to be invested in Eligible Securities. Unless and until directed in accordance with this Agreement by the Grantor, the Trustee shall not be required to take any action with respect to the investment or reinvestment of the Trust Account’s Assets.

 

(b)                                  From time to time, the Grantor or the Asset Manager (if any) may direct the Trustee to substitute Eligible Securities of comparable market value for other Eligible Securities held in the Trust Account at such time. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine the value of such substituted securities or that such substituted securities constitute Eligible Securities.

 

(c)                                   All investments and substitutions of securities referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4 shall be in compliance with the relevant provisions of the New Jersey Insurance

 

6



 

Law, as set forth in the definition of “ Eligible Securities ” in Section 11 of this Agreement. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine that any Assets in the Trust Account are or continue to be Eligible Securities. Any instruction or order concerning such investments or substitutions of securities shall be referred to herein as an “Investment Order” . The Trustee shall settle securities transactions by itself or by means of an agent or broker. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission, or for the solvency, of any such agent or broker except to the extent said act or omission is the result, in whole or in part, of the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall surrender for payment all maturing Assets and all Assets called for redemption and credit as collected the principal amount of the proceeds of any such payment to the Trust Account.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee is authorized, without further instructions, to exchange securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form, to effect an exchange of the shares where the par value of stock is changed, and to surrender securities at maturity or when advised of earlier call for redemption against payment therefore in accordance with accepted industry practice (with the proceeds of any such payment to be immediately deposited into the Trust Account).

 

(f)                                     The Trustee shall have no duty to notify the Grantor of any rights, duties, limitations, conditions or other information set forth in any security (including mandatory or optional put, call and similar provisions), but the Trustee shall forward to the Grantor any notices or other documents received in regard to any such security.

 

(g)                                  The Trustee will execute as agent in the name of the Grantor all declarations, affidavits, and certificates of ownership now or hereafter required in respect of Assets held in the Trust Account.  The Grantor hereby authorizes the Trustee to disclose the Grantor’s name, address and securities positions to issuers of securities held in the Trust Account if, as and to the extent that such disclosure may be required by law.

 

(h)                                  Any loss incurred from any investment pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 shall be borne exclusively by the Trust Account, The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss due to changes in market rates or penalties for early redemption.

 

Section 5 .                                           The Income Account .

 

All payments of interest and dividends actually received in respect of Assets in the Trust Account shall be deposited by the Trustee, subject to deduction of the Trustee’s compensation and expenses as provided in Section 8 of the Agreement, in a separate account (the ‘‘ Income Account ”) established and maintained by the Grantor at an office of the Trustee. The Grantor shall have the right to withdraw funds from the Income Account at any time. For the avoidance of doubt, payments of principal received in respect of Assets in the Trust Account shall not be considered payments of interest or dividends.

 

7



 

Section 6 .                                           Right to Vote Assets .

 

The Trustee shall forward all annual and interim stockholder reports and all proxies and proxy materials relating to the Assets in the Trust Account to the Grantor. The Grantor shall have the full and unqualified right to vote any Assets in the Trust Account.

 

Section 7 .                                           Additional Rights and Duties of the Trustee .

 

(a)                                   The Trustee shall be liable for the safekeeping and administration of the Assets in the Trust Account and shall not deposit such assets with any subcustodians.

 

(i)                                      The Trustee shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement for safeguarding the Assets in the Trust Account, whether such securities are in the Trustee’s possession or have been redeposited with a subcustodian.

 

(ii)                                   The Trustee shall be responsible for physical loss of, or damage to, Assets under its care, custody, possession or control, or under the care, custody, possession or control of agents or nominees(s), from all causes including but not limited to fire, burglary, robbery, theft or mysterious disappearance.

 

(iii)                                In the event of loss or damage to the Assets under the care, custody, possession or control of the Trustee or its agents or nominee(s), the Trustee shall, upon demand of the Grantor or the Beneficiary, promptly replace such Assets with other assets of like kind and quality together with all rights and privileges pertaining to the Assets (by, among other methods, posting appropriate security or bond with the issuer of the Assets to obtain reissue of such Asset(s) or, if acceptable to the Grantor, delivery of cash equivalent to the fair market value of the Assets as of the date of the discovery of the loss or damage).

 

(iv)                               Nothing contained in any contract between the Trustee and any entity authorized to hold Assets, as defined herein, shall diminish or otherwise alter the liability of the Trustee to the Grantor or the Beneficiary hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee shall notify the Grantor and the Beneficiary in writing within ten days following each deposit to, or withdrawal from the Trust Account.

 

(c)                                   Before accepting any Asset for deposit to the Trust Account, the Trustee shall determine that such Asset is in such form that the Beneficiary whenever necessary may, or the Trustee upon direction by the Beneficiary will, negotiate such Asset without consent or signature from the Grantor of any Person other than the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee may deposit any Assets in the Trust Account in a book-entry account maintained with the Federal System Reserve or in depositories such as the Depository Trust

 

8



 

Company.  Assets may be held in the name of a nominee maintained by the Trustee or by any such depository.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee shall accept and open all mail directed to the Grantor or the Beneficiary in care of the Trustee.

 

(f)                                     The Trustee shall furnish to the Grantor and the Beneficiary a statement of all Assets in the Trust Account upon the inception of the Trust Account and at the end of each calendar quarter thereafter.

 

(g)                                  Upon the request of the Grantor or the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall promptly permit the Grantor or the Beneficiary, their respective agents, employees or independent auditors to examine, audit, excerpt, transcribe and copy, during the Trustee’s normal business hours, any books, documents, papers and records relating to the Trust Account or the Assets.

 

(h)                                  The Trustee is authorized to follow and rely upon all instructions given by officers named in incumbency certificates furnished to the Trustee from time to time by the Grantor and the Beneficiary, respectively, and by attorneys-in-fact acting under written authority furnished to the Trustee by the Grantor or the Beneficiary, including, without limitation, instructions given by letter, facsimile transmission, telegram, teletype, cablegram or electronic media, if the Trustee believes such instructions to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties. The Trustee shall not incur any liability to anyone resulting from actions taken by the Trustee in reliance in good faith on such instructions. The Trustee shall not incur any liability in executing instructions (i) from an attorney-in-fact prior to receipt by it of notice of the revocation of the written authority of the attorney-in-fact or (ii) from any officer of the Grantor or the Beneficiary named in an incumbency certificate delivered hereunder prior to receipt by it of a more current certificate.

 

(i)                                      No provision of this Agreement shall require the Trustee to take any action which, in the Trustee’s reasonable judgment, would result in any violation of this Agreement or any provision of law.

 

Section 8 .                                           The Trustee’s Compensation, Expenses and Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   The Grantor shall pay the Trustee, as compensation for its services under this Agreement, a fee computed at the rates set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto. The Grantor shall pay or reimburse the Trustee for all of the Trustee’s expenses and disbursements in connection with its duties under this Agreement (including attorney’s fees and expenses), except any such expense or disbursement as may arise from the Trustee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith. The Trustee shall be entitled to deduct its compensation and expenses from payments of dividends, interest and other income in respect of the Assets held in the Trust Account prior to the deposit thereof to the Income Account as provided in Section 5 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Grantor shall indemnify and save harmless the Trustee from all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of in house or outside counsel) arising from any

 

9



 

action taken in accordance with the Grantor’s instructions or arising out of or in connection with the status of the Trustee and its nominee as the holder of record of the Assets in connection with (i) this Agreement or (ii) the performance of the Trustee’s duties hereunder, provided that nothing contained herein shall require that the Trustee be indemnified or held harmless for its negligence, willful misconduct, lack of good faith or breach of its obligations under this Agreement. The Grantor hereby acknowledges that the foregoing indemnities shall survive the resignation of the Trustee or the termination of this Agreement and hereby grants the Trustee a lien, right of set-off and security interest in the funds in the Income Account for the payment of any claim for compensation, reimbursement or indemnity hereunder.

 

(c)                                   No Assets shall be withdrawn from the Trust Account or used in any manner for paying compensation to, or reimbursement or indemnification of, the Trustee or the Asset Manager.

 

Section 9 .                                           Acceptance, Resignation and Removal of the Trustee .

 

(a)                                   The Trustee hereby accepts the trust herein created and declared upon the terms herein expressed.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee may resign at any time upon delivery of written notice of resignation to the Beneficiary and the Grantor, effective not less than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Beneficiary and the Grantor of the notice.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may be removed by the Grantor by delivery to the Trustee and the Beneficiary of a written notice of removal, effective not less than ninety (90) days after receipt by the Trustee and the Beneficiary of the notice.

 

(d)                                  No such resignation or removal of the Trustee shall be effective until a successor trustee has been duly appointed and approved by the Beneficiary and the Grantor and all Assets in the Trust Account have been duly transferred to the new trustee in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section 9.

 

(e)                                   Upon receipt of the notice of removal or resignation as provided in paragraph (b) or (c) above, as applicable, the Grantor and the Beneficiary shall appoint a successor trustee. Any successor trustee shall be a bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System or chartered in the State of New York and shall not be a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Grantor or the Beneficiary. Upon the acceptance of the appointment as trustee hereunder by a successor trustee and the transfer to such successor trustee of all Assets in the Trust Account, the resignation of the Trustee shall become effective.  Thereupon, such successor trustee shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be discharged from any future duties and obligations under this Agreement, but the Trustee shall continue after its resignation to be entitled to the benefits of the indemnities provided herein for the Trustee.

 

10



 

Section 10 .                                    Termination of the Trust Account .

 

(a)                                   The Trust Account and this Agreement, except for the indemnities provided herein, may be terminated only after (i) the Grantor or the Beneficiary has given the Trustee written notice of its intention to terminate the Trust Account (the “Notice of Intention”), and (ii) the Trustee has given the Grantor and the Beneficiary the written notice specified in paragraph (b) of this Section 10.   The Notice of Intention shall specify the date on which the notifying Party intends the Trust Account to terminate (the “Proposed Date”) .

 

(b)                                  Within ten Business Days following receipt by the Trustee of the Notice of Intention, the Trustee shall give written notification (the “Termination Notice” ) to the Beneficiary and the Grantor of the date (the “Termination Date” ) on which the Trust Account shall terminate. The Termination Date shall be (a) the Proposed Date (or if not a Business Day, the next Business Day thereafter), if the Proposed Date is at least 30 days but no more than 45 days subsequent to the date the Termination Notice is given; (b) 30 days subsequent to the date the Termination Notice is given (or if not a Business Day, the next Business Day thereafter), if the Proposed Date is fewer than 30 days subsequent to the date the Termination Notice is given; or (c) 45 days subsequent to the date the Termination Notice is given (of if not a Business Day, the next Business Day thereafter), if the Proposed Date is more than 45 days subsequent to the date the Termination Notice is given.

 

(c)                                   On the Termination Date, upon receipt of written approval of the Beneficiary, the Trustee shall transfer to the Grantor any Assets remaining in the Trust Account, at which time all liability of the Trustee with respect to such Assets shall cease.

 

Section 11 .                                    Definitions .

 

Except as the context shall otherwise require, the following terms shall have the following meanings for all purposes of this Agreement (the definitions to be applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of each term defined if both such forms of such term are used in this Agreement):

 

The term “Affiliate” with respect to any corporation shall mean a corporation which directly, or indirectly through one of more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such corporation. The term “control” (including the related terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of a corporation.

 

The term “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the offices of the Trustee in Boston, Massachusetts, are open for business.

 

The term “Eligible Securities” shall mean and include cash (United States legal tender), certificates of deposit issued by a United States bank and payable in United States legal tender, investments of stocks and bonds listed by the NAIC’s Securities and Valuation Office or any obligations issued by the State of New Jersey or any of its political subdivisions, any other form of security approved by the New Jersey Commissioner of Insurance upon formal request, or any

 

11



 

combination of the above; provided , however , that no such securities shall have been issued by a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either the Grantor or the Beneficiary.

 

The term “Person” shall mean and include an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or political subdivision thereof.

 

The term “Parent” shall mean an institution that, directly or indirectly, controls another institution.

 

The term “Subsidiary” shall mean an institution controlled, directly or indirectly, by another institution.

 

Section 12 .                                    Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

Section 13 .                                    Successors and Assigns .

 

No Party may assign this Agreement or any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided, however, that this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and bind those who, by operation of law, become successors to the Parties, including, without limitation, any liquidator, rehabilitator, receiver or conservator and any successor merged or consolidated entity and provided further that, in the case of the Trustee, the successor trustee is eligible to be a trustee under the terms hereof.

 

Section 14 .                                    Severability .

 

In the event that any provision of the Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable by any regulatory body or court having jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining portions of this Agreement.

 

Section 15 .                                    Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no understandings or agreements, conditions or qualifications relative to this Agreement which are not fully expressed in this Agreement.

 

Section 16 .                                    Amendments .

 

This Agreement may be modified or otherwise amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived, if such modification, amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by all of the Parties.

 

12



 

Section 17 .                                    Notices, etc .

 

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, directions, requests, demands, acknowledgments and other communications required or permitted to be given or made under the terms hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) (i) when delivered personally or by internationally recognized courier or (ii) when sent by confirmed facsimile transmission and (b) when addressed as follows:

 

If to the Grantor:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

Victoria Hall

PO Box HM 1826

Hamilton, Bermuda HM HX

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Fax: 441-292-1563

 

With copies to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: 212-581-3268

Telephone: 212-974-0100

 

If to the Beneficiary:

 

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

290 West Mt. Pleasant Avenue

Livingston, NJ 07039-2729

Attn: Vice President & Controller, Group Insurance

Telephone: 973-548-6340

Fax: 973-548-6304

 

If to the Trustee:

 

State Street Bank & Trust Company

801 Pennsylvania

Kansas City, MO 64105

Attention: Insurance Custody

Telephone: (816) 871-9232

Telecopy:   (816) 871-9210

 

13



 

Each Party may from time to time designate a different address for notices, directions, requests, demands, acknowledgments and other communications by giving written notice of such change to the other Parties.

 

Section 18 .                                    Headings .

 

The headings of the Sections and the Table of Contents have been inserted for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

Section 19 .                                    Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall constitute an original, but such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. All signatures of the parties to this Agreement may be transmitted by facsimile, and such facsimile will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such party whose signature it reproduces and will be binding upon such party.

 

Section 20 .                                    Force Majeure

 

In the event that any party to this Agreement is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its control, or other cause reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not be liable for damages to the other parties for any unforeseeable damages resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes. Performance under this Agreement shall resume when the affected party is able to perform substantially that party’s duties.

 

14



 

Section 21 .                                    Trust Account Records

 

The Trustee shall keep full and complete records of the administration of the Trust Account. The Grantor, the Insurance Departments of the State of New Jersey and/or the Beneficiary may examine such records at any time during business hours, upon reasonable request.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

as Beneficiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE STREET BANK & TRUST COMPANY

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

15



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Reinsurance Agreement by and between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. and the Beneficiary dated as of March 31,1998, which agreement was assigned to the Grantor as of January 1, 2000 pursuant to the Assignment Agreement among ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., the Beneficiary and the Grantor.

 

Reinsurance Agreement by and between the Grantor and the Beneficiary dated as of September 30, 1999.

 

16



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Cash

 

17



 

EXHIBIT C

 

I.                                          CUSTODY

 

Custody: Maintain custody of fund assets. Settle portfolio purchases and sales. Report buy and sell fails. Determine and collect portfolio income. Make cash disbursements and report cash transactions. Monitor corporate actions. Report portfolio positions. On-line access to portfolio information via Insight.

 

Monthly Portfolio Charge

 

$

250/month

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Asset Based Fee

 

0.2 basis points

 

 

II.                                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

DTC

 

$

7.50

 

PTC

 

$

7.50

 

FED

 

$

7.50

 

New York Physical Settlements

 

$

25.00

 

Physical Maturity Collections

 

$

10.00

 

State Street Investment Products

 

No Charge

 

Paydowns

 

No Charge

 

Foreign Exchange Through State Street

 

No Charge

 

Foreign Exchange Through Third Parties

 

$

50.00

 

Option charge for each option written or closing contract, per issue, per broker

 

$

25.00

 

Option expiration or exercised charge, per issue, per broker

 

$

15.00

 

Futures transactions – no security movement

 

$

8.00

 

 

III.                                  MONTHLY PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS CHARGE

 

DTC

 

$

2.00/issue

 

PTC

 

$

2.00/issue

 

FED

 

$

2.00/issue

 

Physical

 

$

3.00/issue

 

 

IV.                                 OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES

 

A billing for the recovery of applicable out-of pocket expenses will be made as of the end of each month. Out-of-pocket expenses include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

- Supplies Related to Portfolio Records

- Wire Charges ($5.00 in and $5.00 out)

- Postage and Insurance

- Courier Service

- Legal Fees

- Communication (telephone/facsimile)

- Transfer Fees

- Sub-custodian charges

- Federal Reserve Fee for Return

- Check items over $2,500 ($4.25 each)

- Rush Transfer ($8 each)

 

18



 

Exhibit E

 

STOP LOSS AGREEMENT

 

 

between

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

of

 

Hamilton, Bermuda

 

 

and

 

 

LONDON LIFE AND CASUALTY REINSURANCE CORPORATION

 

of

 

St. Michael, Barbados

 



 

Table Of Contents

 

ARTICLES

 

I

Coverage

 

II

Stop Loss Premium

 

III

Claims Settlements

 

IV

Exclusions

 

V

Reports and Remittances

 

VI

Notices

 

VII

Errors and Omissions

 

VIII

Access to Records

 

IX

Arbitration

 

X

Offset

 

XI

Insolvency of the Company

 

XII

Representations and Warranties

 

XIII

Parties to the Agreement

 

XIV

Severability

 

XV

Integration, Amendment and Assignment

 

XVI

Commencement and Termination

 

XVII

Currency

 

XVIII

Federal Excise Taxes

 

XIX

Execution

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

A

Stop Loss Benefits

 

B

Quarterly Payment Calculation Report

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

1

Underlying Agreement

 

2

Assignment Agreement

 

 



 

This Stop Loss Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of August 1, 2000 by and between ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., a company registered and licensed under the laws of Bermuda, hereinafter referred to as the “Company”, and London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation, a company located in St. Michael, Barbados, hereinafter referred to as the “Reinsurer”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, A.C.E. Insurance Company Ltd. (“ACE”) entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement with The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) dated as of March 31, 1998, a copy of which (including all amendments thereto as of the date hereof) is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (as amended, the “Underlying Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an assignment agreement among Prudential, the Company and ACE (the “ Assignment Agreement”), ACE assigned all of its rights and obligations under the Underlying Agreement to the Company effective as of March 31, 1998, and the Company was substituted for ACE as the reinsurer of Prudential under the Underlying Agreement (as copy of the Assignment Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 2); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retrocede a portion of its liability under the Underlying Agreement to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer is willing to assume such liability on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

Coverage

 

The Reinsurer shall be liable to the Company for the Stop Loss Benefit (as defined in Schedule A hereto) calculated with respect to each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement. The Stop Loss Benefit shall be paid in accordance with Article V hereof.

 

Article II

Stop Loss Premium

 

The premium for the reinsurance provided hereunder (the “Stop Loss Premium”) is $500,000. The Company shall pay the Stop Loss Premium, net of federal excise tax, to the Reinsurer no later than 30 days after the execution of this Agreement.

 



 

Article III

Claims Settlements

 

All claims settlements made by the Company shall be binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

Article IV

Exclusions

 

The Reinsurer shall not participate in any punitive, statutory, compensatory or exemplary damages awarded against the Company or legal expenses incurred by the Company in defense of action taken in such connection, unless the Reinsurer shall have been made aware of and have concurred in writing with the actions taken by the Company which lead to the awarding of such extra-contractual damages.

 

Article V

Reports and Remittances

 

Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company will provide the Reinsurer a report in the form of Schedule B hereto (the “Quarterly Payment Calculation Report”). Any Stop Loss Benefit payable in respect of a calendar quarter shall be paid by the Reinsurer within 10 days following receipt of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for such quarter.

 

The Company will also forward to the Reinsurer all reports provided by Prudential pursuant to the terms of the Underlying Agreement within 15 days of the Company’s receipt of the same.

 

Article VI

Notices

 

All notices under this Agreement shall be addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

11 Victoria Hall

Victoria Street

Hamilton, Bermuda HM HX

Facsimile: 441-299-8813

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

2



 

With a copy to:

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Facsimile: 212-581-3268

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

To the Reinsurer:

London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation

Life of Barbados Building

Wildey, St. Michael

Barbados

Attention: Cheryl Harrison

Facsimile: 246-436-0175

 

The parties may change the notice address by formal written notice, specifying the new address.

 

Article VII

Errors and Omissions

 

In the event of failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement through an inadvertent error, omission or oversight by either party which is shown to be unintentional, this Agreement will not be deemed abrogated thereby. The oversight will be corrected as soon as it comes to light in such a way that both the Company and the Reinsurer will be restored to the position they would have occupied had no such oversight or omission occurred.

 

Article VIII

Access to Records

 

The Company shall allow the Reinsurer to inspect or audit, at all reasonable times, all records of the Company with respect to the business reinsured under this Agreement, or with respect to claims, losses or legal proceedings which involve or have a bearing upon the Reinsurer, at the expense of the Reinsurer.

 

Article IX

Arbitration

 

It is the intention of the Company and the Reinsurer that the customs and practices of the insurance and reinsurance industry will be given full effect in the operation and interpretation of this Agreement. The parties agree to act in all matters of business with

 

3



 

the highest good faith. If the Company or the Reinsurer cannot mutually resolve a dispute that arises out of or relates to this Agreement, however, the dispute will be decided through arbitration. The arbitrators will base their decision on the terms and conditions of this Agreement plus, as necessary, on the customs and practices of the insurance and reinsurance industries rather than solely on a strict interpretation of the applicable law; there will be no appeal from their decision (absent manifest error) and any court having jurisdiction of the subject matter and the parties may reduce that decision to judgment.

 

To initiate arbitration, either the Reinsurer or the Company will notify the other party in writing of its desire to arbitrate, stating the nature of its dispute and the remedy sought. The party to which the notice is sent will acknowledge receipt of the notification in writing within ten (10) days of its receipt.

 

There will be three arbitrators who will be current or former officers of life insurance companies, but not current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company, the Reinsurer, or any of their affiliates. Each of the parties will appoint one of the arbitrators and these two arbitrators will select the third. If cither party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within 60 days of the date of the notice of arbitration, the other party may appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators do not agree on a third arbitrator within 45 days of the date on which the second arbitrator was appointed, the parties shall employ the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures to appoint the third arbitrator. If the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures have been terminated, the parties shall jointly petition the American Arbitration Association to appoint the third arbitrator.

 

It is agreed that each of the three arbitrators should be impartial regarding the dispute and should resolve the dispute on the basis described in the first paragraph of this Article. Therefore at no time will either the Reinsurer or the Company engage in private communications with any of the arbitrators concerning the dispute.

 

The arbitration hearing will be held in New York, New York, on the date fixed by the arbitrators. In no event will this date be later than six (6) months after the appointment of the third arbitrator. As soon as possible, the arbitrators will establish pre-arbitration procedures as warranted by the facts and issues of the particular case. At least ten (10) days prior to the arbitration hearing, each party will provide the other party and the arbitrators with a detailed statement of the facts and arguments it will present at the arbitration hearing. The arbitrators may consider any relevant evidence; they will give evidence such weight as they deem it entitled to after consideration of any objections raised concerning it. The party initiating the arbitration will have the burden of proving its case by a preponderance of the evidence. Each party may examine any witnesses who testify at the arbitration.

 

The cost of the arbitration will be borne by the losing party unless the arbitrators decide otherwise; provided, that each party shall be responsible for its own legal fees and expenses.

 

4



 

This Article shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

Article X

Offset

 

The parties hereto have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other under this Agreement or any other agreement heretofore or hereafter entered into between the Company and the Reinsurer, whether acting as assuming reinsurer or ceding company. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums, losses, salvage or otherwise. This provision shall not be affected by the insolvency of either party hereto.

 

Article XI

Insolvency of the Company

 

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance will be payable directly to the Company, or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. The Reinsurer shall be given written notice of the pendency of each loss or claim which may involve the retrocessional liability provided by this Agreement within a reasonable time after such loss or claim is tiled in the insolvency proceedings.

 

The Reinsurer shall have the right to investigate each such loss or claim and interpose at its own expense in the proceeding where the loss or claim is to be adjudicated, any defense which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the insolvent Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

Article Xll

Representations and Warranties

 

A.                                     Of the Company:

 

1.                Organization, Standing and Authority of the Company . The Company is a life insurance company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

2.                Authorization . The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.   The execution and

 

5



 

delivery by the Company of this Agreement, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement, when duly executed and delivered by the Company, subject to the due execution and delivery by the Reinsurer, will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

3.                No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the respective terms and conditions hereof will not (a) violate any provision of the Memorandum of Association or Bylaws of the Company, or (b) violate any order, judgment, injunction, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory body against, or binding upon, the Company or any agreement with, or condition imposed by, any governmental or regulatory body, foreign or domestic, binding upon the Company.

 

3.                Approvals of Governmental Authorities . No consent, waiver, license, approval, order or authorisation of, or registration, filing or declaration with, or notices to, any person, entity or governmental authority is required to be obtained, made or given by or with respect to the Company in connection with (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, or (ii) the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

B.                                     Of the Reinsurer:

 

1.                Organisation. Standing and Authority of the Reinsurer .   The Reinsurer is a life insurance company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Barbados.

 

2.                Authorization . The Reinsurer has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.   The execution and delivery by the Reinsurer of this Agreement, and the performance by the Reinsurer of its obligations under this Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.    This Agreement, when duly executed and delivered by the Reinsurer, subject to the due execution and delivery by the Company, will be a valid and binding obligation of the Reinsurer, enforceable against the Reinsurer in accordance with its terms.

 

3.                No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter or organizational document of the Reinsurer, or (b) violate any order, judgment, injunction, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory body against, or binding upon, the Reinsurer or any agreement with, or condition imposed by, any governmental or regulatory body, foreign or domestic, binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

6



 

4.                Approvals of Governmental Authorities . No consent, waiver, license, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, or notices to, any person, entity or governmental authority is required to be obtained, made or given by or with respect to the Reinsurer in connection with (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Reinsurer, or (ii) the consummation by the Reinsurer of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Article XIII

Parties to Agreement

 

This is an agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer. The acceptance of reinsurance hereunder shall not create any right or legal relation whatever between the Reinsurer and the insured or beneficiary under any business reinsured hereunder, and the Company shall remain solely liable to such insured or beneficiary.

 

Article XIV

Severability

 

To the extent that this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be amended, at the mutual agreement of both the Company and the Reinsurer, to the extent possible, to comply with such law and regulation. If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not invalidate the whole of this Agreement, but such term or provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the court’s opinion to render such term or provision enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the parties set forth herein.

 

Article XV

Integration, Amendment and Assignment

 

This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the reinsurance of the business covered and mere are no understandings between the parties other than as expressed in this Agreement. Furthermore, this Agreement may not be altered, modified or in any way amended except by an instrument in writing duly executed by the proper officials of both parties. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, in the event the Company assigns its rights and obligations under the Underlying Agreement to an affiliate, the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to such affiliate

 

7



 

without the consent of the Reinsurer. The Company shall give prompt notice of any such assignment to the Reinsurer.

 

Article XVI

Commencement and Termination

 

This Agreement shall be effective as of March 31, 2000 (the “Effective Date”). This Agreement shall continue until such time as the Company has no further liability under the Underlying Agreement, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the following paragraph.

 

The Company may terminate this Agreement as of the first day of any calendar quarter on or after the 10 th anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Termination Date”) upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Reinsurer. Any such termination shall be on a cut-off basis, meaning that the Reinsurer shall have no liability in respect of Stop Loss Benefits calculated with respect to calendar quarters commencing on or after the Termination Date. However, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Reinsurer applicable to the period prior to the Termination Date shall not be affected by such termination.

 

Within ten days of the Termination Date, the Reinsurer will pay the Company $200,000 and any Stop Loss Benefit for any preceding calendar quarter that is due and unpaid.

 

Article XVII

Currency

 

The currency for the purpose of this Agreement will be US dollars, and the premiums and liabilities shall be expressed and payable in that currency.

 

Article XVIII

Federal Excise Taxes

 

To the extent the Stop Loss Premium is subject to the federal excise tax, the Reinsurer agrees to allow for the purpose of paying the federal excise tax one percent of the Stop Loss Premium, and the Company shall make payment of such tax to the U.S government.

 

8



 

Article XIX

Execution

 

In witness of the above, this Agreement is signed in duplicate as of the date first above written and at the places indicated.

 

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

9



 

Schedule A

Stop Loss Benefits

 

On the last day of each calendar quarter a Stop Loss Benefit will be calculated.

 

The Stop Loss Benefit is equal to

 

[A - B] x C, but not less than zero and not greater than D

 

where:

 

A = Accumulated Benefits

B = Attachment Point

C = Quota Share Percentage

D = Maximum Claim

 

as each such term is defined below.

 

“Accumulated Benefits” means:

 

As of March 31, 2000, $8,545,149.

 

As of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Accumulated Benefit as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by [1 + R/4 + 0.0015] plus (ii) the total of all amounts payable by the Company under the Underlying Agreement in respect of the current calendar quarter as reported on Line 7 of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for the current calendar quarter.

 

“Attachment Point” means:

 

As of March 31, 2000, $104,468,755.

 

As of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Attachment Point as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter plus the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) 1 + R/4+ 0.0015.

 

“Quota Share” means 90%.

 

“Maximum Claim” means:

 

As of March 31, 2000, $37,500,000.

 

10



 

As of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Maximum Claim as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter minus the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) 1 + R/4 +0.0015.

 

“R” means, with respect to a calendar quarter, an effective annual rate determined in accordance with the formula “D/(1-D)”, where “D” is expressed as a decimal and is equal to the rate of discount for the Treasury Bill that matures closest to the 90 th day after the first calendar day of such quarter, as reported under the “ask” column in the Applicable Source (as such term is defined in the Underlying Agreement) on the first business day of such calendar quarter.

 

11



 

Schedule B

Quarterly Payment Calculation Report

 

Report for the Calendar Quarter Ended

 

1.  C = Quota Share:

 

90%

 

 

 

2.  X = Accumulated Benefits at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

3.  Y = Stop Loss Benefit paid for prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

4.  Z = Attachment Point at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

5.  W = Maximum Claim at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

6.  R = Interest rate per Schedule A :

 

 

 

 

 

7.  E = Amounts payable under Underlying Agreement in respect of current calendar quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

8.  A = Accumulated Benefits for current quarter:
= [1 + R/4+.0.0015] x X plus E =

 

 

 

 

 

9.  B = Attachment Point at end of current quarter:
= [1 + R/4 + 0.0015] x. [Y + Z] =

 

 

 

 

 

10. D = Maximum Claim at end of current quarter:
= [1 + R/4 + 0.0015] x [W - Y] =

 

 

 

 

 

11. Stop Loss Benefit for current quarter:
= Min {Max [(A – B) x C, 0], D} =

 

 

 

12



 

Exhibit 1

[Underlying Agreement]

 

13



 

Exhibit 2

 

[Assignment Agreement]

 

14



 

Exhibit F

 

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT RELATING TO REINSURANCE AGREEMENTS

 

This Assignment Agreement Relating to Reinsurance Agreements (this “Assignment Agreement”), dated as of January 1, 2000, is made and entered into by and between ACE 1NA Overseas Insurance Company (“AIOIC”), The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly, KRE Reinsurance Ltd.) (“ACRO”) (AIOIC, Prudential and ACRO are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Parties”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (formerly, A.C.E. Insurance Company, Ltd.) (“ACE”) (as the reinsurer) and Prudential (as the reinsured) entered into a reinsurance agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 (as amended to date, the “1998 Reinsurance Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, wherein Prudential ceded to ACE and ACE assumed from Prudential certain liabilities of Prudential under a medical care benefits stop loss policy with a March 31, 1998 contract date issued by Prudential to the Columbia Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, ACE, Prudential and ACRO entered into an assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, wherein ACE assigned to ACRO and ACRO assumed from ACE, effective as at 12:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000, all of ACE’s rights and obligations under the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, ACRO (as the reinsurer) and Prudential (as the reinsured) entered into a reinsurance agreement dated as of September 30, 1999 (the “1999 Reinsurance Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, wherein Prudential ceded to ACRO and ACRO assumed from Prudential certain liabilities of Prudential under a medical care benefits stop loss policy with a September 30, 1999 contract date issued by Prudential to the Columbia Energy Group and certain of its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties hereto wish to substitute, with effect from the Effective Date (as defined below), AIOIC for ACRO as the reinsurer under both the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement and the 1999 Reinsurance Agreement (collectively, the “Reinsurance Agreements”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above stated premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                By way of this Assignment Agreement, with effect from 12:01:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000 (the “Effective Date”), AIOIC shall replace ACRO for all purposes under the Reinsurance Agreements as though it were the named reinsurer thereunder.

 

2.                As of the Effective Date, AIOIC shall assume all of the present and future liabilities and obligations of ACRO under the Reinsurance Agreements and shall be substituted for ACRO, in ACRO’s name, place and stead, as the reinsurer thereon so as to effect an assignment of

 



 

the Reinsurance Agreements, and ACRO shall be simultaneously released from any and all present and future liabilities or obligations thereunder.

 

3.                As of the Effective Date, AIOIC shall be entitled to all of the rights of ACRO under the Reinsurance Agreements, and shall be entitled to enforce all such rights in the name, place and stead of ACRO.

 

4.                As of the Effective Date, Prudential shall be entitled to and shall disregard ACRO as a party to the Reinsurance Agreements and shall be entitled to and shall treat AIOIC as if it had been the named reinsurer thereunder.

 

5.                As of the Effective Date, Prudential shall be entitled to and shall file claims arising under the Reinsurance Agreements directly with AIOIC.

 

6.                As consideration for the assumption of liabilities by AIOIC, ACRO shall assign to AIOIC all of ACRO’s right, title and interest in the trust account established for the benefit of Prudential pursuant to the trust agreement dated as of May 1, 2000 among ACRO, Prudential and State Street Bank & Trust Company.

 

7.                In consideration of Prudential’s agreement to the assignment and assumption effected hereby, AIOIC shall pay $25,000 to Prudential by wire transfer within five days following the date of execution of this Assignment Agreement.

 

8.                This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

9.                Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Assignment Agreement shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 19 of the 1998 Reinsurance Agreement.

 

10.          This Assignment Agreement shall not alter, amend or in any way limit the terms and provisions of the Reinsurance Agreements except to the extent stated herein.

 

2



 

11.          This Assignment Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Assignment Agreement has been executed by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

3



 

Exhibit A

 

[1998 Reinsurance Agreement]

 

Exhibit B

 

[Assignment Agreement between Prudential, ACE and ACRO]

 

Exhibit C

 

[1999 Reinsurance Agreement]

 

4



 

Exhibit G

 

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT AND AMENDMENT
RELATING TO TRUST AGREEMENT

 

This Assignment Agreement and Amendment Relating to Trust Agreement (this “Assignment and Amendment Agreement”), dated as of December 1, 2000, is made and entered into by and between ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company (“AIOIC”), The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”), ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (“ACRO”) and State Street Bank & Trust Company (“State Street”) (AIOIC, Prudential, ACRO and State Street are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Parties”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, ACRO, Prudential and State Street entered into a trust agreement dated as of May 1, 2000 (the “Trust Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, wherein ACRO established the Trust Account (as defined in the Trust Agreement) with State Street for the benefit of Prudential to secure the obligations of ACRO to Prudential under the Reinsurance Agreements (as defined in the Trust Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, ACRO has assigned to AIOIC and AIOIC has assumed from ACRO, effective as of 12:01:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000, all of ACRO’s rights and obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements; and

 

WHEREAS, ACRO desires to assign to AIOIC and AIOIC desires to assume from ACRO, effective as of the date of this Assignment and Amendment Agreement, all of ACRO’s rights in the Trust Account and all of ACRO’s rights and obligations under the Trust Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, Prudential, AIOIC and State Street desire to amend the Trust Account in certain respects effective as of the Effective Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above stated premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                ACRO hereby assigns to AIOIC all of its right, title and interest in and to the Trust Account and the Income Account (as defined in the Trust Agreement) with effect from 11:59 P.M. Eastern Standard Time on December 31, 2000 (the “Effective Date”).

 

2.                By way of this Assignment and Amendment Agreement, with effect from the Effective Date, AIOIC shall replace ACRO for all purposes under the Trust Agreement as though it were the named grantor thereunder.

 

3.                As of the Effective Date, AIOIC shall assume all of the present and future liabilities and obligations of ACRO under the Trust Agreement and shall be substituted for ACRO, in ACRO’s name, place and stead, as the grantor thereunder so as to effect an assignment of the Trust Agreement, and ACRO shall be simultaneously released from any and all present and future liabilities or obligations thereunder.

 



 

4.                As of the Effective Date, AIOIC shall be entitled to all of the rights of ACRO under the Trust Agreement, and shall be entitled to enforce all such rights in the name, place and stead of ACRO.

 

5.                As of the Effective Date, Prudential shall be entitled to and shall disregard ACRO as a party to the Trust Agreement and shall be entitled to and shall treat AIOIC as if it had been the named grantor thereunder.

 

6.                As of the Effective Date, the Trust Agreement is amended as follows:

 

A.                                    By adding to Section 3(e) the word “and”  and by adding to Section 3, immediately following clause (e), the following clause (f):

 

(f)   to make payment to the Grantor of any amounts held in the Trust Account that exceed 102% of the actual amount required to fund the Grantor’s obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements.

 

B.                                      By deleting Section 5 in its entirety.

 

C.                                      By deleting from the last sentence of clause (a) of Section 8 the words “prior to the deposit thereof in the Income Account as provided in Section 5 of this Agreement”.

 

D.                                     By deleting from the last sentence of clause (b) of Section 8 the words “and hereby grants the Trustee a lien, right of set-off and security interest in the funds in the Income Account for the payment of any claim for compensation, reimbursement or indemnity hereunder”.

 

E.                                       By deleting from the first sentence of Section 7(h) the words “named in incumbency certificates furnished to the Trustee from time to time by the Grantor and the Beneficiary, respectively” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “designated by the Grantor and the Beneficiary, respectively, in a Funds Transfer Operating Agreement”.

 

F.                                       By deleting from the last sentence of Section 7(h) the words “an incumbency certificate delivered hereunder prior to receipt by it of a more current certificate” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “a Funds Transfer Operating Agreement, which may be updated from time to time”.

 

7.                This Assignment and Amendment Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

8.                This Assignment and Amendment Agreement shall not alter, amend or in any way limit the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement except to the extent stated herein.

 

2



 

9.                This Assignment and Amendment Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Assignment and Amendment Agreement has been executed by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the Parties:

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

State Street Bank & Trust Company

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

3



 

Exhibit A

 

[Trust Agreement]

 

4



 

Exhibit H

 

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT RELATING TO STOP LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This Assignment Agreement Relating to Stop Loss Agreement (this “Assignment Agreement”), dated as of December 1, 2000, is made and entered into by and between ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company (“AIOIC”) and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (AIOIC and ACRO are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Parties”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation (“London Life”) (as the reinsurer) and ACRO (as the reinsured) entered into a Stop Loss Agreement dated as of August 1, 2000 (the “Stop Loss Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, wherein London Life reinsured, on a stop loss basis, a portion of the liability of ACRO under the Underlying Agreement (as defined in the Stop Loss Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the Stop Loss Agreement permits ACRO (without the consent of London Life) to assign its rights and obligations under the Stop Loss Agreement to any affiliate to which ACRO has assigned its rights and obligations under the Underlying Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, ACRO has assigned to AIOIC and AIOIC has assumed from ACRO, effective as at 12:01:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2000, all of ACRO’s rights and obligations under the Underlying Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, AIOIC and ACRO are affiliates; and

 

WHEREAS, ACRO and AIOIC desire that ACRO assign its rights and obligations under the Stop Loss Agreement to AIOIC.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above stated premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                By way of this Assignment Agreement, with effect from 12:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on March 31, 2000 (the “Effective Date”), AIOIC shall replace ACRO for all purposes under the Stop Loss Agreement as though it were the named reinsured thereunder.

 

2.                As of the Effective Date, AIOIC shall assume all of the present and future liabilities and obligations of ACRO under the Stop Loss Agreement and shall be substituted for ACRO, in ACRO’s name, place and stead, as the reinsurer thereon so as to effect an assignment of the Stop Loss Agreement, and ACRO shall be simultaneously released from any and all present and future liabilities or obligations thereunder.

 

3.                As of the Effective Date, AIOIC shall be entitled to all of the rights of ACRO under the Stop Loss Agreement, and shall be entitled to enforce all such rights in the name, place and stead of ACRO.

 



 

4.                As of the Effective Date, London Life shall be entitled to and shall disregard ACRO as a party to the Stop Loss Agreement and shall be entitled to and shall treat A1OIC as if it had been the named reinsured thereunder.

 

5.                This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

6.                Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Assignment Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator sitting in New York, New York, in accordance with the commercial rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) then in effect. The arbitrator shall be selected by mutual agreement of the parties; provided, that, in the event the parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator within 15 days, the arbitrator shall be selected by the president of the AAA or by the president’s designee; provided, further, that no arbitrator shall be affiliated with either party. Each party shall bear its own expenses incurred in connection with the arbitration, and the parties shall share equally the costs of the arbitration proceeding, including, without limitation, the fees, costs and expenses imposed or incurred by the arbitrator. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. The procedures specified in this Section shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Assignment Agreement.

 

7.                This Assignment Agreement shall not alter, amend or in any way limit the terms and provisions of the Stop Loss Agreement except to the extent stated herein.

 

8.                This Assignment Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.                ACRO shall provide a copy of this Assignment Agreement to London Life promptly following the execution hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Assignment Agreement has been executed by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

2



 

Exhibit A

 

[Stop Loss Agreement]

 

3



 

Exhibit I

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO STOP LOSS AGREEMENT

 

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO STOP LOSS AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of April [   ], 2001, is entered into between LONDON LIFE AND CASUALTY REINSURANCE CORPORATION (the “Reinsurer”) and ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (the “Company”) with respect to the Stop Loss Agreement (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurer and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd, (“ACRO”) entered into a stop loss agreement dated as of August 1, 2000 (the “Stop Loss Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an assignment agreement dated as of December 1, 2000, ACRO assigned to the Company its rights and obligations under the Stop Loss Agreement with effect from March 31, 2000; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Reinsurer desire to amend the Stop Loss Agreement as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                Effective as of March 31, 2000, the Stop Loss Agreement is amended by deleting from Schedule A thereto the following:

 

“Maximum Claim” means:

 

As of March 31, 2000, $37,500,000

 

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

 

“Maximum Claim” means:

 

As of March 31, 2000, $42,135,000.

 

2.                Nothing herein contained shall be held to vary, alter, waive or extend any of the terms, conditions, exclusions or limitations of the Stop Loss Agreement except as expressly stated herein.

 



 

3.                This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same instrument. All signatures of parties to this Amendment may be transmitted by facsimile, and such facsimile will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such party whose signature it reproduces and will be binding upon such party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties.

 

 

LONDON LIFE AND CASUALTY
REINSURANCE CORPORATION

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE COMPANY LTD.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

2



 

Exhibit J

 

STOP LOSS AGREEMENT

 

between

 

ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE COMPANY

 

of

 

Hamilton, Bermuda

 

and

 

LONDON LIFE AND CASUALTY REINSURANCE CORPORATION

 

of

 

St. Michael, Barbados

 



 

Table Of Contents

 

ARTICLES

 

I

Coverage

 

II

Stop Loss Premium

 

III

Claims Settlements

 

IV

Exclusions

 

V

Reports and Remittances

 

VI

Notices

 

VII

Errors and Omissions

 

VIII

Access to Records

 

IX

Arbitration

 

X

Offset

 

XI

Insolvency of the Company

 

XII

Representations and Warranties

 

XIII

Parties to the Agreement

 

XIV

Severability

 

XV

Integration, Amendment and Assignment

 

XVI

Commencement and Termination

 

XVII

Currency

 

XVIII

Federal Excise Taxes

 

XIX

Execution

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

A

Stop Loss Benefits

 

B

Quarterly Payment Calculation Report

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

1

Underlying Agreement

 

2

Assignment Agreement

 

 



 

This Stop Loss Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 1, 2001 by and between ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company, a company registered and licensed under the laws of Bermuda, hereinafter referred to as the “Company”, and London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation, a company located in St. Michael, Barbados, hereinafter referred to as the “Reinsurer”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (“ACE”) entered into a quota share reinsurance agreement with The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“Prudential”) dated as of September 30, 1999, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (the “Underlying Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to an assignment agreement among Prudential, the Company and ACE (the “Assignment Agreement”), ACE assigned all of its rights and obligations under the Underlying Agreement to the Company effective as of January 1, 2000 and the Company was substituted for ACE as the reinsurer of Prudential under the Underlying Agreement (as copy of the Assignment Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 2); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retrocede a portion of its liability under the Underlying Agreement to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer is willing to assume such liability on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

Coverage

 

The Reinsurer shall be liable to the Company for the Stop Loss Benefit (as defined in Schedule A hereto) calculated with respect to each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement. The Stop Loss Benefit shall be paid in accordance with Article V hereof.

 

Article II

Stop Loss Premium

 

The premium for the reinsurance provided hereunder (the “Stop Loss Premium”) is $300,000. The Company shall pay the Stop Loss Premium, net of federal excise tax, to the Reinsurer no later than 30 days after the execution of this Agreement.

 



 

Article III

Claims Settlements

 

All claims settlements made by the Company shall be binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

Article IV

Exclusions

 

The Reinsurer shall not participate in any punitive, statutory, compensatory or exemplary damages awarded against the Company or legal expenses incurred by the Company in defense of action taken in such connection, unless the Reinsurer shall have been made aware of and have concurred in writing with the actions taken by the Company which lead to the awarding of such extra-contractual damages.

 

Article V

Reports and Remittances

 

Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, the Company will provide the Reinsurer a report in the form of Schedule B hereto (the “Quarterly Payment Calculation Report”). Any Stop Loss Benefit payable in respect of a calendar quarter shall be paid by the Reinsurer within 10 days following receipt of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for such quarter.

 

The Company will also forward to the Reinsurer all reports provided by Prudential pursuant to the terms of the Underlying Agreement within 15 days of the Company’s receipt of the same.

 

Article VI

Notices

 

All notices under this Agreement shall be addressed as follows:

 

To the Company:

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

PO Box 11M 1022

Hamilton, Bermuda HM 11

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

2



 

With a copy to:

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019

Facsimile: 212-581-3268

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

To the Reinsurer:

London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation

Life of Barbados Building

Wildey, St. Michael

Barbados

Attention: Cheryl Harrison

Facsimile: 246-436-0175

 

The parties may change the notice address by formal written notice, specifying the new address.

 

Article VII

Errors and Omissions

 

In the event of failure to comply with any terms of this Agreement through an inadvertent error, omission or oversight by either party which is shown to be unintentional, this Agreement will not be deemed abrogated thereby. The oversight will be corrected as soon as it comes to light in such a way that both the Company and the Reinsurer will be restored to the position they would have occupied had no such oversight or omission occurred.

 

Article VIII

Access to Records

 

The Company shall allow the Reinsurer to inspect or audit, at all reasonable times, all records of the Company with respect to the business reinsured under this Agreement, or with respect to claims, losses or legal proceedings which involve or have a bearing upon the Reinsurer, at the expense of the Reinsurer.

 

Article IX

Arbitration

 

It is the intention of the Company and the Reinsurer that the customs and practices of the insurance and reinsurance industry will be given full effect in the operation and interpretation of this Agreement. The parties agree to act in all matters of business with

 

3



 

the highest good faith. If the Company or the Reinsurer cannot mutually resolve a dispute that arises out of or relates to this Agreement, however, the dispute will be decided through arbitration. The arbitrators will base their decision on the terms and conditions of this Agreement plus, as necessary, on the customs and practices of the insurance and reinsurance industries rather than solely on a strict interpretation of the applicable law; there will be no appeal from their decision (absent manifest error) and any court having jurisdiction of the subject matter and the parties may reduce that decision to judgment.

 

To initiate arbitration, either the Reinsurer or the Company will notify the other party in writing of its desire to arbitrate, stating the nature of its dispute and the remedy sought. The party to which the notice is sent will acknowledge receipt of the notification in writing within ten (10) days of its receipt.

 

There will be three arbitrators who will be current or former officers of life insurance companies, but not current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company, the Reinsurer, or any of their affiliates. Each of the parties will appoint one of the arbitrators and these two arbitrators will select the third. If either party refuses or neglects to appoint an arbitrator within 60 days of the date of the notice of arbitration, the other party may appoint the second arbitrator. If the two arbitrators do not agree on a third arbitrator within 45 days of the date on which the second arbitrator was appointed, the parties shall employ the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures to appoint the third arbitrator. If the ARIAS-U.S. Umpire Appointment Procedures have been terminated, the parties shall jointly petition the American Arbitration Association to appoint the third arbitrator.

 

It is agreed that each of the three arbitrators should be impartial regarding the dispute and should resolve the dispute on the basis described in the first paragraph of this Article. Therefore at no time will either the Reinsurer or the Company engage in private communications with any of the arbitrators concerning the dispute.

 

The arbitration hearing will be held in New York, New York, on the date fixed by the arbitrators. In no event will this date be later than six (6) months after the appointment of the third arbitrator. As soon as possible, the arbitrators will establish pre-arbitration procedures as warranted by the facts and issues of the particular case. At least ten (10) days prior to the arbitration hearing, each party will provide the other party and the arbitrators with a detailed statement of the facts and arguments it will present at the arbitration hearing. The arbitrators may consider any relevant evidence; they will give evidence such weight as they deem it entitled to after consideration of any objections raised concerning it. The party initiating the arbitration will have the burden of proving its case by a preponderance of the evidence. Each party may examine any witnesses who testify at the arbitration.

 

The cost of the arbitration will be borne by the losing party unless the arbitrators decide otherwise; provided, that each party shall be responsible for its own legal fees and expenses.

 

4



 

This Article shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

Article X

Offset

 

The parties hereto have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other under this Agreement or any other agreement heretofore or hereafter entered into between the Company and the Reinsurer, whether acting as assuming reinsurer or ceding company. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums, losses, salvage or otherwise. This provision shall not be affected by the insolvency of either party hereto.

 

Article XI

Insolvency of the Company

 

In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance will be payable directly to the Company, or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. The Reinsurer shall be given written notice of the pendency of each loss or claim which may involve the retrocessional liability provided by this Agreement within a reasonable time after such loss or claim is filed in the insolvency proceedings.

 

The Reinsurer shall have the right to investigate each such loss or claim and interpose at its own expense in the proceeding where the loss or claim is to be adjudicated, any defense which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the insolvent Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

Article XII

Representations and Warranties

 

A.                                     Of the Company:

 

1.                Organization, Standing and Authority of the Company . The Company is a life insurance company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

2.                Authorization . The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.   The execution and

 

5



 

delivery by the Company of this Agreement, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. This Agreement, when duly executed and delivered by the Company, subject to the due execution and delivery by the Reinsurer, will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

3.                No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the respective terms and conditions hereof will not (a) violate any provision of the Memorandum of Association or Bylaws of the Company, or (b) violate any order, judgment, injunction, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory body against, or binding upon, the Company or any agreement with, or condition imposed by, any governmental or regulatory body, foreign or domestic, binding upon the Company.

 

4.                Approvals of Governmental Authorities . No consent, waiver, license, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, or notices to, any person, entity or governmental authority is required to be obtained, made or given by or with respect to the Company in connection with (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, or (ii) the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

B.                                     Of the Reinsurer:

 

1.                Organization, Standing and Authority of the Reinsurer .  The Reinsurer is a life insurance company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Barbados.

 

2.                Authorization .  The Reinsurer has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.  The execution and delivery by the Reinsurer of this Agreement, and the performance by the Reinsurer of its obligations under this Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.  This Agreement, when duly executed and delivered by the Reinsurer, subject to the due execution and delivery by the Company, will be a valid and binding obligation of the Reinsurer, enforceable against the Reinsurer in accordance with its terms.

 

3.                No Conflict or Violation .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (a) violate any provision of the Articles of Incorporation. Bylaws or other charter or organizational document of the Reinsurer, or (b) violate any order, judgment, injunction, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory body against, or binding upon, the Reinsurer or any agreement with, or condition imposed by, any governmental or regulatory body, foreign or domestic, binding upon the Reinsurer.

 

6



 

4.                Approvals of Governmental Authorities . No consent, waiver, license, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, filing or declaration with, or notices to, any person, entity or governmental authority is required to be obtained, made or given by or with respect to the Reinsurer in connection with (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Reinsurer, or (ii) the consummation by the Reinsurer of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

 

Article XIII

Parties to Agreement

 

This is an agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer. The acceptance of reinsurance hereunder shall not create any right or legal relation whatever between the Reinsurer and the insured or beneficiary under any business reinsured hereunder, and the Company shall remain solely liable to such insured or beneficiary.

 

 

Article XIV

Severability

 

To the extent that this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be amended, at the mutual agreement of both the Company and the Reinsurer, to the extent possible, to comply with such law and regulation. If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not invalidate the whole of this Agreement, but such term or provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the court’s opinion to render such term or provision enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the parties set forth herein.

 

 

Article XV

Integration , Amendment and Assignment

 

This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the reinsurance of the business covered and there are no understandings between the parties other than as expressed in this Agreement. Furthermore, this Agreement may not be altered, modified or in any way amended except by an instrument in writing duly executed by the proper officials of both parties. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, in the event the Company assigns its rights and obligations under the Underlying Agreement to an affiliate, the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to such affiliate

 

7



 

without the consent of the Reinsurer. The Company shall give prompt notice of any such assignment to the Reinsurer-

 

Article XVI

Commencement and Termination

 

This Agreement shall be effective as of January 1, 2001 (the “Effective Date”). This Agreement shall continue until such time as the Company has no further liability under the Underlying Agreement, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the following paragraph.

 

The Company may terminate this Agreement as of the first day of any calendar quarter on or after the 10 th anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Termination Date”) upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Reinsurer. Any such termination shall be on a cut-off basis, meaning that the Reinsurer shall have no liability in respect of Stop Loss Benefits calculated with respect to calendar quarters commencing on or after the Termination Date. However, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Reinsurer applicable to the period prior to the Termination Date shall not be affected by such termination.

 

Within ten days of the Termination Date, the Reinsurer will pay the Company $200,000 and any Stop Loss Benefit for any preceding calendar quarter that is due and unpaid.

 

Article XVII

Currency

 

The currency for the purpose of this Agreement will be US dollars, and the premiums and liabilities shall be expressed and payable in that currency.

 

Article XVIII

Federal Excise Taxes

 

To the extent the Stop Loss Premium is subject to the federal excise tax, the Reinsurer agrees to allow for the purpose of paying the federal excise tax one percent of the Stop Loss Premium, and the Company shall make payment of such tax to the U.S government.

 

8



 

Article XIX

Execution

 

In witness of the above, this Agreement is signed in duplicate by duly authorized officers of the Company and the Reinsurer as of the date first above written.

 

 

ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

London Life and Casualty Reinsurance Corporation

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

9



 

Schedule A

Stop Loss Benefits

 

On the last day of each calendar quarter a Stop Loss Benefit will be calculated.

 

The Stop Loss Benefit is equal to

 

[A - B] x C, but not less than zero and not greater than D

 

where:

 

A = Accumulated Benefits

B = Attachment Point

C = Quota Share Percentage

D = Maximum Claim

 

as each such term is defined below.

 

“Accumulated Benefits” means:

 

As of January 1, 2001, $726,117.

 

As of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Accumulated Benefit as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by [1 + R/4 + 0.0015] plus (ii) the total of all amounts payable by the Company under the Underlying Agreement in respect of the current calendar quarter as reported on Line 7 of the Quarterly Payment Calculation Report for the current calendar quarter.

 

“Attachment Point” means;

 

As of January 1 , 2001, $28,853,438.

 

As of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Attachment Point as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter plus the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) 1 + R/4 + 0.0015.

 

“Quota Share” means 90%.

 

“Maximum Claim” means:

 

As of January 1, 2001, $13,457,760.

 

10



 

As of the last day of each subsequent calendar quarter, an amount equal to (i) the Maximum Claim as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter minus the Stop Loss Benefit for the immediately preceding calendar quarter multiplied by (ii) 1 + R/4 + 0.0015.

 

“R” means, with respect to a calendar quarter, an effective annual rate determined in accordance with the formula “D/(1-D)”, where “D” is expressed as a decimal and is equal to the rate of discount for the Treasury Bill that matures closest to the 90 th day after the first calendar day of such quarter, as reported under the “ask” column in the Applicable Source (as such term is defined in the Underlying Agreement) on the first business day of such calendar quarter.

 

11



 

Schedule B

Quarterly Payment Calculation Report

 

Report for the Calendar Quarter Ended

 

1.  C = Quota Share:

90%

 

 

2.  X = Accumulated Benefits at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

3.  Y = Stop Loss Benefit paid for prior quarter:

 

 

 

4.  Z = Attachment Point at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

5.  W = Maximum Claim at end of prior quarter:

 

 

 

6.  R = Interest rate per Schedule A :

 

 

 

7.  E = Amounts payable under Underlying Agreement
in respect of current calendar quarter:

 

 

 

8.  A = Accumulated Benefits for current quarter:
= [1 + R/4 + 0.0015] x X plus E =

 

 

 

9.  B = Attachment Point at end of current quarter:
= [l + R/4 + 0.0015] x [Y +Z] =

 

 

 

10. D = Maximum Claim at end of current quarter :
= [1 + R/4 + 0.0015] x [W – Y] =

 

 

 

11. Stop Loss Benefit for current quarter:
= Min {Max [(A – B) x C, 0], D} =

 

 

12



 

Exhibit 1

[Underlying Agreement]

 

13



 

Exhibit 2

 

[Assignment Agreement]



Exhibit 10.40

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TERMINATION AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Termination Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (the “ Ceding Company ”) and ACE Capital Re International Ltd. (the “ Retrocessionaire ”), is effective at 12:01 A.M. Eastern Standard Time on January 1, 2002 (the “ Termination Effective Date ”) and supercedes and replaces in its entirety the Termination Agreement entered into by the Ceding Company and Retrocessionaire.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Retrocessional Memorandum dated November 10, 1999 and designated ACE 1999-002, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Retrocessional Memorandum ”), which is governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of a Facultative Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998 (the “ Facultative Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Retrocessional Memorandum, the Retrocessionaire assumed 100% of (i) the liabilities of the Ceding Company under (A) a Reinsurance Agreement dated as of August 27, 1999 among the Ceding Company, Christian Mutual Life Insurance Company (“ Christian Mutual ”) and Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company (“ Penn Mutual ”) and (B) a Coinsurance Agreement dated as of August 27, 1999 among the Ceding Company, Christian Mutual and Penn Mutual (collectively, the “ Original Reinsurance Agreements ”) net of (ii) the indemnification payments collected by the Ceding Company pursuant to (A) an Indemnification Agreement between the Ceding Company and Christian Mutual dated as of August 27, 1999, (B) a Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement between the Ceding Company and Central United Life Insurance Company (“ Central United ”) dated as of August 27, 1999 and (C) the Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement between the Ceding Company and Connecticut Reassurance Corporation (“ Connecticut Reassurance ”) dated as of August 27, 1999 (collectively, the “ Indemnity Agreements ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to terminate the Retrocessional Memorandum on a cut-off basis as of the Termination Effective Date in accordance with the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                     As of the Termination Effective Date, the Retrocessional Memorandum is terminated on a cut-off basis, meaning that (A) the Reinsurer shall have no liability for any amounts paid by the Ceding Company on or after the Termination Effective Date in respect of the Original Reinsurance Agreements to Penn Mutual or the trust account established pursuant to the Reinsurance Agreement (the Trust Account ”), and (B) the Company shall have no liability to make premium payments under the Retrocessional Memorandum in respect of periods commencing on or after the Termination Effective Date.

 

2.                     The parties agree that the Retrocessionaire shall remain liable for Out of Pocket Expenses (as defined in the Retrocessional Memorandum) incurred by the Ceding Company prior to October 1, 2002 (the “ Expense Cut-Off Date ”) and the Retrocessionaire shall be released and discharged of liability for any Out of Pocket Expenses incurred by the Ceding Company on and after the Expense Cut-Off Date.

 

3.                     The parties acknowledge and agree that (A) no amounts have been paid by the Ceding Company in respect of the Original Reinsurance Agreements to Penn Mutual or the Trust Account prior to the Termination Effective Date (except in respect of the initial grant to the Trust Account, as to which the

 

Termination Agreement
between ACE Bermuda and ACRI

 

1



 

Retrocessionaire has no liability), (B) Out of Pocket Expenses in the amount of $2,805,338 (the “ Retrocessionaire Out of Pocket Amount ”) were incurred by the Ceding Company prior to the Expense Cut-Off Date, and the Retrocessionaire has reimbursed the Ceding Company for all such Out of Pocket Expenses, and (C) $190,000 in premiums payable under the Retrocessional Memorandum in respect of periods ended prior to the Termination Effective Date remain unpaid.

 

4.                     The Ceding Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and discharges the Retrocessionaire from and against all liability or claim of whatsoever nature (whether present, future or contingent) and whether known or unknown, arising out of or in any way in connection with or relating to the Retrocessional Memorandum, and from any demands, claims or liabilities whatsoever relating thereto, it being the intention of the Ceding Company that this Agreement shall operate as a full and final settlement of the Retrocessionaire’s present and future liability to the Ceding Company under or in relation to the Retrocessional Memorandum.

 

5 .                     The Retrocessionaire hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and discharges the Ceding Company from and against all liability or claim of whatsoever nature (whether present, future or contingent) and whether known or unknown, arising out of or in any way in connection with or relating to the Retrocessional Memorandum, and from any demands, claims or liabilities whatsoever relating thereto, it being the intention of the Retrocessionaire that this Agreement shall operate as a full and final settlement of the Ceding Company’s present and future liability to the Retrocessionaire under or in relation to the Retrocessional Memorandum.

 

6.                     Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Retrocessional Memorandum.

 

7.                     This Agreement may not be modified or amended, or any of its provisions waived, except by an instrument in writing that is signed by the parties hereto.

 

8.                     Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Facultative Agreement.

 

9.                     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the state of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws doctrine.

 

10.               This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall constitute an original, and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the Termination Effective Date by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

 

By:

/s/ Robbin Conner

 

 

Name:

Robbin Conner

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

3



 

Exhibit A

 

[Retrocessional Memorandum]

 

4



 

RETROCESSIONAL MEMORANDUM
for a
CESSION OF REINSURED RISK
under the

FACULTATIVE RETROCESSIONAL AGREEMENT
between
ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.,
AS RETROCEDENT
and
ACE CAPITAL RE LIMITED,
AS RETROCESSIONAIRE

 

RETROCESSIONAL
MEMORANDUM NO.:

ACE 1999-002

 

 

TERM:

Coterminous with the Reinsurance Agreements unless the Retrocedent is released from its obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements pursuant to Clause 2.9 thereof in which, event the Term hereof shall terminate as of the date of such release.

 

 

ORIGINAL REINSURED:

Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company, a Pennsylvania mutual life insurance corporation

 

 

COVERED BUSINESS:

A.                 The Reinsurance Agreement entered into between the Retrocedent and Christian Mutual Lift Insurance Company (“ Christian Mutual ”), a New Hampshire stock life insurance company (the Retrocedent and Christian Mutual as referred to collectively as the “ Reinsurers ”) and the Original Reinsured dated as of August 27, 1999 wherein the Reinsurers jointly and severally reinsure a 95% quota share of the Original Reinsured’s retained liabilities on a defined block of disability insurance policies (the “ Reinsurance Agreement ”).  A copy of the Reinsurance Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 1.

 

 

 

AND

 

 

 

B.                   The Coinsurance Agreement entered into between the Reinsurer’s and the Original Reinsured dated as of August 27, 1999 wherein the Reinsurers jointly and severally reinsure a 5% quota share of the Original Reinsured’s retained liabilities on the same defined block of disability policies as reinsured under the Reinsurance Agreement (the “ Coinsurance Agreement ”).  A copy of the Coinsurance Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.

 

 

 

The Reinsurance Agreement and Coinsurance Agreement are collectively referred to herein as the “ Reinsurance Agreements ”.

 

 

TYPE OF RETROCESSION:

Quota Share.

 

1



 

QUOTA SHARE
PERCENTAGE:

100%.

 

 

RETROCESSIONAIRE’S
LIABILITY:


The Retrocessionaire shall be liable for the Quota Share Percentage of the Retrocedent’s joint and several liability under the Reinsurance Agreements plus Out-of-Pocket Expenses minus the indemnification payments collected by the Retrocedent pursuant to: (i) the Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Retrocedent and Christian Mutual dated as of August 27, 1999, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3 (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”), and (ii) the Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement entered into between the Retrocedent and Central United Life Insurance Company dated as of August 27, 1999, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 4, and (iii) the Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement entered into between the Retrocedent and Connecticut Reassurance Corporation dated as of August 27, 1999, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 5 (the Indemnification Agreement and the Guaranty and Indemnity Agreements described in (i), (ii), and (iii) above are collectively the “ Guarantees ”).

 

 

ADDITIONAL
REIMBURSEMENT
OBLIGATION:



The Retrocessionaire shell reimburse the Retrocedent, as an advance against payment of losses, for the Quota.  Share Percentage of (i) any amounts deposited by the Retrocedent to the Trust Account to maintain the same at the Required Trust Balance as defined in and required by the Reinsurance Agreement minus (ii) any amounts collected by the Retrocedent under the Gurantees to indemnify the Retrocedent for such payments to the Trust Account.  As used herein the “Trust Account” means the custodial and depository accounts which are established and maintained by the Reinsurers (as grantor), the Original Reinsured (as beneficiary) and Fleet Bank N.A. or any successor (as trustee) pursuant to Trust Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 6.

 

 

OUT-OF-POCKET
EXPENSES:


“Out of Pocket Expenses” means reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Retrocedent in connection with the performance of its obligations under the Reinsurance Agreements, including, without limitation, (i) reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Retrocedent in connection with arbitration proceedings (including, without limitation, amounts paid by the Retrocedent pursuant to the decision of an arbitration board), (ii) third party legal expenses incurred by the Retrocedent in connection with the drafting of the Reinsurance Agreements, (iii) expenses incurred by the Retrocedent in enforcing and collecting against the Guarantees, and (iv) expenses incurred by the Retrocedent (or its designee) if Christian Mutual defaults under the Indemnification Agreement end the Retrocedent exercises a change notice such that it becomes the sole Reinsurer under the Reinsurance Agreements, the sole grantor under the Trust Agreement, and the administrator under the Administrative Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 7.

 

2



 

LOSS ADJUSTMENT
EXPENSES:

Inapplicable.

 

 

PREMIUM:

The Quota Share Percentage of the Premium (as defined in the Indemnification Agreement), The Premium shall be paid to the Retrocessionaire within 10 days following receipt by the Retrocedent.

 

 

CEDING COMMISSION:

Nil.

 

 

TAXES:

Nil.

 

 

REPORTS:

The Retrocedent shall forward to the Retrocessionaire all reports provided to the Retrocedent under the Reinsurance Agreements, Trust Agreement, and Guarantees within ten business days of receipt thereof.

 

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS:

Except as provided herein and in the Facultative Retrocession Agreement of which this Retrocessional Memorandum forms a part, the cession evidenced by this Retrocessional Memorandum shall incorporate and follow all the terms and conditions of the Reinsurance Agreements.

 

The cession evidenced by this Retrocessional Memorandum shall be subject to all the terms and conditions contained in the Facultative Retrocessional Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998 between the partie s, which the undersigned hereby acknowledge as being an agreement between arid binding upon the undersigned.

 

SUBMITTED BY:

ACCEPTED BY:

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

ACE CAPITAL RE LIMITED

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Andrew M. Gibbs

 

BY:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

NAME:

ANDREW M. GIBBS

 

NAME:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

TITLE:

CFO.

 

TITLE:

 

 

 

 

DATE:

Nov 10, 99

 

DATE:

Nov 11/1999

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.41

 

ASSIGNMENT AND INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

Assignment and Indemnification Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2003 (this “ Agreement ”), by and between ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (“ ACRO ”) and ACE INA Overseas Insurance Company Ltd. (“ AOIC ”), Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the RMA (as hereinafter defined).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, ACRO and ESG North America Ltd. (“ ESNA ”) have entered into that certain Reinsurance Management Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2001 (the “ RMA ”):

 

WHEREAS, ACRO desires to assign all of its past, present and future right, title, interest and obligations in, to and under the RMA to AOIC; and

 

WHEREAS, AOIC believes that ESNA did not bind ACRO to any Original Reinsurance Contracts or any reinsurance contracts having effective dates in calendar year 2002 (the “ 2002 Original Reinsurance Contracts ”) but desires to indemnify ACRO for any liability ACRO may incur with respect to any Original Reinsurance Contract or 2002 Original Reinsurance Contract.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        As permitted under Section 18.2 of the RMA, ACRO hereby assigns and transfers all of its right, title, interest and obligations in, to and under the RMA, to AOIC, and AOIC hereby accepts such assignment and transfer and assumes all of the liabilities and obligations with respect to the foregoing.  Such assignment, transfer and assumption is effective as of the effective date of the RMA.

 

2.                                        AOIC hereby agrees to indemnify and hold ACRO harmless against any liability or obligation arising out of, related to, or in any way connected with any Original Reinsurance Contract, 2002 Original Reinsurance Contract or the RMA, as the case may be.

 

3.                                        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof).  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

 

[The next page is the signature page.]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

ACE INA OVERSEAS INSURANCE
COMPANY LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert G Jefferson

 

 

Name:

Robert G Jefferson

 

Title:

President

 

2



 

EXECUTION COPY

 

(1) ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.
as PRINCIPAL

 

and

 

(2) ESG Re North America Ltd.
as AGENT

 

REINSURANCE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 



 

REINSURANCE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This REINSURANCE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “AGREEMENT”), dated as of November 1, 2001, is entered into between ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. and ESG Re North America Ltd.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A)                               The PRINCIPAL wishes to appoint the AGENT to provide certain SERVICES (defined below); and

 

(B)                                 The PRINCIPAL and the AGENT have agreed to record in writing the terms and conditions of the AGENT’s appointment by the PRINCIPAL.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises, covenants and payments set forth herein, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this AGREEMENT (including, but not limited to, any schedule hereto), the following terms shall have the following defined meanings.

 

1.1                                  “AGENT” shall mean ESG Re North America Ltd.

 

1.2                               “ANNIVERSARY DATE” shall mean 1 January 2002, and thereafter, the next following January 1st.

 

1.3                                  “BUSINESS DAY” shall mean a calendar day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a United States bank holiday.

 

1.4                                  [Intentionally Omitted]

 

1.5                                  “CEDING COMMISSION” shall mean original acquisition costs in respect of policies ceded under Original Reinsurance Contracts (including all premium taxes), which shall in no event exceed 31% of ORIGINAL GROSS PREMIUMS, and reinsurance brokerage fees on ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS (the reasonableness of which shall be determined by AGENT).

 

1.6                                  “CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT” shall mean a segregated account maintained by the PRINCIPAL with Bank of America (or other financial institution pre-approved in writing by the PRINCIPAL’s Treasury Department) to which the AGENT shall have limited access in accordance with Paragraph 6.3 of this AGREEMENT.

 



 

1.7                                  “CLAIM AND SERVICES FUND AMOUNT” shall mean the amount of monies belonging to the PRINCIPAL to be held on deposit in the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT.

 

1.8                                  “CLAIMS PAYMENT” shall mean the payment of an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM made by the AGENT on behalf of the PRINCIPAL to a REINSURED pursuant to the PRINCIPAL’s obligations under an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.

 

1.9                                  “EFFECTIVE DATE” shall mean the date of this AGREEMENT first above written.  For avoidance of doubt, the phrase “effective date”, when used in lower case format, does not mean EFFECTIVE DATE as defined in this Section 1.9.

 

1.10                            “GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUMS ” shall mean the total monetary compensation due from a REINSURED to the PRINCIPAL and received by the PRINCIPAL pursuant to an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.

 

1.11                            “INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS” shall mean all patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, service names, trade secrets, copyrights, and other proprietary intellectual property rights and applications therefor.

 

1.12                            “LEAD REINSURER” shall mean ESG Re Ireland Ltd.

 

1.13                            “LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES” shall mean reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (not including salary of AGENT’s employees or overhead costs) incurred by the AGENT in providing the SERVICES listed in Parts D, E and G of Schedule 1 to the PRINCIPAL.

 

1.14                            “MANAGEMENT FEES”   shall mean the remuneration to be paid by the PRINCIPAL to the AGENT pursuant to Paragraph 6.6 of this AGREEMENT for SERVICES as defined at Paragraph 1.21 of this AGREEMENT.

 

1.15                            “NOTICE” shall mean a written communication given in accordance with the terms of Article XIX.

 

1.16                            “ORIGINAL GROSS PREMIUMS” shall mean, with respect to policies ceded under an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT, the gross original written premiums on such policies less return premiums on such policies, including amounts refunded to policyholders due to cancellations.

 

1.17                            “ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM” shall mean a written request by a REINSURED for payment under an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.

 

1.18                            “ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT” shall mean all slips, binding letters of intent, binders, contracts, agreements and treaties of reinsurance with an

 

2



 

effective date in calendar year 2001 (and addenda and endorsements thereto) issued to a REINSURED by the AGENT on behalf of both LEAD REINSURER and the PRINCIPAL that conform to all the requirements of Schedule 3 to this AGREEMENT.

 

1.19                            “PRINCIPAL” shall mean ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd or its non-United States domiciled, lawfully acting affiliate to whom this AGREEMENT is assigned pursuant to the provisions of Section 18.2.

 

1.20                            “REINSURED” shall mean the insurance company or reinsurance company to which the PRINCIPAL issues an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT through the AGENT.

 

1.21                            “SERVICES” shall mean the functions and duties to be performed by the AGENT, as described in Schedule 1 and Schedule 3 to this AGREEMENT.

 

1.22         “SERVICE STANDARDS” shall mean the quality and level of SERVICES to be provided by the AGENT, as described in Schedule 2 to this AGREEMENT.

 

1.23                            “TERRITORY” shall mean the United States.

 

1.24                            All references to “$” contained in this AGREEMENT are references to U.S. dollars.

 

ARTICLE II - APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

 

2.1                                  As of the EFFECTIVE DATE, and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein, the PRINCIPAL hereby appoints the AGENT to provide SERVICES to the PRINCIPAL and the AGENT hereby accepts such appointment.

 

2.2                                  It is expressly understood by both the PRINCIPAL and AGENT that the PRINCIPAL’s appointment of the AGENT to provide SERVICES under this AGREEMENT shall be non-exclusive.

 

2.3                                  In the event that this AGREEMENT is assigned by the PRINCIPAL to an affiliate domiciled in the United States or Canada, it is further understood that the PRINCIPAL’s appointment of the AGENT is limited to those jurisdictions in the TERRITORY in which the AGENT is licensed or otherwise authorized to provide SERVICES.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III - AUTHORITY OF AGENT

 

3.1                                  The AGENT’s authority under this AGREEMENT shall be limited to the provision of SERVICES to the PRINCIPAL.

 

3.2                                  The authority conferred upon the AGENT under this AGREEMENT, including but not limited to underwriting and claims, is personal in nature and as such, the AGENT shall not delegate, transfer or sub-contract or otherwise assign all or part of such authority to any person or entity except (i) existing SERVICES which are currently delegated to Claims Risk Management, Inc. or (ii) to the extent that the PRINCIPAL approves such delegation, transfer, sub-contracting or assignment in writing in advance.

 

3.3                                  The underwriting and claims authority conferred upon the AGENT under this AGREEMENT is subject to any further limitations dictated by the terms of all Schedules to this AGREEMENT.

 

3.4                                  The AGENT shall not engage any third party (including, but not limited to, any attorney or special investigator) to act for or on behalf of the PRINCIPAL or AGENT (either directly or indirectly) in connection with this AGREEMENT, the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS, or any ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS presented thereunder unless and until it informs the PRINCIPAL of any such engagement.

 

3.5                                  Except as provided in Schedule 1, the AGENT shall not bind any outwards reinsurance of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS on behalf of the PRINCIPAL.

 

3.6                                  AGENT shall only have authority to bind PRINCIPAL to a 50% participation in each ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT, provided that, such authority shall be further conditioned on the LEAD REINSURER being bound to the remaining 50% participation in each such contract, provided further that, AGENT shall have the limited authority to reduce PRINCIPAL’s participation in an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT where the LEAD REINSURER has committed to retrocede a portion of its share of such contract to a captive reinsurer owned or controlled by the managing general underwriter receiving a commission on such ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.  Any such reduction in PRINCIPAL’s participation shall be limited to the extent necessary to provide PRINICIPAL and LEAD REINSURER with equal participations in the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT after netting out the retrocession described in the preceding sentence.

 

4



 

ARTICLE IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4.1                                  The AGENT REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS that at all times relevant to the execution, performance, and/or termination of this AGREEMENT, it was and will be legally authorized and/or licensed to provide all SERVICES contemplated hereunder in any jurisdiction of the TERRITORY in which it is or will be operating.

 

4.2                                  The AGENT further REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS that at all times relevant to the execution, performance and/or termination of the AGREEMENT, it was and will be legally authorized to serve as the agent of the LEAD REINSURER for purposes of procuring, underwriting and servicing ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS, collecting reinsurance premiums, and handling, servicing and paying ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS.

 

ARTICLE V - OBLIGATIONS OF AGENT

 

5.1                                  The AGENT shall, subject to all applicable laws, provide SERVICES to the PRINCIPAL in accordance with the SERVICE STANDARDS.

 

5.2                                  The AGENT shall follow all lawful instructions given by the PRINCIPAL in connection with the provision of SERVICES under this AGREEMENT.

 

5.3                                  For a period of at least six (6) years after the termination of this AGREEMENT, the AGENT shall prepare and maintain full and complete records in relation to every aspect of the SERVICES provided pursuant to this AGREEMENT, including, but not limited to such records as are necessary to document and substantiate any claims for remuneration and/or reimbursement under this AGREEMENT.

 

5.4                                  The AGENT agrees to execute and/or deliver at its cost, all such other documents, reports or instruments and to take all such reasonable actions, as the PRINCIPAL may from time to time reasonably request, in order to give full effect to the purposes of this AGREEMENT.

 

5.5                                  In addition to the foregoing obligations and for as long as the PRINCIPAL has any obligations under this AGREEMENT, the AGENT shall, within five (5) BUSINESS DAYS of receiving NOTICE of intent to inspect from the PRINCIPAL, make available for inspection and copying by the PRINCIPAL or its designated representatives, all records containing information relating to this AGREEMENT (including, but not limited to, any SERVICES provided hereunder).  All such information in the AGENT’s possession, custody or control shall be made available at the AGENT’s registered office during normal working hours.

 

5.6                                  The AGENT shall, at all times, comply with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations, in providing SERVICES to the PRINCIPAL.

 

5



 

5.7                                  The AGENT warrants that it now has and will maintain during the term of this Agreement insurance coverage for errors and omissions liability in amounts no less than $5 million with an insurer that is reasonably acceptable to the PRINCIPAL.  The AGENT shall provide the PRINCIPAL with a certificate of insurance issued by the insurer in the PRINCIPAL’s name containing the following provision: “The PRINCIPAL will receive 30 days’ prior written notice of any change, cancellation or other termination of this policy.”

 

5.8                                  The AGENT will use reasonable efforts to obtain a fidelity bond on a form and with a deductible reasonably satisfactory to the PRINCIPAL covering all operations and employees of the AGENT.  If such a fidelity bond is obtained, the AGENT will provide the PRINCIPAL with a certificate issued by the fidelity bond carrier in the PRINCIPAL’s name containing the following provision: “The PRINCIPAL will receive 30 days’ prior written notice of any change, cancellation or other termination of this policy.”

 

ARTICLE VI - OBLIGATIONS OF PRINCIPAL

 

6.1                                  The PRINCIPAL agrees to execute and deliver at its cost all documents, reports or instruments and to take all such reasonable actions, as the AGENT may from time to time reasonably request, in order to give full effect to the purposes of this AGREEMENT.

 

6.2                                  On or within ten (10) BUSINESS DAYS of the EFFECTIVE DATE, the PRINCIPAL shall establish and place on deposit in the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT, the sum of $250,000.

 

6.3                                  For as long as the AGENT shall be obligated to provide SERVICES to the PRINCIPAL, the PRINCIPAL shall afford the AGENT access to draw upon the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT in the manner and for the limited purposes specified in Schedule 1 (Part K) to this AGREEMENT.

 

6.4                                  In the event that the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT falls to less than $25,000, the PRINCIPAL shall, within five (5) BUSINESS DAYS of receiving NOTICE from the AGENT, restore the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT to $250,000.  If at any time, the funds contained in the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT are insufficient to satisfy the PRINCIPAL’s obligation to pay the currently due items set forth in Part K of Schedule 1, PRINCIPAL agrees to fund the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT with the amounts required to pay such items within forty-eight (48) hours of receiving a written cash call for such amounts from the AGENT.

 

6.5                                  The PRINCIPAL shall take all steps reasonably necessary to effectuate the obligations set forth at Paragraph 6.2 of this AGREEMENT.

 

6



 

6.5.1                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly understood that:

 

(a)                                   the PRINCIPAL shall be the sole owner of the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT;

 

(b)                                  all interest generated by the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT shall likewise belong to the PRINCIPAL; and

 

(c)                                   the PRINCIPAL shall have sole authority to direct the investment of all funds contained in the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT.

 

6.6                                  The PRINCIPAL hereby agrees to pay the AGENT a MANAGEMENT FEE in the amount of 3.65% of the GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUM that is earned by the PRINCIPAL in 2002 and 2003 in respect of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS.  The PRINCIPAL shall earn GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUMS in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

6.7                                  For a period of one year from the last date that AGENT can bind PRINCIPAL to ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS under the terms of this AGREEMENT, PRINCIPAL agrees not to introduce, sell or otherwise promote any reinsurance or insurance products which are in direct competition with the medical excess reinsurance currently underwritten by AGENT and which is the subject of this AGREEMENT.  For purposes of this AGREEMENT, a reinsurance or insurance product shall be deemed to be in direct competition with the medical excess reinsurance currently underwritten by AGENT only if (i) it involves the medical excess reinsurance lines of business currently underwritten by AGENT and (ii) the original insurance policies comprising such business have been underwritten by the managing general underwriters or carriers listed in Exhibit A hereto.  For the avoidance of doubt, this provision shall not restrict or prevent PRINCIPAL or its affiliates from introducing, selling or otherwise promoting any reinsurance or insurance products, including without limitation medical excess insurance and reinsurance products, in connection with programs that are not the subject of this AGREEMENT.

 

6.8                                  All premium payments due to PRINCIPAL or LEAD REINSURER under ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS shall be deposited by REINSURED or its agent in an escrow account governed by an escrow agreement to be executed by the parties promptly following the EFFECTIVE DATE.  AGENT shall have limited authority to allocate the funds contained in such account between PRINCIPAL and LEAD REINSURER and shall instruct the escrow agent to distribute the amount constituting GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUMS to PRINCIPAL on a weekly basis.

 

7



 

ARTICLE VII - TERM

 

7.1                                  This AGREEMENT shall be deemed to take effect on the EFFECTIVE DATE at 12:01 a.m. at the site of the PRINCIPAL’s registered office and shall thereafter remain in full force and effect through the later of (i) the date that all obligations and liabilities under ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS and outward reinsurance contracts have terminated or expired or (ii) the date that all SERVICES to be performed by the AGENT have been fully performed.

 

ARTICLE VIII - SPECIAL TERMINATION

 

8.1                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles VII and IX, AGENT shall have the right to be relieved of its obligation to bind PRINICIPAL to additional ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS immediately by giving NOTICE to PRINCIPAL, in the event that:

 

(a)                                   PRINCIPAL is declared insolvent or put into liquidation by any competent regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction or is otherwise unable to pay its debts; or

 

(b)                                  PRINCIPAL has its regulatory authority to transact any business or perform any obligations relevant to this AGREEMENT withdrawn, suspended or made conditional and such conditions are, in the opinion of the AGENT, unduly onerous for the proper performance of this AGREEMENT; or

 

(c)                                   PRINCIPAL fails to comply with any of the terms or conditions of this AGREEMENT and, provided such breach is curable, fails to rectify such failure within thirty (30) BUSINESS DAYS of receiving NOTICE of such failure, or is otherwise negligent in the performance of its duties and obligations hereunder.

 

8.2                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles VII and IX, PRINCIPAL shall have the right to either terminate this AGREEMENT or revoke AGENT’s authority to bind it to new contracts immediately by giving NOTICE, in the event that:

 

(a)                                   AGENT or LEAD REINSURER is declared insolvent or put into liquidation by any competent regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction or is otherwise unable to pay its debts; or

 

(b)                                  AGENT has its regulatory authority to transact any business or perform any obligations relevant to this AGREEMENT withdrawn, suspended or made conditional and such conditions are, in the opinion of the PRINCIPAL, unduly onerous for the proper performance of this AGREEMENT;

 

8



 

(c)                                   AGENT fails to comply with any of the terms or conditions of this AGREEMENT and, provided such breach is curable, fails to rectify such failure within thirty (30) BUSINESS DAYS of receiving NOTICE of such failure, or is otherwise negligent in the performance of its duties and obligations hereunder; or

 

(d)                                  any “key personnel” of AGENT cease to be employed by AGENT or are materially less involved with the business covered by this AGREEMENT, and AGENT fails to provide evidence to PRINCIPAL, within 60 days after the date any key personnel terminates his or her employment or becomes materially less involved with the business covered by this AGREEMENT, that satisfies PRINCIPAL (such satisfaction to be determined in the sole discretion of PRINCIPAL) that AGENT still employs appropriate personnel to satisfactorily provide the SERVICES.  For purposes of this provision “key personnel” means Marty Hatfield, Daniel Martineau and Kayte Fredrickson.

 

8.3                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.1 and 8.2, if, by reason of an event described in Section 12.1, the PRINCIPAL or the AGENT shall be delayed or prevented from performing any of its obligations hereunder, such delay shall be excused during the continuance, and to the extent of, such event.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, should such delay or non-performance persist for thirty (30) consecutive days, any applicable provision of Section 8.1 or 8.2 will apply at the conclusion of such thirty (30) day period.

 

ARTICLE IX - CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

 

9.1                                  The PRINCIPAL may, at its option, upon NOTICE to the AGENT, suspend the authority of the AGENT to assume or cede business during the pendency of any dispute regarding termination under Article VII or VIII of this AGREEMENT.

 

9.2                                  Upon receiving NOTICE of termination, the AGENT shall cooperate in all respects with all reasonable requests by PRINCIPAL, including, but not limited to, the transfer of books and records relating to ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS and related matters and PRINCIPAL’s efforts to transfer the responsibilities and duties delegated to the AGENT by the PRINCIPAL to another entity.

 

9.3                                  Such cooperation shall include, but not be limited to, the timely production of whatever final reports, invoices and/or statements the PRINCIPAL may reasonably request.

 

9



 

ARTICLE X – INDEMNITY; SURVIVAL

 

10.1                            (a)                                   Indemnification of PRINCIPAL .  PRINCIPAL and its affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each a “PRINCIPAL INDEMNIFIED PARTY”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the AGENT for the amount of any and all obligations, losses, causes of action, damages, claims, costs and expenses, interest, awards, deficiencies, liabilities, charges, judgments and penalties (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) actually suffered or incurred by them (whether or not incurred or suffered in an action brought or otherwise initiated by the PRINCIPAL or its affiliates) (hereinafter a “PRINCIPAL LOSS”), plus interest from the date of any such PRINCIPAL LOSS, arising out of or resulting from:

 

(i)                                      the breach of any representation or warranty made by AGENT contained in this AGREEMENT;

 

(ii)                                   the misrepresentation, breach or nonperformance by AGENT or its affiliates of any covenant, representation, obligation or agreement contained in this AGREEMENT; or

 

(iii)                                any act or omission of AGENT relating to this AGREEMENT.

 

To the extent that AGENT’s undertakings set forth in this Section 10.1 may be unenforceable, AGENT shall contribute the maximum amount that it is permitted to contribute under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all LOSSES incurred by the PRINCIPAL.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification of AGENT .  AGENT (together with the PRINCIPAL INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, the “INDEMNIFIED PARTIES”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the PRINCIPAL (for purposes of this Article X, each of the AGENT or the PRINCIPAL are referred to, as appropriate, as an “INDEMNIFYING PARTY”), for the amount of any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses, interest, awards, judgments and penalties (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) actually suffered or incurred by AGENT (including, without limitation, any action brought or otherwise initiated by AGENT) (together with any PRINCIPAL LOSS, a “LOSS”), arising out of or resulting from:

 

(i)                                      the breach of any representation or warranty made by PRINCIPAL contained in this AGREEMENT;

 

(ii)                                   the misrepresentation, breach or nonperformance by PRINCIPAL or its affiliates of any covenant, representation, obligation or agreement contained in this AGREEMENT; or

 

(iii)                                any act or omission of PRINCIPAL relating to this AGREEMENT.

 

10



 

To the extent that PRINCIPAL’s undertakings set forth in this Section 10.1 may be unenforceable, PRINCIPAL shall contribute the maximum amount that it is permitted to contribute under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all LOSSES incurred by the AGENT.

 

(c)                                   Notice of Claims .  An INDEMNIFIED PARTY shall give the applicable INDEMNIFYING PARTY notice of any matter which an INDEMNIFIED PARTY has determined has given or could give rise to a right of indemnification under this Article X (a “CLAIM”), within 30 days of such determination, stating the amount of the LOSS, if known, and method of computation thereof.  If an INDEMNIFIED PARTY shall receive notice of any claims of any third party that are subject to the indemnification provided for in this Article X (“THIRD PARTY CLAIMS”), the INDEMNIFIED PARTY shall give the INDEMNIFYING PARTY notice of such THIRD PARTY CLAIM within 10 days of the receipt by the INDEMNIFIED PARTY of such notice.  The failure to provide notice of a CLAIM or a THIRD PARTY CLAIM as provided for in this subsection shall not release the applicable INDEMNIFYING PARTY from any of its obligations under this Article X unless such failure causes actual prejudice to the INDEMNIFYING PARTY hereunder, in which case the INDEMNIFYING PARTY shall be released only to the extent of such prejudice.

 

(d)                                  Procedures for THIRD PARTY CLAIMS .  The obligations and liabilities of an INDEMNIFYING PARTY under this Article X with respect to LOSSES arising from THIRD PARTY CLAIMS shall be governed by and contingent upon the following additional terms and conditions: If the INDEMNIFYING PARTY acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the INDEMNIFIED PARTY hereunder against any LOSSES that may result from such THIRD PARTY CLAIM, then the INDEMNIFYING PARTY shall be entitled to assume and control the defense of such THIRD PARTY CLAIM at its expense and through counsel of its choice if it gives notice of its intention to do so to the INDEMNIFIED PARTY within 30 days of the receipt of such notice from the INDEMNIFIED PARTY; provided however, that if there exists or is reasonably likely to exist a conflict of interest that would make it inappropriate in the judgment of the INDEMNIFIED PARTY for the same counsel to represent both the INDEMNIFIED PARTY and the INDEMNIFYING PARTY, then the INDEMNIFIED PARTY shall be entitled to retain its own counsel in each jurisdiction for which the INDEMNIFIED PARTY determines counsel is required, at the expense of the INDEMNIFYING PARTY (provided that the INDEMNIFYING PARTY shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all INDEMNIFIED PARTIES).  In the event the INDEMNIFYING PARTY exercises the right to undertake any such defense against any such THIRD PARTY CLAIM as provided above, the INDEMNIFIED PARTY shall cooperate, and shall use its best efforts to cause its affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents to cooperate, with the INDEMNIFYING PARTY in such defense and make available to the INDEMNIFYING PARTY, at the INDEMNIFYING PARTY’s expense, all

 

11



 

witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in the INDEMNIFIED PARTY’s possession or under the INDEMNIFIED PARTY’s control, and shall use its best efforts to cause its affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents to make available to the INDEMNIFYING PARTY, at the INDEMNIFYING PARTY’s expense, all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information the possession or under the control of any of them, relating thereto as is reasonably required by the INDEMNIFYING PARTY.  Similarly, in the event the INDEMNIFIED PARTY is conducting the defense against any such THIRD PARTY CLAIM, the INDEMNIFYING PARTY shall cooperate, and shall use its best efforts to cause its affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents to cooperate, with the INDEMNIFIED PARTY in such defense and make available to the INDEMNIFIED PARTY, at the INDEMNIFYING PARTY’s expense, all such witnesses, records, materials and information in the INDEMNIFYING PARTY’s possession or under the INDEMNIFYING PARTY’s control, and shall use its best efforts to cause its affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents to make available to the INDEMNIFIED PARTY, at the INDEMNIFYING PARTY’s expense, all witnesses, records, materials and information in the possession or under the control of any of them, relating thereto as is reasonably required by the INDEMNIFIED PARTY.  No such THIRD PARTY CLAIM may be settled by the INDEMNIFYING PARTY without the prior written consent of the INDEMNIFIED PARTY; provided , however , that if the INDEMNIFIED PARTY does not consent to such a settlement and such settlement involves solely monetary damages, then in no event may the INDEMNIFYING PARTY’s liability to the INDEMNIFIED PARTY with respect to such THIRD PARTY CLAIM exceed the amount of the proposed settlement.

 

10.2                            The representations, warranties and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive until the later of (i) the second anniversary of the date this AGREEMENT is terminated and (ii) 30 days after the expiration of any applicable statutes of limitations.

 

ARTICLE XI - CONFIDENTIALITY

 

11.1                            Each of the parties hereto agrees to treat and hold as confidential (and not disclose or provide access to any person, except (i) as expressly required to fulfill its duties under this AGREEMENT, (ii) as necessary or desirable to conduct its business or (iii) as determined by such party to be required by law or by an administrative or regulatory body with jurisdiction over such party), all information with respect to this AGREEMENT and the transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to information embodied in or relating to, as appropriate, trade secrets, processes, claims data, medical data relating to policies underlying the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS, product development, pricing of products and services, customer and supplier lists, pricing and marketing plans, policies and strategies, client, customer, vendor, payor, provider, employee, supplier and consultant contracts and relations, operations methods, product

 

12



 

development techniques, business acquisition plans, new personnel acquisition plans.  Each of the parties agrees and acknowledges that remedies at law for any breach of their obligations under this Section 11.1 are inadequate and that in addition thereto the disclosing party shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, in the event of any such breach.

 

ARTICLE XII - FORCE MAJEURE

 

12.1                            Neither the PRINCIPAL nor the AGENT shall be held responsible or liable for delay or failure in performance of this AGREEMENT, in whole or in part, if such delay or failure is due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, such as, but not limited to, fire, earthquake, floods, storms, war, terrorist attacks, invasion of armed forces, strikes, blockade, insurrection, lockouts or other industrial disputes.

 

ARTICLE XIII - BUSINESS REVIEW

 

13.1                            A business review shall take place when reasonably requested by PRINCIPAL or required by law.

 

13.2                            The purpose of the review shall generally be to examine and discuss all issues arising under this AGREEMENT, proposals for amendments to this AGREEMENT and the resolution of any disputes that may have arisen.

 

ARTICLE XIV - RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES

 

14.1                            Neither of the parties is a partner of the other, and nothing in this AGREEMENT shall create or be deemed to create a partnership or joint venture between the PRINCIPAL and the AGENT or between the PRINCIPAL and the LEAD REINSURER.

 

ARTICLE XV - ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

15.1                            The AGENT shall not issue any announcement and/or release any information or statement to any person (including, but not limited to, the press) in any way relating to this AGREEMENT, the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS, and/or any SERVICES provided hereunder unless and until the AGENT receives NOTICE of the PRINCIPAL’s consent to such announcement, release or statement.  No such consent shall be required in the case of disclosures by the AGENT to a regulatory body pursuant to a statutory obligation.

 

13



 

ARTICLE XVI - SEVERABILITY

 

16.1                            Subject to the provisions of Article VIII, in the event that any portion of this AGREEMENT (or the application thereof to any person or circumstance) shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this AGREEMENT (or the application thereof to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is invalid or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby, and shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

ARTICLE XVII - MERGER

 

17.1                            This AGREEMENT is an integrated document, containing the entire undertaking between the AGENT and the PRINCIPAL regarding the matters addressed herein and may be varied only by a writing signed by both the AGENT and the PRINCIPAL.

 

17.2                            Except as set forth in this AGREEMENT, no representations, warranties or promises have been made or relied upon by the AGENT and the PRINCIPAL.

 

17.3                            This AGREEMENT shall prevail over prior communications between the AGENT and the PRINCIPAL regarding any of the matters discussed herein, including but not limited to the Confidentiality Agreement and Letter of Intent previously executed by the parties.

 

17.4                            The headings contained within this AGREEMENT are for convenience only and are not a part of this AGREEMENT.

 

ARTICLE XVIII - NON-WAIVER; ASSIGNMENT

 

18.1                            Any extension or waiver of the requirements hereunder shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby.  Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or a waiver of any other term or condition, of this AGREEMENT.  The failure of any party to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any of such rights.

 

18.2                            This AGREEMENT may not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the express written consent of the AGENT and the PRINCIPAL (which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of either party); provided , however , that (i) the PRINCIPAL may assign this AGREEMENT in whole or in part to a non-United States domiciled affiliate of the PRINCIPAL that is lawfully permitted to underwrite ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS, without the consent of AGENT.

 

14



 

ARTICLE XIX - NOTICES

 

19.1                            NOTICE(s) shall only be effective if it is made by either the PRINCIPAL or the AGENT in writing.

 

19.2                            NOTICE(s) shall be sent to the intended recipient at its address or number set out below.

 

PRINCIPAL

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

Phone:

441-292-4402

 

Victoria Hall

Fax:

441-299-8813

 

11 Victoria Street

 

 

P.O. Box HM 1826

 

 

Hamilton HM HX

 

 

Bermuda

 

 

Attn: Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

Phone:

212-974-0100

 

1325 Avenue of the Americas

Fax:

212-581-3268

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

AGENT

ESG Re North America Ltd.

Phone:

1 416 864 7443

 

1 Adelaide Street East

Fax:

1 416 864 9615

 

Suite 2610

 

 

Toronto, Ontario M5C 219

 

 

19.3                            Either party may change its NOTICE details on giving NOTICE to the other party of the change in accordance with this Article.  Such change shall be effective five (5) BUSINESS DAYS after the NOTICE has been given, or such later date as may be specified in the NOTICE.

 

19.4                            Any NOTICE given under this AGREEMENT shall, in the absence of proof of earlier receipt, be deemed to have been duly given as follows:

 

(a)                                   if delivered personally, on delivery;

 

(b)                                  if sent by facsimile, when dispatched with proof of receipt by recipient;

 

(c)                                   if sent by overnight courier service, upon delivery to recipient.

 

NOTICES under this AGREEMENT may be personally delivered, sent by facsimile or sent by overnight courier service.

 

15



 

19.5                            Any NOTICE given under this AGREEMENT outside working hours in the place to which it is addressed will be deemed not to have been given until the start of the next period of working hours in such place.

 

19.6                            NOTICE under this AGREEMENT may only be withdrawn or revoked by separate NOTICE given in accordance with this Article.

 

19.7                            Each NOTICE given or made must be unconditional and signed by a duly authorized person.

 

ARTICLE XX – INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND TRADEMARKS

 

20.1                            Each party hereto retains all of its rights, title and interest to all INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS held by it.  Except as expressly authorized in writing by the holder of such INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, the other party shall have no interest in and shall have no right to use such holder’s INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS for any purpose, provided that AGENT shall be permitted to use PRINCIPAL’s name in the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS to the extent necessary to perform the SERVICES.

 

ARTICLE XXI - ARBITRATION CLAUSE

 

21.1                            As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, any dispute or difference arising out of the interpretation, performance or breach of this AGREEMENT (including the formation or validity thereof) shall be referred to arbitration under the most current version of the ARIAS (US) Arbitration Rules.

 

21.2                            Arbitration shall be commenced by the claimant giving NOTICE to the respondent demanding arbitration.

 

21.3                            The Arbitration Tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators, one to be appointed by the Claimant, one to be appointed by the Respondent and the third to be appointed by the two party-appointed arbitrators.  Each party-appointed arbitrator shall be identified to the other party within thirty (30) days after the NOTICE referred to in Section 21.2 is delivered to the respondent.

 

21.4                            The third member of the Tribunal shall be appointed as soon as practicable (and no later than twenty eight (28) days) after the appointment of the two party-appointed arbitrators.  The Tribunal shall be constituted upon the appointment of the third arbitrator.

 

21.5                            The arbitrators shall be disinterested persons (including those who have retired) with not less than ten (10) years of experience as officers or directors within the

 

16



 

insurance or reinsurance industry or as lawyers or other professional advisers serving the industry.

 

21.6                            Where a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the date the NOTICE referred to in Section 21.2 has been delivered to the respondent or where the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint a third arbitrator within twenty eight (28) days of their appointment, then upon application by either party, ARIAS (US) will appoint an arbitrator to fill the vacancy.  At any time prior to the appointment by ARIAS (US) the party or arbitrators in default may make such appointment.

 

21.7                            The Tribunal may, in its sole discretion, make such orders and directions as it considers to be necessary for the final determination of the matters in dispute.  The Tribunal shall have the widest discretion permitted under the law governing the arbitral procedure when making such orders or directions.

 

21.8                            The seat of arbitration shall be New York, New York.

 

ARTICLE XXII - GOVERNING LAW

 

22.1                            This AGREEMENT shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provisions thereof).

 

ARTICLE XXIII - COUNTERPARTS

 

23.1                            This AGREEMENT may be executed in any number of counterparts or duplicates, each of which shall be an original but such counterparts or duplicates shall, together, constitute one and the same AGREEMENT.

 

ARTICLE XXIV - SCHEDULES

 

24.1                           Any schedule hereto, together with any appendices or attachments thereto, shall be incorporated into and made part of this AGREEMENT.

 

24.2                            In the event of any conflict between this AGREEMENT and the Schedules hereto, the terms contained in the Schedules shall apply.

 

17



 

ARTICLE XXV - NON-SOLICITATION

 

25.1                            The PRINCIPAL (for itself and the ACE Capital Re Affiliates) and the AGENT agree not to solicit or entice away from the other’s employment (or employment by any affiliated company) any person employed by the other (or its affiliate) until the expiry of twelve (12) months from the earlier of the last date on which the AGENT is obligated to provide SERVICES to the PRINCIPAL under this AGREEMENT or the date when such employee’s employment with the other party (or its affiliate) terminated.  For purposes of this provision, the term “ACE Capital Re Affiliates” means ACE Capital Re International Ltd. and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the PRINCIPAL and the AGENT have caused this AGREEMENT to be executed in duplicate, by their duly authorized representatives.

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., as PRINCIPAL

ESG Re North America Ltd., as AGENT

 

 

 

 

Signed in Bermuda

Signed in Toronto

this 1 st day of November, 2001

this 1 st day of November, 2001

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

By:

/s/ M. Hatfield

 

 

Name: Rebecca L. Carne

 

Name:  M. HATFIELD

 

Title: Director

 

Title:  President North American Operations

 

 

 

By:

/s/ K. Fredrickson

 

 

 

Name:  K. FREDRICKSON

 

 

Title:  Director of Underwriting/Compliance

 

18



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

SERVICES

 

PART A: UNDERWRITING OF ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS

 

1.                                        The AGENT shall receive ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT submissions, proposals or applications on behalf of the PRINCIPAL.

 

2.                                        The AGENT shall negotiate, underwrite, bind, sign and accept ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS  (subject to the limitations imposed by the provisions of Schedule 3 , and all other provisions of this AGREEMENT) on behalf of the PRINCIPAL including addenda and endorsements thereto and cancellations thereof (subject to the limitations imposed by the provisions of Schedule 3 , and all other provisions of this AGREEMENT).

 

3.                                        The AGENT shall fix the rate of GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUM on all ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS underwritten on behalf of the PRINCIPAL (subject to the limitations imposed by the provisions of Schedule 3 , and all other provisions of this AGREEMENT).

 

4.                                        The premiums payable with respect to ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS shall be paid to an escrow account in the manner described in Section 6.8 of the AGREEMENT.  AGENT shall allocate these amounts between the PRINCIPAL and the LEAD REINSURER and direct the escrow agent to distribute the GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUMS to the PRINCIPAL on a weekly basis.  The AGENT shall pay all fees associated with the escrow account and shall be entitled to retain all interest earned on the funds placed in the escrow account.  Except as expressly provided herein, the AGENT shall have no ownership interest in the escrow account.

 

5.                                        AGENT shall not bind PRINICIPAL to ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS (i) which AGENT knows or reasonably believes would cause the aggregate amount of GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUMS to exceed $75 million or (ii) where original acquisition costs with respect to such contract exceed 31% of ORIGINAL GROSS PREMIUMS, in each case, without the prior written consent of PRINCIPAL.

 

6.                                        The PRINCIPAL shall bear its share of the liabilities arising out of all ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS written or bound by the AGENT in the name of the PRINCIPAL in accordance with the terms and requirements of such ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS.

 



 

PART B: PLACEMENT OF RETROCESSIONS

 

1.                                        Notwithstanding the restrictions imposed by Paragraph 3.5 of this AGREEMENT, the AGENT shall be permitted to bind the PRINICIPAL to the 2001 outwards reinsurance agreement with Transatlantic Reinsurance Company covering ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS.

 

PART C: EXPENSE & OTHER REPORTING

 

1.                                        Within forty-five (45) BUSINESS DAYS of the close of each quarter, the AGENT shall provide the PRINCIPAL with Bordereau(x) which shall, at a minimum, contain the date and amount of any deposits made to and drawing(s) made from the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT during that quarter and all deposits to and withdrawals from the escrow account described in Section 6.8 during the quarter.

 

2.                                        On a quarterly basis, within forty-five (45) BUSINESS DAYS after close of each quarter (or forty-five (45) BUSINESS DAYS after the EFFECTIVE DATE, if later) AGENT shall provide a report to PRINCIPAL containing (I) AGENT’s recommendation for an appropriate reserve level for each ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT and (ii) a summary schedule with respect thereto.

 

3.                                        The AGENT shall provide the PRINCIPAL with such other reports as PRINCIPAL may reasonably request for the purpose of preparing tax returns and financial statements to the extent readily available to the AGENT.

 

PART D: ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS INVESTIGATION AND ASSESSMENT

 

1.                                        The AGENT shall, upon receipt of notification of an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM, make such enquiries and take such action as it deems necessary or appropriate to investigate and assess whether said ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM is covered under the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT to which it relates.

 

2.                                        In the event that the AGENT believes that an individual ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM warrants an external opinion (legal or otherwise), this requirement must be reported in writing to the PRINCIPAL.

 

3.                                        In the event that the AGENT believes that an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM, or series of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS, warrants on-site review/audit, this requirement must be reported to the PRINCIPAL.

 

4.                                        The AGENT shall properly document all ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS, and shall maintain proper records in keeping with its obligations pursuant to this AGREEMENT.

 

2



 

PART E: CLAIMS PAYMENT

 

1.                                        With respect to any ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM less than USD $250,000, the AGENT shall make all CLAIMS PAYMENTS called for under the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS but only to the extent that AGENT determines that such ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM is covered under the applicable ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.

 

2.                                        With respect to any individual ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM in excess of USD  $250,000 that AGENT determines is covered under the applicable ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT, the AGENT shall:

 

a.                                        make a request to the LEAD REINSURER’s Claims Department for approval to make the CLAIMS PAYMENT;

 

b.                                       provide the LEAD REINSURER’s Claims Department with documentation material to the request for payment; and

 

c.                                        provide NOTICE of each such claim to the PRINCIPAL.

 

2.1                                  As much notice as is possible, and never less than five (5) BUSINESS DAYS, must be provided by the AGENT in respect of requests for approval to make a CLAIMS PAYMENT pursuant to Paragraph 2(a) of this Part.

 

2.2                                  The AGENT shall develop the administrative/technical processes to comply with the requirements of Paragraph 2.1 of this Part in consultation with the LEAD REINSURER.

 

2.3                                  The physical payment of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS is the responsibility of the AGENT.

 

PART F: LIMITS TO AGENT’S ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS AUTHORITY

 

1.                                        The AGENT’s authority to investigate, assess and/or pay ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS in accordance with Parts D and E of this Schedule shall be performed in a manner consistent with the limitations set forth at Article III of the AGREEMENT.

 

2.                                        Additionally, the AGENT’s authority to investigate, assess and/or pay ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS in accordance with Parts D and E of this Schedule shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

a.                                        the AGENT shall give NOTICE to the PRINCIPAL immediately upon its becoming aware of any actual, potential or alleged ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS, involving:

 

3



(i)                                      questions of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT interpretation; or

 

(ii)                                   the involvement of an Insurance Commissioner or like regulatory authority; or

 

(iii)                                a REINSURED who has retained counsel, filed suit, or demanded arbitration.

 

b.                                       such NOTICE shall apprise the PRINCIPAL of all pertinent details of the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM.

 

c.                                        the AGENT shall seek the PRINCIPAL’s approval before taking any action with respect to any actual, potential or alleged ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM requiring NOTICE under this sub-part, and shall take no such action unless and until it receives NOTICE from the LEAD REINSURER approving it.

 

3.                                        Without prejudice to the limitations on the AGENT included herein (including, but not limited to, those limitations included at Part E of this Schedule), the AGENT shall (i) seek the LEAD REINSURER’s approval before making “ex-gratia” or “without prejudice” payments to any REINSURED that are in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate (on behalf of the PRINCIPAL and the LEAD REINSURER) and (ii) seek the PRINCIPAL’s approval before making “ex-gratia” or “without prejudice” payments to any REINSURED that are in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate (on behalf of PRINCIPAL and LEAD REINSURER), and shall make no such payment unless and until it receives NOTICE from the LEAD REINSURER or PRINCIPAL, as appropriate, directing it to do so.

 

PART G: SALVAGES/SUBROGATION

 

1.                                        The AGENT shall employ its best efforts to maximize salvages and recoveries (including recoveries of all reinsurance and retrocessions inuring to the benefit of the PRINCIPAL when appropriate) on behalf of the PRINCIPAL.  Any such recoveries shall be deposited in the escrow account described in Section 6.8 of the AGREEMENT.

 

PART H: OUTWARD REINSURANCE CLAIMS REPORTING

 

1.                                        Within forty-five (45) BUSINESS DAYS of the close of each quarter, the AGENT shall provide the PRINCIPAL with a claims bordereau which shall, at a minimum, contain the following information regarding ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS activity that could give rise to recovery under the PRINCIPAL’s outward reinsurance program during that quarter:

 

4



 

a.                                        a listing of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS notified to the AGENT (identified by ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT number and limits, REINSURED, original assured, date of loss, and type of loss) for all applicable claims/occurrences;

 

b.                                       the amount incurred, paid, and outstanding in respect of each such ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM;

 

c.                                        the dates on which CLAIMS PAYMENT(s) was (were) made;

 

d.                                       the amount of reasonable LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (if any) incurred (and drawn from the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT) by the AGENT on behalf of the PRINCIPAL in respect of each ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM, net of recoveries of LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES under any applicable outward reinsurance;

 

e.                                        the status of any ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS referred to the LEAD REINSURER or the PRINCIPAL for instructions, handling and/or payment pursuant to Part F of this Schedule.

 

2.                                        The AGENT shall (i) prepare and send to all outward reinsurers of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS described in Part B of this Schedule 1 all necessary or appropriate reports, (ii) file all claims under such policies and (iii) collect all claims payments made under such policies.  Any such collections shall be deposited in the escrow account described in Section 6.8 of the AGREEMENT

 

PART I: ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS REPORTING

 

1.                                        Within forty-five (45) BUSINESS DAYS of the close of each quarter, the AGENT shall provide the PRINCIPAL’s Reinsurance Accounting Department with the following information regarding activity during that quarter:

 

a.                                        a listing of premium bordereaux notified to the AGENT, identified by ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT number;

 

b.                                       for bordereaux processed within the quarter, the following information should appear by AGENT’s internal reference number identifying each ORIGINAL REISURANCE CONTRACT;

 

(i)                                      premium;

 

(ii)                                   deductions by category (including CLAIMS PAYMENTS and deductions from the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT);

 

(iii)                                applicable outwards reinsurance premium; and

 

5



 

(iv)                               the net sum due to the PRINCIPAL.

 

2.                                        Within forty-five (45) BUSINESS DAYS of the close of each calendar quarter, the AGENT shall provide the PRINCIPAL’s Claims Department with the following information regarding ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS activity during that quarter;

 

a.                                        a listing of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS notified to the AGENT (identified by ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT number and limits, REINSURED, original assured, date of loss, and type of loss) for all individual claims/occurrences in excess of USD $250,000;

 

b.                                       the amount incurred, paid, and outstanding in respect of each such ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM;

 

c.                                        the dates on which CLAIMS PAYMENT(s) was (were) made by the Agent;

 

d.                                       the amount of reasonable LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (if any) incurred (and drawn from the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT) by the AGENT on behalf of the PRINCIPAL in respect of each ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM;

 

e.                                        the status of any ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS referred to the LEAD REINSURER for instructions, handling and/or adjudication pursuant to Part F of this Schedule.

 

3.                                        Within forty-five (45) BUSINESS DAYS of the close of each quarter, the AGENT shall also provide the PRINCIPAL’s Claims Department with:

 

a.                                        a listing of all individual ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS (identified by ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT number and limits, REINSURED, original assured, date of loss, and type of loss) for which no reserve determination has as yet been made but which the AGENT believes may present exposure to the PRINCIPAL in excess of USD $250,000, on an incurred basis;

 

b.                                       a listing of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS (identified by ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT number and limits, REINSURED, original assured, date of loss, and type of loss) for which a reserve determination has been made but for which the AGENT believes the reserve may be substantially understated and where there may be possible exposure to the PRINCIPAL in excess of USD $250,000, on an incurred basis; and

 

c.                                        a listing of all disputed ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS together with an update as to the present position on each.

 

6



 

PART J: NOTICE OF DISPUTE

 

1.                                        In addition to its obligations under Part F of this Schedule, the AGENT shall provide NOTICE to the PRINCIPAL within two (2) BUSINESS DAYS of its becoming aware of any lawsuit, threatened lawsuit, arbitration, mediation, regulatory complaint, regulatory inquiry, or consumer complaint arising from or relating in any way to this AGREEMENT, the provision of SERVICES by the AGENT and/or the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS, the insurance policies covered by the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS or any outward reinsurance contracts.

 

2.                                        With respect to any lawsuit, threatened lawsuit, arbitration or mediation, with respect to an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT or outward reinsurance contract where the amount in controversy is equal to or less than $25,000, the AGENT and LEAD REINSURER shall maintain, direct and control the defense of any such lawsuit, threatened lawsuit, arbitration or mediation, and/or the resolution or settlement thereof.

 

3.                                        With respect to any lawsuit, threatened lawsuit, arbitration or mediation where the amount in controversy is in excess of $25,000, or any regulatory complaint, regulatory inquiry, or consumer complaint with respect to an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT or outward reinsurance contract:

 

a.                                        The PRINCIPAL shall maintain, direct and control the defense of any such lawsuit, threatened lawsuit, arbitration, mediation, regulatory complaint, regulatory inquiry, or consumer complaint and/or the resolution or settlement thereof and AGENT shall provide any assistance reasonably requested by the PRINCIPAL in any such proceeding; and

 

b.                                       The AGENT shall keep the PRINCIPAL fully informed of all proceedings, facts and developments regarding any such lawsuit, arbitration, mediation, regulatory compliant, regulatory inquiry or consumer complaint and/or the resolution or settlement thereof which become known to the AGENT.

 

PART K:  AGENT’S AUTHORITY TO DRAW ON CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT

 

1.                                        Subject to the limitations of Article VI of this AGREEMENT, the AGENT shall be entitled to draw upon the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT for the payment of CLAIMS PAYMENTS which AGENT is authorized to pay under the terms of this AGREEMENT and payment of premiums on outward reinsurance described in Part B of this Schedule 1.

 

2.                                        The AGENT shall also be entitled to draw upon the CLAIM AND SERVICES ACCOUNT for the payment of LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES.

 

7



 

MANAGEMENT FEES, and assessments and profit commissions with respect to ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS.

 

PART L: NOTICES

 

1.                                        The AGENT shall give and receive notices pursuant to the terms and conditions of ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS issued by the PRINCIPAL through the AGENT and AGENT shall promptly provide PRINCIPAL with copies of each such notice sent or received by AGENT.

 

8



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

SERVICE STANDARDS

 

PART A: ORIGINAL REINSURANCE UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

 

1.                                        The AGENT shall conduct such underwriting investigations as are required by Schedule 3 and/or prudent business practices before underwriting an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT on behalf of the PRINCIPAL.

 

2.                                        The AGENT shall fix GROSS REINSURANCE PREMIUMS in accordance with Schedule 3 and prudent business practices.

 

PART B: ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS INVESTIGATION AND ASSESSMENT STANDARDS

 

1.                                        The AGENT shall investigate and assess all ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS not requiring immediate NOTICE to the PRINCIPAL under Part F, Paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 within fifteen (15) BUSINESS DAYS of being notified of such ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS.

 

2.                                        Should the REINSURED initially submit insufficient information to allow the AGENT to assess the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM, the AGENT shall request further information from the REINSURED within fifteen (15) BUSINESS DAYS of submission of the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM by the REINSURED.

 

PART C: ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIMS ADJUDICATION STANDARDS

 

1.                                        The AGENT shall notify the REINSURED that an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM is declined within five (5) BUSINESS DAYS of determining that the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM is invalid or receiving NOTICE from the PRINCIPAL and/or LEAD REINSURER instructing it to deny the ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CLAIM. Said NOTICE shall explain the reasons for the declination, the REINSURED’s rights of appeal and any other information required under the applicable law.

 

PART D: REPORTING STANDARDS

 

1.                                        All bordereaux and/or reports required under the terms of this AGREEMENT shall be prepared in a format approved by the LEAD REINSURER.

 



 

PART E: PRECEDENCE OF APPLICABLE LAW

 

1.                                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any of the deadlines set forth in this Schedule are in conflict with any deadlines mandated by law (either by statute, regulation or administrative order), the deadlines mandated by law shall govern.

 

2



 

SCHEDULE 3

 

UNDERWRITING PARTICULARS

 

PART A: UNDERWRITING RESPONSIBILITY

 

1.                                       It is the duty of each of the AGENT’s underwriters to determine the acceptability of specific risks by an analysis and evaluation of information gathered from various sources, including the underwriter’s own experiences.

 

2.                                       The AGENT will assign underwriting authority to each of its underwriters in accordance with their level of experience and knowledge.

 

PART B:   CLASSES OF BUSINESS FOR WHICH AUTHORITY IS GRANTED TO AGENT

 

1.                                       Medical excess and self-funded specific and aggregate medical reinsurance coverage to be effective in 2001

 

PART C: MAXIMUM LIABILITY

 

1.                                         PRINCIPAL’s share of $5,000,000 any one person per ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT

 

2.                                         PRINCIPAL’s share of $5,000,000 in the aggregate per ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT

 

PART D: UNDERWRITERS AND UNDERWRITING AUTHORITIES

 

1.                                        The maximum policy period on any policy reinsured under an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT is 18 months.

 

2.                                        The maximum term of any ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT shall be 18 months.

 

3.                                        AGENT shall only have authority to bind PRINCIPAL to ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS where all relevant parties have agreed to comply with AGENT’s Terms of Trade set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including, but not limited to, pricing such contracts in accordance with the Tillinghast, APEX or Merrill Lynch/Howard Johnson rate manual unless AGENT obtains the prior written consent of PRINCIPAL to (i) amend such Terms of Trade or (ii) vary from such Terms of Trade with respect to a particular ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.

 

4.                                        Each ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT bound will have a summary sheet completed by the AGENT’s underwriter with notes about the underwriting

 



 

process on that risk, relevant rates, special comments or conditions. Said summary sheet shall be retained in the file maintained for such ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.

 

PART E: WORKFLOWS OF NEW, RENEWAL AND DECLINED BUSINESS

 

All risks seen, be they declined or quoted, will be recorded on the AGENT’s Underwriting System and filed according to the action as follows:

 

1.                                       Quotes/Pending

 

a.                                         If a risk is acceptable then the risk will be recorded in the Quote/Pending Log recording the following information:

 

Direct or Reinsurance

 

Territory

Date Written

 

Class Code

Underwriter

 

Inception

 

 

 

Expiry Date

 

Assured

Broker Number

 

 

 

2.                                        New Risks

 

a.                                        Once a risk has been confirmed or the AGENT has received a firm order then the full details will be entered into the AGENT’s Policy Numbering Screen.

 

b.                                       In addition, there will be a summary page of each risk attached to the office file that will contain all the pertinent information plus a summary of the reasons for writing such risk in accordance with Part E (4) of this Schedule.

 

3.                                        Declined/NTU Risks

 

a.                                         If a risk is declined then the risk will be recorded in the Declinatures Log recording the following information:

 

Direct or Reinsurance

 

Broker Number

Inception

 

Reassured

Underwriter

 

Major Peril

Territory

 

Class Code

Declined Date

 

Type

Assured

 

Reason for Declinature

 

b.                                       The declinature files will be as per the numbering of the Declinatures Log.

 

2



 

4.                                        Exclusions

 

The AGENT warrants that, at a minimum, it has excluded or shall exclude (either explicitly or by reference) from ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACTS:

 

a.                                        all those risks or classes of risk excluded under the underlying policies being reinsured under an ORIGINAL REINSURANCE CONTRACT.

 

b.                                       all other risks or classes of risk dictated by prudent underwriting practices.

 

c.                                        First Dollar medical business.

 

d.                                       Workers Compensation or Carve-outs.

 

e.                                        Liability for extra contractual obligations and ex gratia payments shall be governed by the provisions attached as Exhibit C hereto, provided that, the LEAD REINSURER shall be entitled to determine the aggregate obligation of PRINCIPAL and LEAD REINSURER for ex gratia payments in amounts between $25,000 and $50,000 per claim.

 

3



 

EXHIBIT A

 

MANAGING GENERAL UNDERWRITERS AND CARRIERS

 

NAME

 

LOCATION

BenMark

 

Jackson, Mississippi

Brokers Risk Placement Services (BRPS)

 

Chicago, Illinois

BRPA-SEBA

 

Chicago, Illinois

CapRisk

 

Lancaster, Pennsylvania

International Insurance Services (IIS_IIAS)

 

Chicago, Illinois

J. Allan Hall

 

Indianapolis, Indiana

Montgomery Management

 

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania

Patient Choice

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota

Protected Managing General Underwriter (PMGU)

 

Princeton, New Jersey

Risk Assessment Services (RAS)

 

South Windsor, Connecticut

ANDONE

 

Hoboken, New Jersey

Centra Indemnity

 

Macon, Georgia

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

AGENT’S TERMS OF TRADE

 

Deviations from these guidelines for any particular case must receive approval on a triad basis.

 

                  Target Loss Ratio for NEW and RENEWAL business is 86-88%

 

1.               Experience validation:

Premiums received and claims paid by month for each treaty year so that ESG can apply our own completion factors for undeveloped data. Past 3 years experience information (premiums, number of certificates, claims, expenses, reserves, etc.) broken down by month, by product if applicable, by deductible/coinsurance and by state where possible. This experience should also include a listing of all individuals whose annual medical claims are in excess of $50,000. The claim details should be broken down as follows: claimant name, total amount of paid claim, incurred period of claim, cause, status, and prognosis

 

2.               Lag studies/completion factors

 

3.               Rate manual

This is needed so that actuarial can set acceptable target and discretionary ranges (Confirm that there is no discount off of manual for small group business) and a description if applicable, of any planned premium changes from this manual.

 

4.               Copies of any actuarial memorandums.

(If not using approved APEX, THS 2000, THS 2001 or Howard Johnson rating manuals)

 

5.               Trend

Review trend factors and establish regular communication protocols so that as the effects of increasing trend are felt, ESG can respond and our clients will anticipate and be open to necessary increase with off-anniversary changes.

 

6.               Breakdown of Acquisition Costs

 

 

 

NEW & RENEWAL BUSINESS

                  Fronting fees

 

3-5%, with sliding scale for premiums >$15,000,000

                  TPA/MGU Fees managed to average annual max

 

up to 25%

                  Taxes

 

2.5% or actual%

                  Etc.

 

 

 

NEW & RENEWAL BUSINESS: Total maximum costs not to exceed 31% + reinsurance brokerage

 

7.               Proposed Reinsurance Structure

                  What terms are being offered?

                  What is the effective date?

                  Is profit sharing being requested?

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

PROVISIONS GOVERNING EXTRA CONTRACTUAL
AND EX GRATIA PAYMENTS

 

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

1.                                        In no event shall the REINSURER(S) be liable for any proportion of the COMPANY’s AGGREGATE LIABILITY or SPECIFIC LIABILITY consisting in any part of damages, including those exemplary or punitive in nature, nor for fines or statutory penalties awarded against the COMPANY, the INSURED, the MGU, and/or any agents thereof as a result of any act, omission, or course of conduct committed by or for the COMPANY, the INSURED, the MGU, and/or any agents thereof shall otherwise be responsible, in connection with the handling of or pertaining to the UNDERLYING POLICIES.

 

2.                                        The REINSURER(S) shall likewise not be liable for any legal fees or expenses attendant to the defense of claims of the kind referred to in Paragraph 1 above.

 

3.                                        As an exception to this exclusion, the REINSURER(S) shall indemnify the COMPANY for its proportionate share of any such extra contractual obligations and/or associated legal fees or expenses attendant to the defense thereof to the extent that the REINSURER(S) concurred, both in advance and in writing, with the COMPANY’s act, omission, or course of conduct in connection with the handling of or pertaining to the UNDERLYING POLICIES that resulted in the incurrence of such extra contractual obligations.

 

4.                                        Notwithstanding the limited exception set forth at Paragraph 3, this AGREEMENT shall not provide any indemnity in respect of any extra contractual obligation incurred by the COMPANY as a result of any fraudulent and/or criminal act by any officer, director, or employee of the COMPANY, who is acting individually, or collectively, or in collusion with any individual or corporation, or any other organization, or party, which is involved in the presentation, or defense, or settlement of any CLAIM covered hereunder.

 

EX GRATIA PAYMENTS

 

1.                                        Absent prior written approval by the REINSURER(S), the REINSURER(S) shall not indemnify the COMPANY for any payment made by the COMPANY voluntarily, knowing or believing that it had no obligation to make such payment, for amounts in excess of $25,000 per claim.

 



 

8.               Copies of current policies, application forms

 

9.               Copy, if applicable of the MGU agreement in place with the carrier

 

10.        Underwriting manual – (what we are looking for but open for discussion based on each MGU’s experience/market)

 

NUMBER OF LIVES

                  50 lives for new and renewal treaties

                  25 lives for underlying employer renewals

 

SIR’s

                  Set minimum SIR between $20,000 and $25,000 for new business

                  Set minimum SIR between $15,000 and $20,000 for renewal business (to transition them to higher SIR)

                  Put 15% load on underlying employer renewals with SIR <$25,000

 

AGGREGATE ATTACHMENT POINTS

                  Set minimum aggregate corridor at 40% for groups with <50 lives

                  Set minimum aggregate corridor at 30% for groups with 50-100 lives

                  Set minimum aggregate corridor at 25% for groups >100 lives

 

RUN-IN/OUT ON NEW BUSINESS

                  No 24/12*, 18/12* or 12/24 basis on new sales

                  Run-in is limited to 3-months when TPA is new to the program.

 

RUN-IN/OUT ON RENEWAL BUSINESS

For renewals, put additional load on run-in and run-out factors

 

Limit Run In/Out to

 

Loads

12 / 12

 

1.00

15 / 12

 

1.02

12 / 15

 

1.02

18 / 12*

 

1.03

24 / 12*

 

1.04

12 / 18

 

1.03

 


*                                          24/12 and 18/12 may be submitted on a facultative basis with the run-in capped at the SIR and run-in claims accumulate to maximum of 15% of aggregate attachment point.

Effective Oct-2001 - Facultative submission for contract bases 24/12 and 18/12 are no longer require provided:

1.                Group has been with the TPA for at least 24 months as of the effective date of coverage

2.                TPA appears on the TPA Approved for 24/12, 18/12 list attached to the Terms of Trade (unique for each client – based on preferred TPA’s)

 

PPO FACTORS

                  New Business

 

Between 0.85 and 0.90

                  Renewals

 

No less that 0.80

 

NOTE:                                MGU can submit evidence supporting the use of a lower PPO factor to ESG for review on a Fac basis

 

2



 

CLARIFICATIONS ON MGU QUOTES

                  Require MGU’s to secure signed statement from employers requesting 12/12 basis, indicating that employer understands nature of 12/12 and potential for claims to fall through cracks.

                  No rate guarantees beyond 12 months, unless on facultative basis with ESG approval

                  No aggregate quotes if experience is not available.

                  No manual aggregate quotes for groups with 100+ lives (not EE’s, total lives)

                  MGU’s quotes and renewals cannot be finalized until the 11 th month of claims has been received; uw has discretion to request 12 th month before finalizing rate

                  Have direct UW add language to their quotes indicating that:

                  ‘Quotes are subject to the disclosure of all paid, held, pended or unfunded claims within 30 days of the effective date’

                  Excluded business: MEWA’s; PEOs; business coming out of an HMO

                 Load medical providers by 17.5% (THS load)

 

TPA’S

                  Review MGU’s TPA review process and work with MGU’s to develop TPA review/assessment strategy (i.e./ which TPAs have good controls; will work with Advocare; produce good results; persistency; LCM co-ordination; etc.)

                  Implement MGU procedure that requires verification of existing, pending or potentially catastrophic claim situations with UR and LCM firms prior to releasing new or renewal quotes.

 

11. Information on PPO

ES(NA) requires all plans have a PPO network in place, or use a blind PPO like MultiPlan or Coalition America. The Account Executive/Technician should also ask for an overview of the current PPO contracts applicable to the product and the renewal outlook of such contracts describing any changes and their impact on claims costs

 

Ask for copies of any PPO savings analysis that might be available.

 

12. Projections

Details on the marketing strategy for the coming year, including projected premium loss ratio and number of certificates.

 

13. Fees at Risk/Captive

Underwriting entity (MGU) must share in risk - captive or fees at risk or low MGU fee + profit share refund. When fees are at risk, the provisional fee will be minimum MGU fee payable (ie/ 9-15% then pay 9%) It will be held and paid back with interest on same basis as normal profit refund.

 

14. Reporting

We must be able to continuously monitor experience.

 

a.                They will update the Quote Activity Report tracking on monthly basis, or similar information from their in-house capabilities that is acceptable to ESG

b.               They must provide aggregate reports on monthly basis.

c.                They must be able to track premium & claims by treaty year, or according to any other reinsurance terms that might be negotiated

 

15. Copies of any audit reports.

3



 

16. Copy of Errors & Omissions Insurance

This is required for the carrier, the MGU, broker and copies of the insurance certificates should be maintained in the file.

 

                  The minimum E&O for MGU is $2,000,000

                  The minimum E&O for the broker is $1,000,000

                  The minimum E&O for the carrier is $5,000,000

 

17. Tiered Underwriting

In most Stop Loss quotes, ESG will introduce tiered underwriting billed/manual ratios for new and renewal business, using our standard tier definitions. To do this we will need to know how their current block would be distributed between the tiers and the current billed/manual and loss ratios, by tier. Then, we can set target rate increases by tier, minimum billed/manual targets by tier, persistency targets by tier, and discretion that will be allowed.

 

For MGU’s that focus on larger group markets with more credibility on the experience, ESG will allow a minimum billed/manual of 0.70 for selected personnel, as the manual rate becomes less important to the final sold rates.

 

4




Exhibit 10.42

 

PER POLICY EXCESS OF LOSS
SECOND RETROCESSION AGREEMENT

 

Company:

 

ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company

 

 

 

Reinsurer:

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

 

 

Retrocessionaire:

 

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

 

Effective Date:

 

12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, on January 1, 2000.

 

 

 

Term:

 

Co-terminus with the Reinsurance Agreement (as defined below).

 

 

 

Covered Business:

 

Each Policy that (i) is ceded by the Company to the Reinsurer pursuant to the Per Policy Excess of Loss Retrocession Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 between the Company and the Reinsurer (a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A) (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) and (ii) has a Policy Limit (as defined in the Reinsurance Agreement) in excess of $100 million.

 

 

 

Policy:

 

A contract of title insurance written by a title insurer and reinsured by the Company.

 

 

 

Type of Reinsurance:

 

Per Policy excess of loss retrocession.

 

 

 

Retrocessionaire’s Liability:

 

The Retrocessionaire shall be liable for all Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses arising during the Term from a Policy that is included in Covered Business, but only to the extent such Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses exceed the Attachment Point for such Policy and subject to the Limit of Liability for such Policy.

 

 

 

Losses:

 

As defined in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

Allocated Loss
Adjustment Expenses:

 

As defined in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

Attachment Point:

 

With respect to each Policy, Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses equal to $100 million.

 

 

 

Limit of Liability:

 

With respect to each Policy, Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses equal to $100 million.

 



 

Premium:

 

For Policies ceded hereunder that have an inception date on or after the Effective Date (as defined above), the Reinsurer shall pay to the Retrocessionaire premium for each such Policy equal like Premium Share with respect to such Policy multiplied by the premium received by the Company with respect to such Policy.

 

 

 

 

 

For Policies ceded hereunder that have an inception date prior to the Effective Date (as defined above), The Reinsurer will not pay a premium.

 

 

 

Premium Share:

 

With respect to a Policy, (i) the Policy Limit for such Policy minus $100,000,000 divided by (ii) the Policy Limit for such Policy.

 

 

 

Taxes:

 

The Retrocessionaire shall allow to the Reinsurer an amount equal to the Premium Share multiplied by the federal excise taxes allowed by the Reinsurer to the Company under the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

 

 

Ceding Commission:

 

Nil.

 

 

 

Intermediary:

 

None.

 

 

 

Exclusions:

 

Ex-gratia payments.

 

 

 

Right of Claims Associations:

 

When so requested, the Reinsurer will afford the Retrocessionaire an opportunity to be associated in the defense or control of any claim, suit or proceeding involving this Agreement, and the Reinsurer and the Retrocessionaire shall cooperate in every respect in the defense of such suit, claim or proceeding.

 



 

Reports:

 

Within 45 days of the end of each quarter during the Term, the Reinsurer shall provide the retrocessionaire a bordereau showing for such calendar quarter:

 

 

1.

all Policies ceded hereunder during such calendar quarter and Policies ceded hereunder to date,

 

 

2.

Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses with respect to the Policies ceded hereunder,

 

 

3.

the Retrocessionaire’s share of Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses paid and Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses outstanding,

 

 

4.

the Retrocessionaire’s share of subrogation, salvage and other recoveries received by the Reinsurer with respect to Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses on Policies ceded hereunder, and

 

 

5.

the Company’s premium for each Policy ceded hereunder during such calendar quarter, the reinsurance premium payable to the Retrocessionaire for such calendar quarter and the taxes allowed by the Retrocessionaire hereunder.

 

 

 

 

 

Within ten (10) days after the Retrocessionaire’s receipt of such bordereau, the parties shall transfer cash so as to eliminate any balance due from one party to the other as reflected in such accounting.

 

 

 

Loss Advice:

 

Promptly will full particulars following notification of the Reinsurer by the Company.

 

 

 

General Terms and Conditions:

 

Per Attached Annex B.

 

 

Agreed to and accepted effective as of January 1, 2000 by:

 

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd.

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

Title:

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

 



 

ANNEX A

 

PER POLICY EXCESS OF LOSS
RETROCESSION AGREEMENT

 

This Per Policy Excess of Loss Retrocession Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 is made and entered into by and between ACE Capital Re International Ltd. (the “Reinsurer”), an insurance company organized under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, and ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company (the “Company”), an insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 . Definitions.   For all purposes of this Agreement, (i) the following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them and shall include the plural as well as the singular, and (ii) all accounting terms involving premium and loss calculations and surplus and reserves shall have the meanings assigned to them under accounting principles prescribed and permitted by the laws and regulations of the Company’s state of domicile:

 

A.                                     “Agreement” shall mean this Per Policy Excess of Loss Retrocession Agreement made by and between the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

B.                                     “Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses” shall mean those expenses relating to the adjustment of Losses, including court costs, interest upon judgments as it accrues, and allocated investigation, adjustment, and legal expenses chargeable to the investigation, negotiation, settlement or defense of a claim or Loss or the protection and perfection of any subrogation or salvage rights under any Policy.

 

C.                                     “Company’s Retention” shall mean, with respect to a Policy, an amount of Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses arising from such Policy equal to $5,000,000.

 

D.                                     “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 2.

 

E.                                       “Loss” and “Losses” shall mean the actual loss paid by the Company during the Term arising from a Policy, including sums paid in settlement of claims and in satisfaction of judgments, net of any salvage and any inuring reinsurance in connection therewith.

 

Excess of Loss Retrocession

Between Capital Title & ACE Cap Re International

 

1



 

F.                                       “Notice” shall mean communications conforming to the provisions of Section 12.10 of this Agreement.

 

G.                                     “Policy or Policies” shall mean an in force contract of title insurance written by a title insurer and reinsured by the Company’ prior to or during the Term.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all contracts of title insurance that pertain to one risk shall be deemed to be one “Policy” for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

H.                                     “Policy Limit” shall mean the amount of liability ceded to the Company with respect to a Policy.

 

I.                                          “Reinsurer’s Limit of Liability” shall mean, with respect to a Policy, an amount of Loss and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses arising from such Policy equal to the lesser of the Policy Limit for such Policy and $195 million.

 

J.                                       “Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 2.

 

In this Agreement, all terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings such terms have in the New York Insurance Law.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

TERM

 

This Agreement shall be effective from and after 12:01 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, on January 1, 2000 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue in effect until all of the Company’s exposure under Policies with Policy Limits in excess of the Company’s Retention has expired (the ‘Term”).

 

ARTICLE 3

 

TYPE

 

Per policy excess of loss reinsurance.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVER

 

The Reinsurer shall be liable to and will reimburse the Company for all Loss and Allocated Loss Adjust Expenses arising from each Policy in excess of the Company’s

 

2



 

Retention for such Policy, subject to the Reinsurer’s Limit of Liability for such Policy.  The Company’s Retention shall be fully paid and satisfied by the Company before the Reinsurer shall be liable for any payment of Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses under this Agreement.  The Reinsurer shall not be liable under this Agreement for any portion of the Company’s Retention under any circumstances including, but not limited to, the Company’s bankruptcy, insolvency, inability or unwillingness to pay for Losses or Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses for any reasons whatsoever or the uncollectability of any other insurance or reinsurance covering any of the Policies.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

EXCLUSIONS

 

This Agreement does not cover (i) business reinsured by the Company not described herein, (ii) bad faith, punitive damages or other extracontractual liability asserted against the Company, its officers, directors, employees or agents, (iii) office expenses of the Company and salaries of officials and employees of the Company, or (iv) all liability of the Company, arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise, from its participation or membership, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any Insolvency Fund.  “Insolvency Fund” includes any guaranty fund, insolvency fund, plan, pool, association, fund or other arrangement, howsoever denominated, established or governed, which provides for any assessment of or payment or assumption by the Company of part or all of any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligation of an insurer, or its successors or assigns, which has been declared by the competent authority to be insolvent, or which is otherwise deemed unable to meet any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligation in whole or in part.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

PREMIUM

 

For Policies with an inception date on or after the Effective Date, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer premium for each Policy equal to (i) (A) the Policy Limit for such Policy minus the Company’s Retention divided by (B) the Policy Limit for such Policy, multiplied by (ii) the premium received by the Company with respect to such Policy (the “Premium”).  The Premium due to the Reinsurer for each Policy shall be due during the calendar quarter during which the Company receives its premium with regard to such Policy and shall be payable to the Reinsurer as provided in Article 7 hereof.

 

No Premium shall be payable to the Reinsurer with respect to Policies with an inception date prior to the Effective Date.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 7

 

ACCOUNTS AND REPORTS

 

The Company shall provide the Reinsurer with a bordereau within forty five (45) days following the end of each calendar quarter showing for such calendar quarter and each Policy ceded hereunder: Policy Limit, premium received by the Company, Premium due to the Reinsurer, Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses (paid and outstanding) and the Reinsurer’s share of salvage and other recoveries received by the Company.  The net balance shall be payable by the debtor party within ten (10) business days after the bordereau is furnished to the Reinsurer.

 

The Company shall also furnish to the Reinsurer such other reports or other information as may reasonably be required by the Reinsurer and reasonably available to the Company.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

CLAIMS

 

Section 8.1. Notice of Claim . The Company agrees to provide Notice of any claim under any Policy as soon as is reasonably possible. Failure to provide such Notice shall not relieve the Reinsurer of its obligations hereunder for any Loss or Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses resulting from such claim unless the Reinsurer has suffered undue prejudice thereby.

 

Section 8.2. Rights and Settlements. The Reinsurer agrees to abide by the loss settlements of the Company.  The Company shall be the sole judge of:

 

A.                                    The interpretation of all Policies;

 

B.                                      What shall constitute a claim or Loss covered under a Policy or Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses in connection therewith; and

 

C.                                      The Company’s liability with respect to a Policy and the amount it shall be proper for the Company to pay in respect thereto.

 

The Reinsurer shall be bound by the judgment of the Company concerning the salvage and subrogation rights and remedies of the Company, and the Company shall have complete and sole control of direction of all claims and salvage and subrogation remedies.

 

Section 8.3. Rights of Association and Cooperation. The Reinsurer shall not be called upon to assume charge of the settlement or defense of any claim made or suit brought or

 

4



 

proceeding instituted under a Policy, but the Reinsurer shall have the right and shall be given the opportunity to associate at its own expense with any party in the defense and control of any such claim, suit or proceeding if (i) the claim, suit or proceeding involves, or appears reasonably likely to involve, the Reinsurer, and (ii) the Company has the right under the Policy to participate in the same.  In such event, the Reinsurer and the Company shall cooperate in all aspects of the defense of such claim, suit or proceeding.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

SALVAGE

 

All recoveries, salvages, reimbursements and reversals or reductions of verdicts or judgments (net of the cost of obtaining such recovery, salvage, reimbursement or reversal or reduction of a verdict or judgment), whether recovered, received or obtained prior or subsequent to a loss settlement under this Agreement, shall be applied as if recovered, received or obtained prior to such settlement, and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

CASH LOSS

 

At the option and upon the demand of the Company, when the amount due from the Reinsurer as a result of any one loss exceeds $5,000,000, the Company shall be paid by wire transfer of same day federal funds by 12:00 p.m.  Eastern Standard Time on the later of either (a) three business days following the date of receipt by the Reinsurer of a special loss accounting which shall be prepared by the Company and shall contain relevant details in connection with the loss and (b) one business day prior to the date such loss payment is made by the Company.  If for any reason the Company shall not make such loss payment on the scheduled date and no such loss payment is anticipated to be made within seven days, the Company shall immediately return to the Reinsurer, the amount paid to the Company by the Reinsurer.  If such loss payment is made within seven days but in an amount less than the special remittance, the Company shall immediately return to the Reinsurer the unused amount.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

WARRANTY

 

The Company warrants that, as of the Effective Date, there are no known or reported claims under any Policy reported under this Agreement that are in excess of the Company’s Retention with respect to such Policy.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 12

 

GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

Section 12.1. Insolvency . In the event of the insolvency of the Company, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Company, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, immediately upon demand on the basis of the liability of the Company without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim.  It is agreed, however, that within a reasonable time the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Company shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Company indicating any Policy or Policies reinsured within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding.  During the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that they may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor.  The expense thus incurred by the Company shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Company as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

Section 12.2. Errors and Omissions. Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made, provided such delay, omission or error is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

 

Section 12.3. Access to Records. The Reinsurer or its duly authorized representative shall have access to and the right to inspect the books and records of the Company at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining and copying information concerning this Agreement, the Policies or the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 12.4. Arbitration. If any irreconcilable dispute shall arise between the Reinsurer and the Company with reference to the interpretation of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, disputes concerning the formation or validity of this Agreement), whether such dispute arises during or after the Term, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two arbitrators so chosen.  Where a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within fourteen (14) days of being called upon to do so or where the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint a third within twenty eight (28) days of their appointment, then upon application ARIAS (UK) will appoint an arbitrator to fill the vacancy.  At any time prior to the appointment by ARIAS (UK), the party or arbitrators in default may make such appointment.  All arbitrators shall be active or retired disinterested officers of

 

6



 

insurance or reinsurance companies or underwriters at Lloyd’s of London not under the control of or otherwise affiliated with either party.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided herein, the arbitrators shall promulgate rules to interpret this Agreement under ARIAS Arbitration Rules.  The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than as a legal obligation and will make their award with the view to effecting the general purpose and intent of this Agreement, rather than in accordance with the literal interpretation of this Agreement.

 

The party requesting the arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty five (45) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.  The party responding to the request for arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty five (45) days of the receipt of the petitioner’s case.  A hearing shall be held within thirty (30) days after receipt of the parties’ cases in writing.  The arbiters shall render their decision within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing.  The decision in writing of any two arbiters, when filed with the parties, shall be final and binding on both parties.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction.  Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and the arbitration.  Said arbitration shall take place in Hamilton, Bermuda, unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by the parties.

 

The procedures specified herein shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

Section 12.5. Currency. The currency for the purposes of this Agreement shall be United States dollars.

 

Section 12.6 Offset . The parties hereto have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other under this Agreement.  The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums or losses or otherwise.  In the event of the insolvency of a party hereto, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with the provisions of Section 7427 of the New York Insurance Law and all other applicable law.

 

Section 12.7. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict of law rules thereof.

 

Section 12.8. Taxes. The Company shall pay any federal excise taxes on premium reported to the Reinsurer hereunder.  The Company may deduct any federal excise tax from the premium to be paid to the Reinsurer.

 

7



 

Section 12.9. Financial Statement Credit. The Reinsurer, upon the request and at the discretion of the Company, shall take all steps necessary to ensure that the Company obtains full financial statement credit according to statutory requirements in all applicable States of the United States for the reinsurance provided by the Reinsurer hereunder and shall provide evidence of the same.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reinsurer shall not be required to provide credit for statutory premium reserves or for incurred but not reported losses.

 

Section 12.10. Notice. As used in this Agreement, notice shall mean any and all notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder, and all notices shall be sent by facsimile transmission or by an overnight delivery service, addressed to the parties at the addresses set forth below:

 

If to Company, to:

 

ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company
1325 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
Fax: 212-581-3268
Attn:  Corporate Secretary

 

If to Reinsurer, to:

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
Fax: 441-292-8677
Attn:  Corporate Secretary

 

The Company and Reinsurer shall provide each other with wiring instructions for monies to be transferred under this Agreement promptly after execution of this Agreement and at the time of any change in such instructions.

 

Section 12.11. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

Section 12.12. Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, the Agreement shall be deemed not to include such provision and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 12.13. Assignment This Agreement is not assignable by Reinsurer or the Company without the consent of the other party hereto and such attempt at assignment shall be void.

 

8



 

Section 12.11. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the Company and the Reinsurer upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice by one party to the other.

 

Section 12.12. Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, the Agreement shall be deemed not to include such provision and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 12.13. Assignment. This Agreement is not assignable by Reinsurer or the Company without the consent of the other party hereto and such attempt at assignment shall be void.

 

Section 12.14. Headings. All captions, headings or titles preceding any Section or Article in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect its meaning, construction or effect.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

Reinsurer: ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

 

By:

  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:

   5/17/00

 

 

 

Company: ACE Capital Title Reinsurance Company

 

 

By:

  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:

   President

 

 

9



 

ANNEX B TO

PER POLICY EXCESS OF LOSS
SECOND RETROCESSION AGREEMENT

 

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

INSOLVENCY

 

In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsurer, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Reinsurer, or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, on the basis of the liability of the Reinsurer without diminution because of the insolvency of the Reinsurer or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsurer has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim.  It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsurer shall give written notice to the Retrocessionaire of the pendency of each claim against the Reinsurer with respect to which the Retrocessionaire may have liability under this Agreement within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership.  During the pendency of such claim, the Retrocessionaire may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Reinsurer or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor.  The expense thus incurred by the Retrocessionaire shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Reinsurer as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Reinsurer solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Retrocessionaire.

 

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

 

Any inadvertent delay, omission or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability that would attach to it under this Agreement if such delay, omission or error had not been made provided such delay, omission or error (i) is rectified as soon as possible after discovery thereof and (ii) does not increase the liability of the Retrocessionaire hereunder.

 

ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

The Retrocessionaire or its authorized representative shall have access to the books and records of the Reinsurer at all reasonable times for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Agreement or its subject matter.  This access shall include, without limitation, access to all papers in the possession of the Reinsurer in connection with claims and the adjustment of claims.  The Retrocessionaire’s right of access shall continue as long as cither party has a claim against the other arising out of this Agreement.

 



 

RECOVERIES, SALVAGE AND REIMBURSEMENTS

 

The Reinsurer shall credit the Retrocessionaire with its pro rata share of any recoveries, salvage or reimbursements on account of any Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses paid by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement.  In the event there are any recoveries, salvage or reimbursements recovered subsequent to a payment of Losses or Allocated Loss-Adjustment Expenses by the Retrocessionaire, it is agreed that the amount recovered shall first be applied to the reimbursement of the expense of recovery and then in proportion to the liability of each party for the Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses before such recovery had been obtained.  Expenses shall exclude all office expenses and salaries of officials and employees of the Reinsurer.  This provision shall survive the Term of this Agreement and shall remain in effect until all recoveries, salvage and reimbursements on account of any Losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses paid by the Retrocessionaire under this Agreement shall have been obtained.  The Reinsurer shall pay to the Retrocessionaire its share of any recoveries, salvage and reimbursements within thirty (30) days after the Reinsurer receives such recoveries, salvage and reimbursements.

 

ARBITRATION

 

If any irreconcilable dispute shall arise between the Reinsurer and the Retrocessionaire with reference to the interpretation of this Agreement (including, but not limited to, disputes concerning the formation or validity of this Agreement), whether such dispute arises before or after termination of this Agreement, such dispute, upon the written request of either party, shall be submitted to three arbitrators, one to be chosen by each party, and the third by the two arbitrators so chosen.  Where a party fails to appoint an arbitrator within 14 days of being called upon to do so or where the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint a third within 28 days of their appointment, then upon application ARIAS (UK) will appoint an arbitrator to fill the vacancy.  At any time prior to the appointment by ARIAS (UK) the party or arbitrators in default may make such appointment.  All arbitrators shall be active or retired disinterested officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or underwriters at Lloyd’s of London not under the control of or otherwise affiliated with either party to this Agreement.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided herein, the arbitrators shall promulgate rules to interpret this Agreement under ARIAS Arbitration Rules.  The arbitrators shall interpret this Agreement as an honorable engagement rather than as a legal obligation and will make their award with the view to effecting the general purpose and intent of this Agreement, rather than in accordance with the literal interpretation of this Agreement.

 

The party requesting the arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty five (45) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator.  The party responding to the request for arbitration shall submit its case to the arbitrators within forty five (45) days of the receipt of the petitioner’s case.  A hearing shall be held within thirty (30) days after receipt of the parties’ cases in writing.  The

 



 

arbiters shall render their decision within thirty (30) days after completion of the hearing.  The decision in writing of any two arbiters, when filed with the parties, shall be final and binding on both parties.  Judgment may be entered upon the final decision of the arbitrators in any court having jurisdiction.  Each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator and shall jointly and equally bear with the other party the expense of the third arbitrator and the arbitration.  Said arbitration shall take place in Hamilton, Bermuda, unless some other place is mutually agreed upon by the parties.

 

The procedures specified herein shall be the sole and exclusive procedures for the resolution of irreconcilable disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

CURRENCY

 

All payments under this Agreement shall be made in US dollars.

 

OFFSET CLAUSE

 

The Reinsurer and the Retrocessionaire have the right to offset any balance(s) due from one to the other under this Agreement or under any other agreements between the parties.  The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right at any time whether the balance(s) due are on account of premiums, ceding commissions, losses, salvage or otherwise.  In the event of the insolvency of the Reinsurer or the Retrocessionaire, offsets shall only be allowed in accordance with applicable law.

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of law rules thereof.

 

FOLLOWS REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be subject to the same rates, terms, conditions, interpretations, waivers, the exact proportion of premiums paid to the Reinsurer and to the same modifications, alterations and cancellations as the Reinsurance Agreement, the true intent of this Agreement being that the Retrocessionaire shall, in every case to which this Agreement applies and in the proportion specified in this Agreement, follow the fortunes of the Reinsurer.  This Agreement shall be construed as an honorable undertaking between the Reinsurer and the Retrocessionaire and shall not be defeated by technical legal constructions.  However, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to expand the liability of the Retrocessionaire beyond what is specifically assumed thereunder by creating rights of any third party, including any reinsured of the Reinsurer, in or under this Agreement.

 



 

NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be Hand delivered, sent by confirmed facsimile transmission, mailed by first class certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by an overnight delivery service, addressed to the party at its address set forth below or to such other address as such party may designate in writing:

 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.
Victoria Hall
11 Victoria Street
P.O. Box 1826
Hamilton HM HX
Bermuda
Attn: Corporate Secretary
Fax: 441-296-3379

 

If to the Retrocessionaire:

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.
The ACE Building
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM 08
Bermuda
Attn: Andrew M. Gibbs, CFO & SVP
Fax: 441-292-8677

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer and Retrocessionaire and their respective successors and assigns; provided that this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

The Retrocessionaire’s liability under this Agreement shall not increase or decrease as a result of the receivership, insolvency or inability to pay of the Reinsurer.

 

The headings included in this Annex B are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall not effect the meaning, interpretation, construction or effect hereof or thereof.

 




Exhibit 10.43

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

NOVATION AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Novation and Amendment Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2002 (the “ Agreement ”), is made by and between ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (“ Overseas ”), ACE Capital Re International Ltd. (“International”) and ACE European Markets Insurance Limited (“ AEMI ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Reinsurance Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, International and AEMI have entered into that certain Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement (including the Special Acceptance, effective as of August 15, 2002, made in respect of and subject to the Reinsurance Agreement), dated as of January 1, 2002 (the “ Reinsurance Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to substitute Overseas for International as the “Reinsurer” under the Reinsurance Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, AEMI desires to consent to the novation set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, subject to such novation, Overseas and AEMI desire to amend the Reinsurance Agreement as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                Effective as of January 1, 2002:

 

(i)                                      Overseas shall replace International for all purposes under the Reinsurance Agreement as though it were the original “Reinsurer;”

 

(ii)                                   Overseas shall assume all of the past, present and future obligations of International which arise out of, relate to, or are in any way connected with, the Reinsurance Agreement, whether known or unknown, reported or unreported;

 

(iii)                                Overseas shall be substituted for International, in International’s name, place and stead, as the “Reinsurer” under the Reinsurance Agreement so as to effect a complete novation of the Reinsurance Agreement from International to Overseas, and International shall be simultaneously released from any and all liabilities or obligations thereunder;

 

(iv)                               Overseas shall be entitled to all of the past, present and future rights of International under the Reinsurance Agreement, and shall be entitled to enforce all such rights in the name, place and stead of International;

 

1



 

(v)          The account information of the Reinsurer set forth in the “ACCOUNTS” section of the Reinsurance Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Financial Institution: JP Morgan/Chase

ABA No.: 021-000-021

Account No.:  910-2711-208

Account Name:  ACE Capital Re Overseas

 

(vi)       Reference to “ACE Capital Re International Ltd. (“Reinsurer”)” in the first paragraph of the Reinsurance Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with “ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (“Reinsurer”).”

 

4.              Except as expressly set forth herein and amended hereby, the Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5.              This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of Bermuda. Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination, or invalidity thereof, shall be governed by the “Arbitration” provisions of the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

[ The next page is the signature page. ]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives on this 30th day of December 2002.

 

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

By:

/s/ Robbin Conner

 

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

Name:

Robbin Conner

 

Title:

Director

 

Title:

COO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE European Markets Insurance Limited

 

 

By:

  /s/ James C Hooban

 

Name:

JAMES C HOOBAN

 

Title:

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

 

3



 

ANNEX A

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

CALCULATION OF PREMIUM PERCENTAGE

 

The Premium Percentage is calculated as follows:

 

 

(A)  Gross Premiums Written (net of cancellations & return premiums),

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

(B)   minus , Underwriting Commission Payable to MGA {40% x (A)},

 

(40.00

)%

 

 

 

 

(C)  minus Profit Sharing Premium Payable to MGA {7.5% x (A)},

 

(7.50

)%

 

 

 

 

(D)  equals Risk Premium (A – B – C),

 

52.50

%

 

 

 

 

(E)  minus Ceding Commission to Reinsured {5% x (D)},

 

(2.625

)%

 

 

 

 

(F)  equals Net to Reinsurer (or “Premium Percentage”)

 

49.875

%

 

4




Exhibit 10.44

 

TERMINATION AGREEMENT

 

This Termination Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2003 (this “ Agreement ”), is made by and between ACE European Markets Insurance Limited (“ AEM ”) and ACE Capital Re Overseas Limited (“ ACRO ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Reinsurance Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, AEM and ACRO have entered into that certain Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement (including the Special Acceptance, effective as of August 15, 2002, made in respect of and subject to such Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement), effective as of the 1 st day of January 2002 (the “ Reinsurance Agreement ”):

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms hereof, AEM and ACRO desire to terminate the Reinsurance Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                             Termination .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Reinsurance Agreement, AEM and ACRO hereby acknowledge and agree that, effective the date hereof, the Reinsurance Agreement is hereby terminated. Pursuant to the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement, (i) Policies issued or renewed on or after the date hereof shall not be ceded under the Reinsurance Agreement and (ii) the Reinsurance Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to those Policies which are issued by AEM prior to the date hereof until the earlier of their natural expiration, termination, or renewal and AEM shall continue to account to ACRO for any Premium, recoveries and other amounts payable in respect of such Policies.

 

Section 2.                                             Further Assurances .   Each party hereto shall, at any time and from time to time after the first date written above, upon request of any other party hereto, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such further acts, instruments, assignments and assurances as may be reasonably required in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.                                             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the matters herein and supersedes any other agreement, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.                                             Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Section 5.                                             Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of Bermuda and the parties hereto submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Bermuda for the purpose of enforcing any claim arising hereunder.

 

[ The next page is the signature page. ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the effective date hereof.

 

 

ACE EUROPEAN MARKETS
INSURANCE LIMITED

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

/s/ James C. Hooban

 

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

Name:

James C. Hooban

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

Title:

Managing Director

Title:

Director

Date:

December 18, 2003

Date:

 

 




Exhibit 10.45

 

UK TITLE QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

ACE EUROPEAN MARKETS INSURANCE LIMITED

 

(REINSURED)

 

AND

 

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

(REINSURER)

 

1



 

QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated as of January 1, 2002, is made and entered into by and between ACE European Markets Insurance Limited (the “ Reinsured ”) and ACE Capital Re International Ltd (the “ Reinsurer ”)

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Reinsured and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

 

TERM AND TERMINATION:

 

This Agreement is effective at 12:01 a.m. GMT January 1, 2002 and shall remain in effect continuously until terminated at Midnight, GMT of any December 31st by either the Reinsured or the Reinsurer giving the other party three (3) months’ prior written notice in writing.

 

 

 

 

 

Upon termination, Policies issued of renewed on or after the effective date of termination shall not be ceded hereunder. This Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to those Policies which are issued by the Reinsured prior to the effective date of termination until the earlier of their natural expiration, termination, or renewal and the Reinsured shall continue to account to the Reinsurer for any Premium, recoveries and other amounts payable in respect of such Policies.

 

 

 

REINSURING AGREEMENT:

 

In consideration of receipt of the Premium, the Reinsured shall cede to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer shall accept, as reinsurance from the Reinsured ninety percent (90%) of the liability of the Reinsured (the “ Quota Share Percentage ”) under any and all contracts of title insurance issued or entered into by the Reinsured during the Term which contracts are substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and underwritten by the Reinsured substantially in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines attached hereto as Exhibit B (“ Policy ”, or in the plural, “ Policies ”)

 

 

 

 

 

Special Acceptances .    Any contract of title insurance or reinsurance written by the Reinsured which does not comply with the definition of a Policy may be submitted to the Reinsurer for special acceptance. If specially accepted by the Reinsurer, such contract shall be deemed to be a Policy and covered under and subject to the terms of this Agreement except to the extent that such terms shall be modified by such acceptance.

 

 

 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in respect of any Policy, the Reinsured’s liability under such Policy shall be calculated after deduction of the profit commission, if any, which is held by the Reinsured and from which the Reinsured is entitled to deduct losses under the Managing General Agency Agreement, if any, applicable to such Policy. For the avoidance of doubt and unless otherwise agreed by the parties, no profit commission shall be applicable to any Policy reinsured under this Agreement unless a Managing General Agency Agreement applicable to

 

2



 

 

 

such Policy shall have been entered into by the Reinsured and such Agreement has been consented to by the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

EXCLUSIONS:

 

This Agreement does not cover any business not defined as a Policy unless specially accepted by the Reinsurer in accordance with the section of this Agreement titled Reinsuring Agreement.

 

 

 

PREMIUM:

 

The Reinsured shall pay the Reinsurer 44.8875% ( “Premium Percentage” ) of the Net Premium Written on each Policy during the Term ( “Premium” ).  As used herein “Net Written Premium” means gross premium written less cancellations and return premiums.

 

 

 

 

 

The Premium payable to the Reinsurer shall be calculated on the same gross rates and on the same basis as the premiums received by the Company on the Policies.

 

 

 

 

 

The Reinsured shall bear any and all taxes (net to its own account and without deduction from any amounts due the Reinsurer) which are due and payable at any time under or in connection with this Agreement and the Reinsured shall indemnify and hold the Reinsurer harmless in respect of any such taxes paid by the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

 

 

For purposes of clarification and not limitation, the Premium Percentage is net of all commissions and is calculated as provided in Schedule 1 attached hereto.

 

 

 

FULL REINSURANCE CLAUSE:

 

The Reinsurer shall at all times follow the loss settlements made by the Reinsured (provided they are within the terms of the applicable Policy and this Agreement), and it’s share of payments on account, fees and expenses of experts and other loss settlements expenses (other than management and office expenses of the Reinsured and salaries of their employees) and legal expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, settlement or contesting the validity of claims or losses.

 

 

 

SIMULTANEOUS PAYMENT CLAUSE:

 

In the event any claim covered by this Agreement exceeds twenty five thousand pounds sterling (£25,000), the Reinsurer agrees that, if requested, it shall pay its share of such loss by wire transfer of same day federal funds by 12:00 pm Atlantic Standard Time on the later of: (a) three Business Days following the date of receipt by the Reinsurer of a special loss accounting which is prepared by the Reinsured and contains relevant details in connection with the claim, and (b) one Business Day prior to the date such loss payment is made by the Reinsured; provided that, to the extent such payment is not made by the Reinsured and the Reinsured does not anticipate making such payment within seven (7) days of receipt of payment from the Reinsurer, the Reinsured promptly shall return any amounts so paid by the Reinsurer. To the extent that the Reinsured makes such loss payment in an amount less than the amount

 

3



 

 

 

originally reported to the Reinsurer, the Reinsured shall promptly return the Reinsurer’s Quota Share Percentage of any such difference to the Reinsurer. Nothing set forth in this clause shall be deemed to relieve or otherwise modify the obligations of the Reinsurer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement indemnify the Reinsured on the same day as the Reinsured makes a payment covered by it’s original Policy.

 

 

 

TERRITORY:

 

This Agreement shall provide coverage on properties located in the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

CLAIMS CO-OPERATION:

 

The Reinsured shall give immediate notice to the Reinsurer of any claim provided for in this Agreement made against the Reinsured in respect of business reinsured hereunder upon its becoming aware of any circumstances which could give rise to such a claim.

 

 

 

 

 

The Reinsured shall furnish the Reinsurer with all information known to the Reinsured respecting claims or possible claims notified and shall thereafter keep the Reinsurer fully informed as regards all developments relating thereto as soon as they occur. The Reinsured shall co-operate fully with the Reinsurer in the investigation, adjustment and settlement of any claim notified to the Reinsurer as aforesaid and the Reinsured shall not litigate any claim without consulting the Reinsurer or its representative. The Reinsured shall have the sole right to appoint adjusters, assessors and/or surveyors and to control all negotiations and/or adjustments and/or settlements in connection with all claims under an original Policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, when requested by the Reinsurer, the Reinsured shall permit the Reinsurer to associate in the defence and control of any investigation, claim, subrogation or recovery or other action pertaining to a Policy covered under this Agreement.

 

 

 

SUBROGATION AND RECOVERY:

 

In the event the Reinsured has any rights of subrogation, salvage, recovery or claims reimbursement or rights against any person or entity who may be legally responsible in damages for any loss that is the subject of a valid claim under a Policy (individually and collectively, “ Recoveries ”), the Reinsured shall pursue such Recoveries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reinsured shall only be obliged to enforce its rights of Recovery to the extent that the Reinsured reasonably believes that such exercise may be economically worthwhile. The Reinsured shall have complete and sole control of the direction of all salvage remedies, and the Reinsurer shall be bound by the judgment of the Reinsured with respect thereto; provided , however , in the event the Reinsured fails to proceed to recoup any claim paid by the Reinsurer or in the event of the temporary or permanent discontinuance of the business of the Reinsured or the insolvency of the Reinsured, the Reinsurer shall have the right to assume and control enforcement of all of the rights of the Reinsured to recoup any claim paid by the Reinsurer

 

4



 

 

 

hereunder and the Reinsured shall cooperate fully with the Reinsurer in relation thereto.

 

 

 

 

 

The Reinsured shall account to, and credit, the Reinsurer with the Reinsurer’s Quota Share Percentage of any Recoveries (after deduction of the costs of obtaining such Recoveries) received or recovered by the Reinsured. This provision shall survive the Term and remain in effect until all recoveries, salvages or reimbursements relating to any claim paid by the Reinsurer hereunder shall have been obtained.

 

 

 

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS:

 

In the event the Reinsured pays or is held liable to pay any punitive, exemplary, compensatory, or consequential damages (herein referred to as “ Extra Contractual Obligations ”) because of alleged or actual bad faith or negligence on its part in handling a claim under an original Policy covered hereunder, such Extra Contractual Obligations shall be added to the Reinsured’s loss, if any, under the Policy involved, and the sum thereof, not exceeding the limit of this reinsurance coverage, shall be subject to the protection of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

An Extra Contractual Obligation shall be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the claim covered or alleged to be covered under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

This provision shall not apply to any Extra Contractual Obligation incurred by the Reinsured as a result of the fraud of a member of the board of directors, or a corporate officer of the Reinsured acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organization or party involved in the presentation, defence, or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries from any form of coverage that protects the Reinsured against claims, which are the subject matter of this provision, shall inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

LOSS IN EXCESS OF POLICY LIMITS:

 

This Agreement shall protect the Reinsured in respect of any loss for which the Reinsured may be legally liable to pay in excess of the limit of its original Policies.

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, this Agreement shall protect the Reinsured in connection with any loss for which the Reinsured may be legally liable to pay in excess of the limit of its original Policies, such loss in excess of that limit having been incurred because of its failure to settle within the insurance limit or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defence or in trial of any action against the original insured or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

5



 

 

 

This provision shall not apply where the loss has been incurred due to the fraud of a member of the board of directors, or a corporate officer of the Reinsured acting individually or collectively or in collusion with any individual or corporation or any other organisation or party involved in the presentation, defence, or settlement of any claim covered hereunder.

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this provision, the word “loss” shall mean any amount for which the Reinsured would have been contractually obligated to pay had it not been for the limit of an original Policy.

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries from any form of coverage that protects the Reinsured against claims, which are the subject matter of this provision, shall inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

OTHER INSURANCE:

 

This Agreement applies to all risks net of any reinsurance ceded in accordance with the Reinsured’s Underwriting Guidelines.

 

 

 

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS:

 

Any inadvertent delay, omission, or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made, providing such omission or error is rectified upon discovery.

 

 

 

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES:

 

The Reinsured shall provide the Reinsurer with a monthly policy and premium bordereaux within forty five (45) days following the end of each calendar month showing:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)              The dollar amount of the Premium due for such month,

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)           The dollar amount of the Ceding Commission for such month,

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)        the dollar amount of the Reinsurer’s Quota Share Percentage of losses paid by the Reinsured during such month,

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)       the amount of any salvages, subrogation and other recoveries received by the Reinsured during such month with respect to losses covered under the Policies, and

 

 

 

 

 

(v)          such policy detail as agreed by the parties.

 

 

 

 

 

The Reinsured shall pay the Premium to the Reinsurer within fifteen (15) days of receipt of payment of insurance premium.

 

 

 

AMENDMENTS AND ASSIGNMENT:

 

This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.   This Agreement may be emended

 

6



 

 

 

only by a written Instrument executed by each of the parties. Such duly executed amendments will be considered an integral part of this Agreement.

 

 

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS:

 

For as long as either party remains under any liability hereunder, the Reinsured shall, upon request by the Reinsurer, make available for inspection at any reasonable time by such representatives as may be authorised by the Reinsurer for that purpose, all information relating to business reinsured hereunder in the Reinsured’s possession or under its control or to which it has access under any agreement.

 

 

 

SET OFF:

 

Either party may at its discretion set off against any amounts due from the other party under this Agreement or any other agreements between the parties any amounts that are due and owing to the other party.

 

 

 

UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES:

 

The Reinsured agrees that it shall follow the underwriting guidelines set forth in Exhibit B (as amended from time to time) (the “ Underwriting Guideline ”). It is a condition precedent to the Reinsurer’s liability hereunder that the Reinsured shall not amend the Underwriting Guidelines or waive any provision thereof without the prior written approval of the Reinsurer

 

 

 

MANAGING GENERAL AGENTS:

 

The parties agree that the Reinsured shall not contract with any agent to underwrite or service claims on its behalf in respect of the Policies unless the Reinsurer shall have consented thereto in writing (any such agreement consented to by the Reinsurer, a “ Managing General Agency Agreement ”). As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Reinsurer consents to the Reinsured contracting with Legal & Contingency Limited (the “ Agent ”) on a facultative basis to underwrite and service claims on behalf of the Reinsured until such time, if any, as an Underwriting Management Agreement is entered into between the Agent and the Reinsured (such Managing General Agency Agreement to be subject to the prior written consent of the Reinsurer). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Reinsured shall be solely liable for the performance and actions of any agent so contracted with.

 

 

 

ARBITRATION:

 

Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Policy, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by arbitration in Bermuda under the provisions of the Bermuda Arbitration Act of 1986, as amended.

 

 

 

 

 

Either party to the dispute, once a claim or demand on its part has been denied or remains unsatisfied for a period of twenty (20) calendar days by the other party, may notify the other party of its desire to arbitrate the matter in dispute and at the time of such notification the party desiring

 

7



 

 

 

arbitration shall notify the other party of the name of the Arbitrator nominated by it. The other party who has been so notified shall within fourteen calendar days thereafter nominate another Arbitrator and notify the party desiring arbitration of the name of such second Arbitrator.

 

 

 

 

 

The two Arbitrators nominated by the parties shall within fourteen calendar days after appointment of the second Arbitrator choose a third Arbitrator.

 

 

 

 

 

The Arbitrators shall fix, on giving a reasonable notice in writing to the parties involved, a time and place for the heading in Bermuda and may prescribe procedural rules governing the course and conduct of the arbitration proceeding, including without limitation discovery by the parties. The Arbitrators shall, within ninety calendar days following the conclusion of the hearing render their decision on the matter or matters in dispute in writing and shall cause a copy thereof to be served on all parties thereto. In case the Arbitrators fail to reach a unanimous decision, the decision of the majority of the Arbitrators shall be deemed to be the decision of the Arbitrators.

 

 

 

 

 

Each party shall bear the expense of its own Arbitrator. The remaining joint costs of the arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties to such arbitration.

 

 

 

 

 

The decision of the Arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties and the parties hereby agree to exclude any right of appeal under Section 29 of the Arbitration Act of 1986 against any award rendered by the Arbitrators and further agree to exclude any application under Section 30(1) of the Arbitration Act of 1986 for a determination of any question of law by the Supreme Court of Bermuda.

 

 

 

 

 

All awards of the Board of Arbitration may be enforced in the same manner as a judgement or order from the Supreme Court of Bermuda and judgement may be entered pursuant to the terms of the award by leave from the Supreme Court of Bermuda.

 

 

 

GOVERNING LAW:

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the law of Bermuda and the parties hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Bermuda.

 

 

 

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS:

 

Nothing herein shall be deemed to create any obligation or to establish any right against in favor of any third parties or persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

 

 

COUNTERPARTS:

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8



 

HEADINGS:

 

The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

 

 

SEVERABILITY:

 

To the extent that this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be amended, at the mutual agreement of both the Reinsured and the Reinsurer, to the extent possible, to comply with such law and regulation. If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not invalidate the whole of this Agreement, but such term or provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the court’s opinion to render such term or provision enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the parties set forth herein.

 

 

 

CURRENCY:

 

All payments by either party to the other under this Agreement are in Pounds Sterling.

 

 

 

BROKERAGE:

 

There shall be no broker or intermediary for this Agreement.

 

 

 

NOTICES:

 

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by facsimile transmission, sent by prepaid air courier or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be deemed delivered when received as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.
The ACE Building, 5 th Floor
30 Woodbourne Avenue
Hamilton HM08, Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mailing Address:

 

 

 

  P.O. Box HM 1015
  Hamilton HM DX, Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile: 441-296-3379
Telephone: 441-296-4004
Attn: General Counsel

 

9



 

 

 

If to the Reinsured:

 

 

 

 

 

ACE European Markets Insurance Limited (London Branch)
100 Leadenhall Street
London EC3 A 3BP
United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Cannel Carmagna

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

Telephone: 011 44 207 173 7000

 

 

 

 

 

Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section to the other parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS:

 

All payments shall be made to the accounts of the applicable party as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

To the Reinsured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

To be provided

 

 

 

 

 

To the Reinsurer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC Bank Plc
PO Box 181
27-32 Poultry
London EC2P 2BX, UK
Swift: MIDL GB22

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the effective date hereof.

 

 

Issued and signed in duplicate in Bermuda.

 

 

 

For and on behalf of the Reinsured:

For and on behalf of the Reinsured:

 

 

ACE EUROPEAN MARKETS INSURANCE LIMITED

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL LTD.

 

 

 

 

/s/ James C. Hooban

 

/s/ Robbin Conner

 

Name: James C. Hooban

Name: Robbin Conner

Title: Managing Director

Title: Chief Operating Officer

Date: August 15, 2002

Date: August 15, 2002

 

10



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF POLICY

 

11



 

EXHIBIT B

 

UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES

 

12



 

SCHEDULE A

 

CALCULATION OF PREMIUM PERCENTAGE

 

The Premium Percentage is calculated as follows:

 

(A) Gross Premiums Written (net of cancellations & return premiums),

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

(B) minus , Underwriting Commission Payable to MGA {40% x (A)},

 

(40.00

)%

 

 

 

 

(C) minus Profit Sharing Premium Payable to MGA {7.5% x (A)},

 

(7.50

)%

 

 

 

 

(D) equals Risk Premium (A–B–C),

 

52.50

%

 

 

 

 

(E) minus Premium to Reinsured {10% x (D)},

 

(5.25

)%

 

 

 

 

(F) equals Net to Reinsurer before Ceding Commission{(D) – (E)},

 

47.25

%

 

 

 

 

(G) minus Coding Commission to Reinsured {5% x (F)},

 

(2.3625

)%

 

 

 

 

(H) equals Net to Reinsurer (or “Premium Percentage”)

 

44.8875

%

 

13



 

SPECIAL ACCEPTANCE

 

This Special Acceptance, effective as of August 15, 2002, is made in respect of, and is subject to, the Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement between ACE European Markets Insurance Limited (the “Reinsured”) and ACE Capital Re International Ltd. (“Reinsurer”) dated August 15, 2002 (the “Reinsurance Agreement” ).

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsurance Agreement provides that “all contracts of title insurance issued or entered into by the Reinsured during the Term which contracts are substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached [t]hereto and underwritten by the Reinsured substantially in accordance with the Underwriting Guidelines attached [t]hereto as Exhibit B” shall be covered by the Reinsurer under the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsured desires to cede to the Reinsurer under and pursuant to the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement certain policies which were entered into by the Reinsured prior to inception of the Term of the Reinsurance Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above stated premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                The Reinsured hereby cedes to the Reinsurer the policies attached hereto in Schedule B (the “ Accepted Policies ”) for coverage under and pursuant to the terms of the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

2.                The Reinsurer hereby accepts for coverage under the Reinsurance Agreement the Accepted Policies and waives, in respect of such Accepted Policies, the requirement that they have been issued or entered into by the Reinsured during the Term.

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Reinsurance Agreement.

 

This Special Acceptance may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Special Acceptance has been executed by the following individuals duly authorized to act on behalf of the parties on the dates set forth below:

 

 

By and on behalf of:

By and on behalf of:

 

 

ACE European Markets Insurance Limited

ACE Capital Re International Ltd.

 

 

 

 

/s/ James C. Hooban

 

/s/ Robbin Conner

 

By:

James C. Hooban

By:

Robbin Conner

Title:

Managing Director

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

Date:

August 15, 2002

Date:

August 15, 2002

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

ACE European Markets

 

ENQ #

 

CNOTE REF

 

NAME OF INSURED

 

INCEPT

 

LIMIT

 

GWP

 

Tax

 

Gross Due

 

Broker

 

Mat Due

 

L&C

 

ACE
Total Paid

 

Premium

 

Tax

 

ACE

 

13026

 

9806048

 

?? Assurance Company Limited

 

8-Dec-00

 

£

 8,637,500

 

£

 44,187.50

 

£

 2,208.38

 

£

 48,396.88

 

£

 6,528.18

 

£

 39,786.75

 

£

 11,047.06

 

£

 28,721.70

 

£

 26,612.30

 

£

 2,209.38

 

X

 

15179

 

9806081

 

Insolvency Act

 

13-Dec-00

 

£

 6,000,000

 

£

 100,000.00

 

£

 6,000.00

 

£

105,000.00

 

£

 15,000.00

 

£

 90,000.00

 

£

25,000.40

 

£

 54,000.00

 

£

 ?0,000.00

 

£

 5,000.00

 

X

 

16041

 

9806014

 

?? Properties Finance Limited and Tosco Stores Limited

 

20-Feb-01

 

£

 25,837,500

 

£

 28,421.25

 

£

 1,421.06

 

£

 28,842.31

 

£

 0.00

 

£

 29,942.31

 

£

 11,306.61

 

£

 18,475.70

 

£

 17,052.75

 

£

 1,421.06

 

X

 

15607

 

9806029

 

John ?? Property Business

 

30-Apr-01

 

£

 14,400,000

 

£

 14,461.76

 

£

723.00

 

£

 15,184.85

 

£

 0.00

 

£

 15,134.05

 

£

 ?,784.70

 

£

 9,400.16

 

£

 8,677.05

 

£

 723.00

 

 

 

16381

 

9806038

 

The Secretary of state for Health

 

26-Apr-01

 

£

 10,000,000

 

£

 100,000.00

 

£

 6,000.00

 

£

 6105,000.00

 

£

 0.00

 

£

 105,000.00

 

£

 40,000.00

 

£

 85,000.00

 

£

 ?0,000.00

 

£

 ?,000.00

 

 

 

10420

 

9800001

 

?? Properties Limited

 

6-Oct-98

 

£

 4,600,000

 

£

 4,000.00

 

£

 0.00

 

£

 4,000.00

 

£

?0.00

 

£

 3,400.00

 

£

 1,000.02

 

£

 2,399.98

 

£

 2,400.00

 

£

 0.00

 

 

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

£

 69,575,000

 

£

 2914,071

 

£

 14,354

 

£

 305,424

 

£

 22,228

 

£

 283,198

 

£

 94,199

 

£

 188,997

 

£

 174,642

 

£

 14,354

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.46

 

UK TITLE QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

ACE EUROPEAN MARKETS INSURANCE LIMITED
(REINSURED)

 

AND

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.
(REINSURER)

 



 

UK TITLE QUOTA SHARE REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This UK Title Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated as of June 1, 2003, is made and entered into by and between ACE European Markets Insurance Limited (the “ Reinsured ”) and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd, (the “ Reinsurer ”)

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Reinsured and the Reinsurer agree as follows:

 

TERM:

 

Means the period from and including June 1, 2003 to and including the last day of the Underwriting Period (as defined in the Agency Agreement),

 

 

 

 

 

Upon the end of the Term, this Agreement shall remain in effect with respect to Issued Contracts (as defined in the Agency Agreement) which are issued by the Reinsured on or prior to the last day of the Term until the earlier of their natural expiration, termination, or renewal and the Reinsured shall continue to account to the Reinsurer for any Reinsurance Premium, recoveries and other amounts payable in respect of such Issued Contracts.

 

 

 

AGENCY AGREEMENT:

 

Means that certain Underwriting Management Agreement, dated May 15, 2003 and effective June 1, 2003, by and between the Reinsured and Legal & Contingency Limited (the “Agent”).

 

 

 

REINSURING AGREEMENT:

 

The Reinsured shall cede to the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer shall accept as reinsurance from the Reinsured, one-hundred percent (100%) (the “ Quota Share Percentage ”) of the liability of the Reinsured under any and all Issued Contracts issued or entered into by the Reinsured during the Term.

 

 

 

EXCLUSIONS:

 

This Agreement does not cover any business other than Issued Contracts.

 

 

 

REINSURANCE PREMIUM:

 

The Reinsured shall pay the Reinsurer an amount equal to (a) 92.50% (“ Premium Percentage ”) of the Gross Written Premium on each Issued Contract (the “ Reinsurance Premium ”) less (b) the amount payable by the Reinsured to the Agent (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Agency Agreement. As used herein “ Gross Written Premium ” means gross premium written less cancellations and return premiums.

 

 

 

 

 

For purposes of clarification and not limitation, the Premium Percentage is net of all commissions and is calculated as provided in Schedule 1 attached hereto.

 

 

 

PROFIT COMMISSION:

 

The Reinsurer shall pay the Reinsured, on the day that is one business day prior to the day the Profit Commission (as defined in the Agency

 



 

 

 

Agreement) is payable by the Reinsured to the Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agency Agreement, an amount equal to such Profit Commission.

 

 

 

FULL REINSURANCE CLAUSE:

 

The Reinsurer shall at all times follow the loss settlements made by the Reinsured (provided they are within the terms of the applicable Issued Contract and this Agreement) and pay the Reinsured the Quota Share Percentage of the loss adjustment expenses (other than management and office expenses of the Reinsured and salaries of its employees) paid by the Reinsured in connection with the investigation, settlement or contesting the validity of claims or losses, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of attorneys and experts.

 

 

 

SIMULTANEOUS PAYMENT CLAUSE:

 

In the event any claim covered by this Agreement exceeds twenty five thousand pounds sterling (£25,000), the Reinsurer agrees that, if requested, it shall pay its share of such loss by wire transfer of same day Federal Funds by 12:00 pm New York Time on the date which is one business day prior to the date such loss payment is expected to be paid by the Reinsured.

 

 

 

TERRITORY:

 

This Agreement shall provide coverage on properties located in Great Britain, Northern Ireland, Isle of Mann and Channel Islands.

 

 

 

CLAIMS CO-OPERATION:

 

The Reinsured shall give immediate notice to the Reinsurer upon its becoming aware of any claim under an Issued Contract or any circumstance which could give rise to such a claim.

 

 

 

 

 

The Reinsured shall furnish the Reinsurer with all information known to the Reinsured respecting claims or possible claims notified and shall thereafter keep the Reinsurer fully informed as regards all developments relating thereto as soon as they occur. So long as the Reinsurer is not in default of its obligations under this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall have the right to direct the Reinsured (and the Reinsured shall act in accordance with the direction of the Reinsurer) in connection with the investigation, adjustment, settlement and litigation of any claim or potential claim arising under an Issued Contract and the Reinsured shall not adjust, settle or litigate any claim without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer or its representative.

 

 

 

SUBROGATION AND RECOVERY:

 

In the event the Reinsured has any rights of subrogation, salvage, recovery or claims reimbursement or rights against any person or entity who or which may be legally responsible in damages for any loss that is the subject of a valid claim under an Issued Contract (individually and collectively, “ Recoveries ”), the Reinsured shall use its best efforts to pursue such Recoveries, provided that, so long as the Reinsurer is not in default of its obligations under this Agreement, the Reinsurer shall have the sole right to direct the Reinsured (and the Reinsured shall act in accordance with the direction of the Reinsurer) in connection with any right of Recovery.

 

2



 

 

 

The Reinsured shall account to, and credit, the Reinsurer with the Quota Share Percentage of any Recoveries (after deduction of the costs of obtaining such Recoveries) received or recovered by the Reinsured. This provision shall survive the Term and remain in effect until all Recoveries relating to any claim paid by the Reinsurer hereunder shall have been obtained.

 

 

 

EXTRA CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS:

 

In the event the Reinsured pays or is held liable to pay any punitive, exemplary, compensatory or consequential damages (herein referred to as “ Extra Contractual Obligations ”) because of alleged or actual bad faith or negligence on its part in handling a claim under an Issued Contract covered hereunder, such Extra Contractual Obligations shall be added to the Reinsured’s loss, if any, under the Issued Contract involved, and the sum thereof shall be (i) subject to the protection of this Agreement and (ii) the obligation of the Reinsurer notwithstanding any other limitation of this reinsurance coverage.

 

 

 

 

 

An Extra Contractual Obligation shall be deemed to have occurred on the same date as the claim covered or alleged to be covered under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries from any form of coverage that protects the Reinsured against claims that are the subject matter of this provision shall inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

LOSS IN EXCESS OF POLICY LIMITS:

 

This Agreement shall protect the Reinsured in respect of any loss that the Reinsured may be legally liable to pay in excess of the limit of its Issued Contracts, including, without limitation, any loss in excess of that limit having been incurred because of its failure to settle within the insurance limit or by reason of alleged or actual negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defence or in trial of any action against the original insured or in the preparation or prosecution of an appeal consequent upon such action.

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this provision, the word “loss” shall mean any amount that the Reinsured would have been contractually obligated to pay had it not been for the limit of an Issued Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries from any form of coverage that protects the Reinsured against claims that are the subject matter of this provision shall inure to the benefit of the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS:

 

Any inadvertent delay, omission, or error shall not be held to relieve either party hereto from any liability which would attach to it hereunder if such delay, omission or error had not been made, providing such omission or error is rectified upon discovery.

 

3



 

REPORTS AND REMITTANCES:

 

The Reinsured shall provide the Reinsurer with a monthly policy and premium bordereaux within fifteen (15) days following the end of each calendar month showing:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)              The dollar amount of the Reinsurance Premium due for such month,

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)           The dollar amount payable by the Reinsured to the Agent pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Agency Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)        the dollar amount of the Quota Share Percentage of losses paid by the Reinsured in respect of Issued Contracts during such month,

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)       the amount of any salvages, subrogation and other recoveries received by the Reinsured during such month with respect to losses covered under the Issued Contracts, and

 

 

 

 

 

(v)          such policy detail as agreed by the parties.

 

 

 

 

 

If the Net Due with respect to any calendar month is a positive number, the Reinsured shall pay such Net Due to the Reinsurer within forty-five (45) days following the end of such calendar month. If the Net Due with respect to any calendar month is a negative number, the Reinsurer shall pay the absolute value of such Net Due to the Reinsured within forty-five (45) days following the end of such calendar month. As used herein, the term “Net Due” means the difference between (a) the sum of clauses (i) and (iv) of this section and (b) the sum of clauses (ii) and (iii) of this section.

 

 

 

 

 

In addition to the items set forth in clauses (i) through (v) above, the Reinsured shall provide the Reinsurer with (a) within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, a copy of the bordereaux received from the Agent pursuant to Clause 4.2 of Appendix B of the Agency Agreement and (b) within 45 days of each Fiscal Year (as defined in the Agency Agreement) of the Underwriting Period, a detailed computation of the Profit Commission payable pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agency Agreement.

 

 

 

AMENDMENTS AND ASSIGNMENT:

 

This Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer and the Reinsured. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the Reinsurer and the Reinsured. Such duly executed amendments will be considered an integral part of this Agreement.

 

 

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS:

 

For as long as either party remains under any liability hereunder, the Reinsured shall, upon request by the Reinsurer, make available for inspection at any reasonable time by such representatives as may be authorised by the Reinsurer for that purpose, all information relating to business reinsured hereunder in the Reinsured’s possession or under its control or to which it has access under any agreement and the Reinsurer

 

4



 

 

 

shall he permitted to make copies of such information (at its own expense).

 

 

 

SET OFF:

 

Either party may at its discretion set off against any amounts due from the other party under this Agreement or any other agreements between the parties any amounts that are due and owing to the other party.

 

 

 

EXERCISE OF RIGHTS UNDER AGENCY AGREEMENT:

 

The Reinsured hereby expressly agrees that (a) prior to exercising any right as the “Insurer” under the Agency Agreement it shall (i) notify the Reinsurer in writing of its intention with respect to such right to be exercised and (ii) exercise any such right only with the prior written consent of the Reinsurer and (b) it will exercise any right or refrain from exercising any right as the “Insurer” under the Agency Agreement as directed by the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

AMENDMENT OF AGENCY AGREEMENT:

 

The Agency Agreement may not be amended, assigned or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Reinsurer.

 

 

 

ARBITRATION:

 

Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the LCIA (“LCIA Rules”) by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with the LCIA Rules. The seat of the arbitration shall be London. The language of the arbitration shall be English. Judgment on any award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

 

 

GOVERNING LAW:

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law and the parties hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts for all purposes relating to this Agreement. This clause is not intended to override the agreement of the parties to arbitrate as set forth in the “Arbitration” section hereof.

 

 

 

THIRD PARTY RIGHTS:

 

Nothing herein shall be deemed to create any obligation or to establish any right against in favor of any third parties or persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

 

 

COUNTERPARTS:

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

 

HEADINGS:

 

The headings of the several sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

 

 

SEVERABILITY:

 

To the extent that this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be amended, at the mutual agreement of both the Reinsured and the Reinsurer, to the extent possible, to comply with such law and regulation. If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found by a court of competent

 

5



 

 

 

jurisdiction to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the same shall not invalidate the whole of this Agreement, but such term or provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the court’s opinion to render such term or provision enforceable, and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly preserving to the fullest permissible extent the intent and agreements of the parties set forth herein.

 

 

 

CURRENCY:

 

All payments by either party to the other under this Agreement are in Pounds Sterling.

 

 

 

BROKERAGE: NOTICES:

 

There shall be no broker or intermediary for this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, sent by facsimile transmission, sent by prepaid air courier or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be deemed delivered when received as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

 

 

Victoria Hall

 

 

11 Victoria Street

 

 

Hamiltoin HM HX, Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Corporate Secretary

 

 

Telephone:

441-297-9730

 

 

Facsimile:

441-297-9704

 

 

 

 

 

with a simultaneous copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

 

 

1325 Avenue of the Americas

 

 

New York, NY 10019

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

General Counsel

 

 

Telephone:

212-974-0100

 

 

Facsimile:

212-581-3268

 

 

 

 

 

If to the Reinsured:

 

 

 

 

 

ACE European Markets Insurance Limited (London Branch)

 

 

100 Leadenhall Street

 

 

London EC3A 3BP

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Carmel Caramagna

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

Telephone: 011 44 207 173 7000

 

6



 

 

 

Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section to the other parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS:

 

All payments shall be made to the accounts of the applicable party as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

To the Reinsured:

 

 

 

 

 

Account Name:

ACE European Markets Insurance Limited

 

 

Bank Name:

Bank of Ireland - Treasury

 

 

 

Colvill House

 

 

 

Talbot Street

 

 

 

Dublin 1 Ireland

 

 

Bank Swift Address:

BIGTIE2D

 

 

Account Number:

1819299

 

 

IBAN Number:

IE03 BIGT 9024 8501 3489 22

 

 

 

 

 

To the Reinsurer:

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Institution: JP Morgan/Chase

 

 

ABA No.:

021-000-021

 

 

Account No.:

910-2711-208

 

 

Account Name:

ACE Capital Re Overseas

 

[ The next page is the signature page. ]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the effective date hereof.

 

For and on behalf of the Reinsured:

For and on behalf of the Reinsurer:

 

 

ACE EUROPEAN MARKETS INSURANCE LIMITED

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

/s/ James C. Hooban

 

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

Name:

James C. Hooban

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

Title:

Managing Director

Title:

Director

Date:

December 15, 2003

Date:

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

CALCULATION OF PREMIUM PERCENTAGE

 

The Premium Percentage is calculated as follows:

 

(A)  Gross Premiums Written (net of cancellations & return premiums)

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

(B)  minus Ceding Commission to Reinsured (7.5% x (A))

 

(7.50

)%

 

 

 

 

(C)  equals Net to Reinsurer (or “Premium Percentage”)

 

92.50

%

 




Exhibit 10.47

 

COMMUTATION AND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

(hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”)

 

This Agreement is entered into by and between ACE Guaranty Corp. (formerly known as ACE Guaranty Re Inc., hereinafter referred to as the “ Reinsured ”) and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Reinsurer ”) and made effective 11:59:59 p.m., Eastern Daylight Savings Time, June 30, 2003 (the “Commutation Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsured and Reinsurer are parties to a Whole-Account Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement for the Term originally incepting January 1, 2001 and terminating January 1, 2011, or such earlier date as may be provided under the terms of such agreement (referred to hereinafter as the “Contract”), which is attached hereto and made part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsured, Reinsurer and State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Trustee”) have entered into a trust agreement dated 28 th September 2001 (the “Trust Agreement”) pursuant to the requirements of Article XIII of the Contract, for the purpose of securing the obligations of the Reinsurer under the Contract; and

 

WHEREAS, notwithstanding the termination provisions set forth in the Contract, the Reinsured and the Reinsurer mutually agree to a commutation of the Contract as at the Commutation Date; and

 

WHEREAS, the Reinsured and Reinsurer desire to fully and finally settle and commute all obligations and liabilities, known and unknown, of the Reinsured and the Reinsurer under the Contract.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, IT IS AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE REINSURER AND THE REINSURED THAT:

 

1.                                        As consideration for the following releases: (a) the Reinsurer shall pay the Reinsured the commutation amount of fifty three million three hundred eighty three thousand five hundred United States dollars (US$53,383,500), such amount being equivalent to the sum of: (i) $51,508,500 (the balance of the Profit Commission Account as defined in the Contract, as of the Commutation Date), and (ii) $1,875,000 (the unearned portion of the Reinsurer’s Margin), within ten (10) days after the Reinsurer’s receipt of this Agreement having been fully executed by the Reinsured; and (b) the Reinsured shall provide written instructions to the Trustee requesting that all funds held pursuant to the Trust Agreement be immediately released to the Reinsurer, and that the Trust Agreement be terminated as of the Commutation Date.

 

2.                                        Subject to the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto, as of the Commutation Date, the Reinsured releases and discharges the Reinsurer from any and all present and future obligations, claims, demands, liabilities and/or losses whatsoever, all whether known or unknown, reported or unreported, and whether currently existing or arising in the future, including, but not limited to, all claims, obligations, offsets, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, duties, sums of money, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, reckonings, bonds, bills, promises, doings, omissions, damages, liability for payment of interest, judgments, costs, expenses, losses,

 

1



 

adjustments, accounts, representations and warranties whatsoever, which the Reinsured ever had, now have, or hereinafter may have, whether grounded in law or equity, in contract or in tort, against the Reinsurer or any other party by reason of any matter whatsoever arising out of or related to the Contract, it being the intention of the parties that this release operate as a full and final settlement of the Reinsurer’s current future obligations and liabilities to the Reinsured arising out of or related to the Contract.

 

3.                                        Subject to the release by the Reinsured of the Reinsurer as provided for in Paragraph 2 herein, the Reinsurer hereby releases and discharges the Reinsured from any and all present and future obligations, claims, demands, liabilities and/or losses whatsoever, all whether known or unknown, reported or unreported, and whether currently existing or arising in the future, including, but not limited to, all claims, obligations, offsets, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, duties, sums of money, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, reckonings, bonds, bills, promises, doings, omissions, damages, liability for payment of interest, judgments, costs expenses, losses, adjustments, accounts, representations and warranties whatsoever, which the Reinsurer ever had, now have, or hereinafter may have, whether grounded in law or equity, in contract or in tort, against the Reinsured or any other party by reason of any matter whatsoever arising out of or related to the Contract, it being the intention of the parties that this release operate as a full and final settlement of the Reinsured’s current and future obligations and liabilities to the Reinsurer arising out of or related to the Contract.

 

4.                                        Each party acknowledges that the consideration specified in Paragraph 1 of this Agreement and the mutual releases set forth in Paragraphs 2 and 3 of this Agreement constitute adequate and fair consideration and this Agreement shall operate as a complete accord, satisfaction, settlement and commutation of all of the obligations of the Reinsurer and the Reinsured under the Contract.

 

5.                                        The parties hereto expressly warrant and represent that they are corporations in good standing in their respective places of domicile; that the execution of this Agreement is fully authorized by each of them; that the person or persons executing this Agreement have the necessary and appropriate authority to do so; that there are no pending agreements, transactions, or negotiations to which any of them are a party that would render this agreement or any party thereof void, voidable, or unenforceable; and that no authorization, consent or approval of any government entity is required to make this Agreement valid and binding upon them and that no claim or loss being paid or settled by this Agreement has been previously assigned, sold or transferred to any other person or entity.  The parties hereto further warrant, each to the other, that they have not transferred, assigned or contracted to transfer or assign to any person, corporation, company or entity any of their rights, title, benefit or obligations arising out of or in connection with the Contract, including without limitation any balances, accounts, costs, claims, counterclaims or demands which are within the contemplation of this Agreement.

 

6.                                        This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties as respects its subject matter.  All discussions and agreements previously entertained between the parties concerning the subject matter of this commutation and settlement are merged into this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be modified or amended, or any of its provisions waived, except by an instrument in writing, signed by the parties hereunder.

 

2



 

7.                                        Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be subject to Arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV of the Contract, Section 14.2, Arbitration .

 

8.                                        This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

 

9.                                        This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered shall constitute an original and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed on the date first written above by the following individuals authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

 

For and on Behalf of:

For and on Behalf of:

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

ACE GUARANTY CORP.

In Hamilton, Bermuda

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS ACE

 

GUARANTY RE INC.)

 

 

 

 

   /s/ Simon Burton

 

/s/ Lisa Mumford

 

 

 

Name: SIMON BURTON

Name: Lisa Mumford

Title: EXECUTIVE V.P.

Title: Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

Date: JULY 2, 2003

Date: June 26, 2003

 

3





Exhibit 10.48

 

COMMUTATION AND SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT

(hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement” )

 

This Agreement is entered into by and between ACE Capital Re International, Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Company” ) and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Reinsurer” ) and made effective 11:59:59 p.m. Local Standard Time, December 31, 2003 (the “Commutation Date” ).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Reinsurer are parties to the Per Contract Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement for the term incepting December 31, 2001 and originally terminating December 31, 2026 (hereinafter referred to as the “Contract” ), which is attached hereto and made part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Reinsurer desire to fully and finally settle and commute all obligations and liabilities, known and unknown, of the Company and the Reinsurer under the Contract.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, IT IS AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE REINSURER AND THE COMPANY THAT:

 

1.                                        As consideration for the following release, the Reinsurer shall pay the Company the Commutation Amount no later than January 31, 2004, subject to the Reinsurer’s receipt of an original copy of this Agreement, having been fully executed by the parties hereto.

 

The “Commutation Amount” shall equal the sum of the Principal and Return, as defined below:

 

“Principal” shall equal One hundred thirty one million, nine hundred thirty seven thousand, two hundred eighty five United States dollars ($131,937,285);

 

“Return” shall equal: [Principal] x [Lehman Intermediate Rate]; and

 

“Lehman Intermediate Rate” shall mean the year-to-date total return of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Intermediate Aggregate Bond Index, determined for the period January 1, 2004 through the date of transfer by the Reinsurer of the payment of the Commutation Amount.

 

2.                                        Subject to the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto and payment by the Reinsurer of the Commutation amount as required pursuant to paragraph 1 above, as of the Commutation Date, the Company releases and discharges the Reinsurer and its predecessors, successors, parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, agents, employees, officers, directors and shareholders (collectively, the “Reinsurer’s Related Parties”) from any and all present and future obligations, claims, demands, liabilities and/or losses whatsoever, all whether known or unknown, reported or unreported, and whether currently existing or arising in the future, including, but not limited to, all claims (including but not limited to those claims for which notices have been submitted to the Reinsurer), obligations, offsets, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, duties, sums of money, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, reckonings, bonds, bills, promises, doings, omissions, damages, liability for payment of interest, judgments, costs,

 

1



 

Agreement may not be modified or amended, or any of its provisions waived, except by an instrument in writing, signed by the parties hereunder.

 

7.                                        Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of section 13, Arbitration , of the General Conditions of the Contract.

 

8.                                        This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda, notwithstanding the venue of any arbitration proceeding.

 

9.                                        This Agreement is solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and nothing herein shall in any manner create any obligations or establish any rights against the Reinsurer in favor of any third parties or any persons not parties to this Agreement.

 

10.                                  This Agreement may be executed and delivered in counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered shall constitute an original and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the following individuals authorized to act on behalf of the parties:

 

 

For and on Behalf of:

 

For and on Behalf of:

 

 

 

ACE BERMUDA INSURANCE LTD.

 

ACE CAPITAL RE INTERNATIONAL,
LTD.

in Hamilton, Bermuda

 

in Hamilton, Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dienne Samson

 

 

/s/ Carla Ranum

 

 

 

 

Name:  Dienne Samson

 

Name:  Carla Ranum

Title:  President Ace Financial Solutions International

 

Title:  Vice President

Date:  1/7/04

 

Date: January 6, 2004

 

2





Exhibit 10.49

 

 

AGGREGATE LOSS PORTFOLIO REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

Hamilton, Bermuda

 

and

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

Hamilton, Bermuda

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Article I DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

Article II COVERAGE

 

 

 

Article III GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

Article IV REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

 

 

Article V ACCOUNTING AND SETTLEMENT

 

 

 

Article VI RESERVES

 

 

 

Article VII DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

 

 

Article VIII C PROFIT SHARE

 

 

 

Article IX INSOLVENCY

 

 

 

Article X ARBITRATION

 

 

 

Article XI EXCLUSIONS

 

 

 

Article XII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

-

CEDED REINSURANCE AGREEMENTS

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

-

FINANCING VEHICLES

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

-

RESERVES

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4

-

REPACK FINANCING VEHICLES

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

EXHIBIT A

-

Administrative Services Agreement

 

i



 

AGGREGATE LOSS PORTFOLIO REINSURANCE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement, dated this 18th day of July, 2001 (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Reinsurer”).

 

The Company and the Reinsurer mutually agree to reinsure under the terms and conditions stated herein.  This Agreement is an indemnity reinsurance agreement solely between the Company and the Reinsurer, and the performance of the obligations of each party under this Agreement shall be rendered solely to the other party.  In no instance, except as set forth in Article IX of this Agreement, shall anyone other than the Company or the Reinsurer have any rights under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.                             Definitions .   As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (definitions are applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of each term defined in this Article):

 

ACE Limited ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

1



 

Administrative Services Agreement ” means the Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Company and the Reinsurer, dated as of the date hereof, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, at the time in question, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.  For purposes of the foregoing, “control”, including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an institution, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement ” means the Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement entered into between the Company and ACE Bermuda Insurance Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda, dated as of the date hereof.

 

Aggregate Limit ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the investigation, settlement, defense or mitigation of any claim or loss under the Reinsured Contracts, but shall exclude the salaries of the Company’s employees, office expenses and any other overhead expenses.

 

2



 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which banking institutions in Bermuda or the State of New York are permitted or obligated by law to be closed or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for trading.

 

C Profit Share ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

C Profit Share Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

Ceded Reinsurance Agreements ” means those agreements of reinsurance ceded by the Company and described on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

CFS ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

CGA ” means CGA Group, Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda.

 

CGAIM ” means CGA Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Controlled Person ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.10.

 

Derivative Contracts ” means credit default swaps.

 

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

Egler Litigation ” means the pending lawsuit captioned Egler v. CGA Investment Management, Inc. , filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York.

 

3



 

Financing Vehicles ” means the financing vehicles set forth on Schedule 2 hereto and any additional financing vehicles created pursuant to the authority of the manager under the Management Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between INAC Corp., a corporation organized under the Laws of Delaware, and CGAIM.

 

Inception Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

 

Insolvency Fund ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.2.

 

Litigation Defense Expenses ” means all costs and expenses incurred by the Company, CGA or CGAIM (or by a manager affiliated with the Reinsurer on behalf of the Company, CGA or CGAIM, as applicable) (including attorneys fees and expenses) not previously paid or reserved (such reserves set forth on Schedule 3) of defending, negotiating, settling, or avoiding any lawsuit, action or regulatory proceeding against CGA, CGAIM or the Company, other than any such lawsuit, action or proceeding relating to any claim or loss under a Reinsured Contract, in excess of the amount covered by applicable insurance.

 

Litigation Losses ” means any monetary settlement or final, non-appealable monetary judgment rendered against CGA, CGAIM or the Company as the result of any lawsuit, action or proceeding other than a lawsuit, action or proceeding relating to any claim or loss under a Reinsured Contract in excess of the amount covered by applicable insurance and, in the case of the Egler Litigation, in excess of an

 

4



 

amount equal to (i) the reserve amount set forth on Schedule 3 hereto less (ii) Litigation Defense Expenses applicable to the Egler Litigation.

 

Net Premiums from Operations ” means (a) premiums and all other amounts received by the Company with respect to the Reinsured Contracts, other than with respect to Derivative Contracts and Reinsured Contracts issued to or for the benefit of the Financing Vehicles plus (b) all income received by the Company from Derivative Contracts plus (c) premiums and all other amounts due to the Company from the Financing Vehicles, whether with respect to Reinsured Contracts issued to or for the benefit of the Financing Vehicles or otherwise.

 

Noncontractual Damages ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.1.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental, judicial or regulatory body, business unit, division or other entity.

 

Reinsurance Premium ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.1.

 

Reinsured Contracts ” means all contracts, binders, polices or other agreements of insurance and assumed reinsurance and all Derivative Contracts (whether or not accounted for as contracts of

 

5



 

insurance) issued by the Company prior to the Inception Date or issued on behalf of the Company on or after the Inception Date pursuant to the authority of the administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement.

 

Repack Financing Vehicles ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3.

 

Required Rating ” means a rating of A– or higher by Standard & Poor’s or a rating of A3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service.

 

Reserve Transfer Amount ” means the amount set forth in Section 4.1, which is an amount equal to the unearned premium reserves and the loss reserves of the Company as of the Inception Date (including general reserves, case basis reserves and reserves for Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses), determined in all instances in accordance with GAAP.

 

Series C Preference Stock ” means the Series C Convertible Cumulative Voting Preference Shares, par value U.S.$.01 per share, of CGA.

 

Third Party Accountants ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3.

 

Ultimate Net Loss ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

 

6



 

ARTICLE II

 

COVERAGE

 

2.1.                             Coverage .   Effective as of 12:01 a.m., Eastern Daylight Time, on July 1, 2001 (the “Inception Date”), the Company reinsures with the Reinsurer, and the Reinsurer indemnifies the Company for, all Ultimate Net Loss of the Company paid after the Inception Date.  The Reinsurer’s limit of liability under or related to this Agreement with respect to Ultimate Net Loss (the “Aggregate Limit”) shall, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, be one hundred ten million dollars ($110,000,000) in the aggregate.  The Reinsurer also agrees to indemnify the Company for such Litigation Losses as the Reinsurer, in its sole discretion, elects to fund.

 

2.2.                             Conditions .   No changes made on or after the Inception Date in the terms and conditions of the Reinsured Contracts which affect the Reinsurer’s liability shall be covered hereunder without the prior approval of such changes by the Reinsurer, or unless such changes were made by the administrator pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement.  In the event any such changes are made in any Reinsured Contract in violation of the previous sentence, this Agreement will cover Ultimate Net Loss arising from such Reinsured Contract as if the non-approved changes had not been made.  No Reinsured Contract that is an agreement of assumed reinsurance shall be commuted without the prior approval of the Reinsurer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

7



 

2.3.                             Ultimate Net Loss .  (a)   “Ultimate Net Loss” shall mean (i) the actual amount paid by the Company on its net retained liability under the Reinsured Contracts (including, with respect to Reinsured Contracts that are contracts of assumed reinsurance, all amounts paid by the Company to cedents with respect to losses or loss adjustment expenses and including with respect to Reinsured Contracts that are Derivative Contracts, net amounts due to counterparties from the Company under the terms of such contracts), after making deductions for all recoveries, subrogations and inuring reinsurance actually collected (other than such amounts collected under this Agreement and other than such amounts which constitute premiums under Section 4.3(ii)), plus  (ii) Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses paid by the Company, plus (iii) an amount equal to any additional premium due under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements; provided that Ultimate Net Loss shall not include any amounts excluded under Article XI.

 

(b)                                  All recoveries or payments received by the Company subsequent to a loss settlement under this Agreement shall be applied as if recovered or received prior to the aforesaid settlement and all necessary adjustments shall be made by the parties hereto, provided , that nothing in this Section 2.3(b) shall be construed to mean that the Reinsurer’s obligation to pay losses under this Agreement do not arise until the Company’s Ultimate Net Loss has been ascertained, and the Reinsurer agrees that it shall be obligated to pay directly or to the Company amounts equal to the Company’s gross liability with respect to

 

8



 

losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses, subject to the limits and exclusions set forth herein on the liability of the Reinsurer and subject to the Reinsurer’s right to receive such recoveries or payments subsequent to any such loss settlements.

 

2.4.                             Territory .   The territorial limits of this Agreement shall be identical with those of the Reinsured Contracts.

 

ARTICLE III

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

3.1.                             Contract Administration .   Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, the Company has appointed the Reinsurer (or its permitted assignee) to perform administrative services with respect to the Reinsured Contracts and the Reinsurer has agreed to perform such services on behalf of the Company.

 

3.2.                             Inspection .   The Reinsurer or its designated representative may inspect, at the offices of the Company or elsewhere where such records are located, the papers and any and all other books or documents of the Company reasonably relating to the Reinsured Contracts and the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, during normal business hours for such period as this Agreement is in effect or for as long thereafter as the Company seeks performance by the Reinsurer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.3.                             Misunderstandings and Oversights .   If any delay, omission, error or failure to pay amounts due or to perform any other

 

9



 

act required by this Agreement is unintentional and caused by misunderstanding or oversight, the Company and the Reinsurer will adjust the situation to what it would have been had the misunderstanding or oversight not occurred.  The party first discovering such misunderstanding or oversight, or an act resulting from such misunderstanding or oversight, will notify the other party in writing promptly upon discovery thereof, and the parties shall act to correct such misunderstanding or oversight within twenty (20) Business Days of such other party’s receipt of such notice.  However, this Section shall not be construed as a waiver by either party of its right to enforce strictly the terms of this Agreement.

 

3.4.                             Payments .   All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available non-reversible United States federal funds to such bank account or accounts as designated by the recipient.

 

3.5.                             Setoff   (a)   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of insolvency of the Company, payments of Ultimate Net Loss due the Company (or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor, as the case may be ) under this Agreement and reinsurance premium and/or recovery amounts due the Reinsurer under Sections 4.3 and 2.3(b), respectively, but not yet paid to the Reinsurer (other than such failure to pay caused by the administrator under the Administrator Services Agreement) are deemed

 

10



 

mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid.

 

(b)                                  The C Profit Share when due under Article 8 and reinsurance premium and/or recovery amounts due the Reinsurer under Sections 4.3 and 2.3(b), respectively, but not yet paid to the Reinsurer (other than such failure to pay caused by the administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement) are deemed mutual debts or credits, as the case may be, and shall be set off, and only the net balance shall be allowed or paid.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

 

4.1.                             Reinsurance Premium .   On or before the Inception Date, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer the sum of fifty-nine million, four hundred sixty-eight thousand, five hundred and fifty-four dollars ($59,468,554.00) (the “Reinsurance Premium”) plus eight million, thirty-one thousand, four hundred and forty-six dollars ($8,031,446.00) as the Reserve Transfer Amount.

 

4.2.                             Premium Earned .   The Reinsurance Premium and the Reserve Transfer Amount shall be considered fully earned when received by the Reinsurer and shall be non-refundable.

 

4.3.                             Additional Reinsurance Premium .   In addition to the Reinsurance Premium and the Reserve Transfer Amount, the Company shall pay to the Reinsurer (i) an amount equal to the Net Premiums from

 

11



 

Operations collected during each calendar quarter (or part thereof) that this Agreement is in effect, and (ii) an amount equal to all salvage, subrogation and other recoveries collected on or after the Inception Date related to claims paid prior to the Inception Date.

 

ARTICLE V

 

ACCOUNTING AND SETTLEMENT

 

5.1.                             Accounting Reports and Payments .   For so long as the Reinsurer acts as administrator under the Administrative Services Agreement, the Reinsurer shall provide accounting reports to the Company and pay claims and other amounts reinsured hereunder with respect to Reinsured Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Administrative Services Agreement.  In the event that the Reinsurer shall cease to so act as administrator, the following provisions shall become applicable.

 

5.2.                             Amounts Due the Company .   All amounts due to be paid to the Company under this Agreement shall be paid by the Reinsurer to the Company or its administrator in accordance with Section 3.4 no later than three (3) Business Days after receipt by the Reinsurer of notification by the Company or its administrator of the amount due to be paid hereunder.

 

5.3.                             Quarterly Reports .   Within ten (10) days of the end of each calendar quarter that this Agreement remains in effect, the Company shall supply, directly or through its administrator, the

 

12



 

Reinsurer with a report that shall provide financial and other data for such calendar quarter in such form as agreed to by the parties.  The Company shall pay concurrent with the delivery of each such report, directly or through its administrator, all recoveries or payments due to the Reinsurer under Section 2.3(b) and not previously paid to the Reinsurer.

 

5.4.                             Best Efforts to Supply Actual Data .   In preparing all reports required in this Agreement, the Company shall use, or cause its administrator to use, its best efforts to supply the actual data.  If the actual data cannot be supplied with the appropriate report, the Company shall produce, or cause its administrator to produce, best estimates and shall provide amended reports based on actual data no more than ten (10) Business Days after the actual data becomes available.

 

5.5.                             Additional Reports and Updates .   For so long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Company shall periodically furnish, or cause its administrator to furnish, to the Reinsurer such other reports and information as may be reasonably required by the Reinsurer and reasonably available to the Company.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

RESERVES

 

6.1.                             Reserves and Reserve Credits .   The Reinsurer shall establish and maintain adequate reserves with respect to the Reinsured.

 

13



 

Contracts as are necessary to enable the Company to take full credit for the reinsurance provided by this Agreement on its statutory balance sheet filed with the insurance regulatory authorities of Bermuda; provided that the Reinsurer shall in no event be required to establish any contingency reserves.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

7.1.                             Duration .   Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be unlimited in duration.

 

7.2.                             Termination .   This Agreement will terminate on the earlier of: (i) the date the Company’s liability with respect to the Reinsured Contracts are terminated, or (ii) the date on which the Reinsurer has paid to the Company and/or its administrator Ultimate Net Loss that, in the aggregate, equals the Aggregate Limit; provided however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the obligation of the Company to pay additional premium pursuant to Section 4.3 shall continue until all securities owned by the Financing Vehicles have matured or been liquidated through sale or otherwise and all amounts due the Reinsurer under this Agreement with respect to the Reinsured Contracts are paid and (y) the obligation of the Reinsurer to calculate and pay, if any, the C Profit Share pursuant to Article 8 shall continue.

 

14



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

C PROFIT SHARE

 

8.1.                             Determination of Profit Share    Within 30 days following the seventh anniversary of the Inception Date (i.e., July 1, 2008), a profit commission (the “C Profit Share”) shall be calculated by the Reinsurer and such amount, if any, shall be payable to the Company.  The C Profit Share shall be equal to the product of (a) forty-five million dollars ($45,000,000) minus the sum of (i) 100% of all Litigation Defense Expenses, (ii) those Litigation Losses that the Reinsurer elects hereunder to fund, in its sole discretion, and (iii) a portion of all C Profit Share Losses incurred through the seventh anniversary of the Inception Date under this Agreement, determined in accordance with the following schedule, times (b) a fraction the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series C Preference Stock outstanding on the day immediately prior to the date hereof and the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series C Preference Stock outstanding on the day of payment of the C Profit Share; provided, however, that the C Profit Share shall in no event be less than zero.

 

Portion of C Profit Share Losses subtracted from forty-five million dollars ($45,000,000) in determining C Profit Share :

 

62.50% of all C Profit Share Losses up to forty million dollars ($40,000,000) in C Profit Share Losses,

16.67% of all C Profit Share Losses in excess of forty million dollars ($40,000,000) up to one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) in C Profit Share Losses, and

 

15



 

100.00% of all C Profit Share Losses in excess of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) up to one hundred ten million dollars ($110,000,000) in C Profit Share Losses.

 

8.2.                             Early Payment of C Profit Share .   In the event that the Reinsurer should cease to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of ACE Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation (“ACE Limited”), and in the further event that the Reinsurer should fail to assign this Agreement to any direct or indirect subsidiary of ACE Limited with the Required Rating within 10 Business Days thereafter, the C Profit Share shall be determined as of the last day of the month following the date that the Reinsurer ceases to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of ACE Limited, and shall be payable to the Company within 30 days following such date.

 

8.3.                             C Profit Share Losses .   (a) In determining “C Profit Share Losses” hereunder, the amount of losses incurred under Reinsured Contracts shall be determined as follows: (i) for direct insurance or reinsurance written by the Company (other than Derivative Contracts) covering payment obligations on securities not owned by or on behalf of the Financing Vehicle(s), C Profit Share Losses (and case basis reserve practice) will be determined in accordance with GAAP, (ii) for direct insurance or reinsurance written by the Company (other than Derivative Contracts) covering payment obligations on securities owned by or on behalf of the Financing Vehicles including, without limitation, such securities being at one time owned by or on behalf of a Financing Vehicle listed in Schedule 4 (a “Repack Financing Vehicle”), C Profit Share Losses will be determined (a) upon the sale or exchange of the

 

16



 

security from the Financing Vehicle (other than a sale to another Financing Vehicle or to an Affiliate of the Reinsurer), the amount of the C Profit Share Loss will be the difference between the par amount of the security and the price received upon the sale or exchange or (b) if there is no sale or exchange of the security or the security has been sold to another Financing Vehicle or to an Affiliate of the Reinsurer, upon a determination by the Reinsurer that the value of such security is permanently impaired, the amount of the C Profit Share Loss will be the difference between the par amount of the security and the determined value of the security based on such permanent impairment (including the net present value estimate of defaulted interest income), and (iii) for Derivative Contracts entered into by the Company, C Profit Share Losses will be recognized in accordance with GAAP (including market value losses of securities delivered against payment in settlement of such Derivative Contracts, as and when settled).  Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses for purposes of determining C Profit Share Losses shall consist of actual expenses incurred and liabilities expected to be incurred either with respect to Reinsurance Contracts or with respect to loss amounts determined under clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 8.3(a) in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of clause (ii)(a) of this Section 8.3(a), the amount of any gains realized (i.e., the amount by which proceeds exceed the par amount) on the sale or exchange of securities shall be used to offset C Profit Share Losses, if any, to the extent of such gains.  For

 

17



 

purposes of calculating C Profit Share Losses, the amount of losses and Allocated Loss Adjustment Expenses incurred under the Reinsured Contracts shall be reduced by (x) the amount of any additional reinsurance premium received by the Reinsurer under Section 4.3(ii) related to Commercial Financial Services, Inc. (“CFS”) and securities serviced by CFS, and (y) the amount (if any and subject to a maximum amount of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000)) by which two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) exceeds the aggregate amount of Litigation Defense Expenses related to the Egler Litigation plus any monetary settlement(s) or final, non-appealable monetary judgment(s) rendered against CGA, CGAIM or the Company related to the Egler Litigation.]

 

(b)                                  The Company and the Reinsurer agree that any dispute between the Company and the Reinsurer arising out of the calculation by Reinsurer of the C Profit Share Losses under clause (i) of Section 8.3(a), under clause (ii) (b) of Section 8.3 (a) or under clause (iii) of Section 8.3(a) to the extent derivative transactions have not been settled, shall be submitted, through written summaries prepared by the Company and Reinsurer to an independent accounting firm of internationally recognized standing reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Reinsurer (the “Third party Accountants”).  The Third Party Accountants shall act as experts and not as arbitrators to determine the resolution, based on GAAP, of those issues (and only those issues) in dispute; provided , however , that the dollar amount of

 

18



 

each item in dispute shall be determined within the range of dollar amounts proposed by the Company, on the one hand, and the Reinsurer, on the other hand.  The Third Party Accountants’ determination shall be made as promptly as practicable after the submission of the dispute by the Company and the Reinsurer, shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to the Company and the Reinsurer and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties.  Each party agrees to execute, if requested by the Third Party Accountants, a reasonable engagement letter.  All fees and expenses relating to the work, if any, to be performed by the Third Party Accountants shall be allocated to the Company and the Reinsurer as assessed by the Third Party Accountants.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company and the Reinsurer agree that calculation by the Reinsurer of C Profit Share Losses under clause (ii) (a) of Section 8.3 (a), or under clause (iii) of Section 8.3(a) to the extent that derivative transactions have been settled, shall be final and binding on the Company and shall not be subject to the dispute resolution mechanism described above in this Section 8.3(b) or arbitration under Article X hereof.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INSOLVENCY

 

9.1.                             Payments .   In the event of the insolvency of the Company, all payments due the Company under this Agreement shall be

 

19



 

payable by the Reinsurer directly to the Company or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Company under the policy or policies reinsured, without diminution because of the insolvency of the Company.  It is agreed and understood, however, (i) that in the event of the insolvency of the Company the Reinsurer shall be given written notice of the pendency of a claim against the insolvent Company on a Reinsured Contract within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the insolvency proceeding and (ii) that during the pendency of such claim the Reinsurer may, subject to the obligation of the Reinsurer to make timely payments of amounts due the Company or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor under this Agreement, investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated any defenses which it may deem available to the Company or its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor.

 

9.2.                             Expenses .   It is further understood that any expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to court approval, against the insolvent Company as part of the expense of liquidation to the extent of a proportionate share of the benefit which may accrue to the Company solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.  Where two or more assuming reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defenses to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance

 

20



 

with the terms of this Agreement as though such expense had been incurred by the Company.

 

ARTICLE X

 

ARBITRATION

 

10.1.                      Resolution of Damages .   Any dispute between the Company and the Reinsurer arising out of the provisions of this Agreement or concerning its interpretation or validity (other than any dispute arising out of the calculation by the Reinsurer of the C Profit Share Losses), whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be submitted to arbitration in the manner set forth in this Article X.  Either party may initiate arbitration of any such dispute by giving written notice to the other party of its intention to arbitrate and of its appointment of an arbitrator in accordance with Section 10.3.

 

10.2.                      Composition of Panel .   Unless the parties agree upon a single arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of notice of intention to arbitrate, all disputes shall be submitted to an arbitration panel composed of two arbitrators and an umpire, chosen in accordance with Sections 10.3 and 10.4.

 

10.3.                      Appointment of Arbitrators .   The party requesting arbitration (hereinafter referred to as the “claimant”) shall appoint an arbitrator and give written notice thereof to the other party (hereinafter referred to as the “respondent”) together with its notice

 

21



 

of intention to arbitrate.  Unless a single arbitrator is agreed upon within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the notice of intention to arbitrate, the respondent shall, within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice, also appoint an arbitrator and notify the claimant thereof.  Before instituting a hearing, the two arbitrators so appointed shall choose an umpire.  If, within twenty (20) days after they are both appointed, the arbitrators fail to agree upon the appointment of an umpire, the umpire shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association.  All members of the arbitration panel shall be active or former insurance or reinsurance executives having relevant knowledge of the matters in dispute, and shall be impartial third parties without past employment or directorial relations with the parties to the arbitration and their parents and/or Affiliates.

 

10.4.                      Failure of a Party to Appoint Arbitrator .   If the respondent fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after receiving a notice of intention to arbitrate, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association, and shall then, together with the arbitrator appointed by the claimant, choose an umpire as provided in Section 10.3.

 

10.5.                      Involvement of Other Reinsurers .   If the Company is involved in a dispute under the terms of this Agreement and in one or more separate disputes with one or more other reinsurers in which common questions of law or fact are in issue, the Company or the

 

22



 

Reinsurer, at their option, may join with such other reinsurer in a common arbitration proceeding under the terms of this Article X.  If the Company and such other reinsurers have commenced arbitration, the Reinsurer may at its option join such proceeding for the determination of the dispute between the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

10.6.                      Choice of Forum .   Any arbitration instituted pursuant to this Article X shall be held in New York, New York.

 

10.7.                      Submission of Dispute to Panel .   Unless otherwise extended by the arbitration panel, or agreed to by the parties, each party shall submit its case to the panel within thirty (30) days after the selection of an umpire.

 

10.8.                      Procedure Governing Arbitration .   All proceedings before the panel shall be informal and the panel shall not be bound by the formal rules of evidence.  The panel shall have the power to fix all procedural rules relating to the arbitration proceeding.  In reaching any decision, the panel shall give due consideration to the custom and usage of the insurance and reinsurance business.

 

10.9.                      Arbitration Award .   The arbitration panel shall render its decision within sixty (60) days after termination of the proceeding, which decision shall be in writing, stating the reason therefor.  The decision of the majority of the panel shall be final and binding on the parties to the proceeding.

 

10.10.               Cost of Arbitration .   All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including the fees and expenses of each arbitrator and the

 

23



 

umpire, shall be allocated to the Company and the Reinsurer as assessed by the panel.

 

10.11.               Limit of Jurisdiction .   The arbitration panel does not have the jurisdiction to authorize any punitive damage awards between the parties.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

EXCLUSIONS

 

11.1.                      Noncontractual Damages .   This Agreement does not cover Noncontractual Damages.  “Noncontractual Damages” as used herein shall mean those liabilities arising from actual or alleged misconduct of the Company or of its Affiliates, or their agents, brokers, or representatives (other than the Reinsurer) in their handling of claims or losses, or in any of their dealings with their insureds or any other person.  Such liabilities shall include, but are not limited to, punitive, exemplary, compensatory, and consequential damages.  Such misconduct shall include, but is not limited to, failure to settle within the policy limit, negligence, fraud or bad faith in rejecting an offer of settlement or in the preparation of the defense or in the trial of any action or in the preparation or prosecution of any appeal consequent upon any action.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Noncontractual Damages shall not include, and this Agreement shall cover, any and all amounts otherwise included in the definition of Ultimate Net Loss that the Company actually pays or is obligated to pay

 

24



 

to ceding companies under Reinsured Contracts that are agreements of assumed reinsurance, whether under the terms of such Reinsured Contracts or as a result of agreements between the Company and cedents as to the settlement of specific claims.

 

11.2.                      Insolvency Funds .   The Reinsurer shall not be obligated to pay to the Company any share of any liability of the Company arising, by contract, operation of law, or otherwise, from participation or membership of the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether voluntary or involuntary, in any Insolvency Fund or for reimbursement of any Person for any such liability.  “Insolvency Fund” includes any government mandated guaranty or insolvency fund, plan, pool, association, or other arrangement howsoever denominated, established or governed, which provides for any assessment of or payment or assumption by any person of part or all of any claim, debt, charge, fee, or other obligation of any insurer, or its successors or assigns which has been declared to be insolvent, or which is otherwise deemed unable to meet any claim, debt, charge, fee or other obligations in whole or in part.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

12.1.                      Headings and Schedules .   Headings used herein are not a part of this Agreement and shall not affect the terms hereof.  The attached Schedules and Exhibit are a part of this Agreement.

 

25



 

12.2.                      Notices .   Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally (by courier or otherwise), (ii) sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice, (iii) transmitted by electronic mail with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice or (iv) sent by express delivery.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered, sent or transmitted, as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd.

Craig Appin House

8 Wesley Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Attention:  President

Telephone No.:  441-296-5144

Telecopier No.:   441-296-5145

Email:    liz@cga.bm

 

If to the Reinsurer:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

11 Victoria Hall

Victoria Street

P.O. Box 1826

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attention:  Corporate Secretary

Telephone No.:  441-297-9730

Telecopier No.:   441-297-9704

Email:    rebecca.carne@marshmc.com

 

26



 

With a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attention:  General Counsel

Telephone No.:   212-974-0100

Telecopier No.:    212-581-3268

Email:    nbregman@acecapitalre.com

 

12.3.                      Successors and Assigns .   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives.  Neither this Agreement, nor any right hereunder, may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto; provided that the Reinsurer may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company (a) if the Reinsurer ceases to be a subsidiary of ACE Limited, to any Person which has the Required Rating, (b) if any of the Reinsurer’s ratings shall have been downgraded one full rating category from its ratings as of the date of this Agreement, to any Person which has the Required Rating or (c) to any Person which has a rating of AA or higher from Standard & Poor’s (or an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating agency).

 

12.4.                      Execution in Counterpart .   This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an

 

27



 

original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

12.5.                      Currency .   Whenever the word “dollars” or the “$” sign appear in this Agreement, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars, and all transactions under this Agreement shall be in United States Dollars.

 

12.6.                      Amendments .   This Agreement may not be changed, altered or modified unless the same shall be in writing executed by the Company and the Reinsurer.

 

12.7.                      Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of Bermuda without regard to its rules with respect to conflicts of law.

 

12.8.                      Integration .   This Agreement and the Administrative Services Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the parties and there are no general or specific warranties, representations or other agreements by or among the parties in connection with the entering into of this Agreement or the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth or contemplated herein.

 

12.9.                      No Waiver .   No consent or waiver, express or implied, by any party to or of any breach or default by any other party in the performance by such other party of its obligations hereunder shall be

 

28



 

deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance of obligations hereunder by such other party hereunder.  Failure on the part of any party to complain of any act or failure to act of any other party or to declare any other party in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such first party of any of its rights hereunder.

 

12.10.               Related Person Insurance Income .   (a) The Company represents that to the best of its knowledge:  (i)  it does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of ACE Limited, (ii) no Person that controls the Company through direct or indirect ownership of fifty (50) percent or more (by vote or value) of the capital stock of the Company owns any shares of ACE Limited, and (iii) no Person that is controlled by the Company through direct or indirect ownership of fifty (50) percent or more (by vote or value) of the capital stock of that Person (“Controlled Person”) owns any shares of ACE Limited.  (b)  The Company agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not knowingly purchase, and to the extent reasonably practicable, it will not permit any Controlled Person to purchase any shares of ACE Limited.

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in Hamilton, Bermuda by their duly authorized representatives.

 

 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Miran

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

30



 

Schedule 1

 

Ceded Reinsurance Agreements

 

 

1.                                        Facultative Reinsurance Agreement between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), effective as of January 1, 1998.

 

2.                                        Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022A.

 

3.                                        Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022B.

 

4.                                        Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022C.

 

5.                                        Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022D.

 

6.                                        Quota Share Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1998 between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd. and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd. (formerly named KRE Reinsurance Ltd.), with respect to Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy Number 981022E.

 



 

Schedule 2

 

Financing Vehicles

 

1.                                        Butler Trust, a Delaware business trust.

 

2.                                        Cobalt Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

3.                                        Cobalt Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

4.                                        GFC Cobalt, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

5.                                        GFC St. George, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

6.                                        Guaranteed Finance Company, Ltd., a Bermuda company.

 

7.                                        Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1998-1, a Delaware business trust.

 

8.                                        Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1999-A, a Delaware business trust.

 

9.                                        Newport Trust, a Delaware business trust.

 

10.                                  NW Funding, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company.

 

11.                                  St. George CDO Funding I Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

12.                                  St. George CDO Funding I (Delaware) Corp., a Delaware corporation.

 

13.                                  St. George Funding 2000-1, Limited, an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

14.                                  St. George Holdings, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

15.                                  St. George Investments I, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

16.                                  St. George Investments II, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 

17.                                  St. George Investments III, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 



 

18.                                  St. George Residential Funding, Ltd., an exempted Cayman Islands limited liability company.

 



 

Schedule 3

 

Reserves

 

 

$250,000 for Egler Litigation

 



 

Schedule 4

 

Repack Financing Vehicles

 

St. George CDO Funding 1 Ltd.

Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1998-1

Guaranteed Residential Securities Trust, Series 1999-A

St. George Funding 2000-1, Limited

Butler Trust

Newport Trust

 



 

Exhibit A

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

and

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

Dated as of July 18, 2001

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of July 18, 2001, is entered into by and between Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), and ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd., a company with limited liability organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Administrator”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Administrator have entered into an Aggregate Loss Portfolio Reinsurance Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “Reinsurance Agreement”) whereby the Company has agreed to cede and the Administrator has agreed to reinsure, on an indemnity reinsurance basis, certain losses of the Company under the Reinsured Contracts (capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein, unless otherwise indicated, have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Reinsurance Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Administrator perform certain administrative functions on behalf of the Company from and after the date hereof (the “Inception Date”) in connection with the Reinsurance Agreement and with respect to the Reinsured Contracts, and the Administrator has agreed to provide such services;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

AUTHORITY

 

The Company hereby appoints the Administrator, and the Administrator hereby accepts appointment, to provide as an independent contractor of the Company such administrative and other services with respect to the Reinsurance Agreement and the Reinsured Contracts as set forth in this Agreement (the “Administrative Services”), all on the terms, and subject to the limitations and conditions, as set forth in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

STANDARD FOR SERVICES

 

All of the Administrative Services described in this Agreement shall be performed by the Administrator in accordance with (i) applicable law, (ii) the Reinsured Contracts and (iii) the Administrator’s own standards in providing services with respect to contracts issued by the Administrator in its own name that are similar to the Reinsured Contracts.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

NOTIFICATION TO CONTRACTHOLDERS

 

The Administrator agrees to send to the holders of Reinsured Contracts (the “Contractholders”) a written notice prepared by the Administrator and reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the Administrator has been appointed by the Company to provide Administrative Services.  The Administrator shall send such notice by mail at a time reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Administrator.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CLAIMS HANDLING

 

The Administrative Services with respect to claims for loss payments shall include the following:

 

4.1. Claim Administration Services .   The Administrator shall acknowledge, consider, review, investigate, deny, settle, pay or otherwise dispose of each claim for losses reported under a Reinsured Contract (each a “Claim” and collectively the “Claims”).  The Administrator shall pay Claims and associated expenses under the Reinsured Contracts to the extent that the Company provides it with funds sufficient to make such payments or the Administrator collects, on behalf of the Company, amounts due under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement or the Reinsurance Agreement; provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, advance its own funds, such advances to be reimbursed from the collection of amounts due the Company under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement or the Reinsurance Agreement.  In the event of the insolvency of the Company, the Administrator shall continue to make timely payments of Claims and associated expenses in accordance with the provisions set forth above, except as otherwise required under applicable law in any insolvency proceeding with respect to the Company.

 

4.2. Mitigation of Loss .   The Administrator shall have full authority to seek recoveries with respect to Claims and to participate on behalf of the Company in any financial restructuring of transactions which resulted in Claims, to the extent that it determines the losses could be minimized by doing so.  In addition, the Administrator shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Company in the exercise of the rights and remedies of the Company under the Reinsured Contracts, including the right to direct the sale of underlying securities.

 

4.3. Legal Proceedings .   In the event that the Administrator receives notice after the date hereof of any lawsuit, arbitration or other dispute resolution proceedings related to Claims that involve any alleged liabilities under a Reinsured Contract (a “Legal Proceeding”), the Administrator shall deliver to the Company a written notice with respect thereto.  The Administrator shall monitor and control all Legal Proceedings, including the defense, settlement or withdrawal of any such Legal Proceedings in its absolute discretion, with its own counsel at its own expense.

 

2



 

ARTICLE V

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Administrator shall assume all responsibility for all underwriting necessary or appropriate with respect to the issuance of new Reinsured Contracts necessary or desirable to facilitate the run-off of the existing business of the Company, and for processing of underwriting-related transactions including but not limited to the processing of applications and the issuance of Reinsured Contracts.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BILLINGS AND COLLECTIONS

 

On the Inception Date, the Administrator shall assume all responsibility for billing and collecting premiums and other amounts due under the Reinsured Contracts payable on or after such date.  The risk of loss, theft or destruction of premium with respect to the Reinsured Contracts shall be borne solely by the Administrator.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

REGULATORY REPORTING

 

The Administrator shall timely provide to the Company such informational reports and summaries including statistical summaries regarding the services provided by the Administrator hereunder as are necessary or useful to allow the Company to satisfy any requirements (financial reporting or otherwise) (i) imposed by any insurance regulatory authority upon the Company with respect to the Reinsured Contracts, (ii) required under the Reinsurance Agreement or the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement, or (iii) required by applicable rating agencies.  In addition, the Administrator, upon the reasonable request of the Company, shall promptly provide to the Company copies of all existing records maintained by the Administrator relating to the Reinsured Contracts (including, with respect to records maintained in machine readable form, hard copies) that are necessary to satisfy such requirements.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

 

On the Inception Date, the Administrator shall assume the obligations set forth below:

 

(i)                                      The Administrator shall timely pay all reinsurance premiums due to reinsurers under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements with respect to the Reinsured Contracts.

 

(ii)                                   The Administrator shall collect from reinsurers all reinsurance recoveries due under the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements, the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement and shall collect all other recoveries and subrogation amounts under the Reinsured Contracts.

 

3



 

(iii)                                From and after the Inception Date, the Company does hereby by these presents appoint and name the Administrator, acting through its duly appointed officers, the Company’s lawful attorney-in-fact for it, and in its name, place and stead, to act for the Company with respect to any and all letters of credit and trust funds outstanding for the benefit of the Company pursuant to the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement or the terms of any of the Ceded Reinsurance Agreements.

 

(iv)                               The Administrator shall timely pay to the reinsurers under the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement all premiums and recoveries and subrogation amounts due to such reinsurers under the terms of such Agreements.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS

 

On or before the Inception Date, the Company shall deliver to the Administrator copies of all records required by the Administrator in order for the Administrator to perform its obligations under this Agreement.  On the Inception Date, the Administrator shall assume responsibility for maintaining records under the Reinsured Contracts concerning underwriting, billing and collection, accounting and reporting and any other category of Administrative Services.

 

ARTICLE X

 

COOPERATION BY THE COMPANY

 

The Company shall cooperate to the extent reasonably possible with the Administrator and execute and provide such additional documentation as may become necessary or appropriate to enable the Administrator to fully carry out its responsibilities under this Agreement and to effectuate the intention of the parties under the Reinsurance Agreement and this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

ACCESS TO RECORDS

 

Upon advance written notice, each party, by its duly appointed representatives, shall have the right at any reasonable time, prior to or after the termination of this Agreement, to audit, examine and copy all records in the possession of the other party relating to the Reinsured Contracts.  Such audit and examination shall occur at the non-auditing party’s place of business during normal business hours.

 

4



 

ARTICLE XII

 

CONSIDERATION FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

 

Except as otherwise provided in Article IV, apart from the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Reinsurance Agreement, there shall be no fee or other consideration due to the Administrator for performance of the Administrative Services under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

13.1.                         Indemnification .  (a)  Administrator agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates (and the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such affiliates) from any and all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, demands, compensatory, extra contractual and/or punitive damages, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Company Losses”) arising out of or caused by any actual or alleged: (i) fraud, theft or embezzlement by officers, employees or agents of Administrator during the term of this Agreement; (ii) failure, either intentional or unintentional, of Administrator to properly perform the services or take the actions required by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the failure to properly process, evaluate and pay Claims in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (iii) other act of gross negligence or willful misconduct committed by officers, agents or employees of Administrator during the term of this Agreement; (iv) action or inaction of Administrator when acting on behalf of the Company hereunder which results in Noncontractual Damages (under the Reinsurance Agreement or the Affiliate Reinsurance Agreement); or (v) failure of Administrator to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations during the term of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Administrator and any of its shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates (and the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such affiliates) from any and all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, demands, compensatory, extra contractual and/or punitive damages, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “Administrator Losses”) arising out of or caused by any actual or alleged: (i) fraud, theft or embezzlement by officers, employees or agents (other than Administrator, its affiliates or any of the officers, employees or agents of the Administrator or its affiliates) of the Company during the term of this Agreement; (ii) other act of gross negligence or willful misconduct committed by officers, employees or agents (other than Administrator, its affiliates or any of the officers, employees or agents of the Administrator or its affiliates) of the Company during the term of this Agreement; or (iii) failure of the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations during the term of this Agreement other than any failure on the part of the Company or Administrator caused by the action or inaction of Administrator, including when acting in the name or on behalf of the Company, whether or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5



 

13.2.                         Notice of Asserted Liability .   In the event that either party hereto asserts a claim for indemnification hereunder, such party seeking indemnification (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give written notice to the other party (the “Indemnifying Party”) specifying the facts constituting the basis for, and the amount (if known) of, the claim asserted.

 

13.3.                         Right to Contest Claims of Third Parties .  (a) If an Indemnified Party asserts, or may in the future seek to assert, a claim for indemnification hereunder because of a claim or demand made, or an action, proceeding or investigation instituted, by any person not a party to this Agreement (a “Third Party Claimant”) that may result in an Administrator Loss with respect to which Administrator is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 13.1(b) hereof or a Company Loss with respect to which the Company is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 13.1(a) hereof (an “Asserted Liability”), the Indemnified Party shall so notify the Indemnifying Party as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 10 Business Days after such Asserted Liability is actually known to the Indemnified Party.  Failure to deliver notice with respect to an Asserted Liability in a timely manner shall not be deemed a waiver of the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification for losses in connection with such Asserted Liability but the amount of reimbursement to which the Indemnified Party is entitled shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which the Indemnified Party’s losses would have been less had such notice been timely delivered.

 

(b)                                  The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, upon written notice to the Indemnified Party, to investigate, contest, defend or settle the Asserted Liability; provided that the Indemnified Party may, at its option and at its own expense, participate in the investigation, contesting, defense or settlement of any such Asserted Liability through representatives and counsel of its own choosing.  The failure of the Indemnifying Party to respond in writing to proper notice of an Asserted Liability within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof shall be deemed an election not to defend the same.  Unless and until the Indemnifying Party elects to defend the Asserted Liability, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at its option and at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, to do so in such manner as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, settling such Asserted Liability (after giving notice of the settlement to the Indemnifying Party) on such terms as the Indemnified Party deems appropriate.

 

(c)                                   Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, the Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any Asserted Liability for which it seeks indemnification hereunder without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) during the 10-day period specified above.

 

(d)                                  The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in (but not to control) the defense of any Asserted Liability which it has elected, or is deemed to have elected, not to defend, with its own counsel and at its own expense.

 

(e)                                   Except as provided in the first sentence of paragraph (b) of this Section 13.3, the Indemnifying Party shall bear all costs of defending any Asserted Liability and shall indemnify and hold the Indemnified Party harmless against and from all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with defending such Asserted Liability.

 

6



 

(f)                                     Administrator and the Company shall make mutually available to each other all relevant information in their possession relating to any Asserted Liability (except to the extent that such action would result in a loss of attorney-client privilege) and shall cooperate with each other in the defense thereof.

 

13.4.                         Indemnification Payments .   Any payment hereunder shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts as the Indemnified Party shall designate to the Indemnifying Party in writing.

 

13.5.                         Survival .   The provisions of this Article XIII shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

ARBITRATION

 

14.1.                         Resolution of Damages .   Any dispute between the Company and the Administrator arising out of the provisions of this Agreement, or concerning its interpretation or validity, whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement, shall be submitted to arbitration in the manner set forth in this Article XIV.  Either party may initiate arbitration of any such dispute by giving written notice to the other party of its intention to arbitrate and of its appointment of an arbitrator in accordance with Section 14.3.

 

14.2.                         Composition of Panel .   Unless the parties agree upon a single arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of notice of intention to arbitrate, all disputes shall be submitted to an arbitration panel composed of two arbitrators and an umpire, chosen in accordance with Sections 14.3 and 14.4.

 

14.3.                         Appointment of Arbitrators .   The party requesting arbitration (hereinafter referred to as the “claimant”) shall appoint an arbitrator and give written notice thereof to the other party (hereinafter referred to as the “respondent”) together with its notice of intention to arbitrate.  Unless a single arbitrator is agreed upon within fifteen (15) days after the receipt of the notice of intention to arbitrate, the respondent shall, within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice, also appoint an arbitrator and notify the claimant thereof.  Before instituting a hearing, the two arbitrators so appointed shall choose an umpire.  If, within twenty (20) days after they are both appointed, the arbitrators fail to agree upon the appointment of an umpire, the umpire shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association.  All members of the arbitration panel shall be active or former insurance or reinsurance executives having relevant knowledge of the matters in dispute, and shall be impartial third parties without past employment or directorial relations with the parties to the arbitration and their parents and/or Affiliates.

 

14.4.                         Failure of a Party to Appoint Arbitrator .   If the respondent fails to appoint an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after receiving a notice of intention to arbitrate, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the President of the American Arbitration Association, and shall then, together with the arbitrator appointed by the claimant, choose an umpire as provided in Section 14.3.

 

7



 

14.5.                         Choice of Forum .   Any arbitration instituted pursuant to this Article XIV shall be held in New York, New York.

 

14.6.                         Submission of Dispute to Panel .   Unless otherwise extended by the arbitration panel, or agreed to by the parties, each party shall submit its case to the panel within thirty (30) days after the selection of an umpire.

 

14.7.                         Procedure Governing Arbitration .   All proceedings before the panel shall be informal and the panel shall not be bound by the formal rules of evidence.  The panel shall have the power to fix all procedural rules relating to the arbitration proceeding.  In reaching any decision, the panel shall give due consideration to the custom and usage of the insurance and reinsurance business.

 

14.8.                         Arbitration Award .   The arbitration panel shall render its decision within sixty (60) days after termination of the proceeding, which decision shall be in writing, stating the reason therefor.  The decision of the majority of the panel shall be final and binding on the parties to the proceeding.

 

14.9.                         Cost of Arbitration .   All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including the fees and expenses of each arbitrator and the umpire, shall be allocated to the Company and the Administrator as assessed by the panel.

 

14.10.                   Limit of Jurisdiction .   The arbitration panel does not have the jurisdiction to authorize any punitive damage awards between the parties.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

DURATION; TERMINATION

 

15.1.                         Duration .   This Agreement shall commence on the date of its execution and continue with respect to each Reinsured Contract until no further Administrative Services in respect of such Reinsured Contract is required, unless it is earlier terminated under Section 15.2.

 

15.2.                         Termination .  (a)  This Agreement is subject to immediate termination at the option of the Company, upon written notice to the Administrator, in the event that a voluntary or involuntary proceeding is commenced in any state by or against the Administrator for the purpose of conserving, rehabilitating or liquidating the Administrator, or the Administrator shall lose its authority to perform services hereunder and, in either event, this Agreement is not promptly assigned by the Administrator to an affiliate of Administrator pursuant to Section 16.5.

 

(b)  This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual written consent of the parties hereto, which writing shall state the effective date of termination.

 

(c)  In the event that this Agreement is terminated under any of the provisions of Section 15.2(a), the Administrator shall select a third-party administrator to perform the services required by this Agreement.  The Company shall have the right to approve any such third-party administrator selected by the Administrator, but such approval will not unreasonably be withheld.  If the Administrator fails to select a third-party administrator pursuant to this Section 15.2(c),

 

8



 

the Company shall select such a third-party administrator.  In either case, the Administrator shall pay all fees and charges imposed by the selected third-party administrator and the reasonable costs of the Company in the transition of the performance of the services required under this Agreement to such third-party administrator.

 

(d)  In the event that this Agreement is terminated, the Administrator shall cooperate fully in the transfer of services and the books and records maintained by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement (or, where appropriate, copies thereof) to the third-party administrator selected pursuant to Section 15.2(c) (in the event that this Agreement is terminated under Section 15.2(a)) or to the Company (in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.2(b)), so that such third-party administrator or the Company, as the case may be, will be able to perform the services required under this Agreement without interruption following termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

16.1.                         Notices .   Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be (i) delivered personally (by courier or otherwise), (ii) sent by facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice, (iii) transmitted by electronic mail with confirmation of receipt and with subsequent personal delivery or express delivery of the original notice or (iv) sent by express delivery.  Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered, sent or transmitted, as follows:

 

(1)                                   If to the Company to:

 

Commercial Guaranty Assurance, Ltd.

Craig Appin House

8 Wesley Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Attention:   President

Telephone No.:   441-296-5144

Telecopier No.:   441-296-5145

Email:    liz@cga.bm

 

9



 

(2)                                   If to the Administrator to:

 

ACE Capital Re Overseas Ltd.

11 Victoria Hall

Victoria Street

P.O. Box 1826

Hamilton HM HX

Bermuda

Attention:   Corporate Secretary

Telephone No.:   441-297-9730

Telecopier No.:   441-297-9704

Email:    rebecca.carne@marshmc.com

 

With a copy to:

 

ACE Capital Re Inc.

1325 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY   10019

Attention:  General Counsel

Telephone No.:   212-974-0100

Telecopier No.:   212-581-3268

Email:    nbregman@acecapitalre.com

 

Any party may, by notice given in accordance with this Agreement to the other party, designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.

 

16.2.                         Amendment .   This Agreement may not be modified, changed, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by an authorized officer of each of the parties hereto.

 

16.3.                         Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.

 

16.4.                         No Third Party Beneficiaries .   Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

16.5.                         Assignment; Subcontracting .   This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, permitted assigns and legal representatives.  Except as provided by the last sentence of this Section 16.5, neither party may assign any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other party, but Administrator may, subject to applicable law, subcontract for the provision of any of its Administrative Services without such approval.  In the event of any such subcontracting,

 

10



 

Administrator shall continue to be bound by all of its obligations under this Agreement and shall be solely responsible for the performance and compensation of subcontractors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Administrator may assign this Agreement to any affiliate of Administrator in Administrator’s sole discretion.

 

16.6.                         Governing Law.    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF BERMUDA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

 

16.7.                         Entire Agreement .   This Agreement and the Reinsurance Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, and discussion of the parties.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Administrator have executed this Administrative Services Agreement in Hamilton, Bermuda as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY ASSURANCE, LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Miran

 

 

 

Name:

Michael Miran

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

ACE CAPITAL RE OVERSEAS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

 

Name:

Rebecca L. Carne

 

 

Title:

Director

 

12




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of AGC Holdings Limited and the related prospectus of our reports dated December 19, 2003 relating to the combined financial statements and financial statement schedules of AGC Holdings Limited as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
April 1, 2004




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 23.1


Consent of Independent Accountants

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated February 25, 2004 relating to the combined financial statements and financial statement schedules of Assured Guaranty Ltd., and our report dated December 19, 2003 relating to the balance sheet of Assured Guaranty Ltd., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

GRAPHIC

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
April 1, 2004






QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Accountants

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 24.1


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        The undersigned, a director of Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and appoints Dominic J. Frederico, Robert Mills and James M. Michener, and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491) (the "Registration Statement") to effect the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of common shares of the Company, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by the Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Dated: March 30, 2004   /s/   DONALD KRAMER       
Director



QuickLinks

POWER OF ATTORNEY

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 24.2


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        The undersigned, a director of Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and appoints Dominic J. Frederico, Robert Mills and James M. Michener, and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491) (the "Registration Statement") to effect the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of common shares of the Company, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by the Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Dated: March 30, 2004   /s/   BRIAN DUPERREAULT       
Director



QuickLinks

POWER OF ATTORNEY

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 24.3


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        The undersigned, a director of Assured Guaranty Ltd., a Bermuda company (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and appoints Dominic J. Frederico, Robert Mills and James M. Michener, and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-111491) (the "Registration Statement") to effect the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), of common shares of the Company, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by the Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Dated: March 30, 2004   /s/   EVAN G. GREENBERG       
Director



QuickLinks

POWER OF ATTORNEY